(navigation image)
Home American Libraries | Canadian Libraries | Universal Library | Community Texts | Project Gutenberg | Children's Library | Biodiversity Heritage Library | Additional Collections
Search: Advanced Search
Anonymous User (login or join us)
Upload
See other formats

Full text of "tektronix :: catalog :: Tektronix Catalog 1965 #24"

• 
















■ 



• 
















mi 



i 






. 



and associated instruments 










CATALOG 24 MID 1965 -MID 1966 



o 



/ 




OUR CONTINUING CREED IS THAT OF SERVING TEKTRONIX CUSTOMERS 
WITH PRODUCTS AND POLICIES THAT ARE UNEXCELLED IN THE ELECTRDNICS 
INDUSTRY AND LIMITED ONLY BY THE CURRENT STATE OF THE ART. 






o 






o 



I I 



© 1965 Tektronixjnc. All Rights Reserved 







This new 4 -floor Technical Center, 
now n earing completion, is part of our 
continuing effort to maintain a high 
level of Research and Development . . . 
. . .part of the Tektronix commitment 
to progress in electronic measurement. 




This aerial photograph shows 10 of the 1 5 build- 
ings in the Tektronix industrial park. The two build- 
ings in the left foreground, separated by the cafe- 
teria, are Assembly Bast and Assembly West where 
the oscilloscope circuits are wired and assembled 
into the finished product. The Metals buildings and 
Ceramics building are in the distance. 



» 



The right side of the photograph shows the Tech- 
nical Center, described above. The Cathode-Ray 
Tube building, located behind the Technical Center, 
houses the manufacturing facilities for the "heart 
of the oscilloscope." In the distance are the Utili- 
ties building, the Maintenance building, and the 
Electrochemical building where such processes as 
electroplating, photo etching and anodizing, and 
electrochemical etching occur. 



Contents 



Reference Section 4-14 

Oscilloscopes by Frequency Response 4-5 

Oscilloscopes with T Series and Letter Series 

Plug-In Units 6-7 

Television and Surge Oscilloscopes 8 

Oscilloscopes with 2 and 3-Series Plug-In Units .... 8-9 

Curve-Tracing Oscilloscopes; Sampling Systems 10-11 

Auxiliary Instruments 12 

Descriptions and Specifications 13 

Cathode-Ray Tube Phosphor Data 14 

Accessories Contents 248 

Accessories 249 

Instrument - Dimensions 282 

Shipping Weights and Volumes 283 

General and Ordering Information 284-285 

Field Offices and Overseas Distributors 286-287 

Index 288 

OSCILLOSCOPES 



TYPE 

31 OA 

317, RM17 

321 A 

360 

422 

502A, RM502A 

503, RM503 

504, RM504 
506 

507 

51 5A, RM15 

516 

51 7A 

519 

524AD 

526 

529 (RM) 

531 A, RM31A 

535A, RM35A 



PAGE 

DC to 4MC Portable Oscilloscope 15 

DC to 10MC Oscilloscopes 17 

Portable Oscilloscope 20 

Indicator Unit 23 

DC to 15MC Portable Oscilloscope 25 

100/xv/cm Dual-Beam Oscilloscope 28 

DC to 450 KC — X-Y Oscilloscopes 31 

DC to 450 KC Oscilloscopes 33 

DC to 23 MC Oscilloscope 234 

Surge-Test Oscilloscope 35 

DC to 15 MC Oscilloscopes 38 

DC to 15MC — Dual-Trace Oscilloscope .. 41 

High-Speed Oscilloscope 234 

DC to 1 Gigacycle Oscilloscope 43 

Television Oscilloscope 46 

Color Television Vectorscope 49 

Television Waveform Monitor 52 

DC to 1 5 MC Oscilloscopes 55 

DC to 15MC — Sweep Delay 

Oscilloscopes 55 



533A, RM33A DC to 15MC 



100X Magnifier 

Oscilloscopes 59 



536 

541 A, RM41A 



DC to 1 MC — X-Y Oscilloscopes 62 

DC to 33 MC Oscilloscopes 234 



TYPE 

543B, RM543B DC to 33 MC 

544, RM544 DC to 50 MC 

545B, RM545B DC to 33 MC 

546, RM546 



PAGE 

100X Magnifier 

Oscilloscopes 65 



100X Magnifier 
Oscilloscopes 



68 



Sweep Delay 

Oscilloscopes 71 



547, RM547 

551 
555 



DC to 50 MC — Sweep Delay 

Oscilloscopes 75 

DC to 50 MC — Automatic Display 

Switching Oscilloscopes 75 

DC to 27 MC — Dual-Beam Oscilloscope . 79 

DC to 33 MC — Sweep Delay— Dual-Beam 



Oscilloscope 83 

561 A, RM561 A Oscilloscopes 87 

564, RM564 Storage Oscilloscopes 91 

565, RM565 Dual-Beam Oscilloscopes 96 

567, RM567 Readout Oscilloscopes 100 

6R1 A Digital Unit 1 04 

3A2 Dual-Trace Unit 234 

3B2 Time-Base Unit 234 

3S3 Sampling-Probe Dual-Trace Unit 107 

3S76 Dual-Trace Sampling Unit 108 

3T4 Sampling Time-Base Unit 109 

3T77 Sampling Sweep Unit 110 

261 Coaxial Switch Ill 

262 Programmer 1 1 2 

Sampling Accessories 114 

570 Electron Tube Characteristic Curve Tracer . . 116 

575 Transistor Curve Tracer 119 

175 High-Current Adapter for Type 575 119 

581 A DCto 95 MC Oscilloscope 1 24 

585A, RM585A DC to 95 MC — Sweep Delay 

Oscilloscopes 124 



c 



81 

82 

86 

647, RM647 



10A2 

11B1 

11B2 

647 

661 



Plug-In Adapter 1 28 

Dual-Trace Unit 1 29 

Plug-In Unit 130 

DC to 50 MC Oscilloscopes 131 

Differential Comparator 1 34 

Dual-Trace Unit 1 36 

Time-Base Unit 1 37 

Time-Base Unit 1 39 

Accessories 141 

Sampling Oscilloscope 142 






NEW 



Contents 





B 
CA 

D 

E 

G 

H 

K 

L 

M 

O 

Q 

R 

S 

T 





2A60 

2A61 

2A63 

2B67 

3A1 

3A6 

3A3 

3A72 

3A74 



PAGE 

Dual-Trace Sampling Unit 144 

Dual-Trace Sampling Unit . 1 45 

Sampling-Probe Dual-Trace Unit 146 

Sampling Timing Unit 147 

Timing Unit 148 

Trigger Countdown 1 50 

Transistor Switching-Time Tester 151 

Diode Switching-Time Tester 152 

Semi-Conductor Tester Power Supply 153 

Sampling Accessories 154 

PLUG-IN UNITS 

High-Gain Unit 1 57 

Dual-Trace DC Unit 1 58 

High-Gain DC Differential Unit 159 

Low-Level AC Differential Unit 160 

Wide-Band DC Differential Unit 161 

Wide-Band, High-Gain DC 162 

Fast-Rise DC Unit 1 63 

Fast-Rise, High-Gain Unit 164 

Four-Trace DC Unit 1 65 

Operational Amplifier Unit 166 

Transducer and Strain Gage Unit 168 

Transistor-Risetime Unit 170 

Diode Recovery Unit 172 

Time-Base Generator 1 74 

Differential Comparator 175 

Differential-Comparator Unit 177 

Wide-Band, High Gain, Dual-Trace Unit .. 179 

Wide-Band, Dual-Trace Unit 180 

Sampling Unit 181 

1-36MC Spectrum Analyzer 184 

10-4000 MC Spectrum Analyzer 186 

1000MC to 1 0,400 MC Spectrum Analyzer . 186 

DC to 1 MC Unit 188 

Low-Level Differential Unit 188 

DC to 300 KC Differential Unit 189 

Time-Base Unit 1 89 

Dual-Trace DC to 10MC Unit 190 

Dual-Trace DC to 10MC Unit 190 

lOO^v/div Differential Unit 191 

Dual-Trace DC to 650 KC Unit 193 

Four-Trace DC to 2 MC Unit 194 



TYPE 
3A75 

3B1 

3B3 

3B4 

3C66 

3S3 

3S76 



3T77 



PAGE 

DC to 4MC Unit 193 

Time-Base Unit 1 95 

Time-Base Unit 196 

Time-Base Unit 1 97 

Carrier Amplifier Unit 198 

Sampling-Probe Dual-Trace Unit 200 

Dual-Trace Sampling Unit 201 

Sampling Time Base Unit 202 

Sampling Sweep Unit 203 



AUXILIARY INSTRUMENTS 



105 
107 

109 

111 
113 



122, FM122 
RM122 

123 

125, FM125 
RM125 

127 

129 

130 

132 

133 

160A 

161 

162 

163 

180A 

181, RM181 

190B 

280 

290 

291 

292 

1121 



Square- Wave Generator 204 

Square-Wave Generator 205 

Pulse Generator 206 

Pretrigger Pulse Generator 207 

Delay Cable 208 

Pulse Generator 209 

Low-Level Preamplifiers 210 

AC-Coupled Preamplifiers 212 

Power Supplies 213 

Plug-In Unit Power Supply 214 

Plug-In Unit Power Supply 216 

L-C Meter 218 

Power Supply 219 

Power Supply 234 

Power Supply 221 

Pulse Generator 222 

Waveform Generator 223 

Fast-Rise Pulse Generator 224 

Time-Mark Generator 225 

Time-Mark Generators 234 

Sine- Wave Generator 227 

Trigger Countdown 228 

Transitor Switching-Time Tester 229 

Diode Switching-Time Tester 230 

Semi-Conductor Tester Power Supply .... 231 
5 cps to 17MC Amplifier 232 



ACCESSORIES 

Trace-Recording Cameras 235 

Scope-Mobile® Carts 246 

Accessories Contents 248 



Information in this catalog supersedes all previously published 

material. Specification and price change privileges reserved. 



Reference Chart 



Due to the wide range of capabilities of Tektronix Oscilloscopes, some instru- 
ments appear more than once in the Reference Section, A more complete descrip- 
tion can be found in the individual instrument discussion. 

For help in selection of the instrument for your particular application, feel free 
to call your Tektronix Field Office. 



o 



TEKTRONIX OSCILLOSCOPES 

(According to Passband Capabilities) 


"""""""j"*""" 1 " " ■ | 

„ .„ Vertical^ 

Oscilloscope n , , 

r Passband 


"■""" 1 

Risetime 


Ca/fbrafea 1 j 
Sensitivity 


Vertical 1 
Signal 
Delay 


Calibrated 
Sweep 
Delay 


Calibrated 
Sweep Range 


Magnifier 
Max. Calib, 
Sweep Rate 


Accel. 

Potential 


Price 


Page 


Type 661 ® 


Equivalent to 
DC to 3500 MC 


0.1 nsec 


2 mv/cm to 
200 mv/cm 


No 


through full 
time base 


1 nsec/cm to 
100 /j.sec /cm 


% 5, 10, 
20,50, 100X 
10 psec/cm 


3kv 


$1150t 


142 


Type 661 ® 


Equivalent to 
DC to 1000MC 


0.35 nsec 


2 mv/cm to 
200 mv/cm 


Yes 


through full 
time base 


1 nsec/cm to 
100 /isec/cm 


2,5,10, 

20,50, 100 X 
10 psec/cm 


3kv 


$1150t 


142 


Type 519 


DC to 1000MC 


0.35 nsec 


less than 
lOv/cm 


Yes 


to 35 nsec 


2 nsec/cm 
to 1 /xsec/cm 


None 


24 kv 


$3900 


43 


*Type 561A©! 




0.4 nsec 


2 mv/cm to 
200 mv/cm 


Yes 


through 
100 nsec 


0.2 nsec/cm 
to 10 jasec/cm 


10X 
20 psec/cm 


3.5 kv 


$ 500t 


87 


— — — nquivaienr 

*Type 564© 

Storage 


0.4 nsec 


Same features as Type 561 A (above) plus SPLIT-SCREEN STORAGE of 
signal information. 


$ 950t 


91 


- -H 

*Type 567© 
Readout 


DC to B/^ML 


0.4 nsec 


Same features as Type 561 A (above) plus DIGITAL READOUT of pulse 
risetime, pulse width, time differences (with Type 6R1A Digital Unit). 


$ 700t 


100 


Type 581 A© 


DC to 85 Mc 


4 nsec 


100 mv/cm 
to 50 v/cm 


Yes 


None 


50 nsec/cm 
to 2 sec/cm 


5X 

10 nsec/cm 


lOkv 


$1 4251 


124 


__ — _ 

♦Type 5 85 A© 


4 nsec 


100 mv/cm 
to 50 v/cm 


Yes 


2 jusec 
to 1 sec 


50 nsec/cm 
to 2 sec/cm 


5X 

10 nsec/cm 


lOkv 


$1725t 


124 


Type 517A 
High-Speed 




7 nsec 


>50 mv/cm 
at 24 kv 


Yes 


None 


5 nsec/cm 
to 20 /xsec/cm 


None 


12 kv 

or 24 kv 


$3400 


234 


*Type 544© 


DC to 50 MC 


7 nsec 


50 mv/cm 
to 20 v/cm 


Yes 


None 


0.1 /j.sec /cm 
to 5 sec/cm 


2, 5, 10 

20,50, 100X 
10 nsec/cm 


lOkv 


$15501 


68 


*Type 546© 


7 nsec 


50 mv/cm 
to 20 v/cm 


Yes 


0.1 /j.sec 
to 50 sec 


0.1 /.isec/cm 
to 5 sec/cm 


2, 5, 10X 

10 nsec/cm 


lOkv 


$1750t 


75 


*Type 547 © 
Display- 
Switching 


7 nsec 


50 mv/cm 
to 20 v/cm 


Yes 


0.1 /j.sec 
to 50 sec 


0.1 /.(.sec/cm 
to 5 sec/cm 


2, 5, 10X 

10 nsec/cm 


lOkv 


$1875t 


75 


*Type 647® 
Environ- 
mentalized 


7 nsec 


10 mv/cm 
to 20 v/cm 


Yes 


1 /j.sec 
to 50 sec 


0.1 /.isec/cm 
to 5 sec/cm 


10X 

10 nsec/cm 


14kv 


$1350f 


131 


*Type 541 A© 


DC to 33 MC 


10.5 nsec 


50 mv/cm 
to 20 v/cm 


Yes 


None 


0.1 /j.sec/cm 
to 5 sec/cm 


5X 

20 nsec/cm 


10 kv 


$1225t 


234 


♦Type 543B© 


10.5 nsec 


50 mv/cm 
to 20 v/cm 


Yes 


None 


0.1 /xsec/cm 

to 5 sec/cm 


2, 5, 10, 

20,50, 100 X 
20 nsec/cm 


10 kv 


$1300t 


65 


*Type 545B© 


1 

10.5 nsec 


50 mv/cm 
to 20 v/cm 


Yes 


2 /xsec 
to 10 sec 


0.1 /xsec/cm 
to 5 sec/cm 


5X 
20 nsec/cm 


10 kv 


$1550t 


71 


Type 555® 
Dual-Beam 


10.5 nsec 


50 mv/cm 
to 20 v/cm 


Yes 


0.1 /xsec 
to 50 sec 


0.1 /isec/cm 
to 5 sec/cm 


5X 
20 nsec/cm 


10 kv 


$2650t 


83 


X Frequency Specifications are at 3-db down, 

f Price does not include Plug-In Units. 

* Rack-Mount models are available. 

(A) When used with Types 4S2 and 5T1A Sampling Plug-In Units. 
® When used with Types 4S1 and 5T1A Sampling Plug-In Units. 
© When used with Types 3S76 and 3T77 Sampling Plug-In Units. 


© When used with Type 82 or 86 Plug-In Units. 10 mv/cm at dc to 80 Mc. 

(E) When used with Type 1A1 Plug-In Preamplifier. 5 mv/cm at dc to 28 Mc. 

(F) When used with Type 10A2 Amplifier and Type 1 1 B2 Time Base Unit. 
©When used with Type 1A1 Plug-In Preamplifier. 5 mv/cm at dc to 23 Mc. 
©When used with Type 1A1 Plug-In Preamplifier. 5 mv/cm at dc to 23 Mc. Type 

555 is designed for 2 Plug-In Preamplifiers. 

. 


4 



/ 



Reference Chart 












A TEKTRONIX OSCILLOSCOPES 

(According to Passband Capabilities) 


r-. ,, Vertical $ 
Oscilloscope n , . 

Passband 


Risetime 


1 

Calibrated r . 

Sensitivity *. 

' Dei 


ical 

nal 

ay 

s 


Calibrated ~ i-l i 
_ Calibrated 
Sweep c 
Delay Sweep Range 


Magnifier 
Max. Calib. 
Sweep Rate 


I 
Acce/. 

n i« r "rice 
Pofenfiaf 

i 


Page 


Type 551© 
Dual-Beam 


13 nsec 


50 mv/cm Y 
to 20 v/cm 


K , 0.1 u.sec/cm 
None f 

to 5 sec/cm 


5X 
20 nsec/cm 


10 kv 


$18501" 


79 


Type 506 © 


DC to 23 MC 


1 5 nsec 


10 mv/cm 
to 10 v/cm 


Yes 


0.5 r <.$ec 
to 10 sec 


0.5 /.tsec/cm 
to 1 sec/cm 


5X 

0.1 /xsec/cm 


3.5 kv 


$ 525t 


234 


*Type 515A 


DC to 15 MC 


23 nsec 


50 mv/cm 
to 20 v/cm 


Yes 


None 


0.2 /isec/cm 
to 2 sec/cm 


5X 

40 nsec/cm 


4kv 


$ 875 


38 


Type 516 
Dual-Trace 


23 nsec 


50 mv/cm 
to 20 v/cm 


Yes 


None 


0.2 /xsec/cm 5X 
to 2 sec/cm 40nsec/cm 


4kv 


$1070 


41 


*Type 531 ® 


23 nsec 


50 mv/cm 
to 20 v/cm 


Yes 


None 


0.1 /xsec/cm 5X 
to 5 sec/cm 20 nsec/cm 


lOkv 


$ 995t 


55 


♦Type 533A® 


23 nsec 


50 mv/cm 
to 20 v/cm 


Yes 


None 


0.1 /xsec/cm 
to 5 sec/cm 


2,5,10, 
20,5.0, 100X 

20 nsec/cm 


lOkv 


$1125t 


59 


♦Type 535A® 


23 nsec 


50 mv/cm 
to 20 v/cm 


Yes 


2 /xsec 
to 10 sec 


0.1 /xsec/cm 
to 5 sec/cm 


5X 

20 nsec/cm 


10 kv 


$1400t 


55 


Type 422 

Dual-Trace 

Portable 


DC to 15Mc 
5 cps to 5 Mc 


23 nsec 
70 nsec 


10 mv/div 

to 20 v/div 

1 mv/div 


Yes 


None 


0.5 /xsec/div 

to 
0.5 sec/div 


10X 
50 nsec/div 


6kv 


$1325 


25 


Type 536© 
X-Y 
g^Curve Tracer 


DC to 1 1 MC 


31 nsec 


50 mv/div 
to 20 v/div 


No 


None 


0.2 /xsec/div 
to 2 sec/div 


5X 

40 nsec/div 


4kv 


$1085t 


62 


Type 317 
Daylight 
3" Portable 


DC to 1 MC 


oc 10 mv/div 
35 nsec C n *> 
to 50 v/div 


Yes 


None 


0.2 /xsec/div 
to 2 sec/div 


5X 
40 nsec/div 


9kv 


$ 875 


234 


♦Type 561 A® 

*Type 564 ® 
Storage 


oc 10 mv/cm 
35 nsec ,- , 

to 10 v/cm 


Yes 


0.5 /xsec 
to 1 sec 


0.5 /xsec/cm 
to 1 sec/cm 


5X ,a 
n i / 3.5 kv 
0.1 /xsec/cm 


$ soot 


87 


Same features as Type 561 A (above) plus SPLIT-SCREEN STORAGE of signal 
information. 


$ 9501 


91 


♦Type 565® 
Dual-Beam 


35 nsec 


10 mv/cm 
to 10 v/cm 


No 


10 /xsec 
to 50 sec 


1 xtsec/cm 
to 5 sec/cm 


10X 
0.1 //.sec/cm 


4kv 


$14001 


96 


Type 321 A 

Transistorized DC to 6MC 
3" Portable 


58 nsec 


10 mv/div 

to 
20 v/div 


No 


None 


0.5 /xsec/div 
to 0.5 sec/div 


5X 
0.1 //.sec/div 


4kv 


$ 900 


20 


Type 31 0A 
3" Portable 


DC to 4MC 


0.1 /Asec 

90 nsec 


10 mv/div 
to 0.1 v/div 

0.1 v/div 
to 50 v/div 


No 


None 


0.5 itsec/div 
to 0.2 sec/div 


5X 
0.1 /xsec/div 


1.8 kv 


$ 675 


15 


♦Type 503 
Differential 
and X-Y 


DC to 450 KC 


0.75 /xsec 


1 mv/cm 
to 20 v/cm 


No 


None 


1 /xsec/cm 
to 5 sec/cm 


% 5, 10, 

20, and SOX 
0.1 /xsec/cm 


3kv 


$ 640 


31 


♦Type 504 

♦Type 502A 
Dual-Beam 
and X-Y 


0.75 /xsec 


5 mv/cm 
to 20 v/cm 


No 


None 


1 jusec/cm 
to 0.5 sec/cm 


None 


3kv 


$ 540 


33 


DC to 50 KC 
increasing to 
DC to 1 MC 




100/xv/cm 
to 20 v/cm 


No 


None 


1 /xsec/cm 
to 5 sec/cm 


2, 5, 10, 

and 20X 
1 /xsec/cm 


3kv 


$1050 


28 


Frequency Specified 

f Price does not inclu 

* Rack-Mount models 

(D When used with 
21 Mc. Type 551 


ions are at 3-db down. 

de Plug-In Units. 

are available. 

Type 1A1 Plug-In Preamplifier, 5 mv/cm at dc to 
is designed for 2 Plug-In Preamplifiers. 


(J) When used with Type 9A2 Plug-In Amplifier and Type 3B3 Plug-In Time Bc?e. 

(K) When used with Type 1A1 Plug-In Preamplifier, 5 mv/cm at dc to 14 Mc. 

© When used with Type 1A1 Plug-In Preamplifier and Type T Plug-In Time Base. 

® When used with Type 3A6 Plug-In Amplifier and Type 3B3 Plug-In Time Base. 

(N) When used with Type 3A1 Plug-In Amplifier. Type 565 is designed for 2 Plug-In 
Amplifiers. 



Reference 



CHARACTERISTICS OF TEKTRONIX OSCILLOSCOPES 




am 



PLUG-IN UNIT TYPE 



Wide-Band 
1 Al High-Cain 

Dual-Trace Unil 



1A2 



IS! 
B 



C-A 



D 
E 



G 
H 



K 



M 



Q 



W 



PRICE 



$600 



PAGE 



179 



Wide-Band 
Dual-Trace Unil 



$325 



179 



Sampling 
Unit 



$1100 



High-Gain 
Unit 



Dual-Trace 
DC Unit 

High-Gain DC 
Differential 

Low-Level AC 
Differential 

Wide-Band DC 
Differential 

Wide-Band 

High-Gain 

DC Unit 

Fast-Rise DC 
Unit 



181 



$145 



$260 



157 



158 



$170 



159 



$190 



160 



CALIBRATED 
SENSITIVITY 



raw 



* Type 53 T A 

General Purpose 
Oscilloscope 



* Type 533A 

Generof Purpose 
Oscilloscope 



* Type 535A 

Sweep Delay 
Oscilloscope 



Type 536 

X-Y Curve Tracer 
Oscilloscope 



~500 /iv/cm 

5 mv/cm 

50 mv/cm to 

20v/cm 



50 mv/cm \o 
20 v/cm 



2 mv/cm to 
200 mv/cm 



5 mv/cm to 
20 mv/cm 

50 mv/cm 
to 20 v/cm 



50 mv/cm 
to 20 v/cm 

1 mv/cm to 
50 v/cm 



R1SETIME AND PASSBAND OF OSCILLOSCOPE AND PLUG-IN UNIT 

35 nsec 



2cps to lOMc 

25 nsec 
dc to 14Mc 



23 nsec 
dc to 15 Mc 



23 nsec 
dc to 15Mc 



44 nsec 
2 cps to 8 Mc 



33 nsec 
dc to 10.5Mc 



31 nsec 
dc to 1 1 Mc 



31 nsec 
dc to 11 Mc 






350-psec risetime (corresponding to an equivalent frequency response of 1 Gc), 
equivalent sweep rates of lOOpsec/cm to SO^tsec/cm, 50-O input. 

35 nsec 40 nsec 

2 cps to lOMc 2 cps to 9 Mc 



25 nsec 
dc to 14 Mc 



26 nsec 
dc to 13.5 Mc 



35 nsec 
dc to lOMc 

35 nsec 
dc to 10 Mc 



50 /iv/cm to 
10 mv/cm 



$190 



161 



$185 



162 



$145 



163 



Fast-Rise 

High-Gain 

Unit 

Four-Trace 
Unit 

Operational 

Amplifier 

Unit 



Strain Gage 
Unit 



$210 



164 



$525 



165 



50 mv/cm to 
20 v/cm 



5 mv/cm to 
20 v/cm 



50 mv/cm to 
20 v/cm 



5 mv/cm to 
2 v/cm 

50 mv/cm to 
20 v/cm 



20 mv/cm to 
10 v/cm 



$525 



166 



$325 



168 



50 mv/cm to 
20 v/cm 



0.18 ftsec 
dc to 300 kc, increasing to 2 Mc 



6 jusec 

0.06 cps to 20 kc, increasing to 60 kc 



25 nsec 
dc to 14Mc 



31 nsec 
dc to 11 Mc 



23 nsec 
dc to 15 Mc 



23 nsec 
3 cps to 1 5 Mc 



23 nsec 
dc to 15Mc 



25 nsec 
dc to 14Mc 



25 nsec 
dc to 14Mc 



35 nsec 
dc to 10 Mc 



37 nsec 
dc to y fc 

31 nslfc-^ 

dc to 11 Mc 



35 nsec 
3 cps to 10 Mc 



31 nsec 
dc to 11 Mc 



35 nsec 
dc to lOMc 



35 nsec 
dc to lOMc 



Transistor 
Risetime Unit 



10 justrain/div 

to 10,000 

/istrain/div 



$325 



170 



Semiconductor 
S Diode-Recovery $260 I : 

_ Unit 

Time-Base 
T Generator $240 

Unit 



0.5 ma/cm 

to 
100 ma/cm 



High-Gain 

Differential 

Comparator 

Unit 



Differential- 
Comparator Unit 



$575 



50 mv/cm 

and 
0.5 v/cm 



Performs precise operations of integration, differentiation, function generation, 

and linear or nonlinear amplification. 

60/iSec risetime, dc to 6 kc. Measures force, displacement, acceleration, 
strain ... any mechanical quantity that can be converted to a change in resist- 
ance, capacitance, or inductance. 



Supplies 5-nsec risetime pulse, 400-ma collector supply, 100-ma bias supply, 
risetime and passband same as with K Unit. 



$525 



175 



177 



1 mv/cm 

to 
50 v/cm 



50 mv/cm to 
25 v/cm 



1 to 20 ma forward current, to 2 ma reverse current, risetime and passband 
same as with K Unit. 



Generates 22 calibrated sweep rates from 0.2 ^sec/div to 2sec/div plus 5X 
magnifier. Triggering facilities include Manual, Automatic, H. F. Sync and Line, 
either ac or dc coupled. 



50 nsec 
dc to 7 Mc 



54 nsec 
dc to 6.5 Mc 



26 nsec 
dc to 13.5Mc 



34 nsec 
dc to 10.5 Mc 



Calibrated continuously variable (0 to ±1.1 v or to ±11 v] dc comparison 
voltage. ±11,000 cm effective scale length at maximum sensitivity. 0.001% 
maximum resolution. 20,000 to 1 common mode rejection ratio at dc. 



35 nsec 
dc to lOMc 



40 n- 
dc to 



magnification" up to 500 times. Calibrated continuously variable 
100 v) dc comparison voltages, ± 2000 cm effective scale length. 



Vertical 
[0 to - 
0.005% maximum resolution. 40,000 to 1 common-mode rejection ratio 



* Rack-Mount Models are available. 



Chart 




* Type 541 A 

Fast-Rise 
Oscilloscope 



Type 543B 

Fast-Rise 
Oscilloscope 



♦Type 545B 

Sweep Delay 
Oscilloscope 



WITH V SERIES AND LETTER SERIES PLUG-IN PREAMPLIFIERS 



* Type 544 

Fast- Rise 
Oscilloscope 



* Type 546 

Sweep Delay 
Oscilloscope 



* Type 547 

Display 

Switching 

Oscilloscope 



Type 551 Type 555 t Type 581 A t * Type 585A 

Dual-Beam Dual-Beam Fast-Rise Sweep Delay 

Oscilloscope Oscilloscope Oscilloscope Oscilloscope 



RISETIME AND PASSBAND OF OSCILLOSCOPE AND PLUG-IN UNIT 



25 nsec 

2cps to 14Mc 

T5nsec 

dc to 23 Mc 

10.5 nsec 
dc to 33 Mc 



10.5 nsec 
dc to 33 Mc 



23 nsec 
2 cps to 15 Mc 



12.5 nsec 
dc to 28 Mc 

7 nsec 
dc to 50 Mc 



7 nsec 

dc to 50 Mc 



350-psec risetime (corresponding to an equiva 



26 nsec 
2 cps to 1 3 Mc 

1 6.5 nsec 
dc to 21 Mc 

13 nsec 
dc to 27 Mc 

13 nsec 
dc to 27 Mc 



ent frequency response of 1 Gc 



25 nsec 
2 cps to 14Mc 



15 nsec 
dc to 23 Mc 

10.5 nsec 
dc to 33 Mc 



10.5 nsec 
dc to 33 Mc 



equivalent sweep rates of lOOpsec/cm to 50 psecjcm, 50-O input. 



30 nsec 
2 cps to 12 Mc 



18 nsec 
dc to 20 Mc 



15 nsec 
dc to 24 Mc 



30 nsec 
2 cps to 12 Mc 



20 nsec 
dc to 18 Mc 



16 nsec 

dc to 22 Mc 



0.18 /isec 
dc to 300 kc, increasing to 2 Mc 



6 psec 
0.06 cps to 20 kc, increasing to 60 kc 



1 8 nsec 

dc to 20 Mc 




23 nsec 
dc to 15 Mc 



1 2 nsec 

dc to 30 Mc 

1 5 nsec 

3 cps to 24 Mc 



12 nsec 
dc to 30 Mc 



17 nsec 
dc to 20 Mc 



14 nsec 
dc to 25 Mc 



20 nsec 
dc to 18Mc 



25 nsec 
dc to 14 Mc 



14 nsec 
dc to 25 Mc 



16 nsec 
3 cps to 22 Mc 



14 nsec 
dc to 25 Mc 



1 8 nsec 
dc to 19Mc 



16 nsec 

dc to 22 Mc 






Performs precise operations of integration, differentiation, function generation, 
and linear or n onlinear am plificat ion. 



60 ,usec risetime, dc to 6 kc. Measures force, displacement, acceleration, 
strain . . . any mechanical quantity that can be converted to a change in resist- 
ance, capacitance, or inductance. 



Supplies 5-nsec risetime pulse, 400-ma collector supply, 100-ma bias supply, 
risetime and passband same as with K Unit, 



1 to 20 ma forward current, to 2 ma reverse current, risetime and passband 
same as with K Unit. 



Generates 22 calibrated sweep rates from 0.2 /isec/div to 2 sec/div plus 5X 
magnifier. Triggering facilities include Manual, Automatic, H. F. Sync and Line, 
either ac or dc coupled. 



44 nsec 
dc to 8Mc 



44 nsec 
dc to 8Mc 



15 nsec 
dc to 23 Mc 



17 nsec 
dc to 20.5 Mc 




27 nsec 
dc to 13 Mc 



: 



Vertical "magnification" up to 500 times. Calibrated continuously variable 
(0 to ± lOOv) dc comparison voltages, ± 2000 cm effective scale length. 
0.005% maximum resolution. 40,000 to 1 common-mode rejection ratio. 



f Uses V Series and Letter-Series Plug-In Units with Type 81 Adapter. 



30 nsec 
2 cps to 12Mc 



18 nsec 
dc to 20 Mc 



15 nsec 
dc to 24 Mc 



18 nsec 
dc to 20 Mc 



23 nsec 
dc to 15Mc 



1 2 nsec 
dc to 30 Mc 



15 nsec 
3 cps to 24 Mc 



1 2 nsec 
dc to 30 Mc 



1 7 nsec 

dc to 20 Mc 



14 nsec 
dc to 25 Mc 



44 nsec 
dc to 8Mc 



15 nsec 
dc to 23 Mc 



Calibrated continuously variable (0 to ±1.1 v or to ±11 v) dc comparison 
voltage. ±11,000 cm effective scale length at maximum sensitivity. 0.001% 
maximum resolution. 20,000 to 1 common mode rejection ratio at dc. 



V 



Reference Chart 




Type 507 



HIGH-VOLTAGE SURGE-TEST OSCILLOSCOPES 



Oscilloscope Risetime 



10 nsec 



Calibrated 
Sensitivity 



Approximately 50v/cm 
to 500 v/cm 



Signal 
Delay 



Nc 



Sweep Calibrated Sweep Accel. 

Delay Sweep Range Magnifier Potential 



None 



20 nsec/cm 
to 50 /Asec/cm 



None 



Price Page 



24 kv 



$2900 



35 



TELEVISION OSCILLOSCOPES 


Instrument 


Risetime 


Calibrated 
Sensitivity 


Signal 
Delay 


Vertical 
Response 


Calibrated 
Sweep Range 


Sweep Accel. 
Magnifier Potential 


Price 


Page 


Type 524AD 
Oscilloscope 


35 nsec 


15 mv/cm 
to 50 v/cm 


Yes 


Normal, 

Flat, 

IRE 


0.1 jusec/cm 
to 0.01 sec/cm 


3 and 10X 




4kv 


$1300 


46 


Type 526 
Vectorscope 


Dual Channel displays, with either vector or linear-sweep presentation of demodulated 
chroma signal. 


4kv 


$1665 


49 


Type RM529 

Waveform 

Monitor 




120mv 
to 1.5 v 

for 6 cm 


No 


Flat, IRE, 

Low-Pass, 

Chroma 


0.25 H/cm, 

0.125 H/cm, c , ocv 
r . , , i 5 and 25X 

Field and 

Line Rates 


5.5 kv 


$1100 


52 









Type 561 A, RM561A, 564, and 1 
any of these Plug-In Units. 

. . . T C_ / "7 . .1 DkAIZA7 Dj^^.-I 


\M564 Oscilloscopes use 

ouf Osc///oscopes use Digital 
readout. Other Amplifier 
sed without digital readout. 




:■■ ■ . .■ 


type DO/ ana K/vioo/ Keaa< 
and these units for digital 
and Time Base Units can be u 


Plug-In Type 


TIME-BASE UNITS | 


Sweep Rate * 


^^ ——— 1 — 

Magnifier Triggering Price Page 


2B67 

Single Sweep 






1 ^sec/cm to 5 sec/cm, 1-2-5 
sequence. 


5X 


Internal, External, Line; amplitude-level 
selection; ac or dc-coupled; automatic 
or free run; ± slope. 


$ 210 189 


3BT 

Sweep Delay 






0.5 //.sec/cm to 1 sec/cm, 1-2- 
5 sequence (for both normal 
and delayed sweeps). 


5X 


internal, External; amplitude-level selec- 
tion; ac or dc-coupled; automatic (normal 
sweep only] or free-run; db slope. 


$ 535 


195 


3B2 

Calibrated 
Sweep Delay 






2 ^sec/cm to 1 sec/cm, 1-2-5 
sequence. Continuously vari- 
able calibrated delay from 5 
/xsec to 10.5 sec. 


No 


Internal, External, Line; Amplitude-level 
selection; ac or dc coupled; ± slope. 


$ 650 


234 


3B3 

Calibrated 
Sweep Delay 
Single Sweep 






0.5 usee/ cm to 1 sec/cm, 1-2-5 
sequence (for both normal and 
delayed sweeps). Continuous- 
ly variable calibrated delay 
from 0,5 /^sec to 10 sec. 


5X 


Internal, External; amplitude-level selec- 
tion, ac or dc coupled, ± slope. Nor- 
mal sweep has in addition: automatic 
and line plus single sweep. 


$ 585 


196 


3B4 

Direct-Reading 
Magnifier 
Single Sweep 






0.2/xsec/cm to 5 sec/cm, 1-2-5 
sequence. Magnifier reads 
sweep rate directly up to 50 
nsec/cm. 


up to 

SOX 


Internal, External, External -^10, Line; am- 
plitude level selection; ac, ac low-frequen- 
cy reject or dc coupling,- free-run, auto- 
matic, or normal modes; ± slope. 


$ 400 


197 


3T4 

Programmable 
Sampling Sweep 

(use with 3S3 
or 3S76) 






Equivalent sweep rates 1 nsec/ 
cm to 200 ju.sec/cm, 1-2-5 se- 
quence, Programmable through 
front-pane! connector. 


10X 


Internal (3S76 only) or External, dzslope. 


$1300 


202 


3T77 

Sampling Sweep 

(use with 3S3 or 
3S76} 






Equivalent sweep rates 0.2 
nsec/cm to 10,usec/cm, 1-2-5 
sequence. 


10X 


Internal or External, ± slope. 


$ 650 


2i~ 


* Variable between steps, uncalibrated. 






8 



Reference Chart 




Plug- In Type 
2A60 



2A61 Low-Level 
Differential 

2A63 Differential 

50:1 rejection ratio 



3A1 Dual-Trace 

(Identical Channels) 

3A2 Dual-Trace 

(Identical Channels) 

3A3 Dual-Trace 
Differential 



41 



b 



3A6 Dual-Trace 

(Identical Channels) 

3A72 Dual-Trace 

(Identical Channels) 

3A74 Four-Trace 

(Identical Channels) 

3A75 

3C66 Strain Gage 

3S3 Dual-Trace 

Sampling (Use 
with 3T77 and 3T4) 

3S76 Dual-Trace 
Sampling (Use 
with 3T77 and 3T4) 




Type 56] A, RM561 A, 564 /and RM564 Oscilloscopes use 
any of these Plug- In Units. 

Type 565 and RM565 Oscilloscopes use Plug-In Units for 
vertical deflection only. 

Type 567 and RM567 Readout Oscilloscopes use Digital and these units for digital readout. 
Other Amplifier and Time Base Units can be used without digital readout. 



f 



Passband 
(3-db down) 



AMPLIFIER UNITS 

Calibrated Sensitivity 



dc — 1 Mc. 



0.06 cps— 300 kc 



dc — 300 kc. 



dc — lOMc. 



dc— 500 kc 



Selectable 
dc — 5 kc or 
dc— 500 kc 



dc— lOMc. 



dc — 650 kc 



dc — 2Mc. 



dc — 4Mc. 



dc — 5 kc 



dc to equivalent 

1 Gc. 
(0.35 nsec risetime) 

dc to equivalent 

875 Mc 

(0.4 nsec risetime) 



50 mv/cm — 50 v/cm in 4 steps. 



10/Av/cm — 20 mv/cm, 1-2-5 sequence. 



1 mv/cm — 20 v/cm, 1-2-5 sequence. 



10 mv/cm — 20 v/cm, 1-2-5 sequence. 



10 mv/cm — 10 v/cm, 1-2-5 sequence. 



Input 
(ac or dc coupled) 



Price Page 



1 megohm shunted by $ 105 188 
47 pf, 600 volts max. 



10 meg— 50 pf; ±5v $ 385 
(ac- — coupled only) 



188 



100/iv/cm — 10 v/cm, 1-2-5 sequence. 1 megohm shunted by 

47 pf, 600 volts max. 



$ 150 



$ 450 



18? 



190 



$ 500 



234 



$ 790 191 



Identical to Type 3A1 above but with 
internal delay line. 



10 mv/cm — 20 v/cm, 1-2-5 sequence. 



20 mv/cm — 10 v/cm, 1-2-5 sequence. 



50 mv/cm — 20 v/cm, 1-2-5 sequence. 

10 /xstrain/div — 10,000 ^istrain/div, 
1-2-5 sequence. 



120 strain gage 
bridge 



$ 540 



190 



$ 275 193 



$ 590 194 



$ 175 



$ 400 



193 



198 



5 mv/cm — 100 mv/cm, 1-2-5 sequence. 100 k, 2 pf ±3 v max 



2 mv/cm — 200 mv/cm, 1-2-5 sequence. 



50 O, 2 volts 

pk-to-pk. max. 

dc-coupled 



$1500 

(with 

probes) 

$1100 



200 



201 



Variable between steps, uncalibrated. 



DIGITAL READOUT SYSTEMS 



Digital plus analog displays are simultaneously presented on the Type 567 Oscilloscope and Type 6R1A Digital Unit. A Digital Readout 
System consists of a Type 567/6R1A and any of 5 combinations of vertical and horizontal Plug-In Units: Type 3S3/3T77, 3S76/3T77, 3A2/ 
3B2, 3S3/3T4, or 3S76/3T4. Other 2-Series and 3-Series Plug-In Units can be used for normal crt display, but do not provide digital 
readout. See the Type 262 Programmer for these systems. 

Calibrated Input Calibrated Sweep Digital System 

Risetime Sensitivity Impedance Sweep Range Delay Resolution Trigger Price 



X & Y 

Plug-Ins 

3S3/3T77* 



0.35 nsec 



3S76/3T77* 




3A2/3B2 



0.4 nsec 



0.7 fisec 



5 mv/cm to 
100 mv/cm 



2 mv/cm to 
200 mv/cm 



10 mv/cm to 
10 v/cm 



100 k, 2 pf 



50 Q 



1 Meg, 47 pf 



equiv. 0.2 nsec/ 

cm to 10 jisecj 

cm plus 10X 

magnifier 



Through 
approx. 
100 nsec 



10 or 

100 dots 

per cm 



2 jusec/cm 
to 1 sec/cm 



5 ,usec to 
10.5 sec 



1 /.i.sec to 1 

msec clock rate 

in decades 



External 



Internal 

or 
External 



$5450 
(including 2 probes) 



$5050 



$4450 



*The Type 3T4 Programmable Sampling Sweep can be programmed through a front panel connector. Programmable 
functions include sweep rates (1 nsec/cm to 200 /xsec/cm), 3 calibrated sweep delay ranges (1 /<sec to 1 msec), samples 
per sweep (100 or 1000 or alternately 100 or 1000), and single display for real-time measurements. Type 3T4 ... $1300. 



Reference Chart 




CHARACTERISTIC-CURVE TRACERS 



:; 



Instrument 



Type 570 presents an accurate graphic 
analysis of electron-tube characteristics 
under almost any conceivable operating 
condition. 



Vertical 
Axis 



Horizontal 
Axis 



20 /j.a/div to 

50 ma/div 
1-2-5 sequence 



1 



1 v/div to 
50 v/dlv 
-2-5 sequence 



Variable Drive 
Parameters 



Type 575 traces characteristic curves 
for both PNP and NPN transistors and 
diodes on the face of a crt. 



1 /.ca/div to 

2 a/div 

10 mv/div to 

0.5 v/div 



10 mv/div to 
20 v/div 

10 mv/div to 
0.5 v/div 



Plate, screen, or 
grid current vs. 
plate or grid volt- 
age. 



Accel. 
Potential 



Collector current 
& voltage, Base 
current & voltage. 



4 kv 



4 b 



A-B 

Comparison 



Price Page 



Y 



es 



Yes 



$1100 



116 



$1075 



119 



Instrument 



Type 175 adapts the Type 575 to meas- 
urement of high power (NPN and PNP) 
apply ONLY when used with Type 575 
Curve Tracer. 



Collector Supply 



to 20 v or to 
100 v, or to 100 v 
with 300-O series 
load resistor. 



Base Supply 



Calibrated Display 



± stepping, 4 to 12 steps 

per family, either repeti- Vertical Axis — 

tive or single family. Collector Current 

10 current positions— 1 ma Horizontal Axis— 

to 1 amp/step; 5 voltage Collector Voltage 

positions — 0.02 to 0.5 v/ Base Voltage 

step 



A-B 

Comparison 



Yes 



Price Page 



$1475 



119 



SPECTRUM ANALYZERS 




HIGH FREQUENCY MULTI-BAND 
GENERAL PURPOSE GENERAL PURPOSE 


CHARACTERISTICS 1L10 


L-20 


L-30 


FREQUENCY 
COVERAGE 
(Mc) 


1-36 


10- 

4000 


1000- 
10400 


SENSITIVITY 
(dbm) 


-100 


—110 to 
-90 


-105 to 

-75 


DISPERSION 


.01 kc/cm to 2 kc/cm 
calibrated, plus uncali- 
brated Search. 


(Narrow) 1 5 kc to 5Mc Oscilloscope 5X Magnifier usable to 3 kc; up 
(Wide) 100 kc to 60 Mc to 100X Magnifier on some oscilloscopes 


DISPLAY 


FLATNESS 


± 1 db 


± 3 db (over 60 Mc Dispersion) 


RESOLUTION 
BANDWIDTH 


10 cps to 1 kc 
Coupled to Dispersion 


1 kc to 100 kc, continuously variable 


INCIDENTAL FM 


!F 5 cps 

LO 26-61 cycles 


800 cps to 1800 cps at local oscillator fundamental 


SWEEP RATE 
(Provided by 
Oscilloscope) 


As low as 0.02 cps (5 sec/cm) to beyond practical analyzer range, flexible triggering 


ATTENUATOR 
(1-db Step) 


(RF) 51 db 

± 0.1 db per db 


(IF) 51 db ± 0.1 db per db 


IF GAIN CONTROL 


60 db (Variable) 


50 db [Variable) 


MARKERS 


NA 


Single or picket fence, continuously variable ± 30 Mc. 
Picket fence — lOOkc and 1 Mc spacing 




Log 


50 db 


40 db 6-cm vertical display 




Linear 

Square Law 


26 db 


26 db 6-cm vertical display 


DISPLAY 


NA 


13 db 6-cm vertical display 


!■; 


Video 


1 00 mv/cm (var.) 1 cps to 

oscilloscope vert, band- 
width. 50 Q input resist- 
ance. 


100 mv/cm (variable) 10 cps to oscilloscope vertical band- 
width. 1 00 Q input resistance 

n 


INSTRUM 


ENT 


U10 


L-20 


L-30 v 


PRICE 


$1200 


$1995 


$1995 


PAGE 

" " ■ ' : - ' ■ ' " : ■' "■■-":■ '■ " '"" ... "■ " ■ " ■'■■'■■■■■■ 


184 


186 


186 



10 



Reference Chart 



1 


p 


SAMPLING SYSTEMS 










Type 661 with Types 

5T1A and 452 Units 
I 


50 n 


0.1 nsec 




No 


through i | nsec/cm 
full to 
time 100/i.sec/cm 
base pj us magnifier 


5, 10, 20, 
50, 100 or 

1000 


External 


$3500 


142 


Type 661 with Types 
5T1A and 4S1 Units 


50 n 


0.35 nsec 


Yes 


Internal 

or 
External 


$3330 


142 


Type 661 with Types 
5T1A and 4S3 Units 


100 k, 2 pf 


0.35 nsec 


2-200 mv/cm 
1-2-5 sequence 


No 






External 


$3500 

with probes) 


142 



Instrument 



SAMPLING SYSTEMS FOR TYPE 560-SERIES OSCILLOSCOPES 

sweep Equivalent Samples Per T . System L 

n I c t* /- ±* Trigger ' . rage 

Delay sweep Time Centimeter ^^ Price a 



Input D . Calibrated Signal S 

, ', Risetime 

Impedance 



*Type 561 A 

with Types 3S76 and 
3T77 Units 



Sensitivity Delay 



2-200 mv/cm 



*Types 561 A 

with Types 3S3 and 100 k, 2 pf 
3T77 Units 



I 0,2 nsec/cm 

(Through to 

1-2-5 sequence 100 nsec 10/j.sec/cm 

plus 10X mag. 



10 or 100 



0.35 nsec 



*Type 564 with Types 
3S76 and 3T77 Units 

Type 564 with Types 
3S3 and 3T77 Units 

*Type 567 with Types 
3S76, 3T77, and6R!A 



5-100 mv/cm 
1-2-5 sequence 



No 



50 o 



0.4 nsec 



Internal 

or 
External 



$2250 



87 



External 



Same features as Types 561 A, 3S76, 3T77 (above) plus SPLIT-SCREEN 
STORAGE of signal information. 



$2650 

with probes) 



$2700 



87 



91 



n ,c Same features as Types 561 A, 3S3, 3T77 (above) plus SPLIT-SCREEN 

i uu k, / pt u.jd nsec CT __ . _._ , . . , 

blOKAGt ot signal information. 



50 o 



Units 



g 



0.4 nsec 



ype 567 with Types 
3S3, 3T77, and 6R1A 
Units 



Same features as Types 561 A, 3S76, 3T77 (above) plus DIGITAL READ- 
OUT of pulse risetime, pulse amplitude, pulse width, time differences. 



$3100 

with probes) 



91 



100 k 2 pf 35 nsec Same features as T YP es 561A > 3S3, 3T77 (above) plus DIGITAL READOUT 

of pulse risetime, pulse amplitude, pulse width, time differences. 



$5050 



00 



$5450 

with probes) 



100 



The Type 3T4 Programmable Sampling Sweep is similar to the Type 3T77 except it can be programmed through a front-panel connec- 
tor. Programmable functions include sweep rate (1 nsec/cm to 200 /.(.sec/cm), 3 calibrated sweep delay ranges (1 /isec to 1 msec), samples 
per sweep (100 or 1000), and single display for real-time measurements. Type 3T4 — $1300. 

* Rack Mount models are available 



or i Input L. . Calibrated Signally . _ . L 

Plug-In . *\ Risetime c ... ., - , Ingger Price Pag 

Impedance Sensitivity Delay ^ 3 a 



4S1 



4S2 



4S3 



50 Q 



50 a 



100 k, 2 pf 



0.1 nsec 



0.35 nsec 



0.35 nsec 



ensitivtiy 



SAMPLING SYSTEMS FOR TYPE 661 OSCILLOSCOPE! 

io/L . - . ~n~ 

ilay 



No External 



2-200 mv/cm 
1-2-5 sequence 



Yes 



No 



Internal 

or 
External 



External 



$1600 



$1430 



$1600 



145 



144 



146 



p, . Sweep Equivalent Samples per _ . 
Delay Sweep Time Centimeter 



Page 



Through 1 nsec/cm to 

5T1A full 100/isec/cm 

time plus magnifier 
base 



5T3* 



5, 10, 20, 

50, 100 or 

1000 



$750 



147 



10 nsec/cm to 
100 jusec/cm 



$900 



148 



e Also real-time sampling from 0.2 nsec/cm to 5 sec/cm. 



Instrument 



Type 280 Trigger Countdown 



Type 290 Transistor Switching-Time 
Tester 



w 



ype 291 Diode Switching-Time Tester 



Type 292 Semiconductor Tester and 
Power Supply 



SAMPLING SYSTEM ACCESSORIES 

Descnpffon 



Allows timing systems to be synced up to 5 Gc. Output repetition rate 
variable from 15 to 45 Mc. 



Measures fast transistors, short duty cycle measurements of delay time, 
risetime, storage time, and fall time. 



Measures fast-switching diodes, forward and reverse recovery. Response 
better than 0.35 nsec. 



Furnishes dc power and provides sub-nanosecond environments for read- 
ing out time and charge information about fast semiconductor diodes 
and transistors. 



Price 



$ 265 



$ 290 



$ 185 



$325 



Page 



228 



229 



230 



231 



11 



Reference Chart 




INDUCTANCE AND CAPACITANCE METER 



Guard 



Instrument Ranges Accuracy w ,, Price Page 



to 3, 10, 
30, 100, 



Permits mea- 
suring an un- 
known ca- 



Type 130 



300 /xh within 3% j pa c i ta n ce j * 2 25 21 g 

to 3, 10, of full scale while elimin- 



30, 100, 
300 /x/xf 

i_ 



ating effects 
of other ca- 
pacitances. 



SQUARE-WAVE GENERATORS 



(J 



Instrument Risetime 



Type 105 13 nsec 



Frequency 
Range 



25cps 
to 1 Mc 



Output 
Voltage 



Price Page 



1 v to 1 00 v 
across the in- 
ternal 600-o 

food 



$ 435 



204 



Type 107 3 nsec 



400 kc 

to 1 Mc 



0.1 v to 0.5 v 
with 52-Q ter- $ 190 
mination 



205 



AMPLIFIERS 


j 
Instrument 

■ 


~ . Frequency 

Gam j. 

Response? 


Noise Level 


Differential 
Input 


Input 
Impedance 


, ; Price Page 
Impedance 


*Type 122 




lOOXor 
1000X 


0.2 cps to 40 kc 


1-5 fxv, rms, 
grounded 


Yes 


10 megohms, 
50 pf. 


1000 ohms 


$ 135 210 


Type 123 


100X 3cpsto25kc 


7.5 py, rms, or 
less grounded 


No 


10 megohms 


31 kilohms $ 75 212 


Type 1121 


100X 


5 cps to 1 7 Mc 
21 -nsec risetime 


50 j*,v or less 
pk-to-pk, grounded 


No 


1 megohm, 

22 pf. 93 ohms $ 465 232 


t Frequency Specifications are at 3-db down. 
* Rack-Mount models are available. 



PULSE GENERATORS 


[— — " "" ■■■" 

Instrument Frequency 


Mam Pulse 
Width 


r t 

Output Trigger 

Risetime Delay Amplitude Impedance Req. Price 

:___^ : — — : 1 


Page 


Type 109 


275 to 700 cps 


0.5 nsec to 300 nsec 


<0.25 nsec 


None 


to 50 v 


50 a 


None $360 


206 


Type 1 1 1 


to 1 00 kc 


2 nsec to 0.1 ^sec 


0.5 nsec 


30 to 
250 nsec 


±5v 


50 a 


+ 5v 


$365 


207 


Type 114 


1 ju.sec to 
10 msec 


Square Wave and 
100 nsec to 1 msec 


<10 nsec 


None 


±1 v to 
±10v 


1 6—84 


+2v 

to 
+ 20 v 


$350 


209 


tType 161 


to 50 kc 


10/xsec to 0.1 sec 


0.5 ^sec 


Variable 


to ±50 v 


1— 5kO 


+3v 


$130 


222 


tType 162 
t Type 1 63 


to 10 kc 


1 00 jusec to 1 sec 


1 /xsec 


None 


50 v 


1 kfl 


+ 15v 


$130 


223 


to 500 kc 


1 jusec to 10 msec 


0.2 jusec 


Variable 


to +25 v ]l00O— 3.5 kO 


+2v 


$130 


224 


tType 160A Power Supply provides power for up to 7 Type 161 or 162 Generators, 5 Type 163 Generators, or 5 Type 360 Indicators. $190 



Instrument 



Type 1 80A 
*Type 181 



Time-Mark Interval 



TIME-MARK GENERATORS 

Sine-Wave Frequency 




Accuracy 



Stabilityn 



Price Page 



2 per decade from 1 /.sec to 5 sec, sMc,10 Mc or 50 Mc within 0.001 % ?_? °* E!' TS $ *25 225 



separately or in timing combination 
1 per decade from 1 jiisec to 10 msec 



10 Mc 



about 0.03% 



for 24 hr. period 



0.005% per hour $ 265 234 



* Rack-Mount models are available. 
tt All outputs are derived from a 1 Mc crystal-controlled oscillator. Type 1 80A uses temperature-stabilized oven which is also available 
as accessory for the Type 181, or as MOD110 installed in the instrument. This provides stability of 3 parts per million. 



Instrument 



Output Frequency 



CONSTANT AMPLITUDE SINE-WAVE GENERATOR 

Output Amplitude 



Type 190B 



Continuously variable from 350 
kc to 50 Mc. 



Continuously variable from 40 
mv to 10 volts, pk-to-pk. 



Harmonic 
Content 



Typically less 
than 5%. 



Output 
impedance 



Price 



Page 



Nominally 25 $ 330 227 






12 



Reference Information 




DESCRIPTIONS AND SPECIFICATIONS 



PASSBAND AND RISETIME MEASUREMENTS 





All present regular-production Tektronix Instruments and 
Accessories are listed and described in this catalog. We hope 
that it contains the right kind and amount of information for 
you. 

The principal Tektronix instrument is the cathode-ray oscillo- 
scope, which is a three-dimensional display device. These 
three axes are designated: X (time-base or horizontal plane), 
Y (amplitude or vertical plane), and Z (brightness range of 
display). The X and Y axes convey precise quantitative in- 
formation and are usually specified as TIME per division 
and/or VOLTS per division. The Z axis is usually modulated 
by blanking or unblanking voltages in order to eliminate 
retrace time from the presentation. Time markers can also be 
used to modulate the trace in most Tektronix Oscilloscopes. 

Characteristics other than X-axis sweep rates and Y-axis sensi- 
tivities are usually not of primary importance in describing 
the accuracy of the display, but are often pertinent when 
selecting an oscilloscope for a particular application. While 
specifications on these other features are less stringent, relative 
values in areas such as trigger sensitivity, CRT accelerating 
potential, amplitudes of output waveforms, etc., are quite 
meaningful. 

We have tried to describe all of the more significant features, 
capabilities, and limitations of Tektronix instruments in a way 
that will be of the most value to most customers. This cannot 
be done without knowingly omitting some things meaningful 
to only a few. 

If you have specific questions about any instruments that are 
not answered here, you should consult your Tektronix Field 
Engineer or Engineering Representative; he can probably pro- 
vide a ready answer. Occasionally, however, questions are 
asked about specific performance limitations that we have 
never investigated. If the questions are of general interest 
to many customers, an investigation will be made. However, 
such questions usually imply a desire to use the instruments 
in applications for which they are not intended. When such 
is clearly the case, a special investigation can seldom be 
justified. The burden of testing or calibrating instruments to 
assure conformance to such a specification would not be one 
which we could, with clear conscience, pass on to all customers. 

Questions may arise about the exact meaning of such words 
as "approximately", "typically", and our intent when using 
them to describe an instrument. For instance, the square-wave 
voltage calibrators in many Tektronix Oscilloscopes are typi- 
cally described as having a frequency of approximately 1 kc. 
The frequency is relatively unimportant. If we specified the 
acceptable frequency limits, it would be misleading; the pri- 
mary purpose of the calibrator in most cases is to provide 
an accurate voltage reference, not an accurate frequency 
reference. In other cases, a characteristic might be stated in 
what seems to be absolute values (for example, + Gate Out). 
In most instances, the accuracy of the value is unimportant, 
and the acceptable limits would again be misleading. The 
availability of the waveform at a front-panel connector is a 
characteristic of the instrument and does not contribute to the 
accuracy of X and Y measurements. 

Your Tektronix Field Engineer or Overseas Distributor will 
welcome your discussion on descriptions and specifications of 
Tektronix Oscilloscopes and associated instrumentation. 



Frequency-response quotations are at the 3-db-down points 
unless otherwise stated. 

Equipment for measuring frequency response (passband) must 
be carefully selected to assure accurate readings. A generator 
which is correct in amplitude at just the low frequency and 
high frequency check points could prove misleading. Uniform 
frequency response measurements require a generator with 
"flat" output amplitude characteristics over its entire frequency 
range. Loading placed on the generator must also be con- 
sidered. High frequency sine-wave generators must usually 
be terminated to match their output impedance. For oscil- 
loscopes having an upper frequency response in the area from 
350 kilocycles through 50 megacycles, Tektronix uses Type 
190B Constant Amplitude Sine-Wave Generator to check for 
high frequency roll-off characteristics. 

A characteristic of importance to the pulse-measurement field 
is risetime. This parameter is generally a good indication of 
relative passband. In short, faster risetime means greater 
passband (in the direction of higher frequencies). Several 
factors must be considered in making risetime measurements. 
For reasonably accurate readings of risetime, the oscilloscope 
should be approximately 5 times faster than the signal to be 
measured. When risetime of the signal approaches risetime 
of the oscilloscope, the true signal risetime can be computed. 
Risetime of cascaded signals is calculated by taking the square 
root of the sum of the squares (of signal and oscilloscope 
risetimes). For example, a signal with a risetime of one nano- 
second viewed on an oscilloscope with a risetime capability 
of one nanosecond will appear as approximately 1.414 nano- 
seconds. 

In order to measure actual risetime of the oscilloscope, the 
input pulse should be free of overshoot and ringing, since 
risetime is generally measured between the 10% and 90% 
amplitude points on a waveform. Proper termination of the 
input-pulse source must also be considered. Tektronix uses 
Type 105 Square-Wave Generator (approximately 13nsec rise- 
time), Type 107 Square-Wave Generator (less than 3 nsec 
risetime), or Type 109 Pulse Generator (less than 0.25 nsec 
risetime) for checking risetime of general purpose oscilloscopes. 
For faster oscilloscopes, specially constructed generators are 
employed. 

In general, peak-to-peak input voltage ratings are for dc 
and low-frequency values. Because of possible damage to 
input components, especially solid-state devices, continuous 
derating is required as frequency is increased. This is especially 
true with rf at high-sensitiveity settings. 



MECHANICAL CONSIDERATIONS 



VENTILATION — In general, a standard oscilloscope using 250 
watts of power or more will have filtered forced-air cooling. 
CLEARANCE — Under normal conditions, at least two inches 
of unobstructed space around the oscilloscope should be main- 
tained to assure safe operating temperature. Should the 
chassis temperature become excessive, at typically 120°, a 
thermal-cufout switch will interrupt the power and keep it off 
until a safe operating temperature is reached. 
CONSTRUCTION — The oscilloscope chassis and cabinet are of 
aluminum alloy for lightweight durability. 
FINISH — The oscilloscope front panel is anodized and the 
cabinet has blue-vinyl finish. 
Specifications continued on next page. 



13 



Reference Information 



TEKTRONIX-MANUFACTURED COMPONENTS 



o 



When standard commercially-available components do not 
meet rigid requirements of Tektronix Oscilloscopes and associ- 
ated instruments, and suppliers cannot fulfill adequately this 
demand for these specialized components, Tektronix manu- 
factures them. 



Some of these special components manufactured by Tektronix 
for exclusive use in its own equipment include cathode-ray 



tubes, transformers, ceramic terminal strips, and etched cir- 
cuitry — in addition to precision potentiometers, capacitors, wire- 
wound resistors, inductors, semiconductor and solid-state 
devices. 

Designed compactly for reliability and efficiency these Tek- 
tronix-manufactured components incorporate the highest stand- 
ards of craftsmanship in meeting the special needs of particular 
instruments. 



CATHODE-RAY-TUBE PHOSPHOR DATA 



The catalog description of each oscilloscope indicates 
the phosphor normally supplied. However, for specific 
applications, you may want to specify another phosphor. 
The phosphor data chart will help in your selection. 

For more specific information regarding the best-suited 
phosphor for your particular application, please confer 
with your Tektronix Field Engineer. He will know the 
factors that must be considered in selection of a phos- 



phor for any given application. For example, Type Pll is 
excellent for waveform photography but due to its short 
persistence, it is not well suited for applications requiring 
visual observation of low speed phenomena. 

Phosphors are rated in several parameters, such as color 
of fluorescence or phosphor escence, persistence, etc. The 
following table describes the more commonly used phos- 
phors. 



PHOSPHOR DATA CHART 


Relative ® Crystal © 
Phosphor Fluorescence Phosphorescence Brightness Persistence ® Size 


Principal Use 


Comments 


PI 


Yellowish- 
Green 


Yellowish- 
Green 


150 


Medium 


Fine 


Slow Repetition Rate 
Oscilloscope Displays 


Used to keep down flicker 
apparent at low rep. rates 
such as 60 cps. 


P2 


Blueish-Green 


Green 


230 


Medium Short* 


Coarse 


General Purpose 

Displays 


Good compromise for higt, 
and low speed applications. 


P4 


White 


White 


250 


Medium Short 


Coarse 


Television Pictures 
(Image Displays) 




?7 


Blue- White 


Yellow-Green 


128 


Medium Long* 


Coarse 


Slow Speed 
Displays 




Pll 


Purplish-Blue 


Purplish-Blue 


100 


Medium Short 


Medium 


Oscilloscope 
Photography 


High blue light content and 
small spot size conducive 
to sharp photographs. 


P15 


Blueish-Green 


Blueish-Green 


50 


Short 


Fine 


Moving Film 

Photography 

Flying Spot Scanner 

Displays 


Poor for high-speed photog- 
raphy. 


P20 


Yellow-Green 


Yellow-Green 


250 


Medium 


Medium 


General Purpose 
Displays 




P31 


Green 


Green 


390 


Medium Short 


Coarse 


Oscilloscope Displays Bright sharp image. 
In High Ambient Light | 


® Taken with a Spectra Brightness Spot Meter, which incorporates a CLE. standard 

eye filter. Representative of 10 kv aluminized screens. 
® JEDEC classification (to 10% level). 

© FINE = up to 4.9 fi, MEDIUM = 5.0/* to 9.9 fi, COARSE = 10.0 /a and up. 
* Low-level persistence may last for minutes. 



UNITS and ABBREVIATIONS used in this Catalog 



Unit 



Name 



Abbreviation 



10 9 
10 6 
10 6 
10 3 
10 3 



cycles 
cycles 

ohms 

cycles 

ohms 



gigacycles 

megacycles 

megohms 

kilocycles 

kilohms 



Gc 

Mc 
meg 
kc 
k 



Unit 



Name 



10~ 2 meter 
10~ 3 second 
10" 3 meter 
10" 6 second 



centimeter 
millisecond 
millimeter 
microsecond 



Abbreviation 

cm 
msec 

mm 
/j.sec 



Unit 

10~ 6 farad 
10~ 9 second 
10-' 2 farad 
10 _IZ second 



Name 



microfarad 
nanosecond 
picofarad 
picosecond 



Abbreviation 

nsec 

pf 

psec 









- 



14 








• 



DC-to-4 MC OSCILLOSCOPE Type 



SMALL IN SIZE 
LOW IN WEIGHT 



ELECTRONICALLY-REGULATED DC SUPPLIES 



CHARACTERISTIC SUMMARY 

VERTICAL 
CALIBRATED SENSITIVITY— 

Dc-coupled, 0.1 v/div to 50 v/div. 
Ac-coupled only, 0.01 v/div to 0.05 v/div. 
PASSBAND— 0.1 v/div to 50 v/div, dc to 4 Mc. 

0.01 v/div to 0.05 v/div, 2 cps to 3.5 Mc. 
INPUT — 1 meghom, 40 pf 

HORIZONTAL 

CALIBRATED SWEEP RANGE— 0.5 ^sec/div to 0.2 sec/ 
div. 

SWEEP MAGNIFIER— 5X, extends sweep range to 0.1 
/xsec/div. 

TRIGGER REQUIREMENTS — Internal: 0.5 div deflection 
at 1 kc, increasing to 2 div deflection at 5 Mc. 
External: 0.2 v pk-to-pk at 1 kc, increasing to 2 v 
pk-to-pk at 5 Mc. 

EXTERNAL INPUT— 1.5 v/div. 

CRT 

DISPLAY AREA — 8 x 10 div. Each div equal to '/ 4 inch. 
ACCELERATING POTENTIAL— 1 .85 kv. 

OTHER CHARACTERISTICS 

AMPLITUDE CALIBRATOR — 50 mv to 1 00 v, 1-kc square 
wave. 

POWER REQUIREMENTS— 105 to 125 v or 21 to 250 v, 
175 watts. 



The Type 31 0A Oscilloscope is an instrument you can 
take with you — easily, comfortably. Small size and low 
weight combined with operation on 50 to 800-cycle line 
frequency make this an ideal instrument for maintenance 
and calibration of specialized measuring and recording 
instruments at their point of use. Accurate calibration and 
excellent linearity assure faithful displays and precise time 
and amplitude measurements either in the laboratory or 
in the field. Functional panel design and versatile con- 
trol systems contribute to operator convenience. 



rm tWA osaaoscope 



■ ... 




f FvtkTIOU AMP 

votrytjtv 




# # % w t- m 



1 rTm, 



VERTICAL-DEFLECTION SYSTEM 

Frequency specifications are at 3-db down 

DC-Coupled Vertical Amplifier — Main amplifier 
passband is dc to 4 Mc. Vertical deflection is calibrated 
in steps of 0.1, 0.2, 0.5, 1, 2, 5, 10, 20, 50 v/div. 
When ac coupled, the low frequency 3-db point is 
2 cps direct or 0.2 cps with 10X Probe. An ac-coupled 
preamplifier switched in by the VOLTS/DIV control 
provides three additional calibrated steps of 0.01, 
0.02, and 0.05 v/div, at a frequency response of 2 
cycles to 3.5 mc. In addition, a 2.5-to-l vernier (un- 
calibrated) control provides for continuously-variable 
adjustment from 0.01 v/div to 125 v/div. A light on 
the front panel indicates when the control is In the 
variable ( uncalibrated ) position. Vertical amplifier is 
factory-adjusted for optimum transient response. Rise- 
time is less than 90 nsec. Input impedance is 1 meg- 
ohm paralleled by approximately 40 pf. 

Calibration Accuracy — Internal adjustments are 
provided for setting the gain of the vertical amplifier. 
When these adjustments are accurately set with the 
VOLTS/DIV switch in the 0.1 and 0.01 v/div positions, the 
vertical deflection factor for any other position of the 
switch will be within 3% of the panel reading for that 
switch position. 

Probe — A low-capacitance probe (10-x atten.) is 
supplied with the instrument. Input capacitance with the 
probe is approximately 9.5 pf paralleled by 10 meg- 
ohms. 






15 



310 A 






HORIZONTAL-DEFLECTION SYSTEM 
Wide Sweep Range — The Type 31 OA has 18 cali- 
brated sweep rates: 0.5, 1, 2, 5, 10, 20, 50, 100, 200, 
500 /.sec/div, . . . . 1 , 2, 5, 1 0, 20, 50 millisec/div, 0.1, 
0.2 sec/div. In addition, a vernier ( uncalibrated) con- 
trol provides sweep rates continuously adjustable from 
0.5 /tsec/div to 0.6 sec/div. A light in the front panel 
indicates when the control is in the variable (uncali- 
brated) position. Calibration accuracy of the 18 fixed 
sweeps is within 3 % . 

Sweep Magnifier — Sweep magnification is obtain- 
ed by increasing the gain of the sweep-output amplifier 
by a factor of 5. The center 2-division portion of the 
normal trace is expanded to 10 divisions. The HORI- 
ZONTAL POSITION control has sufficient range to dis- 
play any one-fifth of the magnified sweep. The 5-x 
magnifier applied to the 0.5-nsec/div sweep extends 
the calibrated range to 0.1 //.sec/div. Accuracy is within 
3% of the displayed portion of the magnified sweep 
on all ranges except the 0.5 /isec/div range, where 
accuracy is within 5%. 

DC-Coupled Unblanking — The unblanking wave- 
form is dc-coupled to the control grid of the cathode- 
ray tube. This assures uniform bias for all sweep rates 
and repetition rates. 

Triggering Facilities — Versatile triggering circuitry 
provides for complete manual control, preset stability 

control, and fully-automatic triggering. 

Amplitude-Level Selection — Adjustable amplitude- 
level and stability controls provide for triggering the 
sweep at a selected amplitude level on the triggering 
waveform. Trigger source can be Internal, external, or 
the line frequency, either ac-coupled or dc-coupled. The 
triggering point can be on either the rising or falling 
slope of the triggering waveform. 

Automatic Triggering — Provided by an automatic 
level-seeking trigger circuit which is useful for trigger- 
ing between 60 cps and approx. 2 Mc. In the absence 
of an input signal the sweep is automatically triggered 
at about a 50-cycle rate, providing a reference trace 
on the screen. 

Trigger Requirements — Internal triggering — a sig- 
nal large enough to produce a 0.5 div deflection at T kc, 
increasing to 2 div deflection at 5 Mc. External Trigger- 
ing — 0.2 v pk-to-pk at 1 kc increasing to 2 v pk-to-pk 
at 5 Mc. 

Horizontal Input — A back-panel terminal permits 
use of an external signal to drive the horizontal ampli- 
fier. Deflection factor is 1 .5 v/div. The gain can be 
reduced by a gain control on the back panel. 



OTHER CHARACTERISTICS 

Amplitude Calibrator — A square-wave voltage is 
available through a front-panel binding post. Eleven 
fixed voltages— 0.05, 0.1, 0.2, 0.5, 1, 2, 5, 10, 20, 50, 
and 100 volts peak-to-peak — are provided. Accuracy 
is within 3%. Square-wave frequency is about 1 kc. 

Illuminated Graticule — The edge-lighted graticule 
has 8 vertical and 10 horizontal Va -inch divisions. Illum- 
ination is controlled by a front-panel knob. An appro- 
priate filter is provided to increase contrast when view- 
ing in a brightly-lighted room. 

Cathode-Ray Tube — Flat-faced mono-accelerator 
crt operates at 1.85-kv accelerating potential. A P31 
phosphor is normally supplied. 

Power Requirement — Wired for 115-v, the elec- 
tronically-regulated power supplies permit a line-voltage 
variation between 103.5 and 1 26.5 v (115v ±10%). 
Changing transformer taps also permits regulated power 
supply operation at 108, 122, 216, 230, or 244 v 
±10%. The Type 31 0A requires 175 watts and will 
operate over the range of 50 to 800 cps, but requires 
about 4% higher line voltage at 800 cps. 

Hinged Chassis — The Type 310A opens up to per- 
mit easy accessibility to all tubes and components. 

Mechanical Specifications — Dimensions are 10%" 
high by 7" wide by 17 5 / 8 " deep. Net weight is 23 
pounds. Shipping weight is 34 pounds, approx. 

TYPE 310A OSCILLOSCOPE $675 

Each instrument includes: 1 — P6006 probe (010-0127-00); 1— patch 
cord, 18", BNC-to-BNC (012-0087-00); 1— patch cord, 18", BNC- 
to-banana plug (012-0091-00); 1— post jack, BNC (012-0092-00); 
1— 3-conductor power cord (161-0022-00); 1—3 to 2-wire adapter 
(103-0013-00); 1— light filter (378-0509-00); 2— instruction manual 
(070 0244-00). 



FAN BASE 

A Fan Base is available to provide filtered forced-air 
ventilation. This will reduce operating temperature 
when the Type 31 0A is used continuously for prolonged 
periods of time or in a hot or limited-ventilation area. 
For convenience, the Fan Base tilts the oscilloscope to 
a convenient viewing angle. 

For use on 105-125 v, 50 to 60 cps only: 
Order Part Number 016-0012-00 $50 

For use on 21 0-250 v, 50 to 60 cps only: 
Order Part Number 016-0013-00 $50 

U. S. Sales Prices f.o.b. Beaverton, Oregon 
Please refer to Terms and Shipment, General Information page. 



o 






o 



16 




DC-to-10 MC— 9-KV OSCILLOSCOPE Type 





BRIGHT TRACE 



ELECTRONICALLY -REGULATED DC SUPPLIES 



COMPACT CABINET OR RACK-MOUNT MODELS 



The Type 317 is an excellent oscilloscope for the day- 
light conditions often encountered in the field and at 
production test stations. Its brilliant trace, provided 
by 9-kv accelerating potential on a Tektronix 3-inch 
cathode-ray tube, is easily readable in bright areas. . . 
even at low sweep-repetition rates. And its dc-to-10 
mc vertical response and wide sweep range easily take 
care of most of today's complex field and test station 
applications. Of course, these fine characteristics make 
it an excellent laboratory oscilloscope, too. 



CHARACTERISTIC SUMMARY 
VERTICAL 

CALIBRATED SENSITIVITY — 

Dc-coup!ed, 0.1 v/div to 50 v/div. 

Ac-coupled, 0.01 v/div to 50 v/div. 
PASSBAND — DC-coupled, dc to lOMc. 

AC-coupled, 2 cps to lOMc. 
RISETIME— 35 nsec. 
INPUT — 1 megohm, 40 pf. 

HORIZONTAL 

CALIBRATED SWEEP RANGE— 0.2 /xsec/div to 2 sec/div. 
SWEEP MAGNIFIER — 5X, extends sweep range to 0.04 

/xsec/div. 
TRIGGER REQUIREMENTS— Internal: 0.5-div deflection. 

External: 0.5 to 20 v. 
EXTERNAL INPUT — 1 .4 v/div maximum sensitivity, dc 

to 400 kc. 

CRT 

DISPLAY AREA — 8 x 10 div. Each div equal to V 4 inch. 
ACCELERATING POTENTIAL— 9 kv. 

OTHER CHARACTERISTICS 

AMPLITUDE CALIBRATOR— 50 mv to 1 00 v, 1-kc square 

wave. 
POWER REQUIREMENTS— 105 to 125 v or 210 to 250 v, 

260 watts. 



17 



317 

rm17 



VERTICAL-DEFLECTION SYSTEM 

Frequency Specifications are at 3-db down 

DC-Coupled Vertical Amplifier — Main amplifier 

passband is dc to 1 Mc, risetime is 35 nsec. Vertical 
deflection is calibrated in steps of 0.1, 0.2, 0.5, 1, 2, 5, 
10, 20, 50v/div. When ac coupled, the low frequency 
3-db point is 2 cps direct or 0.2 cps with 1 OX Probe. 
An ac-coupled preamplifier switched in by the VOLTS/ 
DIV control provides three additional calibrated steps 
of 0.01, 0.02 and 0.05 v/div at a frequency response 
of 2 cycles to 1 Mc, risetime 35 nsec. In addition, 
a 2V2-to-l vernier ( uncalibrated ) control provides for 
continuous adjustment from 0.01 v/div to 125 v/div. 

Calibration Accuracy — Internal adjustments are 
provided for setting the gain of the vertical amplifier. 
When these adjustments are accurately set with the 
VOLTS/DIV switch in the 0.1 v/div and 0.01 v/div posi- 
tions, the vertical deflection factor for any other posi- 
tion of the switch will be within 3% of the panel read- 
ing for that position. 

Input Impedance — 1 megohm paralleled by ap- 
proximately 40 pf. 

Delay Network — A signal delay of 0.25 ^sec is in- 
troduced by the balanced delay network. Permits ob- 
servation of the leading edge of the waveform that 
triggers the sweep. 

Probe — The vertical sensitivity of the Type 317 is re- 
duced by a factor of ten by use of the 1 0-x attenuator 
probe supplied with the instrument. The probe presents 
an input impedance of 10 megohms paralleled by ap- 
proximately 9.5 pf. 

Under daylight conditions, the trace is 
easily readable . . . even at low sweep- 
repetition rates on this portable Type 317, 



HORIZONTAL-DEFLECTION SYSTEM 

Wide Sweep Range — A single knob is used to se- 
lect any of 22 calibrated sweep rates: 0.2, 0.5, 1, 2, 5, 
10, 20, 50/xsec/div, 0.1, 0.2, 0.5, 1, 2, 5, 10, 20, 50 
msec/div, 0.1, 0.2, 0.5, 1, and 2 sec/div. In addition, 
a vernier (uncalibrated) control provides for continuous 
adjustment from 0.2 /xsec/div to 6 sec/div. Calibration 
accuracy of the 22 fixed sweep rates is within 3%. 

Sweep Magnifier — When the 5-x magnifier is 
switched in, calibrated sweep rates are read from the 
outer ring of numbers circling the TIME/DIV knob. The 
magnifier expands the normal sweep to fifty divisions, 
and the HORIZONTAL positioning control has sufficient 
range to display any ten divisions of the magnified 
sweep. Calibration accuracy is within 5% of the dis- 
played portion of the magnified sweep. 

DC-Coupled Unblanking — The unblanking wave- 
form is dc-coupled to the grid of the crt, assuring uni- 
form grid bias for all sweep and repetition rates. 

Triggering Facilities — Versatile triggering circuitry 
provides for complete manual control, preset stability 
control, and fully-automatic triggering. 

Amplitude-Level Selection — Adjustable amplitude- 
level and stability controls provide for triggering the 
sweep at a selected amplitude level on the triggering 
waveform. Trigger source can be internal, external, or 
the line frequency, either ac-coupled or dc-coupled. The 
triggering point can be on either the rising or falling 
slope of the triggering waveform. 

Preset Stability Same as above, except the stabil- 
ity control is preset to the optimum triggering point and 
requires no readjustment. 



S 




O 



o 



18 




317 

RM-17 






Automatic Triggering Automatic level - seeking 

trigger circuit provides dependable triggering for most 
applications. One simple setting assures positive sweep- 
triggering by signals of widely differing amplitudes, 
shapes, and repetition rates. No trigger controls need 
be touched until a different type of operation is desired. 
Range of automatic operation is between 60 cycles and 
2 megacycles, approximately. In the absence of an In- 
put signal the sweep is automatically triggered at about 
a 50-cycle rate, providing a reference trace on the 
screen. 

High-Frequency Sync Assures a steady display of 

sine-wave signals up to approximately 1 5 Mc. Requires 
a signal large enough to cause a deflection of 0.2 div 
at 5 Mc, 2 div at 15 Mc, or an external signal of about 
2 v. 

Trigger Requirements An internal signal causing 

deflections of 0.2 div increasing to 2 div at 5 Mc in AC 
MODE, 0.3 div increasing to 2 div at 5 Mc in DC MODE, 
and 0.5 div increasing to 2 div at 2 Mc in AUTO MODE, 
or an external signal of 0.5 v to 20 v. 

Horizontal Input Amplifier — DC-coupled external 
connection to the sweep amplifier is through a front- 
panel connector. Deflection factor is approximately 1 .4 
v/div. Frequency response is dc to 500 kc. 

OTHER CHARACTERISTICS 

Calibrator — A square wave calibration volj-age is 
available through a front-panel coaxial connector. Elev- 
en fixed peak-to-peak voltages are provided: 0.05, 0.1, 
0.2, 0.5, 1, 2, 5, 10, 20, 50 and 100 volts. Accuracy is 
within 3%. Square-wave frequency is about 1 kc. 

Cathode-Ray Tube — A new Tektronix flat-faced 3" 
cathode-ray tube with helical post-accelerating anode 
is used in the Type 317. Accelerating potential is 9 kv. 
A P31 phosphor is normally supplied. 

Illuminated Graticule — The edge-lighted graticule 
is divided into 8 vertical and 10 horizontal Va" divi- 
sions. Illumination is controlled by a front-panel knob. 

Output Waveforms — A 20 v (approx.) positive- 
gate waveform of the same duration as the sweep, and 
a 150v (approx.) positive-going sweep sawtooth 
waveform are available at front-panel connectors. 

Warning Indicators for Uncalibrated Settings — 

Separate front-panel neon lights indicate when the ver- 
tical-attenuator and sweep-rate controls are not in their 
calibrated positions. 

Regulated Power Supplies — Electronic regulation 
compensates for line-voltage and load variations be- 
tween 105 and 125 v, or 210 and 250 v. 

Power Requirement — 105v to 125v or 210 v to 
250 v, 50 to 60.eps, typically 260 watts. Type 317 
MODI 01 operates on 50 to 400 cps supply, uses dc 
fan motor. 



Unless otherwise specified, the instrument will be 
shipped wired for operation within the line-voltage 
range of 105 v to 125 v. The Type 317 can be ordered 
wired for operation on several nominal line voltages as 
follows: 

Nominal Line Voltage Operating Range 

(Figures taken at 60 cps) 

110 99 to 117 volts 

117 105 to 125 volts 

124 111 to 132 volts 

220 198 to 235 volts 

234 210 to 250 volts 

248 223 to 265 volts 

A decal on the transformer gives complete instruc- 
tions for changing the operating range. 

Cabinet Model — Dimensions are 1 2 % " high by 
8%" wide by 1 9 T / 2 " deep. Net weight is 33/4 pounds. 
Shipping weight is 47 pounds, approx. 

TYPE 317 (50 to 60 cps operation) $875 

Each instrument includes: 1 — P6006 probe (010-0127-00); 1— patch 
cord, IS", BNC-to-BNC (012-0087-00); 1— patch cord, 18", BNC- 
to-banana plug (012-0091-00); 1— post jack, BNC (012-0092-00); 
1 — 3-conducfor power cord (161-0010-00); 1 — 3 to 2-wire adapter 
(103-0013-00); 1— light filter (378-0509-00); 2— instruction manuol 
(070-0297-00). 

TYPE 317MOD101 (50 to 400 cps operation) . . $935 

Each instrument includes: 1— P6006 probe (0)0-0127-00); 1 — patch 
cord, 18", BNC-to-BNC (012-0087-00); 1— patch cord, 18", BNC- 
to-banana plug (012-0091-00); 1— post jack, BNC (012-0092-00); 
1 — 3-conductor power cord (161-0010-00); 1 — 3 to 2-wire adapter 
(103-0013-00); 1— light filter (378-0509-00); 2— instruction manual 
1070-0297-00). 

Rack-Mount Model — Dimensions are 7" high by 
19" wide by 17-5/8" deep. The instrument mounts 
to the standard 19" rack on slide-out tracks and can be 
pulled forward, tilted, and locked in any of 7 positions 
for easy servicing. Net weight is 35 pounds. Shipping 
weight is 66 pounds, approx. 

For more mounting information, please refer to the 
catalog Mounting Dimension page. 
TYPE RM17 (50 to 60 cps operation) $950 

Each instrument includes: 1 — P6006 probe (010-0127-00); 1— patch 
cord, 18"', BNC-to-BNC (012-0087-00); 1— patch cord, 18", BNC- 
to-banana plug (012-0091-00); 1 — post jack, BNC (012-0092-00); 
1 — 3-conductor power cord (161-0010-00); 1 — 3 to 2-wire adapter 
(103-0013-00); 1— light filter (378-0509-00); 1— pair mounting tracks 
(351-0083-00); 2— instruction manual (070-0297-00). 

TYPE RM17MOD101 ( 50 to 400 cps operation ) . $1010 

Each instrument includes: 1 — P6006 probe (010-0127-00); 1 — patch 
cord, 18", BNC-to-BNC (012-0087-00); 1— patch cord, 18", BNC- 
to-banana plug (012-0091-00); Impost jack, BNC (012-0092-00); 
1 — 3-conductor power cord (161-0010-00); 1 — 3 to 2-wire adapter 
(103-0013-00); 1— light filter (378-0509-00); 1— pair mounting tracks 
(351-0083-00); 2— instruction manual (070-0297-00). 

SUPPORTING CRADLES 

When the RM17 or RM17MOD101 is mounted in a 
backless rack, these supporting cradles are necessary for 
rear-slide support. 
Order Part Number 040-0345-00 $1 1 .45 

U. S. Sales Prices f.o.b. Beaverton, Oregon 
>Piease refer to Terms and Shipment, General Information page. 



19 



Type 



PORTABLE OSCILLOSCOPE 




LOW WEIGHT 
SMALL SIZE 
TRANSISTORIZED 
BATTERY POWERED 



r~~ 







The Type 321 A is an improved model of ihe Type 321, 
and is intended for applications where a completely port- 
able instrument is desired. 

The "A" version has extended the vertical amplifier 
passband from 5 Mc to 6 Mc, increased the trigger am- 
plifier passband, improved both vertical and horizontal 
linearity, changed the CRT filament to a lower power type 
for added operating time on batteries, and provided a 
power switch compatible with the power source versatility of 
the instrument. For the operator's convenience a low-battery 
indicator light has been added to the front panel. This light 
will also indicate if an external dc source voltage or line 
voltage is too low. 

Small size and low weight make the Type 321 A Oscil- 
loscope truly portable. It is capable of operating on its own 
internal battery pack, on the dc systems on boats, airplanes, 
cars, etc., or from an ac line. 



CHARACTERISTIC SUMMARY 

VERTICAL 

CALIBRATED SENSITIVITY— 0.01 v/div to 20 v/div, DC 

coupled. 

PASSBAND — DC to at least 6 Mc. 

INPUT IMPEDANCE — 1 megohm paralleled by approx. 

35 pf. 

HORIZONTAL 

CALIBRATED SWEEP RATES — 0.5 /^sec/div to 0.5 sec/div. 

SWEEP MAGNIFIER — 5X, extends sweep rate to 0.1 (isec/ 

div. 

TRIGGER REQUIREMENTS— Internal: AC, DC, Auto— 0.2 

major div. display at 1 kc 
increasing to 1 major div. 
display at 6 Mc. 
External: AC, DC, Auto — 1 v 
peak-to-peak at 1 kc in- 
creasing to 3 v peak-to- 
peak at 6 Mc. 

EXTERNAL INPUT— Sensitivity: With 5X MAG on, 1 v/div 

±10% . 
Bandwidth: DC to at least 1 Mc. 
Impedance: 100 k paralleled by ap- 
prox. 30 pf. 



20 




CRT 

DISPLAY AREA — 6x10 div. Each div equal to '/ 4 inch, 
ACCELERATING POTENTIAL — 4 kv. 

OTHER CHARACTERISTICS 

AMPLITUDE CALIBRATOR — 500-mv square wave peak- 
to-peak and internal 40-mv square wave peak-to-peak 
at approx. 2 kc. 

POWER REQUIREMENTS— Approx. 700 ma from 10 size 
D batteries or a dc supply of 1 1 .5 v to 35 v. Approx. 
20 watts from an ac supply of 115 v ±10% or 230 v 
±10%, 50-800 cycles. 



321A 



AUTOMATIC TRIGGERING is provided by an automatic 
level-seeking trigger circuit which is useful for triggering above 
50 cycles. The sweep is triggered automatically at about a 
50-cycle rate in the absence of an input signal to provide 
a convenient reference trace on the screen. 

TRIGGER REQUIREMENTS for internal triggering: a signal 
large enough to produce 0.2 major divisions of vertical de- 
flection at I kc is required, increasing to l major division of 
vertical deflection at 6 Mc, For external triggering: a signal 
of l v peak-to-peak at l kc is required, increasing to 3 v peak- 
to-peak at 6 Mc. 

HORIZONTAL INPUT is provided by a dc-coupled external 
connection to the sweep amplifier through a front-panel con- 
nector. Passband is dc to at least l Mc. The horizontal de- 
flection factor is I v/div ±10% with the 5X MAG on. Input 
impedance is 100 kilohms ±10% paralleled by approximately 
30 pf. 







• 



VERTICAL-DEFLECTION SYSTEM 

FREQUENCY SPECIFICATIONS are at 3-db down. 

DC COUPLED VERTICAL AMPLIFIER has a main vertical 
passband of dc to 6 Mc. Vertical deflection is calibrated in 
11 steps from 0.01 to 20 v/div in a 1, 2, 5, sequence. A vernier 
control provides for continuously variable adjustment from 
0.01 v/div to 50 v/div, uncalibrated. In addition, the fully- 
clockwise position of the VOLTS/DIV switch marked CAL 4 
DIV, allows observation of an internally-coupled 40-mv peak- 
to-peak square-wave signal. 

CALIBRATION ACCURACY is adjusted internally for set- 
ting the gain of the vertical amplifier. When this adjustment 
is set, the vertical deflection factor is within 3% for any v/div 
switch position. 

INPUT IMPEDANCE is 1 megohm paralleled by approxi- 
mately 35 pf. 

MAXIMUM INPUT VOLTAGE RATING is 600 volts com- 
bined dc and ac peak. 

PROBE providing 10X attenuation is supplied with the in- 
strument and presents an input impedance of 10 megohms 
paralleled by approximately 8.5 pf. The probe reduces the 
vertical sensitivity by a factor of ten. 

HORIZONTAL-DEFLECTION SYSTEM 

SWEEP RATE is calibrated in 19 steps from 0.5 /xsec/div 
to 0.5 sec/div in a 1, 2, 5, sequence. A vernier control pro- 
vides for continuously variable adjustment from 0.5/xsec/div 
to approximately 1.5 sec/div, uncalibrated. Accuracy of 19 
fixed sweep rates is within 3%. 

DC COUPLED UNBLANKING provides uniform brightness 
at all sweep rates. 

TRIGGERING FACILITIES provide for complete manual con- 
trol or fully-automatic triggering. 

AMPLITUDE-LEVEL SELECTION is accomplished with ad- 
justable amplitude-level and stability controls for triggering 
the sweep at a selected amplitude level on the triggering 
waveform. Trigger source can, be internal or external, ac- 
coupled or dc-coupled. Trigger point can occur anywhere on 
the rising slope or falling slope of the triggering waveform. 



OTHER CHARACTERISTICS 

AMPLITUDE CALIBRATOR provides a 500 mv peak-to-peak 
square-wave voltage through a front-panel connector, in ad- 
dition, an internally coupled 40-mv peak-to-peak square-wave 
voltage is available in the fully clockwise position (CAL 4 DIV) 
of the VOLTS/DIV switch. Accuracy is within 3%. Frequency 
of the square wave is approximately 2 kc. 

INTENSITY MODULATION of the cathode-ray tube dis- 
play is provided by an external signal connected to the crt 
grid terminal on the back panel of the oscilloscope. A neg- 
ative signal of approximately 30 volts peak is required to 
cut off the beam from maximum brightness. Less voltage is 
required with low intensity settings. 

CATHODE-RAY TUBE is a Tektronix flat-faced, 3-inch post 
accelerator cathode-ray tube which provides a bright trace and 
utilizes low heater power. Accelerating potential is 4 kv. De- 
flection blanking of the beam is used. A P31 phosphor is 
normally supplied. 

ILLUMINATED GRATICULE is edge lighted. Adjustment 
is provided by the SCALE ILLUM control when operating from 
an ac line only. Display area of the graticule is marked 
in six vertical and ten horizontal one-fourth inch major divi- 
sions. Centerlines are marked in five minor divisions per major 
division. 

ELECTRONICALLY REGULATED DC POWER SUPPLY insures 
stable operation over line variations between 11.5 to 35 volts 
dc or 115 volts ±10% or 230 volts rms ±10%, 50 to 800 
cycles. 

POWER REQUIREMENTS are satisfied either from ten size 
D flashlight cells [approximately V 2 hour continuous operation, 
more on intermittent operation); from ten size D alkaline cells, 
such as Eveready E95, Burgess Al-2, or Mallory MN-1300 
(approximately 2% hours continuous operation), or from ten 
size D NiCd rechargeable cells (up to 5 hours continuous 
operation depending on type used). 

The current drain on external dc or on internal batteries 
is approximately 700 ma regardless of supply voltage. The 
power consumption from any ac source is approximately 20 
watts. A thermal cutout protects the instrument against opera- 
tion at temperatures in excess of about 55°C. 



21 



321A 



o 






BATTERY CHARGER is built-in and provides two different 
charging currents to the infernal batteries, or no charging 
current in the case of dry cells. The mode is selected with an 
internal switch. A 4-position front-panel switch provides for 
operation from externa! ac or dc, or from the internal bat- 
teries. It also provides a trickle charge or a full charge to 
the interna! batteries when the instrument is turned off but 
is connected to the ac line. 

DIMENSIONS are 8 1 /," high by 5 3 / 4 " wide by 16" deep. 

NET WEIGHT is 14 pounds without batteries, 16 pounds 
with batteries. 

SHIPPING WEIGHTS are approx. 22 pounds without bat- 
teries and 26 pounds with batteries. 

TYPE 321 A OSCILLOSCOPE (without batteries) $900 

Each instrument includes: 1— P6006 probe (010-0127-00); 2— patch 
cord, 18", BNC-to-banana plug (012-0091-00); 1— dc power cord (161- 
0016-00); 1— 3-conductor ac power cord (161-0015-00); 1—3 to 2- 
wire adapter (103-0013-00); 1— light filter (378-0547-00); 2— instruction 
manual (070-0425-00). 



Set of ten rechargeable NiCd cells will operate the Type 
321 A for approximately 5 hours. 
Order 10 — Part Number 146-0005-00, $9.15 each 

Total $91.50 

CARRYING CASE 

Attractive carrying case for the Type 321 A provides in- 
transit protection as well as a convenient accessory storage 

compartment. 



Order Part Number 016-0026-00 



$30 



U.S. Sales Prices f.o.b. Beaverton, Oregon 
Please refer to Terms and Shipment, General Information page. 



o 



22 




INDICATOR UNIT Type 



• 



Vertical-Deflection System 

Frequency Response — dc to 500 kc. 

Sensitivity — 

0.05 volts/cliv to 50 volts/div. 
4 calibrated steps. 

Continuously variable between steps, and to ap- 
proximately 500 volts/div. 

Maximum Input Voltage — 
600 volts (dc plus peak ac). 

Horizontal-Deflection System 

Waveforms Required — 

Positive or negative-going sawtooth, 110 to 150 

volts excursion within the limits of — 95 volts to 

+ 170 volts. 

Gate, 45 to 75 volts positive same duration as the 

sawtooth. 
Frequency Response — dc to 100 kc. 

Power Requirements — 

DC Power 

+ 300 volts at 20 ma (unregulated) 

+ 225 volts at 35 ma (regulated) 

— 170 volts at 23 ma (regulated). 
AC Power 

6.3 volts at 3.5 amps. 





(=s 



jyP£ 360 INDICATOR MI* 












The Type 360 Indicator Unit in combination with the 
Type 160-Series Instruments becomes an integral build- 
ing block in a complex sequence control and monitor- 
ing system. 

The compact indicator contains a flat-faced, 3-inch 
cathode-ray tube, accelerating-voltage supply, hori- 
zontal amplifier, vertical amplifier and a calibrated 
vertical attenuator, among other features. It is designed 
to receive its sweep and unblanking voltages from a 
Type 162 Waveform Generator. 

Any source of proper voltage and waveforms can 
power the indicator. The Type 1 60A Power Supply is 
recommended for applications that require a compact 
rack-mounted combination. In system use, up to 5 
Type 360 Indicator Units can operate from a single 
Type 1 60A Power Supply. 



VERTICAL-DEFLECTION SYSTEM 

Frequency Specifications are at 3-db down 

DC-Coupled Amplifier — Main vertical passband is 
dc to 500 kc. Frequency-compensated re attenuators 
are switched into the amplifier input circuit by the 
VOLTS/DIV switch. Two attenuators are used singly or 
cascaded to produce four calibrated sensitivities in 
steps of 0.05, 0.5, 5, and 50 volts/div. A vernier con- 
trol provides for continuously variable adjustment be- 
tween steps, and to approximately 500 volts/div. 

Signal Input — A front-panel coaxial connector is 
provided for the input signal. Input impedance is 1 
megohm paralleled by approximately 40 pf. 

AC-DC Switches — A toggle switch is provided to 
insert or remove coupling capacitor for ac-coupled or 
dc-coupled operation. 

Probe — One low-capacitance probe is supplied with 
the Indicator. It provides an additional ten-times at- 
tenuation and reduces the loading on the circuit under 
test. 

Vertical Gain — A screwdriver front-panel adjust- 
ment is provided to calibrate the gain of the vertical 
amplifier. 



23 



360 



HORIZONTAL-DEFLECTION SYSTEM 

The Type 162 Waveform Generator, any Tektronix 
oscilloscope that has gate and sweep voltages avail- 
able at the front panel, or any other source of proper 
waveforms at the necessary dc levels, is required to 
supply the waveforms for the horizontal deflection 
system. 

Input Waveforms — The horizontal amplifier will 
accommodate either a positive-going or a negative- 
going sawtooth and the total sawtooth excursion and 
dc level can vary within limits. The minimum sawtooth 
excursion is about 1 10 volts, and the excursion must be 
within the range of —95 volts to +170 volts. The 
maximum practical sawtooth excursion is about 150 
volts, and the excursion must be within the range of 
— 90 volts to +160 volts. Necessary for unblanking 
is a 50-volt positive pulse with the same duration as the 
sweep waveform. 

Horizontal Calibration — A screwdriver front-panel 
adjustment is provided to calibrate the sweep. 

OTHER CHARACTERISTICS 

Cathode-Ray Tube — A flat-faced, 3-inch cathode- 
ray tube provides a bright trace. Accelerating potential 
is 1.5 kv. A P2 phosphor is normally supplied. 



DC-Coupled Unblanking — The external unblank- 
ing waveform, dc-coupled to the grid of the crt, as- 
sures uniform bias for all sweep speeds and repetition 
rates at any setting of the intensity control. 

Illuminated Graticule — Edge-lighting of the grati- 
cule is adjusted by the SCALE ILLUM. control. Display 
area of the graticule is marked in eight vertical and ten 
horizontal one-fourth inch major divisions. Centerlines 
are further marked in five minor divisions per major 
division. 

Positioning Controls — Separate knobs for verti- 
cal and horizontal positioning are provided on con- 
centric controls. 

Mounting — The Type 360 Indicator Unit and up to 
3 Type 160 Series Instruments can be secured quickly 
and easily to a Mounting Frame which bolts directly to 
a standard 19" rack. 

Mechanical Specifications — Dimensions are 1 2 % " 
high by 4 % " wide by 14" deep. Net weight is 10 
pounds. Shipping weight is 17 pounds, approx. 

TYPE 360 INDICATOR $270 

Each instrument includes: 1— P6006 probe (010-0125-00), 1— inter- 
unit power cable (012-0016-00), 1— green filter (378-0509-00), 
1 set — mounting hardware, 1 — instruction manual (070-0220-00), 



o 






SEQUENCE CONTROL and MONITORING SYSTEM 



a 






•&JD *<> 



W 










* 

■A -■■-. 




, 




This system consists of the Tektronix Type 160-Series 
Instruments. In conjunction with the Type 360 Indicator 
Unit, the system fits a wide variety of applications, in- 
cluding nerve stimulation, component testing, and data 
recording. 

The Type 360 Indicator Unit and Type 160-Series In- 
struments can be secured quickly and easily to a Mount- 
ing Frame which bolts to a standard 19" rack. 

TYPE 160A POWER SUPPLY $190 

TYPE 161 PULSE GENERATOR $130 

TYPE 162 WAVEFORM GENERATOR $130 

TYPE 163 FAST-RISE PULSE GENERATOR $130 

MOUNTING FRAME (Order Part Number 014-0002-00) $7 

See appropriate catalog pages for complete informa- 
tion on Type 160-Series Instruments. 

U. S. Sales Prices f.o.b. Beaverton, Oregon 
Please refer to Terms and Shipment, General Information page. 



o 



24 




DC-to-15 MC 

PORTABLE OSCILLOSCOPE 



Type 




N 

E 

W 



I 



SMALL SIZE— LIGHT WEIGHT 

DUAL TRACE 

SHARP, BRIGHT DISPLAYS 

DESIGNED FOR 

RUGGED ENVIRONMENTS 

AC, DC, 

OR BATTERY OPERATED 

VERSATILE PERFORMANCE 




The Type 422 is a HIGH-PERFORMANCE, dual-trace instru- 
ment especially designed for operating convenience. It packs 
more all-around performance in less space than any comparable 
oscilloscope. It WEIGHS LESS THAN 21 POUNDS, including 
covers and accessories, and its SMALL SIZE permits easy carry- 
ing. It also requires very little storage space, facilitating 
transportation. It's a HARD-TO-BEAT instrument in an EASY- 
TO-CARRY package! 

This instrument is RUGGEDLY CONSTRUCTED and will handle 
shocks, vibrations, and extreme temperatures often encountered 
in industrial environments, transit and storage. It is ideally 
suited for use in crowded areas such as might be found in labo- 
ratories, computer rooms and others. Its PORTABILITY enhances 
its use on shipboard, aviation flight lines and at remote com- 
munication repeater stations. It finds application in research 
under adverse field conditions, such as geophysics, meteorology 
and oceanography. 

The Type 422 is constructed to the same high quality stand- 
ards built into all Tektronix Oscilloscopes. Advanced design, 
careful manufacture and world-wide field engineering support 
assure top value in this widely versatile instrument. 

The Type 422 features a 15-Mc, 23-NSEC RISETIME for both 
channels. There are 11 CALIBRATED INPUT SENSITIVITIES, 
ranging from lOmv/div to 20 v/div. Accuracy is ±3%. Chan- 
nel 2 has 10X gain (AC only) for 1 mv/div sensitivity at a 
bandwidth of 5 cps to 5 Mc, 70-nsec risetime. 



The horizontal sweep system covers a range of 0.5 ^SEC/DIV 
TO 0.5 SEC/DIV, in 19 calibrated rates. Accuracy is ±3% (5% 
on 10X magnifier). Full-range triggering to 15Mc is featured. 
An AMPLIFIER FOR EXTERNAL HORIZONTAL INPUTS is incor- 
porated into the instrument. 

The new Tektronix 4-inch crt is rectangular and gives an 
8xl0-div display area. It has an ILLUMINATED INTERNAL 
GRATICULE. The display is sharp and bright, even under high 
ambient light conditions. 

There are two models available. One operates on AC; the 
other on AC or DC, with an optional battery pack for com- 
pletely portable operation. The power-on light blinks when 
batteries are low. The CARRYING HANDLE ADJUSTS for 
various tilt positions. The front cover serves as an accessory and 
storage case. 




25 



422 






VERTICAL DEFLECTION SYSTEM 

FREQUENCY RESPONSE AND RISETIME 

DC to 15Mc, each channel; 23-nsec risetime. AC or de- 
coupled. 5 cps to 5Mc, 70-nsec risetime, on 1 OX gain (chan- 
nel 2). 

SENSITIVITY 

lOmv/div to 20v/div in 11 calibrated steps (each channel}. 
Sensitivity extended to 1 mv/div in 10X position. 2.5:1 vernier 
allows continuous range (uncalibrated) between steps and 
extends range (uncalibrated) to 50 v/div. Neon light indicates 
uncalibrated setting of sensitivity. Accuracy is within ±3% 
of indicated deflection; within ±7.5% on 10X ac gain. 

INPUT RC 

1 megohm paralleled by approx. 30 pf. Channel 1 and 2 
time constants matched to within 1%, 

MAXIMUM INPUT VOLTAGE 

300 v combined dc and peak ac. 

OPERATING MODES 

Channel 1 only; Channel 2 only; Channels 1 and 2 added 
algebraically; dual-trace chopped; dual-trace alternate. Chop- 
ping rate is lOOkc. Channel 2 has polarity inversion. Com- 
mon-mode rejection ratio is 100:1 at 50 kc, with optimized 
gain setting. Between channel isolation is 100,000 to 1, or 
greater, at 1 kc, with a 500-v test signal. 

DELAY LINE 

Approx. 150 nsec. 

HORIZONTAL DEFLECTION SYSTEM 

SWEEP RATES 

0.5/xsec/div to 0.5 sec/div, in 19 calibrated rates. Accuracy 
is within ±3%. 2.5:1 vernier gives variable and continuous 
sweep rates, uncalibrated, between steps. It also extends 
slowest sweep rates to 1.25 sec/div, uncalibrated. Neon light 
indicates uncalibrated sweep settings. 10X magnifier extends 
all sweep rates, with fastest extended to 0.005 /isec/div; 
accuracy is within ±5%. 



o 



26 






422 







EXTERNAL HORIZONTAL INPUTS 

lOv/div (1 v/div on 10X mag); uncalibrated, 10:1 attenuator,- 
uncalibrated. DC to 500 kc (10X mag). Input RC Is 300 k 
paralleled by approx. 35 pf. 

TRIGGERING SYSTEM 




MODE 


TRIGGER SENSITIVITY 
INTERNAL 


DC 


0.2 div up to 5 Mc, increasing to 1 div at 
15Mc. 


AC 


0.2 div up to 5 Mc, increasing to 1 div at 
15 Mc. Low frequency response 30% 
down at approx. 25 cps. 


AUTOMATIC 


0.8 div from 50 cps to 4 Mc, increasing to 
2.5 div at 15Mc. 


AC LOW FREQ 

REJECT 


0.2 div up to 5 Mc, increasing to 1 div at 
15 Mc. Low frequency response 30% 
down at approx. 25 cps. 




EXTERNAL 


DC 


125 mv up to 5 Mc, increasing to 0.6 v at 
15Mc. 


AC 


1 25 mv up to 5 Mc, increasing to 0.6 v at 
15 Mc. Low frequency response 30% 
down at approx. 25 cps. 


AUTOMATIC 


0.6 v from 50 cps to 7 Mc, increasing to 
1.2 v at 15Mc 


AC LOW FREQ 
REJECT 


0.2 div up to 5 Mc, increasing to 1 div at 
15 Mc. Low frequency response 30% 
down at approx. 25 cps. 




MISCELLANEOUS 

FRONT-PANEL OUTPUTS 

Amplitude Calibrator: 1 -kc square wave, negative-going. 
Provides 0.2 v, internally, ±0.7%, and 2 v, ±2.7%, at Probe 
Cal jack on front panel. 

Gate Signal: Rectangular pulse, negative-going; 0.5 v mini- 
mum, duration same as sweep. Approx. 600-ohm source re- 
sistance. 

TEKTRONIX CRT 

Rectangular, 4-inch, with 0.8-cm divisions; 8xl0-div display 
area. Illuminated internal graticule. 6-kv accelerating 
potential. External blanking, dc-coupled. Phosphor is P31. 

MECHANICAL 

NET WEIGHT: ac model— 22 lbs; ac-dc model— 22 lbs, 6 oz. 
Shipping Weight: (Including accessories, manuals, and pack- 
aging) ac model — 28 lbs; ac-dc model — 28 lbs, 6 oz., with- 
out batteries (with batteries: 35 lbs, 12 oz). Overall height, 
including feet: 7V 8 ". Overall width, including handle: 10". 
Length, including rear feet and front-panel knobs: 14". (To 
front of panel cover: 16".) To front edge of carrying handle, 
in forward position: 17 4/5". (With ac/dc Power Supply, 
add 2.5" to length measurements.) 

ENVIRONMENTAL FEATURES— AC MODEL 

Temperature: Operating: — 15°C to +55°C. 

Non-operating: — 55°C to + 75 °C. 
Altitude: Operating: 15,000 ft., maximum. 

Non-operating: 50,000 ft., maximum. 
Humidity: Non-operating: Meets electrical performance 



Vibration: 

Shock: 



specification after exposure to five cycles 
(120 hrs.) of MIL-STD-202B, Method 106A 
(omit freezing and vibration, and allow a 
24-hr. post-test drying period at room am- 
bient conditions of 25, ±5°C and 20 to 80% 
relative humidity). 

Operating: 0.025" pk-to-pk displacement 
(3.9 g's at 55 cps) 10-55-10 cps. 
Operating: 20 g's, y 2 sine, 1 1 -msec duration, 
12 shocks total. 



Vi 



11 



RFI Test: 



Non-operating: 60 g's, '/ 2 sine, i i-msec 
duration, 6 shocks total. 

Radiated broadband 14kc-1000Mc. Con- 
ducted broadband 150 kc- 25 Mc. Per Mil-I- 
6181 D and Mil-l-1 691 0A. (All tests with Mesh 
filter installed). 
Transportation: Nat'l Safe Transit, 1 hour at 1 g. Package 
drop test: 30" drops on all corners, edges, 
flat surfaces; total of 10 drops. 

ENVIRONMENTAL FEATURES— AC/DC MODEL, with bat- 
teries 

Same as AC MODEL, except, 

Temperature: Operating: — 15°C to + 40°C 

Non-operating:— 40°C to +60°C 
Humidity: With batteries, derate temperature to 60°C. 

POWER REQUIREMENTS 

AC Model: 115 v or 230 v ±10%, 50 to 400 cps, ±10%. 
Requires approx. 40 watts. 

AC/DC Model: AC mode: 115 v or 230 v ±20% 50-60 cps. 
DC mode: 1 1 .5 v — 35 v, approx. 23 watts (CONSTANT 
POWER — 2 amps max, 650 ma min). Accepts 24 v battery 
pack, listed below. 

TYPE 422 OSCILLOSCOPE (AC MODEL) $1325 

Each Instrument includes: 2— P6006 probe (010-0127-00); 1— patch 
cord, BNC to BNC (012-0084-00); 1— Jock, BNC to post (012-0092-00); 
1 — ring, ornamental (354-0248-00); 1 — filter, light, graticule, smoke 
gray (378-0549-00); 1— plate, protector, clear, CRT (386-0118-00); 1 — 
mesh filter, installed (378-0571-00); 1— ac power supply (016-0072-00); 
1 — adapter, 3 to 2-wire (103-0013-00); 1 — power cord, 117 v, 3 con- 
ductor right-angle, female w/straight male plug (161-0024-00); 2 — 
instruction manual, for ac supply (070-0471-00); 2 — instruction manual, 
for Type 422 (070-0434-00). 



TYPE 422 OSCILLOSCOPE (AC/DC MODEL) 



$1625 



Each instrument includes; 2— P6006 probe (010-0127-00); 1— patch 
cord, BNC to BNC (012-0084-00); 1— jack, BNC to post (012-0092-00); 
1 — ring, ornamental (354-0248-00); 1 — filter, light, graticule, smoke 
gray (378-0549-00); 1— plate, protector, clear, CRT (386-0118-00); 1 — 
mesh filter installed (378-0571-00); 1— ac/dc power supply (016-0073- 
00; 1— adapter, 3 to 2-wire (103-0013-00); l^power cord, 3-wire ac 
w/female connector and male plug (161-0015-00); 1 — power cord, 
3-wire dc w/female connector (161-0016-00); 2 — instruction manual 
for ac/dc power supply (070-0471-00); 2 — instruction manual, for Type 
422 (070-0434-00). 

BATTERY PACK for Type 422 AC/DC POWER SUPPLY . . . 
$125 

Order Part No. 016-0066-00. Provides 24 volts; rechargeable 
internally from ac line. Powers the Type 422 Oscilloscope for 
approximately 4 hours. 

AC/DC POWER SUPPLY. Order Part No. 016-0073-00 . . 
$525 

Each supply includes; 1 — adapter, 3-wire to 2-wire (103-0013-00); 
1 — power cord, 3-wire AC w/female connector and male plug (161- 
0015-00); 1 — power cord, 3-wire DC w/femole connector (161-0016- 
00); 2— instruction manual (070-0471-00). 

U.S. Sales Prices f.o.b. Beaverton, Oregon 
Please refer to Terms and Shipment, General Information page. 



27 






Type 



100 jiiv/cm DUAL-BEAM 

OSCILLOSCOPE 





f TYPZ 502A DUWUBIrAAl OSaUOKOH 



; ; Q 
















■ ' 












|f 








[ 






I 




i li nl if 






i If 










! 
















##«##• 



2 IDENTICAL VERTICAL AMPLIFIERS 



DIFFERENTIAL INPUT AT ALL SENSITIVITIES 



X-Y CURVE TRACING WITH 1 OR 2 BEAMS 



SINGLE SWEEP OPERATION 



BEAM FINDERS 



The new Tektronix Type 502A and RM 502A retains the 
popular dual-beam design of the Type 502, and adds these 
extremely useful features: 1 00 /iv/cm sensitivity, single- 
sweep operation, variable sensitivity and sweep-time con- 
trols, intensity balance, beam finders, and other refine- 
ments. 



CHARACTERISTIC SUMMARY 

VERTICAL 
CALIBRATED SENSITIVITY— 1 00 /xv/cm to 20 v/cm. 
PASSBAND — DC to 50 kc thru 1 Mc. 
COMMON-MODE REJECTION— Up to 40,000 to 1. 
PHASE DIFFERENCE — Less than 5 degrees, at — 3 db. 
INPUT — 1 megohm, 47 pf. 

HORIZONTAL 

CALIBRATED SWEEP RANGE — 1 ^sec/cm to 5 sec/cm. 
SWEEP MAGNIFIER— X2, X5, XI 0, X20; 3% accuracy 

to 1 jusec/cm. 
TRIGGER REQUIREMENTS — internal: 2 mm or greater. 

External: 0.2 to 10 v. 
EXTERNAL INPUT— 0.1, 0.2, 0.5, 1 and 2 v/cm. 

CRT 
DISPLAY AREA — 8x10 cm (each beam). 
ACCELERATING VOLTAGE— 3 kv. 

OTHER CHARACTERISTICS 
AMPLITUDE CALIBRATOR — 0.5 mv to 50 v, 1-kc square 

wave. 
POWER REQUIREMENTS— 105 to 1 25 v or 21 to 250 v, 

305 watts, maximum. 



28 






- 














APPLICATIONS 

Here are just a few of the many possible uses for this 
versatile new oscilloscope-. 



1. Compare and measure the waveforms at two points in a 
circuit simultaneously. 

2. Compare and measure the outputs of two transducers on 
the same time base, 

3. Display X-Y curves with one or both beams in a variety 
of applications. 

4. Plot one transducer output against another — pressure 
against volume or temperature, for instance. 

5. Compare and measure stimulus and reaction on the 
same time base. 

6. Use the differential-input feature for cancellation or 
common-mode signals, and to eliminate the need for a 
common terminal, in both single and dual displays. 

7. Measure phase angles and frequency differences. 



»# 



VERTICAL DEFLECTION SYSTEMS 

IDENTICAL VERTICAL AMPLIFIERS provide an accurate 
means of displaying dual-beam waveforms on a linear time 
base, single-beam X-Y curves af up to 100/^v/cm sensitivity, 
or dual-beam X-Y curves at up to 0.1 v/cm sensitivity. 

CALIBRATED SENSITIVITY from 100/xv/cm to 20 v/cm is 
in 17 calibrated steps with 1-2-5 sequence, and accurate 
within 3% of panel reading. Variable controls permit con- 
tinuous adjustment uncalibrated from 100/u.v/cm to approxi- 
mately 50 v/cm. 

PASSBANDS are dc to 50 kc at lOO^v/cm, increasing to 
dc to 100 kc at 200 /xv/cm, dc to 200 kc at 1 mv/cm, dc to 
400 kc at 50 mv/cm, and dc to 1 Mc at 0.2 v/cm. Passbands 
at lower sensitivities are dc to 300 kc at 0.5 v/cm and 5 v/cm, 
dc to 500 kc at 1 v/cm and 10 v/cm, dc to 1 Mc at 2 v/cm 
and 20 v/cm. 

DIFFERENTIAL INPUT provides an effective means of elim- 
inating unwanted common-mode signals. Common-mode re- 
jection ratios vary according to sensitivity and frequency, and 
are measured using a direct-coupled sinewave. Common-mode 
signals should not exceed 2 v pk-to-pk at the input grid. With 
a 1 -kc sinewave, rejection ratios are 40,000:1 at 0,1 mv/cm, 
20,000:1 at 0.2 mv/cm, 100:1 at 0.2 v/cm, and 50:1 at 5 v/cm. 
Rejection ratios at higher frequencies are 2000:1 at 50 kc with 
0.1 mv/cm sensitivity, 1000:1 at 100 kc with 0.2 mv/cm sensitiv- 
ity, and 50:1 at 400 kc with 0.2 v/cm sensitivity. Measurements 
are made with a common signal applied to both A and B 
inputs. 



502A 
RM502A 



AC or DC COUPLING, or inversion of the signal to the 

oscilloscope, is controlled from the front panel. An inverted 
display on one beam is sometimes desirable in comparison 
measurements. With ac-coupling, the low-frequency 3-db point 
is 2 cps direct or 0.2 cps with 10X probe. 

INPUT IMPEDANCE is 1 megohm paralleled by 47 pf. 

PASSIVE PROBES supplied with the Type 502A and RM502A 

reduce loading on the circuit under test and attenuate the signal 
by a factor of 10, Input impedance becomes 10 megohms 
paralleled by approximately 9.5 pf. 



HORIZONTAL-DEFLECTION SYSTEM 

SWEEP RANGE from 1 /xsec/cm to 5 sec/cm is in 21 cali- 
brated steps with 1-2-5 sequence and is accurate within 3% 
of panel reading. Sweep rate is continuously variable un- 
calibrated from 1 /^sec/cm to over 12 sec/cm. Sweep rate se- 
lected deflects both beams simultaneously. 

SWEEP MAGNIFIER expands the center portion of the 
normal sweep to fill 10 cm. X2, X5, X10, or X20 magnifica- 
tion is available. When the magnified sweep does not ex- 
ceed the maximum calibrated rate of 1 ^sec/cm, accuracy 
is within 5% of the displayed portion of the magnified sweep. 
A panel light indicates when the maximum calibrated rate is 
being exceeded, or sweep rate variable is in use. 

SINGLE SWEEP OPERATION facilitates photographic re- 
cording of waveforms. Lockout-reset circuitry provides for one- 
shot recording. After a single sweep is triggered, the sweep 
circuit is automatically locked out until manually reset. When 
reset, the sweep will fire on the next trigger received, then 
automatically lock out until reset or returned to normal opera- 
tion. 




Dual-beam presentation of electrocardiograni 
vs. heart sounds (upper beam is ECG, lower 
beam is heart sound). Heart sound was picked 
up by microphone taped to chest. 



29 



502A 
RM502A 




Comparison of input and output waveforms. 
Lower trace is result of passing upper wave- 
form through an integrating network. Lower 
trace is inverted. 



CRT AND DISPLAY FEATURES 

TEKTRONIX 5" CRT is a dual-gun tube with two pairs of 
vertical and one pair of horizontal-deflection plates. A P2 
phosphor is normally supplied. Accelerating potential is 3 kv. 
Display area for each beam is 8 cm by 10 cm. Beams overlap 
in the center 6-cm vertical area, 

CRT CONTROLS include a separate focus adjustment for 
each beam, a common intensity control, and an intensity 
balance. The balance control provides an effective method of 
identifying upper and lower beams, especially when they are 
superimposed for comparison. 

PUSH-BUTTON BEAM FINDERS indicate the relative posi- 
tion of the trace when it is deflected off the crt screen. This 
feature is especially useful at the higher sensitivities. 

ILLUMINATED GRATICULE with variable edge lighting is 
accurately ruled in centimeter squares. Viewing area is 10 by 
10 centimeters. Vertical centerline and horizontal cenferlines 
for each beam are further marked in 5 minor divisions per cm. 



o 



X-Y OPERATION 

SINGLE BEAM X-Y CURVE TRACING at equal horizontal 
and vertical sensitivities can be accomplished when the upper- 
beam vertical amplifier is switched to the crt horizontal-deflec- 
tion plates. A panel light indicates when the upper-beam 
amplifier is connected in this manner. The full lOO/^v/cm 
sensitivity can be used with either single-ended or differential 
input. 

PHASE DIFFERENCE between vertical amplifiers, when both 
are set at equal sensitivities, is typically less than 5 degrees 
up to the specified 3-db point. 

DUAL-BEAM X-Y CURVE TRACING can be accomplished 
when a signal source is applied to the external horizontal 
amplifier. Horizontal deflection is calibrated in steps of 0.1, 
0.2, 0.5, 1, and 2 v/cm, and is accurate within 5%. 

TRIGGER 

AUTOMATIC OPERATION assures positive sweep trig- 
gering by signals of different amplitudes, shapes, and repeti- 
tion rates. In the absence of an input signal, automatic trig- 
gering occurs at about a 50-cps rate to provide a convenient 
reference trace. 

RECURRENT OPERATION provides a convenient reference 
at a frequency dependent on the sweep time per centimeter. 

TRIGGER LEVEL is adjustable to allow sweep triggering at 
any selected point on either the rising or falling portion of the 
waveform. 

SOURCE can be internal from either amplifier (2-mm deflec- 
tion), external (0.2 v to lOv), or line, and can be ac or dc 
coupled. 



OTHER CHARACTERISTICS 

AMPLITUDE CALIBRATOR provides 6 square-wave voltages 
at the front panel. Peak-to-peak amplitude is 0.5 mv, 5 mv, 
50 mv, 0.5 v, 5 v or 50 v, and is accurate within 3%. Frequency 
is about 1 kc. 

ELECTRONICALLY-REGULATED DC SUPPLIES insure stable 
operation between 105 and 125 volts, or 210 and 250 volts. 
Input stage dc heaters of both vertical amplifiers are transistor 
regulated. 

POWER REQUIREMENT is 105 to 125 volts, or 210 to 250 
volts, 50 to 60 cps, typically 280 watts. 

CABINET MODEL dimensions are 15 3 / 4 " high by 11 y 2 " 
wide by 23 3 / 4 " deep. Net weight is 60 pounds. Shipping 
weight is 65 pounds, approximately. 

RACK MOUNT MODEL dimensions are 12%" high by 
19" wide by 22 3 / 4 " deep. Net weight is 58V 2 pounds. Ship- 
ping weight is 86 pounds approximately. Instrument mounts 
on tilt-lock slide-out tracks to a standard 19" rack. 

TYPE 502A OSCILLOSCOPE $1050 

Each instrument includes: 2— P6006 probe (010-0125-00); 1— Test lead 
(012-0031-00); 2— A510 binding post adapter (013-0004-00); 1—3 to 
2-wire adapter (103-0013-00); 1— 3-conductor power cord (161-0010- 
00); 1— Polarized light filter (378-0539-00); 2— Instruction Manual (070- 
0382-00). 

TYPE RM502A OSCILLOSCOPE $1 150 

Each instrument includes: 2— P6006 probe (010-0125-00); 1— Test lead 
(012-0031-00); 2— A510 binding post adapter (013-0004-00); 1—3 to 
2-wire adapter (103-0013-00); 1— 3-conductor power cord (161-0010- 
00); 1— Polarized light filter (378-0539-00); 1 — Pr. Mounting tracks 
351-0085-00); 1 — Set mounting hardware; 2 — Instruction Manual 
(070-0382-00). 

U.S. Sales Prices f.o.b. Beaverfon, Oregon 
Please refer to Terms and Shipment, General Information page. 







30 




DC-to-450 KC X-Y OSCILLOSCOPE Type 




:. 



rf>£ 503 OSCILLOSCOPE 



^ m ' m n %-%0 




IDENTICAL VERTICAL & HORIZONTAL AMPLIFIERS 
DIFFERENTIAL INPUT AT ALL SENSITIVITIES 
ELECTRONICALLY -REGULATED DC SUPPLIES 
COMPACT CABINET OR RACK-MOUNT MODELS 



CHARACTERISTIC SUMMARY 

VERTICAL & HORIZONTAL 

CALIBRATED SENSITIVITY— 1 mv/cm to 20 v/cm. 
PASSBAND— DC to 450 kc. 

COMMON-MODE REJECTION— 100:1 at 1 mv/cm sen- 
sitivity. Up to 50 kc, 4 v p-p, max. 

INPUT — 1 megohm, 47 pf. 

SWEEP GENERATOR 
CALIBRATED SWEEP RANGE— 1 ^sec/cm to 5 sec/cm. 
SWEEP MAGNIFIER— X2, X5, XI 0, X20 X50. 

TRIGGER REQUIREMENTS — Internal: 0.5-cm deflection. 

External: 0.5 to 10 v. 

CRT 
DISPLAY AREA — 8 x 10 cm. 
ACCELERATING VOLTAGE— 3 kv. 

OTHER CHARACTERISTICS 

AMPLITUDE CALIBRATOR — 5 mv and 0.5 v, 300 to 500- 
cps square wave. 

POWER REQUIREMENTS— 105 to 1 25 v or 210 to 250 v, 
1 1 watts, max. 



31 



503 
rm503 



VERTICAL AND HORIZONTAL AMPLIFIERS 

PASSBAND of the dc-coupled amplifiers extends to 450 kc 
at 3-db down. 

SENSITIVITY from 1 mv/cm to 20 v/cm is in 14 calibrated 
steps with 1-2-5 sequence, and is accurate within 3%. A 
variable control permits continuous adjustment uncalibrated 
from 1 mv/cm to approximately 50 v/cm, 

COMMON-MODE REJECTION 



REJECTION 
RATIO 



SENSITIVITY 



CMR SIGNAL 



FRE- 
QUENCY 



At least 100:1 1 mv to 0.2 v/cm 4v p-p, max dc to 50 kc 

30:1 0.5 v to 2 v/cm 40 v p-p, max dc to 50 kc 
30:1 5 v to 20 v/cm 400 v p-p, .max dc to 50 kc | 



At least 
At least 



AC or DC COUPLING of the signal to the oscilloscope, 
or grounding of the input stage grid is controlled from the 
front panel. With ac coupling, the low-frequency 3-db point 
is lOcps direct or 1 cps with optional 10X probe. 

INPUT IMPEDANCE is 1 megohm paralleled by 47 pf, and 
remains constant with varying sensitivities. 

X-Y OPERATION 

IDENTICAL VERTICAL and HORIZONTAL AMPLIFIERS 

provide an accurate means of displaying X-Y curves at up 
to 1 mv/cm sensitivity. 

PHASE SHIFT is 1°, or less, at a sensitivity of 1 mv to 0.2 v/ 
cm, up to a frequency of 450 kc. It is 2°, or less, at a sensitivity 
of 0.5 v to 20 v/cm, up to a frequency of 50 kc. 

SWEEP GENERATOR 

SWEEP RANGE from 1 //.sec/cm to 5 sec/cm is in 21 cali- 
brated steps with 1-2-5 sequence, and accurate within 3%. 
Sweep speed is variable between steps uncalibrated from 1 
jusec/cm to over 12 sec/cm. 

SWEEP MAGNIFIER expands any portion of the normal 
sweep. Magnification of 2X, 5X, 10X, 20X, or 50X is available. 
When the magnified sweep does not exceed the maximum 
calibrated rate of 0.1 /xsec/cm, accuracy is within 5% of the 
displayed portion of the magnified sweep. 

TRIGGER 

AUTOMATIC OPERATION assures positive sweep trigger- 
ing by signals of different amplitudes, shapes, and repetition 
rates. In the absence of an input signal, automatic triggering 
occurs at about a 50-cps rate to provide a convenient refer- 
ence trace. 

FREE-RUNNING OPERATION provides a convenient refer- 
ence trace at a frequency dependent on the sweep time per 
centimeter. 

TRIGGER LEVEL is adjustable to allow sweep triggering 
at any selected point on either the rising or falling portion of 
the waveform. When signal risetimes are faster than 20/xs/cm, 
it becomes difficult to select a triggering point with the trigger 
level control.) 

SOURCE can be internal (V 2 -cm deflection), external (Vr 
volt), or line, and can be ac or dc coupled. 

CRT & DISPLAY FEATURES 
TEKTRONIX 5" CRT provides a high-contrast trace for 
easy reading under high ambient light conditions. An im- 
proved P2 phosphor is normally supplied with the instrument, 
and offers distinct advantages for oscilloscope photography. 
Accelerating potential is 3 kv. 

DEFLECTION BLANKING assures uniform beam current 
for all sweep and repetition rates. The system consists in part 



of two pairs of cross-connected deflection plates which inter 
cept the beam current, and blank the crt screen except during- - 
sweep time. 

INTENSITY MODULATION can be accomplished by using 
the crt grid-input terminal at the rear of the oscilloscope. 

ILLUMINATED GRATICULE with variable edge lighting is 
accurately ruled in centimeter squares. Viewing area is 8x10 
centimeters. Vertical and horizontal centerlines are marked 
in 5 minor divisions per centimeter. 

OTHER CHARACTERISTICS 

AMPLITUDE CALIBRATOR provides 2 square-wave volt- 
ages at the front panel. Peak-to-peak amplitudes are 500 mv 
and 5 mv, accurate within 3%. Frequency is between 300 
and 500 cps. 

ELECTRONICALLY-REGULATED DC SUPPLIES insure stable 
operation between 105 and 125 volts, or 210 and 250 volts. 
Input stage heaters of the vertical and horizontal amplifiers 
are supplied with regulated dc. 

POWER REQUIREMENT is 105 to 125 volts, or 210 to 
250 volts, 50 to 800 cps, typically 107 watts at 117 volts. The 
low-line voltage requirement increases about 10% at 400 cps, 
and about 15% at 800 cps. 

CABINET MODEL dimensions are 14 3 / 4 " high by 10" wide 
by 21%" deep. Net weight is 29V 2 pounds. Shipping weight 
is approximately 38 pounds. 

RACK MOUNT MODEL dimensions are 7" high by 19" 
wide by 17" deep. The instrument mounts directly to a stand- 
ard 19" rack. Optional rack slides are available. Net weight 
is 27 pounds. Shipping weight is approximately 51 pounds. 
TYPE 503 OSCILLOSCOPE $64l 

Each instrument includes: 2 — A510 binding-post adapter (013-0004-00); 
1_3 to 2-wire adapter (103-0013-00); 1— Green filter (378-0514-00); 
2— Instruction Manual (070-0218-00). 

TYPE RM503 OSCILLOSCOPE $655 

Each instrument includes: 2 — A510 binding post adapter (013-0004-00); 
1—3 to 2-wire adapter (103-0013-00); 1— 3-conductor power cord (161- 
0022-00); 1— Set mounting hardware; 1— Green filter (378-0514-00); 
2— instruction Manual (070-0314-00). 

SLIDE-OUT TRACKS FOR TYPE RM503 

Slide-out tracks can be used to mount the Type RM503 
Oscilloscope to a standard 19" rack. These tracks provide 
tilting and locking convenience in any of 7 positions. Slide-out 
tracks can be ordered separately, or as MOD 171 installed at 
the factory. 

TYPE RM503 MOD 171 $705 

Each instrument includes: 2 — A510 binding post adapter (013-0004-00); 
1 — 3 to 2-wire adapter (103-0013-00); 1 — 3-conductor power cord (161- 
0022-00); 1— Set mounting hardware; 1— Green filter (378-051 4-00); 
2— Instruction Manual (070-0314-00). 

SLIDE-OUT TRACK KIT (Part No. 351-0050-00) $45 

PROBES 

For minimum loading on the circuit under test, RC attenuator 
probes are recommended. These probes, each with a 42" 
cable, are ideally suited for use with the Type 503 or RM503 
Oscilloscope. 



1 




Input Im 


pedance 








Probe 


Atten. 


Resist- 


Capaci- 


Voltage 


Part No. 


Price 




. Ratio 


ance 


tance 


Rating 






P6006 


10:1 


10 meg ft 


9.5 pf 


600 v 


010-0125-00 


$22.00 


P6023 


10:1 


8 meg ft 


12 pf 


lOOOv 


010-0065-00 


$40.00 , 


P6027 


1:1 


1 meg ft 


87 pf 


600 v 


010-0070-00 


$12.50 



W v 



U.S. Sales Prices f.o.b. Beaverton, Oregon 
Please refer to Terms and Shipment, General Information page. 



32 




DC-to-450KC X-Y OSCILLOSCOPE Type 





TYW RM 504 OSCILLOSCOPE 



CONSTANT INPUT IMPEDANCE 
ELECTRONICALLY -REGULATED DC SUPPLIES 
COMPACT CABINET OR RACK-MOUNT MODELS 

CHARACTERISTIC SUMMARY 
VERTICAL 

CALIBRATED SENSITIVITY— 5 mv/cm to 20 v/cm. 
PASSBAND — DC to 450 kc. 
INPUT — 1 megohm, 47 pf. 

HORIZONTAL 

CALIBRATED SWEEP RANGE— 1 ^sec/cm to 0.5 sec/cm. 

TRIGGER REQUIREMENTS— Internal: 0.5-cm deflection. 

External: 0.5 to 10 v. 

EXTERNAL INPUT — 0.5 v/cm maximum sensitivity. 

CRT 
DISPLAY AREA— 8 x 10 cm, 
ACCELERATING VOLTAGE— 3 ky. 

OTHER CHARACTERISTICS 

AMPLITUDE CALIBRATOR— 25 mv and 0.5 v, 300 to 500- 
cps square wave. 

POWER REQUIREMENTS— 105 to 1 25 v or 210 to 250 v, 
93 watts. 



VERTICAL-DEFLECTION SYSTEM 

PASSBAND of the dc-coupled amplifier extends to 450 kc 
at 3-db down. 

SENSITIVITY from 5 mv/cm to 20 v/cm is in 12 calibrated 
steps with 1-2-5 sequence, and is accurate within 3%. A 
variable control permits continuous adjustment uncalibrated 
from 5 mv/cm to approximately 50 v/cm. 

AC or DC COUPLING of the signal to the oscilloscope, or 
grounding of the input stage grid is controlled from the front 
panel. With ac coupling, the low-frequency 3-db point is 
lOcps direct or 1 cps with optional 1 OX probe. 

INPUT IMPEDANCE is 1 megohm paralleled by about 47 pf, 

and remains constant with varying sensitivities. 



HORIZONTAL-DEFLECTION SYSTEM 

SWEEP RANGE from 1 ^sec/cm to 0.5 sec/cm is in 18 cali- 
brated steps with 1-2-5 sequence, and is accurate within 3%. 
Sweep rate is variable between steps uncalibrated from 
1 /xsec/cm to over 1.2 sec/cm. 

EXTERNAL HORIZONTAL INPUT provides for horizontal 
deflection using an external source. Sensitivity is variable 
from a maximum of 0.5 v/cm. 



33 



504 
rm504 



TRIGGER 

AUTOMATIC OPERATION assures positive sweep trigger- 
ing by signals of different amplitudes, shapes, and repetition 
rates. In absence of an input signal, automatic triggering 
occurs at about a 50-cps rate to provide a convenient reference 
trace. 

FREE-RUNNING OPERATION provides a convenient refer- 
ence trace at a frequency dependent on the sweep time per 
centimeter. 

TRIGGER LEVEL is adjustable to allow sweep triggering at 
any selected point on either the rising or falling portion of the 
waveform. 

SOURCE can be internal (y 2 -cm deflection), external (V 2 - 
volt), or line, and can be ac or dc coupled. 

CRT & DISPLAY FEATURES 

TEKTRONIX 5" CRT provides a high-contrast trace for 
easy reading under high ambient light conditions. An im- 
proved P2 phosphor is normally supplied with the instrument, 
and offers distinct advantages for oscilloscope photography. 
Accelerating potential is 3 kv. 

DEFLECTION BLANKING assures uniform beam current 
for all sweep and repetition rates. The system consists in 
part of two pairs of cross-connected deflection plates which 
intercept the beam current, and blank the crt screen except 
during sweep time. 

INTENSITY MODULATION can be accomplished by using 
the crt grid-input terminal at the rear of the oscilloscope. 

ILLUMINATED GRATICULE with variable edge lighting is 
accurately ruled in centimeter squares. Viewing area is 8x10 
centimeters. Vertical and horizontal centerlines are marked 
in 5 minor divisions per centimeter, 

OTHER CHARACTERISTICS 

AMPLITUDE CALIBRATOR provides 2 square-wave volt- 
ages at the front panel. Peak-to-peak amplitudes are 500 mv 
and 25 mv, accurate within 3%. Frequency is between 300 
and 500 cps. 

ELECTRONICALLY-REGULATED DC SUPPLIES insure stable 
operation between 105 and 125 volts, or 210 and 250 volts. 
Input stage heaters are supplied with regulated dc. 



POWER REQUIREMENT is 105 to 125 volts, or 210 to 250 
volts, 50 to 800 cps, typically 93 watts at 117 volts. The low- 
line voltage requirement increases about 10% at 400 cps, and 
about 15% at 800 cps. 

CABINET MODEL dimensions are 14 3 / 4 " high by 10" wide 
by 21 5 / 8 " deep. Net weight is 27V 4 pounds. Shipping weight 
is approximately 43 pounds. 

RACK MOUNT MODEL dimensions are 7" high by 19" 
wide by 17" deep. The instrument mounts directly to a stand- 
ard 19" rack. Optional rack slides are available. Net weight 
is 25 y 2 pounds. Shipping weight is approximately 48 pounds. 

TYPE 504 OSCILLOSCOPE $540 

Each instrument includes: 1 — A510 binding-post adapter (013-0004-00); 
1—3 to 2-wire adapter (103-0013-00); 1— Green filter (378-0514-00); 
2— Instruction Manual (070-0224-00). 

TYPE RM504 OSCILLOSCOPE $550 

Each instrument includes: 1 — A510 binding-post adapter (013-0004-00); 
1 — 3- to 2-wire adapter (103-0013-00); 1 — 3-conductor power cord 
(161-0022-00); 1— Set mounting hardware; 1— Green filter (378-0514- 
00); 2— Instruction Manual (070-0315-00). 

SLIDE-OUT TRACKS FOR TYPE RM504 

Slide-out tracks can be used to mount the Type RM504 
Oscilloscope to a standard 19" rack. These tracks pro- 
vide tilting and locking convenience in any of 7 posi- 
tions. Slide-out tracks can be ordered separately, or 
as MOD 171 installed at the factory. 



TYPE RM504 MOD 171 



$600 



Each instrument includes: 1— A510 binding-post adapter (013-0004-00),- 
1 — 3- to 2-wire adapter (103-0013-00); 1 — 3-conductor power cord 
(161-0022-00); 1— Set mounting hardware; 1— Green filter (378-0514- 
00); 2— Instruction Manual (070-0315-00). 






SLIDE-OUT TRACK KIT (Part No. 351-0050-00) 



PROBES 



$45 



For minimum loading on the circuit under test, RC attenuator 
probes are recommended. These probes, each with a 42" 
cable, are ideally suited for use with the Type 504 or RM504 
Oscilloscope. 



Probe 

P6006 
P6027 



Atten. 
Ratio 

10:1 
1:1 



Input Impedance 

Resist- Capaci- 

ance tance 



Voltage 
Rating 



Part No. 



Price 



10 meg Q 
1 meg fi 



9.5 pf 

94 pf 



600 v 010-0125-00 $22.00 
600 v 010-0070-00 $12.50 



U.S. Sales Prices f.o.b. Beaverton, Oregon 
Please refer to Terms and shipment, General information page. 




34 




SURGE-TESTING OSCILLOSCOPE Type 




SURGE GROUND-CURRENT EFFECTS 

ON DISPLAY MINIMIZED 

BRIGHT SINGLE TRANSIENT DISPLAYS 

The Tektronix Type 507 is a specialized oscilloscope, 
designed primarily for high-voltage surge testing as ap- 
plied to power transformers, high-voltage insulators, 
lightning arresters, and their associated design and ac- 
ceptance tests. 



HORIZONTAL 

CALIBRATED SWEEP RANGE — 20 nsec/cm to 50 fxsec/ 
cm. 

TRIGGER REQUIREMENTS— Internal and external: 100 
v to 3 kv. 

SINGLE SWEEP CAPABILITY 

CRT 

DISPLAY AREA— 6 x 10 cm. 
ACCELERATING VOLTAGE— 24 kv. 



* 



CHARACTERISTIC SUMMARY 

VERTICAL 
SENSITIVITY — Approximately 50 v/cm to 500 v/cm. 

INPUT STEP-ATTENUATOR— 10% steps from 10% to 
100%. 

INPUT — 72 ohms (optional down to 50 ohms). 

CALIBRATED POSITIONING— At 50 v steps from —150 
v to 4* 1 50 v. 

CREST VOLTAGE INPUT— Up to 3 kv. 



OTHER CHARACTERISTICS 

TIME MARKERS — 0.05 ^sec to lO^sec. 

POWER REQUIREMENTS — 105v to 125v or 210 v to 
250 v; 50 to 60 cps; typically 600 watts. 



VERTICAL-DEFLECTION SYSTEM 
Risetime — 10 nsec. 

Sensitivity — Approximately 50 v/cm to 500 v/cm. 



35 



507 



Step Attenuator — The input signal is connected to 
a series voltage-divider chain of ten equal resistors 
(normally 7.2 ohms each) mounted on a tap switch. 
The ratio of signal applied to the deflection plates can 
be selected by the tap switch from 10% to 100% in 
10% steps. The 72-ohm input impedance presented by 
the divider chain properly terminates Amphenol Type 
21-025 coaxial cable. Step attenuator impedances de- 
signed to properly terminate other cable impedances as 
low as 50 ohms can be provided on request. 

The vertical-input system will withstand crest voltages 
of 3 kv of the standard 1 .5 x 40 /xsec surge-testing 
waveform. Voltage-breakdown and heat-dissipation 
limitations must be considered before impressing signals 
greater than 3 kv and/or longer than 40 /xsec. 

Vertical Input — A standard UHF signal-input con- 
nector is located on the rear of the instrument. 

Connectors — Standard UHF connectors for Signal In, 
Signal Out To Delay Line, Signal In From Delay Line, 
Trip Pulse Out, and External Trigger In are located at 
the rear of the instrument. 6.3 v ac at 1 amp is avail- 
able through a front-panel pin jack. 

Signal Delay — Two standard UHF connectors are 
provided on the rear of the Type 507 for insertion of an 
external length of delay cable into the vertical-input 
signal circuit. Choice of the appropriate length and 
type of cable is at the discretion of the user. No delay 
cable is furnished with the Type 507. 

Polarity Switch — A three-position switch reverses 
the deflection-plate polarity. The center position is used 
to apply markers for photographing time references. 

Positioning Switch — The Type 507 has a seven-step 
vertical-position switch with 50 v steps of — 150v, 
— lOOv, —50v f 0, +50v, +100v, and +150 v. A 
two-position switch selects either 50 v steps or continu- 
ously variable adjustment. 

External Voltmeter Connectors — Terminals are 
provided for a high-impedance (5000Q/volt) dc volt- 
meter, permitting vertical calibration when using the 
variable positioning. 

HORIZONTAL DEFLECTION SYSTEM 

Calibrated Linear Sweep Rates — The sweep 
waveform is generated by a boot-strap circuit and an 
inverter stage for balanced deflection. Eleven fixed, 
calibrated sweep rates. . .20, 50, 100, 200, 500, nano- 
seconds/cm, 1, 2, 5, 10, 20, and 50 /xsec/cm are 
provided. 

Trigger Selection — A five-position front-panel 
switch selects a trigger, external or internal of either 
positive or negative polarity. The marker position is 
used when time markers are desired. 

Trigger Amplitude — A signal of 100 v to 3 kv am- 
plitude is required for both internal triggering and trig- 
gering with an external signal. 




QUALITY CONTROL TEST ON FLASH X-RAY SYSTEM 

using x-ray tube with T-F emission cathode. 

One-shot waveform depicts one of many photographs re- 
corded — in adjusting for impedance match of high-current 
T-F emission tube to square-wave pulse of Flash X-Ray Sys- 
tem. In testing the System, the Type 507 was used to mon- 
itor the output from a 1200 Megawatt Pulser to the x-ray 
tube. The Tektronix C-12 Camera was used to record criti- 
cal timing and amplitude measurements of pulses up to 600 
kilovolts at 2000 amperes, 0.2-microsecond duration. 

Sweep Mode — When the switch is in the single- 
sweep position, pressing the RESET button arms the 
sweep circuit. The sweep then can be triggered inter- 
nally, by MANUAL TRIGGER, or by an external trigger. 

POWER SUPPLY 

Low Voltage — The low-voltage power supply is 
separate from the indicator unit, supplying power to it 
by an interconnecting cable. All dc supplies are elec- 
tronically regulated. 

High Voltage — Accelerating potentials for the crt 
are obtained from an oil-filled oscillator-type supply, 
all voltages are electronically regulated. 

Power Requirement — 105v to 125v or 210 v to 
250 v, 50 to 60 cps, typically 600 watts. 

OTHER CHARACTERISTICS 

Cathode-Ray Tube — The Type 507 uses a 5-inch 
flat-faced tube. A PI 1 phosphor is normally furnished. 

Accelerating Potential — With its 24 kv accelerat- 
ing potential and high-speed sweeps, the Type 507 is 
well suited to single-sweep applications involving tran- 
sients of very short duration. 

Time Markers — Markers are available as a function 
of the MICROSECONDS/CM switch for convenient cali- 
bration of the sweep. The 0.05-/xsec time mark is avail- 
able at sweep speeds from 0.02 /isec/cm to 0.2 /xsec/ 
cm; 0.5 /xsec, from 0.5 /xsec/cm to 2 /xsec/cm; 5 /xsec, 
from 5 /xsec/cm to 20 /xsec/cm; and 1 /xsec, at 50 
/isec/cm. These are useful as references when photo- 
graphing pulses. 



o 



o 



c 



36 













Trip Pulse For Manual Triggering — This is in- 
tended for use in triggering a trip-pulse generator, A 
pulse of approximately 700 v amplitude and 5 ^asec 
width is available at the output connector. Pulse ampli- 
tude and width may be affected somewhat by the 
length of the cable used. 

Illuminated Graticule — An edge-lighted graticule 
is marked in centimeter squares, 6 vertical and 10 hori- 
zontal, for convenience in making time and amplitude 
measurements. This graticule is removable. Illumination 
is controlled by a front-panel knob. 

Mechanical Specifications — Dimensions are 16%" 
high by 1 3 % " wide by 23%" deep for the indicator 
unit and 10%" high by 1 3 Vi " wide by 17 3 / 8 " deep 
for the power-supply unit. Net weight of the indicator 
unit is 54 pounds, and of the power-suppiy unit is 
40 y% pounds. Total shipping weight is 120 pounds 
approx. (with indicator unit weighing 72 pounds ap- 
prox., with power-supply unit weighing 48 pounds 
approx.) 

TYPE 507 OSCILLOSCOPE $2900 

Each instrument includes: 1 — Interconnecting cable (012-0032-00); 
1 — Power Supply for Type 507; 1 — 507 ground connector (013- 
0011-00); 1—3 to 2-wire adapter (103-0013-00); 1— 3-conductor 
power cord (161-0010-00); 1 — Blue filter (378-0515-00); 2— Instruc- 
tion Manual (070-0091-00). 






•;, :.;•": s : - : " 




SCOPE-MOBILE® CART 

Tektronix Scope-Mobile carts are available for the 
Type 507 Oscilloscope to provide convenient moving 
in your work area. Two carts are available: The Type 
500A with stationary tray, and the Type 202-1 with 
a tray that tilts and locks in any of 9 positions. 

TYPE 500A CART $ 99.50 

TYPE 202-1 TILT-LOCK CART 120.00 



507 



Tektronix Type C-12 Camera 

Used with a Type 507 Oscilloscope for high-current 
and high-voltage applications, the Type C-12 Camera 
enables convenient recording of power-surge measure- 
ments — such as high-volfage breakdown tests of power 
transformers, insulators, allied components. . .pinch-effect 
studies . . . other experiments in plasma research. See 
Camera Section for complete description. 



Rack Mount Adapter 

A cradle mount to adapt the Type 507 Oscilloscope 
and its power supply for rack mounting is available. It 
consists of two cradles and two masks. The cradles, 
one each for the indicator and power supply units, sup- 
port the instruments in any standard 19" relay rack. 
The two masks fit around the regular instrument panels 
of the two units. Rack height requirements: Indicator 
mask 17 1 / 2 ", Power Supply mask ]2V 4 ". 

Order Part Number 040-0279-00 $72.80 



U. S. Sales Prices f.o.b. Beaverton, Oregon 
Please refer to Terms and Shipment, General Information page. 



GROUND CIRCUIT TRANSIENTS 



Due to the physical configurations and electrical param- 
eters of apparatus used in surge testing, large voltage 
transients are often induced into the grounding system. 
Since the oscilloscope signal-cable shield must be connected 
to some point in this ground system for potential and cur- 
rent measurements, the ground-voltage transients will be 
impressed upon the oscilloscope chassis. 

Two undesirable consequences may arise from these 
ground transients. The oscilloscope power-transformer in- 
sulation may be overstressed, causing break-down. Current 
flow set up through chassis capacity to earth, power source, 
and any ground conductor connected to the instrument may 
affect proper operation of sweep circuitry, crt-unblanking 
circuitry, other circuitry. 

The Type 507 has been designed to ensure minimum sensi- 
tivity to extraneous disturbances and can withstand a limit 
of 2000 crest volts to ground for transformer break-down. 

However, once the ground-voltage limit is approached 
in a particular surge-testing apparatus, the engineer must 
employ means exterior to the Type 507 to reduce the im- 
pressed voltages. Techniques in use for isolating the oscillo- 
scope from circulating ground currents range from power 
line isolation with motor generators to multiple-shielded 
enclosures that surround the oscilloscope, operator, and 
60-cps power generator. 

To arrange a demonstration of this specialized oscillo- 
scope in your application, please call your Tektronix Field 
Engineer. 



37 



Type 



DC-to-15 MC OSCILLOSCOPE 





KMmONtHQ 

6 



M*«J1 MUC'Otf 








* $ 



TYPE SM J5 OSCfUOSCOPE 



rm 5i5A qsouoscope 





• • • 




imiwirr ttlKSWIJH KM BOH. 





"JjjT OgM 




• l 



The Tektronix Type 51 5A is a dc-coupled general-pur- 
pose cathode-ray oscilloscope combining reliable Tek- 
tronix oscilloscope circuitry in a compact instrument. 
Wide sweep range of 0.04 ( asec/cm to 6 sec/cm, dc to 
1 5 Mc passband, and calibrated sensitivity to 0.05 
v/cm qualify the Type 51 5A for general-purpose 
laboratory work and for many field applications. 

Accurate calibration of both sweep and vertical 
amplifiers permit reliable quantitative measurements 
directly from the screen. Functional panel arrangement 
and versatile control system makes the Type 51 5A an 
easy-to-use oscilloscope for the field and laboratory. 



CHARACTERISTIC SUMMARY 
VERTICAL 
CALIBRATED SENSITIVITY— -50 mv/cm to 20 v/cm. 
RISETIME—23 nsec. 
PASSBAND— DC to 15Mc. 
INPUT — 1 megohm, approx. 36 pf. 

HORIZONTAL 
CALIBRATED SWEEP RANGE — 0.2 ^sec/cm to 2 sec/cm. 

SWEEP MAGNIFIER — 5X, extends sweep range to 40 
nsec/cm. 

TRIGGER REQUIREMENTS— Internal: 2-mm deflection. 

External: 0.2 v to 20 v. 

EXTERNAL INPUT — 1.4 v/cm, dc to 500 kc. 

CRT 

DISPLAY AREA— 6 x 10 cm. 
ACCELERATING VOLTAGE— 4 kv. 

OTHER CHARACTERISTICS 

AMPLITUDE CALIBRATOR— 50 mv to lOOv, 1-kc square 
wave. 

POWER REQUIREMENTS— 1 05 to 125v or 210 to 
250 v, 300 watts. 



38 




515A 

RM-J5 








• 



VERTICAL-DEFLECTION SYSTEM 

Frequency Specifications are at 3-db down 

DC-Coupled Vertical Amplifier — The Type 515A 
vertical passband is dc to 15 mc, risetime is 23 nsec. 
The vertical attenuator is calibrated in VOLTS/CM of de- 
flection. Nine calibrated steps are provided: 0.05, 0.1, 
0.2, 0.5, 1, 2, 5, 10, and 20 v/cm. In addition, a vernier 
( uncalibrated ) control provides for continuously-variable 
adjustment from 0.05 v/cm to 50 v/cm. A front-panel 
neon light indicates when the control is in the variable 
(uncalibrated) position. 

Calibration Accuracy — An internal adjustment is 
provided for setting the gain of the vertical amplifier. 
When this adjustment is accurately set with the VOLTS/CM 
switch in the 0.05 v/cm position, the vertical sensitivity 
for any other position of the switch will be within 
3 % of the panel reading for that position. 

Two Signal Inputs — Two coaxial signal input connec- 
tors with more than 60-db isolation are controlled by a 
four-position switch. The INPUT SELECTOR switch selects 
ac-coupling or dc-coupling. When ac coupled, the low 
frequency 3-db point is 2 cps direct or 0.2 cps with 
10X Probe. 

Input Impedance — 1 megohm paralleled by ap- 
proximately 36 pf. 

Probe — The vertical sensitivity is reduced by a factor 
of 10 by use of a 10-x attenuator probe supplied with 
the instrument. The probe presents an input impedance 
of 10 megohms paralleled by approximately 9.5 pf. 



Balanced Delay Network — A signal delay of 0.25 
/xsec is introduced by the balanced (push-pull) delay 
network. Permits observation of the leading edge of the 
waveform that triggers the sweep. 

HORIZONTAL-DEFLECTION SYSTEM 

Wide Sweep Range — The Type 515A has 22 cali- 
brated sweep rates: 0.2, 0.5, 1 , 2, 5, 1 0, 20, 50 jasec/cm; 
0.1, 0.2, 0.5, 1, 2, 5, 10, 20, 50 millisec/cm; 0.1, 0.2, 
0.5, 1, 2 sec/cm. A single 22-position sweep-rate switch 
is used. In addition, a vernier (uncalibrated) control 
provides sweep rates continuously variable between 
ranges. A front-panel neon light indicates when the 
control is in the variable (uncalibrated) position. Cali- 
bration accuracy of the fixed sweep rates is within 3%. 

Sweep Magnifier — When the 5X magnifier is 
switched in, the center two-centimeter portion of the nor- 
mal sweep is expanded to left and right of center to fill 
ten centimeters. The HORIZONTAL POSITION control has 
sufficient range to display any one-fifth of the magnified 
sweep. Magnifier increases the calibrated sweep rate 
to 0.04 /xsec/cm. TIME/CM of the magnified sweep is 
indicated by a second blue-colored figure at each posi- 
tion of the sweep-rate switch. Accuracy is within 5% of 
the displayed portion of the magnified sweep. An indi- 
cator light reminds the operator when the magnifier is 
in use. 

DC-Coupled Unblanking — The unblanking wave- 
form is dc-coupled to the control grid of the crt assuring 
uniform grid bias for all sweep and repetition rates. 



39 



51 5 A 

RM 15 



Triggering Facilities — Versatile triggering circuitry 
provides for complete manual control, preset stability 
control, and fully-automatic triggering. 

Trigger Requirements — Internal triggering — a sig- 
nal large enough to cause 2 mm deflection. External 
triggering — a signal of 0.2 to 20 v. 

Amplitude-Level Selection — Adjustable amplitude- 
level and stability controls provide for triggering the 
sweep at a selected amplitude level on the triggering 
waveform. Trigger source can be internal, external, or 
the line frequency, either ac-coupled or dc-coupled. The 
triggering point can be on either the rising or failing 
slope of the triggering waveform. 

Preset Stability — Same as above, except the stability 
control is preset to the optimum triggering point and re- 
quires no readjustment. 

Automatic Triggering — Automatic level-seeking 
trigger circuit provides dependable triggering for most 
applications. One simple setting assures positive sweep- 
triggering by signals of widely differing amplitudes, 
shapes, and repetition rates. No trigger controls need be 
touched until a different type of operation is desired. 
Range of automatic operation is between 60 cycles and 
2 megacycles, approximately. In the absence of an input 
signal the sweep is automatically triggered at about a 
50-cycle rate, providing a reference trace on the screen. 

High-Frequency Sync — Assures a steady display of 
sine-wave signals up to approximately 20 megacycles. 
Requires a signal large enough to cause about 2 cm de- 
flection, or an external signal of about 2 v. 

Horizontal Input Amplifier — DC-coupled external 
connection to the sweep amplifier is through a front- 
panel connector. Deflection factor is 1 .4 v/cm. Frequen- 
cy response is dc to 500 kc at maximum sensitivity. 

OTHER CHARACTERISTICS 

Amplitude Calibrator — A square-wave calibration 
voltage is available through a front-panel coaxial con- 
nector. Eleven fixed voltages — 0.05, 0.1, 0.2, 0.5, 1, 
2, 5, 10, 20, 50, and 100 volts peak-to-peak are pro- 
vided. Accuracy is within 3%. Square-wave frequency 
is about 1 kc. 

Cathode-Ray Tube — 4-kv accelerating potential is 
applied to a Tektronix 5" flat-faced precision tube 
with a helical post-accelerating anode. A P31 phos- 
phor is normally supplied. 

Output Waveforms — A 20-v positive-gate wave- 
form of the same time duration as the sweep, and a 
150-v positive-going sweep-sawtooth waveform are 
available at front-panel connectors. 

Power Requirement — 1 05 v to 125v or 210 v to 
250 v, 50 to 60 cps, wired for 1 1 7 v. The Type 515 
draws 300 watts. Changing taps insures regulation as 
follows: 110 99 to 1 17 volts 

124 105 to 125 volts 

220 111 to 132 volts 

234 210 to 250 volts 

248 223 to 265 volts 



For 50/60 and 400 cps operation, a different fan must 
be installed (at extra cost). See prices below. 

Illuminated Graticule — An edge-lighted graticule 
is marked in 6 vertical and 10 horizontal centimeter-divi- 
sions with 2-miHimeter baseline divisions. Illumination 
is controlled by a front-panel knob. 

Mechanical Specifications — Dimensions are 14" 
high by 9%" wide by 21 3 / 4 " deep. Net weight is 42 Va 
pounds. Shipping weight is 52 pounds, approx. 

TYPE 51 5A (50 to 60 cps operation) $875 

Each instrument includes: 1— P6006 probe (010-0127-00); 1—3 to 
2-wire adapter (103-0013-00); 1 — 3-conductor power cord (161- 
0010-00); 1— Green filter (378-0514-00); 1— Patch cord, BNC-to- 
BNC, 18" (012-0087-00); 1— Patch cord, BNC-to-banona plug, 18" 
(012-0091-00); 1— Post jack, BNC, (012-0092-00); 2— Instruction 
Manual (070-0247-00). 

TYPE 515A MOD101 (50 to 400 cps operation) . $935 

Each instrument includes: 1— P6006 probe (010-0127-00); 1—3 to 
2-wire adapter (103-0013-00); 1 — 3-conductor power cord (161- 
0010-00); 1— Green filter (378-0514-00); 1— Patch cord, BNC-to- 
BNC, 18" (012-0087-00); 1— Patch cord, BNC-to-banana plug, 18" 
(012-0091-00); 1— Post jack, BNC, (012-0092-00); 2 — tnstruction 
Manual (070-0247-00). 

RACK-MOUNT OSCILLOSCOPE 

The Type RM15 is a mechanically rearranged Type 
515A Oscilloscope. It mounts in a standard 19-inch 
rack on slideout tracks. It can be pulled forward, tilted, 
and locked in any of seven positions for servicing con- 
venience. Except for no Z-axis input, electrical char- 
acteristics of the instrument are the same as described 
for the Type 51 5A Oscilloscope. 

Mechanical Specifications — Dimensions are 8%" 
high by 19" wide by 22 3 / 4 " deep. Net weight is 57 
pounds. Shipping weight is 75 pounds, approx. 

For more mounting information, please refer to the 
Mounting Dimensions page in the catalog. 

TYPE RM15 OSCILLOSCOPE $950 

Each instrument includes: 1— P6006 probe (010-0127-00); 1—3 to 
2-wire adapter (103-0013-00); 1 — 3-conductor power cord (161- 
0010-00); 1— Green filter (378-0514-00); 1— Patch cord, BNC-to- 
BNC, 18" (012-0087-00); 1— Patch cord, BNC-to-banana plug, 18" 
(012-0091-00); 1— Post jack, BNC, (012-0092-00); 1— Pr. Mounting 
tracks (351-0085-00); 2— Instruction Manual (070-0242-00). 

TYPE RM15 MOD101 OSCILLOSCOPE $1010 

Each instrument includes: 1— P6006 probe (010-0127-00); 1—3 to 
2-wire adapter (1 03-OC1 3-00); 1 — 3-conductor power cord (161- 
0010-00); 1— Green filter (378-0514-00); 1— Patch cord, BNC-to- 
BNC, 18" (012-0087-00); 1— Patch cord, BNC-to-banana plug, 18" 
(012-0091-00); 1— Post jack, BNC, (012-0092-00); 1— Pr. Mounting 
tracks (351-0085-00); 2— Instruction Manual (070-0242-00). 

SUPPORTING CRADLES 

When the Type RM15 or Type RM15MOD101M is 
used in a backless rack, these supporting cradles are 
necessary for real-slide support. 
Order Part Number 040-0344-00 $1 1.45 

FAN MOTOR KIT 

A fan motor kit is available for converting a Type 
51 5A Oscilloscope for use on 50 to 400 cps line fre- 
quency (Type 515AMOD1 01 M) . The kit contains brack- 
ets, rectifier, and motor. 
Order Part Number 040-0140-00 $58.50 

U.S. Sales Prices f.o.b. Beaverton, Oregon 
Please refer to Terms and Shipment, General Information page. 



o 






o 



40 




DC-to-15 MC 

DUAL-TRACE OSCILLOSCOPE Type 














2 IDENTICAL INPUT CHANNELS 
CHOPPED OR ALTERNATE SWITCHING 

CHARACTERISTIC SUMMARY 
VERTICAL 

CALIBRATED SENSITIVITY— 50 mv /cm to 20 v/cm. 
RISETIME— 23 nsec. 
PASSBAND — DC to 1 5 Mc. 
INPUT—] megohm, 20 pf. 

HORIZONTAL 

CALIBRATED SWEEP RANGE— 0.2 ^sec/cm to 2 sec/cm. 
SWEEP MAGNIFIER — 5X, extends sweep range to 40 

nsec/cm. 
TRIGGER REQUIREMENTS— Internal: 2-mm deflection. 

External: 0.2 v to 25 v. 
EXTERNAL INPUT— 1 .5 v/cm, dc to 500 kc. 

CRT 

D/SPUr AREA— 6 x 10 cm. 
ACCELERATING VOLTAGE — 4 kv. 

OTHER CHARACTERISTICS 
AMPLITUDE CALIBRATOR— 50 mv to lOOv, I-kc square 

wave. 
POWER REQUIREMENTS— ] 05 to 125v or 210 to 

250 v, 300 watts. 

The Type 516 is a dual-trace, semi-portable instru- 
ment ideally suited to bench work applications. Vertical 
calibrated sensitivity is 0.05 v/cm for each channel, 
with four operating modes. Small size and light weight 
combined with simple operation and reliable perform- 
ance fit the Type 516 Oscilloscope for many laboratory 
and field applications. 

VERTICAL-DEFLECTION SYSTEM 

Frequency Specifications are at 3-db down 

DC-Coupled Vertical Amplifier — Both channels 
have identical input characteristics. Passband is dc to 
15 mc (at 3 db down). Risetime is 23 nsec. Deflection 
is calibrated in steps of: 0.05, 0.1, 0.2, 0.5, 1, 2, 5, 
10, and 20 v/div. A vernier control permits continuous 
adjustments between steps, and to about 50 v/div, un- 
calibrated. 

Calibration Accuracy — Internal adjustments set the 
gain of each channel. When these adjustments are set 
accurately the sensitivity will be within 3% of the in- 
dicated switch position. 

Positioning Control — Each channel has a separate 
vertical-position control. 

Mode Selection — A switch selects one of four op- 
erating modes: each channel separately, or successive 
3.3-/i.sec segments of each channel are displayed at an 
approx. 150-kc rate per channel. Chopped transient 
blanking is provided. 




AC-DC Switches — When ac coupled, the low fre- 
quency 3-db point is 2 cps direct or 0.2 cps with 1 OX 
Probe. 

Polarity Control — Each channel has a separate 
polarity control (for comparison of signals 180 degrees 
out of phase) . 

Input Impedance — 1 megohm paralleled by 20 pf. 

Probes — The vertical sensitivity is reduced by a 
factor of 10 by use of the 1 OX attenuator probes 
supplied with the Type 516. The probes present an 
input impedance of 10 megohms paralleled by 
approximately 7 pf. 

Signal Delay — A balanced delay network permits 
observation of the leading edge of the waveform that 
triggers the sweep. 

HORIZONTAL-DEFLECTION SYSTEM 

Sweep Range — Sweep time is calibrated in steps 
of 0.2, 0.5, 1, 2, 5, 10, 20, 50 ^sec/div. . .0.1, 0.2, 
0.5, 1, 2, 5, 10, 20, 50 msec/div. . .0.1, 0.2, 0.5, 1, 
and 2 sec/div. Calibration accuracy is within 3% of 
the indicated switch position. A vernier control permits 
continuous adjustment between the 22 steps, and to over 
6 sec/div, uncalibrated. 

Sweep Magnifier — When the 5X magnifier is 
switched in, the center two-division portion of the nor- 
mal sweep is expanded to left and right of center 



41 



516 



to fill ten divisions. The HORIZONTAL POSITION con- 
trol has sufficient range to display any one-fifth of 
the magnified sweep. Used with the fastest sweep, the 
magnifier extends the calibrated sweep range to 0.04 
/xsec/div. TIME/DIV of the magnified sweep is indicated 
by a second blue-colored figure at each position of the 
sweep-rate switch. Accuracy is within 5% of the dis- 
played portion of the magnified sweep. A neon lamp 
lights to indicate when the magnifier is in use. 

DC-Coupled Unblanking — Unblanking waveform 
dc-coupled to the crt assures uniform beam current for 
all sweep speeds and repetition rates at any setting 
of the intensity control. 

Horizontal Input — A front-panel connector permits 
dc-coupled external connection to the sweep amplifier. 
Horizontal deflection factor is l.5v/div, and bandpass 
extends from dc to 500 kc at maximum sensitivity. 

OTHER CHARACTERISTICS 

Amplitude Calibrator — Eleven square-wave cali- 
bration voltages are available through a front-panel 
connector. Peak-to-peak amplitude is in steps of 0.05, 
0.1, 0.2, 0.5, l, 2, 5, 10, 20, 50, and 100 volts. Ac- 
curacy is within 3%. Frequency of the square-wave is 
approximately 1 kc. 

Tektronix Cathode-Ray Tube — A flat-faced 5-inch 
cathode-ray tube provides a bright trace. Accelerating 
potential is 4 kv. A P31 phosphor is normally supplied. 

Dual-Trace Blanking— A blanking voltage is avail- 
able to eliminate switching transients from the display 
when the instrument is operated in Its chopped mode. 
The blanking voltage can be supplied to the crt cath- 
ode by a switch on the back of the instrument. 

Graticule — Usable viewing area is marked in six 
vertical and ten horizontal one-centimeter divisions. 
Center lines are further marked in five minor divisions 
per centimeter. Convenient control from the SCALE 
ILLUM. knob provides adjustable edge-lighting. 

Output Waveforms — Two output waveforms are 
available from front-panel connectors. Approximate 
amplitude of the peak-to-peak voltages are 150 volts 
from the SAWTOOTH OUT connector and 25 volts from 
the +GATE OUT connector. 

Warning Indicators for Uncalibrated Settings — 

Separate front-panel neon lights indicate when the 
vertical-attenuator and sweep-rate controls are not in 
their calibrated positions. 

Regulated Power Supplies — Electronically-reg- 
ulated dc supplies insure stable operation over line 
fluctuations between 105 and 125 volts or 210 and 
250 volts. 

TRIGGER FACILITIES 

Trigger Requirements — Triggering internally re- 
quires a signal large enough to produce one minor 
division of vertical deflection. Triggering externally re- 
quires a signal of from 0.2 to 25 volts. 



Amplitude-Level Selection — Adjustable amplitude- 
level and stability controls allow sweep triggering at 
any selected amplitude level on the triggering wave- 
form. Trigger source can be internal, external, or the 
line frequency, either ac-coupled or dc-coupled. Trig- 
ger point can occur anywhere on the rising or falling 
slope of the triggering waveform. 

Preset Stability — The STABILITY control locks at the 
optimum triggering point and requires no adjustment 
in the fully counter-clockwise, PRESET position. 

Automatic Triggering — Automatic level-seeking 
trigger circuit eliminates triggering readjustments — pro- 
vides dependable triggering for most applications. One 
setting assures positive sweep triggering by signals 
of widely differing amplitudes, shapes, and repetition 
rates. Automatic triggering of the sweep occurs at 
about a fifty-cycle rate in the absence of an input 
signal, and provides a convenient reference trace. 

High-Frequency Sync — Assures steady display of 
sine-wave signals to at least 15 megacycles. Requires 
a signal large enough to cause about 2 div deflection, 
or an external signal of about 2 volts. 

Power Requirement — 105v to 125v or 210 v to 
250 v, 50 to 60 cps, typically 300 watts at 1 17 v. Type 
516MOD101M operates on 50 to 400 cps supply, uses 
dc fan motor. If requested the instrument will be wired 
for any of the following nominal line voltages. 

Nominal Line Voltage Operating Range 

(Figures taken at 60 cps) 

110 99 to 117 volts 

117 105 to 125 volts 

124 111 to 132 volts 

220 198 to 235 volts 

234 210 to 250 volts 

248 223 to 265 volts 

Mechanical Specifications — Dimensions are 14" 
high by 9%" wide by 21%" deep. Net weight is 
44 V4 pounds. Shipping weight Is 54 pounds, approx. 

TYPE 516 (50 to 60 cps operation) $1070 

Each instrument includes: 2— P6006 probe (010-0127-00); 1—3 to 
2-wire adapter (013-0013-00); 1 — 3-conducfor power cord (161- 
0010-00); 1— Green filter (378-0514-00); 1— Patch cord, BNC-to- 
BNC, 18" (012-0087-00); 1— Patch cord, BNC-to-banana plug, 18" 
(012-0091-00); 1— Post jack, BNC (012-0092-00); 2— Instruction Man- 
ual (070-0225-00). 

TYPE 516 MODI 01 (50 to 400 cps operation ) . $1130 

Bach instrument includes: 2— P6006 probe (010-0127-00); 1—3 to 
2-wire adapter (103-0013-00); 1 — 3-conductor power cord (161- 
0010-00); 1— Green filter (378-0514-00); 1— Patch cord, BNC-to- 
BNC, 18" (012-0087-00); 1— Patch cord, BNC-to-banana piug, 18" 
(012-0091-00); 1— Post jack, BNC (012-0092-00); 2— Instruction Man- 
ual (070-0225-00), 

RACK MOUNT ADAPTER 

A cradle mount to adapt the Type 516 Oscilloscope 
for rack mounting is available. It consists of a cradle 
to support the instrument in any standard 19" relay rack 
and a mask to fit around the regular instrument panel. 
Rack height requirement is 15%". 
Order Part Number 040-0277-00 $45 

U. S. Sales Prices f.o.b. Beaverton, Oregon 
Please refer to Terms and Shipment, General Information page. 



o 







42 











• 



DC-to-1 GIGACYCLE OSCILLOSCOPE Type 



SINGLE-SHOT PHOTOGRAPHS AT 2 NSEC/CM 

0.004-INCH SPOT SIZE 

SENSITIVE WIDEBAND TRIGGER SYSTEM 

SYNCHRONIZATION TO OVER I GIGACYCLE 

VSWR 1.25, OR LESS, TO I GIGACYCLE 

DISTRIBUTED-DEFLECTION CRT 

BUILT-IN DELAY LINE 



CHARACTERISTIC SUMMARY 

VERTICAL 

SENSITIVITY— less than lOv/cm. 
RISETIME — less than 0.35 nsec. 
PASSBAND— DC to 1000 Mc. 
INPUT— 125 Q ±2%. 

HORIZONTAL 

CALIBRATED SWEEP RANGE— 2 to lOOOnsec/cm. 
SWEEP DELAY— to 35 nsec. 
TRIGGER REQUIREMENTS— 

Internal: 2 trace widths, 1-nsec duration. 

External: 20 mv, 1-nsec duration. 
TRIGGER GAIN— X0.2, XI, X5, and X20. 

CRT 

DISPLAY AREA— 2 x6cm. 
ACCELERATING VOLTAGE— 24 kv. 

OTHER CHARACTERISTICS 

CALIBRATION-STEP GENERATOR— to 10 v into 125 
Q or to 1 v into 50 0, approx. 0.1 -nsec risetime, 
calibrated and continuously variable. Approximate- 
ly 750 cps repetition rate. 

POWER REQUIREMENTS— 105 to 1 25 v or 210 to 
250 v, 650 watts. 






SINGLE-SHOT PHOTOGRAPHY 

A single-shot exposure was used to take the picture 
at the right. The display shows a 1 gigacycle damped 
wave (approximately) on the fastest rate of the os- 
cilloscope. 




The Tektronix Type 519 Oscilloscope is a calibrated, 
high-speed, laboratory instrument designed for observa- 
tion, measurement, and photographic recording of frac- 
tional nanosecond risetimes. A 2 x 6 cm viewing area, 
coupled with 24-kv accelerating potential, affords 
bright displays with excellent definition. Performance 
features include: passband from dc to beyond 1 giga- 
cycle, risetime less than 0.35 nsec, sensitivity less than 10 
v/cm, linear sweeps to 2 nsec/cm, sweep delay through 
35 nsec, and a wideband trigger system. The single 
unit houses a fixed signal delay line, a convenient 
sweep-delay control, a pulse-rate generator, a stand- 
ard amplitude and waveshape generator, and regulated 
power supplies and high-voltage supply. Only one 
connection is necessary for normal operation — signal 
input. 

Combining simple operation with laboratory precision 
and reliability, the Type 519 ideally suits single-shot or 
random nuclear events. In addition, the passband per- 
mits applications to general measurements where oscil- 
loscope risetime must be faster than signal risetime. 




43 



519 



VERTICAL DEFLECTION SYSTEM 

Frequency Specifications are at 3-db down 

Distributed Deflection System — The signal passes 
through a trigger-energy take-off, then through a 45 
nsec delay cable to the distributed vertical deflection 
plates of the crt. Passband is dc to I gigacycle and 
risetime is less than 0.35 nsec. 

Sensitivity Basic sensitivity is less than lOv/cm. 

Sensitivity is quickly and accurately checked by means 
of the CALIBRATION-STEP GENERATOR. 

Signal Delay — An internal delay line provides a 
fixed delay of 45 nsec. 

Input — The dc-caupled signal input has an im- 
pedance of I 25 £2 ±2%. Maximum signal input is ± 
15 Yolts dc or rms, or ±100 volts pulse. Maximum 
power input is 1 .8 watts. 



TRIGGERING FACILITIES 

Trigger Selection — A front-panel switch permits 
selection of trigger from the following sources: ( 1 ) dis- 
played waveform, (2) externally derived waveform, 
(3JCALIBRATION-STEP GENERATOR waveform, (4) 
RATE GENERATOR waveform. 

Trigger Function — Three modes of operation are 
provided: (1 ) PULSE — Permits choice of a free-running 
sweep or a stable sweep which can be triggered on 
random or uniform repetition rates up to approximately 
50 mc, (2) SYNC — Permits stable displays of wave- 
forms occurring at a constant repetition rate to over 
100 mc, (3) HF SYNC — Permits the sweep to be syn- 
chronized with signals from approximately 100 mc to 
over 1 Gigacycle, 

Trigger Requirements — Internally, a vertical signal 
deflection of two trace-widths or more, and 1 nsec 
duration. Externally, a waveform 20 mv in amplitude 
and duration of 1 nsec or more. Sweep triggers on 
either the rising or falling portion of the triggering 
waveform. 

Trigger Gain — Four gain settings of X0.2, NORMAL, 
X5, and X20 provide for attenuation or amplification 
of trigger signals. 



DIODE CHARACTERISTICS 

Switching and storage times in fast transistors and 
diodes can be measured using the outstanding charac- 
teristics of the Type 519. In the typical diode recovery- 
time waveform, the upper trace is a reference trace, 
the middle trace shows the diode turned on, and the 
lower trace shows the diode shorted. Sweep speed 2 
nsec/cm. 



HORIZONTAL DEFLECTION SYSTEM 

Calibrated Sweep — Nine calibrated rates: 2, 5, 10, 
20, 50, 100, 200, 500, and lOOOnsec/cm are provid- 
ed by a linear, push-pull, time-base generator. Accu- 
racy is typically within 3% for the 2 nsec/cm position 
and within 2% for slower rates. For the fastest time- 
base range, only 2.5 /xsec elapses between sweeps. 

Sweep Delay — Provides sweep start delay through 
35 nsec, permitting access to transients before and after 
the main event. 

Single Sweep — Permits single-sweep presentation 
to be obtained. After a single sweep is triggered, the 
sweep circuit is locked out until the RESET button is 
pressed; sweep will then fire on the next trigger re- 
ceived. An external jack and included plug provide 
for remote control of single-sweep operation. 

Synchroscope Operation — The output signal from 
either the + TRIGGER 50 Q, the DELAYED + GATE, or 
the + RATE 50 Q connector can be used to initiate the 
input waveform. 

Rate Generator Output pulse is approximately 

+ 15 volts, with risetime of less than 0.8 nsec and dur- 
ation of 10 nsec. Repetition rate is variable between 
3 cps and 30 kc. 




Negligible Trigger-Pulse Slewing for Sweep Speed of 2 nsec/cm 

60 



High-frequency synchro- 
nization permits locking to 
sine waves or constant-re- 
petition-rates to over 1 
gigacycle. Triggering 

circuits count down from 
triggers faster than 400 kc. 



TRIGGER PULSE 
SLEWING 




5 10 

NANOSECOND 




o 



o 




44 



519 










Calibration-Step Generator — A step-waveform of 
approximately 750 cps, continuously variable and cali- 
brated from to 10 volts into 125 ohms, or to 1 
volt into 50 ohms through a T50/T125 adapter, Is avail- 
able at a front-panel 125 ohm connector. Risefime is 
approximately 0.1 nsec and either positive or negative 
polarity can be selected. Continuously variable un- 
calibrated amplitudes of to 50 volts into 125 ohms 
are also available. The step-waveform can be used to 
drive a device under test or check the sensitivity and 
transient response of the oscilloscope itself. 

OTHER CHARACTERISTICS 

Tektronix Cathode-Ray Tube — A metallized, flat- 
faced precision tube, with a fine-grain PI 1 phosphor, 
provides a spot diameter of 0.004 inch at normal in- 
tensity. Accelerating potential is 24 kv. Tube con- 
struction completely prevents any possible x-ray haz- 
ard. Usable viewing area is 2 x 6 cm. 





Shielded Construction — Electrostatic and electro- 
magnetic shielding minimize disturbance of spot by 
power transformers and other hum sources. 

Graticule — The graticule is accurately marked in 6 
horizontal and 2 vertical 1 -centimeter divisions. The 
horizontal centerline markings are 5 millimeters apart, 
vertical centerline markings are 2 mm apart. Illumina- 
tion is controlled by a front-panel knob. The graticule 
drops out of view if desired. 



Camera Mounting — A special camera-mounting 
bezel with swing-away hinging easily accepts a Tek- 
tronix Trace-Recording Camera. Several lenses, view- 
ing system, and film-back options are available. Please 
refer to the Camera Section for complete description. 

Regulated Power Supply — Electronically-regulated 
dc supplies assure stable operation over line variations 
between 105 and 125 volts or 210 and 250 volts, 50 
to 60 cycles. 

Power Requirement — 105v to 125v or 210 v to 
250 v, 50 to 60 cps, typically 650 watts. 

Mechanical Specifications — Dimensions are 22 Vi" 
high by 14%" wide by 25 V 4 " deep. Net weight is 
103% pounds. Shipping weight is 136 pounds, approx. 

TYPE 519 OSCILLOSCOPE $3900 

Each instrumenf includes: 1 — Viewing hood (016-0025-00); 2 — 
125 12 termination (017-0051-00); 2— 1 25 12 insertion unit (017-0013- 
00); 1—125 12 coupling capacitor (017-0013-00); 1—125 12, 1 -Gc 
timing standard (017-0019-00); 1— Double-button contact assembly 
(017-0032-00); 1— Panel adapter assembly (017-0033-00); 1— Cable 
connector (017-0035-00); 1 — 125 12 min loss attenuator, T50/T125 
(017-0052-00); 1—125 12 adapter N50/N125 (017-0053-00); 1 — 
125 12 adapter, T50/N125 (017-0055-00); 1— Delay-line equalizer 
(017-0057-00); 1—1 -nsec cable (017-0507-00); 1— 2-nsec cable (017- 
0508-00); 1— 5-nsec cable (017-0509-00); 1— 10-nsec cable (017- 
0510-00); 1—3 to 2-wire adapter (103-013-00); 1— Phone jack plug 
(134-0069-00); 1— 3-conductor power cord (161-0010-00); 1— Walnut 
box (202-0083-00); 2— Reed switch (260-0693-00); 1— Accessory box 
tray (436-0030-00); 2— Instruction Manual (070-0243-00). 



OPTIONAL ACCESSORIES 

Accessory Part No. 

125-0 2:1 attenuator 017-0071-00 



125-0 5:1 attenuator 
125-0 10:1 attenuator 



017-0049-00 
017-0050-00 



125-0 N50/T125 adapter 017-0054-00 
125-0 90° elbow assembly 017-0043-00 



125-0 20-nsec cable 



017-0511-00 



Price 

$25.00 
30.00 
30.00 
17.50 
15.00 
24.00 



U.S. Sales Prices f.o.b. Beaverton, Oregon 
Please refer to Terms and Shipment, General Information page. 




45 



Type 



TELEVISION OSCILLOSCOPE 






J-VPf 524AD CAfHO0E-BAr OSOUOSCOPf 






wmnw. >»> «™5* Y * n *5J* w 



* # 



VfftrtCAL AMPUFMW **»<:«***«*- 



tIMt MAKKM 



VUiKM 
«tMH *««'* , * ! J 1 .« Built *«M!WW I «"™" 



■ SVWIP OSNf R*'0« 




i •! • 



y 



^ 






The Tektronix Type 524AD Oscilloscope is a self-con- 
tained instrument with the characteristics desirable for 
maintenance and adjustment of television transmitter 
and studio equipment. The Type 524AD will prove it- 
self invaluable in enabling the engineer to observe any 
portion of the television picture — from complete frames 
to small portions of individual lines. 

Features contributing to the versatility of this oscillo- 
scope include — accurate time markers to facilitate sync- 
pulse timing, normal response of dc to lOmc, flat re- 
sponse within 1 % from 60 cycles to 5 mc for color-tele- 
vision work, variable-duty-cycle amplitude calibrator, 
and two steps of sweep magnification, 3x and 10x, for 
detailed observations. 

VERTICAL DEFLECTION SYSTEM 

Frequency Specifications are at 3-db down 

DC-Coupled Vertical Amplifier — The main vertical 
amplifier has a passband of dc to 10 mc for deflection 
factors from 0.15 v/cm to 50 v/cm. When ac coupled, 
the low frequency 3-db point is 2 cps direct or 0.2 cps 
with VOX probe. An ac-coupled preamplifier switched 
in by the VOLTS/CM control provides additional deflec- 
tion factors from 0.015 v/cm to 0.15 v/cm. A variable 
attenuator control fills in between steps and provides 
continuously variable adjustment from 0.015 v/cm to 
50 v/cm. The vertical amplifier is factory adjusted for 
optimum transient response. Risetime is less than 35 
nsec and the input impedance is 1 megohm paralleled 
by approximately 45 pf. 






Frequency Response 

Normal — dc to 10 mc from 0.15 v/cm to 50 v/cm. 

2 cycles to 1 mc from 1 5 mv/cm to 50 v/cm. 

Flat — within 1 % from 60 cycles to 5 mc. 

IRE — meets IRE standards for level measurements. 

Transient Response — 35 nsec risetime. 



Sweep Range 

Continuously variable, 0.1 jusec/cm to 0.01 sec/cm. 

Time Markers 

Five markers — 0.05 /xsec, 0.1 jusec, 1.0 ^sec, 200 pips 
per television line, and 40 pips per television line. 

Sweep Delay 

Permits detailed observation of any portion of a 
single television line. 

DC-Coupled Unblanking 

Variable Duty-Cycle Amplitude Calibrator 

Frequency Response — A switch on the access panel 
selects the desired bandwidth of the vertical amplifier. 
The NORMal position provides a passband of dc to 
lOmc. The FLAT position provides a vertical-amplifier 
response flat within 1 % from 60 cycles to 5 mc. About 
5% overshoot will occur on extremely sharp waveforms 
when the switch is in the FLAT position; however, TV 
signals within the 5 mc passband are not affected. Re- 
sponse of the amplifier meets the IRE standards for level 
measurements when the access-panel switch is in the IRE 
position. EXTernal position provides ac-coupled external 
connections to the vertical-deflection plates, bypassing 
the main vertical amplifier but retaining the function of 
the vertical-position control. 



Two Signal Inputs — Two coaxial connectors are 
controlled by a front-panel switch. Each input can 
be either ac or dc-coupled to the vertical amplifier. 



Probe — The vertical sensitivity is reduced by a factor 
of 10 by use of a lOx attenuator probe supplied with 
the instrument. The probe presents an input impedance 
of 10 megohms paralleled by approximately 7 pf. 



Delay Network — A 0.25 ^sec signal-delay network 
is incorporated in the vertical amplifier to permit obser- 
vation of the waveform that triggers the sweep. 







46 











• 



524AD 




HORIZONTAL DEFLECTION SYSTEM 

Calibrated Sweeps — The Type 524AD has a con- 
tinuously variable, linear, triggered time base covering 
the range of 0.1 jtisec/cm to 0.01 sec/cm in five fixed- 
range steps. Dual sweep-time multiplier dials cover the 
range between steps. Calibration accuracy is within 5%. 

DC-Coupled Unblanking — The unblanking wave- 
form is dc-coupled to the grid of the cathode-ray tube 
assuring uniform bias for all sweep times and repeti- 
tion rates. 

Sweep Delay — Detailed observation of any portion 
of the television picture is accomplished by continuous 
sweep delay from to 25 milliseconds. After the de- 
sired delay, the sweep is triggered by one of the line 
sync pulses. The sweep delay is adjustable with a 3- 
turn potentiometer through about 1 Vi fields, and oper- 
ates at the frame rate of 30 cycles so only consecutive 
lines of one field are observed at any time. A field-shift 
button permits switching to the corresponding interlaced 
lines in the other field. 

Sweep Magnifier — Sweep magnification is obtain- 
ed by increasing the drive to the sweep-output amplifier 
by a factor of either 3 or 10. The center portion of the 
normal sweep is expanded equally to left and right of 
center. Accuracy is within 7%. 

Trigger Selector — Both normal and delayed sweeps 
can be triggered by an external signal of either polarity, 



or internally by either the positive or negative portion 
of the signal under observation, or by the power-line 
frequency. 

Trigger Requirements — Internal triggering — a sig- 
nal large enough to produce a one-half centimeter de- 
flection. External — a signal of 0.5 v to 50 v. Composite 
waveform — a signal large enough to produce a 1.5- 
centimeter deflection. 

OTHER CHARACTERISTICS 

Amplitude Calibrator — A variable-duty-cycle 
square-wave calibration voltage is continuously variable 
from zero to 50 volts in seven ranges. Full-scale cali- 
bration is accurate within 3%; variable control is linear 
within 1 % of full scale. Square-wave frequency is 
approximately 1 kc, but the frequency will vary some- 
what as duty cycle is varied to 1 % or 99%. 

Time-Mark Generator — Time markers are inserted 
as intensification pips on the crt trace at time intervals 
of 0.025H, 0.005H, 1 .0 jasec, 0.1 ^sec, and 0.05 /^sec. 
Since H is 63.5 jusec, 0.025H will give 40 pips per tele- 
vision line and 0.005H will give 200 pips per television 
line. These markers provide a means of accurately tim- 
ing the sync pulses of a composite signal. Pips spaced 
at 40 or 200 per television line are useful for adjusting 
both color and monochrome equipment. 

A phasing control permits markers to be positioned 
on any desired point of the waveform under observation. 



47 



524AD 



Output Waveforms — Positive and negative-gate 
waveforms of the same time duration as the sweep, and 
the sweep sawtooth waveform are available at front- 
panel connectors. 

Line-Indicating Video — When a picture monitor is 
connected to the coaxial connector at the rear of the cabi- 
net, the picture appearing on the monitor will be bright- 
ened during the time of the oscilloscope sweep. This 
technique is useful when it is desired to know what por- 
tion of the picture is being displayed on the oscilloscope. 

60 CPS Sweep — A 60 cps sweep with variable am- 
plitude and phasing through approximately 150° aids 
in making bandwidth measurements with a video-sweep 
generator. 

Cathode-Ray Tube — A flat-faced cathode-ray tube 
with a 4-kv electronically-regulated accelerating 
potential is used In the Type 524AD. A PI phosphor is 
normally supplied. 

Illuminated Graticule— An edge-lighted graticule 
is marked in centimeters. Viewing area is 6x10 cm. 
Illumination is controlled by a front-panel knob. A 
graticule marked for modulation measurements is also 
supplied with the instrument. 

Regulated Power Supply — All dc supplies are 
electronically regulated to insure stable operation over 
line-voltage and load variations between 105 and 
125 v or 210 and 250 v, 50 to 60 cps. 

Power Requirement — 105v to 125v or 21 Ov to 

250 v, 50 to 60 cps, typically 500 watts. 

Probe Power Socket — A front-panel socket will 
provide power for a cathode-follower probe or auxiliary 
amplifier circuitry. 6.3 v dc at 1 amp and 1 20 v regu- 
lated dc at 15 ma are available at the socket. 



Mechanical Specifications — Dimensions are 16%" 
high by 13" wide by 25" deep. Net weight is 61 
pounds. Shipping weight is 82 pounds, approx. 

TYPE 524AD OSCILLOSCOPE $1300 

Each instrument includes: 1— P6006 probe (010-0125-00); 2— bind- 
ing post adapter (013-0004-00); 1 — viewing hood assembly (016- 
0001-00); 1—3 to 2-wire adapter (103-0013-00); 1— 3-conducror 
power cord (161-0010-00); 1— TV graticule (331-0009-00); 1— Green 
filter (installed) (378-0514-00); 2— Instruction manual (070-0236-00). 

RACK MOUNT ADAPTER 

Rack Mount Adapter for the Type 524AD Oscillo- 
scope consists of a cradle to support the instrument in 
any standard 19" relay rack and a mask to fit around 
the regular panel. Rack height requirement is 1 7 V2 ". 

Order Part Number 040-0281-00 $45 

SCOPE-MOBILE® CARTS 

TYPE 202-1 TILT-LOCK CART with storage drawer and 

locking front wheels $120.00 

TYPE 500A CART with storage drawer and locking 

front wheels $99.50 

See Catalog accessory pages for complete informa- 
tion. 

CATHODE-FOLLOWER PROBE 

The P500CF Cathode-Follower Probe has input im- 
pedance of 40 megohms paralleled by 4 pf and gain 
of 0.8 to 0.85. With 10X attenuator head, input im- 
pedance is 10 megohms paralleled by 2 pf. Amplitude 
distortion is less than 3% on unidirectional signals up 
to 5 v. 
Order Part Number 010-0109-00 $85 

Please refer to Catalog accessory pages for 75-ohm 
coaxial cables, attenuators, and terminating resistors. 

U. S. Sales Prices f.o.b. Beaverton, Oregon 
Please refer to Terms and Shipment, General Information page. 



o 



c 




48 




COLOR-TELEVISION VECTORSCOPE Type 





• 







Differential Phase and Differential Gain Meas- 
urements—To 0.1° and under 1%. 



Vertical Interval Testing— A keying circuit permits 
measurements of differential gain and differentia! 
phase during color broadcasts, on test signals trans- 
mitted during vertical blanking interval. 



Linear Time Base — Operates at line rate, synchro- 
nized by horizontal sync pulse. 



Burst Brightening — Positive identification of burst 

pulse. 



Push-Pull Synchronous Demodulators — DC-cou 

pled to crt. 




Self-Checking Circuitry 



Subcarrier Regenerator 







:'- ij.lj :H»Uf»; 




The Tektronix Type 526 Vectorscope greatly reduces 
the time and effort involved in making extremely-ac- 
curate relative phase and amplitude measurements of 
chrominance information in the N.T. S.C. color signal. 
Electronically-switched dual signal channels facilitate 
matching equipment such as encoders, cameras, etc. 

The Type 526 presents either a vector display of the 
demodulated chroma signal, or a display of the demod- 
ulated chroma signal on a linear time base. DC- 
Coupled signal circuits permit monitoring program sig- 
nals as well as industry test signals such as 75% sat- 
urated color bars, interfield test signals, linearity stair 
step, and the Bell Kelly Set tests for differential phase 
and amplitude. A built-in subcarrier regenerator facili- 
tates operation remote from the subcarrier source, 

PHASE MEASUREMENT 

Phase measurements are made by demodulating the 
chroma signal with a subcarrier signal which can be 
shifted in phase relative to burst phase in the signal. 
High accuracy is obtained with the 20-furn precision 
calibrated phase shifter. This control reads out directly 
in degrees and tenths of degrees. It has a range of 
200°, and the 180° point can be verified within the 
instrument. Random phase shifts in the subcarrier sig- 
nal due to cable length can be cancelled out with a 
pushbutton operated phase-shift network covering 0° 
to 330° in twelve steps. A fine-phase control (±20°) 
provides for variable adjustment between steps, and 
fine phase adjustment when using the burst-controlled 
oscillator. 



49 



526 



VECTOR PRESENTATION 

The vector presentation is a graphic display for 
operational measurements with a color-bar, interfield- 
test signal, other industry test signals, or with program 
material. Signal circuits are dc-coupled, preventing 
changes in chroma signal composition from affecting 
the positioning of the display. 

An internally generated test circle matched with the 
graticule circle verifies the accuracy of the vector dis- 
play. The test circle can also be used to verify the ac- 
curacy of the complementary-color relationships. Phase 
measurements accurate within ±1.5° can be made 
using the vector display. Accuracy of saturation meas- 
urements will be within ±2% on graticule, closer when 
comparing two signals. 

LINEAR-SWEEP PRESENTATION 

Phase measurements are simplified by displaying the 
demodulated chroma signals vertically on a linear hori- 
zontal sweep, which is terminated by the horizontal 
sync pulse and restarts just prior to the burst packet. 
Using the null technique, differential phase can be meas- 
ured to an accuracy of 0.1 %. A signal magnifier can 
be used to expand the vertical deflection approximate- 
ly 7 times. 

DUAL DISPLAYS 

In dual-channel operation, succesive 2-msec segments 
of each channel are displayed at an approx. 500-cycle 
rate per channel. For example, the input signal to a 
portion of the broadcast plant can be compared to the 
output signal to measure any phase and/or amplitude 
distortion caused by the broadcast equipment. Also, 
the outputs of any two portions of the broadcast plant 
can be compared. 

When using the vector display, either channel can 
be turned off to provide a zero reference point for 
the other channel. The reference point is a sharply 
defined spot in the center of the display. Any drift 
in the Vectorscope circuit will change the position of 
the spot, therefore the drift is easily detected and 
corrected. 

When using the linear-sweep display, turning off one 
channel while the other remains in use provides a zero 
reference line against which signals can be nulled. This 
technique eliminates the possibility of measurement 
errors due to parallax. 

BURST BRIGHTENING 

The burst amplifier in the burst-controlled oscillator 
circuit is keyed on during the first 3 ^usec of the linear 
sweep. During the 3-^.sec interval the crt trace is bright- 
ened for positive identification of the burst packet. 
Trace brightening during the burst-sampling interval al- 
so facilitates adjustment of burst-amplifier gating. 

VERTICAL INTERVAL TEST SIGNAL OBSERVATION 

Line 18 of Field 2 has been reserved for a color 
test signal, as yet unspecified. Line 19 of Field 2 will 
carry a linearity test signal. The Type 526 can measure 
differential gain quite accurately by means of the later 
test signal. Differential phase measurements may also 
be made, provided that the same subcarrier source is 



used for both color burst and the linearity test signal 
subcarrier. Color burst must be present (during color- 
casting ) . 

The difficulty in seeing these two lines of test signals 
amidst the program signals — which hinders measure- 
ments — is eliminated by the Interfield Signal Key. Trace 
intensification during these test lines modulates the crt 
display so that by adjusting the Intensity Control, only 
these two lines per field may be seen. 

The resulting display, while dim, is quite usable. 

OTHER CHARACTERISTICS 

DC-Coupled Signal Circuits — DC-coupling from the 
push-pull synchronous demodulators to the cathode-ray 
tube prevents changes in chroma signal composition from 
affecting the positioning of the display, making possible 
the detection and measurement of color carrier present 
during blanking time. Carrier-balance corrections can 
be made even while on the air, because the vector dis- 
play shows the direction and magnitude of the re- 
quired adjustments. 

Video Inputs — Channel A and channel B inputs are 
compensated for 75-ohm loop-through operation. Input 
stages are cathode followers. Sufficient gain is pro- 
vided to allow use of a compensated probe rather 
than loop-through input. 

The gain controls of each channel have a range of 
40 db and produce virtually no phase-shift effects. 

Sync Input External, 1 v sync-negative composite 

video signal or 3.5 v to 8 v negative-going composite 
sync signal can be used . Also, horizontal drive pulses 
can be used if interfield keying feature is not used. 
With external sync, channels A and B can display 
non-composite video or chroma signals. External input 
is high-impedance compensated, loop-through con- 
nector for 75-ohm coaxial cable (R = 1 megohm, 
C = 25 pf). 

Internal sync is available. 

External Subcarrier Input — High-impedance com- 
pensated loop-through connector for 75-ohm coaxial 
cable (R=l megohm, C=20pf). Input has buffer- 
amplifier stage and requires a signal level of 2 volts 
peak-to-peak minimum. 

Vertical Signal Output — The demodulated vertical 
signal is available at a binding post, dc-coupled, for 
feeding remote indicators. 

Trace Intensification Input — A jack (PL-55) is pro- 
vided for external trace-brightening pulses. Internal 
blanking circuitry is disconnected when an external sig- 
nal is being applied. Signal required for trace bright- 
ening is an ac-coupled positive-going 20-vo!t pulse, 
which can be obtained from the + GATE terminal of 
any Tektronix Oscilloscope that is being triggered by 
the vertical-signal output of the Type 526. This type of 
trace brightening is useful for determining the time limits 
over which a phase shift is occurring. 

Cathode-Ray Tube — The Type 526 uses a 5" flat- 
faced monoaccelerator tube with similar vertical and 
horizontal sensitivities, excellent linearity. Accelerating 
potential is 4 kv. A PI phosphor is normally supplied. 



• 



c 



o 



50 



(1) 








210 % 

220%, 




II0^ Q "I» 80 






230X? 



(4] 




Figure 1. VECTOR DISPLAY 

Modulated Stairstep Signal showing differential 
gain (differing radial distance from center), 
and differential phase (rotation of dots around 
center) , 

Figure 2. LINE SWEEP DISPLAY 
Modulated Stairstep Signal. Subcarrier regen- 
erator is free running to show only differential 
gain or change in amplitude of subcarrier with 
changing luminance signal. 

Figure 3. LINE SWEEP DISPLAY 
Modulated Stairstep Signal. Subcarrier regen- 
erator is locked to color burst to synchronously 
demodulate the subcarrier. Differential phase 
is shown by variations in synchronously de- 
modulated subcarriers. 

Figure 4. LINE SWEEP DISPLAY 
Modulated Stairstep Signal with increased sen- 
sitivity and subcarrier phasing adjusted to be 
in quadrature with the last step of modulated 
stairstep. 

Figure 5. LINE SWEEP DISPLAY 
Modulated Stairstep Signal with increased verti- 
cal sensitivity and subcarrier phasing adjusted 
to be in quadrature with first step of the 
modulated stairstep. 




Illuminated Graticule — The edge-lighted graticule 
is marked with polar coordinates for hue and satura- 
tion of the chrominance signals, and with vectors for 
the Q, — I, and burst signals. Good broadcast and 
NTSC limits are indicated. Graticule illumination is 
controlled by a front-panel knob. 

Regulated Power Supplies — The self-contained 
low-voltage and crt-high-voltage power supplies are 
electronically regulated against changes in load and 
line-voltage fluctuations between 105 and 125 volts or 
210 and 250 volts. 

Power Requirement — 105v to 125v or 210 v to 
250 v, 50 to 60 cps, typically 240 watts. 

Accessibility — The Type 526 is designed for stand- 
ard rack mounting. Chassis attaches to rack with slide- 
out mounting that permits it to be tilted vertically, pro- 
viding easy access to all components. 

Mechanical Specifications — Dimensions are 8%" 
high by 19" wide by 18" rack depth. Net weight is 
A5% pounds. Shipping weight is 7 A pounds, approx. 



TYPE 526 VECTORSCOPE $1665 

Each instrument includes: 3 — Terminating resistor (011-0023-00); 
1 — 3 to 2-wire adapter (103-0013-00); 1 — 3-conductor power cord 
(161-0010-00); 1— Green filter (378-0514-00); 1— Pr mounting tracks 
(351-0084-00); 2— Instruction Manual (070-0121-00). 

SUPPORTING CRADLES 

Supporting Cradles — for rear slide support when the in- 
strument is to be mounted in a backless rack. Two 
cradles with necessary mounting hardware. 

Order Part Number 040-0344-00 $11 .45 

SPECIAL MODEL 

The Type 526 MOD 158B is engineered for the 
C.C.I.R. color subcarrier frequency of 4.4296875 mc/ 
sec. The Precision Phase Shift dial reads directly in 
degrees at the C.C.I.R. frequency. All other specifica- 
tions are identical to those for the Type 526. 

TYPE 526 MOD 158B VECTORSCOPE $1750 

Each instrument includes: 3 — Terminating resistor (011-0023-00); 
1 — 3 to 2-wire adapter (103-0013-00); 1 — 3-conductor power cord 
(161-0010-00); 1— Green filter (378-0514-00); 1— Pr mounting tracks 
(351-0084-00); 2— Instruction Manual (070-0121-00). 
U.S. Sales Prices f.o.b. Beaverfon, Oregon 
Please refer to Terms and Shipment, General Information page. 



51 



Type 



WAVEFORM MONITOR 




X 







LINE SELECTOR 

FLAT TO 8MC 

4 FREQUENCY RESPONSES 

POSITIVE FIELD SELECTOR 



Newest of the Tektronix line of Television Instruments, the 
RM529 brings to the Industry a new flexibility in waveform 
monitoring: signal-level monitoring, bandwidth and differential 
gain measurements, sine~-pulse and bar testing, monitoring Ver- 
tical Interval Test signals, transmitter percent-of-modulation 
measurements, RGB or YRGB displays (in conjunction with color- 
processing amplifiers) and others. Included are four video 
response characteristics, HIGH-PASS, LOW-PASS, IEEE, and 
FLAT. The RM529 features FLAT RESPONSE to 8 Mc, assuring 
excellent waveform fidelity and is ideally suited for sine- 
squared testing. 

DC RESTORATION maintains the back porch at an essentially 
constant level despite changes in signal amplitude, APL, and 
color burst, and may be turned off for viewing other than video 
signals. The circuit can easily be modified for sync-tip restora- 
tion. 



Sensitivity range is 0.12 volts to 1.5 volts for full-scale deflec- 
tion. Full-scale calibration at 0.714 v or 1 .00 v is provided. 



™ : :r 



45 TRANSISTORS— 7 TUBES 
COOL— QUIET— CLEAN 
NO FAN—ONLY 80 WATTS 



i 



BRIGHT WAVEFORM DISPLAYS in line selector operation are 
obtained with a new, highly efficient 5" ALUMINIZED CRT, 
operating at increased accelerating potential. The instrument 
uses the best of both solid-state and vacuum-tube circuitry re- 
sulting in improved stability and reliability. The RM529 uses 
NO FAN, resulting in cleaner operation and complete freedom 
from noise. 

HORIZONTAL SELECTION provides 2-field or 2-line displays, 
plus calibrated sweep rates of 0.125 H/cm or 0.25 H/cm. Either 
calibrated rate may be delayed for line selection. SWEEP 
MAGNIFICATION extends the sweep rate by X5 or X25, offer- 
ing calibrated sweep rates from 0.250 H/cm to 0.005 H/cm. 
POSITIVE FIELD SELECTION assures stable displays in the 
presence of random noise bursts and video switching. The LINE 
SELECTOR permits detailed study of any portion of any desired 
line(s), including VIT signals. A VIDEO-OUTPUT AMPLIFIER 
supplies video and a brightening pulse to the associated picture 
monitor, intensifying the same line, or lines, displayed on the 
instrument when using the LINE SELECTOR. The amplifier has 
excellent frequency response and linearity. 



52 







# 



VIDEO FEATURES 

INPUTS 

Two unbalanced inputs may be used with either 75 Q loop- 
through or bridging connection (input R & C is 1 Meg and 
24 pf). Alternatetively, one balanced, differential input may 
be used for 124Q circuits. 

DEFLECTION FACTOR 

120 mv to 1 .5 v full scale. Continuously variable between 
ranges. Calibrated full-scale sensitivity: 1.0, 0.50 and 0.20 v. 

FREQUENCY RESPONSE 

4 response characteristics provided: FLAT — ±1% to 5 Mc; 
±3% to 8Mc. IRE-Spec 23S-1 of 1958 (amended): 3.58 
Mc— 20 db. HIGHPASS -3.58 Mc ±400 kc at -3 db. LOW 
PASS -18 db at500kc. 

LOW FREQUENCY TILT 

Less than 1% tilt on 60 cps window. 

LINEARITY 

Differential gain and multiburst axis shift: 1% or less. 

DC RESTORER 

Keyed back porch* type eliminates drift in dc-coupled verti- 
cal amplifier. Does not distort color burst. Blanking level 
shift due to color burst less than 1 IRE unit. Waveform will 
remain on screen if there is a loss of sync pulses for dc re- 
storer keying. DC restorer may be disabled by front-panel 
switch. 

VERTICAL AMPLIFIER 

May be dc-coupled to diode demodulator as in % Video 
Modulation Monitoring. Details are available in manual. 

GAIN STABILITY 

±1% over rated line voltage and ambient temperature 
ranges. 

*Sync tip restoration available by simple modification. 



RM529 



SWEEP FEATURES 

CALIBRATED SWEEP RATES 

0.250 H/cm and 0.125 H/cm. 0.125 H/cm used for observing 
T pulse; 0.25 H/cm used for 2T pulse testing with graticule 
furnished. A magnifier for all sweep rates provides X5 and 
X25 expansion. 

MAGNIFIER-SWEEP ACCURACY: X5 is within 3%; X25 is 
within 5%. 

UNCALIBRATED SWEEP RATES 

2-LINE and 2-FIELD displays respectively show two complete 
lines or fields with sync pulse at center of screen. MAG- 
NIFIER will expand centered sync pulse X5 or X25 for de- 
tailed examination. See Fig. 5. 

COLOR CAMERA YRGB AND RBG DISPLAYS 

Can be used with color camera processing amplifiers pro- 
viding these sequential signals and the staircase signal. To 
provide RBG display directly, switching is done in the color 
processing amplifier. Receptacle to interconnect color proc- 
essing amplifier (relay control, staircase signal input, and 
ground) is provided on rear panel. 

LINE SELECTOR 

Variable delay over entire field. 

FIELD SELECTOR 

Positive-acting field selection. Noise impulses will not shift 
the field. 

TRIGGER SELECTION 

Stable triggering on composite video signals. INTERNAL: 
200 mv to 1 volt or more, pk-to-pk. EXTERNAL: 250 mv to 1 
volt or more, pk-to-pk. 




Fig. 1. — Multiburst Signal. Multiple exposure 
photograph. Left: High-pass response posi- 
tion. Center: Flat-frequency response posi- 
tion. Right: Low-pass response position. 




Fig. 2. — Modulated Stair-Step Signal. Multiple 
exposure. Left: High-pass position, showing 
gain increased to X5 for measuring differen- 
tial gain. Center: Flat-response position. 
Stair-step signal shows 20 IEEE units of color 
sub-carrier. Right: IEEE response position 
showing sub-carrier substantially eliminated 
for accurate level measurements. 



Fig. 3. — Sine 2 Pulse and Bar Signal. 0.125 
/xsec HAD T-Pulse and Bar. 



53 



rm529 




Fig. 4 — 27" Signal. Multiple exposure, left: 
27. Center. T. Right: 7 / 2 7 Sine 2 , 0.25, 0.725, 
0.0625 ^ec HAD. 



Fig. 5. — Double exposure showing complete 
two-field displays and two-line displays. 



Fig. 6. — Color-Burst Signal. Double exposure. 
Top: X5 magnification. Horizontal display. 
0.125 H/cm. Sweep: 0.025 H/cm. Bottom: 
X25 magnification. Horizontal display: 0.125 
H/cm. Sweep: 0.005 H/cm. 



OTHER FEATURES 

REGULATED POWER SUPPLY 

Operates on 1 15 v or 230 v line ±10% rms. LINE FRE- 
QUENCY: 50-60 cps. POWER CONSUMPTION: Approx. 
80 w at 115 v, 60 cps. 

TEKTRONIX CATHODE-RAY TUBE 

Flat-faced, 5" rectangular crt, operating at 5.5 kv accelerat- 
ing potential. Calibrated viewing area, 6x10 cm. Electrical 
beam rotator provides trace alignment. Standard phosphor 
furnished (P-31). Scale illumination: Variable edge-lighting. 

CALIBRATOR 

Two internal calibration voltages of 0.71 4 v and 1.00 v on 1- 
volt full-scale range of VERTICAL GAIN switch. An external 
calibration signal may be used. Internal calibration pulse 
amplitude ±1% over ambient temperature range and line- 
voltage range. Reference is a Zener diode. 



MECHANICAL FEATURES 

VENTILATION 

Convection air-cooled. Operating Temperature Range: 0° C 
to +50° C. 

CONSTRUCTION 

Aluminum-alloy chassis. 

FINISH 

Anodized front panel. 

DIMENSIONS 

5y 4 " high x 19" wide x 20" deep overall. Fits standard 19" 
rack. Instrument can be pulled forward and tilted 90°. 

NET WEIGHT 

Approximately 27 lbs. Shipping weight: 57 lbs. 



FOR 525 LINE, 30 FRAME TELEVISION STANDARDS, PLEASE 
ORDER TYPE RM529 WAVEFORM MONITOR .... $1100 

Each instrument includes: 1 — light filter, gray (378-0560-00); 1 — 
graticule, composite: —50 to +110 IRE Scale (installed) (331-0156- 
00); 1— graticule, noncomposite: to 100 IRE Scale (331-0077-00); 
1— graticule, dual scale: —50 to +120 IRE and 0% to 100% Modu- 
lation Scales (331-0157-00); 1— graticule, Sine" pulse & bar 2% & 4% 
K factor for 0.125 /isec and 0.250 /zsec HAD, also — 50 to +100 
IRE Scale (331-0161-00); 1—3 to 2-wire adapter (103-0013-00); 1— Pr. 
rack-mounting tracks (351-0040-00); 2 — instruction manual (070-0466- 
00). 

FOR 625 LINE, 25 FRAME TELEVISION STANDARDS, PLEASE 
ORDER TYPE RM529 MOD. 158E, CALIBRATED WITH CCIR 
SIGNALS $11 00 

HORIZONTAL DISPLAYS changed to: 2 FIELD, 2 LINE, 0.1 
H/cm and 10 ^sec/cm. LINE SELECTOR SWEEP RATES: 0.2 
H/cm and 0.1 H/cm. CALIBRATION VOLTAGES: 0.700 and 
1.00 v are provided. HIGH PASS RESPONSE: 4.43 mHz cen- 
ter frequency; bandpass ±0.4 mHz at —3 db. LINE VOLTAGE: 
Fused and wired for 230 v operation. Each instrument includes 
the same accessories listed above. 

The RM529 can be adapted for use on other television system 
standards. Please consult with your Tektronix Field Engineer 
or Representative. 

OPTIONAL ACCESSORIES 

Filter, Mesh Assembly with Graticule Cover. Order Part 
No. 378-0575-00 $1 5.00 

Graticule, Film, 7 cm HAD Sine 2 , 2% and 4% K Factor, pro- 
jected, Order Part No. 331-0161-00. $3.45 

Connector. Use with color processing amplifiers for RBG, 
etc. displays. Order Part No. 134-0049-00 $3.90 

Camera Mounting Bezels. For Tektronix Cameras, see Cam- 
eras Section. For Fairchild and DuMont Cameras, order 
Part No. 014-0016-00 $4.50 

U.S. Sales Prices f.o.b. Beaverton, Oregon 
Please refer to Terms and Shipment, General Information page. 



o 




54 



' 




DC-to-15 MC 
OSCILLOSCOPES 



Type 




All information in color describes the additional capa- 
bilities of the Type 535A and RM35A Oscilloscopes. 

HIGH INTENSITY TRACE 

ACCEPTS AMPLIFIER, SPECTRUM ANALYZER, 
AND SPECIAL-PURPOSE PLUG-INS 

DELAYED SWEEP 




CHARACTERISTIC SUMMARY 

VERTICAL 

Vertical deflection characteristics extremely flexible 
through use of Letter-Series, l -Series, and Spectrum 
Analyzer Plug-In Units. 

HORIZONTAL 

CALIBRATED SWEEP RANGE— Time Base A: O.l /^see/cm 
to 5 sec/cm. Time Base B (In 535A only): 2 /xsec/ 
cm to I sec/cm. 

SWEEP MAGNIFIER — 5X, extends sweep range to 0.02 
fisec/cm. 

TRIGGER REQUIREMENTS— Internal: 2-mm deflection. 

External: 0.2 v to 10 v. 



SINGLE SWEEP — {In 535A only) Time Base A. 
CALIBRATED SWEEP DELAY— (In 535A onlyj 2 jusec 

to 10 sec, continuously variable. 
EXTERNAL INPUT— 0.2 v/cm to 1 5 v/cm ; dc to 240 kc ; 

1 megohm, 47 pf. 

CRT 

DISPLAY AREA— 6x10 cm. 
ACCELERATING VOLTAGE— 10 kv. 

OTHER CHARACTERISTICS 
AMPLITUDE CALIBRATOR — 0.2 mv to lOOv, 1-kc 

square wave. 
POWER REQUIREMENTS — 1 05 to 1 25 v or 2 1 to 250 v, 

455 watts maximum for 531 A, 550 watts maximum 

for 535A. 

VERTICAL PLUG-IN UNITS 

Frequency Specifications are at 3-db down 

For Multiple -Trace Operation 

TYPE 1A1 DUAL-TRACE UNIT— DC to 1 5 MC, 23-nsec 
risetime at 50 mv/cm to 50 v/cm — DC to 14 Mc, 25- 
nsec risetime at 5 mv/cm, increasing to 1 5 Mc, 23- 
nsec risetime at 50 mv/cm. 

TYPE 1A2 DUAL-TRACE UNIT— DC to 15Mc, 23-nsec 
risetime at 50 mv/cm to 50 v/cm. 

TYPE C-A DUAL-TRACE UNIT — DC to 13.5Mc, 26-nsec 
risetime at 50 mv/cm to 50 v/cm. 

TYPE M FOUR-TRACE UNIT — DC to 14 Mc, 25-nsec rise- 
time at 20 mv/cm to 25 v/cm. 



55 



RM31A 531A 
™35A 535 A 



For Wide Band Applications — 

TYPE B WIDE-BAND UNIT— DC to 14 Mc, 25-nsec rise- 
time at 50 mv/cm to 50 v/cm — 2 cps to 1 Mc, 35- 
nsec risetime at 5 mv/cm to 50 mv/cm. 

TYPE K FAST-RISE UNIT— DC to 15 Mc, 23-nsec risetime 
at 50 mv/cm to 40 v/cm. 

TYPE L FAST-RISE UNIT— DC to 15 Mc, 23-nsec risetime 
at 50 mv/cm to 40 v/cm — 3 cps to 1 5 Mc, 23-nsec 
risetime at 5 mv/cm to 4 v/cm. 

For Differential Input Applications — 

TYPE D HIGH-GAIN UNIT— DC to 300 kc at 1 mv/cm, 
increasing to 2 Mc at 50 mv/cm. 

TYPE E LOW-LEVEL UNIT— 0.06 cps to 20 kc at 50 fiv/ 
cm, increasing to 60 kc at 0.5 mv/cm to 25 mv/cm. 

TYPE G WIDE-BAND UNIT — DC to 14 Mc, 25-nsec rise- 
time at 50 mv/cm to 50 v/cm. 

For High DC Sensitivity — 

TYPE H WIDE-BAND UNIT — DC to 11 Mc, 31-nsec rise- 
time at 5 mv/cm to 50 v/cm. 

For Spectrum Analysis— 

TYPE L-SERIES UNITS — Present Units cover 1-10,400 Mc 

For Operations of lntegration / Differentiation , 
Function Generation, and Linear or Nonlinear 
Amplification — 

TYPE O OPERATIONAL AMPLIFIER — DC to 14Mc, 25- 
nsec risetime at 50 mv/cm to 50 v/cm. 

For Transducer and Strain Gage Applications — 

TYPE Q UNIT — DC to 6 kc, 60 fxsec risetime at 10 
justrain/div to 10,000 ^strain /div. 

For Transistor-Risetime Checking — 

TYPE R UNIT— 23-nsec risetime. 

For Diode Recovery 'Time Measurements — 

TYPE S UNIT— 23-nsec risetime 

For Precise Amplitude Measurement via the Slide- 
Back Technique — 

TYPE W DIFFERENTIAL COMPARATOR UNIT— DC to 13.5 
Mc, at 50 mv/cm, decreasing to 7 Mc at 1 mv/cm. 
26-nsec risetime at 50 mv/cm increasing to 50-nsec 
at 1 mv/cm. 

TYPE Z DIFFERENTIAL COMPARATOR UNIT— DC to 10 
Mc, 35-nsec risetime at 50 mv/cm to 25 v/cm. 

For High-frequency Sampling Applications — 

TYPE 1S1 SAMPLING UNIT— 350 psec risetime. 





APPLICATIONS 



In addition to the usual applications tor nigniy ver- 
satile DC-fo-15A4c Osc///oscope$, sweep delay makes it 
possible to: 

J . Make accurate incremental measurements along a 
complex waveform. 

2. Make accurate phase-angle measurements between 
two signals, up to frequencies of I Ale. 

3. Display separate channels of a PTM system with 
effects of time jitter removed, determining pulse 
amplitude and shape under modulation conditions. 

4. Measure pulse-to-pulse interval and amount of jitter 
on computer signals or any train of pulses. 

5. Make accurate time-difference measurements be- 
tween pulse-in and pulse-out through an amplifying 
system. 

6. Display any selected individual line of a television 
composite signal. 

7 . Measure time displacement, wave-shape^ and 
amplitude of individual channels in a telemetering 
system. 

8. Utilize calibrated sweep magnification up to the 
highest practical limit. 

Plus many more-specialized applications. 

VERTICAL-DEFLECTION SYSTEM 

DC-Coupled Output Amplifier — The wide-band de- 
coupled amplifier has a risetime of 23 nsec with a Type 
1A1, 1A2, C-A, K, L, or R Unit plugged in. It is fac- 
tory adjusted for optimum transient response. 

HORIZONTAL-DEFLECTION SYSTEM 

A Miller runup sweep generator is used in the Type 
531 A and Type 535A. Inverse feedback in the timing 
circuitry assures excellent linearity. Characteristics of 
the circuitry make possible the wide range of 0.02 ^sec/ 
cm to 12 sec/cm. 



■ 



The Type 535A has two time-base generators. TIME 
BASE A is identical to the time-base generator in the 
Tektronix Type 531 A. TIME BASE B functions as a delay 
generator. The signal to be observed can be displayed 
on either time base in the following ways: TIME BASE B 
normal, TIME BASE B with trace brightening during the 
period that TIME BASE A is running, TIME BASE A de- 
layed by TIME BASE B, TIME BASE A normal, and TIME 
BASE A single sweep. 

Calibrated Sweep Rates — Twenty-four direct-read- 
ing calibrated sweep rates are provided: 0.1, 0.2, 0.5, 
1, 2, 5, 10, 20, 50 ^sec/cm, 0.1, 0.2, 0.5, 1, 2, 5, 10, 
20, 50 msec/cm, 0.1, 0.2, 0.5, 1 , 2, 5 sec/cm. In add- 
ition, a vernier (uncalibrated) control provides for 
continous adjustment from 0.1 fisec/cm to approx. 12 
sec/cm. An indicator light warns the operator when the 
sweep Is uncalibrated. Calibration of the fixed sweep 
rates will typically be within 1 % of full scale, and in 
all cases within 3% 



o 



o 



c 



56 












TIME BASE B Calibrated Sweeps — Eighteen direct- 
reading calibrated steps are provided: 2, 5, 10, 20, 50 
/^sec/cm, 0.1, 0.2, 0.5, 1, 2, 5, 10, 20, 50 msec/cm, 0.1, 
0.2, 0.5, and 1 sec/cm. A sweep-length control adjusts 
the sweep length from 4 cm to 10 cm for the purpose of 
changing the sweep repetition rate. Variable sweep 
repetition rate makes TIME BASE B useful as a repeti- 
tion-rate generator over the range of 0.1 cycle to 
40 kc. 

Single Sweep — (TIME BASE A only in Type 535A) 
A RESET pushbutton arms the sweep to fire on the next 
trigger to arrive. After firing once, the sweep is locked 
out and cannot fire again until rearmed by pressing 
the RESET button. The READY light indicates when the 
sweep is armed to fire on the next trigger. 

Sweep Magnifier — 5-x magnifier increases the cal- 
ibrated sweep time to 0.02 /.tsec/cm. Sweep magnifica- 
tion is obtained by increasing the gain of the sweep 
output amplifier by a factor of five. The center 2 cm of 
the normal trace is expanded to fill the screen. Any 
one-fifth of the magnified sweep can be displayed on 
the screen by rotating the HORIZONTAL POSITION con- 
trol. Accurate 5-x magnification is obtained on all 
ranges, for both time bases. 

Triggering Facilities — Versatile triggering circuitry 
provides for complete manual control, preset stability 
control, and fully-automatic triggering. Triggering fac- 
ilities are identical for both time bases, except that TIME 
BASE A has two additional modes: H.F. SYNC and AC 
LF { low-frequency) REJECT. 

Amplitude-Level Selection — Adjustable amplitude- 
level and stability controls provide for triggering the 
sweep at a selected amplitude level on the triggering 
waveform. Triggering source can be internal, external, 
or the line frequency, either ac-coupled or dc-coupled. 
The triggering point can be on either the rising or fall- 
ing slope of the triggering waveform. 

Preset Stability — Same as above, except the sta- 
bility control is preset to the optimum triggering point 
and requires no readjustment. 

Automatic Triggering — Automatic level-seeking 
trigger circuit provides dependable triggering for most 
applications. One simple setting assures positive sweep- 
triggering by signals of widely differing amplitudes, 
shapes, and repetition rates. No trigger control need be 
touched until a different type of operation is desired. 
Range of automatic operation is between 60 cycles and 
2 megacycles, approximately. In the absence of an in- 
put signal the sweep is automatically triggered at about 
a 50-cycle rate, providing a reference trace. 

Low-Frequency Reject — (TIME BASE A only in 
Type 535A) Prevents low-frequency components, such 
as hum, from interfering with stable triggering. 

High Frequency Sync — (TIME BASE A only in Type 
535A) Assures a steady display of sine-wave signals 
up to approximately 30 megacycles. Requires a sig- 
nal large enough to cause about 2 cm deflection, or an 
external signal of about 2 v. 



*m 31 A 531 A 

RM35A 535 A 



Trigger Requirements — Internal Triggering — a sig- 
nal large enough to cause 2-mm deflection. External 
triggering — a signal of 0.2 v to 10 v. 

DC-Coupled Unblanking — DC coupling is provided 
for the unblanking waveforms, assuring uniform bias on 
the crt for all sweep times and repetition rates. 

Horizontal Input Amplifier — DC-coupled external 
connection to the sweep-output amplifier is through a 
front-panel connector. Combination of a step attenu- 
ator and variable attenuator makes the horizontal de- 
flection factor continuously variable from 0.2 v/cm to 
approximately 15 v/cm. Passband is dc to 240 kc or 
better at maximum gain. Input impedance is approxi- 
mately 47 pf paralleled by 1 megohm. 

SWEEP DELAY 

Sweep delay for TIME BASE A over the range of 2 
fisec to 10 sec is derived from TIME BASE B by means of 
a pick-off circuit. A delayed trigger is generated at the 
pick-off point, which can be adjusted to any point on the 
sawtooth waveform generated by TiME BASE B. The DE- 
LAY-TIME MULTIPLIER, a ten-turn calibrated control, is 
used in conjunction with the TIME/CM switch for TIME 
BASE B to select the pick-off point and indicate the 
amount of delay. Accuracy of the fifteen calibrated 
delay steps from 2 fxsec to 0.1 sec is within 1 %. Accur- 
acy of the three remaining steps, 0.2, 0.5, and 1 sec is 
within 3%. For extreme accuracy any or all steps can 
be adjusted to an external standard. Incremental 
accuracy of the ten-turn control is within 0.2% 

Triggered Operation — When the triggering controls 
of TIME BASE A are adjusted so that the delayed trig- 
ger from TIME BASE B arms the sweep but does not 
start it, the next signal to arrive will start the sweep. 
Thus the delayed sweep is actually started by the signal 
under observation, resulting in a steady display even 
when time jitter or time modulation is present in the 
signal. 

Conventional Operation — When the triggering 
controls of TIME BASE A are adjusted to permit the de- 
layed trigger to start the sweep, the delayed sweep 
starts precisely at the pick-off point, its start delayed the 
amount of time indicated by the TIME BASE B time/cm 
switch and the DELAY-TIME MULTIPLIER. Any time 
modulation or time jitter on the signal will be magnified 
In proportion to the amount of sweep expansion. 

The time jitter in the delayed trigger or delayed 
sweep will not exceed one part in 20,000 of the maxi- 
mum available delay interval {where the maximum 
available delay interval is 10 times the Time/Cm or 
Delay-Time setting). 

Trace Brightening — When the signal is displayed 
on TIME BASE B with the HORIZONTAL DISPLAY switch 
in the "B" INTENSIFIED BY "A" position, the unblank- 
ing pulse of TIME BASE A is added to that of TIME BASE 
B. Therefore the period of operation of TIME BASE A 
appears as a brightened portion on the display. This 
trace brightening serves to indicate both the point-in- 



57 



km 31 A 531 A 
RM35A535A 

time relationship between the delayed sweep and the 
original display, and the degree of magnification that 
will be achieved when the display is transferred to TIME 
BASE A. 

OTHER CHARACTERISTICS 

Amplitude Calibrator — A square-wave calibration 
voltage is available through a front-panel coaxial con- 
nector. Eighteen direct-reading fixed steps — 0.2, 0.5, 
1, 2, 5, 10, 20, 50 millivolts, 0.1, 0.2, 0.5, 1, 2, 5, 10, 
20, 50, 100 volts peak-to-peak are provided by the 
single knob control. Accuracy is within 3%. Square- 
wave frequency is approximately 1 kc. 

Accelerating Potential — 10-kv accelerating poten- 
tial assures bright display when using fast sweeps at 
low repetition rates. The Tektronix cathode-ray tube 
is a 5" flat-faced metallized precision tube with a heli- 
cal post-accelerating anode. For best results, a cath- 
ode-ray tube with a P2 phosphor is normally furnished. 

Beam Position Indicators — Two pairs of indicator 
lights show direction of the electron beam when the spot 
is not on the screen. 

Illuminated Graticule For convenience in making 

time and amplitude measurements, the edge-lighted 
graticule has 6x 10 centimeters marked in centimeter 
squares with centerline markings every 2 millimeters. 
Illumination is controlled by a front-panel knob. 

Multi-Trace Blanking — A blanking voltage is avail- 
able to eliminate switching transients from the display 
when a multiple-trace plug-in unit is operated in its 
chopped mode. The blanking voltage can be applied 
to the crt cathode by means of a switch located on the 
back panel of the instrument. 

Output Waveforms — A 20-v positive gate of the 
same duration as the sweep and a 150-v sweep-saw- 
tooth waveform are available at front-panel binding 
posts via cathode followers. A 20-v positive gate and 
the delayed trigger from TIME BASE B are also avail- 
able at front-panel connectors. The vertical signal is 
brought out to a front-panel terminal, amplitude is 
approximately 1 .5 v/cm of signal on screen. 

Balanced Delay Network — Ample signal delay is 
provided by a balanced (push-pull) delay network to 
permit observation of the leading edge of the waveform 
that triggers the sweep. 

Direct Input to CRT — An aperture in the side of 
the cabinet permits direct connection to the cathode- 
ray-tube deflection plates. 

Access to Interior — Three-piece cabinet design pro- 
vides easy access to the interior of the instrument. Cab- 
inet sides are held in place by two quick-opening 
fasteners, and can be removed in a matter of seconds. 

Probes Two low capacitance probes ( 1 0-X at- 

ten.) are supplied with the instrument. Input capaci- 
tance is 7 pf with probes and either Type 531 A - Type 
K or Type 535A - Type K combinations. Maximum de- 
flection factor is 0.5 v/cm. Excellent transient response 
is retained, as the probes introduce no overshoot or 
ringing. 



Power Requirement — Wired for 115v, 50 to 60 
cps, the electronically-regulated power supplies permit 
a line voltage variation between 103.5 and 1 26.5 v 
(115v ±10%). Changing transformer taps permits 
operation at 108, 122, 216, 230, or 244 v regulated 
within 10%, each range. The Type 531 A draws 455 
watts maximum; the Type 535A draws 550 watts maxi- 
mum. For 50 to 60 and 400 cps operation, a different 
fan must be installed (at extra cost). Order MODIFICA- 
TION 101M. 

Cabinet Models — Type 531 A and 535A dimen- 
sions are 16ys" high by 1 3 Vs " wide by 23%" deep. 
Type 531A net weight is 57% pounds; shipping weight 
is 78 pounds, approx. Type 535A net weight is 61 V2 
pounds; shipping weight is 83 pounds, approx. 

Rack-Mount Models — Type RM31A and RM35A 
cabinets mount to a standard 19" rack. They withdraw 
from the cabinet on slide-out tracks and can be tilted 
and locked in any of 7 positions for servicing con- 
venience. Dimensions are 14" high by 19" wide by 
22%" deep. For further mounting information, refer 
to the Catalog instrument dimension page. Type 
RM31A net weight is 75 pounds; shipping weight is 
101 pounds, approx. Type RM35A net weight is 78% 
pounds; shipping weight is 105 pounds, approx. 

TYPE 531A, without plug-in units $995 

Each instrument includes: 2— P6006 probe (010-0127-00); 1—3 to 
2-wire adapter (103-0013-00); 1 — 3-conducfor power cord (161- 
0010-00); 1— Green filter (378-0514-00); 1— Patch cord, BNC-to- 
BNC, 18" (012-0087-00); 1— Patch cord, BNC-to-banana plug, 
18" (012-0091-00); 1— Post jack, BNC, (012-0092-00); 2— Instruction 
Manual (070-0130-00). 

TYPE 535A, without plug-in units $1400 

Each instrument includes: 2— P6006 probe (010-0127-00); 1—3 to 
2-wire adapter (103-0013-00); 1— 3-conductor power cord (161- 
0010-00); 1— Green filter (378-0514-00); 1— Patch cord, BNC-to- 
BNC, 18" (012-0087-00); 1— Patch cord, BNC-to-banana plug, 
18" (012-0091-00); 1— Post jack, BNC, (012-0092-00); 2— instruction 
Manual (070-0145-00). 

TYPE RM31A, without plug-in units $1095 

Each instrument includes: 2— P6006 probe (010-0127-00); 1—3 to 
2-wire adapter (103-0013-00); 1 — 3-conductor power cord (161- 
0010-00); 1— Green filter (378-0514-00); 1— Patch cord, BNC-to- 
BNC, 18", (012-0087-00); 1— Patch cord, BNC-to-banana plug, 
18" (012-0091-00); 1— Post jack, BNC, (012-0092-00); 1— Set mount- 
ing hardware; 2— Instruction Manual (070-0301-00). 

TYPE RM35A, without plug-in units $1500 

Each instrument includes: 2-—P6006 probe (010-0127-00); 1—3 to 
2-wire adapter (103-0013-00); 1 — 3-conductor power cord (161- 
0010-00); 1— Green filter (378-0514-00); 1— Patch cord, BNC-to- 
8NC, 18", (012-0087-00); 1— Patch cord, BNC-to-banana plug, 
18" (012-0091-00); 1— Post jack, BNC, (012-0092-00); 1— Set mount- 
ing hardware; 2 — Instruction Manual (070-0306-00). 

CUSTOM SPECIALS 

Special modifications for the Type 531 A, 535A and 
Rack Mount models are available as factory-installed 
options. Instruments can be ordered for operation 
from 50-400 cps in either normal or high-altitude en- 
vironments, with single-sweep capability, or 12-kv 
accelerating potential. Consult your Field Engineer to 
learn about the advantages, limitations, and delivery 
time of these or other modified instruments. 

U.S. Sales Prices f.o.b. Beaverton, Oregon 
Please refer to Terms and Shipment, General Information page. 



o 



o 



o 



58 







DC-to-15 MC OSCILLOSCOPE Type 

with 100X MAGNIFIER 











HIGH-INTENSITY TRACE 

WIDE RANGE SWEEP MAGNIFICATION 

ACCEPTS AMPLIFIER, SPECTRUM ANALYZER, 
AND SPECIAL-PURPOSE PLUG-INS 



CHARACTERISTIC SUMMARY 
VERTICAL 

Vertical deflection characteristics extremely flexible 
through use of the 1 -Series, Spectrum Analyzer, 
and all Letter-Series Plug-In Units. 

HORIZONTAL 

CALIBRATED SWEEP RANGE — 0.1 /^sec/cm to 5 sec/cm. 

SWEEP MAGNIFIER— X2 to XI 00, extends sweep 
range, accurately, to 0.02 /xsec/cm. 

TRIGGER REQUIREMENTS — Internal: 2-mm deflection. 

External: 0.2 v to 10 v. 

EXTERNAL INPUT — 0.1 v/cm to lOv/cm (calibrated) 
dc to 240 kc; 1 megohm, 47 pf. 



CRT 

DISPLAY AREA — 6x 10 cm. 
ACCELERATING VOLTAGE— 10 kv. 

OTHER CHARACTERISTICS 

AMPLITUDE CALIBRATOR— 0.2 mv to 100v ; 1 -kc 
square wave. 

POWER REQUIREMENTS— 105 to 1 25 v or 210 to 
250 v, 500 watts max. 

VERTICAL PLUG-IN UNITS 

Frequency Specifications are at 3-db down 

For Multiple -Trace Operation — 

TYPE 1A1 DUAL-TRACE UNIT — DC to 1 5 Mc, 23-nsec 
risetime at 50 mv/cm to 50 v/cm— DC to 14 Mc, 
25-nsec risetime at 5 mv/cm, increasing to 15Mc, 
23-nsec risetime at 50 mv/cm. 

TYPE 1A2 DUAL-TRACE UNIT— DC to 15Mc, 23-nsec 
risetime at 50 mv/cm to 50 v/cm. 

TYPE C-A DUAL-TRACE UNIT— DC to 13.5 Mc, 23-nsec 
risetime at 50 mv/cm to 50 v/cm. 

TYPE M FOUR-TRACE UNIT— DC to 14 Mc, 25-nsec rise- 
time at 20 mv/cm to 25 v/cm. 



. 



59 



533A 

RM33A 



For Wide Band Applications — 

TYPE B WIDE-BAND UNIT— DC to 14 Mc, 25-nsec rise- 
time at 50 mv/cm to 50 v/cm — 2 cps to 10 Mc, 35- 
nsec risetime at 5 mv/cm to 50 mv/cm. 

TYPE K FAST-RISE UNIT— DC to 15 Mc, 23-nsec risetime 
at 50 mv/cm to 40 v/cm. 

TYPE L FAST-RISE UNIT— DC to 15Mc, 23-nsec risetime 
at 50 mv/cm to 40 v/cm — 3 cps to 15Mc, 23-nsec 
risetime at 5 mv/cm to 4 v/cm. 

For Spectrum Analysis— 

TYPE L-SERIES UNITS — Present units cover 1-10,400 Mc 

For Differential Input Applications— 

TYPE D HIGH-GAIN UNIT— DC to 300 kc at 1 mv/cm, 
increasing to 2 Mc at 50 mv/cm. 

TYPE E LOW-LEVEL UNIT— 0.06 cps to 20 kc at 50 pt/ 
cm, increasing to 60 kc at 0.5 mv/cm to 25 mv/cm. 

TYPE G WIDE-BAND UNIT— DC to 14 Mc, 25-nsec rise- 
time at 50 mv/cm to 50 v/cm. 

For High DC Sensitivity — 

TYPE H WIDE-BAND UNIT— DC to 11 Mc, 31-nsec rise- 
time at 5 mv/cm to 50 v/cm. 

For Operations of Integration, Differentiation, 

Function Generation, and Linear or Nonlinear 

Amplification — 

TYPE O OPERATIONAL AMPLIFIER— DC to 14 Mc, 25- 
nsec risetime at 50 mv/cm to 50 v/cm. 

For Transducer and Strain Gage Applications— 

TYPE Q UNIT — DC to 6 kc, 60 /xsec risetime at 10 
/xstrain/div to 10,000 /xstrain/div. 

For Transistor Risetime Checking — 

Type R Unit — 23-nsec risetime. 

For Diode Recovery-Time Measurements 

Type S Unit — 23-nsec risetime. 

For Precise Amplitude Measurement via the 
Slide-Back Technique— 

TYPE W DIFFERENTIAL COMPARATOR UNIT— DC to 
13.5Mc, at 50 mv/cm, decreasing to 7 Mc at 1 mv/ 
cm. 26-nsec risetime at 50 mv/cm increasing to 50 
nsec at 1 mv/cm. 

TYPE Z DIFFERENTIAL COMPARATOR UNIT— DC to 
1 Mc, 35-nsec risetime at 50 mv/cm to 25 v/cm. 
For High-frequency Sampling Applications — 

TYPE 1S1 SAMPLING UNIT— 350 psec risetime. 

The Type 533 A is a dc-to-15 mc oscilloscope with 
wide range of application coverage through versatile 
Tektronix Plug-In Units. Six different degrees of sweep 
magnification are available. Sweep lockout and high 
writing rate are combined for best results in one-shot 
recording. 

Operating convenience results from functionally- 
grouped controls, a single-knob direct-reading sweep 
selector, and fiddle-free triggering settings. Other 
useful features are warning lights for uncalibrated 
sweep-rate and sweep-magnifier settings, beam-position 
indicators, and built-in blanking for switching transients 
in multi-trace operation. 



VERTICAL-DEFLECTION SYSTEM 

DC-Coupled Output Amplifier — The dc-to-15 mc 

output amplifier is factory adjusted for optimum tran- 
sient response. Risetime is 23 nsec with a Type 1A1, 
1A2, C-A, K, L, or R Unit plugged in. 

Balanced Delay Network — Ample signal delay is 
provided by a balanced (push-pull) delay network to 
permit observation of the leading edge of the wave- 
form that triggers the sweep. 



HORIZONTAL-DEFLECTION SYSTEM 

A Miller runup type sweep generator is used in the 
Type 533A. Inverse feedback in the timing circuitry as- 
sures excellent linearity. Characteristics of this circuitry 
make possible the wide range of 0.02 ^sec/cm to 12 
sec/cm. 

Calibrated Sweep Rates — Twenty-four direct- 
reading calibrated sweep rates are provided: 0.1, 0.2, 
0.5, 1, 2, 5, 10, 20, 50/xsec/cm, 0.1, 0.2, 0.5, 1, 2, 5, 
10, 20, 50 msec/cm, 0.1, 0.2, 0.5, 1, 2, 5 sec/cm. In 
addition, a vernier (uncalibrated) control provides for 
continuous adjustment from 0.1 ^sec/cm to 12 sec/cm. 
An indicator light warns the operator when the sweep 
is uncalibrated. Calibration of the fixed sweeps is with- 
in 3%. 

Sweep Magnifier — Six degrees of sweep magnifi- 
cation are provided: 2, 5, 10, 20, 50, and 100 times. 
Any ten centimeters of a magnified sweep can be dis- 
played. When the magnified sweep does not exceed 
the maximum calibrated rate of 0.02 /xsec/cm, accuracy 
is within 5% of the displayed portion. An indicator 
light warns the operator when the maximum calibrated 
rate is being exceeded. 

Single-Sweep Operation — Lockout-reset circuitry 
provides for one-shot recording. After a single sweep 
is triggered, the sweep circuit is automatically locked 
out until manually reset. When reset, the sweep will 
fire on the next trigger received, then automatically 
lock out until the operator activates the RESET lever. 

Triggering Facilities — Versatile triggering circuitry 
provides for complete manual control, preset stability 
control, and fully-automatic triggering. 

Amplitude-Level Selection — Adjustable ampli- 
tude-level and stability controls provide for triggering 
the sweep at a selected amplitude level on the triggering 
waveform. Triggering source can be internal, external or 
the line frequency, either ac-coupled or dc-coupled. The 
triggering point can be on either the rising or falling 
slope of the triggering waveform. 

Preset Stability — Same as above, except the sta- 
bility control is preset to the optimum triggering point 
and requires no readjustment. 



o 



o 



o 



60 






533A 

RM33A 






Automatic Triggering — Automatic level-seeking 
trigger circuit provides dependable triggering for most 
applications. One simple setting assures positive sweep- 
triggering by signals of widely differing amplitudes, 
shapes, and repetition rates. No trigger control need 
be touched until a different type of operation is de- 
sired. Range of automatic operation is between 60 cy- 
cles and 2 megacycles, approximately. In the absence 
of an input signal the sweep is automatically triggered 
at about a 50-cycle rate, providing a reference trace 
on the screen. 

Low Frequency Reject — Prevents low-frequency 
components, such as hum, from interfering with stable 
triggering. 

High-Frequency Sync — Assures a steady display 
of sine-wave signals up to approximately 30 megacy- 
cles. Requires a signal large enough to cause about 2 
cm of deflection, or an external signal of about 2 v. 

Trigger Requirements — Internal triggering — a 
signal large enough to cause 2-mm deflection. External 
triggering — a signal of 0.2 v to 10 v. 

DC-Coupled Unblanking — DC coupling is pro- 
vided for the unblanking waveform, assuring uniform 
bias on the cathode-ray tube for all sweep times and 
repetition rates. 

Horizontal Input- — An external signal can be ap- 
plied to the horizontal deflection plates through the de- 
coupled horizontal amplifier via a front-panel connec- 
tor. Three calibrated sensitivity steps are provided: 0.1, 
1, and lOv/cm. A variable control provides for con- 
tinuous adjustment from 0.1 to approximately 100 v/cm. 
Horizontal amplifier passband is dc to 500 kc or better 
at maximum gain. Input impedance is approximately 
1 megohm paralleled by 45 pf. 

OTHER CHARACTERISTICS 
Amplitude Calibrator — A square-wave calibration 
voltage is available through a front-panel connector. 
Eighteen fixed steps — 0.2, 0.5, 1, 2, 5, 10, 20, 50, 
100 millivolts, 0.2, 0.5, 1, 2, 5, 10, 20, 50 and 100 
volts peak-to-peak are provided. Accuracy is within 
3%. Square-waye frequency is approximately 1 kc. 

Accelerating Potential — 10-kv accelerating po- 
tential assures bright display when using fast sweeps 
at low repetition rates, and in single-sweep applica- 
tions. The Tektronix cathode-ray tube is a 5" flat-faced 
metallized precision tube with helical post-accelerating 
anode. For best results over a wide sweep range of 
the Type 533A, a P2 phosphor is normally furnished. 

Illuminated Graticule — For convenience in making 
time and amplitude measurements, the edge-lighted 
graticule has 6x10 centimeters marked in centimeter 
squares with centerline markings every 2 millimeters. 
Illumination is controlled by a front-panel knob. 

Beam-Position Indicators — Two pairs of indicator 
lights show direction of the electron beam when the 
spot is not on the screen. 



Multi-Trace Blanking — A blanking voltage is avail- 
able to eliminate switching transients from the display 
when a multiple-trace plug-in unit is operated in its 
chopped mode. The blanking voltage can be applied 
to the crt cathode by means of a switch located on the 
back panel of the instrument. 

Output Waveforms — A 20-v positive gate of the 
same duration as the sweep and a 1 50-v sweep-saw- 
tooth waveform are available at front-panel binding 
posts via cathode followers. The vertical signal is 
brought out to a front-panel terminal, amplitude is 
approximately 1 .5 v/cm of signal on screen. 

Direct Input To CRT — An opening in the side of the 
cabinet permits direct connection to the cathode-ray 
tube deflection plates. 

Probes Two low capacitance probes ( 1 0-X at- 

ten.) are supplied with the instrument. Input capaci- 
tance of the Type 533A - Type K combination with 
probes, 7 pf; maximum deflection factor is 0.5 v/cm. 
Excellent transient response is retained, as the probes 
introduce no overshoot or ringing. 

Power Requirement — Wired for 1 1 5 v, 50 to 60cps, 
the electronically-regulated power supplies permit a 
line-voltage variation between 103.5 and 1 26.5 v 
(115v ±10%). Changing transformer taps permits 
operation at 108, 122, 216, 230, or 244 v, regulated 
within 10%, each range. The Type 533A draws 455 
watts, maximum. For 50 to 60 and 400 cps operation, 
a different fan must be installed (at extra cost). Order 
MODIFICATION 101M. 

Cabinet Model — Type 533A dimensions are 16%" 
high by 131/b" wide by 23%" deep. Net weight is 
62 V4 pounds. Shipping weight is 78 pounds, approx. 

Rack-Mount Model — Type RM33A cabinet mounts 
to a standard 19" rack. It withdraws from the cabinet 
on slide-out tracks and can be tilted and locked in 
any of 7 positions for servicing convenience. Dimen- 
sions are 14" high by 19" wide by 22%" deep. For 
further mounting information, refer to the Catalog 
instrument dimension page. Net weight is 74 V2 pounds, 
approx. Shipping weight is 100 pounds, approx. 

TYPE 533A, without plug-in units $1 125 

Each instrument includes: 2— P6006 probe (010-0127-00); 1—3 to 
2-wire adapter (103-0013-00); 1— 3-conductor power cord (161- 
0010-00); 1— Green filter (378-0514-00); 1— Patch cord, BNC-to- 
BNC, 18" (012-0087-00); 1— Patch cord, BNC-to-banana plug, 18" 
(012-0091-00); 1— Post jack, BNC (012-0092-00); 2— Instruction 
Manual (070-0258-00). 

TYPE RM33A, without plug-in units $1225 

Each instrument includes-. 2— P6006 probe (010-0127-00); 1—3 to 
2-wire adapter (103-0013-00); 1 — 3-conductor power cord (161- 
0010-00); 1— Green filter (378-0514-00); 1— Patch cord, BNC-to- 
BNC, 18" (012-0087-00); 1— Patch cord, BNC-to-banana plug, 18" 
(012-0091-00); 1— Post |ack, BNC (012-0092-00); 1— Set mounting 
hardware; 2— Instruction Manual (070-0303-00), 

U.S. Sales Prices f.o.b. Beaverton, Oregon 
Please refer to Terms and Shipment, General Information page. 



61 



Type 



DC-to-10 MC X-Y OSCILLOSCOPE 




ACCURATE PHASE BALANCE 

WIDE BAND "X-Y" DISPLAY 

ACCEPTS AMPLIFIER, SPECTRUM ANALYZ 
ER, AND SPECIAL-PURPOSE PLUG-INS 



The Type 536 represents a combination of wide-band 
"X-Y" and general - purpose laboratory oscilloscopes. 
Identical main amplifiers and a Tektronix crt with equal 
X and Y deflection characteristics are the basic com- 
ponents. Using identical wide-band Plug-In Units, hori- 
zontal and vertical deflection systems are almost iden- 
tical. Relative phase shift is less than 7 ° fo 7 5 Mc, and 
phase balance can be obtained at any frequency to 
over 25 Mc. 

With the Type T utilized in the horizontal deflection, 
and a Type 7 A 7 , 1A2, or Letter-Series units in the verti- 
cal, the Type 536 functions as a general-purpose instru- 
ment. In order to view the leading edge of a fast-rising 
waveform, a pre-trigger signal occurring approx. 0.2 
fxsec in advance of the signal to be viewed must be 
applied to the external trigger input of the Type T Unit. 



APPLICATIONS 

In curve-tracing applications the Type 536 extends the 
range of familiar techniques to today's higher-frequency 
problems. Differential input, a feature that eliminates the 
need for a common XY terminal, is available in the wide- 
band Type G Plug-In Preamplifier. A pair of Type G 
Units provide accuracy needed In many curve-tracing 
applications. 

Some applications for a wide-band "X-Y" oscilloscope-. 

1. Examination of semiconductor diode characteris- 
tics — volts vs. amperes plot. 

2. Determination of ferromagnetic material charac- 
teristics. 

3. Linear amplifier distortion measurement. 

4. Limiting or expanding-amplifier performance 
measurements. 

5. Displaying pressure vs. volume diagrams. 

6. Analyzing amplitude selector type circuits such as 
Schmitt, diode pick-off, etc. 

7. Checking regulated power supply performance. 

8. Measurement of voltage coefficient of resistors. 

9. Performance tests of various modulation systems 
such as AM, suppressed carrier, FM, PTM, PAM, etc. 

1 0. Performance tests of demodulators for above mod- 
ulation systems. 

11. Determining gating circuit characteristics. 

12. Function generator — y = f(x). 




CHARACTERISTIC SUMMARY 
VERTICAL AND HORIZONTAL 

Both vertical and horizontal deflection characteristics 
extremely flexible through use of the 1 -Series, Spec- 
trum Analyzer, and all Letter-Series Plug-In Units. 

TIME-BASE DEFLECTION 
(with Type T TIME- BASE GENERATOR) 

CALIBRATED SWEEP RANGE— 0.2 ^sec/div to 2 sec/div. 

SWEEP MAGNIFIER — 5X, extends sweep range to 0,04 
ftsec/div. 

TRIGGER REQUIREMENT— 0.2 v to 10 v. 

CRT 

DISPLAY AREA— 10 x 10 divisions [3-V 8 x3-% inches). 
ACCELERATING VOLTAGE— 4 kv. 

OTHER CHARACTERISTICS 

AMPLITUDE CALIBRATOR— 0.2 mv to 100 V; 1 kc square 
wave. 

POWER REQUIREMENTS— 1 05 to 1 25 v or 2 1 to 250 v; 
typically 625 watts, with two Type K Units. 



o 



62 

















AMPLIFIER PLUG-IN UNITS 

Frequency Specificotions ore at 3-db down 

Type 1A1 — DC to 11 mc, 31 nsec at 0.05 v/div to 

50 v/div dc to 10.5 mc, 33 nsec at 0.005 

v/div, increasing to 11 mc, 31 nsec at 0.05 v/div. 

Type 1A2 — DC to 11 mc, 31 nsec at 0.05 v/div to 
50 v/div. 

Type B — DC to TOmc, 35 nsec at 0.05 v/div to 50 
v/div.... 2 cycles to 9 mc, 0.04 jasec at 5 mv/ 
div to 0.05 v/div. 

Type C-A — DC to 10 mc, 35 nsec. 

Type D — DC to 300 kc at 1 mv/div, increasing to 
2 mc at 50 mv/div, 0.18 ixsec. 

Type E — 0.06 cycles to 20 kc, increasing to 60 kc 
at 0.5 mv/cm. 

Type G — DC to 1 mc, 35 nsec. 

Type H — DC to 9.5 mc, 37 nsec. 

Type K — DC to 1 1 mc, 31 nsec. 

Type L — DC to 11 mc, 31 nsec at 0.05 to 40 v/div 
....3 cycles to 10 mc, 35 nsec at 0.005 to 4 v/ 
div. 

Type M — DC to 10 mc, 35 nsec. 

For operations of integration, differentiation, function 
generation, and linear or nonlinear amplification — 

Type O — DC to 1 mc, 35 nsec. 





536 



For transducer and strain gage applications — 
Type Q — Sensitivity 10 microstrain/div., dc to 6 kc. 

For precise amplitude measurements via the slide- 
back technique — Type W and Type Z Units. 

ADDITIONAL PLUG-IN UNITS 

Type T — Must be plugged into horizontal for con- 
ventional operation. Specifications of horizontal-de- 
flection system with Type T Unit: 

Calibrated Sweep Rates — Twenty-two sweep rates 
from 0.2 jasec/div to 2 sec/div. 

5-x Sweep Magnifier — Increases calibrated sweep 
rate to 0.04 /xsec/div. 

Versatile Trigger Selection — Positive or negative slope, 
external or line voltage, ac-coupling or dc-coupling 
through triggering circuits. 

Amplitude-Level Selection — With preset or manual sta- 
bility control. 

Automatic Triggering—No trigger control adjustment 
necessary for trigger signals between 60 cps and 
approx. 2 mc. 

High-Frequency Sync — Synchronizes with sine-wave 
signals In frequency range of 5 mc to 15 mc. 

Please refer to the description of the Type T Time- 
Base Generator for complete characteristics. 



Ferrite bead characteristics at two different tem- 
peratures — left, at 25°C; right, at equilibrium 
temperature due to self heating. Type 536 with 
two Type G Units, driving frequency 1 mc. 



High-condition diffused silicon diode character- 
istics — left, at 60 cycles; right, at 2 mc. Type 
536 with two Type G Units, horizontal calibra- 
tion 1 v/div; vertical calibration lOOma/div; 




63 



536 



Type R Plug-In, for transistor riseHme measurements, 
and Type S Plug-In, for diode-recovery measurements, 
are electrically compatible with the Type 536, but be- 
cause of the matched X-Y delay of the instrument (no 
vertical system delay line) and its 35-nsec amplifier 
risetime, utility of these plug-ins is severely restricted. 

For Spectrum Analysis — 
Type L-Series Units — Present Units cover 1-10,400 Mc. 

For High-Frequency Sampling Applications — 
Type 1ST Sampling Unit — 350-psec risetime. 

VERTICAL AND HORIZONTAL 
DEFLECTION SYSTEMS 

All characteristics of the horizontal deflection systems 
are identical to those of the vertical deflection system 
when identical Plug-In Units are used. Both main am- 
plifiers have excellent transient response. Following are 
typical specifications using the K and G Units. (All 
specifications are valid providing amplifiers are not 
overdriven by input signal). 

Type 536 used with Type K Units: RISETIME — 31 nsec. 
PASSBAND— dc to 1 1 Mc. RELATIVE PHASE-SHIFT — 
less than 1 degree from dc to 15 Mc. PHASE-SHIFT 
BALANCE — -obtainable at any frequency to 30 Mc, 
using the front-panel Amplifier Phasing Control. 

Type 536 used with Type G Units: RISETIME — 35 nsec. 
PASSBAND — dc to 1 Mc. RELATIVE PHASE SHIFT — 
less than one degree to 1 5 Mc, less than two de- 
grees to 17Mc, less than five degrees to 23 Mc. 
PHASE-SHIFT BALANCE — obtainable at any fre- 
quency to over 25 Mc. 

Following are applicable to both K and G Units used 
with Type 536: DEFLECTION FACTORS— 0.05 v/ 
div max, 9 calibrated steps from 0.05 v/div to 20 
v/div; continuously variable adjustment between 
steps. DEFLECTION CAPABILITY — five divisions of 
deflection can be obtained at 20 Mc without over- 
driving the input amplifiers. 

OTHER CHARACTERISTICS 

Amplitude Calibrator — A square-wave voltage is 
available through a front-panel coaxial connector. Eight- 
een fixed voltage steps — 0.2, 0.5, 1, 2, 5, 10, 20, 50, 
1 00 millivolts, 0.2, 0.5, 1 , 2, 5, 1 0, 20, 50, and 1 00 volts 
peak-to-peak are provided. Accuracy is within 3%. 
Square-wave frequency is approximately 1 kc. 

Cathode-Ray Tube — A Tektronix cathode-ray tube 
provides a 10-by-10 division (3V 8 " x 3 Ms " ) viewing 
area. Deflection factor is approximately the same for 
both horizontal and vertical deflection plates. Acceler- 
ating potential is approx. 4 kv. For best results over 
the wide sweep range, a P31 phosphor is normally 
supplied. 



Beam-Position Indicators — Two pairs of indicator 
lights show direction of the electron beam when the 
spot is not on the screen. 

Output Waveforms — The vertical and horizontal 
signals are brought out to front-panel terminals for exter- 
nal applications. Output signals are dc coupled and are 
nominally one volt per division of deflection on crt face. 

Intensity Modulation — A front-panel switch selects 
the desired method of intensity modulation ... internal 
dc-coupled unblanking (for T unit) or external ac- 
coupfing or dc-coupling to the crt grid. The visually 
perceptible input level is typically 1 v. Positive 20 v 
signal will provide complete "black to white" un- 
blanking. 

Illuminated Graticule The edge-lighted graticule 

is marked in 10 by 10 divisions ( 3 % by 3 Vs inches 
total area), with centerlines marked every one-fifth of 
a division. Illumination is controlled by a front-panel 
knob. 

Probes Two low capacitance probes ( 1 0-X of- 
ten.) are supplied with the instrument. Input capaci- 
tance of the Type 536 - Type K combination with 
probes is 7 pf, maximum deflection factor is 0.5 v/cm. 
Excellent transient response is retained, as the probes 
introduce no overshoot or ringing. 

Power Requirement — Wired for 1 1 5 v, 50 to 60 

cps, the electronically-regulated power supplies permit 
a line voltage variation between 103.5 and 1 26.5 v 
(115v ±10%). Changing transformer taps permits 
operation at 108, 122, 216, 230, or 244 v, regulated 
within 10%, each range. The Type 536 draws 625 
watts, typically, with two Type K Units. For 50 to 60 
and 400 cps operation, a different fan must be install- 
ed {at extra cost). Order MODIFICATION 101M. 

Mechanical Specifications — Dimensions are 16%" 
high by 1 3 % " wide by 23%" deep. Net weight is 
55% pounds. Shipping weight is 76 pounds, approx. 

TYPE 536, without plug-in units $1085 

2— P6006 probe (010-0127-00); 1—3 to 2-wire adapter (103-0013- 
00); 1— 3-conductor power cord (161-0010-00); 1— Graticule (331- 
0057-00); 1— Green filter (378-0514-00); 1— Patch cord, BNC-to- 
BNC, 18" (012-0087-00); 1— Patch cord, BNC-fo-banana plug, 18" 
(012-0091-00); 1— Post jack, BNC (012-0092-00); 2— Instruction 
Manual (070-0270-00). 

Rack Mount Adapter 

A cradle mount to adapt the Type 536 Oscilloscope 
for rack mounting is available. It consists of a cradle 
to support the instrument in any standard 19" relay 
rack and a mask to fit around the regular instrument 
panel. Tektronix blue vinyl finish. Rack height re- 
quirements I7V2". 

Order Part Number 040-0281-00 $45 

U.S. Sales Prices f.o.b. Beaverton, Oregon 
Please refer to Terms and Shipment, General Information page. 



o 



o 



o 



64 







DC-to-33 MC OSCILLOSCOPE Type 

with 100X MAGNIFIER 








: -;v ;■;■,■:.,;■;:.;■.:;.;,.;:■;: 



c 



ILLUMINATED NO-PARALLAX GRATICULE 

SIMPLIFIED VERTICAL AMPLIFIER 

PUSH-PULL DELAY CABLE (NO ADJUSTMENTS) 

FUIL-PASSRAND TRIGGERING 

ACCEPTS AMPLIFIER, SPECTRUM ANALYZER, AND 
SPECIAL-PURPOSE PLUG-INS 

DUAL-TRACE, DC-TO-33 MC PERFORMANCE 
WITH TYPES 1A1 AND 1A2 PLUG-IN UNITS 

The Type 543B Oscilloscope is a versatile laboratory 
instrument designed for use with all Tektronix 1 -Series, 
Letter-Series, and Spectrum Analyzer Plug-In Units. 

CHARACTERISTIC SUMMARY 
VERTICAL 

Vertical deflection characteristics extremely flexible through 
use of all 1 -Series, Letter-Series, or Spectrum Analyzer Plug-In 
Units, 

HORIZONTAL 

CALIBRATED SWEEP RANGE — 0.1 /xsec/cm to 5 sec/cm. 

SWEEP MAGNIFIER — X2 to XI 00, extends calibrated sweep 
range to 0.02 /xsec/cm. 

TRIGGER REQUIREMENTS — Internal: Less than 1-cm deflec- 
tion to 30 Mc. 
External: 0.2 v to 10 Mc, 1 v at 30 Mc. 



EXTERNAL INPUT — 0.1 to 10 v/cm. DC to 500 kc ; 1 megohm, 
55 pf. 

CRT 

ILLUMINATED NO-PARALLAX GRATICULE 
DISPLAY AREA — 6x10 cm. 
ACCELERATING VOLTAGE — lOkv. 

OTHER CHARACTERISTICS 

AMPLITUDE CALIBRATOR — 0.2 mv to 100 v ; 1-kc square wave. 
POWER REQUIREMENTS— 108, 115, 122, 216, 230, or 244 v 
(±10% on each range,) 600 watts maximum. 

VERTICAL PLUG-IN UNITS 

For Multiple-Trace Operation — 

TYPE 1A1 DUAL-TRACE UNIT— DC to 33 Mc, 10.5 nsec risetime 

at 50 mv/cm to 50 v/cm — DC to 23 Mc, 15-nsec risetime at 

5 mv/cm to 50 mv/cm. 
TYPE 1A2 DUAL-TRACE UNIT— DC to 33 Mc, 10.5-nsec risetime 

at 50 mv/cm to 50 v/cm. 
TYPE C-A DUAL-TRACE UNIT— DC to 24 Mc, 15-nsec risetime 

at 50 mv/cm to 50 v/cm. 
TYPE M FOUR-TRACE UNIT-DC to 20 Mc, 17-nsec risetime at 

20 mv/cm to 25 v/cm. 

For Differential Input Applications — 

TYPE D HIGH-GAIN UNIT— DC to 300 kc at 1 mv/cm, increas- 
ing to 2 Mc at 50 mv/cm. 

TYPE E LOW-LEVEL UNIT— 0.06 cps to 20 kc at 50 /tv/cm, in- 
creasing to 60 kc at 0.5 mv/cm to 25 mv/cm. 

TYPE G WIDE-BAND UNIT— DC to 20 Mc, 18-nsec risetime at 
50 mv/cm to 50 v/cm. 



65 



543B 
RM543B 



For High DC Sensitivity — 

TYPE H WIDE-BAND UNIT— DC to 15 Mc, 23-nsec risetime at 
5 mv/cm to 50 v/cm. 

For Wide Band Applications — 

TYPE B WIDE-BAND UNIT— DC to 20 Mc, 18-nsec risetime at 

50 mv/cm to 50 v/cm — 2 cps to 12Mc, 30-nsec risetime at 

5 mv/cm to 50 mv/cm. 
TYPE K FAST-RISE UNIT-DC to 30 Mc, 12-nsec risetime at 

50 mv/cm to 40 v/cm. 
TYPE L FAST-RISE UNIT— DC to 30 Mc, 12-nsec risetime at 

50 mv/cm to 40 v/cm — 3 cps to 24 Mc, 15-nsec risetime at 

5 mv/cm to 4 v/cm. 

For Spectrum Analysis — 

TYPE L-SERIES UNITS— Present Units cover 1-10,400 Mc. 

For Operations of Integration, Differentiation, Function 
Generation, and Linear or Nonlinear Amplification — 

TYPE O OPERATIONAL AMPLIFIER— DC to 25 Mc, 14-nsec 
riestime at 50 mv/cm to 50 v/cm. 

For Transducer and Strain Gage Applications — 

TYPE Q UNIT— DC to 6 kc, 60 fisec risetime at 10 /xstrain/div. 
to 10,000 /xstrain/div. 

For Transistor-Risetime Checking — 

TYPE R UNIT-12-nsec risetime. 

For Diode Recovery-Time Measurements — 

TYPE S UNIT-12-nsec risetime. 

For Precise Amplitude Measurement via the Slide-Back Tech- 
nique — 

TYPE W DIFFERENTIAL COMPARATOR UNIT— DC to 23 Mc, 
at 50 mv/cm, decreasing to 8 Mc at 1 mv/cm. 15-nsec rise- 
time at 50 mv/cm increasing to 44-nsec at 1 mv/cm. 

TYPE Z DIFFERENTIAL COMPARATOR UNIT— DC to 13Mc, 
27-nsec risetime at 50 mv/cm to 25 v/cm. 

For High-Frequency Sampling Applications — 

TYPE 1S1 SAMPLING UNIT— 350 psec risetime. 

VERTICAL-DEFLECTION SYSTEM 

FREQUENCY RESPONSE with these Plug-in Units extends 
from dc to 30 Mc, depending on the unit used. Specialized Plug- 
In Units adapt the 543B to strain-gage, operational-amplifier, 
multi-channel, spectrum analysis and other applications. Dual- 
Trace dc-to-33 Mc displays at 50 mv/cm are achieved with either 
the Type 1A1, or Type 1 A2 Plug-In Units. The Type 1A1 offers 
5 mv/cm sensitivity from dc to 23 Mc plus triggering from chan- 
nel 1 signal for dual-trace applications. 

SIGNAL DELAY permits observation of the leading edge 
of the waveform that triggers the sweep. The specially-braided 
200-nsec delay cable requires no tuning. 

SIGNAL OUTPUT from the front panel provides 1.2 volts 
or more for each centimeter of displayed signal. 

HORIZONTAL-DEFLECTION SYSTEM 

SWEEP RANGE from 0.1 /u.sec/cm to 5 sec/cm is in 24 cali- 
brated steps with 1-2-5 sequence, accuracy within ±3%. 
Sweep rates are also continuously variable uncalibrated be- 
tween steps and to approximately 12 sec/cm. A front-panel 
lamp indicates uncalibrated sweep rates. 

X2 to XI 00 SWEEP MAGNIFIER expands the center 
portion of a displayed signal so that it covers a full 10 centi- 
meters. Magnified sweep accuracy is ±5% up to the fast- 
est calibrated rate of 20 nsec/cm. An indicator light warns 
the operator when the maximum calibrated rate is exceeded. 



SINGLE-SWEEP OPERATION facilitates photographic re- 
cording of waveforms. The front-panel reset control arms the 
sweep to fire on the next received trigger. After firing once, 
the sweep is locked out until reset. A lamp indicates when 
the time base is ready to fire. 

EXTERNAL HORIZONTAL INPUT provides for horizontal 

beam deflection with an external source. Horizontal Amplifier 
passband is dc to at least 500 kc (3-db down). Sensitivity is 
0.1, 1, or 10 v/cm with step attenuation. Sensitivity can also be 
reduced by at least 10:1 with variable attenuation. Input im- 
pedance is 1 megohm paralleled by approximately 45 pf. 

FRONT PANEL OUTPUTS include a +Gate (0 to at least 

+ 20 volts), and a sawtooth (typically to at least +130 volts), 
from the time base. 

CRT AND DISPLAY FEATURES 

The Tektronix Type 543B uses a T5470 crt which is a new 
flat-faced tube with electrostatic focus and deflection, and a 
helical post accelerator operated at a 10-kv total potential. A 
longer envelope, careful gun design, and a low 5:1 post-to-gun 
accelerating-voltage ratio provide several characteristics which 
contribute directly to the many advanced performance features 
achieved in the Type 543B. 

The crt produces a small 9-mil nominal spot diameter at 2- 
fjua beam current (2-ju.a provides a bright display under average 
ambient light for repetitive signals even at high sweep-rates). 
Focus of the spot is very uniform over the full 6xl0-cm view- 
ing area. In flat-faced electrostatically-focused tubes, the spot 
size varies most at the ends of the horizontal axis. In the 
T5470, a centered 9-mil spot measures no more than 12 mils at 
either end; a change ratio of only 1:1.3 compared with a typi- 
cal change of 1:4 in comparable crt's operated at lOkv. Even 
with 6 cm of vertical scan, high deflection sensitivity is main- 
tained, deflection-plate input capacity is low, and linearity and 
overall pattern geometry is superior. P31 phosphor is standard. 

INTERNAL 6xlO-CM GRATICULE with variable edge- 
lighting provides a no-parallax display for viewing or for 
photographic recording. The graticule is marked in centimeter 
squares with 2-mm divisions on the vertical and horizontal 
center lines. Two special horizontal lines have been added to 
the graticule for convenience in making accurate risetime 
measurements. 




o 



o 



Small spot size and uniform focus provide fine trace defini- 
tion across the entire 6xl0-cm viewing area. Risetime and 
falltime measurements (10 to 90%) are easily made using the 
dashed graticule lines. A 30-Mc sine wave (internally triggered) 
is displayed. 




66 




FRONT-PANEL CONTROLS include trace rotation (a screw- 
driver adjustment), intensity, focus, and astigmatism. 

DC-COUPLED UNBLANKING to the crt grid assures uni- 
form beam current for all sweep speeds and repetition rates 
at any setting of the intensity control. 



543B 
RM543B 



BEAM-POSITION INDICATORS show the direction of the 
crt beam when it is deflected from the center-screen area. 

Z-AXIS INPUT through a terminal at the rear of the in- 
strument permits external modulation of the crt cathode. The 
input is ac coupled and requires approximately 15 volts, peak- 
to-peak for visible modulation. 



TRIGGER 



TRIGGER MODE 



AC 



INTERNAL AC LF REJECT 



DC 



AUTOMATIC 



AC 



EXTERNAL AC LF REJECT 





DC 



AUTOMATIC 



TRIGGER REQUIREMENTS 



2-mm deflection from 150cps to lOMc, increasing to 
1cm at 30Mc. Will trigger below 150cps with in- 
creased deflection. 



2-mm deflection from 30 kc to 10 Mc, increasing to 
1 cm to 30 Mc. Will trigger below 30 kc with increased 
deflection. 



6-mm deflection to lOMc. 



5-mm deflection at 150 cps. With increasing deflection, 
to lOMc. Will trigger to 50 cps with increased deflec- 
tion. 



0.2 v from 150 cps to 10 Mc, increasing to 1 v at 30 
Mc. Will trigger below 150 cps with increased signal. 



0.2 v from 30 kc to lOMc, increasing to 1 v at 30 Mc. 
Will trigger below 30 kc with increased signal. 



0.2 v to 10 Mc, increasing to 1 v at 30 Mc. 



0.5 v at 150 cps. With increasing deflection, to lOMc. 
Will trigger to 50 cps with increased deflection. 



• 



The trigger circuits offer complete manual control, preset 
stability, and fully-automatic triggering. AC Low-Frequency 
Reject prevents low-frequency components such as hum 
from interfering with stable triggering. 

TRIGGER SOURCE can be internal, external, or line, either 
ac or dc coupled. The Type 543B can be externally triggered 
from Channel 1 only of the Type 1A1 Dual-Trace Unit. 

TRIGGERING LEVEL adjusts to allow sweep triggering at 
any selected point on either the rising or falling portion of 
the waveform. 

STABILITY can be preset at an optimum triggering point 
to eliminate further adjustment, and is also used to obtain 
free-running displays. 

AUTOMATIC TRIGGERING provides normal triggering on 
signals with repetition rates higher than about 50 cps. With 
no trigger signal, or with a lower repetition rate, the trigger 
circuit free runs at about 40 cps and triggers the time base at 
this rate, providing a reference trace. 

OTHER CHARACTERISTICS 

POWER REQUIREMENT is 115 v, 50 to 60 cps. The elec- 
tronically- regulated power supplies permit a line-voltage varia- 
tion between 103.5 and 126.5v (115 v ±10%). Changing trans- 
former taps permits operation at 108, 122, 216, 230, or 244 v, 
regulated within 10% each range. The Type 543B draws 535 
watts, maximum. For 50 to 60 and 400 cps operation, a differ- 
ent fan must be installed (at extra cost). Order MODIFICATION 
101M. 

AMPLITUDE CALIBRATOR provides 18 square-wave volt- 
ages from 0.2 mv to 100 volts in a 1-2-5 sequence, accuracy 
within ±3%. Square-wave frequency is approximately 1 kc. 



A special output, useful in calibrating sampling plug-ins, pro- 
vides 0.1 v ±3% into 50 Q. 

DIMENSIONS are 16 7 / 8 ." high by 13%" wide by 23 7 / 8 " 
deep. Net weight is approximately 64 pounds, without plug- 
in units. 

TYPE 543B OSCILLOSCOPE, without plug-in units .. $1300 

Each instrument includes: 2— P6006 Probe |BNC) (010-0127-00); I— 
Power Cord |1 61 -001 0-00); 1—3 to 2-Wire Adapter (103-0013-00); 
1— 50 £2 Cable BNC to BNC 18" (012-0076-00); 1— Adapter, BNC to 
UHF (103-0015-00); 1— Plate, protector, CRT, clear (387-0918-00); 1 — 
Patch cord, BNC-to-BNC, 18" (012-0087-00), 1— Patch cord, BNC-to- 
banana plug, 18" (012-0091-00); 1— Post jack, BNC, (021-0092-00); 
2~lnstruction Manual (070-0429-00). 

THE TYPE RM543B 
RACK-MOUNT OSCILLOSCSOPE 

The Type RM543B is electrically identical to the Type 
543B, but is mechanically rearranged to fit a standard 19- 
inch rack. It withdraws from its cabinet on slide-out tracks 
and can be tilted and locked in any of 7 positions. Dimen- 
sions are 14" high by 19" wide by 22%" deep. Net 
weight is 81 pounds, without plug-in units. 

TYPE RM543B OSCILLOSCOPE, less plug-in units .... $1400 

Each instrument includes; 2— P6006 Probe (BNC) (010-0127-00); 1 — 
Power Cord (161-0010-00); 1—3 to 2-Wire Adapter (103-0013-00); 
1—50 Si Cable BNC to BNC 18" (012-0076-00); 1— Adapter, BNC to 
UHF (103-0015-00); 1— Plate, protector, CRT, clear (387-0918-00); 1 — 
Patch cord, BNC-to-BNC, 18" (012-0087-00); 1— Patch cord, BNC-to- 
banana plug, 18" (012-0091-00); 1— Post jack, BNC, (021-0092-00); 
1 — Set mounting hardware; 2 — Instruction Manual (070-0437-00). 

U.S. Sales Prices f.o.b. Beaverton, Oregon 
Please refer to Terms and Shipment, General Information page. 



67 






Type 



DC-to-50 MC OSCILLOSCOPE 

with 100X MAGNIFIER 





. m . 



UNIFORM-FOCUS 6xlO-CM DISPLAY 
ILLUMINATED NO-PARALLAX GRATICULE 
SIMPLIFIED VERTICAL AMPLIFIER 
WIDE-RANGE SWEEP MAGNIFIER 

FULL-PASSBAND TRIGGERING 

ACCEPTS AMPLIFIER, SPECTRUM ANALYZER, 
AND SPECIAL-PURPOSE PLUG-INS 



CHARACTERISTIC SUMMARY 
VERTICAL 

Plug-In Preamplifiers adapt the Type 544 to a wide 
range of measurement capabilities. The oscilloscope verti- 
cal system accepts all Tektronix Letter-Series, 1 -Series, 
and Spectrum Analyzer Plug-In Units. 



HORIZONTAL 
CALIBRATED SWEEP RANGE— 0.1 jusec/cm to 5 sec/cm. 

SWEEP MAGNIFIER— X2, X5, XI 0, X20, X50, XI 00 (ex- 
tends calibrated sweep rate to 1 nsec/cm ) . 

TRIGGER REQUIREMENTS— Internal: 2-mm deflection. 

External: 0.2 v, ac or dc. 

EXTERNAL INPUT— 0.1 v/cm to 10v/cm; dc to 400 kc ; 1 
megohm, ~55 pf. 

CRT 
DISPLAY AREA— 6 x 10 cm. 
ACCELERATING VOLTAGE— 10 kv. 

OTHER CHARACTERISTICS 

AMPLITUDE CALIBRATOR— 0.2 mv to lOOv (1-kc square 
wave), lOOv dc, 5 ma dc, 5-ma 1-kc square wave. 

POWER REQUIREMENTS— 108, 115, 122, 216, 230, or 
244 (±10% on each range), typically 400 watts. 

VERTICAL PLUG-IN UNITS 

Frequency specifications are at 3-db down 

For Differential Input Applications — 

TYPE D HIGH-GAIN UNIT—DC to 300 kc at 1 mv/cm, increas- 
ing to 2 Mc at 50 mv/cm, 

TYPE E LOW-LEVEL UNIT— 0.06 cps to 20 kc at 50/xv/cm, in- 
creasing to 60 kc at 0.5 mv/cm to 25 mv/cm. 

TYPE G WIDE-BAND UNIT— DC to 20 Mc, 18-nsec risetime at 
50 mv/cm to 50 v/cm. 



o 



68 



/-'or 



f~ 



or Multiple-Trace Operation— 

TYPE 1A1 DUAL-TRACE UNIT— DC to 50 Mc, 7-nsec risetime 
at 50 mv/cm to 50v/cm — DC to 28 Mc, 12.5-nsec risetime at 
5 mv/cm, increasing to 50 Mc at 50 mv/cm. 

TYPE 1A2 DUAL-TRACE UNIT—DC to 50 Mc, 7-nsec risetime 
at 50 mv/cm to 50 v/cm. 

TYPE C-A DUAL-TRACE UNIT—DC to 24 Mc, 15-nsec risetime 
at 50 mv/cm to 50 v/cm. 

TYPE M FOUR-TRACE UNIT—DC to 20 Mc, 1 7-nsec risetime at 
20 mv/cm to 25 v/cm. 

For High DC Sensitivity — 

TYPE H WIDE-BAND UNIT— DC to 15Mc, 23-nsec risetime at 
5 mv/cm to 50 v/cm. 

For Wide Band Applications — 

TYPE B WIDE-BAND UNIT— DC to 20 Mc, 18-nsec risetime at 
50 mv/cm to 50 v/cm — 2 cps to 12Mc, 30-nsec risetime at 
5 mv/cm to 50 mv/cm. 

TYPE K FAST-RISE UNIT— DC to 30 Mc, 12-nsec risetime at 50 
mv/cm to 40 v/cm. 

TYPE L FAST-RISE UNIT— DC to 30 Mc, 12-nsec risetime at 50 
mv/cm to 40 v/cm — 3 cps to 24 Mc, 15-nsec risetime at 5 
mv/cm to 4 v/cm. 

For Spectrum Analysis — 

TYPE L SERIES UNITS— Present Units cover 1-10,400 Mc. 

For Operations of Integration, Differentiation, Function Gen- 
eration, and Linear or Nonlinear Amplification — 

TYPE O OPERATIONAL AMPLIFIER— DC to 25 Mc, 14-nsec rise- 
time at 50 mv/cm to 50 v/cm. 

For Transducer and Strain Gage Applications — 

TYPE Q UNIT— DC to 6 kc, 60 ^sec risetime at 10 /xstrain/div. 
to 10,000 /xstrain/div. 

For Transistor-Risetime Checking — 
TYPE R UNIT— 12-nsec risetime. 

For Diode Recovery-Time Measurements — 

TYPE S UNIT— 12-nsec risetime. 

For Precise Amplitude Measurement via the Slide-Back 
Technique — 

TYPE W DIFFERENTIAL COMPARATOR UNIT^DC to 23 Mc at 
50 mv/cm, decreasing to 8Mc at 1 mv/cm. 15-nsec risetime 
at 50 mv/cm, increasing to 44 nsec at 1 mv/cm. 

TYPE Z DIFFERENTIAL COMPARATOR UNIT— DC to 13Mc, 27 
nsec risetime at 50 mv/cm to 25 v/cm. 

For High-Frequency Sampling Applications — 
TYPE IS! SAMPLING UNIT— 350 psec risetime. 



c 



VERTICAL DEFLECTION 

FREQUENCY RESPONSE with the Type 1A1 Plug-In Unit 
is dc-to-50 Mc from 50 mv/cm to 20 v/cm, dc-to-28 Mc at 5 
mv/cm. Letter-Series Plug-In Units provide response from dc-to- 
30 Mc, depending on the unit used. Specialized Letter-Series 
Units adapt the Type 544 to strain-gage, operational amplifier, 
multi-channel, and other applications. 



544 

RM544 




UN/FORM-FOCL/S 6xW-CM DISPLAY. 



SIGNAL DELAY permits observation of the leading edge of 
the waveform that triggers the sweep. The specially-braided 
170-nanosecond delay line requires no tuning. 

SIGNAL OUTPUT from the front panel provides approxi- 
mately 0.4 v/cm of displayed signal. This ac-coupled signal 
output has a risetime capability of 20 nsec. 

HORIZONTAL DEFLECTION 

SWEEP RANGE from 0.1 ^sec/cm to 5 sec/cm is in 24 cali- 
brated steps with 1-2-5 sequence, accuracy within ±2%. Sweep 
rates are also continuously variable uncalibrated between steps 
and to approximately 12 sec/cm. A front-panel lamp indicates 
uncalibrated sweep rates. 

X2 to XI 00 SWEEP MAGNIFIER expands the center portion 
of a displayed signal so that it covers a full 10 centimeters. 
Magnified sweep accuracy is within ±5% up to the fastest 
calibrated role of lOnsec/cm. An indicator light warns the 
operator when the maximum calibrated rate is exceeded. 

SINGLE-SWEEP OPERATION facilitates photographic re- 
cording of waveforms. A front-panel reset control arms the 
sweep to fire on the next received trigger. After firing once, 
the sweep is locked out until reset at the front panel, or with 
a + 20-volt pulse applied through a rear-panel connector. A 
front-panel lamp indicates when the time base is ready to fire. 
It extinguishes as soon as the sweep starts. 

EXTERNAL HORIZONTAL INPUT provides for horizontal 
beam deflection with an external source. Horizontal Amplifier 
passband is dc to at least 400 kc (3-db down). Sensitivity is 0.1, 
1, or 10 v/cm with step attenuation. Sensitivity potentiometer is 
continuously variable over a 10:1 range. Input impedance is 1 
megohm paralleled by approximately 55 pf. 

FRONT-PANEL OUTPUTS include a +20-v gate having the 
same duration as the sweep and a 100-v sawtooth (both volt- 
ages are approximate). 

TRIGGER 

Wide-range trigger circuits allow triggering to beyond 50 Mc. 
The Trigger signal is selected and processed by a series of four 
lever switches. The control logic of these switches has been 
human-engineered for operator ease. 

TRIGGER SOURCE can be internal, external, or line. The 
internal source can be selected from the oscilloscope vertical 
amplifier, or direct from Channel 1 of the Type 1A1 Dual-Trace 



69 



544 

rm544 



Plug-In Unit, or Channel 1 or 2 of Type 1A2. With a Type 1A1 
operating in one of its channel-switching modes, the internal 
trigger signal can be selected from Channel 1 before switching 
occurs, or from the composite signal after the two channels 
have been combined. When triggering from Channel 1, the 
true time relationship between Channel 1 and 2 signals is dis- 
played. With the Type 1A1 Unit, or 1A2, in "Alternate" switch- 
ing mode, triggering internally from Channels 1 and 2 com- 
posite signal allows observation of 2 signals which are not 
harmonically related. 

TRIGGER COUPLING can be direct or ac-coupled. AC Low- 
Frequency Reject (approximately 3-db down at 1.5 kc) prevents 
low-frequency components such as 60-cps hum from interfering 
with stable operation. 

TRIGGER MODE selects either Triggered or Automatic 
operation. Automatic triggering provides a bright reference 
trace (regardless of sweep speed) when no input signal is ap- 
plied, or when the trigger-signal repetition rate is less than 20 
cps. Above 20 cps, the time base can be triggered at the repe- 
tition rate of the incoming trigger signal to achieve jitter-free 
displays to beyond 50 Mc. 

TRIGGER LEVEL adjusts to allow sweep triggering at any 
selected point on either the rising or falling portion of the 
waveform. A two-position control permits trigger-level selection 
between ±2 or ±20 volts. 

TRIGGER REQUIREMENTS for internal triggering are a mini- 
mum of 2 mm of displayed signal, increasing to 1 cm at approx- 
imately 50 Mc (either ac-coupled mode) and 5 mm at dc with 
direct coupling. External triggering requires 0.2 v, ac or dc. 

CRT AND DISPLAY FEATURES 

The Tektronix T5470 crt is a new flat-faced tube with elec- 
trostatic focus and deflection, and a helical post accelerator 
operated at a 10-kv total potential. A longer envelope, care- 
ful gun design, and a low 5:1 post-to-gun accelerating-voltage 
ratio provide several characteristics which contribute directly 
to the many advanced performance features achieved in the 
Type 544 and RM544: 6-cm vertical scan with 50 Mc passband, 
lOnsec/cm maximum sweep rate, bright displays with high 
resolution and read-out accuracy. 

The crt produces a small 9-mil (nominal) spot diameter at 
2 /xa beam current [2 fxa provides a bright display under aver- 
age ambient light for repetitive signals even at high sweep 
rates). Focus of the spot is very uniform over the full 6xl0-cm 
viewing area. In flat-faced electrostatically-focused tubes, the 
spot "size varies most at the ends of the horizontal axis. In 
the T5470, a centered 9-mil spot measures no more than 12 
mils at either end; a change ratio of only 1:1.3 compared 
with a typical change of 1 :4 in comparable tubes operated 
at 10 kv. Even with 6 cm of vertical scan, high deflection sensi- 
tivity is maintained, deflection-plate input capacitance is low, 
and linearity and overall pattern geometry is superior. P31 
phosphor is standard. 

INTERNAL 6xlO-CM GRATICULE with variable edge- 
lighting provides a no-parallax display for viewing or for 
photographic recording. The graticule is marked in centimeter 
squares with 2-mm divisions on the vertical and horizontal 
center lines. Two special horizontal lines have been added 
to the graticule for convenience in making accurate risetime 
measurements. 



FRONT-PANEL CONTROLS include trace rotation (a screw- 
driver adjustment), intensity, focus, and astigmatism. Internal 
screwdriver adjustments control display geometry and the high- 
voltage supply level. 

BEAM-POSITION INDICATORS show the direction of the 
crt beam when it is deflected away from the center-screen area. 

DC-COUPLED UNBLANKING to the crt grid assures uniform 
beam current for all sweep speeds and repetition rates at any 
setting of the intensity control. 

Z-AXIS INPUT, ac-coupled, through terminal at rear of in- 
strument, permits external modulation of crt cathode. Requires 
15 volts, pk-to-pk. 



OTHER CHARACTERISTICS 

AMPLITUDE CALIBRATOR provides 18 square-wave volt- 
ages from 0.2 mv to 100 volts in a 1-2-5 sequence, accuracy 
within 3%. Output resistance is 50 ohms from 0.2 mv to 0.2 v. 
Frequency is approximately 1 kc. Risetime and falltime Is 0.5 
^sec from 0.2 mv to 5 v, and 1 .0 ^asec from 10 v to 100 v. A 
100-volt dc output is also provided. Reference currents supplied 
through the front-panel loop are 5-ma dc and a 5-ma, 1 kc 
square wave. Current probes can be slipped directly over the 
loop for calibration. 



POWER REQUIREMENT is 115 v, 50 to 60 cps. The elec- 
tronically-regulated power supplies permit a line-voltage varia- 
tion between 103.5 and 126.5 v (115 v ±10%). Changing trans- 
former taps permits operation at 108, 122, 216, 230, or 244 v, 
regulated within 10%, each range. The Type 543B draws 400 
watts, typically. For 50 to 60 and 400 cps operation, a different 
fan must be installed (at extra cost). Order MODIFICATION 
101M. 

CABINET MODEL DIMENSIONS are 16 7 / 8 " high by 13V 8 " 
wide by 23 7 / 8 " deep. Net weight is 59 3 / 4 pounds. Shipping 
weight is approximately 80 pounds. 

RACK-MOUNT MODEL DIMENSIONS are 14" high by 19" 
wide by 22 3 / 4 " deep. The Type RM544 is electrically identical 
to the Type 544, but mechanically rearranged to fit a standard 
19-inch rack. They withdraw from their cabinet on slide-out 
tracks and can be tilted and locked in any of 7 positions. Net 
weight is 80'/ 2 pounds. Shipping weight is approximately 109 
pounds. 

TYPE 544 OSCILLOSCOPE, without plug-in units $1550 

Each instrument Includes: 2— P6008 probe (010-0129-00); 1— Plate, 
protector, CRT (387-0918-00); 1— 3-conducfor power cord (161-0010-00); 
1—3 to 2-wire adapter (103-0013-00); 1— Light filter, polarized (in- 
stalled) (378-0545-00); 2— Patch cord, BNC-to-BNC, 18" (012-0087-00) 
1— Patch cord, BNC-to-banana plug, 18" (012-0091-00); 1— Post jack, 
BNC (012-0092-00); 2— Instruction Manual (070-0418-00) 

TYRE RM544 OSCILLOSCOPE, without plug-in units .. $1650 

Each instrument includes: 2— P6008 probe (010-0129-00); 1— Plate, 
protector, CRT (387-0918-00); 1— 3-conductor power cord (161-0010-00); 
1—3 to 2-wire adapter (103-0013-00); 1— Light filter, polarized (in- 
stalled) (378-0545-00); 2— Patch cord, BNC-to-BNC, 18" (012-0087-00) 
1— Patch cord, BNC-to-banana plug, 18" (012-0091-00); 1— Post jack, 
BNC (012-0092-00); 1— Set mounting hardware; 2— Instruction Manual 
(070-0422-00). 

U.S. Sales Prices f.o.b. Beaverton, Oregon 
Please refer to Terms and Shipment, General Information page. 



c 




70 




DC-to-33 MC OSCILLOSCOPE Type 















UNIFORM-FOCUS 6x10-CM DISPLAY 

ILLUMINATED NO-PARALLAX GRATICULE 

SIMPLIFIED VERTICAL AMPLIFIER 

PUSH-PULL DELAY CABLE, (NO ADJUSTMENTS) 

FULL-PASSBAND TRIGGERING 

CALIBRATED SWEEP DELAY 

ACCEPTS AMPLIFIER, SPECTRUM ANALYZER, AND 
SPECIAL-PURPOSE PLUG-INS 

DUAL-TRACE, DC-TO-33 MC PERFORMANCE 
WITH TYPES 1A1 AND 1A2 PLUG-IN UNITS 






• 



The Type 545B Oscilloscope is a versatile laboratory 
instrument designed for use with all Tektronix T -Series, 
Letter-Series, or Spectrum Analyzer Plug-In Units. The in- 
strument features two time base generators which can be 
used in "delaying' and "delayed" sweep operation for 
highly accurate time measurements. 



CHARACTERISTIC SUMMARY 
VERTICAL 



Vertical deflection characteristics extremely flexible through 
use of all 1 -Series, Letter-Series, or Spectrum Analyzer Plug-In 
Units. 

HORIZONTAL 

CALIBRATED SWEEP RANGE— 0.1 ^sec/cm to 5 sec/cm. 

SWEEP MAGNIFIER — 5X, extends sweep range to 0.02 ^se 
cm. 

TRIGGER REQUIREMENTS — Internal: Less than 1-cm deflec- 
tion to 30 Mc. 

External; 0.2 v to lOMc, lv at 
30 Mc. 

CALIBRATED SWEEP DELAY — 1 ,usec to 10 sec. 

EXTERNAL INPUT— 0.2 v/cm, maximum. DC to 350 kc ; 
megohm, 55 pf. 

CRT 

ILLUMINATED NO-PARALLAX GRATICULE 
DISPLAY AREA— 6x10 cm. 
ACCELERATING VOLTAGE— 10 kv. 

OTHER CHARACTERISTICS 

AMPLITUDE CALIBRATOR — 0.2 mv to 100 v ; 1-kc square wave, 
POWER REQUIREMENTS— 108, 115, 122, 216, 230, or 244 v 
(±10% on each range,) 535 watts maximum. 



71 



545B 
RM545B 



VERTICAL PLUG-IN UNITS 

Frequency specifications are at 3-db down 
For Multiple-Trace Operation — 

TYPE 1A1 DUAL-TRACE UNIT— DC to 33 Mc, 10.5-nsec risetime 
at 50 mv/cm to 50 v/cm — DC to 23 Mc, 15-nsec risetime at 
5 mv/cm to 50 mv/cm. 

TYPE 1A2 DUAL-TRACE UNIT— DC to 33 Mc, 10.5-nsec risetime 
at 50 mv/cm to 50 v/cm. 

TYPE C-A DUAL-TRACE UNIT— DC to 24 Mc, 15-nsec risetime 
at 50 mv/cm to 50 v/cm. 

TYPE M FOUR-TRACE UNIT— DC to 20 Mc, 17-nsec risetime at 
20 mv/cm to 25 v/cm. 

For Differential input Applications — 

TYPE D HIGH-GAIN UNIT— DC to 300 kc at 1 mv/cm, increas- 
ing to 2Mc at 50 mv/cm. 

TYPE E LOW-LEVEL UNIT— 0.06 cps to 20 kc at 50 M v/cm, in- 
creasing to 60 kc at 0.5 mv/cm to 25 mv/cm. 

TYPE G WIDE-BAND UNIT— DC to 20 Mc, 18-nsec risetime at 
50 mv/cm to 50 v/cm. 

For High DC Sensitivity — 

TYPE H WIDE-BAND UNIT— DC to 15Mc, 23-nsec risetime at 
5 mv/cm to 50 v/cm. 

For Wide Band Applications — 

TYPE B WIDE-BAND UNIT— DC to 20 Mc, 18-nsec risetime at 
50 mv/cm to 50 v/cm — 2 cps to 12Mc, 30-nsec risetime at 
5 mv/cm to 50 mv/cm. 

TYPE K FAST-RISE UNIT— DC to 30 Mc, 12-nsec risetime at 
50 mv/cm to 40 v/cm. 

TYPE L FAST-RISE UNIT— DC to 30 Mc, 12-nsec risetime at 
50 mv/cm to 40 v/cm — 3 cps to 24 Mc, 15-nsec risetime at 
5 mv/cm to 4 v/cm. 

For Operations of Integration, Differentiation, Function 
Generation, and Linear or Nonlinear Amplification — 

TYPE O OPERATIONAL AMPLIFIER— DC to 25 Mc, 14-nsec 
risetime at 50 mv/cm to 50 v/cm. 

For Transducer and Strain Gage Applications — 

TYPE Q UNIT— DC to 6 kc, 60 fxsec risetime at 10 ^strain /div. 
to 1 0,000 justrain/div. 

For Transistor-Risetime Checking — 

TYPE R UNIT— 12-nsec risetime. 

For Diode Recovery-Time Measurements — 

TYPE S UNIT— 12-nsec risetime. 

For Precise Amplitude Measurement via the Slide-Back 
Technique — 

TYPE W HIGH-GAIN DIFFERENTIAL COMPARATOR UNIT— DC 
to 23 Mc, 15-nsec risetime at 50 mv/cm — DC to 8Mc, 44- 
nsec risetime at 1 mv/cm. 

TYPE Z DIFFERENTIAL COMPARATOR UNIT— DC to 13 Mc, 
27 nsec risetime at 50 mv/cm to 25 v/cm. 

For Spectrum Analysis — 

TYPE L-SERIES UNITS— Present units cover the range of 1 Mc 
to 1 0,400 Mc. 

For High-Frequency Sampling Applications — 

TYPE 1ST SAMPLING UNIT— 350 psec risetime. 



VERTICAL-DEFLECTION SYSTEM 

FREQUENCY RESPONSE with these Plug-in Units extends 

from dc to 30 Mc, depending on the unit used. Specialized 
Plug-In Units adapt the Types 545B to strain-gage, opera- 
tional-amplifier, multi-channel, and other applications. Dual- 
Trace dc-to-33 Mc displays at 50 mv/cm are achieved with 
either the Type 1A1, or Type 1A2 Plug-In Units. The Type 
1A1 offers 5 mv/cm sensitivity from dc-to-23 Mc, 

SIGNAL DELAY permits observation of the leading edge 
of the waveform that triggers the sweep. The specially-braided 
200-nsec delay cable requires no tuning. 

SIGNAL OUTPUT from the front panel provides 1.2 volts 
or more for each centimeter of displayed signal. 



HORIZONTAL-DEFLECTION SYSTEM 

Two separate time bases are featured in the Type 545B. 
Either time base can be used alone, or Time Base B can 
be used to accurately delay the start of Time Base A. 

TIME BASE A SWEEP RANGE from 0.1 /xsec/cm to 5 sec/ 
cm is in 24 calibrated steps with 1-2-5 sequence, accuracy 
within ±3%. Sweep rates are also continuously variable un- 
calibrated between steps and to approximately 12 sec/cm. A 
front-panel lamp indicates uncalibrated sweep rates. 

TIME BASE B SWEEP RANGE from 2 ^sec/cm to 1 sec/ 
cm is in 18 calibrated steps with 1-2-5 sequence, accuracy 
within ±3%. A control for varying the sweep length from 
4 to 10 cm allows maximum duty cycle which allows maximum 
brightness when using delaying sweep and also permits use of 
Time Base B as a repetition-rate generator from 0.1 cps to 40 kc. 

5X SWEEP MAGNIFIER expands the center 2-cm of a 
signal displayed on either time base so that it covers a full 
10 centimeters. The magnifier can be used to extend the 
Time Base A calibrated sweep rate to 20 nsec/cm, and the Time 
Base B calibrated sweep rate to 0.4 ^sec/cm. Sweep accuracy 
when using the magnifier is within ±5%. 

SINGLE-SWEEP OPERATION facilitates photographic re- 
cording of waveforms displayed on Time Base A. The front- 
panel reset control arms the sweep to fire on the next re- 
ceived trigger. After firing once, the sweep is locked out until 
reset. A lamp indicates when the time base is ready to fire. 

EXTERNAL HORIZONTAL INPUT provides for horizontal 
beam deflection with an external source. Horizontal Amplifier 
passband is dc to at least 350 kc (3-db down). Sensitivity is 
at least 0.2 v/cm or 2 v/cm with 10X step attenuation. Sensi- 
tivity can also be reduced by at least 10:1 with variable at- 
tenuation. Input impedance is 1 megohm paralleled by ap- 
proximately 45 pf. 

FRONT PANEL OUTPUTS include gates from both time 
bases (0 to at least +20 volts), sawtooth from Time Base A 
[typically to at least +130 volts), and a delayed-trigger 
pulse (at least 5 volts). 



o 



o 




72 











• 






SWEEP DELAY 

Highly-accurate time measurements can be mode with 
the 2 time bases used for sweep delay. Two modes of 
delay are available: triggered and conventional . 

CALIBRATED DELAY RANGE is continuously variable from 
1 /xsec to 10 sec, accuracy within 1%. Incremental accuracy 
of the Delay-Time Multiplier is 0.2%. 

TRIGGERED OPERATION holds off the start of the delayed 
sweep until the arrival of the first trigger signal following the 
selected delay time. Because the delayed sweep is actually 
triggered by the signal under observation, the display is com- 
pletely jitter free. A steady display is thus provided for time- 
modulated pulses and signals with inherent jitter. 

CONVENTIONAL OPERATION holds off the start of the 
delayed sweep for the precise amount of the selected delay 
time. Any time-modulation or jitter on the signal will be mag- 
nified in proportion to the amount of sweep expansion. Time 
jitter in the delayed trigger pulse or delayed sweep is less 
than one part in 20,000 of maximum available delay time. 

WIDE-RANGE MAGNIFICATION is readily accomplished 
when Time Base A is operated at a faster rate than Time 
Base B. For example, if Time Base A is operating at 1 jisec/ 
cm and Time Base B Is operating at 50 /xsec/cm, the mag- 
nification is 50 times. 

TRACE BRIGHTENING indicates the exact portion of the 
signal that will appear on the magnified display, and also 
the point-in-time relationship of the magnified display to the 
original display. 

CRT AND DISPLAY FEATURES 

The Tektronix Type 545B uses a T5470 crt which is a new 
flat-faced tube with electrostatic focus and deflection, and a 
helical post accelerator operated at a 10-kv total potential. A 
longer envelope, careful gun design, and a low 5:1 post-to-gun 
accelerating-voltage ratio provide several characteristics which 
contribute directly to the many advanced performance features 
achieved in the Type 545B. 

The crt produces a small 9-mil nominal spot diameter at 2- 
ftja beam current [2-fia provides a bright display under average 
ambient light for repetitive signals even at high sweep-rates). 
Focus of the spot is very uniform over the full 6x 10-cm viewing 
area. In flat-faced electrostatically-focused tubes, the spot size 
varies most at the ends of the horizontal axis. In the T5470, 
a centered 9-mil spot measures no more than 12 mils at either 
end; a change ratio of only 1:1.3 compared with a typical 
change of 1:4 in comparable crt's operated at lOkv. Even 
with 6 cm of vertical scan, high deflection sensitivity is main- 
tained, deflection-plate input capacity is low, and linearity and 
overall pattern geometry is superior. P31 phosphor is standard. 

INTERNAL 6x 10-CM GRATICULE with variable edge-light- 
ing provides a no-parallax display for viewing or for photo- 
graphic recording. The graticule is marked in centimeter squares 
with 2-mm divisions on the vertical and horizontal center lines. 
Two special horizontal lines have been added to the graticule 
for convenience in making accurate risetime measurements. 

FRONT-PANEL CONTROLS include trace rotation (a screw- 
driver adjustment), intensity, focus, and astigmatism. 



545B 
RM545B 




Small spot size and uniform focus over the full 6 x 10-cm view- 
ing area make the Type 545B ideal for accurate spectrum 
analysis waveform measurements. Photo taken with Standard 
C-7 2 us/ng projected graticule accessory,- crt is 1 '5470-31 (iden- 
tical to standard crt, but with no internal graticule). Spectro- 
graph is a pulsed 200-Mc carrier; spectral lines are separated 
by 4 kc (PRF). Spectrum Analyzer is the Type L-20. 



BEAM-POSITION INDICATORS show the direction of the 
crt beam when it is deflected from the center-screen area. 

DC-COUPLED UNBLANKING to the crt grid assures uni- 
form beam current for all sweep speeds and repetition rates 
at any setting of. the intensity control. 

Z-AXIS INPUT through a terminal at the rear of the in- 
strument permits external modulation of the crt cathode. The 
input is ac coupled and requires approx. 15 volts, pk-to-pk 
for visible modulation. 

TRIGGER 

Triggering system is separate but similar for both time 
bases. The trigger circuits offer complete manual control, 
preset stability, and fully-automatic triggering. Time base 
A provides an additional trigger mode: AC Low-Frequency 
Reject prevents low-frequency components such as hum from 
interfering with stable triggering. 

TRIGGER SOURCE can be internal, external, or line, either 
ac or dc coupled. The Type 545B can be externally triggered 
from Channel 1 only of the Type 1A1 Dual-Trace Unit. 

TRIGGERING LEVEL adjusts to allow sweep triggering at 
any selected point on either the rising or falling portion of 
the waveform. 

STABILITY can be preset at an optimum triggering point 
to eliminate further adjustment, and is also used to obtain 
free-running displays. 

AUTOMATIC TRIGGERING provides normal triggering on 
signals with repetition rates higher than about 50 cps. With 
no trigger signal, or with a lower repetition rate, the trigger 
circuit free runs at about 40 cps and triggers the time base at 
this rate, providing a reference trace. 



73 



545B 
RM 545B 



o 



TRIGGER REQUIREMENTS 





TRIGGER MODE 


TIME BASE A 


TIME BASE B 


INTERNAL 
EXTERNAL 


AC 


2-mm deflection from 150cps to lOMc, in- 
creasing to 1 cm at 30 Mc. Will trigger 
below 150 cps with increased deflection. 


2-mm deflection from 300 cps to 5 Mc, in- 
creasing to 1 cm at lOMc. Will trigger 
below 300 cps with increased deflection. 


AC LF REJECT 


2-mm deflection from 30 kc to 10 Mc, in- 
creasing to 1 cm to 30 Mc. Will trigger 
below 30 kc with increased deflection. 




DC 


6-mm deflection to TOMc. 


6-mm deflection to 5 Mc. 


AUTOMATIC 


5-mm deflection at 150-cps. With increasing 
deflection, to 10 Mc. Will trigger to 50 cps 
with increased deflection. 


5-mm deflection from 300 cps to 5 Mc. 
Will trigger to 50 cps with increased de- 
flection. 


AC 


0.2 v from 150 cps to lOMc, increasing to 
1 v at 30 Mc. Will trigger below 150 cps 
with increased signal. 


0.5 v at 300 cps to 5 Mc, increasing to 
1 v at lOMc. Will trigger below 300 cps 
with increased signal. 


AC LF REJECT 


0.2 v from 30 kc to lOMc, increasing to 
1 v at 30 Mc. Will trigger below 30 kc with 
increased signal. 




:■ 


DC 

, — , ,„.,. 


0.2 v to lOMc, increasing to 1 v at 30 Mc. 


0.2 v to 5 Mc, increasing to 1 v at lOMc. 




AUTOMATIC 


0.5 v at 150 cps. With increasing deflection, 
to lOMc. Will trigger to 50 cps with in- 
creased deflection. 


0.5 v at 300 cps to 5 Mc. Will trigger to 
50 cps with increased signal. 



OTHER CHARACTERISTICS 

POWER REQUIREMENT is 115 v, 50 to 60 cps. The elec- 
tronically-regulated power supplies permit a line-voltage varia- 
tion between 103.5 and 126.5 (115 v ±10%). Changing trans- 
former taps permits operation at 108, 122, 216, 230, or 244 v, 
regulated within 10%, each range. The Type 545B draws 535 
watts, maximum. For 50 to 60 cps and 400 cps operation, a 
different fan must be installed (at extra cost). Order MODIFICA- 
TION 101M. 

AMPLITUDE CALIBRATOR provides 18 square-wave volt- 
ages from 0.2 mv to 100 volts in a 1-2-5 sequence, accuracy 
within d=3%. Square-wave frequency is approximately 1 kc. 
A special output, useful in calibrating sampling plug-ins, pro- 
vides 0.1 v ±3% into 50 Q. 

DIMENSIONS are 16 7 / 8 " high by 13%" wide by 23 7 / 8 " 
deep. Net weight is approximately 65 pounds, without plug- 
in units. 

TYPE 545B OSCILLOSCOPE, without plug-in units .. $1550 

Each instrument includes: 2— P6006 Probe (BNC) (010-0127-00); 1 — 
Power Cord (161-0010-00); 1—3 to 2-Wire Adapter (103-0013-00); 
1— Plate, protector, CRT, clear (387-0918-00); 1— 50 Cable BNC 
to BNC, 18" (012-0076-00); 1— Adapter, BNC to UHF (103-0015-00); 
2— Patch cord, BNC-to-BNC, 18" (012-0087-00); 1— Patch cord, BNC- 
to-banana plug, 18" (012-0091-00); 1— Post jack, BNC (012-0092-00); 
2 — Instruction Manual (070-0428-00). 



THE TYPE RM545B 
RACK-MOUNT OSCILLOSCOPE 

The Type RM545B is electrically identical to the Type 
545B, but is mechanically rearranged to fit a standard 19- 
inch rack, it withdraws from its cabinet on slide-out tracks 
and can be tilted and locked in any of 7 positions. Dimen- 
sions are 14" high by 19" wide by 22 3 M" deep. Net 
weight is 86 pounds, without plug-in units. 

TYPE RM545B OSCILLOSCOPE, less plug-in units . . $1650 

Each instrument includes: 2— P6006 Probe (BNC) (010-0127-00); 1 — 
Power Cord (161-0010-00); 1—3 to 2-Wire Adapter (103-0013-00); 
1— Plate, protector, CRT, clear (387-0918-00);. 1— 50 Q Cable BNC 
to BNC, 18" (012-0076-00); 1— Adapter, BNC to UHF (103-0015-00); 
2— Patch cord, BNC-to-BNC, 18" (012-0087-00); l^Patch cord, BNC- 
to-banana plug, 18" (012-0091-00); 1— Post jack, BNC (012-0092-00); 
Set mounting hardware; 2 — Instruction Manual (070-0438-00). 

U.S. Sales Prices f.o.b. Beaverton, Oregon 
Please refer to Terms and Shipment, General Information page, 



o 



o 



74 







DC-to-50MC 
OSCILLOSCOPE 



Type 





FULL-PASSBAND TRIGGERING • CALIBRATED SWEEP DELAY 

ILLUMINATED NO-PARALLAX GRATICULE • AUTOMATIC DISPLAY SWITCHING (Type 547) 

ACCEPTS AMPLIFIER, SPECTRUM ANALYZER, AND SPECIAL-PURPOSE PLUG-INS 









• 



The 546 and 547 are essentially identical instruments. Type 
547 features AUTOMATIC DISPLAY SWITCHING which provides 
general dual-beam performance without the additional cost 
of a dual-beam oscilloscope. With appropriate Plug-In units, 
both instruments are adaptable to a wide variety of applica- 
tions such as WIDE-BAND RESPONSE (up to 50 Mc with Type 
1A1 Plug-In Unit), DIFFERENTIAL INPUT, OPERATIONAL, TRANS- 
DUCER AND STRAIN-GAGE, TRANSISTOR-RISETIME CHECK- 
ING, and others. See Plug-In Unit chart. 

Both the Type 546 and 547 feature two separate and IDENTI- 
CAL TIME BASES, SWEEP MAGNIFICATION to "I OX and SIN- 
GLE-SWEEP operation for photographic trace-recording. Both 
time bases can be triggered separately to beyond 50 Mc. Ver- 
satile triggering is accomplished at any selected point on rising 
or falling portion of input waveform. 



Internal circuitry interconnects Time Base A and B. One 
switch position allows any portion of the observed trace to 
be brightened. The other position allows this brightened portion 
to be displayed and expanded to the full width of the crt for 
closer observation. Thus, any desired area of the waveform 
may be magnified many times. CALIBRATED DELAY is vari- 
able from 0.1 jusec to 50 sec. One important use of the com- 
bined time bases is the measuring of time and frequency with 



an accuracy greater than that possible by reading the grati- 
cule alone. Lockout-reset circuitry permits single-shot use of the 
calibrated delay features. 

The Type 547 features AUTOMATIC DISPLAY SWITCHING 
which, in many applications, provides equivalent dual-beam 
operation. Switching allows an alternate presentation of two 
different signals at the same or different sweep rates with a 
dual-trace unit such as the Type 1 Al , or an alternate presenta- 
tion of the same signal at two different sweep rates with single- 
input Plug-In units. Full control of dual displays assures accuracy 
and brightness comparable to the finest single-beam displays. 

The new Tektronix T5470 crt insures advanced scope perform- 
ance by featuring a 6-CM VERTICAL SCAN AT 50 MC, 10 
NSEC/CM MAXIMUM SWEEP RATE and BRIGHT TRACE with 
HIGH RESOLUTION, SMALL SPOT size, LOW BEAM CURRENT 
and UNIFORM FOCUS over the full 6x10 cm viewing area. 
Linearity and overall pattern geometry are superior. Crt fea- 
tures internal, NO-PARALLAX GRATICULE. Beam-position in- 
dicators on front panel locate beam when off screen. 

AMPLITUDE CALIBRATOR provides 1-kc square-wave voltages 
and reference currents. Power supplies are ELECTRONICALLY- 
REGULATED and are normally wired to operate from a 1 15 v 
line ±10%, but can be altered for operation up to 244 v. 



75 



546 rm546 

547 rm547 



AUTOMATIC DISPLAY SWITCHING 

featured in the Type 547 and RM547 Oscilloscopes 

Electronic switching between 2 wide-range time bases al- 
lows an alternate presentation of the same signal at 2 differ- 
ent sweep rates. Gallium Arsenide diodes in the switching 
circuit provide fast switching between time bases, and insure 
that only the desired time base is displayed at one time. 

Two different signals can be alternately displayed at the 
same or different sweep rates with a dual-trace unit such as 
the new Type 1 Al or 1 A2, In many applications, this pro- 
vides equivalent dual-beam operation without the additional 
cost and complexify of a dual-beam oscilloscope. Dual dis- 
plays are equal in quality to the finest single presentations. 
Also, the full 6xl0-cm screen area can be used to display 
signals on either time base. A trace separation control oper- 
ates in conjunction with the normal vertical position to allow 
full control of dual displays. 



Wfflfflffl 



Dual-Scope Operation — independent control of each signal 
with Channel 1 of the Type 1 Al Dual-Trace Unit locked to 
Time Base A, and Channel 2 locked to Time Base B. 



^■* 



HORIZONTAL DISPLAY 



MAC ON 



READY 




HORIZ 
INPUT 




o 




Vertical and Horizontal Expansion — same signal applied to 
both channels of the Type 1 Al Dual-Trace Unit with inde- 
pendent control of sensitivity and sweep rate in each channel. 




Calibrated Sweep Delay — alternate presentation of 2 signals 
brightened over a selected portion, and the selected portions 
expanded to fill 10 cm. 



76 



1 















o 


VERTICAL PLUG-IN UNITS 

Frequency specifications are at 3-db down 




PLUG-IN UNIT 


CALIBRATED 

DEFLECTION 

FACTOR 


BANDPASS 


RISETIME 




For Wide-Band, Multiple Trace Applications 




1A1 Dual Trace 


50 mv/cm to 
50 v/cm 


dc to 50 Mc 


7 nsec 




5 mv/cm 
500 juv/cm 


dc to 28 Mc 
2cps to 15Mc 


1 2.5 nsec 
23 nsec 




1A2 Dual-Trace 


50 mv/cm to 
50 v/cm 


dc to 50 Mc 


7 nsec 




C-A Dual-Trace 


50 mv/cm to 
50 v/cm 


dc to 24 Mc 


15 nsec 




M Four-Trace 


20 mv/cm to 
25 v/cm 


dc to 20 Mc 


1 7 nsec 




For Wide-Band Applications 




B 


50 mv/cm to 
50 v/cm 


dc to 20 Mc 


1 8 nsec 




5 mv/cm to 
50 mv/cm 


2cps to 12Mc 


30 nsec 




K 


50 mv/cm to 
40 v/cm 


dc to 30 Mc 


12 nsec 




L 


50 mv/cm to 
40 v/cm 


dc to 30 Mc 


12 nsec 




5 mv/cm to 
4 v/cm 


3 cps to 24 Mc 


1 5 nsec 




For Differential Input Applications 


A 


D High-Gain 


1 mv/cm 

(to 50 mv/cm) 


dc to 300 kc 

(dc to 2Mc) 


0.1 8 fxsec 


W 


E Low-Level 


50 /iv/cm 

(to 10 mv/cm) 


0.06 cps to 
20 kc (to 60 kc) 


6 /xsec 




G Wide-Band 


50 mv/cm to 
50 v/cm 


dc to 20 Mc 


1 8 nsec 




For High DC Sensitivity Applications 




H Wide-Band 


5 mv/cm to 
50 v/cm 


dc to 15 Mc 


23 nsec 




For Spectrum Analysis 




Type L Series Units-Present Units cover 1-1 0,400 Mo 




For Integration, Differentiation, 
Function Generation, Linear and Non-Linear Uses 




O Operational 
Amplifier 


50 mv/cm to 
50 v/cm 


dc to 25 Mc 


14 nsec 




For Transducer & Strain Gage Uses 




Q 


10 /xstrain/div 

to 
10 k ^straln/div 


dc to 6 kc 


60 /xsec 




For Transistor-Risetime Checks 




R 


0.5 ma/cm to 
100 ma/cm 




1 2 nsec 




For Diode Recovery Time Measurements 




S 


0.05 v/cm & 
0.5 v/cm 




1 2 nsec 




For Precise Amplitude Measurements 
Via Slide-back 


£-+. 


W 


1 mv/cm to 
50 mv/cm 
at 1 mv/cm 


dc to 23 Mc 
dc to 8Mc 


15.5 nsec 
to 

44 nsec 


^^^^ 


Z 


50 mv/cm to 
25 v/cm 


dc to 13 Mc 


27 nsec 




High-Frequency Sampling Applications 




1S1 


350 psec risetime 



546 rm546 

547 RM547 



VERTICAL DEFLECTION SYSTEM 

FREQUENCY RESPONSE 

DC to 50 Mc with Type 1 Al or 1 A2 Plug-In Unit. See Plug- 
In Chart for other combinations. 

DELAY LINE 
170-nsec 

SIGNAL OUT AT FRONT PANEL 

0.5 v/cm of displayed signal; risetime 20 nsec. 

HORIZONTAL DEFLECTION SYSTEM 

TIME BASE A 

0.1 /xsec /cm to 5 sec/cm; 24 calibrated steps accurate to 
d=2%, 1-2-5 sequence. Range continuously variable between 
steps, uncalibrated. Range extended from 5 to 12 sec/cm, 
uncalibrated. 

TIME BASE B 

Identical to Time Base A. 

SWEEP DELAY 

Calibrated Delay Range variable from 0.1 /.tsec to 50 sec. 
Accuracy from 50 ,usec to 50 sec is within ±1% of indicated 
delay ±2 minor dial divisions of Delay-Time Multiplier con- 
trol. For delays less than 50 /.isec, accuracy is the same plus 
75-100 nsec (inherent circuit delay) .Delay Range extended 
to 120 sec, uncalibrated. Time jitter in delayed trigger or 
delayed sweep less than one part in 20,000. 

SWEEP MAGNIFICATION 

2, 5, or 10X; accuracy ±5%, extends sweep to lOnsec/cm. 

SINGLE-SWEEP OPERATION 

Locked out after firing until reset at front panel, or with 
20 v at rear. Time Base A and B reset by same switch. 

EXTERNAL HORIZONTAL INPUT 

DC to at least 400 kc ; sensitivity 0.1 v/cm or 1 v/cm with 
10X step attenuation. Sensitivity continuously variable over 
10 to 1 range. Impedance: 1 Megohm paralleled with 55 pf. 

FRONT-PANEL OUTPUTS 

H-20v gates from both time bases; 100 v sawtooth from Time 
Base A; 10 v delayed trigger pulse. 

TRIGGER 

Separate and identical for both Time Bases. Trigger circuits 
respond to beyond 50 Mc. 

TRIGGER SOURCE 

Internal, external, or line. Internal source selected from 
scope vertical amp, or direct from certain Plug-In Units such 
as the Type 1 Al Dual-Trace. Coupling is direct or ac. Fea- 
tures ac Low-Frequency Reject (3 db down at 1 .5 kc). 

TRIGGER MODE 

Triggered or Automatic. Latter provides bright reference trace 
with no input (or input [ess than 20 cps). Above 20 cps, time 
base can be triggered at repetition rate of incoming signal. 
Display is jitter-free to beyond 50 Mc. 

TRIGGER LEVEL 

Adjustable to provide triggering at desired point on input 
waveform (rising or falling portion). Switch provides either 
±2 or ±20 volt trigger-level selection. 

TRIGGER REQUIREMENTS 

Internal: Minimum of 2 mm of displayed signal; increasing 
to 1 cm at approx. 50 Mc, ac-coupled, or 5 mm, dc input, 
directly coupled. External: 0.2 v, ac or dc. 



77 



546 km 546 

547 rm547 



OTHER CHARACTERISTICS 
CRT 

Tektronix T5470, flat-faced, electrostatic focus and deflec- 
tion. Helical post accelerator. 5:1 post-to-post accelerating- 
voltage ratio. 6 cm vertical scan; bright display with high 
resolution. 9-mil spot diameter (nominal) at 2 pa beam cur- 
rent provides bright display under average ambient light 
even at high sweep rates. Uniform focus over full cm view- 
ing area. P31 Phosphor. Centered 9-mil spot expands to 
not more than 12 mils at either end (ratio of 1:1.3 as com- 
pared to typical change of 1:4 in comparable tubes operated 
at lOkv.) Throughout full 6 cm of vertical scan, high deflec- 
tion sensitivity is maintained. Deflection-plate input capaci- 
tance is low; linearity and over-all pattern geometry is su- 
perior. 

GRATICULE 

Internal, 6x10 cm; no parallax; variable edge-lighting. 
Graduated in centimeter squares with 2-mm divisions scribed 
on vertical and horizontal center lines. Has two additional 
horizontal lines to aid in risetime measurements. 

DISPLAY FEATURES 

Front-panel controls: trace rotation (screwdriver adjustment), 
intensity, focus, astigmatism. Internal screwdriver adjust- 
ments control display geometry and high-voltage supply 
level. Beam-position indicators show direction of crt beam 
when off screen. DC-coupled unblanking to crt grid as- 
sures uniform beam current for all sweep speeds and repe- 
tition rates at any setting of intensity control. Z-Axis in- 
put for external modulation of crt beam is ac coupled; 
requires 15v, pk-to-pk. 

AMPLITUDE CALIBRATOR 

Provides 18 square-wave voltages, 0.2 mv to 100 v, ±3%, 
1-2-5 sequence. Output Z is 50 ohms, 0.2 mv to 0.2 v. Fre- 
quency approx. Ike. Risetime and falltime: 0.5 , usee from 
0.2 mv to 5v, and 1 .0 psec from 10 v to 100 v. lOOv dc 
output also provided. Reference currents supplied through 
front-panel loop: 5 ma dc and 5 ma, 1-kc square wave. 

POWER REQUIREMENT 

Wired for 11 5 v, 50 to 60 cps, the electronically-regulated 
power supplies permit a line-voltage variation between 
103.5 and 126.5 v (115v ±10%). Changing transformer 
taps permits operation at 108, 122, 216, 230, or 244 v, reg- 
ulated within 10%, each range. The Type 546/547 draws 
510 watts, typically. For 50 to 60 and 400 cps operation, 
a different fan must be installed (at extra cost). Order 
MODIFICATION 101M. 



CABINET MODEL DIMENSIONS 

16 7 / 8 " high by 13 T / 8 " wide by 23%" deep. Net weight: 
65 3 / 4 lbs.; ship, wt.: approx. 85 lbs. 

RACK-MOUNT MODEL DIMENSIONS 

14" high by 19" wide by 22 3 / 4 " deep. Type RM 546 and 
RM547 are elecrically identical to Type 546 and 547. Can 
be withdrawn from cabinet on slide-out tracks and tilted and 
locked in 7 positions. Net weight: 87 lbs. ea. Ship, wt.: 
approx. 114 and 116 lbs., respectively. 



TYPE 546 OSCILLOSCOPE, without plug-in units ... $1750 

Each instrument includes: 2— P6008 probes (010-01 29-00); 1— Plate, 
Protector, CRT (387-0918-00); 1— 3-conductor poweer cord (161-0010- 
00); 1—3 to 2-wire adapter (103-0013-00); 1— Light filter polarizer 
(installed) (378-0545-00); 3— Patch cord, BNC-to-BNC, 18" (012-0087- 
00); 1— Patch cord, BNC-to-banana plug, 18" (012-0091-00); 1— Post 
jack, BNC (012-0092-00); 2— Instruction Manuals (070-367). 

TYPE 547 OSCILLOSCOPE, without plug-in units ... $1875 

Each instrument includes: 2— P6008 probes (010-0129-00); 1— Plate, 
Protector, CRT (387-0918-00); 1— 3-conductor power cord (161-0010- 
00); 1—3 to 2-wire adapter (103-0013-00); 1— Light filter, polarized, 
(installed) (378-0545-00); 3— Patch cords, BNC-to-BNC, 18" (012-0087- 
00); 1— Patch cord, BNC-to-banana plug, 18" (012-0091-00); 1— Post 
jack, BNC (012-0092-00); 2— Instruction Manuals (070-0398-00). 

TYPE RM546 OSCILLOSCOPE, without plug-in units . . $1850 

Each instrument includes: 2— P6008 probes (010-0129-00); 1— Plate, 
Protector, CRT (387-0918-00); 1— 3-conductor power cord (161-0010- 
00); 1—3 to 2-wire adapter (103-0013-00); 1— Light filter polarized 
(installed) (378-0545-00); 3— Patch cord, BNC-to-BNC, 18" (012-0087- 
00); 1— Patch cord, BNC-to-banana plug, 18" (012-0091-00); 1— Post 
jack, BNC (012-0092-00); 1— Set mounting hardware; 2— Instruction 
Manuals (070-0421-00). 

TYPE RM547 OSCILLOSCOPE, without plug-in units . . $1975 

Each instrument includes.- 2— P6008 probes (010-0129-00); 1 — Plate 
Protector, CRT (387-0918-00); 1— 3-conductor power cord (161-0010- 
00); 1—3 to 2-wire adapter (103-0013-00); 1— Light filter, polarized, 
(installed) (387-0545-00); 3— Patch cords, BNC-to-BNC, 18" (012-0087- 
00); 1— Patch cord, BNC-to-banana plug, 18" (012-0091-00); 1— Post 
jack, BNC (012-0092-00); 1— Set mounting hardware; 2— Instruction 
Manuals (070-0420-00). 



U.S. Sales Prices f.o.b. Beaverton, Oregon 
Please refer to Terms and Shipment, General Information page 




c 




78 




DC-to-27MC DUAL-BEAM 

OSCILLOSCOPE 



Type 




• 



HIGH-INTENSITY TRACE 
DUAL-BEAM CRT 



ACCEPTS AMPLIFIER, SPECTRUM ANALYZER, 
AND SPECIAL-PURPOSE PLUG-INS 

The Type 551 uses a Tektronix two-gun cathode- 
ray tube with two pairs of vertical-deflection plates. A 
single pair of horizontal-deflection plates is common to 
both electron beams. The two wide-band main ampli- 
fiers in the Type 551 are designed for Tektronix Letter- 
Series, 1 -Series, and Spectrum Analyzer Plug-In Units, 
providing a high degree of signal-handling versatility 
in both channels. Both electron beams are simul- 
taneously deflected horizontally at any one of many 
sweep rates provided by an accurately-calibrated time- 
base generator. 

The Type 551 can be used as a single-beam oscillo- 
scope as well as a dual-beam instrument. In addition, a 
three-channel or four-channel display is available 
through use of the time-sharing characteristics of Type 
C-A Dual-Trace Plug-In Units in one or both amplifiers. 
Other available Plug-In Units extend the working range 
of the Type 551 into applications requiring high de- 
coupled sensitivity, differential input, and narrow-band 
microvolt sensitivity. 



CHARACTERISTIC SUMMARY 
VERTICALS 

2 identical vertical-deflection systems 

Letter-Series, ISeries, and Spectrum Analyzer Plug-In 
Units offer wide selection of vertical-deflection charac- 
teristics for both beams. 



HORIZONTAL 

CALIBRATED SWEEP RANGE — 0.1 /xsec/cm to 5 sec/cm. 

SWEEP MAGNIFIER— ~5X, extends sweep range to 0.02 

/xsec/cm. 

TRIGGER REQUIREMENTS— Internal: 2-mm deflection. 

External: 0.2 v to 10 v. 

EXTERNAL INPUT— 0.2 v to 50 v/cm ; dc to 400 kc. 

CRT 

DISPLAY AREA — 4 x 1 cm {each beam), 2-cm overlap 
ACCELERATING VOLTAGE— 10 kv. 





OTHER CHARACTERISTICS 
AMPLITUDE CALIBRATOR — 0.2 mv to 100 v, Nkc square 
wave. 

POWER REQUIREMENTS — 105v to 125v or 210 v to 
250 v, 900 watts maximum, 



\ 



79 



551 




VERTICAL PLUG-IN UNITS 

Frequency specifications are at 3-db down 

For Wide Band Applications— 

TYPE B WIDE-BAND UNIT— DC to 18 Mc, 20-nsec rise- 
time at 50 mv/cm to 50 v/cm — 2 cps to 1 2 Mc, 30- 
nsec risetime at 5 mv/cm to 50 mv/cm. 

TYPE K FAST-RISE UNIT— DC to 25 Mc, 14-nsec risetime 
at 50 mv/cm to 40 v/cm. 

TYPE L FAST-RISE UNIT— DC to 25 Mc, 14-nsec risetime 
at 50 mv/cm to 40 v/cm — 3 cps to 22 Mc, 16-nsec 
risetime at 5 mv/cm to 4 v/cm. 

For Multiple-Trace Operation — 

TYPE 1A1 DUAL-TRACE PLUG-IN UNIT— DC to 27 Mc, 
13-nsec risetime at 50 mv/cm to 20 v/cm. DC to 
21 Mc, 16.5-nsec risetime at 5 mv/cm to 50 mv/cm. 

TYPE 1A2 DUAL-TRACE PLUG-IN UNIT— DC to 27 Mc, 
13-nsec risetime at 50 mv/cm to 20 v/cm. 

TYPE C-A DUAL-TRACE UNIT— DC to 22 Mc, 16-nsec 
risetime at 50 mv/cm to 50 v/cm. 

TYPE M FOUR-TRACE UNIT— DC to 1 9 Mc, 18-nsec rise- 
time at 20 mv/cm to 25 v/cm. 

For Spectrum Analysis 

TYPE L-SERIES UNITS — Present Units cover 1-10,400 Mc. 
For Differential Input Applications — 

TYPE D HIGH-GAIN UNIT— DC to 350 kc at 1 mv/cm, 
increasing to 2 Mc at 50 mv/cm. 

TYPE E LOW-LEVEL UNIT— 0.06 cps to 20 kc at 50 A o// 
cm, increasing to 60 kc at 0.5 mv/cm to 25 mv/cm. 

TYPE G WIDE-BAND UNIT— DC to 18 Mc, 20-nsec rise- 
time at 50 mv/cm to 50 v/cm. 

For High DC Sensitivity — 

TYPE H WIDE-BAND UNIT— DC to 14Mc, 25-nsec rise- 
time at 5 mv/cm to 50 v/cm. 

For Operations of Integration, Differentiation, 
Function Generation, and Linear or Nonlinear 
Amplification — 

TYPE O OPERATIONAL AMPLIFIER— DC to 22 Mc, 16- 
nsec risetime of 50 mv/cm to 50 v/cm. 

For Transducer and Strain Gage Applications — 

TYPE Q UNIT— DC to 6 kc, 60 /xsec risetime at 10 
/xstrain/div to 10,000 /xstrain/div. 

For Transistor -Risetime Checking — 

TYPE R UNIT — 14-nsec risetime. 

For Diode Recovery-Time Measurements — 

TYPE S UNIT— 14-nsec risetime. 

For Precise Amplitude Measurement via the Slide- 
Back Technique— 

TYPE W DIFFERENTIAL COMPARATOR UNIT— DC to 
20.5 Mc, at 50 mv/cm, decreasing to 8 Mc at 1 
mv/cm. 17-nsec risetime at 50 mv/cm, increasing 
to 44-nsec at 1 mv/cm. 

TYPE Z DIFFERENTIAL COMPARATOR UNIT— DC to 13 
Mc, 27-nsec risetime at 50 mv/cm to 25 v/cm. 

For High-Frequency Sampling Applications 

TYPE 1S1 SAMPLING UNIT — 350 psec risetime. 




o 



DUAL-BEAM OPERATION 
SHOWING SWITCHING FUNCTIONS 



VERTICAL-DEFLECTION SYSTEMS 

Two DC-Coupled Main Amplifiers — Risetime of 
both main amplifiers is 14 nsec with Type K, L, or R 
Units plugged in. They are factory adjusted for op- 
timum transient response. Any Letter- or 1 -Series Plug- 
In Unit can be plugged into both channels for instru- 
ment operation. 

Balanced Delay Network — A signal delay of 0.2 
/xsec is introduced into each channel by the balanced 
(push-pull) delay networks. Permits observation of the 
leading edge of the waveform that triggers the sweep. 



HORIZONTAL-DEFLECTION SYSTEM 

Both electron beams of the Type 551 are simultane- 
ously deflected by the same sweep sawtooth voltage. 
Sweep generator used in the Type 551 is the Miller 
runup type. Inverse feedback in the timing circuitry 
assures excellent linearity. Characteristics of this cir- 
cuitry provide an extremely wide sweep range of 0.02 
/(.sec/cm to 12 sec/cm. 

Calibrated Sweeps — The Type 551 has single- 
knob selection of 24 calibrated sweeps: 0.1, 0.2, 0.5, 1, 
2, 5, 10, 20, 50 /xsec/cm, 0.1, 0.2, 0.5, 1, 2, 5, 10, 20, 
50 msec/cm, 0.1, 0.2, 0.5, 1, 2, and 5 sec/cm. In ad- 
dition, a vernier ( uncalibrated ) control provides for 
continuous adjustment of the sweep rate from 0.1 /xsec/ 
cm to 12 sec/cm. Calibration accuracy of the fixed 
sweeps is within 3%. 

Sweep Magnifier — 5X magnifier increases the cal- 
ibrated sweep time to 0.02 ^sec/cm. Sweep magnifica- 
tion is obtained by increasing the gain of the sweep out- 
put amplifier by a factor of five. The center 2 cm of the 
normal display is expanded to the left and right of cen- 
ter to fill the screen. Any one-fifth of the magnified 
sweep can be displayed on the screen by rotating the 
HORIZONTAL POSITION control. Accuracy is within 5% 
of the displayed portion of the magnified sweep. 



o 




80 



551 



» 








• 



DUAL-BEAM OPERATION WITH 
DUAL-TRACE PLUG-IN UNITS 

Single Sweep — The Type 551 has a single-sweep 
mode of operation. A front-panel RESET pushbutton 
arms the sweep to fire on the next received trigger. 
After firing once, the sweep is locked out until rearmed 
by pressing the RESET pushbutton. The READY light 
indicates when the sweep is armed to fire on the next 
received trigger. 

Unblanking — DC-Coupled Unblanking to the grid 
of the cathode-ray tube assures uniform bias for all 
sweep and repetition rates. 

Triggering Facilities — Versatile triggering circuitry 
provides for complete manual control, preset stability 
control, and fully-automatic triggering. The sweep can 
be triggered internally from either channel. 

Amplitude-Level Selection — Adjustable ampli- 
tude-level and stability controls are provided for trig- 
gering the sweep at a selected amplitude level on the 
triggering waveform. Trigger source can be internal, 
external, or the line frequency, either ac-coupled or de- 
coupled. The triggering point can be on either the ris- 
ing or falling slope of the triggering waveform. 

Preset Stability — Same as above, except the 
stability control is preset to the optimum triggering 
point and requires no readjustment. 

Automatic Triggering — Automatic level-seeking 
trigger circuit provides dependable triggering for most 
applications. One simple setting assures positive 
sweep-triggering by signals of widely differing ampli- 
tudes, shapes, and repetition rates. No trigger controls 
need be touched until a different type of operation is 
desired. Range of automatic operation is between 60 
cycles and 2 megacycles, approximately. In the absence 
of an input signal the sweep is automatically triggered 
at about a 50-cycle rate, providing a reference trace 
on the screen. 

Low-Frequency Reject — Prevents low-frequency 
components, such as hum, from interfering with stable 
triggering. 



High Frequency Sync — Assures a steady display 
of sine-wave signals up to approximately 30 mega- 
cycles. Requires a signal large enough to cause abouf 
2 cm of deflection, or an external signal of about 2 v. 

Trigger Requirements — Internal triggering — a 
signal large enough to cause a 2 mm deflection. Ex- 
ternal triggering — a signal of 0.2 v to 1 v. 

Horizontal Input Amplifier — DC-coupled external 
connection to the sweep-output amplifier is through a 
front-panel connector. An attenuator makes the hori- 
zontal deflection factor continuously variable from 
approximately 0.2 v/cm to 50 v/cm. Passband is dc 
to approximately 400 kc at maximum sensitivity. 

OTHER CHARACTERISTICS 

Amplitude Calibrator — A square-wave calibration 
voltage is available through a front-panel coaxial 
connector. Eighteen fixed voltages — 0.2, 0.5, 1, 2, 
5, 10, 20, 50, 100 millivolts, 0.2, 0.5, 1, 2, 5, 10, 20, 
50, and 100 volts peak-to-peak are provided. Accuracy 
is within 3%. Square-wave frequency is about 1 kc. 

Cathode-Ray Tube — 10 kv accelerating potential 
assures bright displays when using fast sweeps at low 
repetition rates, and in single-sweep applications. 
The Tektronix cathode-ray tube is a 5" flat-faced 
metallized precision dual-beam tube with helical post- 
accelerating anode. It provides a linear 4 cm x 10 cm 
viewing area, each beam, with at least 2 cm overlap. 
For best results over the wide screen range of the Type 
551, a P2 screen is normally furnished. 

Beam Position Indicators — Indicator lights show 
the direction of each electron beam when it is not on 
the screen. 

Illuminated Graticule — An edge-lighted graticule 
Is marked in centimeter squares with two-millimeter 
centerline divisions for convenience in making measure- 
ments in time and amplitude. Viewing area is 6x 10 
cm. Illumination of the graticule is controlled by a 
front-panel knob. 

Output Waveforms — A 20 v positive gate voltage 
of the same duration as the sweep, and a 150 v sweep 
sawtooth waveform are available at front-panel binding 
posts via cathode followers. 

Direct Input to CRT — An opening in the side of 
the cabinet permits direct connection to the deflection 
plates. 

Access to Interior — Three-piece cabinet design pro- 
vides easy access to the interior of the instrument. Cab- 
inet sides are held in place by two quick-opening fast- 
eners, and can be removed in a matter of seconds. 

Probes — Four 1 OX attenuation low-capacitance 
probes are supplied with the instrument. Input capaci- 
tance of the Type 551 -K combination with probes is 
7 pf. Excellent transient response is retained, as the 
probes introduce no overshoot or ringing, but frequency 
response is down an additional 1 db at 25 Mc. 



81 



551 



Power Requirement — Aseparate unit supplies power 
to the Type 55 1 indicator unit through an inter-unit 
cable. Wired for I 1 7 v, 50 to 60 cps, the electroni- 
cally-regulated power supplies permit a line-voltage 
variation between 1 05 and I25v. Changing trans- 
former taps permits operation at 1 07, 127, 214, 234, 
or 254 v. The Type 551 draws 850 watts, typically, 
with two Type C-A Plug-In Preamplifiers. 

Mechanical Specifications — Dimensions for In- 
dicator Unit are 16%" high by 1 3 Vb " wide by 23 7 / 8 " 
long. Dimensions for the Power Unit are 10%" high 
by 13Y 2 " wide by 17%" long. 

Net Indicator Unit weight is 52/2 pounds. Shipping 
weight is 74 pounds, approx. Net Power Unit weight is 
44/4 pounds. Shipping weight is 52 pounds, approx. 

TYPE 551, without plug-in units $1850 

Each instrument includes: 4— P6006 probe (010-0127-00); 1— Inter- 
unit cable (012-0032-00); 1— Power Supply for Type 551; 1—3 to 
2-wire adapter (103-0013-00); 1 — 3-conductor power cord (161- 
0010-00); 1— Green filter (378-0514-00); 2— Patch cord, BNC-to- 
BNC, 18" (012-0087-00); 1— Patch cord, BNC-to-banana plug, 18" 
(012-0091-00); 1— Post jack, BNC (012-0092-00); 2— Instruction 
Manual (070-0245-00). 

12-KV HIGH VOLTAGE MODIFICATION 

For increased brightness and writing rate, the crt 
accelerating voltage can be increased from 1 to 12 kv. 
This modification can be ordered as MOD 108A in- 
stalled at the factory. Consult your Field Engineer to 
learn about the advantages, limitations, and delivery 
time of this or other modified instruments. 



TYPE 551 MOD 108A, without plug-in units 



$1875 



Each instrument includes: 4— P6006 probe (010-0127-00); 1— Inter- 
unit coble (012-0032-00); 1— Power Supply for Type 551; 1—3 to 
2-wire adapter (103-0013-00); 1 — 3-conductor power cord (161- 
0010-00); 1— Green filter (378-0514-00); 2— Patch cord, BNC-to- 
BNC, 18" (102-0087-00); 1— Patch cord, BNC-to-banana plug, 18" 
(012-0091-00); 1— Post jack, BNC (012-0092-00); 2— Instruction 
Manual (070-0245-00). 

RACK MOUNT ADAPTER 

A cradle mount to adapt the Type 551 Oscilloscope 
and its power supply for rack mounting is available. 
It consists of two cradles and two masks. The cradles, 
one each for the indicator and power supply units, 
support the instruments in any standard 19" relay rack. 
The two masks fit around the regular instrument panels 
of the two units. Rack height requirements; Indicator 
mask 17V2", Power Supply mask 1 2 V4 ". Tektronix 
blue vinyl finish. 

Order Part Number 040-0279-00 $72.80 



SCOPE-MOBILE® CARTS 

TYPE 202-1 TILT-LOCK CART with storage drawer and 
locking front wheels $1 20 

TYPE 202-2 TILT-LOCK CART with storage drawer, plug- 
in unit carrier, and locking front wheels .... $130 

TYPE 500A CART with storage drawer and locking front 
wheels $99.50 

TYPE 500/53A CART with storage drawer, plug-in unit 
carrier, and locking front wheels . . . $110 

See Catalog accessory pages for complete information. 

U.S. Sales Prices f.o.b. Beaverton, Oregon 
Please refer to Terms and Shipment, General Information page. 



o 




o 



o 



82 




DC-to-33 MC DUAL BEAM 

OSCILLOSCOPE with sweep delay 



Type 



ILLUMINATED NO-PARALLAX GRATICULE 

INDEPENDENT ELECTRON BEAMS 

ACCEPTS AMPLIFIER, SPECTRUM ANALYZ 
ER, AND SPECIAL-PURPOSE PLUG-INS 

CALIBRATED SWEEP DELAY 

2 PLUG-IN TIME BASES 

HIGH-INTENSITY TRACE 










The Type 555 Oscilloscope is a dual-beam laboratory 
instrument for accurate measurements in the dc to 33 Mc 
range. Two complete horizontal-deflection systems and 
two independent vertical amplifiers provide for completely 
independent deflection of the two beams. 

Either of two plug-in time base units can control the 
sweep of either or both electron beams. In addition, a 
continuously-variable calibrated sweep delay allows expan- 
sion of a selected portion of the undelayed sweep for 
precise time measurements. Delayed and undelayed 
sweeps can be presented simultaneously. 

The wide-band main amplifiers in the Type 555 are de- 
signed to accept Letter-Series, 1 -Series, and Spectrum 
Analyzer Plug-In Units for a high degree of signal-handling 
versatility. 



CHARACTERISTIC SUMMARY 
VERTICALS 

2 identical vertical-deflection systems 



Letter-Series, 1 -Series, and Spectrum Analyzer Plug-In 
Units offer wide selection of vertical-deflection charac- 
teristics for both beams. 




HORIZONTALS 

2 independent horizontal-deflection systems 

CALIBRATED SWEEP RANGE— 0.1 ^.sec/cm to 5 sec/cm. 

SWEEP MAGNIFIER — 5X, extends sweep range to 0.02 
jisec/cm. 

CALIBRATED SWEEP DELAY— 0.1 /.sec to 50 sec. 

TRIGGER REQUIREMENTS— 

Internal: 1 -cm deflection to 33 Mc. 
External: 0.2 v to 1 Mc, 0.5 v to 33 Mc. 

EXTERNAL INPUT — 0.2 to 20 v/cm ; dc to 350 kc ; 1 meg- 
ohm, 47 pf. 

CRT 

ILLUMINATED NO-PARALLAX GRATICULE 

DISPLAY AREA — 4 x 10 cm (each beam), 2-cm overlap. 

ACCELERATING VOLTAGE— 1 kv. 

OTHER CHARACTERISTICS 

AMPLITUDE CALIBRATOR— 0.2 mv to 100 v, 1-kc square 
wave. 

POWER REQUIREMENTS— 105 to 1 25 v or 21 to 250 v, 
50 to 60 cps, 1050 watts maximum. 



83 



555 




VERTICAL PLUG-IN UNITS 

Frequency specifications are at 3-db down 

For Multiple-Trace Operation — 

TYPE 1A1 DUAL-TRACE UNIT— DC to 33 Mc, 10.5-nsec risetime 
at 50 mv/cm to 50 v/cm — DC to 23 Mc, 15-nsec risetime at 
5 mv/cm increasing to 33 Mc at 50 mv/cm. 

TYPE 1A2 DUAL-TRACE UNIT— DC to 33 Mc, 10.5-nsec rise- 
time at 50 mv/cm to 50 v/cm. 

TYPE C-A DUAL-TRACE UNIT— DC to 24 Mc, 15-nsec risetime 
at 50 mv/cm to 50 v/cm. 

TYPE M FOUR-TRACE UNIT— DC to 20 Mc, 17-nsec risetime at 
20 mv/cm to 25 v/cm. 

For Wide Band Applications — 

TYPE B WIDE-BAND UNIT— DC to 20 Mc, 18-nsec risetime at 
50 mv/cm to 50 v/cm — 2 cps to 12Mc, 30-nsec risetime at 
5 mv/cm to 50 mv/cm. 

TYPE K FAST-RISE UNIT^DC to 30 Mc, 12-nsec risetime at 
50 mv/cm to 40 v/cm. 

TYPE L FAST-RISE UNIT— DC to 30 Mc, 12-nsec risetime at 
50 mv/cm to 40 v/cm — 3 cps to 24 Mc, 15-nsec risetime at 
5 mv/cm to 4 v/cm. 

For Spectrum Analysis — 

TYPE L-SERIES UNITS— Present Units cover 1 -10,400 Mc. 

For Differential Input Applications — 

TYPE D HIGH-GAIN UNIT— DC to 300 kc at 1 mv/cm, increas- 
ing to 2 Mc at 50 mv/cm. 

TYPE E LOW-LEVEL UNIT— 0.06 cps to 20 kc at 50 /xv/cm, in- 
creasing to 60 kc at 0.5 mv/cm to 25 mv/cm. 

TYPE G WIDE-BAND UNIT— DC to 20 Mc, 18-nsec risetime at 
50 mv/cm to 50 v/cm. 

For High DC Sensitivity — 

TYPE H WIDE-BAND UNIT— DC to 15Mc, 23-nsec risetime at 
5 mv/cm to 50 v/cm. 

For Operations of integration, Differentiation, Function 
Generation, and Linear or Nonlinear Amplification — 

TYPE O OPERATIONAL AMPLIFIER^DC to 25 Mc, 14-nsec 
risetime at 50 mv/cm to 50 v/cm. 

For Transducer and Strain Gage Applications — 

TYPE Q UNIT— DC to 6 kc, 60 /xsec risetime at 10 /xstrain/div. 
to 1 0,000 /xstrain/div. 

For Transistor-Risetime Checking — 

TYPE R UNIT— 12-nsec risetime. 

For Diode Recovery-Time Measurements — 

TYPE S UNIT— 12-nsec risetime. 

For Precise Amplitude Measurement via the Slide-Back 
Technique — 

TYPE W DIFFERENTIAL COMPARATOR UNIT— DC to 23 Mc, 
at 50 mv/cm, decreasing to 8 Mc at 1 mv/cm. 15-nsec rise- 
time at 50 mv/cm, increasing to 44-nsec at 1 mv/cm. 

TYPE Z DIFFERENTIAL COMPARATOR UNIT— DC to 13Mc, 
27 nsec risetime at 50 mv/cm to 25 v/cm. 

For High-Frequency Sampling Applications — 

TYPE 1S1 SAMPLING UNIT— 350 psec risetime. 



VERTICAL-DEFLECTION SYSTEMS 

IDENTICAL MAIN AMPLIFIERS provide 10.5-nsec risetime and 
dc-to-33 Mc (3-db down) when used with the Type 1 Al or 1 A2 
Plug-In Units. In addition, any Tektronix Letter-Series or Spec- 
trum Analyzer Plug-In Units can be used in the Type 555 Oscil- 
loscope. 

PASSIVE PROBES supplied with the Type 555 reduce loading 
on the circuit under test and attenuate the signal by a factor 
of 10. Input impedance becomes 10 megohms paralleled by 
approximately 7 pf with Type 555 and Type 1A1 or 1A2 Unit. 
Excellent transient response is retained, as the probes introduce 
no overshoot or ringing, but frequency response is down an 
additional 1 db at 33 Mc. 

SIGNAL DELAY permits observation of the leading edge 
of the waveform that triggers the sweep. A 0.2 //.sec delay is 
introduced into each channel by the balanced (push-pull) delay 
networks. 

HORIZONTAL-DEFLECTION SYSTEMS 

PLUG-IN TIME-BASE UNITS incorporate Miller runup type 
sweep generators and inverse feedback in the timing circuits 
to assure excellent sweep linearity. The plug-in design of the 
Type 21 A and 22A Time-Base Units provides easy access to 
all components for ease in maintenance. The Type 22A Time 
Base is identical to the Type 21 A Time Base except for addi- 
tional sweep-delay capabilities. 

SWEEP RANGE from 0.1 //.sec/cm to 5 sec/cm is in 24 cali- 
brated steps with 1-2-5 sequence. Accuracy is typically within 
1% of full scale, and in all cases within 3%. Sweep range 
is continuously variable uncalibrated from 0.1 /isec/cm to 12 sec/ 
cm. An indicator light warns the operator when the sweep 
is uncalibrated. 

5X SWEEP MAGNIFIER expands the center 2-cm portion of 
the normal display to fill 10 cm, and can be used to increase 
the calibrated sweep time to 0.02 /./.sec/cm. Any one-fifth of the 
magnified sweep can be displayed. Accuracy is within 5% of 
the displayed portion of the magnified sweep. 

SINGLE SWEEP OPERATION facilitates photographic re- 
cording of waveforms. A RESET pushbutton arms the sweep to 
fire on the next received trigger. After firing once the sweep 
is locked out until rearmed by pressing the RESET button. The 
READY light indicates when the sweep is armed to fire on the 
next received trigger. 

AUTOMATIC BASELINE SWEEP MODE provides a bright 
reference trace (regardless of sweep speed) when no input signal 
is applied, or when the input signal repetition rate is less than 
20 cps. Above 20 cps, the time base is triggered at the repetition 
rate of the incoming trigger signal to achieve jitter-free displays 
to beyond 33 Mc. 

EXTERNAL HORIZONTAL INPUTS provide for horizontal 
deflection of either beam with an external source. Inputs are 
at the rear of the oscilloscope. Horizontal sensitivity is con- 
tinuously variable from 0.2 v/cm to approximately 20 v/cm. 
Passbands are dc to 350 kc at maximum sensitivity. Input im- 
pedances are 1 megohm paralleled by approximately 47 pf. 



o 



o 




84 







TRIGGER 

TRIGGER LEVEL adjusts to allow sweep triggering at any 
selected point on either the rising or falling portion of the 
waveform. Main level control operates over a — ' — 1 v range; 
fine control adjusts over dzl v range. 

TRIGGER SOURCE can be internal, external, or line, and 
can be ac or dc coupled. Internally, either sweep can be 
triggered from the upper or lower beam, or directly from either 
vertical plug-in unit. The latter permits direct triggering from 
a single channel of Types 1A1 and 1 A2 Tektronix multi-trace 
plug-in units. 

TRIGGER REQUIREMENT is 0.2-cm deflection for internal sig- 
nals from dc to 5 Mc (approx. 20 cps to 5 Mc using Automatic 
Baseline), 1-cm deflection to 33 Mc (using Type 1A1 or 1 A2 
Plug-In Preamplifier). For external signals, 0.2 v is required for 
reliable triggering to 1 Mc, and 0.5 v is required to 33 Mc. 
When ac coupled, the low-frequency 3-db point is approximately 
1 60 cps. 



SWEEP DELAY 



555 



CONVENTIONAL OPERATION holds off the start of the de- 
layed sweep for the precise amount of selected delay time. 
Any time-modulation or jitter on the signal will be magnified 
in proportion to the amount of sweep expansion. 

The time jitter in the delayed trigger or delayed sweep will 
not exceed one part in 20,000 of maximum available delay 
interval (where this interval is 10 times the Time/Cm or Delay- 
Time setting). 

HIGH SWEEP MAGNIFICATION is readily accomplished 
when TIME BASE B is operated at a faster rate than TIME 
BASE A. For example, if TIME BASE A is operating at 50 //.sec/ 
cm and TIME BASE B is operating at 1 /(.sec/cm, the magnifica- 
tion is 50 times. Both the original and magnified displays can 
be viewed simultaneously when the signal is introduced into 
both vertical channels, so that both beams are deflected. 

TRACE BRIGHTENING indicates the exact portion appearing 
on the magnified display, and shows the point-in-time re- 
lationship of the magnified display to the original display. 

DELAYED TRIGGER used to start the delayed sweep is 
available at the front panel, and can be used to trigger exter- 
nal equipment at any delay from 0.1 jusec to 50 sec. Amplitude 
is approximately 5 volts. 




CALIBRATED DELAY RANGE from 0.1 /( .sec to 50 sec is 
derived from the TIME BASE A Plug-In Unit and can be used to 
delay the start of any TIME BASE B sweep . The 24 calibrated 
steps are those described for the Type 21 A and 22A Time Base 
Units, and are accurate within 3% of panel reading and within 
3% of each other. A ten-turn precision potentiometer permits 
calibrated delay-time adjustments to any value from 0.1 /isec to 
50 sec with accuracy within 3%. Incremental accuracy of this 
control is within 0.2% on all ranges. For extreme accuracy, any 
of the calibrated steps can be adjusted to the accuracy of an 
external standard. 

TRIGGERED OPERATION holds off the start of the delayed 
sweep until the arrival of the first trigger signal following the 
selected delay time. Because the delayed sweep is actually 
triggered by the signal under observation, the display is com- 
pletely jitter free. A steady display is thus provided for time- 
modulated pulses and signals with inherent jitter. 





Same signal displayed simultaneously on slow sweep (upper 
beam) and fast sweep (lower beam) shows both coarse and 
fine structure of waveform. 



CRT AND DISPLAY FEATURES 

TEKTRONIX DUAL-BEAM CRT is a 5" metalized tube with 
separate vertical and horizontal deflection plates for each 
beam. Each beam has a linear display area of 4 by 10 cm, 
with at least 2-cm overlap. For best results over the wide sweep 
range of the Type 555, a P2 phosphor is normally supplied. 10- 
kv accelerating potential assures bright displays when using fast 
sweeps at low repetition rates, and in single-sweep applica- 
tions. 

ILLUMINATED NO-PARALLAX GRATICULE is edge lighted 
and is marked in 6 vertical and 10 horizontal centimeters. 




Simultaneous display of pulse chain (upper beam) and sixth 
pulse on expanded delayed sweep (lower beam). Portion of 
original display that appears on faster delayed sweep is identi- 
fied by trace brightening. 



85 



555 



CRT CONTROLS include separate focus and intensity adjust- 
ments for each beam. A screw-driver adjustment is provided 
for magnetic alignment of the traces to the graticule. 

BEAM POSITION INDICATORS light to show the direction 
of each electron beam when it is not on the screen, 

ILLUMINATED GRATICULE with variable edge lighting is 
accurately ruled in centimeter squares. Viewing area is 6 by 
10 cm. Vertical and horizontal centerlines for each beam are 
further marked in 2-mm divisions for convenience in making time 
and amplitude measurements. 

MULTI-TRACE BLANKING eliminates switching transients 
from the display when a multiple-trace plug-in unit is operated 
in its chopped mode. The blanking voltage can be applied to 
the crt cathode by means of a switch located at the rear of the 
oscilloscope. 

OTHER CHARACTERISTICS 

AMPLITUDE CALIBRATOR provides 18 square-wave voltages 
at the front panel. Peak-to-peak amplitude from 0.2 mv to lOOv 
is in 1-2-5 sequence and accurate within 3%. Square-wave 
frequency is approximately 1 kc. 

OUTPUT WAVEFORMS available at the front panel include 

2 positive gates of approximately 20 volts, 2 positive-going 

sawtooths of approximately 150 volts, and a delayed trigger 
of approximately 5 volts. 

POWER REQUIREMENT— A separate unit supplies power to 
the Type 551 indicator unit through an inter-unit cable. Wired 
for 117 V, 50 to 60 cps, the electronically-regulated power sup- 
plies permit a line-voltage variation between 105 and 125 v. 
Changing transformer taps permits operation at 107, 127, 214, 
234, or 254 v. All heaters in the indicator unit and amplifier 
heaters in the power supply are regulated for stable opera- 
tion and long tube life. The Type 555 draws 1050 watts, maxi- 
mum. 

INDICATOR UNIT is 20V 8 " high by 13V 8 " wide by 24" 
deep. Net weight is 66 pounds. Shipping weight is 89 pounds, 
approx. 

POWER SUPPLY UNIT is 10 3 / 8 "high by 13V 2 " wide by 17V 2 " 
deep. Net weight is 50y 4 pounds. Shipping weight is 61 
pounds, approx. 

TYPE 555, without preamplifier plug-in units .... $2650 

Each instrument includes: 1 — Type 21A Time-Base Plug-In Unit; 1 — 
Type 22A Time-Base Plug-In Unit; 4— P6006 probe (010-0127-00); 1 — 
Inter-unit cable (012-0032-00); 1— Power Supply for Type 555; 1 — 
Time base extension (013-0013-00); 1—3 to 2-wire adopter (103-0013- 
00); 1— 3-conductor power cord (161-0010-00); 1— Polarized light filter 
(378-0545-00); 1— Plate, Protector, CRT, clear (387-0918-00); 2— Patch 
cord, BNC-to-BNC, 18" (012-0087-00); 1— Patch cord, BNC-to-banana 
plug, 18" (012-0091-00); 1— Post jack, BNC (012-0092-00); 2— Instruc- 
tion Manual (070-0165-00). 

EXTRA TIME-BASE PLUG-IN UNITS 

Net weight of each Type 21 A and Type 22A Time Base Unit 
is 4V4 pounds, shipping weight of each is 6 pounds, approx. 

TYPE 21 A TIME-BASE UNIT $275 

TYPE 22A TIME-BASE UNIT $285 

U.S. Sales Prices f.o.b. Beaverton, Oregon 
Please refer to Terms and Shipment, General Information page. 



\Scope-Mobile^ Carfs are available for the Type 555 Oscillo- 
scope and Power Supply Unit to provide easy moving in your] 
\work area. 



o 




o 



MHHHBHMP ' 'WBBBmBm 

SCOPE-MOBILE® CARTS 

TYPE 202-1 TILT-LOCK CART with storage drawer and locking 
front wheels $1 20 

TYPE 202-2 TILT-LOCK CART with storage drawer, plug-in unit 
carrier, and locking front wheels $130 

TYPE 500A CART with storage drawer and locking front wheels 
$99.50 

TYPE 500/53A CART with storage drawer, plug-in unit carrier, 
and locking front wheels $110 

See Catalog accessory pages for complete information. 




86 







OSCILLOSCOPE Type 






CH I 

M IT* 



CH 2 



TYPE 3A1 

DOAt-TRACE " 

AMPLSFiER »£» 



VOLTSKJIV 

9 i 







• A 







'§; 



WS.ITK1N 




TYPE RM561A OSCILLOSCOPE 







• 



ILLUMINATED NO-PARALLAX GRATICULE 

X-Y DISPLAYS 

ACCEPTS 2-SERIES AND 3-SERIES 

PLUG-IN UNITS 
COMPACT SIZE 






C 



m 
CHARACTERISTIC SUMMARY 

VERTICAL 

ertical deflection characteristics extremely flexible 
through use of 2-Series and 3~Series Plug-In Units. 

HORIZONTAL 

orizontal deflection characteristics extremely flexible 
through use of versatile time-base units and amplifiers 
of the 2-Series and 3-Series Plug-In Units. 

CRT 

DISPLAY AREA— 8 x 10 cm. 
ACCELERATING VOLTAGE— 3.5 kv. 

OTHER CHARACTERISTICS 

AMPLITUDE CALIBRATOR — 0.2 mv to 100 v (561 A), 
1 mv to lOOv (RM561A), and 0.1 v into 50 Q, power- 
line frequency. 

POWER REQUIREMENTS — 105 to 125v or 210 to 250 v, 
50 to 400 cps (561 A), 50 to 60 cps (RM561A), 240 
atts maximum. 




TYPE 561A OSCILLOSCOPE 





.£.__ TYPE 3A1 

DUAL-TRACE 



AMPDFSER 
-TS'CMV 



M 




# 



TYPE 3S3 TIME BASE 






o 



VOLTS; CMV 



* 





# 






87 



561 A 
™561A 



p "" _ _ 2-SERiES AND 3-SERIES PLUG IN UN/TS~" _ ~ ~~\ 


AMPLIFIER UNITS 


TYPE 


INPUT 
(ac or dc coupled} 


PASSBAND 

[3-db down) 


CALIBRATED SENSITIVITY 


PRICE 


2A60-Single Trace 


1 megohm — 47 pf, 
600 v max. 


dc— 1 Mc. 


50 mv/div — 50 v/div, 4 decade steps, 
with variable control. 


$105 


2A61 — Differential 
{low level) 


10 megohm — 50 pf, 
±5v (ac-coupled only) 


0.06 cps— 300 kc 


lOjUv/div — 20 mv/div, 1-2-5 sequence, 

with variable control. 


$385 


2A63 — Differential 

(50:1 rejection ratio) 


1 megohm — 47 pf, 
600 volts max. 


dc— 300 kc. 


1 mv/div — 20 v/div, 1-2-5 sequence, 
with variable control. 


$150 


3A1 — Dual Trace 

(identical channels) 


dc— lOMc. 


10 mv/div — 10 v/div, 1-2-5 sequence, 
with variable control. 


$450 


3A2* — Dual Trace 


dc— 500 kc 


10 mv/div — 10 v/div, 1-2-5 sequence, 
with variable control. 


$500 


3A3 — Dual Trace 
Differential 


dc— 500 kc 


100/j.v/div — 10 v/div, 1-2-5 sequence, 
with variable control. 


$790 


3A6 — Dual Trace 

(identical channels) 


dc— lOMc 
(has delay line) 


10 mv/div — 10 v/div, 1-2-5 sequence, 

with variable control. 


$540 


3A72 — Dual Trace 
(identical channels) 


dc— 650 kc. 


10 mv/div — 20 v/div, 1-2-5 sequence, 
with variable control. 


$275 


3A74 — Four Trace 

(identical channels) 


dc— 2 Mc. 


20 mv/div — 10 v/div, 1-2-5 sequence, 
with variable control. 


$590 


3A75 — Single trace 


dc — 4 Mc. 


50 mv/div — 20 v/div, 1-2-5 sequence, 
with variable control. 


$175 


3C66 — Carrier 
Amplifier 


12042 strain- 
gage bridge 


dc— 5 kc 

{70-fisec risetime) 


1 jastrain/div — 1 0,000 justrain/div, 1 -2-5 

sequence, with variable control. 


$400 


3S3 — Dual Trace 
Sampling (for use 
with 3T77) 


1 00 K— 2 pf, 
±3 volts max. 


equivalent 

dc- — 1 Gc. 

(0.35 nsec risetime) 


5 mv/div — 100 mv/div, 1-2-5 sequence, 
with variable control. 


$1500 

(with 

probes) 


3S76 — Dual Trace 
Sampling (for use 
with 3T77) 


50 ohms 
dc-coupled 


equivalent 
dc— 875 Mc. 
(0.4-nsec risetime] 


2 mv/div — 200 mv/div, 1-2-5 sequence, 

with variable control. 


$1100 


TIME-BASE UNITS 


TYPE 


SWEEP FEATURES 


TRIGGERING 


PRICE 


2B67 


1 /isec/div to 5 sec/div, 1-2-5 sequence, 
variable between rates uncalibrated. 
5X Magnifier. Single Sweep. 


Internal, External, Line; Amplitude-Level 
Selection; AC or DC-Coupling; Auto- 
matic or Free-Run; ± Slope. 


$210 


3B1 


Normal and Delayed Sweeps — 0.5 jxsecf 
div to 1 sec/div, 1-2-5 sequence. 18 cali- 
brated delay settings, 0.5 ^tsec to 10 sec, 
variable between rates uncalibrated. 


Internal, External; Amplitude-Level Selec- 
tion; AC or DC-Coupling; Automatic; ± 
Slope; for Normal Sweep. Same features 
(except no Automatic) for Delayed Sweep. 


$535 


3B2* 


2jnsec/div to 1 sec/div, 1-2-5 sequence, 
variable between rates uncalibrated. 
Variable sweep delay. 


Internal, External, Line; Amplitude-Level 
Selection; AC or DC-Coupling; Free-Run; 
± Slope. 


$650 


3B3 


Normal and Delayed Sweeps — 0.5 /xsec/ 
div to 1 sec/div, 1-2-5 sequence. Con- 
tinuously variable calibrated delay from 
0.5 ,asec to 10 sec. Single Sweep for main 
sweep. 


Internal, External, Line; Amplitude-Level 
Selection; AC or DC-Coupling; Automatic; 
± Slope; for Normal Sweep. Same fea- 
tures (except no Line or Automatic) for 
Delayed Sweep. 


$585 


3B4 


0.2 ^sec/div to 5 sec/div, 1-2-5 sequence, 
variable between rates uncalibrated. 
IX to SOX Magnifier, direct reading. 
Single sweep. 


Internal, External, Line; Amplilude-level se- 
lection; AC or DC-Coupling; Automatic or 
Free Run; ± Slope. 


$400 


3T4 
Programmable 
Sampling Sweep 
(for use with 3S3 
or 3S76) 


Equivalent to 1 nsec/div to 200 /.(.sec/div, 
1-2-5 sequence, variable between rates, 
uncalibrated. 10X Magnifier. 

■ : 
.. ... . ■ ■ ■ .-■■;...-... 


Internal, External; ztSlope. 


$1300 


3T77 
Sampling Sweep 

(for use with 3S3) 
or 3S76) 


Equivalent to 0.2 nsec/div to lO/xsec/ 
div, 1-2-5 sequence, variable between 
rates uncalibrated. 10X Magnifier. 


Internal, External; zb Slope. 


$650 


* Designed primarily for the Type 567 Digital Readout Oscilloscope. 



o 



o 




88 













c 






4 



561 A 
RM561A 



High in performance, low in cost, the Type 561 A and 
Type RM561A Oscilloscopes represent an advance in value 
and versatility in the Type 560-Series Oscilloscopes. 

Conventional operation extends to the 1 0-Mc range, 
with sub-nanosecond capabilities available through the 
use of sampling plug-in units. 

The Type 561 A and RM561A use plug-in units for both 
the vertical and horizontal deflection systems. Thus you 
can adapt them to meet your present requirements and 
easily and economically expand their range of opera- 
tions when needed. The deflection plug-in units used are 
fully compatible with the companion instruments in the 
entire Type 560-Series. 

Both the Type 561 A and Type RM561A use a cathode- 
ray tube that features an internal graticule with controll- 
able illumination. Thus you can take photographs with the 
same ease provided by external graticules and make 
parallax-free measurements. 

Occupying only 7 inches of standard rack height, the 
Type RM561A bolts directly to the rack but may be 
ordered with optional slide-out tracks at additional cost. 



CONVENTIONAL DISPLAYS: A wide range of non-sampling 
sensitivity and passband characteristics are available by choos- 
ing from eight 2-Series and 3-Series Amplifier Plug-In Units. 
Both single-trace and multi-trace display amplifiers are avail- 
able. Selection of the Type 2A61 , 2A63, or 3A3 will give dif- 
ferential amplifier operation, while strain gage and other trans- 
ducer operations are available with the Type 3C66. 

Desired sweep operation can be selected by choosing from 
2-Series and 3-Series Time-Base Plug-In Units. 



SAMPLING DISPLAYS: The Type 3T77 and 3T4 Sampling 
Sweep Units with either a Type 3S3 or Type 3S76 Amplifier 
Unit and 3T4 give a dual-trace sampling system with risefimes 
in the subnanosecond region. The Type 3S3 provides a system 
with a high impedance low capacity Input while the Type 3S76 
provides a 50-ohm input system. 

X-Y DISPLAYS: Types 2A60, 2A63, 3A3, 3A72, 3A74 and 
3A75 Amplifier Units operate equally well in the vertical and 
horizontal compartments of the Type 561 A and RM561A, per- 
mitting X-Y displays using any combination of these plug-in 
units. 

For medium and high-frequency X-Y operation, use of two 
units of the same type is recommended. Deflection-circuit ca- 
pacitances of the 561 A and RM561 A are carefully standardized 
to minimize high frequency phase-shift between two plug-ins of 
the same type when operated X-Y. 

MULTIPLE X-Y DISPLAYS: Using two Type 3A72 or two 
Type 3A74 Plug-In Units, both synchronization and automatic 
pairing are provided. With two 3A72's operated X-Y in the 
dual-trace mode, Channel 1 of the left-hand plug-in is always 
plotted against Channel 1 of the right-hand plug-in. With two 
Type 3A74's, two, three, or four independent displays may be 
obtained, properly paired: Channel 4 versus Channel 4, Channel 
3 versus Channel 3, etc . . . 

Using two Type 3A1 or two Type 3A6 Plug-In Units, dual- 
trace switching is not synchronized. Dual X-Y displays within 
the center 8x8 area of the graticule may be obtained, but 
one plug-in or the other must usually be limited to single-trace 
operation unless four displays are wanted. 

Using two Type 3A3 Plug-In Units, dual-trace switching is 
synchronized, so one Y Channel remains plotted against the 
same Y Channel once the display is set up. There is no pro- 
vision for consistent pairing each time the system is operated. 

As with single X-Y displays, two plug-ins of the same type 
should always be used where X-Y phase relationships are to 
be preserved. 



PARALLAX-FREE MEASUREMENTS— CONVENIENT PHOTOGRAPHY- 



The internal graticule eliminates parallax, a common cause 
of erroneous readings. Parallax is an apparent displacement 
of the trace in relationship to the graticule. It occurs when 
the trace is on a different plane than the graticule and is not 
viewed from exactly the same angle for all readings. 

When the trace and graticule are on the same plane, as 
on the cathode-ray tube of the Type 561 A and RM561A Oscillo- 
scope, parallax is eliminated. 



Controllable illumination of the internal graticule enables 
you to easily take waveform photographs in which the graticule 
rulings are sharply delineated. This was formerly possible only 
with oscilloscopes using external graticules. 

Adding to the convenience of operation are numbered set- 
tings of the illumination control that serve as an approximate 
exposure guide. 



■■■3 



M 



jflS H BB ™™ mm H 

■SSSiiiii! 




mmmwmmm® 


■■ 


mmmwmmmm 



SAMPLING 

Transistor turn-on and turn-off (upper trace) 

pulse (lower trace). 



Driving 



:•; 



MULTIPLE TRACES 

Four traces photographed simultaneously. 




DELAYING SWEEP (Double exposure) 

Intensified portion of waveform (upper trace) expanded 
(lower trace) by means of delayed sweep. 



89 






561A 
rm561A 



TYPE 561A CHARACTERISTICS 

PLUG-IN COMPARTMENTS accept all 2-Series and 3-Series 
Amplifier and Time-Base Units. 

TEKTRONIX CRT is a flat-faced tube with internal "no 
parallax" graticule, controllable edge-lighting, 3.5-kv mono- 
accelerator, beam-deflection unblanking. A P3l Phosphor is 
normally supplied. 

DISPLAY CONTROLS on the front-panel include Focus, In- 
tensity, and Scale Illumination (of the 8-cm by 10-cm display 
area), in addition to screwdriver adjustments for Astigmatism 
and Trace Alignment. 

ILLUMINATED INTERNAL GRATICULE is edge lighted and 
is marked in 8 vertical and 10 horizontal cm divisions. The 
centerlines are marked every 2 mm. Illumination is controlled 
by a front-panel knob. 

Z-AXIS INPUT through a terminal at the rear of the instru- 
ment permits external modulation of the crt cathode. 

CALIBRATOR has 18 calibrated square-wave voltages avail- 
able, from 0.2 mv to lOOv, pk-to-pk — approximately 5 /xsec 
risetime, at line frequency. The 0.5 calibrator voltage provides 
0.1 volts into 50 ohms, for convenient amplitude calibration of 
sampling units. 

ELECTRONICALLY-REGULATED SUPPLIES furnish all volt- 
ages required for proper operation of the Indicator and the 
plug-in units. Regulated dc-supply operates with line voltage 
between 105v to 125v or 21 Ov to 250 v, 50 to 400 cps . . . 
provides 85 watts for powering the 2-Series and 3-Series Plug- 
In Units. Supplies operate normally with or without plug-ins. 

POWER REQUIREMENT is 105v to 125v ; 50 to 400 cps ; 
240 watts maximum. 

CABINET MODEL (561 A) is 14%" high, 10" wide, and 
21 T / 8 " deep. Net weight ts 28 pounds. Shipping weight is 
39 pounds, approx. 

TYPE 561A, without plug-in units $500 

Each instrument includes: 1 — 3 to 2-wire adapter (103-0013-00); 1 — 3- 
conductor power cord (161-0010-00); 1 — Plate, protector, crt, clear 
(387-0935-00); 1— Filter, smoke gray (installed) (378-0544-00); 1— Patch 
cord, BNC-to-BNC, 18", red (012-0087-00); 1— Patch cord, BNC-to- 
banana plug, 18", red (012-0091-00); 1— Post jack, BNC, red 
(012-0092-00); 2— Instruction Manual (070-0342-00). 

RACK MOUNT MODEL 

THE TYPE RM561A is electrically identical to the 561 A 
except the calibrator range is from 1 mv to 100 v and the line 
frequency range is 50 to 60 cps. The RM561A mounts on a 
standard 19" rack; is 7" high and 18%" deep. (Additional 
mounting information on the Catalog Instrument Dimensions 
page.) Net weight is 30% pounds. Shipping weight is 54 
pounds, approx. 

TYPE RM561A, without plug-in units $550 

Each instrument includes: 1 — 3 to 2-wire adapter (103-0013-00); 1 — 3- 
conductor power cord (161-0010-00); 1 — Plate, protector, crt, clear 
(387-0935-00); 1— Filter, smoke gray (installed) (378-0544-00); 1— Patch 
cord, BNC-to-BNC, 18", red (012-0087-00); l^Patch cord, BNC-to- 
banana plug, 18", red (012-0091-00); 1— -Post jack, BNC, red 
(012-0092-00); 1 — Set mounting hardware; 2 — Instruction Manual 
(070-0352-00). 

TYPE RM561A WITH SLIDE-OUT TRACKS 

A slide-out track kit can be used to mount the RM561A to 
a standard 19" rack. When mounted this way, the RM561A 
can be pulled out from the rack, tilted, and locked in any of 
7 positions for convenient servicing. An RM561A with a slide- 
out track kit attached is available as MOD 171. Slide-out track 
kits can also be ordered separately. 



TYPE RM561 A MOD 171, without plug-in units . . . 

Each instrument includes: I- — 3 to 2-wire adapter (103-0013-00); 1 — 3 
conductor power cord (161-0010-00); 1 — Plate, protector, crt, clear 
(387-0935-00); 1— Filter, smoke gray (installed) (378-0544-00); 1— Patch 
cord, BNC-to-BNC, 18", red (012-0087-00); 1— Patch cord, BNC-to- 
banana plug, 18", red (012-0091-00); 1— Post Jack, BNC, red 
012-0902-00); 1— Set mounting hardware; 1 — Pr. Mounting Tracks (315- 
0027-00); 2— Instruction Manual (070-0352-00). 

SLIDE-OUT TRACK KIT (Part No. 351-0050-00) $45 

ACCESSORIES 
SCOPE-MOBILE® CARTS 

The Type 561 A can be given in-plant portability through 
use of proper Scope-Mobile® Carts. Scope-Mobile Carts for 
the Type 561 A have an adjustable tray that tilts and locks 
in any of nine positions for best oscilloscope viewing angle, 
5-Inch rubber wheels, two-wheel brakes, and a linoleum-topped 
shelf on the bottom. 

Two carts are available for the Type 561 A Oscilloscope. 
One cart, the Type 201-1, has a drawer installed. Installed in 
the other cart, the Type 201-2, is both a drawer and a plug-in 
carrier that provides dust-free storage for two plug-in units. 

See Catalog Accessory pages for additional information. 

TYPE 201-1, with drawer $120 

TYPE 201-2, with drawer-carrier $130 

■-^Registered Trademark, Tektronix, Inc. 

BLANK PLUG-IN CHASSIS 

This chassis contains necessary mechanical parts for con- 
struction of a custom plug-in for Type 560-Series Oscilloscopes 
— including frame, blank front panel, blank chassis, 24-pin con- 
nector, latch, and small hardware. Instructions are included 
on permissible power-supply loading and crt signal require- 
ments. Electrical components are not included. 

Blank Plug-In Chassis, Part No. 040-0245-00 $25 

PROBES 

Attenuator probes are not included with the Type 561 A or 
RM561A Oscilloscopes. Tektronix probes are recommended 
when minimum loading of the circuit is required. 

The following probes are recommended for use with the 
Type 2-Series and 3-Series Amplifier Plug-In Units. 
See Accessory pages for complete information on the probes. 



$600 





STANDARD 


PROBES 








Input Inductance 








Use 


R C 


Rating 


Probe No. 


Price 


1:1 Attenuator 


1 meg Q 97 pf 


600 v max 


P6028 


$12.50 


10:1 Attenuator 


10 meg U 9.5 pf 


600 v max 


P6006 


22.00 


1000:1 High Voltage 


100 meg 12 3 pf 


12 kv max 


P6013 


75.00 


1000:1 High Voltage 


100 meg tt 2.7 pf 


40 kv max 


P6015 


200.00 


Current 




15 amps max 


P6016 


75.00 




SAMPLING 


PROBES 








Input Inductance 








Use 


R C 


Rating 


Probe No. 


Price 


10:1 Attenuator 


50012 0.7 pf 


16 vdc-500 vac 


P6034 


$35.00 


100:1 Attenuator 


5 k 12 0.6 pf 


50 vdc-500 vac 


P6035 


35.00 


10:1 to 1000:1 C.F. 


10 meg 12 varies 


varies 


P6032 


220.00 


Current 




500 ma 


CT1/P6040 


31.00 



o 



POLARIZED VIEWER 

Permits easier viewing of oscilloscope traces of normal to 
low intensity under high ambient light conditions. Slips on the £ 
instrument in seconds. 
Rectangular Polarized Viewer (Part No. 016-0039-00) $10 

U.S. Sales Prices f.o.b. Beaverton, Oregon 
Please refer to Terms and Shipment, General Information page. 



90 




STORAGE OSCILLOSCOPE Type 






TVPE3A3 




\ P 







MULTI-PURPOSE 

ACCEPTS 2-SERIES AND 3-SERIES 
PLUG-IN UNITS 

X-Y DISPLAYS 

CONVENTIONAL AND STORED DISPLAYS 



The Type 564 and RM564 are versatile general-purpose 
oscilloscopes with storage capabilities. Plug-in units for 
both vertical and horizontal deflection systems of the Type 
564 and RM564 adapts these oscilloscopes to meet your 
present requirements and easily and economically expand 
their range of operation when needed. 

CHARACTERISTIC SUMMARY 

VERTICAL 

ertical deflection characteristics extremely flexible throug 
use of 2-Series and 3-Series Plug-In Units. Full pass- 
band capabilities of plug-in units available in conven- 
tional operation. 

HORIZONTAL 

Horizontal deflection characteristics extremely flexible 
through use of versatile Time-Base Units and Ampli 
fiers of the 2-Series and 3-Series Plug-In Units. 







ii.. . ■■■■-."--... ■ _:■■.■--.-• 

J-WfTa. 




91 



564 

rm564 





CRT 



DISPLAY AREA — 8 x 10 cm. 

ACCELERATING VOLTAGE — 3.5 kv. 

SPLIT SCREEN STORAGE — Store on either upper or lower 
half of screen with non-storage on other half; store on 
entire screen; or non-store on entire screen. 

STORAGE TIME — Up to one hour. 

ERASE TIME — Approximately 0.25 second. 

LOCATE BUTTON — Determines vertical position of next 
trace. 

OTHER CHARACTERISTICS 

AMPLITUDE CALIBRATOR— 0.2 mv to 1 00 v (564), 1.0 mv 

to lOOv (RM564), and 0.1 v into 50 12, power line 

frequency. 
POWER REQUIREMENTS— 105 to 125 v or 210 to 250 v, 

50 to 400 cps (564), 50 to 60 cps (RM564), 240 

watts max. 

STORAGE OPERATION 

Features of the Type 564 as a storage oscilloscope include — 
Long-term storage with short-time erasure. 
Storage of single shot signals. 
Split-screen with individual controls for each half. 

SOME THINGS YOU CAN DO WITH 
TYPE 564 STORED DISPLAYS 

7. Observe single-shot phenomena. 

2. Study, for long periods of time, a waveform without 
having to photograph it. 

3. Photograph only those stored waveforms you want. 

4. Compare waveforms to a stored waveform, each dis- 
played on half of the crt face. 

5. Change the stored standard while viewing other wave- 
forms on the non-stored half. 

6. Photograph a multi-event stored display with only one 
exposure. 

7. Store fast recurrent phenomena by using the integrate 
feature. 

8. Store X-Y displays. 




AVAILABLE DISPLAYS 

With the wide-range sensitivity and passband of the Type 
564, several storage and conventional-operation displays are 
obtainable. (Deflection characteristics of stored displays are 
limited by stored-mode writing characteristics of crt). 

Single-trace and multi-trace displays are obtained by 
selecting either sampling or non-sampling amplifier plug-in 
units. Selection of the Type 2A61, 2A63, or 3A3, gives dif- 
ferential amplifier operation, while strain gage and other trans- 
ducer operations are available with the Type 3C66. 

Single X-Y displays result from using any combination of 
the Type 2A60, 2A63, 3A3, 3A72, 3A74, and 3A75 Units in both 
the vertical and horizontal compartments of the Type 564. 

For medium and high-frequency X-Y operation, however, use 
two units of the same type. Careful standardization of deflec- 
tion-circuit capacitance in the Type 564, minimizes high fre- 
quency phase-shift between two of the same type plug-in units 
when operated X-Y. 

Multiple X-Y displays-. Using two Type 3A72 or two Type 
3A74 Plug-In Units, both synchronization and automatic pair- 
ing are provided. With two 3A72's operated X-Y in the dual 
trace mode, Channel 1 of the left-hand plug-in is always 
plotted against Channel 1 of the right-hand plug-in. With two 
Type 3A74's, two, three, or four independent displays may be 
obtained, properly paired: Channel 4 versus Channel 4, Chan- 
nel 3 versus Channel 3, etc. . . . 

Using two Type 3A1 or two Type 3A6 Plug-In Units, dual- 
trace switching is not synchronized. Dual X-Y displays within 
the center 8x8 area of the graticule may be obtained, but 
one plug-in or the other must usually be limited to single- 
trace operation unless four displays are wanted. 

Using two Type 3A3 Plug-In Units, dual-trace switching is 
synchronized, so one Y Channel remains plotted against the 
same Y Channel once the display is set up. There is no pro- 
vision for consistent pairing each time the system is operated. 

As with single X-Y displays, two plug-ins of the same type 
should always be used where X-Y phase relationships are to 
be preserved. 

Sampling displays with risetimes in the sub-nanosecond 
region are obtained by using Type 3T77, or 3T4, Sampling 
Sweep Unit with either a Type 3S3 or Type 3S76 Amplifier 
Unit. Either combination will provide a dual-trace display 
or a single display. The Type 3S3 provides a system with a 
high impedance low capacitance input while the Type 3S76 
provides a 50-ohm input system. 



J_J 



SHOCK TEST 

Display shows ability of the Type 564 to 
store consecutive events for comparison or 
photography. Waveforms indicate shock 
imparted by dropping sub-table weight of 
5 lbs. from different heights. Drop of 5" 
= 50.5 g's ; 10" = 92.5 g's; 15" = 142 
g's; 20" = 181 g's; 25" =214 g's. Sweep 
Rate is 2 msec/cm. 





LOW-REPETITION RATE SAMPLING 

Display shows ability of the Type 564 
(with sampling plug-in units) to record com- 
plete sampling waveforms at low repetition 
rates. Upper trace is stored. Lower trace 
is not stored. This capability for storing 
low-repetition-rate waveforms allows ob- 
servation and analysis of the entire sam- 
pled display at one time. 



INPUT-OUTPUT WAVEFORMS 

Display shows ability of the Type 564 to 
store similar waveforms for easy com- 
parison. 

Upper trace shows the trigger input to 
a multivibrator. 

Lower trace shows the output. 



o 



c 



o 



92 



564 

rm564 




-SERIES AND 3-SERIES PLUG-IN UNIT 



AMPLIFIER UNITS 




TYPE 



INPUT 

(ac or dc coupled) 



PASSBAND 

(3-db down) 



CALIBRATED SENSITIVITY 



PRICE 



2A60-Single Trace 



1 megohm — 47 pf, 
600 v max. 



dc— 1 Mc. 



50 mv/div — 50 v/div, 4 decade steps, 
with variable control. 



$105 



2A61 — Differential 
(low level) 
2A63 — Differential 
(50:1 rejection ratio) 



10 megohm — 50 pf, 
±5 v (ac-coupled only) 



0.06 cps 300 kc 



10 ^v/div— 20 mv/div, 1-2-5 

with variable control. 



sequence, 



dc— 300 kc. 



1 mv/div— 20 v/div, 1-2-5 

with variable control. 



sequence, 



3A1 — Dual Trace 

(identical channels) 



dc— lOMc. 



10 mv/div — 10 v/div, 
with variable control. 



1-2-5 sequence, 



3A2*— Dual Trace 



dc— 500 kc 



3A3 — Dual Trace 
Differential 

3A6 — Dual Trace 

(identical channels) 
3A72 — Dual Trace 

(identical channels) 



1 megohm — 47 pf, 
600 volts max. 



10 mv/div— 10 v/div, 1-2-5 
with variable control. 



sequence, 



dc— 500 kc 



100 /xv/div— 10 v/div, 
with variable control. 



1-2-5 sequence, 



dc— lOMc 
(has delay line) 



10 mv/div— 10 v/div, 1-2-5 
with variable control. 



sequence, 



dc— 650 kc. 



10 mv/div— 20 v/div, 1-2-5 
with variable control. 



sequence, 



3A74 — Four Trace 

(identical channels) 



dc— 2 Mc. 



20 mv/div— 10 v/div, 1-2-5 
with variable control. 



sequence, 



3A75 — Single trace 



dc— 4 Mc. 



50 mv/div— 20 v/div, 1 -2-5 
with variable control. 



sequence, 



$385 



$150 



$450 



$500 



$790 



$540 



$275 



$590 



$175 



3C66 — Carrier 

Amplifier 

3S3 — Dual Trace 

Sampling (for use 

with 3T77) 



120-O strain- 
gage bridge 



dc — 5 kc 
[70-p.sec risetime) 



10 ^strain/div— 10,000 /istrain/div, 1-2-5 
sequence, with variable control. 



100K— 2pf, 

±3 volts max. 



equivalent 
dc— 1 Gc. 

(0.35 nsec risetime) 



5 mv/div — 100 mv/div, 1-2-5 sequence, 

with variable control. 



$400 



$1500 

(with 
probes) 



3S76 — Dual Trace 
Sampling (for use 
with 3T77) 



50 ohms 
dc-coupled 



equivalent 
dc— 875 Mc. 
(0.4-nsec risetime) 



2 mv/div — 200 mv/div, 1-2-5 sequence, 
with variable control. 



$1100 



TIME-BASE UNITS 



TYPE 



2B67 



SWEEP FEATURES 



1 jusec/div to 5sec/div, 1-2-5 sequence, 
variable between rates uncalibrated. 
5X Magnifier. Single Sweep. 



TRIGGERING 



Internal, External, Line; Amplitude-Level 
Selection; AC or DC-Coupling; Auto- 
mafic or Free-Run; ± Slope. 



PRICE 

$210 



3B1 



Normal and Delayed Sweeps — 0.5 jasec/ 
div to 1 sec/div, 1-2-5 sequence. 18 cali- 
brated delay settings, 0.5 /xsec to 10 sec, 
variable between rates uncalibrated. 



Internal, External; Amplitude-Level Selec- 
tion; AC or DC-Coupling; Automatic; dz 
Slope; for Normal Sweep. Same features 
(except no Automatic) for Delayed Sweep. 



$535 



3B2' 



2 /xsec/div to 1 sec/div, 1-2-5 sequence, 
variable between rates uncalibrated. 
Variable sweep delay. 



Internal, External, Line; Amplitude-Level 
Selection; AC or DC-Coupling; Free-Run,- 
± Slope. 



$650 



3B3 



Normal and Delayed Sweeps — 0.5 /xsec/ 
dlv to 1 sec/div, 1-2-5 sequence. Con- 
tinuously variable calibrated delay from 
0.5 fisec to 10 sec. Single Sweep for main 
sweep. 



Internal, External, Line; Amplitude-Level 
Selection; AC or DC-Coupling; Automatic; 
± Slope; for Normal Sweep. Same fea- 
tures (except no Line or Automatic) for 
Delayed Sweep. 



$585 



3B4 



0.2 /xsec/div to 5 sec/div, 1-2-5 sequence, 
variable between rates uncalibrated. 
IX to SOX Magnifier, direct reading. 
Single sweep. 



Internal, External, Line; Amplitude-level se- 
lection; AC or DC-Coupling; Automatic or 
Free Run; zt Slope. 



$400 



3T4 
Programmable 
Sampling Sweep 

(for use with 3S3 
or 3S76) 



Equivalent to 1 nsec/div to 200 /j.sec/div, 
1-2-5 sequence, variable between rates, 
uncalibrated. 10X Magnifier. 



Internal, External; ±Slope. 



$1300 



3T77 

Sampling Sweep 

(for use with 3S3) 
or 3S76) 



Equivalent to 0.2 nsec/div to 10/j.sec/ 
div, 1-2-5 sequence, variable between 
rates uncalibrated. 1 OX Magnifier. 



Internal, External; ± Slope. 



$650 



Designed primarily for the Type 567 Digital Readout Oscilloscope. 



93 






564 

rm564 



CRT PERFORMANCE 

There are two storage tubes available for use in the Type 
564 Oscilloscope. Both tubes exhibit characteristics of a con- 
ventional crt when used in the non-stored mode. One tube, the 
Type T5640-200, has the brightest stored display. The other 
tube, the Type T5640-201, has the fastest writing speed. 

By selecting the proper tube, you can obtain optimum oscillo- 
scope performance for your particular application. Such selec- 
tion is important because each tube has its own maximum 
writing speed and brightness for stored-mode operation. The 
brightness of a stored display for an individual tube is one 
value regardless of the intensity of the beam that generated it. 

The brightness curves on the graph represent values mea- 
sured with a Spectra Spot Brightness Meter at operating level 
with the entire screen faded positive. The writing speed curve 
was obtained with a crt beam of 30 /xamps. The hours shown 
are the actual hours the crt is used in the stored mode with re- 
petitive writing, storing, and erasing. 

It should be noted that non-storage operation of the crt has 
little effect on the stored-mode brightness and writing speeds 
shown. Therefore to obtain maximum crt performance and 
service, the oscilloscope should be in the non-stored mode when 
stored displays are not needed. 



TYPICAL LIFE CHARACTERISTICS 



CO 

h- 

<£ 

LU 
CD 

5 
< 
.J 



o 
o 



CO 
CO 



X 

C3 

E 

CO 



o 
l_ 
< 

or 

z 
o 
o 



20 



15 



10 







.. ... 

T5640-200 
















BRIG 


^T^T mm - 




— WRIT 


^_ S SPCEQ 












^^ 










CONTRAST RA 


TIO 





40 



30 



20 



10 



a 
z 
o 
o 

UJ 

co 



5 < 

S m 



UJ M 

Ui 

Q- 

co 

o 

z 



cr 



500 1000 1500 2000 2 500 

HOURS OF OPERATION (STORED MODE) 



20 

V) 

t- 

IX 

£ 15 

S 2 

_j t- 
< 

t- <r 

o i_ 

< <r 

CO t- 
co z 

uj o 
z o 

1 

CD 



( 




200 






T5640-201 






a 
o 

CJ 

150 £ 

_i 

£ 

2 o 

100 o tn 

< .1 

£ j 

Ui 

a. 

v> 

50 <S 

z 






_ WF >1TIH G g 


PEED 




















CONTRAST 


RATIO 








BRIGHT 




it 



00 


NESS 


J 500 1000 1500 2000 25 
HOURS OF OPERATION ( STORED MODE ) 



o 



TYPE 564 CHARACTERISTICS 

STORAGE TIME is up to 1 hour. Longer times may be ob- 
tained, but tend to reduce target sensitivity in the stored areas. 

ERASURE TIME is only 0.25 second. 

SINGLE SHOT SIGNALS at slow or medium speeds are 
easily stored for extended viewing time (within writing-rate 
capabilities of crt selected). 

REPETITIVE SIGNALS at high-speeds can be stored with the 
integrate technique. Using the integrate feature provides an 
increase in stored writing rate by 10 times on 12 repetitive 
traces thus permitting storage of displays much faster than the 
stated writing rate of the crt. 

STORED WRITING-RATE ENHANCEMENT controls the 
single-sweep storage capabilities of the storage crt. Through 
adjustment of the front-panel Writing-Rate Increase control, 
single-trace spot velocities up to 250 cm/msec using the T5640- 
200 crt or up to 500 cm/msec using the T5640-201 crt can be 
stored with minimal loss of resolution and contrast in the 
center 7x9 cm. 

SPLIT SCREEN allows the operator to store on one-half of 
the screen and non-store on the other half of the crt screen. 
Also the entire screen may be used for either storage or con- 
ventional displays. 

TWO CRTS available for optimum performance in your 
application. Please read CRT PERFORMANCE that appears 
later for stored-writing speed and intensity of each tube. 

PLUG-IN COMPARTMENTS accept 2-Series and 3-Series 

Amplifier and Time-Base Units. 

CRT is a flat-faced tube with beam-deflection blanking and 
an accelerating voltage of 3.5 kv. It has split-screen storage 
capabilities with individual storage controls for each half of 
the screen. Storage time to over one hour with an erase time 
of 0.25 sec, approx. 

LOCATE BUTTON, when depressed, causes a spot or spots 
to appear at the left of the crt screen at the vertical position 
of the next sweep. 

GRATICULE is edge lighted and is marked in 8 vertical 
and 10 horizontal cm divisions. The centerline is marked 
every 2 mm. Illumination is controlled by a front-panel knob. 

Z-AXIS INPUT through a terminal at the rear of the instru- 
ment permits external modulation of the crt cathode. 

CALIBRATOR has 18 amplitude-calibrated square-wave volt- 
ages available, from 0.2 mv to lOOv, pk-to-pk; approximately 
5 /usee risetime, at line frequency. The 0.5 v calibrator switch 
position provides 0.1 volts (pk-to-pk) into 50 ohms, for convenient 
calibration of sampling units. 

ELECTRONICALLY-REGULATED SUPPLIES furnish all volt- 
ages required for proper operation of the Indicator and the 
plug-in units. Regulated dc supply operates with line voltage 
between 105 v to 125 v or 210 v to 250 v, 50 to 400 cps. . . max. 
240 watts, approx. 

MECHANICAL FEATURES include dimensions of 13y 2 " high 
by 9 3 / 4 " wide by 21 T / 2 " deep. Net weight is 33 pounds. 
Shipping weight is 41 pounds, approx. 




94 




• 




ORDERING INFORMATION 

The Type 564 has the storage tube T5640-200 (stored display 
of highest intensity). 

TYPE 564 (without plug-in units) $950 

Each instrument includes: 1 — Polarized viewer (016-0039-00); 1 — 3 to 
2-wire adapter (103-0013-00); 1— 3-conductor power cord (161-0010-00); 
1— Patch cord, BNC-to-BNC, 18" (012-0087-00); 1— Patch cord, BNC- 
to-banana plug, 18" (012-0091-00; 1— Post jack, BNC (012-0092-00); 
2 Instruction manual (070-0351-00). 

The Type 564 MOD 08 has the storage tube T5640-201 
(fastest stored writing speed). 

TYPE 564 MOD 08 (without plug-in units) $950 

Each instrument includes: 1 — Polarized viewer (016-0039-00); 1 — 3 to 
2-wire adapter (103-0013-00); 1— 3-conductor power cord (161-0010-00); 
l^Patch cord, BNC-to-BNC, 18" (012-0087-00); 1— Patch cord, 8NC- 
to-banana plug, 18" (012-0091-00; 1 — Post jack, BNC (012-0092-00); 
2 Instruction manual (070-0351-00). 

RACK MOUNT MODEL 

The TYPE RM564 OSCILLOSCOPE, only 7" in height, is 
suited for applications where panel space might be at a 
premium. The Type RM564 is electrically identical to 
the Type 564 except the amplitude calibrator range is 
from 1 .0 mv to 1 00 v and the instrument operates on 
power line frequency of 50 to 60 cps. The Type RhA564 
provides for remote erase of the stored waveform on 
either or both halves of the split screen storage tube. 
The Type RM564 mounts in a 19" rack, is 7" high, and 
is 18 3 / 8 " deep. (Additional mounting information on the 
catalog instrument dimension page). Net weight is 31 
pounds. Shipping weight is 41 pounds, approx. 

ORDERING INFORMATION 

The Type RM564 has the storage tube T5640-200 (stored dis- 
play of highest intensity). 
TYPE RM564 (without plug-in units) $1035 

Each instrument includes.- 1 — Polarized viewer (016-0039-00); 1 — 3 to 
2-wire adapter (103-0013-00); 1— 3-conducfor power cord (1 61 -0010-00); 
1— Patch cord, BNC-to-BNC, 18" (012-0087-00); 1— Patch cord, BNC- 
to-banana plug, 18" (012-0091-00); 1— Post jack, BNC (012-0092-00); 
1 — Set mounting hardware; 2 — Instruction manual (070-0415-00). 

The Type RM564 MOD 08 has the storage tube T5640-201 
(fastest stored writing speed). 

TYPE RM564 MOD 08 (without plug-in units) $1035 

Each instrument includes: 1 — Polarized viewer (016-0039-00); 1 — 3 to 
2-wire adapter (103-0013-00); 1— 3-conductor power cord (161-0010-00); 
1— Patch cord, BNC-to-BNC, 18" (012-0037-00); l^Patch cord, BNC- 
fo-banana plug, 18" (012-0091-00); 1— Post jack, BNC (012-0092-00); 
1 — Set mounting hardware; 2 — Instruction manual (070-0415-00). 

TYPE RM564 WITH SLIDE-OUT TRACKS 

RM564 or RM564 MOD 08 with slide-out track kit can be 
used to mount the RM564 or RM564 MOD 08 in a standard 
19" rack to allow the instrument to be pulled out from the 
rack, tilted and locked in any of 7 positions for convenient 
servicing. An RM564 or RM564 MOD 08 is available with the 
track kit installed as MOD 171, or the tracks may be ordered 
separately (below). A cradle assembly 040-0344-00 should be 
ordered separately if the instrument is to be mounted on slide- 
out tracks in a backless rack. 

RM564 MOD 171 or RM564 MOD 08, MOD 171 .. $1085 

Each instrument includes: 1 — Polarized viewer (016-0039-00); 1 — 3 to 
2-wire adapter (103-0013-00); 1— 3-conductor power cord (161-0010-00); 
1— Patch cord, BNC-to-BNC, 18" (012-0087-00); 1— Patch cord, BNC- 
to-banana plug, 18" (012-0091-00); 1— Post jack, BNC (012-0092-00| ; 
1 — Set mounting hardware; 2 — Instruction manual (070-0415-00). 



564 

rm564 



RM564 ACCESSORIES 

Slide-out Track Kit (Part No. 351-0050-00) $45 

Cradle Assembly — For use when slide-out tracks are in- 
stalled in a rack without rear-support rails (not required when 
slide-out tracks are not used). 

Cradle Assembly (Part No. 040-0344-00) $1 1.45 

Remote-Erase Connector — Mates with connector on RM564 — 
Cable not included (Part No. 134-0049-00) $3.90 

ACCESSORIES 
PROBES 

Attenuator probes are not included with the Type 564 Oscil- 
loscope. Tektronix probes are recommended when minimum 
loading of the circuit is required. 

The following probes are recommended for use with the 
Type 2-Series and 3-Series Amplifier Plug-In Units. See Catalog 
Accessory pages for complete information on the probes. 

STANDARD PROBES 



l 

10 
3 000 



Use 

1 Attenuator 
1 Attenuator 



Input Impedance 
R C 

1 meg S2 97 pf 

10 meg J2 9.5 pf 



Rating 

600 v max 
600 v max 



Probe No. Price 

P6028 $12.50 
P6006 22.00 



1 High Voltage 100 meg £2 3 pf 12kv max 
1000:1 High Voltage 100 meg £2 2.7 pf 40 kv max 



P6013 



75.00 



P6015 200.00 



Current 



15 amps max P6016 



75.00 



Use 

10:1 Attenuator 
100:1 Attenuator 
10:1 to 1000:1 C.F. 
Current 



SAMPLING PROBES 

Input Impedance 

R C Rating Probe No. 

500 12 0.7 pf 16 vdc-500 vac P6034 

5 k fl 0.6 pf 50 vdc-500 vac P6035 

10 meg £2 varies varies P6032 

500 ma CT1 /P6040 



Price 


$35.00 


35.00 


220.00 


31.00 



SCOPE-MOBILE® CARTS 

Two Scope-Mobile® carts are available for the Type 564 
Oscilloscope. One cart, the Type 201-1, has a drawer installed. 
Installed in the other cart, the Type 201-2, is both a drawer and 
a plug-in carrier that provides dust-free storage for two plug-in 
units. 

See Catalog Accessory pages for additional information. 

TYPE 201-1, with drawer $120 

TYPE 201-2, with drawer-carrier $130 

®Registered Trademark, Tektronix, Inc. 



BLANK PLUG-IN CHASSIS 

This chassis contains necessary mechanical parts for construc- 
tion of a custom plug-in for Type 560-Series Oscilloscopes — 
including frame, blank front panel, blank chassis, 24-pin connec- 
tor, latch, and small hardware. Instructions are included on 
permissible power-supply loading and crt signal requirements. 
Electrical components are not included. 
BLANK PLUG-IN CHASSIS (Part No. 040-0245-00) $25 

U.S. Sales Price f.o.b. Beaverfon, Oregon 
Please refer to Terms and Shipment, General Information page. 



95 




DUAL-BEAM OSCILLOSCOPE 







'■■■•' .-i'^'.fijjw 




TYPE 565 DUAL-BEAM OSCILLOSCOPE 



TYPE 3A7S 
AMPLIFIER 








TWO COMPLETELY INDEPENDENT BEAMS 
ILLUMINATED NO-PARALLAX GRATICULE 
TWO INDEPENDENT SWEEP SYSTEMS 
PLUG-IN VERTICAL AMPLIFIERS 
DELAYING-SWEEP OPERATION 
SINGLE-SWEEP OPERATION 
REAR-PANEL OUTPUT CONNECTORS 



CHARACTERISTIC SUMMARY 
VERTICAL 

Vertical deflection characteristics extremely flexible through 
use of 2-Series and 3-Series Plug-In Units. 

HORIZONTAL 
CALIBRATED SWEEP RANGE— 1 /isec/div to 5 sec/div. 

SWEEP MAGNIFIER — 1 OX, extends sweep range to 0.1 
,usec/div. 



TRIGGER REQUIREMENTS— 

Internal: 2 minor divisions of deflection up to 50 kc, 

increasing to 1 major division at 2 Mc. 
External: 0.5 v up to 50 kc, increasing to 1 v at 2 Mc. 

CALIBRATED SWEEP DELAY— 10 M sec to 50 sec, con- 
tinuously variable. 

EXTERNAL INPUT — Approx. 1 00 mv/div to 300 v/div : dc 
to 350 kc; 100 kilohms, ±20%. 



CRT 



DISPLAY AREA — 10 x 10 cm (each beam scans 8 cm ver- 
tical, overlap of the two beams is 6cm). Major grati- 
cule division equals 1 cm, minor division equals 2 mm. 
Illuminated no-parailax graticule. 

ACCELERATING VOLTAGE— 4 kv. 



OTHER CHARACTERISTICS 

AMPLITUDE CALIBRATOR— 1 mv to 1 00 v, 1 -kc square 
wave, in six steps. 

REAR-PANEL PULSE AND SIGNAL OUTPUTS — Output im- 
pedance approx. 500 ohms; max. load 2 ma. 

POWER REQUIREMENTS— 105 to 1 25 v or 21 to 250 v, 
600 watts max. 



o 



96 






c 



565 

RM565 



c 




2-SERIES AND 3-SERIES PLUG-IN UNITS 


AMPLIFIER UNITS 


TYPE 


INPUT 

(ac or dc coupled) 


PASSBAND 

(3-db down) 


CALIBRATED SENSITIVITY 


PRICE 


2A60-Single Trace 


1 megohm — 47 pf, 
600 v max. 


dc — 1 Mc. 


50mv/div — 50 v/div, 4 decade steps, 
with variable control. 


$105 


2A61— Differential 
(low level) 


10 megohm — 50 pf, 
±5 v (ac-coupled only) 


0.06 cps— 300 kc 


1 /iv/div— 20 mv/div, 1 -2-5 

with variable control. 


sequence, 


$385 


2A63 — Differential 

(50:1 rejection ratio) 


1 megohm — 47 pf, 
600 volts max. 


dc— 300 kc. 


1 mv/div— 20 v/div, 1-2-5 

with variable control. 


sequence, 


$150 


3 AT — Dual Trace 

(identical channels) 


dc— 10 Mc. 


10 mv/div— 10 v/div, 1-2-5 
with variable control. 


sequence, 


$450 


3A2* — Dual Trace 


dc— 500 kc 


10 mv/div— 10 v/div, 1-2-5 
with variable control. 


sequence, 


$500 


3 A3- — Dual Trace 
Differential 


dc— 500 kc 


100 ^av/div— 10 v/div, 1-2-5 
with variable control. 


sequence, 


$790 


3A6 — Dual Trace 

(identical channels) 


dc— 1 Mc 
(has delay line) 


10 mv/div— 10 v/div, 1-2-5 
with variable control. 


sequence, 


$540 


JA/2 — Dual Trace 

(identical channels) 


dc— 650 kc. 


10 mv/div— 20 v/div, 1-2-5 

with variable control. 


sequence, 


$2/5 


3 A 74— Four Trace 

(identical channels) 


dc— 2 Mc. 


20 mv/div— 10 v/div, 1-2-5 
with variable control. 


sequence, 


$590 


3A75 — Single trace 


do — 4 Mc. 


50 mv/div— 20 v/div, 1 -2-5 

with variable control. 


sequence, 


$175 


3C66 — Carrier 
Amplifier 


120-Q strain- 
gage bridge 


dc — 5 kc 

[70-jisec risetime) 


10 /xstrain/div— 10,000 ^strain /div, 1-2-5 
sequence, with variable control. 


$400 


* Designed prime 


arily for the Type 567 Dig 


"tal Readout Oscillosc 


ope. 







■ 



97 



565 

rm565 



A Type 565 — or rack-mount counterpart, Type RM565 
— is essentially two single-beam oscilloscopes sharing a 
common cathode-ray tube, power supply and housing. Each 
beam has separate vertical and horizontal, deflection sys- 
tems, focus, and intensity controls. 

The vertical amplifiers can be any of the 2-Series or 
3-Series Plug-In Units, except Sampling Units. 

The horizontal amplifiers are built-in and can be driven 
by either of two sweep systems, simultaneously or inde- 
pendently, or from their external inputs. Front-panel con- 
trols permit using "A" sweep as a delaying sweep and 
"B" as the delayed sweep. In this mode of operation the 
upper beam is intensified for the duration of the "B" 
sweep. "B" sweep may also be used for single-sweep 
operation. 

There are rear-panel outputs of: Vertical Signals, Hori- 
zontal Signals, +Gates, and Delayed Trigger. 



ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS 

(pertain to circuitry for each of the two beams) 



VERTICAL DEFLECTION SYSTEMS 

Characteristics of the two vertical systems depend upon the 
2-Series or 3-Series Amplifier Units used. Please refer to the 
plug-in chart for more information on these vertical amplifier 
units. (The 565 does not use Sampling Plug-In Units.) 

TRIGGER 

SENSITIVITY — 0.5 volts or 2 minor divisions up to 50 kc, de- 
creasing to 1 volt or 1 cm at 2 Mc. 

"AC" coupling time constant — approx. 10~ 2 sec (.01 ^f and 1 
meg). 

"AC FAST" coupling time constant — 10 5 sec (100 pf and 
100 k). 

HORIZONTAL SWEEP GENERATORS 

RANGE — 1 /xsec/div to 5 sec/div in 21 calibrated steps, 1- 
2-5 sequence. Accuracy within 3%. 

VARIABLE — Control permits continuous adjustment uncali- 
brated from 1 /xsec/div to 12 sec/div. 

MAGNIFIER — 10X Magnifier permits expanding any 1 divi- 
sion portion of the display a full 10 divisions, accuracy 
within 5%. The magnifier can be used to extend the 
sweep rate to 0.1 /xsec/div. 

HORIZONTAL AMPLIFIERS 

SENSITIVITY— Approximately lOOmv/div to 300 v/div, con- 
tinously adjustable. Maximum input voltage: 300 v rms. 

INPUT RESISTANCE— 1 00 kilohms, ±20%. 

PASSBAND — dc-to-350 kc, at maximum sensitivity. 

DELAY INTERVAL 

RANGE — 10 jisec to 50 sec calibrated and continuously adjust- 
able. 

INCREMENTAL ACCURACY— Within 0.5%. 

JlfTER-^} part in 20,000. 



OPERATIONAL FEATURES 

(pertain to both sweep systems except as indicated for "B" sweep) 




CALIBRATOR 

RANGE — 1 mv to lOOv pk-to-pk in 6 decade steps, positive- 
going square wave. 

ACCURACY— Within 3%. 

FREQUENCY— Approximately 1 kc. 

REAR-PANEL OUTPUTS 

OUTPUT IMPEDANCE— 500 ohms, approximately. 

MAXIMUM LOAD CURRENT— 2 ma. 

VERTICAL OUTPUT — Signal amplitude, dc level, and transient 
response are dependent upon the vertical plug-in unit used. 
Typical signal amplitude, 2 v/div to 4 v/div of display; dc 
level, ±20 volts. 

HORIZONTAL OUTPUT— Signal amplitude, at least 50 mv/div 
of display in External position and 0.5 v/div of display in 
Sweep position; dc level, to +5 volts. 

-+- GATE — Pulse height, 20 v minimum; dc level, zero volts. 

DELAYED TRIGGER— Fast-rise pulse amplitude, +8v mini- 
mum; dc level, zero volts. 



REAR PANEL POWER PLUG 

OUTPUTS — Power supply outputs for future accessories. 

POWER REQUIREMENT 

OPERATION— 105 v to 125 v, 50 to 60 cps. 

VOLTAGE— 99 v to 132v or 198v to 265 v (through use of 
selectable transformer taps). 

WATTAGE — 600 watts maximum (depends upon plug-in com- 
bination). 



TRIGGER FACILITIES 

Trigger selection is accomplished by slide-switch logic. This 
arrangement allows quick selection and quick visual checks. 
Sequence is as follows: 

1. EXTERNAL, INTERNAL (upper or lower beam), or LINE 
frequency triggering. 

2. COUPLING can be AC, AC FAST, or DC. 

3. SLOPE can be -f or — for triggering on the positive-going 
or negative-going portion of the selected waveform. 

4. The Level control permits triggering on the desired portion 
of the waverform. At the CCW stop of this control, the trig- 
ger is in the Automatic Mode. The sweep free runs at about ( 
a 50-cps rate (in the absence of a signal) giving a refer- 
ence trace but will automatically trigger on incoming 
trigger signals of a higher frequency. At the CW stop of 
this control, the sweep free runs. 



98 







• 




c 



The Type 565 is used in exploring methods of measuring 
blood flow by angiography. Investigators Initiate and evalu- 
ate angiographic injectors in a wide variety of exploratory tech- 
niques with artificial arteries and photography. The dual-beam 
capability of the Type 565 and multi-channel plug-in units per- 
mit investigators to monitor injection time and injection pres- 
sure in addition to most parameters of interest in the artificial 
artery such as flow, EKG, pulse, and pressure. 

Waveform display shows first and second traces on the 
upper beam and third through sixth traces on the lower beam. 
Upper Beam sweep rate is 0.15 sec/ div. Lower Beam sweep 
rate is 0.5sec/div. The configurations show: 

h Arterial Pressure at 50 mm Hg/cm 

2. Simulated R wave of EKG 

3. Artificial Arterial Pressure 

4. Injection Pressure 

5. Simulated EKG with delayed camera pulse 

6. Delay and duration of injector solenoid 

SWEEP GENERATORS "A" AND "B" 

Independent operation of the two generators; delaying sweep 
operation; single-sweep operation on "B" time base only, 
single control selection of sweep Time/Div in a 1-2-5 sequence, 
Variable control, light indicating "uncalibrated" sweep, and 
a 10X Magnifier. 

"B" time base mode switch positions: (1) Manual Trigger, 
(2) Starts After Delay Interval, (3) Triggerable After Delay In- 
terval, (4) Normal Trigger, (5) Single Sweep. 

With the "B" time base switch in the "Normal Trigger" posi- 
tion, each sweep operates independently. In the "Starts After 
Delay Interval" and "Triggerable After Delay Interval" posi- 
tions, time base "A" operates as a delay timing sweep and 
time base "B" operates as the delayed sweep. The upper beam 
is intensified for the duration of the "B" sweep. 

In the "Single-Sweep" position, the "B" sweep is armed 
by pressing a button. A ready light shows that the sweep 
is read/ for the first incoming trigger. Single-sweep operation 
facilitates photographic recording of waveforms. 



565 

rm565 



HORIZONTAL DISPLAY SWITCH (horizontal amplifier input 
selector). 

Positions include those for external horizontal input, "A" 
sweep, and "B" sweep. In the external horizontal input posi- 
tion, the horizontal amplifier is connected to the front panel 
input connector through the Ext Horiz Gain control. In the 
other two positions, the amplifier is connected to the output 
of either sweep generator. 

CRT AND DISPLAY FEATURES 

CATHODE-RAY TUBE— Round, flat-faced aluminized 5-inch 
dual-beam tube with an illuminated, internal, no-parallax 
graticule. Accelerating potential is 4 kv. 

VERTICAL SCAN— 8 cm (each beam), overlap of the two 
beams is 6 cm. 

HORIZONTAL SCAN— 10 cm. 

CONTROLS — Focus, Intensity, and Astigmatism (separate con- 
trols for each beam). 

INTERNAL CONTRAST CONTROL— for the intensified section 
of the "A" sweep. (Internal adjustment) 

DEFLECTION-AXIS ROTATER—[hont panel screw driver 
adjustment) for electro magnetically rotating the deflection 
axis to match the graticule lines. 

SCALE ILLUMINATION CONTROL— -With controllable edge 
lighting. 

PHOSPHOR — P2 is normally supplied. See phosphor chart 
for others available. 

RETRACE BLANKING— dc coupled. 

Z-AXIS MODULATION— Of both crt beam grids through rear 
panel connector. Time constant 3.5 milliseconds, nominally. 

CHOPPED TRACE BLANKING 

CABINET MODEL 

TYPE 565— Dimensions are 13%" high by 17" wide by 23%" 
deep. Net weight is 62 pounds. Snipping weight is 92 
pounds, approx. 

RACK-MOUNT MODEL 

TYPE RM565 — Mounts on tilt-lock slide-out tracks to a standard 
19" rack. Dimensions are 12%" high by 19" wide by 22" 
deep. Net weight is 67 pounds. Shipping weight is 101 
pounds, approx. For more mounting information, please 
refer to the Mounting Dimension page in the catalog. 

TYPE 565, without plug-in units $1400 

Each instrument includes: 1 — 3 to 2-wire adapter (103-0013-00); 
1— 3-conductor power cord (161-0010-00); 1— Polarized light filter 
(378-0545-00); 1— Plate, protector, CRT, clear (378-0918-00); 2— Patch 
cord, BNC-to-BNC, 18" (012-0087-00); 1— Post jack, BNC (012-0092-00); 
2— Instruction Manual (070-0269-00). 

TYPE RM565, without plug-in units $1500 

Each instrument includes: 1—3 to 2-wire adapter (103-0013-00); 
1 — 3-conductor power cord (161-0010-00); 1— Polarized light filter 
(378-0545-001; 1— Plate, protector, CRT, clear (378-0918-00); 2— Patch 
cord, BNC-to-BNC, 18" (012-0087-00); 1— Post jack, BNC (012-0092-00); 
1— Pair Mounting Slides (351-0086-00); 2 — Instruction Manual 
(070-0353-00). 



-: 



SUPPORTING CRADLES 

When the Type RM565 is used in a backless rack, these 
supporting cradles are necessary for rear-slide support. 

Order Part Number 040-0346-00 $1 1 .45 

U.S. Sales Prices f.o.b. Beaverton, Oregon 
Please refer to Terms and Shipment, General Information page. 



• ■ 



99 



Type 



DIGITAL READOUT OSCILLOSCOPE 




* :: : r .: : :SS 



/ 



TYPE 567 







DIGITAL READOUT PLUS ANALOG DISPLAYS 



DIGITAL READOUT OF RISETIME, 

AMPLITUDE AND TIME DIFFERENCES 

SELECTABLE HIGH AND LOW NO-GO LIMITS 

EXTERNALLY PROGRAMMABLE 

DIGITAL AND GO/NO-GO OUTPUTS 

ILLUMINATED NO-PARALLAX GRATICULE 



The Type 567 Readout Oscilloscope introduces a 
new concept in oscilloscopes — DIGITAL READOUT of 
signal information in addition to a conventional cath- 
ode-ray oscilloscope display. 

With the Type 567 you can make measurements with greater 
accuracy, speed, and convenience than possible when inter- 
preting just a cathode-ray oscilloscope display. 

To make measurements, you select measurement points on 
the displayed waveform, then read data directly in four-digit 
resolution. Decimal point and unit of measure (nsec, /xsec, 
msec, sec, mv, v) are automatically presented when time/div, 
amplitude/div, or program is changed. Indicator lights show 
instantly whether a measurement is IN, ABOVE, or BELOW 
preset limits. 

Many accessories and associated instruments are available 
to add to the operational versatility of the system. For 
example, with the new Tektronix Type 262 Programmer you 
can very conveniently externally program the Type 567 — with 
completely automatic or manual sequencing of program* 

On a production line or in a laboratory, the Type 567 Read- 
out Oscilloscope can speed-up and simplify your measurement 
applications. 















100 



567 



i 



HOW THE TYPE 567 READOUT OSCILLOSCOPE AND TYPE 6RJ A DIGITAL UNIT MEASURE TIME 



SAMPLING PROCESS 

With each repetition of a signal, the circuit measures one 
point (sample) at a time a little later than the last sample. 
This process of advancing the sampling time in fixed incre- 
ments is called strobing. A reconstructed signal, much 
slower than the original signal, is reproduced on the crt 
as an amplitude vs. time, point-to-point graph. 

EQUIVALENT TIME BASE CLOCK 

The equivalent time between each sample depends upon 
the number of samples per centimeter and the sweep time 
per centimeter. For instance, 1 nsec/cm and TOO samples/ 
cm — 1 psec/sample. By counting the number of samples 
between two selected portions of a waveform, the time 
between these portions can be measured. 

AUTOMATIC REFERENCE ZONES 

Two intensified zones on each trace indicate 0% and 
100% zones. The zones can be positioned at any point 
on the display. Amplitudes corresponding to the four 
zones are stored in memory circuits. Changes in ampli- 
tude, vertical position, or waveform automatically re- 
establish new 0% and 100% memory amplitudes. 



START-STOP SYSTEM 

In a typical measurement, voltage divider taps between 
the 0% and 100% memory outputs are set for start and 
stop timing at selected percentage points such as 10, 20, 
27, 50, 73, 80, and 90% of either waveform. The se- 
lected percentage reference levels are then compared 
against the sampled input waveform. Coincidence of the 
waveform amplitudes with the selected percentage ref- 
erence amplitudes is sensed by comparators which open 
and close the clock gate to the digital counter. The crt 
display can be intensified for the duration of the meas- 
ured interval as a reference check. The number of clock 
pulses are read out digitally in nanoseconds, microsec- 
onds, or milliseconds, seconds, with decimal points in- 
cluded. 

HOW THEY MEASURE VOLTAGE 

Start and stop comparators gate 1-mc clock pulses for the 
period of time that a linear ramp voltage is at values 
between the 0% and 100% amplitudes. The number of 
clock pulses is proportional to the voltage between the 
selected measurement points. Readout is In millivolts 
and volts, with decimal points included. 



o 



A & B 
SIGNAL 
SAMPLED 
OUTPUTS 



50% A [START SWITCH 



START 
COMPARATOR 



A 0% 
MEMORY 



A 1 00% 
MEMORY 



A 100% POSITION -•— 



CRT DISPLAY 




i^^ 50% A 

TO50%B 



8 100% POSITION -*-!-•- 



B 0% 

MEMORY 



B 100% 
MEMORY 




R.= R; 
50% eTjSTOP SWITCH 



' EQUIVALENT CLOCK ( SAMPLE5 ) 



OPENS 
GATE 



CLOCK 
GATE 



GATED 
CLOCK 



©O©©0 



COUNTER 



r 



CLOSES 
GATE 



STOP 
COMPARATOR 



I 



0@0 

DIGITAL COMPARATORS 



TYPES 567/6R1A 

BLOCK DIAGRAM 

MEASURING VOLTAGE 




A 0% 

MEMORY 



A SIGNAL 
SAMPLED 

OUTPUT 



TYPES 567/6R1A 
BLOCK DIAGRAM 
MEASURING TIME 



START 
COMPARATOR 



CRT DISPLAY 



LINEAR VOLTAGE RAMP 

_J 

VOLTAGE , 



-r\_ 



1-MC 
CLOCK 



11 



OPENS 
GATE 



CLOCK 
GATE 



A 100% 

MEMORY 



— giia fc- T|ME 

GATED CLOCK TO COUNTER 

VOLTAGE TO DIGITAL CONVERSION 

NUMBER OF CLOCK-PULSES PROPORTIONAL TO VOLTAGE 



r 



CLOSES 
GATE 



I STOP 
comparator! I 



GATED 
CLOCK 



©OdXD© 



COUNTER 



.^L 



I 



Tloj TmidJ (hm 

digital comparators 



LINEAR RAMP 

GENERATOR 



101 



567 



DIGITAL READOUT SYSTEMS 



o 



Digital plus analog displays are simultaneously presented on the Type 567 Oscilloscope and Type 6R1A Digital Unit. A Digital Readout 
System consists of a Type 567/6R1 A and any of 5 combinations of vertical and horizontal Plug-In Units: Type 3S3/3T77, 3S76/3T77, 3A2/ 
3B2, 3S3/3T4, or 3S76/3T4. Other 2-Series and 3-Series Plug-In Units can be used for normal crt display, but do not provide digital 
readout. See the Type 262 Programmer for these systems. 



X & Y 

Plug-Ins 


Risetime, 


Calibrated 
Sensitivity 


Input 
Impedance 


Calibrated 
Sweep Range 


Sweep 
Delay 


Digital 
Resolution 


Trigger 


System 
Price 


3S3/3T77* 


0.35 nsec 


5 mv/cm to 
100 mv/cm 


100 k, 2 pf 


equiv. 0.2 

nsec/cm to 

10 /xsec/cm 

plus 10X 

magnifier 


Through 
approx. 
100 nsec 


10 or 

TOO dots 

per cm 


External 


$5450 

(includes 2 

probes) 


3S76/3T77* 


0.4 nsec 


2 mv/cm to 
200 mv/cm 


50 a, 


$5050 


3A2/3B2 


0.7 //.sec 


10 mv/cm to 
10 v/cm 


1 Meg, 47 pf 


2 //.sec /cm 
to 1 sec/cm 


5 /isec to 
10.5 sec 


1 //.sec to 

10 msec clock 

rate in 

decades 


Internal 

or 
External 


$4450 


*The Type 3T4 Programmable Sampling Sweep can be programmed through a front panel connector. Prog 
functions include sweep rates (1 nsec/cm to 200 /<,sec/cm), 3 calibrated sweep delay ranges (1 //.sec to 1 msec] 
per sweep (100 or 1000 or alternately 100 or 1000), and single display for real-time measurements. Type 3T4 . 


rammable 
, samples 
.. $1300. 







ii HEiii if 


ii ii il 






i i * i • i i in 


■ 


%r 


■nsSSSHHH 


nfffl 

9 
■ 


9 

Hill 

i 


H^IZnZ*: 


■50% 


HE&WK9I 


HKIS! 




HHSfll 
■IE El 


IH331 

IBS 

urn 


■■■ 


DUAL-TRACE DISPLAY 




SHOWING TYPICAL MEASUREMENTS 


MEASUREMENT 6R1A PROGRAM 


Start 


Stop 


Risetime A +10% A 


+90% A 


Falltime A -90%A 


-10%A 


Risetime B — 10%B 


-90% B 


Falltime B +90%B 


+ 10%B 


Delay A to B +10% A 


-10%B 


Storage A to B —90% A 


+90%B 


Turn on A to B +10%A 


-90 %B 


Turn off A to B —90% A 


+ 10%B 


Width A +50% A 


-50% A 


Width B -50% B 


+ 50%B 



SYSTEM CAPABILITIES 

TIME MEASUREMENTS can be made between 2 points on 
the same waveform, or between separate points on Channel 
A and Channel B. Points are determined (1) as a percentage 
of signal amplitude, (2) as a particular voltage level referencec 
to the signal, or (3) at a desired interval during the sweep. 
With the Types 3S3/3T77 or 3S76/3T77 time differences rang- 
ing from 20 psec up to 100 //.sec can be displayed. With the 
Types 3A2/3B2 time differences from a few //.sec to 10 sec- 
onds can be displayed. 

VOLTAGE MEASUREMENTS can be made between 2 points 
on the waveform: (1) peak-to-peak, (2) average-to-peak, (3) 
peak-to-average. Also, the average dc level occurring be- 
tween positionable limits can be measured. 

LIMIT SELECTION presets digital comparators for automatic 
readings in three categories: (1} less than lower limit, (2) great- 
er than upper limit, and (3) mid-zone ■ — between upper and 
lower limits. 

PERMANENT RECORDS of each test can be made with ex- 
ternal equipment. The Type 6R1 A provides digital and go/ 
no-go outputs for use with (1) electric typewriters, (2) punch 
cards, (3) perforated tape, and (4) numerical printers, 

EXTERNAL PROGRAMMING with the Type 262 Programmer 
permits rapid sequencing of measurements without changes 
in the Type 6R1A front-panel controls. Test parameters are set 
up on program controls. Test parameters are set up on pro- 
gram cards in the Type 262, and can be selected manually 
or automatically (with optional accessory). 




102 



" 



o 



AMPLITUDE CALIBRATOR, completely redesigned, provides 
front-panel selection of squarewave outputs of 20 kc, crystal- 
controlled, or 1 kc, RC time-constant controlled. Output volt- 
ages are 5v and 0.5 v into an impedance of lOOkc, or greater, 
or 0.5 v and 0.05 v into 50 Q. Both connectors are BNC. 

DC-VOLTAGE SUPPLIES are electronically regulated to com- 
pensate for widely varying line conditions. Separate regulated 
heater supply is provided. 

POWER REQUIREMENT is 105 v to 125 v or 210 v to 250 v, 
50 to 60 cps, (approximately 405 watts with Type 3S76, 3T77, 
6R1A Units). A thermal cutout switch prevents overheating of 
the instrument. 

CATHODE-RAY TUBE is a 5-inch rectangular crt using 3.5-kv 
accelerating potential. A P2 phosphor is normally supplied. 

ILLUMINATED, NO-PARALLAX, INTERNAL GRATICULE has 

controlled edge-lighting and is marked in 8 vertical and 10 
horizontal cm divisions. 

MECHANICAL SPECIFICATIONS: Dimensions are 13%" 
high by 17" wide by 23" deep. Net weight is 49 pounds. 
Shipping weight is 76 pounds, approx. 

TYPE 567, without plug-in units $700 

Each instrument includes: 1 — -3 to 2-wire adapter (103-0013-00); 
1 — 3-conductor power cord (161-0010-00); 1 — Plate, protector, crt, 
clear (387-0935-00); 1— Filter, smoke gray (installed) (378-0544-00); 
2— Instruction Manual (070-0322-00). 



567 



■''*? 



TYPE -&R1A LMCilTAL UNIT 



# 



I I 



• 



W J& Mm 





RACK MOUNT Type RM567 




The Type RM567 Readout Oscilloscope is electrically identi- 
cal to the Type 567 but adapted to rack mounting in a stand- 
ard 19-inch rack. The instrument mounts to the rack on slide- 
out tracks. For more mounting information, please refer to the 
Mounting Dimension page in the catalog. 

MECHANICAL SPECIFICATIONS: Dimensions are 12V 4 " 
high by 19" wide by 22" deep. Net weight is 50 V2 pounds. 
Shipping weight is 85 pounds, approx. 

TYPE RM567, without plug-in units $800 

Each instrument includest 1 — 3 to 2-wire adapter (103-0013-00); 
1 — 3-conductor power cord (161-0010-00); 1 — Plate, protector, crt, 
clear (387-0935-00); 1— Filter, smoke gray [installed) (378-0544-00); 
1 — Pair mounting slides (351-0086-00); 1 — Set mounting hardware; 
2— Instruction Manual (070-0348-00). 

SUPPORTING CRADLES: When Type RM567 is used in a 
backless rack, these cradles are necessary for rear slide support. 

Order Part Number 040-0346-00 $1 1 .45 



c 



MAINTENANCE of the Type 567 or RM567 and the plug-in 
units will require these items: 

Plug-In Extension for Sampling and Digital Units. 
Order Part Number 012-0066-00 (24-pin extension) .. 

Circuit-Board Extensions for Digital Unit 

Order Part Number 012-0068-00 (20-pin extension) . . 

Order Part Number 012-0067-00 (15-pin extension) .. 



$23.00 



$25.00 
$20.00 



TY-P5 fW567 



f 





re offered 

with in-plant facilities. If your company has this facility, or 
if you intend performing your own maintenance, please include 
2 plug-in extensions and 2 circuit-board extensions (one each 
of 15-pin and 20-pin extensions). One set of 4 will usually 
be adequate for maintenance of several instruments. 



103 




DIGITAL UNIT 









^^V^?-^vv^u^:-ri.^:^:)^?!i:^- 



PRESENTS OSCILLOSCOPE MEASUREMENTS IN DIGITAL FORM 

DIGITAL READOUT PARAMETERS 

PULSE AMPLITUDE 
PULSE RISE AND FALL 
PULSE WIDTH 
TIME INTERVAL 

PROVISIONS FOR EXTERNAL PROGRAMMING AND READOUT 

LIMIT SETTINGS AND INDICATORS 



NOTE: In this presentation, any reference to A or 8 Chan- 
nel or A or B trace designates use of a dual-trace unit in the 
vertical channel of the Type 567 Readout Oscilloscope (along 
with a sweep unit in the horizontal channel). 



The Type 6R1 A Digital Unit equips a Tektronix Type 567 
or Type RM567 Oscilloscope for digital readout. Used with 
vertical and timing units, the Type 6R1 A enables pres- 
entation of digital data for a wide variety of repetitive- 
pulse measurements. The digital presentations can desig- 
nate voltage measurements, time-difference measurements 
between similar pulses, and time-difference measurements 
between percentages of pulse amplitudes. In addition, 
the Type 6R1A has provision for external programming to 
facilitate automatic sequential operations. The Type 6R1A 
enables these time and amplitude measurements to be 
read directly with up to 4 digit units of measurement. 

The 6R1A contains the circuitry for the analog to dig- 
ital and digital readout functions of the Type 567 Read- 
out Oscilloscope. The characteristics are described by 
giving the purpose of each front-pane! control. 

GO/NO-GO CONTROLS 

LOWER LIMIT SET presets the lower limit. Any digital read- 
ing less than the lower limit causes the LOWER LIMIT indicator 
to light. ^r-^ 

UPPER LIMIT SET presets the upper limit. Any digital read- 
ing greater than the upper limit causes the UPPER LIMIT in- 
dicator to light. Readings between the lower and upper limits 
cause the MID-ZONE indicator to light. 



104 



" 















MODE SWITCH 

The type of measurement to be made (time or voltage) is 
selected by the Mode Switch. 

TIME STOP ( — ) START sets the 6R1A to measure time 
durations set between the start and stop of timing circuits. 

VOLTAGE A sets the Type 6R1A to measure voltage between 
A Channel 0% and 100% memory zones. Polarity is selected 
by an adjacent slide switch. 

VOLTAGE B sets the Type 6R1A to measure voltage between 
B Channel 0% and 100% memory zones. Polarity is selected 
by an adjacent slide switch. 

EXTERNAL PROGRAM sets the Types 6R1A to accept pro- 
gramming from an external source, such as the Tektronix Type 
262 Programmer. The variety and flexibility of measurements 
possible with external programming are even greater than those 
possible through use of the Type 6R1A front-panel controls and 
measurements and limits can be changed more rapidly. 

RESOLUTION SWITCH 

Time measurements are performed by gating clock-pulses 
during the measurement interval. The clock in the case of 
sampling is the samples per unit equivalent time. For in- 
stance, sweep speed = lOnsec/div, samples/div = 100, then 
equivalent time/sample = 0.1 nsec. If a measurement inter- 
val occupied 2.5 cm, 250 samples would be registered in the 
digital readout counter. Reading would be 25.0 nsec on the 
readout indicator. 

AVERAGE 10 SWEEPS-LO minimizes random noise that 
could be associated with a measurement. The digital readout 
counter registers 10 timing intervals (sweeps) and automatically 
divides the reading by 10. The units numerical readout indicator 
is rendered inoperative so no reading shows even though its 
scalar is operating. For sweep speed with multipliers of 2 
or 5 the counter only registers 1 out of 2 or 5, respectively, 
clock-pulses and repositions the decimal point to give the 
correct reading. 

AVERAGE 10 SWEEPS-HI permits obtaining reading to high 
resolution using all four decades. Same as LO except that 
the units numerical readout indicator is restored to operation. 

ONE SWEEP-LO registers one sweep only in the digital read- 
out counter. 

ONE SWEEP-UNSCALED enables obtaining maximum re- 
solution in just one sweep in the 2 and 5 multiplier positions. 
Only one sweep is used to fill the digital counter. The reading 
on the indicator will only be relative on the 2 and 5 multiplier 
positions of the plug-ins. Decimal points and units of meas- 
urement are not indicated in this position to show that read- 
ings are only proportional to time. 

DISPLAY TIME CONTROL 

A control, continuously variable between approximately 5 
sec and 0.1 sec, holds the display for the time needed to ob- 
serve readings or operate peripheral equipment. (Can be modi- 
fied for variable control between 1 sec and 10 msec for use 
with high-speed automatic testing). 

MEMORY MODES 

The Type 6R1A has 2 internally-selected memory modes: 
averaging and peak-to-peak. The mode of operation is made 
apparent by neon indicators on the front panel. When Types 
3A2 and 3B2 Plug-In Units are used, digital readout of ampli- 
tude requires an input waveform with constant amplitude for 
at least 5 jusec, in order to establish a 100% reference level. 

AVERAGE MODE stores the average dc level of the signal 
occurring during the 0% and 100% memory zones, to develop 
TIMING START and TIMING STOP percentage levels. Zones 
are adjustable in width and positionable on the sweep. 



6R1A 



PEAK-TO-PEAK MODE stores the most negative and most 
positive levels of the signal occuring during the 0% and 100% 
memory zones, respectively. Zones are adjustable in width 
from 1 mm to 10 cm and positionable on the sweep. 

ZONE POSITIONING CONTROLS 

A 0% and 100% controls position the 0% and 100%, re- 
ferences on the displayed waveform. Each zone representing a 
selected portion of the total sweep is positionable through- 
out 9 cm or more of the A sweep. 

B 0% and (00% controls duplicate on Channel B the 
functions of A 0% and 100% positioning. 

0% AND 100% INTENSIFICATION turns on and off two 

intensity markers on each trace at 0% and 100% zones. 

START-TO-STOP INTENSIFICATION turns on and off the 

start-to-stop zone on the displayed waveform which allows 
verifying start-to-stop interval. 

START-TIMING CONTROLS 

These controls program the initiation of timing. 
+ SLOPE, — SLOPE selects which direction of the waveform 
will be used to start the timing. 

FIRST, SECOND (Cycle) allows selecting start-timing on 
either the first or second cycle of the waveform through 
the selected start-timing setting. 

TIMING START provides 7 calibrated percentage steps at 
10, 20, 27, 50, 73, 80 and 90% from either A or B trace (in 
reference to 0% and 100% zone amplitude). Automatic- 
ally starts timing at the selected percentage. The 27% and 
73% positions correspond to 1 time constant and are useful 
for TC readings without resorting to slide rule. 

MANUAL START enables start-timing at any point on the 
waveform. Continuously variable over 9 cm or more of the 
sweep. 

START VOLTAGE + OR — selects which polarity from 0% 
zone the waveform will start timing after reaching the amplitude 
as set by the START VOLTAGE 10-turn dial setting. 




DELAY-TIME INTERVAL MEASUREMENT 

Start: +50% A Trace Stop: +50% B Trace 



105 



6R1A 



START VOLTAGE 10-turn dial permits start-timing continuous- 
ly variable between 0-10 crt divisions of amplitude from 0% 
zone reference. 

STOP-TIMING CONTROLS 

Program the termination of the timing interval. Identical in 
capability and operation to the start-timing controls in all other 
respects. 

OTHER CHARACTERISTICS 

READOUT is in a numerical range from 0.0001 to 9999. 
Display time is variable between approximately 5 sec and O.l 
sec. Units of measure include: microvolts, millivolts, and volts; 
nanoseconds, microseconds, milliseconds, and seconds. 

DIGITAL READOUT ACCURACY of the 6R1A, in addition 
to providing measurement results in fast, convenient digital 
form, reduces the magnitude of measurement errors that are 
attributable to the visual resolution difficulties of a cathode- 
ray tube display. For assistance in determining system accuracy 
in specific applications, consult your Field Engineer. 

INPUT is internally connected from horizontal and vertical 
plug-in units. 

MECHANICAL FEATURES include an aluminum-alloy chassis 
and anodized front panel. Net weight is 1 3 3 /4 pounds. Ship- 
ping weight is 21 pounds, approx. 

TYPE 6R1 A DIGITAL UNIT $2600 

Each instrument includes: 2 — instruction manuals (070-0411-00). 

EXTERNAL PROGRAMMING 

See information on Type 261 Coaxial Switch, Type 262 Pro- 
grammer, and associated accessories. For custom arrange- 
ments, one or both of the following connectors will be 
necessary. 

41 -pin Connector for external programming and control. 

Part No. 1 31 -0239-00 $1 3.40 

55-pin Connector for external read-out (limit lamps, etc.). 
Part No. 131-0240-00 $18.00 

U.S. Sales Price f.o.b. Beaverton, Oregon 
Please refer to Terms and Shipment, General Information page. 













- 


- 



















: 


- 


















- 


- 


■ 


_ 




i — mm 


HH-K- 


UK 

■u 


frH-i- 
27% 


s 


x* 






■ 


00°/ 


■ 


+hr+ 


+H+- 


+Hhh 


-H-H- 


-Hhhr- 


0% 


=■ 




- 


- 
















- 


- 











PERIOD (1 CYCLE) MEASUREMENT 

Start: 50% A Trace Stop: 50% A Trace 

1st +slope 2nd +slope 



TIME-CONSTANT MEASUREMENT 

Start (from) Stop (to) 

27% A Trace +73% A Trace 



o 



106 




SAMPLING-PROBE DUAL-TRACE UNIT Type 




• 



EXTREMELY COMPACT PROBES 

DUAL-TRACE DISPLAYS 

0.35 NSEC OR LESS RISETIME 

7 00K, 2 pi INPUT 

LOW NOtSE 

RECORDER OUTPUTS 

The Type 3S3 Sampling-Probe Unit is a low-noise dual- 
trace amplifier employing extremely compact sampling 
probes. It has two separate channels with identical char- 
acteristics and can operate in any one of five modes 
for a variety of single, dual-trace and X-Y displays. The 
Type 3S3 is designed to operate in conjunction with a 
Type 3T77 Sampling Sweep Unit in the Type 561 A, 564, 
or 567 Oscilloscopes*. In the Type 567, information can 
be presented in digital as well as analog form. 

OPERATING MODES include Channel A only; Channel B 
only; Alternate Dual Trace— Channels A and B switched elec- 
tronically; A + B Outputs of Channel 
A and B added algebraical- 
ly; A Vertical /B Horizontal — 
Channel A deflected vertically and 
B horizontally for X-Y displays. Independ- 
ent controls for each channel provide for trace 
positioning and polarity inversion. 

CALIBRATED SENSITIVITY is 5 mv/div, 10 mv/div, 20 mv/div, 
50 mv/div, and lOOmv/div; accuracy within 3%. An uncali- 
brated continuous control extends the sensitivity to approxi- 
mately 2 mv/div. 

RISETIME AND SMOOTHING controls, while maintaining 
correct dot transient response, adjusts the instrument for; least 
noise, best risetime, or a compromise of the two, with signal 
source from below 25 ohms to beyond 300 ohms. A Fast-RT/ 
Low-Noise switch in conjunction with the Smoothing control 
allows the operator to select optimum risetime at a sacrifice 
in noise level. Or, he may elect for a low noise level at some 
sacrifice in risetime. 

At low signal repetition rates the trace may take up to 
several seconds to traverse the crt screen. A Type 3S3 in a 
Type 564 Storage Oscilloscope offers the most advantageous 
combination for visually displaying these signals. 

RISETIME (with a 50-ohm input source impedance) is 0.35 

nsec with the switch set at the FAST RT position and 1 nsec 

at the LOW NOISE position. 

NOISE (with 50-ohm-input source impedance) can be adjuted 

to a minimum value equal to an input signal of less than 

0.5 mv peak-to-peak. 

CORRECT DOT TRANSIENT RESPONSE can be achieved with 

source impedances of less than 25 ohms to at least 300 

ohms. 

INPUT IMPEDANCE is 100 k paralleled by approx. 2 pf. 

DYNAMIC RANGES is ±1.5 v with Risetime control set to 
LOW NOISE and ±3v when the control is set to FAST RISE- 
TIME. Safe overload is ±10 v. 

*For optimum operation, Type 561 Oscilloscopes below Serial Number 
580 must be modified with Modification Kif-Tektronix No. 040-0267-00. 




EXTERNAL TRIGGER is required, approximately 50 nsec 
prior to signal. Minimum repetition rate is 50 cps. 

RECORDER SIGNAL OUTPUT of Channel A, Channel B, or 
Channel (A + B} is 1 v/div (through 10 kilohms), dc-coupled 
at +10 volt level. 

DC OFFSET provides a means of displaying selected por- 
tions of signals having off-screen amplitudes. A control per- 
mits displaying of signals riding on a dc voltage as high as 
±0.5 v. 

TRACE FINDER button returns the trace to crt screen to aid 
in vertical positioning when the trace is driven off the screen 
by a large signal. 

PROBE (Type P6038) used with the Type 3S3 is extremely 
compact. The sampling bridge is contained in the probe head 
to obtain optimum results with the input impedance of 100 k 
paralleled by 2 pf. Probe can be changed from channel to 
channel with only minor recalibration. 

NET WEIGHT is 6 3 / 4 pounds. Shipping weight is 9 pounds, 
approx. 

TYPE 3S3 AMPLIFIER UNIT 

(with two Type P6038 Probes) $1500 

Each instrument includes: 2 — instruction manuals (070-0374-00) 

REPLACEMENT P6038 PROBE PACKAGE (Part Number 010- 
0156-00) $225 

Each package includes: 2— P6038 Probe Package (01 0-01 56-00), which 
includes; 1— P6038 probe (010-0157-00); 1— Response normalizer (011- 
0070-00); 1— X10 attenuator (011-0071-00); 2— Test point jack (131- 
0258-00); 1— Coupling capacitor (011-0072-00); 1— Hook tip assembly 
(206-0114-00); 1— Ground clip (175-0249-00); 1— Probe holder (352- 
0024-00); 1 — Instruction Manual (070-0400-00). 

U. S. Sales Prices f.o.b. Beaverton, Oregon 
Please refer to Terms and Shipment, General Information page. 



107 



Type 




DUAL-TRACE SAMPLING UNIT 




Internal Triggering and Delay Lines 



0,4-nsec or less Risetime 



2 Identical Channels 



5 Operating Modes 
Recorder Outputs 



The Type 3S76 Sampling Unit is a dual-trace amplifier 
containing two separate channels which possess identical 
characteristics. The unit can perform in any of five operat- 
ing modes for a variety of single, dual-trace and X-Y dis- 
plays. It is designed to operate in conjunction with a 
Type 3T77 Sampling Sweep Unit in Type 56JA, 564 and 
567 Oscilloscopes*. In the Type 567 , information will be 
presented in digital as well as analog form. 








OPERATING MODES include Channel A only; Channel B 
only; Dual-Trace — Channels A and B switched electronically 
on alternate samples; A + B — outputs of Channels A and B add- 
ed algebraically; A Vertical/B Horizontal — Channel A de- 
flected vertically and B horizontally for X-Y displays. Inde- 
pendent controls for each channel provide for trace posi- 
tioning and polarity inversion. 

CALIBRATED SENSITIVITY is from 2 mv/div to 200 mv/div 
in 7 calibrated steps, accuracy within 3%, except on the 2 mv/ 
div, and 5 mv/div. steps, which have accuracy within 5%. A 
variable control permits continuous adjustment between steps. 

FREQUENCY RESPONSE is equivalent to dc-to-3-db down 
at 875 Mc. 

RISETIME is 0.4 nsec or less, with less than ±3% peak over- 
shoot and undershoot. 

NOISE Is equivalent to an input signal of 2 mv pk-to-pk with 
Smooth-Normal Switch in NORMAL position and 1 mv pk-to-pk 
with Smooth-Normal Switch in SMOOTH position. 

DC OFFSET is ±1 v, referred to input, and monitorable at 
the front panel at 100X magnitude. 

INPUT IMPEDANCE is 50 ohms. 

DYNAMIC RANGE is ±2 v. Full sensitivity can be used 
with signals up to ±2 v in amplitude. Safe overload is ±A v 
(higher with reduced duty factor). 

*For opfimum operation, Type 561 Oscilloscopes below Serial Number 
580 must be modified with Modification Kit — Tektronix No. 040-0267-00. 



SIGNAL DELAY through 55-nsec internal delay line for each 
channel allows viewing of leading edge of input waveform. 

TRIGGER SOURCE selects built-in trigger takeoff signal from 
either channel. 

RECORDER SIGNAL OUTPUT is 1 v/div (through 10 kilohms) 
dc-coupled at +10 volt level, both channels. 

PROBE POWER is provided on both channels for cathode- 
follower probes. 

NET WEIGHT is 7V 2 pounds. Shipping weight is 12 pounds, 
approx. 

TYPE 3S76 DUAL-TRACE SAMPLING UNIT $1 100 

Each instrument includes: 2— 10X attenuator, 50 (017-0044-00); 2— 
5-nsec cable (017-0502-00); 2— Instruction Manual (070-0332-00). 

PROBES 

The following Tektronix probes are recommended for use 
with the Type 3S76. See Catalog Accessory pages for complete 
information on the probes. 





Input impedance 




■ :.:::=:.:' '■'■:■... 




Use 


R C 


Rating 


Prob. No. 


Price 


10:1 Attenuator 


500 £1 0.7 pf 


16 vdc-50O vac 


P6034 


$ 35 


100=1 Attenuator 


5 k tt 0.6 pf 


50 vdc-500 vac 


P6035 


35 


Selectable Attenuator 


10 meg 12 varies 


varies 


P6032 


220 


Current 


— — 


500 ma 


CTI/P6040 


31 




U. S. Sales Prices f.o.b. Beaverton, Oregon 
Please refer to Terms and Shipment, General Information page 



108 




PROGRAMMABLE SAMPLING UNIT Type 



• 



• 



• CALIBRATED SWEEP RATES 

• CALIBRATED SWEEP DELAY 

• 7 00 OR 7000 SAMPLES-PER SWEEP 

• NORMAL OR SINGLE DISPLAY 

• SINGLE DISPLAY START 

The 3T4 Sampling Unit adds great convenience to the oper- 
ation of the Type 567 Digital Readout System by providing 
remote control of the horizontal time base. This unit is com- 
patible with the following equipment: 3S76, 3S3, and other 
3-series sampling units; 561, 561 A, 564, and 567 Indicator Units; 
6R1 and 6R1A Digital Units, and the 262 Programmer. 

The multiple-pin connector on the front panel affords ex- 
ternal control of equivalent-time sweep rates, delay time, sam- 
ples per sweep, normal or single-display modes, and single- 
display start. These operations are obtained through the 
grounding of certain pins of the front-panel connector. 

Front-panel outputs are TRIGGER OUT, which provides a 
500-mv, negative pulse coinciding with the input trigger, and 
SWEEP OUTPUT which provides a staircase ramp. The unit 
also can be triggered internally and responds to input signals 
up to lOOOMc. The SINGLE DISPLAY feature permits photo- 
graphic trace recording. The 10X MAGNIFIER extends the 
on-screen calibrated sweep rate. A dual-purpose front-panel 
control permits manual or external scanning of the display, 
thus providing convenient operation of either X-Y or Y-T 
recorders. 

SWEEP RATES 

Equivalent-Time Sampling — 1 nsec/div to 200 /xsec/div, ±3%, 
in 2-5-10 sequence. 

Real-Time Sampling — External clock, trigger, and single-dis- 
play start inputs are required. 

DELAY RANGE 

1 nsec/div through 0.1 /xsec/div — lOOOnsec delay range. 
0.2 /xsec/div through 10 /xsec/div — 100/xsec delay range. 
20/xsec/div through 100 /xsec/div — 1000 /.(.sec delay range. 
(No delay range for 200 /xsec/div sweep rate, or in real-time 
sampling mode). 

SWEEP MODES 

-fExternal Input — Scanning accomplished by external signal. 
Deflection factor adjustable from 5 to 20 volts/horizontal 
division. 

Manual Scan — Display scanned by front-panel control. 

Normal — Repetitive sweep. 

Single Display — One sweep each time START button is de- 
pressed. 

OTHER SWEEP CHARACTERISTICS 

Samples per sweep — 100 or 1000. 
Magnification of crt display — XI and XI 0. 
Front-panel sweep output — Staircase ramp, 1 volt/horizontal 
division. 




TRIGGERING 

Trigger Inputs — Internal or External + and — . Trigger re- 
sponds to inputs up to 1000 Mc. 
Trigger Output — 500 mv, negative polarity. 

REMOTELY PROGRAMMABLE FUNCTIONS 

Equivalent-Time Sweep Rates. 

Delay Time. 

Samples per Sweep (Digital read-out decimal information cor- 
rect only on 1,000 samples/sweep). 

Normal or Single-Display Modes. 

Single-Display Start (When remotely programmed for SINGLE 
DISPLAY). 

DIMENSIONS AND WEIGHT 

Instrument is 16%" long by 4 1 //' wide by 6 1 //' high. Net 
weight is 5 3 / 4 lbs.; shipping weight is 1 1 3 / 4 lbs. 

TYPE 3T4 SAMPLING SWEEP UNIT $1300 

Each instrumenf includes: 2 — Instruction Manual (070-0439-00). 

OPTIONAL ACCESSORIES 

Connector, 19-Pin, Male, Micro-Dot. Mates with front-panel 
connector of 3T4 Unit for external programming. 
(131-0388-00) $32.30 

Extender Card, 56-Pin (Modified 262). The card is a rigid 
extension which enables the printed-circuit cards to operate 
out of the Type 3T4 for servicing convenience. 
(012-0078-00) $20.00 

Remote Program Cable, 10 ft. long, 19-Pin Microdot, Male to 

36-Pin Male Micro-Ribbon Connector. 

(012-0101-00) $85.00 

U.S. Sales Prices f.o.b. Beaverton, Oregon 
Please refer to Terms and Shipment, General Information page. 



109 



Type 



SAMPLING SWEEP UNIT 




Triggering Through 1 Gigacycfe 



10 ftsec/div to 0.02 nsec/div Sweep Rotes 



Vorioble Sweep Delay 
Single-Display Provision 



Recorder Output 



The Type 3T77 is a Sampling Sweep Unit. It provides 
subnanosecond capabilities when used in conjunction with 
a Type 3S3 or 3S76 Sampling Unit in a Type 561 A, 564 
or 567 Oscilloscope*. In the Type 567, information can 
be presented in digital as well as analog form. 



TRIGGERING CHARACTERISTICS 

SINEWAVE TRIGGERING 
FREQUENCY RANGE is from lOOkc through 1 Gc. 

AMPLITUDE RANGE is from 10 mv to 800 mv pk-to-pk for 
external triggering. Five times more trigger amplitude is re- 
quired for equivalent internal triggering. Optimum trigger 
amplitude for least jitter may depend on frequency. Damaging 
overload can occur at 5 v or greater. 

JITTER varies with trigger amplitude, frequency and TIME/ 
DIV setting. Typical figures are less than 50 psec jitter for 
IQOmv p-p of 30-Mc to 50-Mc sinewave. A special synchron- 
izing mode may be used above 30 Mc for extra stability. 

PULSE TRIGGERING 

REPETITION RATE RANGE is from lOpps (limited by mem- 
ory drift in the vertical plug-in) through 1 9 pps (1 Gc). 

AMPLITUDE RANGE is from lOmv to 800 mv p-p for ex- 
ternal triggering. Minimum trigger rise rate is approx. 150mv/ 
/xsec. Optimum trigger amplitude for least jitter may depend 
on rise rate and rep rate. Damaging overload can occur at 
5 v or greater. 

JITTER is typically 50 psec or 0.1% of fast ramp duration, 
whichever is greater, for pulses of 50-mv amplitude, 2-nsec 
width (or lOmv, 10-nsec width). 

OTHER CHARACTERISTICS 

DOT DENSITY can be either 10 or 100 dots/div. 

* For optimum operation, Type 561 Oscilloscopes below Serial Number 580 
must be modified with Modification Kit-Tektronix No. 040-0267-00. 




CALIBRATED SWEEP RANGE is from 0.2 nsec/div to 10 
/Asec/div in 15 calibrated steps, 1-2-5 sequence. Accuracy is 
within 3%. A variable control permits continuous adjustment 
uncalibrated between calibrated rates. 

1 OX MAGNIFIER permits a close-up view of any part of 
the display horizontally and extends the calibrated sweep 
rate to 0.02 nsec/div. Dot density remains constant when 
display is magnified. 

MANUAL OR EXTERNAL SCANNING of the display pro- 
vides convenient operation of remote recorders. At least 5 v/ 
div (positive-going) is required for an external sweep. 

SINGLE DISPLAYS useful for photography or storage can 
be initiated by a reset button. 

RECORDER SWEEP OUTPUT is 1 v/div (through 10 kilohms), 
useful for driving recorders and other devices. 

SWEEP DELAY of at least lOOnsec or one unmagnified 
screen diameter (whichever is greater) permits wide-range 
time positioning of the display. 

NET WEIGHT is 5y 2 pounds. Shipping weight is 9 pounds, 
approx. 

TYPE 3T77 SAMPLING SWEEP UNIT $650 

Each instrument includes; 2— 10X attenuator, 50 Q, (017-0044-00); 
1— Adapater, BNC-to-GR (01 7-0064-00); 2— 10-nsec GR cable (017- 
0501-00); 1— Adapter, BNC-to-UHF (103-0032-00); 2— Instruction Manual 
(070-0333-00). 

U.S. Sales Price f.o.b. Beaverton, Oregon 
Please refer to Terms and Shipment, General Information page. 




110 




COAXIAL SWITCH Type 



TRIGGER SELECTION 

SIGNAL SELECTION AND ROUTING 

ATTENUATOR SELECTION 

DELAY LINE INSERTION IN AN EXTERNAL TRIGGER 

DELAY LINE INSERTION IN A 50-Q SIGNAL PATH 



|^_Jtfr 








The Type 261 Coaxial Switch is designed primarily for 
use as a rack-mounted instrument of the Type 567 Oscillo- 
scope Digital Readout System / but can be used for signal 
switching in other 50-ohm systems. 

The Type 261 will switch signal offset voltages, trigger 
signals, loads, attenuators, signal delays and provide ground 
references for fractional nanosecond measurements in a 50- 
ohm environment. 

The switching functions in the Type 261 are performed by 
eight single-pole double-throw mercury wetted relays. Each 
relay is in a 50-ohm environment; signal connections are made 
with 50-ohm coaxial cables having Genera! Radio Type 874 
connectors. Each relay is permanent-magnet biased to its 
normally closed position. Switching operation is by relay coil 
current applied through a rear panel connector. 

The relays are intended to be driven and controlled pri- 
marily by the auxiliary programming feature of the Type 262 
Programmer (an external programming unit in the Type 567/ 
6R1A digital readout system). The relays can also operate from 
other sources that supply the required current. 

Switching unit assemblies with one complete relay and three 
cables attached between the relay and three GR874 connectors 
are available for quick, easy and direct replacement of any 
switching unit within the Type 261. 50-ohm delay cables for 
connections between the Type 261 and external signal sources 
are also available. 

CHARACTERISTICS 

RELAY pull-in time or drop-out time is from 1 to 2 milli- 
seconds when using a nominal drive current of 10 milliamps. 
Relay will accurately follow driving signal up to 100 cycles 
per second. 



SIGNAL REFLECTIONS are less than 5% and CROSSTALK 

is typically 6% when terminated in 50 ohms, when operated 
in a 0.4-nanosecond risetime system. 

SIGNAL DELAY of each switch is 2 nanoseconds, ±100 
picoseconds, from input connector to either output connector 
and is compatible with standard 2-nanosecond delay lines. 

RELAY COILS have an approximate dc resistance of 160 
ohms and are permanent-magnet biased into the normally 
closed position. Maximum allowable current is 35 milliamps. 

MECHANICAL 

The Type 261 Coaxial Switch has non-tilting slides for mount- 
ing a standard 19-inch relay rack. Slides permit the instrument 
to be extended at least I8V2 inches out from mounting rack. 
The Coaxial Switch uses 5y 4 inches of rack height. 

Ample space has been allotted for cable access at the front 
and rear of the Coaxial Switch. 

DIMENSIONS of the front panel are 19 inches wide by 
5 7 / 32 inches high. Chassis is 18 13 / 32 inches deep plus 1 % inch 
handles. Mounting depth, including cable, about 20y 4 inches. 
Minimum rack opening is 17 n / 1(S inches. 

WEIGHT is approximately 17V 2 pounds, net and approxi- 
mately 28 pounds, shipping. 

TYPE 261 COAXIAL SWITCH $700 

Includes: 1 — 24-pin male connector (131-0325-00); 1 — Guide track 
(pair, guide portion only, installed) (351-0040-00); 2 — Instruction 
Manual (070-0423-00). 

U.S. Sales Price f.o.b. Beaverton, Oregon 
Please refer to Terms and Shipment, General Information page. 



111 




PROGRAMMER 








8 DIFFERENT MEASUREMENT PROGRAMS PER TYPE 262 
UP TO 3 TYPE 262's OPERATE IN SERIES 
UP TO 8 PROGRAMS PER SECOND 
MANUAL PUSH-BUTTON PROGRAM SELECTION 
REMOTE PROGRAM SELECTION 
OPTIONAL AUTOMATIC SEQUENCING 



The Type 262 Programmer functions as an auxiliary 
piece of equipment in Tektronix Type 567/6R1A measure- 
ment systems. Any measurement made manually through 
use of the Type 567/6R1A front-panel controls can be 
externally programmed with the Type 262. 

The Programmer provides the Type 567/6R1 A system 
with an outlet to faster measurement methods and a way 
to become involved with more complex systems. For ex- 
ample, a faster measurement method is one that programs 
digital readout on the Type 6R1 A without having to re- 
sort to the Type 6R1 A start-stop switches. Setting of the 
Type 6RIA start-stop switches is replaced by merely press- 
ing a single push-button switch on the Type 262. Auxiliary 



programming cards allow the Type 262 to program addi- 
tional equipment within a complex system, such as signal 
attenuators and generators. 

All information required to program the Type 567/ 
6R1A, including upper and lower test limits, is contained 
in the program cards. Each Type 262 holds up to eight 
program cards. By cascading three* Type 262's a se- 
quence of twenty-four test programs becomes available 
in either manual or automatic operation modes.** 

PROGRAM CARDS 

Plug-in program cards come ready for programming. Cards 
are programmed by soldering in appropriate jumpers and 
values of resistors. This manner of program connection assures 
maximum electrical and mechanical reliability. 

Each Type 262 holds up to 8 program cards. Each card 
can be programmed for a particular time or amplitude measure- 
ment such as risetime, delay time, period, pulse amplitude, time 
interval between percentage or voltage points on either A or B 
signal waveforms of either polarity, 1st or 2nd pulse selection. 
Upper and lower test limits can also be programmed on the 
cards. 

If a change of a measurement program is desired, the plug-in 
program cards can be removed and other pre-wired programs 
inserted in a matter of seconds, or the cards can be easily re- 
wired. 

* Cable capacitance and environmental noise limits the number of Pro- 
grammers that can be used in series. 
** Automatic sequencers are required. 



112 



262 



c 







I 



AUXILIARY PROGRAMMING 

The Type 262 also accommodates 8 auxiliary plug-in pro- 
gramming cards. The connectors from the auxiliary cards have 
parallel connections to 54 control lines available at the rear- 
panel of the Type 262 for programming signal attenuators, 
signal generators, trigger source switches, signal switches, 
and power supplies. 

MANUAL CONTROL 

Front-panel push-buttons allow selection of measurements. 
The sequence is determined by the operator and any program 
can be held for as long a period as needed. The measurement 
rate is determined by the Type 6R1A. 

EXTERNAL SCAN 

Programs can be selected externally through the control 
lines available at the rear-panel connector. Selection is by con- 
tact closure to ground. 

AUTOMATIC SEQUENCER ACCESSORY 

The Type 262 is pre-wired to facilitate the installation of an 
automatic sequencer consisting of a synchronizer board and 
a counter board. This accessory will automatically scan up to 
8 programs per Type 262. 

Front-panel switches, in conjunction with the Automatic 
Sequencer, allow for interrupting the automatic sequence in 
accordance with pre-established upper and lower limits. Any 
combination of the upper, middle, or lower limits can be used. 

The position of the boards can be interchanged to achieve 
any particular sequence of measurements wanted. 

The automatic sequencer can be synchronized with data 
recording devices such as printers, card punches, or with 
various test fixtures. 

Both manual push-button control and external control are 
still available when the automatic sequencer is installed. 

Up to three Type 262 Programmers can be used in series 
for a total of 24 different measurement programs. For auto- 
matic sequencing, each individual Type 262 requires an auto- 
matic sequencer accessory. 

MEASUREMENT RATE 

WITHOUT AUTOMATIC SEQUENCER 

The measurement rate is governed by the Type 6R1A dis- 
play time of 0.1 to 6 seconds, and is also dependent upon 
the sweep time. 

WITH AUTOMATIC SEQUENCER 

With the Automatic Sequencer installed, the measurement 
rate can be synchronized with auxiliary equipment or can 
be determined by the Type 567 and Type 262. 

In a non-synchronized mode of operation, the measurement 
rate is determined by the sum of the Type 6R1A display time 
and the Type 262 display time. Display time of the Type 262 
is continuously variable within the range of 50 to 500 milli- 
seconds. In this mode, up to 8 measurements per second can 
be made. 

In a synchronized mode of operation, the display is held, 
upon completion of a measurement, until an external comple- 
tion pulse is received. In the synchronized mode, up to 6 mea- 
surements per second can be made. 

MECHANICAL FEATURES 

The Type 262 mounts in a standard 19" rack and occupies 
only S 1 //' of rack height. It has slide-out tilt-lock tracks that 
permit it to be pulled forward, tilted, and locked in any of five 
positions for convenient programming and servicing. Cabinet 
feet are included for installation when not rack-mounted. 



r TP£ 2 fi # P«roaRAHMEfl 



< 



m 



*i 



, — ■ . — , 

ooooooo© 


•#•••••••• 


-i $ # 





'Q-. 


# 


w 


»*^, ,*,■■ 


(& 


! ! 


if*- 


$$ 




.V * S 





r 



ts 




1 * ® 



YF"E 6RtA OfGirAL UNIT 




# ' # 



{ 



J \ 



hi 


$ $1 # 


' ■. 




m @ 




# .- $ 




•■■"!""'-• 


J s ' 


. 9 e 


• <§■- 



# 



m 
m 



■ m 

1. ■" 



'# % 




'Hi 1 




■a, a 



Nut \-wf.-". ■ 



1 



Type 262 programming the Type RM567/6R1A in a sequence 
of transistor switching measurements. 





L-^ Si- 



«Sf 




TYPE 262 PROGRAMMER $1350 

Each instrument includes: 1— Cabinet feet kit (016-0052-00); 4 — Washer 
(210-0833-00); 4— Washer (210-0917-00); 4— Screw (212-0512-00); 4— 
Screw (21 2-0561 -00); 1— Pr Mounting tracks (351-0085-00); 1— Power 
cord (161-0022-00); 1—3 to 2-wire adapter (103-0013-00); 1— 6R1A to 
262 cable (012-0081-00); 2— Instruction Manual (070-0399-00). 

*If the Type 262 is to be connected to another Type 262, indicate 
on your order that you need a 262/262 cable (012-0082-00) rather 
than a 262/6R1A cable (012-081-00), 



113 



262 



NECESSARY ACCESSORIES FOR BASIC OPERATION 

For basic operation of the Type 262, at least one program 
card is required. 
PROGRAM CARD (Part No. 018-0007-00) each $25 

PROGRAM CARD EXTENSION 

A 56-pin rigid extension enables the program cards to 
operate out of the type 262 housing for servicing convenience. 

56-PIN RIGID CARD EXTENSION (Part No. 012-0078-00) $20 

OPTIONAL RESISTOR KIT 

A resistor kit containing 176, V 4 w, 1% resistors is avail- 
able for use with program cards. 
RESISTOR KIT (Part No. 016-0056-00) $50 

Complete instructions to program the cards are included in 
the instruction manual. 



AUTOMATIC SEQUENCER ACCESSORY 

A sequencer, composed of a synchronizer board and a counter 
board, provides for automatic scan of up to 8 programs per 
Type 262. 

AUTOMATIC SEQUENCER (Part No. 040-0331-00) .... $215 
SYNCHRONIZER BOARD Only (Part No. 01 8-0005-00) 95 

COUNTER BOARD Only (Part No. 018-0006-00) .... 120 

AUXILIARY PROGRAMMING CARDS (not furnished with 
Type 262) 

The Type 262 accommodates 8 auxiliary plug-in program- 
ming cards. Each card has gold, through-hole plating for 
best possible electrical contact. 

CARD with 11 reed relay assy. (Part No. 018-0003-00) $25 
CARD only (Part No. 018-0004-00) $18 

U.S. Sales Prices f.o.b. Beaverton, Oregon 
Please refer to Terms and Shipment, General Information page. 




SAMPLING ACCESSORIES 



The usefulness of the Type 567 and Type RM567 Oscillo- 
scope is further augmented by a wide range of accessories 
and associated instruments. Brief descriptions of some 
of these are given here. For full specifications, please 
refer to each instrument on the page listed in the index. 




TYPE 109 PULSE GENERATOR 

The Type 109 produces 0.25-nsec risetime pulses of either 
equal or alternately different time duration. Pulse width is 
0.5 to a maximum of 40 nsec at the full repetition rate of 
typically 550 to 720 pulses/sec; to 300 nsec at half repetition 
rate. 

Pulse amplitude can be selected from three calibrated ranges 
extending from Ov through 50 v, accuracy within 3%. Polarity 
can be either positive or negative. 

External dc charge voltage inputs permit alternate pulses of 
different amplitudes and/or polarity. 

TYPE 109 PULSE GENERATOR $360 

TYPE 111 PULSE GENERATOR 

The Type 111 is a high-repetition rate, fast-rise pulse generator 
that provides two pulse outputs: 

OUTPUT PULSE has a risetime equal to or less than 0.5 
nsec for positive pulses; slightly longer for negative pulses. 
Repetition rate is continuously adjustable from lOpps to 100 kc. 
Pulse duration is 2 nsec minimum to 100 nsec maximum with 
an external charge line. Pulse amplitude is over rt 5 volts. 
PRETRIGGER PULSE amplitude is lOv, duration is 250 nsec, 
and half-amplitude risetime is 4 nsec. (Approximately). 

Time delay between pretrigger and output pulse is contin- 
uously variable from 30 nsec to 250 nsec. 

TYPE 1 1 1 PULSE GENERATOR $365 








TYPE 113 DELAY CABLE 

The Type 113 Delay Cable is a transmission line of the 
transverse electric and magnetic fields mode type with a 60- 
nsec delay. The Type 113 is used in sampling applications 
where a trigger is derived from and fed ahead of a signal 
to a sampling plug-in unit. The cable has approximately a 
1.5 db loss per 100 feet at lOOOMc. Risetime is approximately 
0.1 nsec. 



r \ 



TYPE 113 DELAY CABLE 



$250 



114 



SAMPLING ACCESSORIES 



c 



TYPE 280 TRIGGER COUNTDOWN UNIT 

The Type 280, used with the Type 567/3S76/3T77 or Type 
567/3S3/3T77, allows synchronization on frequencies up to 5 Gc. 
The Type 280 can be used to lower the frequency of the trigger- 
ing signals to within a range of 15 to 45 Mc. This permits the 
trigger circuit of the sampling system to lock in solidly with a 
much higher input signal frequency. 

Input frequency is from 30 Mc to 5 Gc; input signal range 
is 50 mv to 4 v, peak-to-peak. Output repetition rate is con- 
tinously variable from 15 to 45 Mc. Fast-rise trigger output is 
150 mv with less than 0.4-nsec risefime and 1.5 v with less than 
4-nsec risetime. 

TYPE 280 TRIGGER COUNTDOWN UNIT $265 




|> '.;S 



me 280 

HlGGER COUNTDOWN 
UNIT 



tdlKWimr^^^ 



* 



PUTFUT 

KTOITOh 

RuiT 





-t: 






UANSISrOE SWITCHING 
TIME TESTER 





^ 



TYPE 290 TRANSISTOR SWITCHING-TIME TESTER 

The Type 290, driven by a Tektronix fast rise pulse generator 
and combined with a Tektronix sampling system, provides a 
transistor testing system with an over-all transient response of 
less than 1 nsec. This system tests fast transistors on a short 
duty-cycle basis for delay time, risetime, storage time, and fall 
time. 

Two continuously variable collector voltages are available: 
0-to-30 v and 0-to-100v. Base supply voltage is continuously 
variable from to ± 10 v. 

When using a single-trace oscilloscope, the input signal can 
be switched to the output for observation; when using a dual- 
trace oscilloscope, the input and output signal can be viewed 
simultaneously. 

TYPE 290 $290 

TYPE 291 DIODE SWITCHING-TIME TESTER 
and TEST FIXTURE 

The Type 291 enables measurement of fast-switching diode 
characteristics. The diode under test is magnetically held in the 
Test Fixtures. 

The Type 291 provides a range of dc test currents to 100 ma — 
with provision for external current supply to 500 ma and an ex- 
ternal current monitor. The Type 291 and Test Fixture response 
is less than 0.35 nsec. The input pulse should be supplied 
from a fast-rise generator such as the Tektronix Type 109. 

TYPE 291 (without test fixture) $185 

TEST FIXTURES: 

Diode Test Jig (Part No. 013-0080-00) $40 

Adapter for Jig (Part No. 017-0075-00) $55 



OiOOt SWITCHING TIMS 
KIWESt SUPPtT 


TESTER 






<§> 


;Ij 




F ~JZ 










■—■rpZ~. 








I 



m 




TYPE 292 SEMICONDUCTOR TESTER 
POWER SUPPLY 

The Type 292 Semiconductor Tester Power Supply furnishes 
dc power and connection for a sub-nanosecond environment 
test fixture. The fixture can be wired for measuring time and 
charge characteristics of diodes and transistors. 

The Type 292 is normally «used between a sub-nanosecond 
pulse generator and a 50-ohm input sampling oscilloscope. 
Signal connections are made directly to the test fixture through 
miniature coaxial cables. The Type 292 provides a range 
of test voltages from 1 to 20 volts and bias currents from 0.1 
to 200 ma. External power supplies may be used for other 
currents and voltages. Leads from the external jacks to the 
test fixture limit externally supplied current to 1 ampere. 
TYPE 292 $325 

OPTIONAL TEST FIXTURES AVAILABLE: 

Diode Test Jig (Part No. 013-0080-00) $ 40 

Adapter for Diode Test Jig (Part No. 016-0059-00) ... $ 21 



TYPE CT-1 CURRENT TRANSFORMER AND P6040 
PROBE 

The Type CT-1 Current Transformer and P6040 Probe, used 
with the Type 567, will measure milliampere currents at fre- 
quencies beyond 1 Gc. Sensitivity of the Type CT-1 /P6040 is 
5 mv/ma into a 50-Q load. Risetime is less than 0.35 nsec, and 
accuracy is ± 3%. 

The Type CT-1 /P6040 gives true readings of current flow 
while keeping loading effects to a minimum. The P6040 Probe 
is used as a convenient plug-on inter-connecting cable for the 
Type CT-1. 

TYPE CT-1 and P6040 (Part No. 015-0041-00) .... $31 

Type CT-1 only (Part No. 015-0040-00) $17 

TYPE P6040 only (Part No. 010-0133-00) $14 








U.S. Sales Price f.o.b. Beaverton, Oregon 
Please refer to Terms and Shipment, General Information page. 



115 



Type 



ELECTRON-TUBE-CURVE TRACER 




Displays Family of Curves on CRT Screen 

Four to twelve characteristic curves per family. 

Plots All Important Characteristics 

Plate current against plate or grid voltage. 
Screen current against plate or grid voltage. 
Grid current against plate or grid voltage. 

Positive-Bias Curves 

Plots up to 8 positive-bias curves per family, 
(up to 12 negative-bias curves) 

Calibrated Controls 

Accurate current and voltage readings directly from 
the crt screen. 

Wide Display Range 

1 1 current ranges from 0.02 ma/div to 50 ma/div. 

9 voltage ranges from 0.1 v/div to 50 v/div. 
11 series-load resistors from 300 ohms to 1 megohm. 

7 grid-step values from 0.1 v/step to 10 v/step. 



The Tektronix Type 570 Characteristic-Curve Tracer 
presents an accurate graphic analysis of electron-tube 
characteristics under almost any conceivable operating 
conditions. Circuit design can now be tailored to more 
closely fit the operating characteristics of available 
tubes. Tubes can be selected faster and more accurately 
for circuits requiring other than average electron-tube 
characteristics. Two-socket arrangement with front-panel 
switching permits rapid comparisons between two tubes, 
or two sections of the same tube. Rapid comparisons 
can be made with preselected curves outlined on a crt 
mask. Patch-cord connector system with socket-adapter 
plates enables complete control of operating-condition 
setup. 

The Type 570 is also an excellent tool for the instruc- 
tor in electronics, both in the classroom and in the 
laboratory. 

CATHODE-RAY -TUBE DISPLAY 

Positioning — Concentric controls provide for both 
vertical and horizontal positioning of the display. 

Vertical Axis — Concentric controls provide for se- 
lection of plate, screen, or grid current display; and se- 
lection of any one of eleven current-per-division values 
—0.02, 0.05, 0.1, 0.2, 0.5, 1, 2, 5, 10, 20, and 50 
ma/div. A graticule divides the screen into ten vertical 
divisions. Calibration accuracy is within 3%, permitting 
accurate current readings directly from the screen. 




' i! 



Horizontal Axis — Either plate or grid voltage can 
be displayed on the horizontal axis, and nine voltage- 
per-division values are available — 0.1, 0.2, 0.5, 1, 2, 5, 
10, 20, and 50 v/div. Ten horizontal divisions are scrib- 
ed on the graticule. Calibration accuracy is within 3%, 
permitting accurate voltage readings directly from the 
screen. 

GRID-STEP GENERATOR 

Family of Curves — A variable control is provided to 
adjust the number of curves in the display. As few as 
four and as many as twelve curves can be selected. A 
single family can be safely displayed with the tube un- 
der heavy overload conditions by means of a position on 
the STEPS/FAMILY control and a push button. With the 
STEPS/FAMILY control in the single-family position, 
pressing the button applies the selected conditions to 
the tube for only a fraction of second. Use of the SINGLE 
FAMILY push button permits observation or photography 
of tube characteristics under unusual conditions without 
danger of damage to the tube under test. 

The STEPS/SEC switch controls the switching-rate of 
the step generator. A 1 20 or 240-steps/sec rate can be 
selected. The extra 1 20-steps/sec position causes switch- 
ing to occur at the opposite end of the characteristic 
curve, for convenience when the area of interest is at 
either end of the curves displayed. (When the Type 570 
is used with a 50-cycle supply frequency, the step/sec 
rate will be either 100 or 200.) 




116 














Bias voltage applied to the grid of the tube under test 
is impressed in a series of steps to produce the number of 
curves desired in the display. The voltage difference be- 
tween steps is selected by a seven-position switch. Cali- 
brated switch positions are: 0.1, 0.2, 0.5, 1, 2, 5, and 
10 volts/step, accurate within 3%. Up to 150 ma peak 
grid current is available. A variable control is provided 
to adjust the starting point to a positive voltage, zero, or 
a negative voltage. Pressing the ZERO BIAS push button 
causes the display of the zero-bias curve only, to use as 
a reference in adjusting the starting point. As many as 
eight positive-bias curves can be included in the display. 

PLATE-SWEEP GENERATOR 

An eleven-position switch selects the desired series- 
load resistance for the plate circuit of the tube under test. 
Series-load values are: 300 ohms, 1 k, 2 k, 5 k, 10 k, 
20 k, 50 k, 100 k, 200 k, 500 k, and 1 megohm. Power- 
handling capacity of all load resistors is sufficient to dis- 
sipate the maximum power available in the plate circuit. 

The peak voltage applied to the plate through the 
series-load resistance is selected by an eight-position 
switch. Peak voltages are: 5, 10, 20, 50, 100, 200, 300, 
and 500 volts. 

OPERATING VOLTAGES 

Heater voltage is available in 17 fixed steps: 1.25, 
1.4, 2.0, 2.35, 2.5, 3.15, 4.2, 4.7, 5.0, 6.3, 7.5, 12.6, 
18.9, 25, 35, 50, and 117 volts ac. A control permits 
adjusting the selected heater voltage approximately 
±20% for simulating the effects of low or high line 
voltage. The variable control provides sufficient spread 
between steps to supply the proper heater voltage for 
practically all receiving-type vacuum tubes. Maximum 
power available from the heater transformer Is 30 watts. 



570 



Positive dc voltage is available in five calibrated steps: 
20, 50, 100, 200, and 300 volts, accurate within 3%. 
The positive voltage is also continuously variable from 
approximately 10 to 300 v. Up to 50 ma steady current 
is supplied. An adequate reserve is available for higher 
peak currents. 

Negative dc voltage is available, continuously vari- 
able from to — 100 v. The negative dc supply is cap- 
able of delivering up to 1 watt. 

ADAPTER PLATES 

Eight quick-changing adapter plates are furnished 
with the Type 570 — 2 with octal sockets, 2 with nine- 
pin miniature sockets, 2 with seven-pin miniature sockets, 
and 2 with pilot holes only. Plate receptacle holds any 
two adapter plates at the same time. Small banana jacks 
connect to each socket terminal thus making it possi- 
ble to patch any tube element to any voltage supplied 
by the instrument. 

Other adapter plates are available as optional ac- 
cessories. 

VOLTMETER 

The built-in voltmeter indicates the positive and nega- 
tive operating voltages in seven ranges: to 7, 14, 35, 
70, 140, 350, 700 volts. The voltmeter can be switched 
to show the percent of heater voltage indicated by the 
heater-voltage selector switch. 

OTHER FEATURES 

Tube-Socket Switching — The TEST POSITION switch 
in the center of the front panel is used to switch in either 
of two vacuum tubes during comparison tests. It has an 
OFF position for changing tubes and for establishing a 
reference trace on the screen. Control-grid potential 
drops to — 150 v in the off position. 




!■■■■■■■■■ 




!■■■■■■■■■ 




!&«■■■■■■ 




IsMamnn 




IssiSKMMm 




pSIftVHMB 




Iss&mwBH 




ISSNlNlinU 




faNfflUSSSS!! 




|^-___ - 


^ 



Fig. 1 — Plate current plotted against plate volt- Fig, 2. — Same triode section of 12AU7 with only Fig. 3 — Screen current plotted against plate volt- 
age for one triode section of a 1 2AU7. Plate 20-v peak plate supply and sensitivities increased age with positive grid bias on a 6AQ5. Plate 
d is 5 k, peak plate-supply voltage is 500 v. to 0.2 ma/div vertical and 2 v/div horizontal. load is 300 ohms, peak plate voltage is 1 00 v, 
d voltage is changed 5v between curves, from Grid voltage is changed 2v between curves, screen-grid voltage is 1 00 v, with grid voltage 
— 35 v to zero. Vertical sensitivity is 5 ma/div, from — 14 v to zero. This is essentially a 25-times changing 2 v/step from + 1 6 v to below zero, 
horizontal sensitivity 50 v/div. Calibrated controls magnification of the lower left portion of Fig. 1, Vertical scale is 1 ma/div, horizontal scale is 10 v/ 
permit accurate current and voltage readings showing the operating characteristics at low plate- div. 
directly from the screen. supply voltage. 




117 



570 








Fig. 4 — Typical 1 2AU7 Eg-lp curves. Plate load 
5 k, peak plate-supply voltage 500 v, grid volt- 
age changing 5 v/step from — 35 v to zero, 
vertical sensitivity 5 ma/div, horizontal sensitivity 
5 v/div. 



Fig. 5 — Another family of curves with positive 
grid bias. Screen current is plotted against grid 
voltage. Operating conditions of the 6AQ5 are 
identical to Fig. 3, except horizontal sensitivity is 
2 v/div. 



rx 



Safety Switch — The extremely flexible operational- 
setup facility of the Type 570 requires that potentially 
dangerous voltages be present at the patch panel. 
These voltages can be removed by a front panel switch 
for safety and convenience, A Jewel light indicates 
when power is present at the patch panel. 

Regulated Power Supply — Electronic voltage regu- 
lation is used to compensate for line-voltage changes 
and variations in loading. All voltages affecting calibra- 
tions are fully regulated. Heater, negative-dc, and 
peak-plate supplies are unregulated. 

Power Requirement — 105v to 125v or 210 v to 
250 v, 50 to 60 cps, typically 400 watts maximum, 300 
watts standby. Note: For 50 cps supply, the switching 
rate will be either 100 steps/sec or 200 steps/sec. 

Cathode-Ray Tube — The Tektronix crt uses 4-kv 
accelerating potential. A PI phosphor is normally 
supplied. 

Illuminated Graticule — The 10 x 10-division grati- 
cule is edge-lighted. Illumination of the graticule is 
controlled by a front-panel knob. 

Mechanical Specifications — Dimensions are 17" 
high by 13 7s" wide by 23 % " deep. Net weight is 
7 A 2 k pounds. Shipping weight is 94 pounds, approx. 

TYPE 570 CURVE TRACER $1 1 00 

Each instrument includes: 5 — Double patch cord, black, 6" (012- 
0023-00); 5— Double patch cord, red, 6" (012-0024-00); 2— Sup- 
pressor cord, 100 U, 6" (012-0025-00); 2— Suppressor cord, 300 52, 
6" (012-0026-00); 2— Suppressor cord, Ik, 6" (0)2-0027-00); 
5-Single patch cord, black, 6" (012-0028-00); 5— Single patch 
cord, 6" (012-0029-00); 2^7-pin adapter plafe (016-0004-00); 
2 — 8-pin adapter plate (016-0005-00); 2— 9-pin adapter plate 
(016-0006-00); 2— Blank adapter plate (016-0007-00); 1—3 to 2-wire 
adapter (103-0013-00); 1— 6U8 (154-0033-00); 5—1/16 amp 3-AG 
Fast-Bio fuse (159-0024-00); 5 1/2 amp 3-AG Fast-Bio fuse (159- 
0025-00); 1— 3-conducror power cord (161-0010-00); 1— Green 
filter (378-0514-00); 2— Instruction Manual (070-0167-00). 



Fig. 6 — Typical GERMANIUM DIODE curve. Inher- 
ent flexibility of the Type 570 permits accurate 
evaluation of diode characteristics and detailed 
examination of any part of the curve. Calibrated 
scales above are 0.2 v/div horizontal, 0.5 ma/div 
vertical, with zero points at center of screen. 



Optional Adapter Plates 



016-0040-00 




016-0041 


-00 




>°© 




% 


%: 


*© 

«© 










016-0042 


-00 


Q 


# 


O 


•■ K -M * 


,0 # 


©» 


I 


! # 


^© 4 






©' 






©' 






i-00 







c 



016-0043-00 



Optional adapter plates with various sockets are 
available. 

13 Pin Nixie* Base (016-0040-00) $12.50 

5 Pin Nuvistor Twelvar Base (016-0041-00) .. $10.00 
7 Pin Nuvistor Twelvar Base (016-0042-00) .. $10.00 

12 Pin Compactron Base (016-0043-00) $12.50 

9 Pin Novar Base (016-0044-00) $10.00 

* Burroughs Registered Trademark 

Rack Mount Adapter 

A cradle mount to adapt the Type 570 Characteristic- 
Curve Tracer for rack mounting is available. It con- 
sists of a cradle to support the instrument in any stand- 
ard 19" relay rack and a mask to fit around the regu- 
lar instrument panel. Rack height requirements 1 7 V2 " . 

Order Part No. 040-028 1 -00 $45 

U.S. Sales Prices f.o.b. Beaverton, Oregon 
Please refer to Terms and Shipment, General Information page. 




118 



' 




TRANSISTOR-CURVE TRACER 
HIGH-CURRENT ADAPTER Type 



a. 



■ 



TYPE 57$ TRANSISTOR-CURVE TRACER 

SOUL 





TYt>l 175 TRANSISTOR-CURVE TRACER HIGH-CURRENT ADAPTOR 

cotucros sw»? 



BASE STEP OmlRMOK 



1 # $ 




" MUHP 



ȣ:" 



In most instances the operation of the Type 175 is the 
same as that of the Type 575. The added capabilities of 
the Type 575 when used with the Type 175 are shown 
in color. 



CHARACTERISTIC SUMMARY 

SEMI-CONDUCTOR DRIVING CAPABILITIES 

BASE OR EMITTER STEP GENERATOR— 

Stepping Rate — 2 or 4 times line frequency. 

Number of Steps — Continuously variable from 4 to 1 2 
steps per family of characteristic curves. 

Single or Repetitive — Stops after a single family of curves 
is generated, or repeatedly generates the family of 
curves. 

Type of Steps — Steps are increments of voltage or current 
and are either positive or negative. 

Voltage Increments — Selectable values from 0.01 v/step to 
0.2 v/step ±3% with 2.4-ampere current capability. 
— Selectable values from 0.02 v/step to 0.5 v/step 
with 12-ampere current capability. 



Current Increments — Selectable values from 0.001 ma/step 
to 200 ma/step, ±3%. 
— Selectable values from 1 ma/step to 1000 ma/step. 

COLLECTOR SWEEP GENERATOR— 

Frequency — 2 times line frequency. 

Peak Sweep Voltage — Continuously variable from v to 
20 v minimum with 10-ampere current capability and 
from v to 200 v minimum with 1 -ampere current cap- 
ability. — Continuously variable from v to 20 v with 
200-ampere current capability and v to lOOv with 
40-ampere current capability. 

Polarity — Positive or negative. 

VERTICAL DISPLAY 

CALIBRATED SENSITIVITY— 

Transistor Collector Current — 0.001 ma/div to 1000 ma/ 
div, ±3%. 
— 0.005 amp/div to 20 amp/div. 

Transistor Base or Emitter Current — 0.001 ma/div to 200 
ma/div, ±3%. 

Transistor Base or Emitter Voltage — 0.01 v/div to 0.5 v/ 
div, ±3%. 

Base or Emitter Source Voltage — 0.01 v/div to 0.2 v/div, 
±3%. 



119 



575 
175 



HORIZONTAL DISPLAY 
CALIBRATED SENSITIVITY— 

Transistor Collector Voltage — 0.01 v/div to 20 v/div, 
±3%. 
— 0.1 v/div to 10 v/div. 

Transistor Base or Emitter Current — 0.001 ma/div to 200 
ma/div, ±3%. 

Transistor Base or Emitter Voltage — 0.01 v/div to 0.5 v/ 

div, ±3%. 

— 0.1 v/div to 2 v/div. 

Base or Emitter Source Voltage — 0.01 v/div to 0.2 v/div, 
± 3 % . 

CRT 

DISPLAY AREA — 10x10 div. 
ACCELERATING VOLTAGE— 4 kv. 

OTHER CHARACTERISTICS 

COMPARISON SWITCH — Switch allows switching between 
two semi-conductors for comparison. 

POWER REQUIREMENTS— 105 to 125 v or 210 to 250 v, 
50 to 60 cps, 410 watts max. 
— 105 to 125v, 50 to 60 cps, 1100 watts max. 




# # 



# # 



# m 



m 








The Type 575 Transistor-Curve Tracer displays the dynam- 
ic characteristic curves of both NPN and PNP transistors on 
the screen of a 5-inch cathode-ray tube. Several different 
transistor characteristic curves may be displayed, including 
the collector family in the common-base and common-emitter 
configuration. In addition to the transistor characteristic 
curves, the Type 575 is used to display dynamic charac- 
teristics of a wide range of semi-conductor devices. 



Transistors under test are inserted into either a common-base 
or common-emitter test circuit. The transistor collector has a 
sweep voltage applied to it while a step voltage or current 
is applied to either the base or emitter (whichever is unground- 
ed). Voltage, for the collector, sweeps between zero and a 
selectable value and is generated by the Collector Sweep 
Generator. The Base or Emitter Step Generator applies steps 
to the base or emitter that start at zero and build up to a 
value determined by the number of steps and value of each 
step as selected with front-panel controls. Each sequence of 
steps, from zero to the maximum attained value, in conjunction 
with the sweep voltage on the collector produces one family of 
characteristic curves. 



Signals used for vertical and horizontal deflection on the crt 
are either current or voltage values selected from various points 
in the transistor test circuit. Thus, a selected vertical signal can 
be plotted against a selected horizontal signal to trace the 
desired semi-conductor characteristic curve. Selection of the 
deflection signal source is accomplished with front panel con- 
trols. Vertical deflection signal sources include: transistor collec- 
tor current, transistor base or emitter current, transistor base 
or emitter voltage, and source voltage for the base or emitter. 
Horizontal deflection signal sources include: transistor collector 
voltage, transistor base or emitter current, transistor base or 
emitter voltage, and source voltage for the base or emitter. 



The Type 175 Transistor-Curve Tracer High-Current 
Adapter enables the Type 575 to plot and display charac- 
teristic curves of high-current semi-conductors. Basically the 
Type 175 contains a high-current Collector Sweep Genera- 
tor, a high-current Base or Emitter Step Generator and high- 
current test circuits that are used in place of those in the 
Type 575. The 175 also contains the necessary circuits to 
convert these high currents into deflection signals suitable 
for display on the Type 575 crt. There is one source for 
the vertical deflection signal: the transistor collector current. 
There are two sources for the horizontal deflection signal: 
transistor collector voltage and transistor base or emitter 
voltage. 



TYPE 575 MOUNTING 

The Type 575 can be secured atop the Type 175 with two 
hinge bolts. A brace attached to the top rear of the Type 175 
allows the Type 575 to be raised tor more convenient viewing. 



• 



1 



120 











BASE OR EMITTER STEP GENERATOR 

The Step Generator develops current or voltage steps to 
drive the base or emitter (whichever is ungrounded) of the 
transistor under test. These sleps are used to generate either 
repetitive or single-family (as selected) characteristic curves 
for display. The steps are adjustable in number from 4 to 
12 and move in a positive or negative direction depending on 
the polarity switch setting. Step repetition rate is selectable 
as either 120 steps/sec or 240 steps/sec (values equal to 2X or 
4X the line frequency). A control is available to set, to zero, 
the starting point of a series of steps. 

Each step has a rise that is selected as either a value of 
current or a value of voltage. The value of each step rise in 
current ranges from 0.001 ma/step to 200 ma/step and is se- 
lected from 17 values that are in a 1-2-5 sequence. The value 
of each step rise in voltage is from 0.01 v/step to 0.2 v/step 
and is selected from 5 values that are in a 1-2-5 sequence. 
Also a switch is provided for grounding the transistor input 
to give a zero drive-voltage reference check, and opening the 
transistor input to give a zero drive-current reference check. 

The driving resistance of the step generator is selected from 
24 values that range from 1 ohm to 22 kilohms ±5%. Any 
other value can be added externally. 

The Type 175 Step Generator output is basically the same as 
that of the Type 575. However, the current steps are selected 
from 10 values ranging from 1 ma/step to 1000 ma/step and the 
voltage steps are selected from 5 values ranging from 0.5 
v/step to 10 v/step. In addition, the driving resistance is. se- 
lected from 11 values ranging from 0.5 ohm to 1 kilohm. Any 
other resistance value can be added externally. 

COLLECTOR SWEEP GENERATOR 

The Collector Sweep Generator provides the sweep voltages 
that drive the collector of the transistor under test. These volt- 
ages sweep between zero and a peak value selected with a 
front-panel control. The peak voltage is either positive or 
negative depending on the setting of the polarity switch to 
allow the collector voltages to sweep between zero and posi- 
tive peak values or zero and negative peak values. The repeti- 
tion rate of the sweep is 2 times the line frequency; thus the 



575 
175 



collector voltage sweeps between zero and the peak value 
at least once for each step applied to the transistor base or 
emitter. 

The peak sweep voltage is continuously adjustable from 
zero to 20 v with 10-ampere capability or from zero to 200 v 
with l -ampere current capability. 

The collector current limiting resistance is selected from 16 
valuse ranging from 1 ohm to 100 kilohms ±5%. 

The Type 175 Collector Sweep Generator output is basically 
the same as that of the Type 575. However, the peak sweep 
voltage is continuously adjustable from zero to 20' v with 200- 
ampere capability of from zero to lOOv with 40-ampere capa- 
bility. Also, in the 0-100 v range a 300-ohm collector current- 
limiting resistor can be switched in. Any other desired resist- 
ance can be added externally. 

VERTICAL-DEFLECTION SYSTEM 

Signals used for vertical deflection are selected from various 
points in the transistor test circuit. Each point has several 
selectable deflection sensitivities available. 

CALIBRATED SENSITIVITY— 

Transistor Collector Current — 0.01 ma/div to lOOOma/div 
in 16 steps, 1-2-5 sequence. Pushbuttons are provided for 
multiplying each step by 2 or 0.1 thus extending the sensitivity 
from 0.001 ma/div to 2000 ma/div. 
— 0.005 amp/div to 20 amp/div in 12 steps, 1-2-5 sequence. 

Transistor Base or Emitter Current — 0.001 ma/div to 200 
ma/div in 17 steps, 1-2-5 sequence. 

Transistor Base or Emitter Voltage — 0.01 v/div to 0.5 v/div 
in 6 steps, 1-2-5 sequence. 

Base or Emitter Source Voltage — 0.01 v/div to 0.2 v/div in 
5 steps, 1-2-5 sequence. 

HORIZONTAL-DEFLECTION SYSTEM 

Signals used for horizontal deflection are selected from 
various points in the transistor test circuit. Each point has 
several selectable deflection sensitivities available. 




• 



PNP TRANSISTOR 

Collector current vs collector voltage with base 
grounded and constant-current emitter steps. Col- 
lector sweep is to 1 20 v through a 5 k load re- 
sistor, emitter current 1 ma/step. Vertical deflec- 
tion is 1 ma/div, horizontal deflection TO v/div. 




PNP TRANSISTOR 

Collector current vs collector voltage with base 
grounded and constant-current emitter steps. Col- 
lector sweep is to 1 .5 v, emitter current 200 
ma/step. Vertical deflection is 200 ma/div, hori- 
zontal deflection 0.1 v/div. 




NPN TRANSISTOR 

Collector current vs collector voltage 
with constant-voltage base steps. Col- 
lector sweep is to 2 v, base voltage 
0.02 v/step, vertical deflection is 5 ma/ 
div, horizontal deflection 0.2 v/div. 



121 



575 
175 



CALIBRATED SENSITIVITY— 

Transistor Collector Voltage — 0.01 v/div to 20 v/div in ll 
steps, l -2-5 sequence. 
— 0. 1 v/div to 1 v/div in 7 steps, 1-2-5 sequence. 

Transistor Base or Emitter Current — 0.001 ma/div to 200 
ma/div in 17 steps, 1-2-5 sequence. 

Transistor Base or Emitter Voltage — 0.01 v/div to 0.5 v/div 
in 6 steps, 1-2-5 sequence. 
— 0.1 v/div to 2 v/div in 5 steps, 1-2-5 sequence. 

Base or Emitter Source Voltage — 0.01 v/div to 0.2 v/div in 
5 steps, 1-2-5 sequence. 

OTHER CHARACTERISTICS 

TRANSISTOR TEST PANEL— The transistor test panel has 
provisions for two transistors at the same time. Two sockets 
accept low-power transistors with short leads and three binding 
posts along side the sockets accept other transistor and semi- 
conductors. One switch will change the sockets from the com- 
mon-emitter to the common-base test circuit configuration. 



A second switch allows two transistors inserted into the test 
circuit to be rapidly compared by switching the test conditions 
from one to the other. 

The Type 175 Transistor Test Pane! is basically the same 
as that of the Type 575. Special connectors and cables are 
provided for high-current applications and for eliminating meas- 
urement errors due to voltage drops in high-current carrying 
leads. 

CATHODE-RAY TUBE— The crt used has an accelerating 
voltage of 4 kv and is supplied with a PI phosphor unless 
another phosphor is requested. 

ILLUMINATED GRATICULE— The 3y 8 "x3%" edge-lighted 

graticule is marked in 10 by 10 cm divisions, with centerlines 
marked every one-fifth of a division. Illumination is controlled 
by a front-panel knob. 

REGULATED POWER SUPPLY— Electronic voltage regulation 
is used to compensate for line-voltage changes and for varia- 
tions in loading. All voltages affecting calibrations are fully 
regulated. 




PNP TRANSISTOR 

Collector current vs collector voltage 
with constant-current base steps. Col- 
lector sweep is to 5 v with a 0.25- 
ohm load, base current is 50 ma/step. 
Vertical deflection is 1000 ma/div, hori- 
zontal deflection 0.5 v/div. 




NPN TRANSISTOR 

Base current vs base voltage with 
constant-current base steps. Collector 
sweep is to 1 v, base current 0.1 
ma/step. Vertical deflection is 0.1 ma/ 
div, horizontal deflection 0.05 v/div. 
Dots represent equal increments of base 
current. Dynamic base impedance can be 
determined from this display. 




NPN TRANSISTOR 

Collector current vs base current with 
constant-current base steps. Collector 
sweep is to 1.5 v, base current 0.1 
ma/step. Vertical deflection is 5 ma/ 
div collector current, horizontal deflec- 
tion 0.1 ma/div base current. Incre- 
mental and dc current gain can be de- 
termined from this display. 



1F« 

■ .o^j ^ijli u^^k fcfiAA jidud i^^u I. j j .. i ^UUJE l^U^U 

[/iiiiiii m^ 



] 



NPN TRANSISTOR 

Base voltage vs collector voltage with 
constant-current base steps. Collector 
sweep is to 1 v, base current 0.1 ma/ 
step. Vertical deflection is 0.05 v/div 
base voltage, horizontal deflection 0.1 
v/div collector voltage. 




n \W ■■ m F^^H ^^^H ^R« ^P^H F^^H r. 

^sssilssP 11 



NPN TRANSISTOR 

Collector current vs collector voltage 
with constant-current base steps. Collec- 
tor sweep is to 2 v, base current 0.01 
ma/step. Vertical deflection is 0.5 ma/ 
div, horizontal deflection 0,2 v/div. 



NPN TRANSISTOR 

Collector current vs base voltage with 
constant-voltage base steps. Collector 
sweep is to 1 .5 v, base voltage 0.05 
v/step with a 1 -ohm source impedance. 
Vertical deflection is 0.5 ma/div, hori- 
zontal deflection 0.05 v/div. 




122 








POWER REQUIREMENT— The Type 575 is wired for 117 v, 
50 to 60 cps. The electronically-regulated power supplies 
permit a line-voltage variation between 105 and 125 v. Chang- 
ing transformer taps permits operation at 107, 127, 214, 234, 
or 254 v. The Type 575 draws 220 watts standby, 410 watts 
maximum. The Type 175 requires 117v, 50 to 60 cps, and reg- 
ulates between 105 and 125 v. It draws 1100 watts maximum. 

MECHANICAL— Dimensions are 16 7 / e " high by 13y 8 " wide 
by 23 3 / 8 " deep. Net weight is 66 pounds. Shipping weight is 
85 pounds, approx. Type 175 — Dimensions are 1 2 % " h I g h by 
1 5 V 4 " wide by 23 3 / 8 " deep. Net weight is 93 pounds. Shipping 
weight is 118 pounds, approx. 

TYPE 575 TRANSISTOR CURVE-TRACER $1075 

Each instrument includes: 2 — Transistor adapter, long |01 3-0069-00); 
2_Transistor adapter, short (013-0070-00); 1—3 to 2-wire adapter 
(103-0013-00); 2— 2N1381 transistor (151-0039-00); 1— 3-conductor 
power cord (161-0010-00); 1— Green filter (378-0514-00); 2— Instruction 
Manual (070-0169-00). 

TYPE 175 HIGH CURRENT ADAPTER $1475 

Each instrument includes: 2— Black output lead (012-0014-00); 2— Red 
output lead (012-0015-00); 1— Interconnecting cable (012-0042-00); 2— 
Red test cable (012-0043-00); 2— Black test cable (012-0044-00); 1 — 
575 adapter cable (012-0045-00); 2— Blue test lead (012-0056-00); T— 
3 to 2-wire adapter (103-0013-00); 1 — 3-conductor power cord (161- 
0010-OOJ; 1— 3-conductor power cord, 20" (161-0014-00); 2— Lock 
washer (210-0010-00); 2— Nut (210-0410-00); 2— Screw (212-0520-00); 
2— Bolt hinge (214-0152-00); 2— Instruction Manual (070-0169-00). 

INCREASED COLLECTOR VOLTAGE 

Although similar to the Type 575 Transistor Curve-Tracer, 
a special model, Type 575 MOD 122C, provides much higher 
diode breakdown test voltage (variable from zero to 1500 volts, 
maximum short circuit current of 1 milliampere) and also much 
higher Collector Supply (up to 400 volts, at 0.5 ampere). 
TYPE 575 MOD 1 22C $1 325 

Each instrument includes: 2 — Transistor adapter, long (013-0069-00); 
2— Transistor adapter, short (013-0070-00); 1—3 to 2-wire adapter 
(103-0013-00); 2— 2N1381 transistor (151-0039-00); 1— 3-conductor 
power cord (161-0010-00); 1— Green filter (378-0514-00); 2— Instruction 
Manual (070-0169-00). 

RACK MOUNT ADAPTER 

A cradle mount to adapt the Type 575 Transistor-Curve 
tracer for rack mounting is available. It consists of a cradle 
to support the instrument in any standard 19" relay rack and 
a mask to fit around the regular instrument panel. Tektronix 
blue vinyl finish. Rack height requirements 17y 2 ". 
Order Part No. 040-0281-00 $45 



575 
175 



TYPE 175 MOD 167C 



Modified Type 175 operates from 210 v to 250 v, 50 to 60 cps. 
TYPE 175 MOD 167C HIGH CURRENT ADAPTER . . $1475 

Each instrument includes: 2— Black output lead (012-0014-00); 2— Red 
output lead (012-0015-00); 1— Interconnecting cable (012-0042-00); 2— 
Red test cable (012-0043-00); 2— Black test cable (012-0044-00); 1 — 
575 adapter cable (012-0045-00); 2— Blue test lead (012-0056-00); 1 — 
3 to 2-wire adapter (103-0013-00); 1 — 3-conductor power cord (161- 
0010-00); 1— 3-conductor power cord, 20" (161-0014-00); 2— Lock 
washer (210-0010-00); 2— Nut (210-0410-00); 2— Screw (212-0520-00); 
2 — Bolt hinge (214-0152-00); 2— Instruction Manual (070-0169-00). 

TYPE 575 OPTIONAL TEST BOARDS 



013-0072-00 



013-0073-00 





013-0074-00 




013-0079-00 




jfe. 



DIODE TEST JIG (013-0072-00)— holds axial-lead diodes $5.00 

ADAPTER BOX (01 3-0073-00) — allows you to mount your own 
semiconductor socket on the box 4.00 

POWER TRANSISTOR JIG (013-0074-00)— for power transistors 
with hook leads 5.00 

DIODE TEST JIG (013-0079-00)— production test jig for rapid 
handling 25.00 

U.S. Sales Prices f.o.b. Beaverton, Oregon 
Please refer to Terms and Shipment, General Information page. 





CHARACTERISTIC CURVE DISPLAYS WITH TYPE 175 

m 





Collector current vs. collector voltage 
(emphasis on saturation resistance). Verti- 
cal deflection is 10 amp/div, horizontal 
deflection is 0.2 v/div. Base drive is 500 
ma/step {top curve is 2.5 amp). 



Collector current vs. base voltage (col- 
lector sweep voltage is 4.2 v). Vertical 
deflection is 10 amp/div, horizontal de- 
flection is 0.1 v/div. Base drive is 500 
ma/step. 



Collector current vs. collector voltage. 
Vertical deflection is 10 amp/div, horizontal 
deflection is 1.0 v/div. Base drive is 500 
ma/step (top curve is 2.5 amp). 



123 



Type 



. 



DC-to-85 MC 
OSCILLOSCOPE 







f- 




All information in color describes the additional capabilities 
of the Type 585A and RM585A. 

ILLUMINATED NO-PARALLAX GRATICULE 

TUNNEL DIODE TRIGGERING TO BEYOND 1 50 MC 

SYNCHRONIZATION TO 250 MC 

CALIBRATED SWEEP DELAY 

SINGLE-SWEEP PHOTOGRAPHY AT 10NSEC/CM 

2 FAST-RISE VERTICAL PLUG-IN UNITS 

7 6 OTHER VERTICAL PLUG-IN UNITS (with adapter) 

SMALL BRIGHT CRT SPOT 

Dual-frace dc-to-85 Mc (approx. 3-db down) displays at 
TOO mv/cm or dc-to-80 Mc (approx. 3-db down) displays at 
TOmv/cm are now available with the Type 82 Dual-Trace 
Plug-In Unit. 

The Type 585A and RM585A incorporate all the features 
of the Type 58TA, but have an additional time base and the 
capability of calibrated sweep delay. 



CHARACTERISTIC SUMMARY 
VERTICAL 

Vertical deflection characteristics are extremely flexible through 
use of a wide selection of plug-in units. 

HORIZONTAL 

CALIBRATED SWEEP RANGE — Time Base A: 0.05 ,usec/cm 
\o 2 sec/cm; Time Base B {Type 585A and RM585A 
only): 2 /xsec/cm to 1 sec/cm. 

SWEEP MAGNIFIER — 5X, extends Time Base A sweep range 
to 0.01 /isec/cm. 

CALIBRATED SWEEP DELAY— 2 /xsec to 10 sec, continuously 

variable. 
TRIGGER REQUIREMENTS — 

Internal: 2-mm deflection, ac coupled. 

External: 0.2 v to ± 1 5 v, ac or dc coupled. 

EXTERNAL INPUT — 0.2 v/cm to 15v/cm ; dc to 350 kc ; 
1 megohm, approx. 47 pf. 

CRT 

ILLUMINATED NO-PARALLAX INTERNAL GRATICULE 
DISPLAY AREA — 4 x 1 cm. 
ACCELERATING VOLTAGE — lOkv. 










124 



' 



o 






• 







OTHER CHARACTERISTICS 

AMPLITUDE CALIBRATOR— 0.2 mv to 100 v, 1-kc square 
wave. 

POWER REQUIREMENT— 105 to 125 v or 210 to 250 v, 
50 to 60 cps, 560 watts maximum for Type 581 A, 630 
watts maximum for Type 585A. 

TYPE 80-SERIES VERTICAL PLUG-IN UNITS 

Frequency specifications are at approximately 3-db down 

HIGH GAIN DUAL TRACE— 

TYPE 82 DUAL-TRACE UNIT— DC to 80 Mc at 10mv/cm, DC 
to 85 Mc at lOOmv/cm. Risetime at lOOmv/cm is nominally 4 
nsec, always less than 4.2 nsec. Risetime at lOmv/cm is 
nominally 4.3 nsec, always less than 4.5 nsec. 

HIGH GAIN SINGLE TRACE- 
TYPE 86 PLUG-IN UNIT— DC to 80 Mc at 10 mv/cm, DC to 
85 Mc at lOOmv/cm. Risetime at lOOmv/cm is nominally 4 
nsec, always less than 4.2 nsec. Risetime at lOmv/cm is 
nominally 4.3 nsec, always less than 4.5 nsec. 



SWEEP DELAY APPLICATIONS 

In addition to the usual applications of the dc-to-85 
Mc Type 581 A Oscilloscope, the calibrated sweep delay of 
the Type 585A and RM585A Oscilloscopes enables the 
user to: 

1 . Moke accurate incremental measurements along a 
complex waveform. 

2. Display separate channels of a PTM system, with 
effects of time jitter removed, determining pulse 
amplitude and shape under modulation conditions. 

3. Measure pulse-to-pulse intervals and amount of jitter 
on computer signals or any train of pulses. 

4. Determine accurate time-difference measure- 
ments between amplifier input and output pulses. 

5. Select any individual line of a television composite 
signal. 

6. Show time displacement, wave shape, and amplitude 
of individual channels in a telemetering system. 

7 . Utilize effective calibrated sweep magnification up to 
the highest practical limit. Actual magnification is the 
ratio of Time Base A sweep speed to Time Base B 
sweep speed. 



VERTICAL-DEFLECTION SYSTEM 

DC-COUPLED MAIN AMPLIFIER consists of a two-stage 
distributed amplifier, a balanced, fixed delay line, and a twin- 
pentode output stage. 

BALANCED DELAY NETWORK permits observation of the 
leading edge of the waveform that triggers the sweep. 



581A 
585A 



RM 585A 



RISETIME and PASSBAND depend on the plug-in unit and 
probe used with the oscilloscope. 



Oscilloscope used with 


Risetime 


Passband 




nominally 


always 
less than 


at 3db, 
approx. 


Type 82 or 86 Plug-In 
Unit at 10 mv/cm 


4.3 nsec 


4.5 nsec 80 Mc 


Type 82 or 86 Plug-In 
Unit at 100 mv/cm 


4.0 nsec 


4.2 nsec 


85 Mc 



Risetime of the Oscilloscope, Type 82 or 86 Plug-In Unit, and 
supplied probe, at an overall sensitivity of 0.1 v/cm, is approx. 
4.5 nsec. 

TYPE 81 ADAPTER equips the oscilloscope to accept any 
Tektronix Letter-Series Plug-In Unit. Applications include sam- 
pling . . . transistor-risetime test . . . semiconductor-diode 
recovery-time studies . . . strain gage and other transducer 
measurements . . . differential-comparator displays . . . opera- 
tional amplifier functions . . . multi-trace work ... as well as 
many other general-purpose laboratory measurements. 

HORIZONTAL-DEFLECTION SYSTEM 

TIME BASE A SWEEP RANGE from 50 nsec/cm to 2 sec/cm 
is in 24 calibrated steps with 1-2-5 sequence. Accuracy is 
typically within 2%, and in all cases within 3% of panel read- 
ing. Sweep speed is continuously variable uncalibrafed from 
50 nsec/cm to over 5 sec/cm. 

TIME BASE B SWEEP RANGE from 2 /xsec/cm to 1 sec/cm 
is in 18 calibrated steps with 1-2-5 sequence. Accuracy is 
typically within 1%, and in all cases within 3% of panel read- 
ing. A control for varying the sweep length from 4 to 10 cm 
permits Time Base B to be used as a repetition-rate generator 
from 0.1 cps to 40 kc. 

5 DISPLAY MODES include Time Base A normal, Time Base B 
normal, Time Base A single sweep, Time Base A delayed by 
Time Base B, and Time Base B with trace brightening during the 
period that Time Base A runs. 

5X SWEEP MAGNIFIER expands the center 2-cm portion of 
the normal display to fill 10 cm and operates on all ranges 
for both time bases. It can be used to extend the calibrated 
sweep time of Time Base A to 10 nsec/cm, and Time Base B to 
0.4/isec/cm. Any one-fifth of the magnified sweep can be dis- 
played. Accuracy of the displayed portion of the magnified 
sweep is within 5% of the figured sweep rate. 

SINGLE SWEEP OPERATION facilitates photographic re- 
cording of waveforms. The time base can be made to run 
immediately when the RESET button is pressed, or can be made 
to wait after the button is pressed until a proper trigger signal 
occurs. The READY light indicates when the sweep is armed to 
fire on the next received trigger. Using a Tektronix C-19 
Camera and Polaroid Type 410 film, 4-cm single transients at 
10 nsec/cm sweep speed can be recorded in their entirety. 

EXTERNAL HORIZONTAL INPUT provides for horizontal 
beam deflection with an external source. Horizontal sensitivity 
is continuously variable from 0.2 v/cm to over 15 v/cm. Pass- 
band is dc to 350 kc or better at maximum gain. Input im- 
pedance is 1 megohm paralleled by approximately 47 pf. 



125 



581A 
585A 



RM585A 



TRIGGER 

TRIGGER LEVEL adjusts to allow sweep triggering at any 
selected point on either the rising or falling portion of the wave- 
form, and up to ± 15 v (external) in amplitude. 

TRIGGER STABILITY can be locked at an optimum triggering 
point to eliminate further adjustment. 

TRIGGER SOURCE can be internal, external, or line. Internal 
sources are ac coupled; external sources can be ac or dc 
coupled. 

HIGH-FREQUENCY SYNC provides steady displays of 
signals from 5 Mc to 250 Mc, with a fraction of a cm of display- 
ed amplitude. This mode operates from internal and external 
sources on the Type 581 A, and Time Base A of the Type 585A 
and RM585A. 

LOW-FREQUENCY REJECT operates above 15 kc to prevent 
low-frequency components, such as 60-cycle hum, from in- 
terfering with stable triggering. This mode also allows bright 
trace displays when a multiple-channel plug-in unit is operated 
in its alternate mode. 

TRIGGER REQUIREMENTS for Type 581 A and Time Base A 
and RM585A are as follows: 





INTERNAL 


EXTERNAL 


FREQUENCY 


AC 


AC 
Lr KtJ 


HF 
SYNC 


AC/DC 


HF 
SYNC 


1 5 cps to 1 5 kc 


2 mm 


— 


— | 0.3 v 


— 


15 kc to 5Mc 


2 mm 


2 mm 


: 


0.3 v 




5Mc to 10 Mc 


4 mm 


4 mm 


4 mm | 0.3 v 


0.2 v pk-pk 


10 Mc to 50 Mc 


1 cm 


1 cm 


4 mm ( 0.5 v 


0.2 v pk-pk 


50 Mc to 100 Mc 


2 cm 


2 cm 


4 mm j 1.5 v 


0.2 v pk-pk 


100 Mc to 150Mc 


3 cm 


3 cm 


4 mm 


2.0 v 


0.2 v pk-pk 


150Mc to 250 Mc 


— 


— 


4 mm | — 


0.2 v pk-pk 



TRIGGER REQUIREMENTS for Time Base B of Type 585A 
and RM585A are as follows: 





INTERNAL 


EXTERNAL 


FREQUENCY 


AC 


AC LF REJ 


AC/DC 


15 cps : — 15 kc 


4 mm 


— 


0.5 v pk-pk 


15 kc— 1 Mc 


4 mm 


4 mm 


0.5 v pk-pk 


1 Mc— 5 Mc 


2 cm 


2 cm 


1.5 v pk-pk 



Z 
O 2 



a 

O 



z 

U 



1& 






m 



a 



^ 
^ 



INTERNAL TRIGGERING 
CHARACTERISTICS : AND 
FREQUENCY RESPONSE 




Z 
O 



>- 

2 
3 






SWEEP DELAY 

Waveforms above are brightened portions (expanded) of wave- 
forms behw. Waveforms above are displayed in the 'A' DEL'D 
BY 'B' mode. Waveforms below are displayed in the 'B' IN- 
TENSIFIED BY 'A' mode. 




-12 



7 00 



J 50 



FREQUENCY JN MEGACYCLES 



SWEEP DELAY 

CALIBRATED DELAY RANGE from 2 /xsec to 10 seconds can 
be used to delay the start of any Time Base A sweep. Time 
Base B provides accurate time delay and Time Base A presents 
normal sweep at the end of the delay period. Accuracy of the 
15 calibrated delay steps from 2 jisec to 0.1 sec is within 1% 
of the indicated delay. Accuracy of the 3 remaining calibrated 
steps from 0.2 sec to 1 sec is within 3% of the indicated delay. 
A 10-turn precision potentiometer permits calibrated delay-time 
adjustments to any value from 2 /xsec to 10 seconds. Incremental 
accuracy of this control is within 0.2% of the indicated setting, 

TRIGGERED OPERATION holds off the start of the delayed 
sweep until the arrival of the first trigger signal following the 
selected delay time. Because the delayed sweep is actually 
triggered by the signal under observation, the display is com- 
pletely jitter free. A steady display is thus provided for time- 
modulated pulses and signals with inherent jitter. 

CONVENTIONAL OPERATION holds off the start of the de- 
layed sweep for the precise amount of the selected delay time. 
Any time-modulation or jitter on the signal will be magnified in 
proportion to the amount of sweep expansion. 

The time jitter in the delayed trigger or delayed sweep will 
not exceed one part in 20,000 of the maximum available delay 
interval (where this interval is 10 times the Time/Cm or Delay- 
Time setting). 

SWEEP MAGNIFICATION is readily accomplished when 
Time Base A is operated at a faster rate than Time Base B. For 
example, if TIME BASE A is operating at 1 /xsec/cm and TIME 
BASE B is operating at 50jusec/cm, the magnification is 50 times. 

TRACE BRIGHTENING indicates the exact portion appearing 
on the magnified display, and shows the point-in-time rela- 
tionship of the magnified display to the original display. 



o 



126 






IHHHHEEiBIHIHIISB 


mwmwmmwM 


!■■! !■■■■■■■■! IMMM»B«1MH -. fMMIfl UHJ !■■«■»>» 

nW&iSMSMraiBIRSHSXRBHBI 


»WJMM'1«M»» 



PHASE COMPARISON 

Dual-trace display of 100 (v\c sine waves at 10 nsec/cm. Phase 
difference is approximately 55 degrees. Phase comparison 
and similar measurements are possible with the stable high- 
frequency triggering system of the Type 581 A and 585 A. 




TIME COINCIDENCE 

Dual-trace display of input and output pulses of a transistor 
amplifier at 10 nsec/cm. Lower trace delayed 1 nsec by the 
amplifier under observation. Note time resolution. The Type 
581 A or 585A Oscilloscope — with 82 Unit — can display time 
coincidence between input channels with no measurable dif- 
ference at 10 nsec/cm. 

CRT AND DISPLAY FEATURES 

TEKTRONIX 5" CRT is a metalized, lumped constant travel- 
ing wave tube incorporating a helical post accelerating anode 
and achieving a small, bright crt spot. Accelerating potential 
is 10 kv. A P31 phosphor is normally supplied. 

BEAM POSITION INDICATORS light to show the direction 
of the beam when it is not on the screen. 

ILLUMINATED NO-PARALLAX GRATICULE with variable 
edge lighting is accurately ruled in centimeter squares. Viewing 
area is 4 by 10 cm. Vertical and horizontal centerlines are 
further marked in 2-mm divisions. 

UNBLANKING WAVEFORM is dc coupled to the crt grid. 
This assures uniform beam intensity for all sweep speeds and 
repetition rates at any setting of the intensity control. 

OTHER CHARACTERISTICS 

AMPLITUDE CALIBRATOR provides 18 square-wave voltages 
at the front panel. Peak-to-peak amplitudes from 0.2 mv/cm 
to 100 v are in 1-2-5 sequence and accurate within 3%. 
Square-wave frequency is aproximately 1 kc. 

DELAYED TRIGGER used to start the delayed sweep is 
available at the front panel. This can be used to trigger 
external equipment at any delay from 0.05 /xsec to 10 sec. When 
used with the delayed sweep, the resulting waveform can be 
observed. Amplitude is approximately +5 volts. A positive 
gate of the same duration as B sweep (approximately 20 volts) 
is also available at the front panel. 



585A DOD/ * 

OUTPUT WAVEFORMS available at the front panel via 
cathode followers are a positive gate of approximately 20 v, 
and a positive-going sawtooth of approximately 150 v, 

ELECTRONICALLY-REGULATED DC SUPPLIES insure stable 
operation between 105 and 125v, or 210 and 250 v. Heaters 
in the vertical plug-in unit and in the oscilloscope vertical 
amplifier are regulated for stable operation and long life. 

POWER REQUIREMENT is 105 to 125v or 210 to 250 v, 
50 to 60 cps. Maximum power consumption is 560 watts for the 
Type 581 A, and 630 watts for the Type 585A and RM585A. 

CABINET MODEL dimensions are 16 7 / 8 " high by 13Va" 
wide by 23%" deep. Type 581 A net weight is 71 pounds. 
Shipping weight is 80 pounds, approx. Type 585A net weight 
74 pounds. Shipping weight is 84 pounds, approx. 

RACK-MOUNT MODEL dimensions are 14" high by 19" 
wide by 22 3 / 4 " deep. Type RM585A net weight is 81 pounds. 
Shipping weight is 110 pounds, approx. 

TYPE 581A, without plug-in units $1425 

Each instrument includes: 1—3 to 2-wire adapter (103-0013-00); 1—3- 
conductor power cord (161-0010-00); 1 — Smoke gray filter {installed) 
(378-0546-00); 1— Plate, protector, crt, clear (387-0918-00); 1— Patch 
cord, BNC-to-BNC, 18" (012-0087-00); 1— Patch cord, BNC-to-banana 
plug, 18" (012-0091-00); 1— Post jack, BNC (012-0092-00); 2— Instruc- 
tion Manual (070-0390-00). 

TYPE 585A, without plug-in units . $1725 

Each instrument includes: 1 — 3 to 2-wire adapter (103-0013-00); 1 — 3- 
conductor power cord (161-0010-00); 1 — Smoke gray filter (installed) 
(378-0546-00); 1— Plate, protector, crt, clear (387-0918-00); ' 1— Patch 
cord, BNC-to-BNC, 18" (012-0087-00); 1— Patch cord, BNC-to-banana 
plug, 18" (012-0091-00); 1— Post jack, BNC (012-0092-00); 2~- fnstruc- 
tion Manual (070-0390-00). 

TYPE RM585A, without plug-in units . $1825 

Each instrument includes: 1—3 to 2-wire adapter (103-0013-00); 1—3- 
conductor power cord (161-0010-00); 1 — Smoke gray filter (installed) 
(378-0546-00); 1— Plate, protector, crt, clear (387-091 8-00) ; 1— Patch 
cord, BNC-to-BNC, 18" (012-0087-00); 1— Patch cord, BNC-to-banana 
plug, 18" (012-0091-00); 1— Post jack, BNC (012-0092-00); 1— Set 
mounting hardware; 2 — Instruction Manual (070-0392-00). 

MAINTENANCE AIDS 

Please refer fo catalog accessory pages 
for more-complete information 
TU-5 PULSER generates a flat-top square wave to aid in ad- 
justment of transient response of the Type 80-Series Plug-In 
Units. The TU-5 connects between the Type 581A/585A cali- 
brator output and the plug-in unit. Risetime is 1.0 ns, maximum 
(typically 0.5 ns). 

Order Part Number 015-0043-00 (includes accessories) .. $46.50 
Order Part Number 015-0038-00 (TU-5 only) $25.00 

6" PLUG-IN EXTENSION allows a Type 82, 84, or 86 
Plug-In Unit to be serviced while partially removed from the 
oscilloscope. 
Order Part Number 01 3-0055-00 $1 4.50 

FREQUENCY DOUBLER, for timing the fast sweep of the 
Type 580-Series Oscilloscopes, converts the 50-Mc output of a 
Type 180A Time Mark Generator to 100 Mc. 

Order Part Number 015-0013-00 (UHF connector) $29.50 

Order Part Number 015-0056-00 (BNC connector) $29.50 

RACK-MOUNT ADAPTER 

A cradle mount adapts the Type 581 A or Type 585A Oscillo- 
scope for rack mounting. It consists of a cradle to support the 
instrument In any standard 19" relay rack, and a mask to fit 
around the regular instrument panel. Finish is blue vinyl. Rack 
height requirement is 17y 2 " '. 
Order Part Number 040-0281 -00 $45.00 

U.S. Sales Prices f.o.b. Beaverton, Oregon 
Please refer to Terms and Shipment, General Information page. 



127 




PLUG-IN ADAPTER 




The Tektronix Type 81 Adapter makes possible the use of 
any Tektronix Letter-Series Plug-In Unit with any Type 580- 
Series Oscilloscope. The Type 81 Adapter and appropriate 
plug-in unit expand the versatility of the 580-Series Oscillo- 
scopes to fields including differential-comparator displays, 
sampling, stress analysis, transistor-risetime studies, semicon- 
ductor-diode-recovery-time studies, operational amplifiers, and 
multiple-trace displays, as well as other general and special- 
purpose applications. 

The Type 81 Adapter is extremely easy to use. The Adapter 
is simply inserted into the Type 580-Series plug-in compartment. 
The Letter-Series Unit is then plugged into the Adapter. No 
cabling or switching is required. 

Dimensions are 6%" high by 5 ] / 2 " wid e by 1 2 V 2 " deep. Net 
weight is 4 pounds. Shipping weight is 6 pounds, approx. 

TYPE 81 PLUG-IN ADAPTER $1 35 

Each Adapter includes: 2 — instruction manuals (070-0232-00). 

U.S. Sales Price f.o.b. Beaverton, Oregon 
Please refer to Terms and Shipment, General Information page. 






W £ O OPtMtlONAl MOW WW^Jf 







EXTEND CAPABILITIES OF TYPE 580-SERIES OSCILLOSCOPES TO THESE AREAS 



u 



For Multiple -Trace Operation — 

TYPE 1A1 DUAL-TRACE UNIT— DC to 33 Mc, 10.5-nsec 
risetime at 50 mv/cm to 50 v/cm — DC to 23 Mc, 15-nsec rise- 
time at 5 mv/cm increasing to 33 Mc at 50 mv/cm. 

TYPE 1A2 DUAL-TRACE UNIT — DC to 33 Mc, 10.5-nsec rise- 
time at 50 mv/cm to 50 v/cm. 

TYPE C-A DUAL-TRACE UNIT — DC to 24 Mc, 15-nsec rise- 
time at 50 mv/cm to 50 v/cm. 

TYPE M FOUR-TRACE UNIT — DC to 20 Mc, 17-nsec rise- 
time at 20 mv/cm to 25 v/cm. 

For Wide Band Applications — 

TYPE B WIDE-BAND UNIT — DC to 20 Mc, 18-nsec risetime 

at 50 mv/cm to 50 v/cm — 2 cps to 12Mc, 30-nsec risetime 
at 5 mv/cm to 50 mv/cm. 

TYPE K FAST-RISE UNIT— DC to 30 Mc, 12-nsec risetime at 
50 mv/cm to 40 v/cm. 

TYPE L FAST-RISE UNIT — DC to 30 Mc, 12-nsec risetime at 
50 mv/cm to 40 v/cm — 3 cps to 24 Mc, 15-nsec risetime at 
5 mv/cm to 4 v/cm. 

For Spectrum Analysis — 

TYPE L-SERIES UNITS — Present Units cover 1-1 0,400 Mc. 

For Differential Input Applications — 

TYPE D HIGH-GAIN UNIT — DC to 300 kc at 1 mv/cm, in- 
creasing to 2 Mc at 50 mv/cm. 

TYPE E LOW-LEVEL UNIT — 0.06 cps to 20 kc at 50 /Wcm, 
increasing to 60 kc at 0.5 mv/cm to 25 mv/cm. 



TYPE G WIDE-BAND UNIT— DC to 20 Mc, 18-nsec risetime 
at 50 mv/cm to 50 v/cm. 

For High DC Sensitivity^— 

TYPE H WIDE-BAND UNIT— DC to 15 Mc, 23-nsec risetime 
at 5 mv/cm to 50 v/cm. 

For Operations of Integration, Differentiation, Func- 
tion Generation, and Linear or Nonlinear Amplifi- 
cation — 

TYPE O OPERATIONAL AMPLIFIER— DC to 25 Mc, 14-nsec 
risetime at 50 mv/cm to 50 v/cm. 

For Transducer and Strain Gage Applications — 

TYPE Q UNIT' — DC to 6 kc, 60 /xsec risetime at 10 /xstrain/div 
to 10,000 /.isfrain/div. 

For Transistor-Risetime Checking 

TYPE R UNIT — 12-nsec risetime. 

For Diode Recovery-Time Measurements— 

TYPE S UNIT — 12-nsec risetime. 

For Precise Amplitude Measurement via the Slide- 
Back Technique — 

TYPE W DIFFERENTIAL COMPARATOR UNIT — DC to 23 Mc, 
at 50 mv/cm, decreasing to 8 Mc at 1 mv/cm. 15-nsec risetime 
at 50 mv/cm, increasing to 44-nsec at 1 mv/cm. 

TYPE Z DIFFERENTIAL COMPARATOR UNIT— DC to 13 Mc, 

27 nsec risetime at 50 mv/cm to 25 v/cm. 

For High-Frequency Sampling Applications— 

TYPE 1S1 SAMPLING UNIT— 350 psec risetime. 



128 




DUAL TRACE UNIT Type 




10 MV/CM SENSITIVITY 

DC TO 85 A4C AT 100 MV/CM* 

DC TO 80 MC AT 10MV/CM* 

CHOPPED OR 

ALTERNATE SWITCHING 



The Type 82 Dual-Trace Plug-In 
Unit adds dual-trace facility to the 
Tektronix Type 580-Series Oscillo- 
scopes through its 2 identical input 
channels. 



• 




With the Type 82 Plug-In Unit, a 580-Series Oscilloscope can 
display the time difference between two signals, the response 
of two circuits to the same pulse, the input and output wave- 
forms of a circuit, and many other dual-trace operations — 
quickly and easily. 

RISETIME of the Type 82 with Type 580-Series Oscilloscope 
is nominally 4 nsec at lOOmv/cm, always less than 4.2 nsec. 
At lOmv/cm, using the 10X Amplifier, risetime is nominally 
4.3 nsec, always less than 4.5 nsec. lOOmv/cm 12-db point is 
approximately 150Mc. 

4 OPERATING MODES include Channel A only, Channel B 
Only, Alternate (triggered electronic switching between chan- 
nels, at the end of each sweep), and chopped. In chopped 
operation, successive 5-/xsec segments are displayed at an 
approx, 100-kc rate per channel, or 500-nsec segments at an 
approx. 1-Mc rate per channel. 

CALIBRATED SENSITIVITY from lOOmv/cm to 50v/cm is 
in 9 steps with 1-2-5 sequence, and is accurate within 3%. A 
variable control permits uncalibrated adjustment from 100 
mv/cm to approximately lOOv/cm. 

10X AMPLIFIER, dc-coupled, extends sensitivity to 10 mv/cm. 
Sensitivity is then in 9 calibrated steps from 10 mv/cm to 
5v/cm, 1-2-5 sequence. The variable control provides uncali- 
brated adjustment from 10 mv/cm to approximately lOv/cm. 



POLARITY INVERSION 

180° out of phase. 



can be used to compare signals 



,- . . 



AC or DC COUPLING is possible. When ac-coupled, the low- 
frequency 3-db point is 15cps direct or 1.5 cps with the P6008 

10X Probe. 

* Approximate 3-db points. 



INPUT IMPEDANCE is 1 megohm paralleled by approxi- 
mately 15 pf. 

P6008 10X PASSIVE PROBES increase the input resistance 
to 10 megohms and decrease the input capacitance to approxi- 
mately 7 pf. The risetime of a Type 580-Series Oscilloscope, 
a Type 82 Plug-In Unit, and a P6008 Probe, at an overall sen- 
sitivity of 100 mv/cm is approximately 4.5 nsec. 

WEIGHT: Net — 4 3 / 4 pounds. Shipping — 10 pounds, approx. 

TYPE 82 DUAL-TRACE PLUG-IN UNIT $650 

Each instrument includes: 2— P6008 probes (010-0129-00), 2 — instruc- 
tion manuals (070-0349-00). 



MODIFICATION FOR EARLY INSTRUMENTS 



TYPE 581/585 VERTICAL STANDARDIZATION MOD KIT 

improves and standardizes the transient response of early Type 
580-Series Oscilloscopes. The Mod Kit is essential for the use of 
a Type 82 Plug-In Unit in the early instruments and also im- 
proves the performance of these instruments when used with 
the Type 80/P80 combination. 

Tektronix Type 580-Series Oscilloscopes with serial numbers 
prior to #950 for Type 581 and #2585 for Type 585 may re- 
quire this modification. Please consult your Field Engineer. 

Each kit includes components to change delay-line impedance, 
standardize crt termination, modify crt and distributed-amplifier 
circuitry, and modify Type 80/P80 combination. 

Order Part Number 040-0275-00 $25 



U.S. Sales Prices f.o.b. Beavertort, Oregon 
Please refer to Terms and Shipment, General Information page. 



129 




PLUG-IN UNIT 





RISETIME of the Type 86 and Type 580-Series Oscilloscope 
is nominally 4 nsec at lOOmv/cm, always less than 4.2 nsec. 
At lOmv/cm, using the 10X Amplifier, risetime is nominally 
4.3 nsec, always less than 4.5 nsec. lOOmv/cm 12 db point is 
at approximately 150Mc. 

CALIBRATED SENSITIVITY from lOOmv/cm to 50 v/cm is 
in 9 calibrated steps with 1-2-5 sequence, accuracy within 
3%. A variable control permits uncalibrated adjustment from 
lOOmv/cm to approximately 100 v/cm. 

10X AMPLIFIER, dc-coupled, extends sensitivity to lOmv/cm. 
Sensitivity is then in 9 calibrated steps from lOmv/cm 
to 5 v/cm, 1-2-5 sequence. The variable control provides un- 
calibrated adjustment from lOmv/cm to approximately 10 v/cm. 

INPUT can be ac or dc-coupled. When ac-coupled, the 
low-frequency 3-db point is 15cps direct or 1 .5 cps with the 
P6008 10X Probe. 

INPUT IMPEDANCE is 1 megohm paralleled by approxi- 
mately 15pf. 

P6008 10X PASSIVE PROBE increases the input resistance 
to 10 megohms and decreases the input capacitance to approxi- 
mately 7 pf. The risetime of a Type 580-Series Oscilloscope, 
a Type 86 Plug-In Unit, and a P6008 Probe, at an overall sen- 
sitivity of lOOmv/cm is approximately 4.5 nsec. 

* Approximate 3-db points. 



WEIGHT: Net— 3V 4 pounds 

Shipping — 7 pounds, approx. 

TYPE 86 PLUG-IN UNIT $350 

Each instrument includes: 1— P6008 probe (010-0129-00), 2— instruction 
manuals (070-0364-00). 



MODIFICATION FOR EARLY INSTRUMENTS 



TYPE 581/585 VERTICAL STANDARDIZATION MOD KIT 

improves and standardizes the transient response of early Type 
580-Series Oscilloscopes. The Mod Kit is essential for the use 
of a Type 82 or 86 Plug-In Unit in the early instruments and also 
improves the performance of these instruments when used with 
the Type 80/P80 combination. 

Tektronix Type 580-Series Oscilloscope with serial numbers 
prior to #950 for Type 581 and #2585 for Type 585 may require 
this modification, if in doubt about instrument modification, 
please consult your Field Engineer. 

Each kit includes components to change delay-line imped- 
ance, standardize crt termination, modify crt and distributed- 
amplifier circuitry and modify Type 80 Plug-In Unit/Type P80 
Probe combination. 

Order Part Number 040-0275-00 $25 



J 



U.S. Sales Prices f.o.b. Beaverton, Oregon 
Please refer to Terms and Shipment, General Information page. 



130 




DC-to-50 MC OSCILLOSCOPES Type 





The Type 647 and RM647 Oscilloscopes are the result 
of research and design toward compact, high-performance 
instruments capable of accurate measurement in severe 
environments ( — 30°C to +65°C) and offering an extra 
margin of dependability and even greater accuracy in 
normal environments (0°C to -\-40°C). 

Design goals placed these "most wanted" features in 
a ruggedized oscilloscope: dc-to-50 Mc dual-trace capa- 
bility, choice of horizontal plug-ins for calibrated sweep 
delay or wide-range magnification, bright 6x10 cm no- 
parallax displays, low power requirements, ease of mainte- 
nance . ... all in a compact easily-handled package. 



m 



VERTICAL DEFLECTION 

VERTICAL SYSTEM accepts a 10-Series Plug-In Unit. 

SIGNAL DELAY permits observation of the leading edge of 
the waveform that triggers the sweep. The 140nsec (approx.) 
delay line requires no tuning. 

HORIZONTAL DEFLECTION 

HORIZONTAL SYSTEM accepts an 1 1 -Series Plug-In Unit. 

CRT AND DISPLAY FEATURES 

TEKTRONIX CRT is a new rectangular flat-faced tube. Ac- 
celerating potential is 14kv. A P31 phosphor is normally sup- 
plied. 

INTERNAL GRATICULE with variable edge lighting is ac- 
curately ruled in centimeter squares. Viewing area is 6x10 cm. 
Vertical and horizontal centerlines are marked in 2-mm 
divisions. 

TRACER FINDER attenuates both horizontal and vertical 
voltages to aid in positioning the display. 

DC-COUPLED UNBLANKING to the crt grid assures uniform 
beam intensity for all sweep speeds and repetition rates at 
any setting of the intensity control. 

EXTERNAL CRT INPUTS are located at the rear of the 
oscilloscope. Grid Z-axis input has 22-kft input resistance. 
Unblanking amplifier passband (for small signals) is dc to 10 
Mc. Gain is 1.5. Cathode Z-axis input is ac coupled (0.01 5 /xfd 
and 22 kfi). 



131 



647 

rm647 




30°Cto +65°C 

±1.5% 

±3% 



OTHER CHARACTERISTICS 

1-KC CALIBRATOR provides 18 square-wave voltages from 
0.2 mv to lOOv, 1-2-5 sequence. 

AMPLITUDE 

ACCURACY 0°C to +40°C 

lOOv and lOOmv ±1 % 

All other positions ±2% 

Frequency is crystal controlled, and is accurate within ±0.1% 
from — 30°C to + 65°C. Output resistance is 50 ohms from 
0.2 mv to 0,2 v. Square-wave symmetry is accurate within 
±0.1%. Risetime and falltime are approximately 2 ftsec. The 
calibrator also provides a lOOv dc output. For Current Probe 
calibration, a 5-ma square-wave output is available through 
a front panel loop. 

ELECTRONICALLY-REGULATED DC SUPPLIES insure stable, 
low-drift operation. All supplies are protected against ac- 
cidental short circuit. Supply voltages are available at the 
rear panel for external application. 45 to 440-cps line fre- 
quency can be used with either 100 to 130v ac, or 200 to 
260 v ac line. A multi-tap transformer provides a selection of 
operating voltages within these ranges. Power consumption 
is approximately 185 watts at 117 v ac (with Type 10A2 and 
11B2 Units). 




SINGLE-SHOT at WNSEC/CM 

High writing-rote index of the new T6470-31-1 crt allows per- 
manent records of fast single-shot displays. Photographed 
with Tektronix C-27 Camera and Polaroid * Land 10,000 speed 
film. (*Registered Trade-Mark, Polaroid Corporation) 



CONVECTION COOLING provides adequate ventilation to 
+ 65 °C, when the Type 647 is not tipped by more than 20° 
on any axis from the normal position. A thermal cutout protects 
the instrument from overheating. 

DIMENSIONS are 14V 4 " high by 10" wide by 23" deep. 
Net indicator weight is 40y 2 pounds. Net weight with Type 
10A2 and 11B2 Plug-In Units is 52 pounds. 
TYPE 647 OSCILLOSCOPE, without plug-in units . . . $1350 

Each instrument includes: 1 — smoke grey light filter, installed (378- 
0548-00), 1— clear implosion shield (337-0573-00), 1— 20-inch 50-12 
cable, BNC male to BNC male (012-0076-00), 1— 18-inch patch cord, 
BNC to BNC (012-0087-00), 1— 18-inch patch cord, BNC to banana 
plug (012-0091-00), 1— post jack, BNC (012-0092-00), 1— 3-conductor 
power cord (161-0022-00), 1—3 to 2-wire adapter (103-0013-00), 2— 
instruction manuals (070-0370-00). 

RUGGED RACK MOUNT 

The Type RM647 Oscilloscope provides the electrical and 
environmental capabilities of the Type 647 in only 7" of rack 
height. The instrument mounts on slide-out tracks to a standard 
19" rack. Depth is 19". Power consumption is approximately 
200 watts at 117 volts (with Type 10A2 and 1 1 B2 Plug-In Units). 

The Type RM647 is forced-air cooled. 

The standard model operates from a 50 to 60-cycle line 
(100 to 130 volts or 200 to 260 volts). An extra-cost option 
(MOD 101 KJ allows operation from 50 to 60 and 400-cycle 
line. Net indicator weight (with track assembly) is 50 pounds. 
Net weight with Type 10A2 and 1 1 B2 Plug-In Units (and track 
assembly) is 61 V 2 pounds. 
TYPE RM647 OSCILLOSCOPE, without plug-in units . . $1500 

Each instrument includes: 1 — smoke grey light filter, installed (378- 
0548-00), 1— clear implosion shield (337-0573-00), 1— 20-inch 50-fi 
cable, BNC male to BNC male (012-0076-00), 1— 18-inch patch cord, 
BNC to BNC (012-0087-00), 1— 18-inch patch cord, BNC to banana 
plug (012-0091-00), 1— post jack, BNC (012-0092-00), 1— 3-conductor 
power cord (161-0022-00), 1—3 to 2-wire adapter (103-0013-00), 1 
set — mounting tracks (351-0085-00) and hardware, 2 — instruction man- 
uals (070-0435-00). 

RACK MOUNT REAR SUPPORT KIT 

The kit is recommended where maximum capabilities re- 
garding vibration and shock are desired in a rack installation. 
It rigidly secures the rear of the Type RM647 to the rear rack 
members, to minimize amplification of vibration and shock 
forces, yet through use of a guide-pin system, allows easy 
withdrawal on the slide-out tracks. 
Order Part Number 040-0394-00 $10 

U.S. Sales Price f.o.b. Beaverton, Oregon 
Please refer to Terms and Shipment, General Information page. 




o 



o 




132 



■ 



647 

rm647 




• 




ENVIRONMENTAL CHARACTERISTICS 





TEMPERATURE 



VIBRATION 



OPERATING 

Type RM647: — 30 °C to +65°C. 

Type 647: — 30°C to + 65°C, continuous, when instrument 
is not tipped more than 20° in any direction from level posi- 
tion. When instrument is operated vertically (with front panel 
up), the maximum ambient temperature is +55 °C. 
NON-OPERATING 
— 55°C to +75°C. 



OPERATING AND NON-OPERATING 

0.025 inch peak-to-peak, 10 to 55 to 10 cps in 1 minute sweeps 
(4G's) for 15 minutes on each axis. 3 minute vibration at 
resonance or 55 cps (each axis). 



ALTITUDE 



SHOCK 



HUMIDITY 



TRANSIT 



OPERATING 

15,000 feet maximum. Maximum operating temperature of the 
Type 647 at 130v line reduced by 10°C. 
NON-OPERATING 
50,000 feet, maximum. 



NON-OPERATING 

20 G's, one-half sine, 11 -millisecond duration. Two shocks each 
direction along each of the three major axes; total of 12 shocks. 



NON-OPERATING 

Meets electrical performance specifications after exposure to 
five cycles (120 hours) of Mil-Std-202B, method 106A (omit 
freezing and vibration, and allow 24-hour post-test drying 
period before operating). 



NON-OPERATING 

Meets National Safe Transit test when factory-packaged: Vibra- 
tion for one hour at slightly greater than one G. 18-inch drops 
on corners, edges, and flat surfaces, total of 10 drops. 



133 






Type 




HIGH-GAIN 

DIFFERENTIAL COMPARATOR 




A CONVENTIONAL AMPLIFIER 

DC to 45 Mc at 5 mv/cm 
DC to 35 Mc at 1 mv/cm 

A DIFFERENTIAL AMPLIFIER 

20,000:1 CMR to 100 kc 
10,000:1 CMR to 1 Mc 

A CALIBRATED COMPARATOR 

6, 60 and 600-volt equivalent V c range 
6,000-cm slide-back scale 
±(0.1% + 5mv) V c accuracy 



The Type 7 0A7 combines high-gain dc, differential, wide- 
band, and calibrated comparator features in a single high- 
performance plug-in unit for Type 647 and RM647 Oscillo- 
scopes. With dc to 35-Mc bandwidth at 7 mv/cm (dc to 
45 Mc at 5 mv/cm) the Type 7 0A7 provides the greatest 
7 mv/cm real-time bandwidth presently available in the 
Tektronix line. Rapid recovery from large differential over- 
load allows detailed study of pulse-top flatness, as well as 
comparator measurement of transient amplitudes. Its ef- 
fective 6,000 cm slideback scale and 20,000: 7 common- 
mode rejection ratio permit high-accuracy measurements 
and comparisons; rugged design insures accuracy even out- 
side the laboratory, where environmental extremes often 
preclude accurate results. 



CONVENTIONAL AMPLIFIER 

SENSITIVITY from 1 mv/cm to 20 v/cm is in 14 calibrated 
steps with 1-2-5 sequence. An uncalibrated vernier allows con- 
tinuous variation between steps and to at least 50 v/cm. Sensi- 
tivity at any one step can be adjusted to zero error with the 
front-panel gain control. When gain has been accurately ad- 
justed at 5 mv/cm, accuracies are as follows: 



VOLTS/CM ACCURACY 


SENSITIVITY 


0°C to 

+40°C 


-30 °C to 
+65 °C 


1 mv/cm (also 10 mv/cm 
and 0.1 v/cm with V c 
range extended) 


±2.5% 


±4% 


2 mv/cm through 2 v/cm 
(except 10 mv/cm and 
0.1 v/cm with V c range 
extended) 


±1.5% 


±2.5% 


5 v/cm through 20 v/cm 


±3% 


±4% 




Hi 



BANDWIDTH/RISETIME performance is given for the Type 
10A1 installed in a Type 647 or RM647 Oscilloscope. Band- 
width is specified at — 3 db; risetime is measured between 
the 10% and 90% amplitude points. Bandwidth can be limited 
to 1 Mc ±10%, when desired, for noise reduction at higher 
sensitivities. 



BANDWIDTH/RISETIME CAPABILITIES 


SENSITIVITY 


0°C to 
+40 °C 


-30 °C to 

+65 °C 


5 mv/cm to 
20 v/cm 


> 45 Mc 

< 7.8 nsec 


> 40 Mc 

< 8.7 nsec 


1 mv/cm and 
2 mv/cm 


> 35 Mc 
< 10 nsec 


> 30 Mc 

< 11.7 nsec 



INPUTS are direct or ac coupled. Low-frequency response 
with ac coupling is 2 cps. 



INPUTS R & C 


is 1 megohm paralleled by 20 pf. 


STABILITY 




0°C to 
+40°C 


-30 °C to 
+65°C 


DC Thermal 
Drift 


< 0.5 mv/degree 


< 0.5 mv/degree 


Thermal Gain 
Variations 


< ±3% 


< ±5% 




134 




10A1 



DIFFERENTIAL AMPLIFIER 

COMMON-MODE REJECTION RATIOS apply throughout 
the range of 0°C to + 40°C. Sensitivity is l mv/cm for all 
values in the chart. At 10 mv/cm, using the internal I OX at- 
tenuator, CMR > 2,000:1 for a 20-v pk-to-pk 10-kc sinewave. 



COMMON-MODE REJECTION 


FREQUENCY 


REJECTION 
RATIO 


SINEWAVE 
AMPLITUDE 


DC to 100 kc 


> 20,000:1 


10 v pk-to-pk 


100 kc to 1 Mc 


> 10,000:1 


10 v pk-to-pk 


1 Mc to lOMc 


> 10,000:1 

frequency in Mc 


lOv 


frequency in Mc 


20 Mc 


> 100:1 


1 v pk-to-pk 


60 cps 
ac coupled 


> 2,000:1 


10 v pk-to-pk 







INPUT VOLTAGE 




c 


SENSITIVITY 


LINEAR 

DYNAMIC 

RANGE and 

EQUIVALENT 

Vc RANGE 


MAXIMUM 
COMBINED DC 
AND PEAK AC 




1 mv/cm 
through 
20 mv/cm 


±6v 


±20 v 




10 mv/cm 

through 

0.2 v/cm* 


±60 v 


±600 v 




0.1 v/cm 

through 

20 v/cm* 


±600 v 


±600 v 




*Pull knob to ret< 


ain range at two h 


ighest sensitivities. 



RECOVERY TIME after differential offset < 0.3 ^sec for a 
return to within ±2 mv. Recovery dc error < 0.5 mv after 1- 
msec recovery time. Characteristics apply from C C to + 40°C. 

CALIBRATED DIFFERENTIAL COMPARATOR 

COMPARISON VOLTAGE (Vc) can be added differentially 
to the input waveform via the slideback technique. The internal 
Vc source allows measurement of signals up to 600 volts in 
amplitude, with 4-digit resolution. Equivalent Vc range is 
selected simultaneously with sensitivity, unless the operator 
chooses to extend the Vc range for a limited number of steps. 
Bandwidth/risetime in the extended positions is the same as at 
1 mv/cm and 2 mv/cm. 



Vc CHARACTERISTICS 


EQUIVA- 
LENT Vc 
RANGE 


SLIDEBACK 

MEASUREMENT 

ACCURACY 


SENSI- 
TIVITY 
V/CM 


0°C to 

+40°C 


-30 °C to 

+65 °C 


6 volts 


±(0.1% 
+ 5 mv) 


±(0.15% 
+ 8mv) 


1 mv 
through 
20 mv 


60 volts 


±(0.225% 
+ 50 mv) 


±(0.4% 
+ 80 mv) 


10 mv 

through 
0.2 v* 


600 volts 


±(0.35% 
+ 0.5 v) 


±(0.65% 
+ 0.8 v) 


0.1 v 

through 

20 v* 


*Pull knob to retain Vc range at two highest sensitivities. 



Vc OUTPUT is available at the front panel as well as inter- 
nally. Output is continuously variable from to ±6 volts. Ac- 
curacy is within ±(0.1% + 5 mv) from 0°C to +40°C and 
within ±(0.15% + 8mv) from — 30°C to +65°C. 



Vc CHARACTERISTICS WITH P6023 PROBE 


EQUIVA- 
LENT Vc 
RANGE 


SLIDEBACK 

MEASUREMENT 

ACCURACY 


SENSI- 
TIVITY 
V/CM 


0°C to 
+40 °C 


-30 °C to 
+ 65°C 


60 volts 


±(0.225% 
+ 50 mv) 


±(0.4% 
+ 80 mv) 


10 mv 

through 

0.2 v 


600 volts 


±(0.5% 
+ 0.5 v) 


±(0.95% 
+ 0.8 v) 


0.1 V 

through 
2v* 


6000 volts** 


+ (1% 
+ 5v) 


±(2% 
+ 8v) 


1 v 

through 
200 v* 


**Pull knob to 
**Probe rating 


retain Vc range at two highest 
is 1000 volts maximum. 


sensitivities. 



WEIGHT: Net — 4 3 / 4 pounds, shipping — 11 pounds, approx. 
TYPE 1 0A1 DIFFERENTIAL AMPLIFIER $900 

Each instrument includes: 2 — instruction manuals (070-0464-00). 

U.S. Sales Prices f.o.b. Beaverron, Oregon 
Please refer to Terms and Shipment, General Information page. 




135 




DUAL-TRACE AMPLIFIER UNIT 





The Type 10A2 Amplifier is a ruggedized, dual-trace 
plug-in unit, giving the Type 647 Oscilloscope a dc-to-50 
Mc passband. Solid-state design has made possible the 
construction of this compact high-performance unit. The 
Type 7 0A2 is environmentalized to operate under adverse 
extremes, and provides even greater reliability under nor- 
mal operating conditions, 

IDENTICAL CHANNELS can be added algebraically, operat- 
ed singly with either polarity, or dual-trace with either alter- 
nate or chopped switching. In alternate operation, electronic 
switching occurs at the end of each sweep. In chopped opera- 
ion, successive 500-nsec segments of each channel are dis- 
played at a 1-Mc (±20%) rate per channel. Chopped transient 
blanking is provided. 

FREQUENCY RESPONSE with the Type 647 Oscilloscope 
Is dc to at least 50 Mc (3-db down) from 0°C to +40° C. 

RISETIME with the Type 647 Oscilloscope is less than 7 
nsec from 0°C to +40° C. 

SENSITIVITY from 10 mv/cm to 20 v/cm is in 11 calibrated 
steps with 1-2-5 sequence. Sensitivity at any one position can 
be adjusted to 0% error with the front-panel gain adjustment. 
Attenuator accuracy at all other positions is within ±2% from 
— 30°C to +65°C. A variable control permits continuous 
uncalibrated adjustment from 10 mv/cm to 50 v/cm. 

POLARITY INVERSION for both channels can be used to 
compare signals 180° out of phase. 

COMMON-MODE REJECTION in the added-algebraically 
mode is at least 20:1 up to 25 Mc for common-mode signals 
up to 10 cm. 



CHANNEL ISOLATION is at least 80-db up to 25 Mc. 

INTERNAL TRIGGER is obtained from the common output 
amplifier, or can be switched to Channel 2 only. Triggering 
from Channel 2 provides the correct time relationship between 
channels in Alternate and Chopped operation. 

CHANNEL 2 OUTPUT is available at the front panel for 
external triggering or driving other equipment. This > 10X 
output, when fed into Channel 1, provides 1 mv/cm sensitivity 
at a dc-to-20 Mc bandwidth. 

AC or DC COUPLING or grounding of the input is con- 
trolled from the front panel. With ac coupling, the low-fre- 
quency 3-db point is 2 cps. 

MAXIMUM INPUT is 600 volts (dc + peak ac). 

INPUT IMPEDANCE is 1 megohm paralleled by 20 pf. 
WEIGHT: Net — 5 pounds. Shipping — 7pounds, approx. 



ENVIRONMENTAL 


CHARACTERISTICS ] 0°C to +40°C 


-30°Cto + 65°C 


AC Gain Stability 
Display Signal 
CH 2 OUT Signal 


±1.5% 
±1% 


±3% 
±2% 


3-db Bandwidth 


50 Mc, minimum 


40 Mc, minimum 


DC Trace Dis- 
placement 


<1 cm/20°C 



TYPE 10A2 AMPLIFIER $725 

Each instrumenf includes: 2— instruction manuals (070-0376-00). 

U.S. Sales Price f.o.b. Beaverfon, Oregon 
Please refer to Terms and Shipment, General Information page. 




136 



: 










TIME-BASE UNIT Type 





• 



WIDE SWEEP RANGE 
DIRECT-READING MAGNIFIER 
FLEXIBLE TRIGGERING 
SINGLE-SWEEP OPERATION 



The Type 1787 is a ruggedized time-base unit for the 
Type 647 Oscilloscope. It features a single wide-range 
time base and a direct-reading 7X to 50X sweep magnifier. 

SWEEP RANGE from 0.1 /^sec/cm to 2 sec/cm is in 23 
calibrated steps with 1-2-5 sequence. Sweep rates are con- 
tinuously variable uncalibrated from 0.1 ^sec/cm to approx. 
5 sec/cm. A front-panel lamp indicates uncalibrated sweep 
rates. 

DIRECT-READING SWEEP MAGNIFIER provides up to SOX 
expansion, depending on the basic sweep rate. The magnifier 
knob indicates directly the TIME/CM rate of the magnified 
sweep. With the magnifier, the calibrated sweep rate can be 
extended to 10 nsec/cm. 



ACCURACIES 


o°c 

to 

+ 40°C 


— 30°C 

to 
+ 65°C 


2 sec/cm to 0.1 sec/cm 


±3% 


+4%, -6% 


50 msec/cm to 0.1 ^sec/cm 


±1.5% 


±2.5% 


Magnifier additional: 
Up to 50 nsec/cm 
20 or 10 nsec/cm 


±1% 
±2% 


±1.5% 
±2.5% 



SINGLE SWEEP OPERATION facilitates photographic re- 
cording of waveforms. A Reset pushbutton arms the sweep to 
fire on the next received trigger. The sweep can also be re- 
motely reset, through a rear-panel jack on the Type 647 or 
RM647 Oscilloscope. After firing once, the sweep is locked 
out until rearmed by pressing the Reset button. The button 
lights to indicate when the sweep is armed to fire on the next 
received trigger. 




VARIABLE 

TIME/CM or 

HORIZONTAL VOLTS/CM 



mSEC 



f" Wm? %fmr W 




EXT HORtZ SNPUT 



137 



11B1 



+ GATE and SAWTOOTH OUTPUTS are available at the 
front panel. Output is 15 volts from the + gate and +10 
volts from the sweep. 

EXTERNAL HORIZONTAL INPUT provides for horizontal 

beam deflection with an external source. Horizontal sensi- 
tivity is 0.1 v/cm to 2 v/cm in 5 steps, accuracy within ±2%, 
or 1 v/cm to 20 v/cm in 5 steps, accuarcy within ±5% using 
the -MO input attenuator. Sensitivity is continuously variable 
uncalibrated between steps. Passband is dc to at least 3 Mc 
(3-db down). With ac coupling the low-frequency 3-db point 
is approximately 16 cps. With AC Low-Frequency Reject the 
low-frequency 3-db point is 17 kc. Input impedance is 1 meg- 
ohm paralleled by approximately 35 pf in the "Ext" input 
position, or 10 megohms paralleled by approximately 6 pf in 
the "Ext -MO" position. 

TRIGGER MODES include Free-Running, Single-Sweep, Nor- 
mal, and 2 types of Automatic Base Line operation (manual or 
fixed trigger level). The Automatic Base Line provides a bright 
reference trace (regardless of sweep speed) when no input 
signal is applied, and provides stable triggered-sweeps for 
triggering signal repetition rates above 20 cps. 

FIXED-LEVEL AUTOMATIC OPERATION presets the trigger 
level to near zero. It offers the most triggering convenience 
for high duty-cycle waveforms. 

MANUAL-LEVEL AUTOMATIC OPERATION offers full 
operator control of trigger level for both + and — slope 
triggering, even on signals of very low duty cycle. 



TRIGGER LEVEL adjusts to allow sweep triggering at any 
selected point on either the rising or falling portion of the 
waveform. Level range for internal triggering covers the entire 
screen; for external triggering it is ±5v, or ±50 v using the 
external -M0 trigger attenuator. 

TRIGGER SOURCE can be internal, external, external -M0, 
or line. 

TRIGGER COUPLING can be dc, ac (— 3 db at 16 cps), or 
ac low-frequency reject ( — 3 db at 17 kc). 

TRIGGER REQUIREMENTS are a 2-mm deflection or 125-mv 
external signal to 50 kc, increasing to a 1-cm deflection or 250- 
mv external signal to 50 Mc. These requirements apply to 
Normal triggering, and also Automatic Base Line when using 
manual-level control. 

HIGH-FREQUENCY STABILITY changes the time base re- 
covery time to reduce high frequency jitter. 

FREE-RUN LIGHT warns the operator when the sweep is 
free running. The indicator is particulary useful when setting 
up triggering in the automatic mode from a high repetition- 
rate external trigger source. 

WEIGHT: Net — 4V 2 pounds. Shipping — 7 pounds, approx. 

TYPE 11 Bl TIME BASE $650 



Each instrument includes: 2-instruction manuals (070-0424-00). 

U.S. Sales Price f.o.b. Beaverton, Oregon 
Please refer to Terms and Shipment, General Information page. 



c 




138 




TIME-BASE UNIT Type 






NORMAL AND DELAYED SWEEPS 
J OX SWEEP MAGNIFIER 



FLEXIBLE TRIGGERING 



SINGLE-SWEEP OPERATION 



The Type 1 1B2 is a ruggedized time-base unit for the 
Type 647 Oscilloscope. Two separate time-base generators 
provide for calibrated sweep delay. Time Base A is the 
normal sweep and is also used to delay the start of Time 
Base B. This high performance unit is designed for severe 
operating and storage conditions. 

TIME BASE A and B SWEEP RANGE from 0.1 ^sec/cm 
to 5 sec/cm is in 24 calibrated steps with 1-2-5 sequence. 
Sweep rates are continuously variable uncalibrated from 0.1 
/j.sec/cm to approximately 12 sec/cm. A front-panel lamp in- 
dicates uncalibrated sweep rates. 

10X SWEEP MAGNIFIER expands the center portion of 
the unmagnified display to fill 10 cm. It can be used to extend 
the calibrated sweep time to lOnsec/cm. 




ACCURACIES 


o*c 

to 
+ 40°C 


— 30°C 

to 
+ 65°C 


5 sec/cm to 0.1 sec/cm 


±3% 


+4%, -6% 


50 msec/cm to 0.1 /^sec/cm 


±1.5% 


±2.5% 


10X Magnifier additional: 
Up to 50 nsec/cm 

20, 10 nsec/cm 


±1% 


±1.5% 


±2% 


±2.5% 



DISPLAY MODES include Time Base A only, A intensified 
by B, or B delayed by A. In the 2 latter modes, Time Base B 
can be started automatically at the end of the delay period, or 
is triggerable at the end of the delay period. 



SINGLE SWEEP OPERATION facilitates photographic re- 
cording of waveforms displayed on Time Base A. A RESET 
pushbutton arms the sweep to fire on the next received trigger. 
The sweep can also be remotely reset, through a rear-panel 
jack on the Type 647 Oscilloscope. After firing once, the sweep 
Is locked out until rearmed by pressing the RESET button. The 
button lights to indicate when the sweep is armed to fire on the 
next received trigger. 

+ GATE and SAWTOOTH OUTPUTS from each time base 
are available at the front panel. Output is +15 v from A and 
B gate, and +10 v from A and B sweep. 

EXTERNAL HORIZONTAL INPUT provides for horizon- 
tal beam deflection with an external source. Horizontal sensi- 
tivity is 1 v/cm ±10% without magnification or 0.1 v/cm 
±10% with 10X magnifier. Passband is dc to at least 3 Mc 
(3-db down). With ac coupling, the low-frequency 3-db point 
is approximately 16 cps. Input impedance is 1 megohm paral- 
leled by approximately 30 pf. 

TRIGGER 

TRIGGER MODE includes free-running, normal, single-sweep, 
or automatic operation. 

AUTOMATIC TRIGGERING provides a bright reference 
trace (regardless of sweep rate) in the absence of an input 
signal, provides a free-running display until triggering is 
achieved, and permits stable triggering from 20 cps to above 
50 Mc. 



139 



11B2 



TRIGGER LEVEL adjusts to allow sweep triggering at any 
selected point on either the rising or falling portion of the 
waveform, and up to ±5 or ±50 v (Time Base A), or ±10 v 
(Time Base B) external. 

TRIGGER SOURCE can be internal or external (Time Base 
B), internal, external, external -MO, or line (Time Base A). 
Time Base B is ac or dc coupled. Time Base A has ac or dc 

coupling plus ac low-frequency reject. 

LOW-FREQUENCY REJECT (-3 db at 17 kc) enables trigger- 
ing on high-frequency components of waveforms, with re- 
duced interference from low-frequency components such as 
line-frequency hum. 

HIGH-FREQUENCY STABILITY changes Time Base A re- 
covery time to reduce high-frequency jitter. 

TIME BASE A and B TRIGGER REQUIREMENTS for in- 
ternal triggering are 2-mm deflection to 50 kc, 1-cm deflection 
at 50 Mc. External triggering requires 125mv to 50 kc, 250 mv 
to 50 Mc. 

SWEEP DELAY 

CALIBRATED DELAY RANGE from Time Base A is con- 
tinuously variable, 1 /xsec to 50 sec. A ten-turn precision 
potentiometer permits accurate delay time multiplication of the 
Time Base A delay steps. The 3 fastest Time Base A rates are 
not normally used for delay generation. 



DELAY ACCURACIES 


0°C 

to 

+ 40°C 


— 30°C 

to 
+ 65°C 


5 sec/cm to 0.1 sec/cm 


±2.5% 


+3%, -6% 


50 msec/cm to 1.0 /xsec/cm 


±1.0% 


±2% 


Multiplier Incremental 
Linearity 


±0.15% 


±0.2% 


Jitter, Parts in 10 5 of Maxi- 
mum Available Delay 
Period 


<5 


<5 



TRIGGERED OPERATION holds off the start of the de- 
layed sweep until the arrival of the first trigger signal following 
the selected delay time. Because the delayed sweep is actually 
triggered by the signal under observation, the display is jitter 
free. A steady display is thus provided for time-modulated pulses 
and signals with inherent jitter. 

CONVENTIONAL OPERATION holds off the start of the 
delayed sweep for the precise amount of the selected delay 
time. Any time-modulation or jitter on the signal will be mag- 
nified in proportion to the amount of sweep expansion. 

The time jitter in the delayed trigger or delayed sweep will 
not exceed one part in 20,000 of the maximum available de- 
lay interval (where this interval is 10 times the Time/Cm or 
Delay-Time setting). 



o 



mmmmmmtemmm 


'• C 'if-' || |1 ^r* -?g,. ! i£$3f &0. 


HHI IHHHmHH 

VWyft H Van HIwwmIWwwIBHmIBwwWHwBb 


MHWUHi 


IMWrlSMtBMTOBMM! 



CALIBRATED SWEEP DELAY 
Above waveform (A intensified by B) indicates by trace bright- 
ening the portion expanded 20X below (B delayed by A). 
Time Base A — 2 / usec/cm, Time Base B — 0.1 /isec/cm. 




• 



WIDE-RANGE MAGNIFICATION is readily accomplished, 
when Time Base B is operated at a faster rate than Time Base 
A. For example, if TIME BASE B is operating at 1 ^sec/cm and 
TIME BASE A is operating at 50 /xsec/cm, the magnification is 
50 times. 

TRACE BRIGHTENING indicates the portion that will appear 
on the magnified display, and shows the point-in-time relation- 
ship of the magnified display to the original display. 

WEIGHT: Net — 6V 2 pounds, Shipping — 9 pounds, approx. 

TYPE 1 1 B2 TIME BASE $850 

Each instrument includes: 1 — 8NC female to BSM female adapter 
(103-0036-00), 2— instruction manuals (070-0377-00). 

U.S. Sales Price f.o.b. Beaverton, Oregon 
Please refer to Terms and Shipment, General Information page. 




140 






Type 647 ACCESSORIES 



"#■ 



ATTENUATOR PROBES 

Attenuator Probes reduce loading on the circuit under test, 
and increase the input resistance of the measuring system. 
All probes include a variety of tips for easy access to com- 
ponents, even in crowded circuit conditions. 

The P6023 Probe is recommended for accurate slideback 
measurements and for differential measurements where common- 
mode rejection is important. P6008 and P6009 Probes are rec- 
ommended where maximum bandwidth of the Type 10A2 must 
be retained, or where the differential-input capability of the 
Type 10A1 will not be used. P6006 and P6007 Probes can be 
used for lower-frequency applications, or where reduced cost 
is a factor. 



I 




T 



B 



HI? 






CHARACTERISTICS OF PROBES WITH TYPE 10A1 AND 10A2 AMPLIFIERS 






PROBE 


P6006 


P6007 


P6008 


P6009 


P6023 




ATTENUATION RATIO 


10X 


100X 


10X 


100X 


10X 




INPUT RESISTANCE 


10 megohms 


10 megohms 


10 megohms 


10 megohms 


8 megohms 




INPUT CAPACITANCE 
(typical) 


6.7 pf 


2.1 pf 


7.7 pf 


2.6 pf 


12 pf 


c 


TOTAL RISETIME— 1'OAl 

— 10A2 


< 10.6 nsec 
< 10 nsec 


< 10.6 nsec 
< 10 nsec 


< 8.8 nsec 

< 8.1 nsec 


< 7.9 nsec 

< 7.1 nsec 


< 10.5 nsec 
< 10 nsec 




VOLTAGE RATING 


600 volts 
dc or ac 

pk-to-pk 


1.5 kv dc 

or ac RMS, 

4.2 kv ac 

pk-to-pk 


600 volts 
dc or ac 
pk-to-pk 


1 .5 kv dc 

or ac RMS, 

4.2 kv ac 

pk-to-pk 


1000 volts 
dc or ac 
pk-to-pk 




VOLTAGE DERATING* 


5.7 Mc 


200 kc 


20 Mc 


200 kc 


5Mc 




CABLE LENGTH 


3.5' t 


3.5' t 


3.5' 


9' 


3.5' 




PART NUMBER 


010-0127-00 


010-0150-00 


010-0129-00 


010-0170-00 


010-0167-00 




PRICE . 


$22 


$22 


$35 


$55 


$40 




*Peak-to-peak volfage deratin 
fPoQOo and P6007 Probes can 


j is necessary for CW 
be ordered in 6, 9, o 


frequencies higher than 1 
r 12-foot lengths at no a 


hose listed. 

dditional cost. Longer 


engths increase input ca| 


jacitance and risetime. 



PLUG-IN EXTENSIONS 

12" Rigid Extension (Part No. 013-0077-00) $20.75 

30" Flexible Extension (Part No. 012-0080-00) 24.00 

REAR-PANEL CONNECTOR 

10-Pin Connector for remote single sweep reset and external 
use of power supply voltages (Part No. 131-0300-00) .. $13.30 



BNC to BSM ADAPTER 

Converts front-panel outputs on the Type 11B2 to accept BNC 
cables (Part No. 103-0036-00) $5.00 

U.S. Sales Prices f.o.b. Beaverton, Oregon 
Please refer to Terms and Shipment, General Information page. 




141 




SAMPLING OSCILLOSCOPE 




2 mv/cm to 200 mv/ctn Calibrated Sensitivity 

Monitorable De Offset 

1 nsec/cm to I 00 see /em Calibrated Sweep Rate 

XI to XI 00 Time Expander (constant dots/ cm) 

Repetitive, single, or Timed Displays 

Delay through Full Time Base Duration 



This compact and complete sampling system consists of 
either a Type 5T1A or Type 5T3 Timing Plug-In Unit and 
any of three Vertical Plug-In Units used with the Type 661 
Oscilloscope. 

The 2 mv/cm sensitivity of the vertical units, in conjuction 
with their dc offset capability, allows 1000-to-l vertical 
resolution, XT 00 time expansion and wide-range time posi- 
tion allows 1000-to-l time resolution. To help make these 
features applicable to your problem, Tektronix offers a wide 
variety of probes, test fixtures, and accessories. 




Some Of The Things Possible 

With The Type 661, 

Type 4S1, And Type 5T3 

Combination 



1. Trigger internally — observe fast leading edges of both 
A and B f races. Matched internal delay lines in both 
vertical channels assure accurate time comparisons. 

2. Measure pulse risetime wth 0.35-nanosecond response 
in both channels. 

3. Display repetitive signals on 22 calibrated equivalent- 
time sampling sweep rates from 10 psec/cm to 100 
ixsec/cm, accurate within 3%. 

4. Display either repetitive or non-repetitive signals on 14 
calibrated real-time sampling sweep rates from 0.2 
msec /cm to 5 sec /cm. 

5. Magnify any portion of the display up to 100 times on 
sweep rates from 1 nsec/cm to 100 {^sec/cm. Magni- 
fication occurs about a fixed time-reference point while 
maintaining a constant number of samples/ cm. 



6. Time position the magnified equivalent-time display 
anywhere on the unmagnified time-base duration. Time 
position range is at least 20 nsec or 1 screen diameter, 
whichever is greater, and is indicated directly at the 
sweep-rate control. 

7. Change signal source impedance without affecting dot 
transient response or dc reference. 

8. Reduce random system time jitter and amplitude noise 
by means of a smoothing control. 

9. Measure millivolt signals in the presence of a substantial 
dc component by means of a dc-offset voltage monitor- 
able at the front panel. 

10. Calibrate with amplitude signals available from the 
front panel. Calibrate with timing signals traceable to 
National Bureau of Standards. 

11. Show lissajous patterns in addition to single and dual- 
trace displays and signals added algebraically. 

12. Drive X-Y plotters or similar readout accessories, man- 
ually or automatically. Slow speed scan nominally set at 
7.5 sec/cm. 

13. Drive external equipment, with fast-rise delayed pulse 
output. 




142 






661 




c 



. 



PLUG-IN UNIT COMPARTMENTS 

VERTICAL SYSTEM accepts any 4-series plug-in unit. 
HORIZONTAL SYSTEM accepts any 5-series plug-in unit. 

HORIZONTAL DISPLAY CONTROLS 

HORIZONTAL POSITION controls provide either coarse 
or fine adjustment-shift of display over 10 centimeters unmag- 
nified or 1000 centimeters fully magnified. 

FAST or SLOW MANUAL SCAN permits detailed analysis 
of any portion of the display. This mode of operation facilitates 
driving external recorders. 

SWEEP MAGNIFICATION of XI, X2, X5, XI 0, X20, X50, or 
XI 00, symmetrical about the screen center, reduces the number 
of dots/cm and keeps time/dot uniform. 

EXTERNAL HORIZONTAL INPUT permits externally scan- 
ning the sampled display. 50 mv/cm to 5v/cm sensitivity (into 
25-K impedance) is in 7 steps, I -2-5 sequence, either ac or 
dc-coupled. Equivalent time per centimeter remains calibrated. 



AMPLITUDE/TIME CALIBRATOR 

CALIBRATED AMPLITUDES range from l mv to lOOOmv in 
4 decade steps. Accuracy with 50-ohm load is within 2% at 
lOOOmv. 

CALIBRATED TIMES range from 0.01 /xsec/cycle to 10/Asec/ 
cycle in 4 decade steps. Accuracy with 50-ohm load is within 
0.2%, except within 2% at 0.01 ^sec/cycle. 

DELAYED-PULSE AND SIGNAL OUTPUTS 

DELAYED PULSE 50-ohm output permits the Type 661 (with 
4S1 or 4S2 and 5T1A Units) to serve as a rate generator to 
trigger external circuitry. Pulses occur nominally 50 nsec after 
the equivalent sweep start with a Type 4S1 Unit, or 10 nsec after 
sweep start with a Type 4S2 Unit. Amplitude is at least —350 
mv and risetime is less than 70 psec. 

SIGNAL OUTPUTS include those for Vertical A, Vertical 
B, and Horizontal Outputs through an impedance of 10 kilohms, 
at an amplitude of 200 mv/cm referred to the crt display. 

CATHODE-RAY TUBE DISPLAY 

TEKTRONIX CRT is a flat-faced, 5" tube with an 8-cm by 
10-cm viewing area and 2.7-kv accelerating potential. A P2 
phosphor will be supplied with the instrument unless another 
phosphor is specified. 

BEAM-POSITION INDICATORS show the direction of the 
crt beam when it is deflected away from the center-screen area. 

ILLUMINATED GRATICULE with variable edge lighting is 
accurately ruled in centimeter squares. Viewing area is 8 by 
10 cm. Vertical and horizontal centerlines are further marked 
in 2-mm divisions for convenience in making time and amplitude 
measurements. 

ELECTRONICALLY-REGULATED POWER SUPPLIES 

TEMPERATURE COMPENSATED AND REFERENCE ISO- 
LATED SUPPLIES provide adequate power for stable opera- 
tion of the oscilloscope with plug-in units. Line voltage changes 
within the operating range cause imperceptible changes in the 
Jisplay. Thermal cutout interrupts the power if chassis tempera- 
ture becomes excessive. 

POWER REQUIREMENT is 105 v to 125 v or 210 v to 250 v, 
50 to 60 cps, typically 450 watts. 



MECHANICAL FEATURES 



Dimensions are 16 7 / 8 " high by 13 1 /," wide by 23 3 /, 
Net weight is 4 01 / 2 pounds. Shipping weight is ~ 67 pounds 



4 " deep. 



TYPE 661 OSCILLOSCOPE, without plug-in units $1 150 

Each instrument includes: 1 — 3- to 2-wire adapter (103-0013-00); 1 — 
3-conductor power cord (161-0010-00); 1— Green filter (378-0514-00); 
2— Instruction Manual (070-0324-00). 

U.S. Sales Price f.o.b. Beaverton, Oregon 
Please refer to Terms and Shipment, General Information page. 




TIME JITTER 

A 250 mv, 7.0 nsec-wide pulse internally triggering the 4S1 j 
5T3 system. Vertical sensitivity is 50 mv/cm; sweep rate is 0.2 
nsec/cm. Note very small amount of jitter. 




TYPICAL APPLICATION 

2 gigacycle sine-wave driving inputs to 4S2 for X-Y operation. 
Diagonal line shows in-phase characteristics. Ellipse is caused 
by insertion of 8 millimeters of air-line to one input, resulting in 
approximately 20 degrees of phase shift. Resolution below one 
degree is possible. 



143 







DUAL-TRACE SAMPLING UNIT 




0.35-nsec Risetime 

Internal Delay Lines 

2 mv/tm to 200 mv/cm Calibrated Sensitivity 

2 -volt Dynamic Range 

± 1 volt DC Offset 

Less than 7 mv noise 

(unsmoothed, Vi mv smoothed) 

The Type 4S1 Dual-Trace Sampling Unit is a general- 
purpose sampling plug-in unit for the Type 661 Sampling 
Oscilloscope. Separate internal trigger takeoffs, delay lines, 
and terminations are provided, which permit triggering on 
either A or B input signals. 

DISPLAY MODES include ±A only, ±B only, Dual-Trace, 
Algebraic Addition, and an X-Y display of A — vertically and 
B — horizontally (for observation of hysteresis loops, phase shift, 
similar displays). Independent controls for each channel permit 
positioning and inverting input signals as desired. 

RISETIME is 0.35 nsec or less, measured from 10% to 90% 
amplitude points on an input step. 

FREQUENCY RESPONSE is equivalent to dc-to-1000 Mc. 

SENSITIVITY is in 7 calibrated steps from 2 mv/cm to 200 
mv/cm, 1-2-5 sequence, accuracy within 3%. A variable con- 
trol permits continuous adjustment uncalibrated from 200 mv/ 
cm to 0.67 mv/cm. 

SMOOTHING CONTROL reduces system time jitter and 
amplitude noises, if needed when there is sufficient dot density. 




TANGENTIAL NOISE 

A 0.8-millivolt 2.5 nsec pulse externally triggering the 4S1 /5T3 system. 
Vertical sensitivity is 2 mv/cm. This displays a typical tangential noise 
of the Type 4S1 (specification: 1 millivolt). A tangential noise measure- 
ment is more useful than an RMS noise measurement, when taking a visual 
reading, as the eye easily interprets a quasi peak-to-peak noise value. 
A peak-to-peak value of 3 times the RMS value contains approximately 
90% of the trace dot. Most observers agree that the tangential noise 
displayed is 0.8 millivolt (4 mm quasi peak-to-peak); thus the RMS noise 
is approximately 270 microvolts (unsmoothed). Random noise decreases 
2X with smoothing. 



NOISE LEVEL is equivalent to an input signal of 1 mv or 
less (tangential noise) unsmoothed, or 0.5 mv smoothed. (Tan- 
gential noise is approximately 3 times the RMS amplitude, and 
is the level "seen" on sampling oscilloscopes. Only approxi- 
mately 10% of the random noise dots are outside this level). 

DC OFFSET through ±1 volt, for signal levels exceeding 
"on screen" sensitivity settings, allows utilization of full sensi- 
tivity to display and accurately measure small signals. 

DYNAMIC RANGE is ±2 v. Full sensitivity can be used 
with signals up to 1 ±2 volts in amplitude. Safe overload 
is =bl0 volts dc (higher with reduced duty factor). 

TRIGGERING can be either internal or external. Separate in- 
ternal delay lines and trigger takeoffs permit triggering on either 
A or B input signals. The trigger takeoffs deliver to the timing 
unit approximately Ye the input signal amplitude. Risetime of 
the trigger amplifier system is nominally 0.6 nsec (600 Mc band- 
width). 

INPUT IMPEDANCE is 50 ohms. Input connectors are GR 
874. Special 2% Tektronix 45-nsec delay lines terminate in 
2 pf and 50-ohm 1 % resistor. 

PROBE POWER is available at the front panel for cathode- 
follower probes. See Accessory pages. 

WEIGHT: Net — 15 T / 4 pounds. Shipping — 21 pounds, approx. 

TYPE 4S1 DUAL-TRACE SAMPLING UNIT $1430 

Each instrument includes: 2 — XI 50-O attenuators (017-0044-00), 2 — 
5-nsec 50-S2 cables (017-0502-00). 2— instruction manuals (070-0329-00). 



U.S. Sales Prices f.o.b. Beaverton, Oregon 
Please refer to Terms and Shipment, General Information page. 




144 




DUAL-TRACE SAMPLING UNIT Type 



0. 7 -nsee Risetime 



2 mv/cm to 200 mv/cm Calibrated Sensitivity 
± 1 volt Dynamic Range 




± I volt DC Offset 



4 mv noise (unsmoothed, 2 mv smoothed) 



The Type 4S2 Dual-Trace Sampling Unit is a special- 
purpose sampling plug-in unit which makes possible a new 
degree of time resolution. This vertical plug-in unit retains 
most features of the general-purpose Type 4S1 when used 
in a Type 661 Sampling Oscilloscope, except for delay 
lines and internal triggering. 



661/5T3/4S2 CAPABILITIES 

DISPLAY 0.1 % system discontinuities as reflectometer with 
centimeter separation capability (limited by external pulse 
generators, delay lines, attenuators). 

DISPLAY millivolts of information on top of signals hundreds 
of millivolts in amplitude (not limited by the usual amplifier 
overload problem). 

DISPLAY fastest present switching transistor risetimes, includ- 
ing commercially available avalanche types (usually limited 
by the transistor or the transistor case). 

DISPLAY most tunnel diode switching times. (Only diodes 
with better than 3 ma/pf are faster). 

DISPLAY stored charge in switching diodes to the 0.01 pico- 
coulomb/milliampere region (generally limited by diode ca- 
pacity and turn-on capability). 

DISPLAY fractions of a degree of relative phase shift to 
over 3 gigacycle frequency with lissajous-mode operation 
(usually limited by harmonic content or residual reflections 
to a few degrees absolute). 




DISPLAY MODES include ±A only, ±B only, Dual-Trace, 
Algebraic Addition, and an X-Y display of A — vertically and 
B — horizontally (for observation of hysteresis loops, phase shift, 
similar displays). Independent controls for each channel permit 
positioning and inverting input signals as desired. 

RISETIME is 0.1 nsec or less, measured from 10% to 90% 
amplitude points on an input step.' Transient abberations are 

within ±5%. 

FREQUENCY RESPONSE is equivalent to dc-to-3500 Mc. 

SENSITIVITY is in 7 calibrated steps from 2 mv/cm to 200 
mv/cm, 1-2-5 sequence, accuracy within 3%. A variable con- 
trol permits continuous adjustment uncalibrated from 200 mv/cm 
to 0.67 mv/cm. 




CHANNEL A 



SMOOTHING CONTROL reduces system time jitter and 
amplitude noises, if needed when there is sufficient dot density. 

NOISE LEVEL is less than 4 mv (tangential noise) unsmoothed 
or 2 mv smoothed. (Tangential noise is approximately 3 times 
the RMS amplitude and is the level "seen" on sampling oscillo- 
scopes. Only 10% of the. random noise dots are outside this 
level). 

DC-OFFSET through ±1 volt, for signal levels exceeding 
"on screen" sensitivity settings, allows utilization of full sensitivity 
to display and accurately measure small order signal discon- 
tinuities. 

DYNAMIC RANGE is ±1 volt. Full sensitivity can be used 
with overloads up to ±1 volt in amplitude. Safe overload is 
±10 volts dc (higher with reduced duty factor). 

TRIGGERING is external (required 50-nsec prior to signal). 
No internal delay lines included. Please refer to Timing Plug- 
In Unit specifications. 

INPUT IMPEDANCE is 50 ohms. Input connectors are GR 
874. Termination is 50-ohm ±1% resistor and approximately 
3 pf. 

PROBE POWER is available at the front panel for cathode- 
follower probes. See accessory pages. 

WEIGHT: Net — 9 pounds. Shipping — 15 pounds, approx. 

TYPE 4S2 DUAL-TRACE SAMPLING UNIT $1600 

Each instrument includes: 2 — X10 attenuator, 50-12 (017-0044-00); 
2— 5 nsec cable, 5042 (017-0502-00); 2— Instruction Manual (070- 
0356-00). 

U. S. Sales Prices f.o.b. Beaverton, Oregon 
Please refer to Terms and Shipment, General Information page. 



145 




SAMPLING-PROBE DUAL-TRACE UNIT 




0.35-nsec Risetime 
Miniature Direct Sampling Probes 
1 00 k, 2 pf Input Impedance 
2 mv/cm to 200 mv/cm Calibrated Sensitivity 
Less than 300 /.-. v noise (smoothed) 
! 2 -volt Dynamic Range 
dzl-vo/f DC Offset 

The Type 4S3 Sampling Probe Unit, for the Type 661 
Sampling Oscilloscope is a special - purpose dual - trace 
unit incorporating extremely small direct sampling probes. 
Since sampling actually takes place in the probe head, 
signals with high source impedances can be measured 
at a very low noise level. The Type 4S3 Unit retains many 
of the features of its companion instruments, the Type 4S1 
and 4S2, such as 2 mv/cm sensitivity, monitorable dc offset, 
signal inversion, and 5 display modes. 

Smoothing controls, in combination with risetime I noise 
selection, permit correct adjustment of dot transient response 
for either LOW-NOISE or FAST RISETIME operation. 





■ * » * "■** | Wtf, l '"J? , u jy 

S * M P j f ', , !„ G ' P * ° B * MAl.lItCS UNIT 

MUUVOUS/CM * YPE 4S 3 



VtRT PQSttlOK 



MIIUVOITS/CM 
Jo 

10 





omit 

monito* 




WNB msti.Mi 




CitSMAV 
INVIKIEE, HomM 



• INJ>U1 



CHANNEt A £ 






jWJ 





DISPLAY MODES include ±A only, :±B only, Dual-Trace, 
Algebraic Addition, and an X-Y display of A— vertically and 
B — horizontally (for observation of hysteresis loops, phase shift, 
similar displays). Independent controls for each channel per- 
mit positioning and inverting input signals as desired. Time 
coincidence between channels is within 60 picoseconds. 

SENSITIVITY from 2 mv/cm to 200 mv/cm is in 7 calibrated 
steps with 1-2-5 sequence, and is accurate within 3%. A vari- 
able control permits continuous adjustment uncalibrated from 
200 mv/cm to approximately 0.67 mv/cm. 

FREQUENCY RESPONSE is equivalent to dc-to-1000 Mc. 

RISETIME AND SMOOTHING controls, while maintaining 
correct dot transient response, adjust the instrument for: least 
noise or best risetime, or a compromise of the two, with signal 
sources from below 25 ohms to beyond 300 ohms. A Fast- 
Risetime/Low-Noise switch in conjunction with the smoothing 
control allows the operator to select optimum risetime at a 
sacrifice in noise level. Or, he may select for a low noise level 
at some sacrifice in risetime. 

RISETIME is 0.35 nsec or less (FAST RISETIME) and approxi- 
mately O.Snsec (LOW NOISE] with a 50-Q source. 

NOISE is less than 0.5 mv unsmoothed (LOW NOISE), 1 mv 
(FAST RISETIME), or approximately 300 /xv smoothed, when 
using a 50-ohm source. 

DC OFFSET through ±1 volt for signal levels exceeding "on 
screen" sensitivity settings allows utilization of full sensitivity to 
display and accurately measure small discontinuities. 



DYNAMIC RANGE is 

used with signals up to 
load is 1 ±10 volts. 



h2 volts. Full sensitivity can be 
:2 volts in amplitude. Safe over- 



TRIGGERING is external (required approximately 50 nsec 
prior to signal). Please refer to Timing Unit specifications. 

SAMPLING PROBES included with the Type 4S3 are ex- 
tremely compact. The sampling bridge is contained in the 
probe head to obtain optimum results with the input impedance 
of 100 k paralleled by 2 pf. Low-frequency response is approxi- 
mately 3-db down at 1.5 kc with the blocking capacitor; ap- 
proximately 3-db down at 150cps with the blocking capacitor 
and 10X attenuator. Probes can be changed from channel to 
channel with only minor recalibration. 

RECOMMENDED OPTIONAL ACCESSORIES include probe- 
to-GR adapter, probe-to-BNC adapter, and 50-ohm voltage 
pickoff. See catalog Accessories pages for additional informa- 
tion. 

WEIGHT: Net — 13 pounds. Shipping — 16 pounds, approx. 

TYPE 4S3/P6038 SAMPLING PROBE DUAL-TRACE UNIT 
t $1600 

Each insfrument includes: 2— P6038 probe package (010-0156-00); 
2— Instruction Manual (070-0397-00). 

P6038 DIRECT SAMPLING PROBE (010-0156-00) . $225 

Each Probe Package includes; 1— P6038 probe (010-0157-00); 1 — 
Response normalizer (011-0070-00); 1— X10 attenuator (011-0071-00); 
2— Test point jack (131-0258-00); 1— Coupling capacitor (011-0072-00); 
1— Hook-tip assembly (206-0114-00); 1— Ground clip (175-0249-00); 
1— Probe holder (352-0024-00); 1— Instruction Manual (070-0400-00). 

U. S, Sales Prices f.o.b. Beaverton, Oregon 
Please refer to Terms and Shipment, General Information page. 




146 




TIMING UNIT Type 



I nsec/cm to 7 00 sec/ cm Calibrated Sweep Rates 

XI to XI 00 Time Expander (constant dots/ cm) 

Time position provides delay 

through full time base duration 

Versatile Triggering 

5 to 1000 Samples/ cm 

Repetitive Single or Timed Displays 




c 



The Type 5T1A Timing Plug-In Unit, for the Type 661 
Sampling Oscilloscope, provides flexible triggering and 
generates the time base. External trigger sensitivity is 5 mv, 
for pulses 2 nsec or wider. Triggers larger than 250 mv can 
be accommodated with external attenuators. External input 
is ac coupled, approximately 3-db down at 300 kc (sine- 
wave) at the low end. 



SAMPLING DISPLAY is in 5 calibrated steps of 5, 10, 20, 
50, 100, (accuracy within 3%), and nominal 1000 samples/cm. 

SWEEP MODE selects either NORMAL (repetitive), SINGLE, 
or TIMED displays. A timed slow scan is provided for those 
applications requiring the connection of a Y-T or X-Y Recorder. 
The slow scan is nominally 7.5 sec/cm and adjustable from 5 
sec/cm to approximately 10 sec/cm. 

EQUIVALENT SWEEP RANGE from 1 nsec/cm to lOO^sec/ 
cm is in 16 calibrated rates with 1-2-5 sequence, accuracy within 
3%. A variable control permits continuous adjustment uncali- 
brated from approximately 0.33 nsec/cm (3.3 psec/cm time 
expanded) to 100/xsec/cm. 

TIME EXPANDER provides XI, X2, X5, XI 0, X20, X50, and 
XI 00 expansion that maintains a constant number of samples 
per centimeter. Full time expansion extends calibrated sweep 
range to 10 psec/cm. 

TIME POSITION allows time "windowing" over the full 
time base duration when expanded. 

INTERNAL TRIGGERING, with the Type 4S1 vertical plug-in 
unit, allows triggering from the vertical input signal. This fea- 
ture facilitates observation of the leading edge of fast-rise input- 
signals. Nominally, the leading edge of a fast-rise signal will 
appear more than 8 nsec after the equivalent sweep start. Sen- 
tivity is 40 mv for a 2-nsec wide pulse. 




FREE RUN TRIGGERING provides stable displays when 
using the Type 66] delayed-pulse generator. 



EXTERNAL 50-OHM TRIGGER INPUT is ac coupled (1 ^sec 
time constant) and allows direct connection of the Type 5T1A 
to the trigger signal. Sensitivity is 5 mv for a fast-rise 2-nsec 
wide pulse. An isolation stage reduces kickout to 5 mv or less, 
with less than y 2 nsec decay time constant. 

TRIGGER THRESHOLD is continuously variable, ±200 mv. 

RECOVERY TIME may be varied from nominally 10/Asec to 
13^,sec on sweep rates faster than 0.1 /xsec/cm, longer on 
slower sweep rates. This normally permits triggering from 
irregularly spaced pulses. 

TRIGGER POLARITY can be either positive or negative. 

TIME JITTER is less than lOpsec at 1 nsec/cm, and less 
than 30 psec (or 0.01 % of fast ramp, whichever is larger) at 
2 nsec/cm or slower. This is under optimum conditions of lOOkc 
or less repetition rate, and fast-rise triggers of 40 mv, 1 nsec 
duration. Jitter increases with reduced trigger rise rate, ampli- 
tude, or duration, and increased repetition rate. Internal trigger- 
ing with the Type 4S1, on a 50 mv signal of 1 nsec duration, will 
display typically less than 100 psec of jitter. Internal triggering 
on a lOOMc sine wave, 1 v pk-to-pk, displays less than 50 psec 
of jitter. Synchronizing at lOOOMc (100 mv pk-to-pk external or 
1 v internal) displays typically 80% of dots within 100 psec. 

WEIGHT: Net — 6 pounds. Shipping — 12 pounds, approx. 

TYPE 5T1A TIMING PLUG-IN UNIT $750 

Each instrument includes: 2— XI 50-J2 attenuators (017-0044-00), 1 — 
10-nsec 50-12 cable (017-0501-00), 2— instruction manuals (070-0387-00). 

U. S. Sales Prices f.o.b. Beaverton, Oregon 
Please refer to Terms and Shipment, Genera! Information page. 



147 



Type 



TIMING UNIT 



7 PSEC/CM to 5 SEC /CM CALIBRATED SWEEP 
RATES 

DC to 500-Mc TRIGGERING, 500-Mc to 5-Gc 

SYNCHRONIZATION — AT LEVELS OF A FEW MILLI- 
VOLTS 

MAGNIFICATION AND TIME POSITIONING OF 
EQUIVALENT-TIME DISPLAYS 

THREE TRIGGER MODES, FOUR TRIGGER SOURCES 
REPETITIVE OR SINGLE DISPLAYS 



The Type 5T3 Timing Unit for Type 661 Oscilloscopes in- 
corporates both EQUIVALENT-TIME and REAL-TIME SAMPLING, 
to provide an extremely wide range of sweep rates. THREE 
TRIGGER MODES together with FOUR TRIGGER SOURCES in- 
cluding 50-ohm and 1 -megohm external trigger inputs offer 
convenient and flexible wide-range triggering. Trigger kick- 
out using external modes is reduced to less than lOmv by 
isolation amplifiers. 



TIMING SECTION 

■ 

REAL-TIME SAMPLING 

0.2 msec/cm to 5 sec/cm, 14 calibrated rates (1-2-5 sequence}, 
accuracy within 3%. Uncalibrated continuous variation be- 
tween steps and to ~ 80/j.sec/cm. The Sweep Magnifier in 
the Type 661 Oscilloscope allows up to XI 00 magnification 
of the crt display. The 100-kc sampling rate can be frequency 
modulated to easily detect and correct false displays. 

EQUIVALENT-TIME SAMPLING 

lOpsec/cm to 100/xsec/cm, 22 calibrated rates (1-2-5 se- 
quence), accuracy within 3%. Uncalibrated continuous varia- 
tion between steps and to ~ 4 psec/cm. Sweep rates from 
1 nsec/cm to 100 ^sec/cm can be magnified up to XI 00 while 
maintaining a constant number of samples/cm. Magnification 
occurs from a fixed time-reference point at the left edge of 
the screen. Equivalent-time sweep rates, whether magnified 
or not, are read out directly. Coarse and fine controls position 
the displayed time window and set the time-reference point 
for magnification. 





SAMPLING DISPLAY 

Real-time displays are in the form of dots; the number of 
samples/cm depends on sweep rate. Equivalent-time displays 
can be viewed at 5, 10, 20, 50, 100, or 1000 samples/cm, 
or a timed slow scan (~ 0.5 sec/cm to ~ 5 sec/cm) for 
chart recorder use. 

SWEEP MODES 

Normal (repetitive) and Single Display. 

TRIGGER SECTION 

NORMAL MODE 

Triggering from dc to several hundred megacycles at 5-mv sen- 
sitivity, Schmitt-type tunnel-diode logic, operation similar to 
conventional real-time oscilloscope. Stability and level con- 
trols; free-running displays possible. 

AUTOMATIC RECOVERY MODE 

Easy triggering on fast, short pulses or synchronizing on high- 
frequency signals up to 500-Mc repetition rate — at 5-mv sen- 
sitivity. One-knob adjustment for a wide variety of trigger 

signals. 

UHF SYNC MODE 

Stable synchronization on low-amplitude signals from 500 Mc 
to 5 Gc. 50-ohm input connected directly (by-passing transis- 
tor amplifiers) through high-pass filter to very fast tunnel- 
diode multivibrator. 




148 



■ 






5T3 




VIEWS THESE 2 SIGNALS WITH THE TYPE 66U5T3/4S2 



liiiiiliiiH 





mumu 




JlliK.ll.lBili. 

11111111111 






i 





JlMBBKiaayjJItf 



50-CPS REAL-TIME DISPLAY 

Horiz: 20 msec/cm,- Vert: lOOmvjcm 

External trigger, I -megohm input 




5-GC EQUIVALENT -TIME DISPLAY 

Horiz: 0.2nsec ; Vert: lOOmvjcm 

External trigger, UHF Sync Mode 




TRIGGER CAPABILITIES 


TRIGGER SOURCE 


FREQUENCY 
COVERAGE! 


DYNAMIC 
COUPLING RANGE 


MAXIMUM 

OVERLOAD 


External 1 -megohm input 


DC to 20 Mc 


DC 


±50 mv to 1.5 v 


±100 v 


1 60 cps to 20 Mc 


AC 


External 50-ohm input 


DC to 500 Mc 


DC 


±5 mv to 150 mv 


±5v 


500 kc to 500 Mc 


AC 


500 Mc to 5Gc 


UHF Sync 


Internal from Sampling 
Plug-In Unit 


DC to ^ 1 Gc 


DC coupled 
in Type 5T3 


Trigger takeoffs in the Type 4S1 
Sampling Unit deliver ~ Ve of 
input signal amplitude 


Internal from 
Oscilloscope Calibrator 




AC 


100-mv signal from Amplitude/ 
Time Calibrator 


f AC lower-frequency limits refer to sinewaves only. 



TRIGGER JITTER 



MODE 



JITTER 



FREQUENCY iPK-TO-PK VOLTAGE 



NORMAL < 30 psec . 



2 nse.c pulse J50 mv at 50-O input 



AUTO 
RECOVERY 



< 70 psec 



width (50% points) i or 400 mv interna 



500 Mc 



< 30 psec 



2-nsec pulse 



width (50% points) | 



50 mv at 50-Q input 
or 400 mv internal 



2Gc 



UHF SYNC < 30 psec |- 



5Gc 



1 mv at 50-Q 
input 



50 mv at 50-Q 
input 



WEIGHT 

Net — 6 3 / 4 pounds, shipping — 13 pounds approx. 

TYPE 5T3 TIMING UNIT $900 

Each instrument includes: 2— 10X 50 Q, attenuators (017-0044-00), 
1— 10-nsec 50-12 cable (017-0501-00), 1— BNC-to-banana plug patch 
cord (012-0090-00), 2— instruction manuals (070-0470-00). 

U.S. Sales Price f.o.b. Beaverton, Oregon 
Please refer to Terms and Shipment, General Information page. 




149 



Type 



TRIGGER COUNTDOWN UNIT 




INPUT SIGNAL FREQUENCIES 30 megacycles to 5 

gigacycies. 

OUTPUT SIGNAL FREQUENCIES — Continuously vari- 
able from 15 to 45 megacycles. 



The Tektronix Type 280 Trigger Countdown Unit allows 
timing systems to be synchronized on frequencies up to 
5 gigacycies. It can be used to lower the frequency of 
the triggering signals to within a range of 15 to 45 mega- 
cycles. This permits triggering circuits of timing systems to 
lock in solidly with high-frequency signals. 

By using the Type 280 with a Tektronix sampling oscillo- 
scope, microwave engineers can observe rf signals in the 
gigacycle range. 



CHARACTERISTICS 

INPUT FREQUENCY is from 30 megacycles to 5 gigacycies. 

INPUT SIGNAL VOLTAGE is 50 millivolts to 4 volts peak- 
to-peak. 

INPUT IMPEDANCE is approximately 50 ohms. 

OUTPUT REPETITION is continuously variable from 15 to 
45 megacycles. 

JITTER is lOpsec, or less than 1% of input signal period, 
whichever is larger. 



Timing Unit 



Duai-Trace Sampling 
Plug-In Unit 



Signal Source 
(50 Q Output Z) 



Sync Output of Signal Source 




EXTERNAL 

TRIGGER 

INPUT 




FAST RISE 
TRIGGER 
OUTPUT 
Connector 



TYPE 280 



30 Mc - 5 gc 
50 mv - 4 v . 
peak-to-peak 



SYNC INPUT 
Connector 







TYPE 280 

TRIGGER COUNTDOWN 

UNIT 




CQAR5S 




OUTPUT 

REPETITION 

RATE 



USE HIGHEST rttMtSstttt 
OUTfUt IMftntON Mti 



POWER 
ON 

E0 



• * 



"*««>••«. ™e. Potn«»,oMo««,u.j.». 






1/ 



Type 280 connected for use with Type 661 Oscilloscope. 



TWO OUTPUTS — 

LARGE AMPLITUDE TRIGGER OUTPUT is 1.5 volts, nominal- 
ly 8-nsec long, with less than 4-nsec risetime, (for use with 
Type N Sampling Plug-In and high-speed conventional oscillo- 
scopes). 

FAST-RISE TRIGGER OUTPUT (terminated in 50 ohms) is 
150 millivolts, with less than 0.4-nsec risetime, decaying with 
2-nsec time constant, (for use with Type 1S1, 5T1 , 5T1A, 3T4, 
or 3T77 and other high-speed sampling oscilloscopes). 

AMPLITUDE OF TRIGGER OUTPUT as seen at input con- 
nector is approximately ±100 millivolts decaying with a 4-nsec 
time constant. 

SHIELDING of the Type 280 is adequate to permit opera- 
tion in areas that have significant rf radiation levels. 

POWER REQUIREMENT is 105 v to 125 v or 210 v to 250 v, 
50 to 800 cps, 10 watts. 

MECHANICAL FEATURES include an aluminum-alloy chassis, 
die-cast aluminum-alloy top and bottom covers, and steel wrap- 
around housing. Overall dimensions are 7 3 / 8 " high by 7 5 / 8 " 
wide by 4 5 / 8 " deep. Net weight is 4 ] / 2 pounds. Shipping 
weight is 9 pounds, approx. 

TYPE 280 TRIGGER COUNTDOWN UNIT $265 

Each instrument includes: 1 — 5-nsec cable (017-0512-00); 1 — 3 to 2- 
wire adapter (103-0013-00); 1— 3-conducror power cord, AC (161- 
0015-00); 2— Instruction Manual (070-0350-00). 

U.S. Sales Price f.o.b. Beaverton, Oregon 
Please refer to Terms and Shipment, General Information page. 




150 




TRANSISTOR SWITCHING -TIME TESTER Type 




• 



TESTS FAST-SWITCHING TRANSISTORS 



RESPONSE TO LESS THAN 7 NSEC 



WIDE RANGE OF TEST VOLTAGES 



The Tektronix Type 290 Transistor Switching-Time Tester 
permits dc-coupled pulse-response characteristics of fast- 
switching transistors to be observed and measured on Tek- 
tronix oscilloscopes. Driven by a Tektronix fast-rise pulse 
generator and combined with a Tektronix fast-rise sampling 
oscilloscope, the Type 290 becomes an integral part of a 
transistor testing system with an over-all transient response 
of less than 7 nanosecond. (When a non-sampling oscillo- 
scope is used, transient response is limited by the risetime of 
the oscilloscope.) This system can test fast NPN or PNP 
transistors on a short duty-cycle basis for delay, rise, storage, 
and fall times. Since these characteristics vary considerably 
with operating conditions, the Type 290 supplies a wide 
range of operating voltages. 

The Type 290 does not use speedup capacitors or catch- 
ing diodes. Use of these capacitors and diodes tends to 
test a circuit rather than a transistor. 




i 



TWO TRANSISTOR TEST SOCKETS (HIGH and LOW) 

are mounted on the Type 290 to provide for easy insertion of 
the transistor into grounded-emitter test circuit. The HIGH 
socket connects to a collector supply of 0-1 00 v and the LOW 
to a collector supply of 0-30 v. 

INPUT SIGNALS from the pulse generator go to the base 
of the transistor under test. For each volt of the input pulse in 
excess of Vb e there is 1 ma base current. 

The input signal is attenuated 50-to-l and appears at the 
Type 290 INPUT MONITOR connector. A similar input signal 
can be switched to the OUTPUT connector. 

OUTPUT SIGNALS originate at the transistor collector and 
appear at the Type 290 OUTPUT connector. The collector circuit 
provides a resistive load of 200 ohms monitored by an internal 
dc-coupled passive probe. A transistor in the HIGH test socket 
has a passive probe output attenuation of 250-to-l from the 
collector to the OUTPUT connector. A transistor in the LOW 
socket has an attenuation of 50-to-l from the collector to the 
OUTPUT connector. 

SIGNAL TRANSIT TIMES in the Type 290 are matched so 
the input pulse is compared to the transistor collector signal 
on a dual-trace oscilloscope using one trace attached to the 
INPUT MONITOR connector and the other attached to the 
OUTPUT connector. To compare the two signals on a single- 
trace oscilloscope, the trace is attached to the OUTPUT connector 
and the signals are switched with a front panel control. 



LEAD LENGTH of the transistor test, up to approximately 
2 inches, is unimportant at speeds slower than 2 nsec. 

CONNECTORS are terminated in 50 ohms. 

REGULATED SUPPLIES provide the collector and base volt- 
age. Collector voltage is continuously variable from zero to 
30 volts in the LOW position and from zero to 100 volts in the 
HIGH position. Base supply voltage is continuously variable 
from zero to rt 10 volts. 

POWER REQUIREMENT is 105 v to 125 v or 210 v to 250 v, 
50 to 800 cps, 15 watts. 

MECHANICAL FEATURES include dimensions of 7 3 / 6 " high 
by 7%" wide by 5" deep. Net weight is 6 pounds. Shipping 
weight is 9 pounds, approx. 



TYPE 290 TRANSISTOR SWITCHING-TIME TESTER 



$290 



Each instrument includes: 1 — 10-nsec cable (017-0501-00); 1—3 to 2- 
wire adapter (103-0013-00); 1— 3-conductor power cord (161-0015-00); 
2 — Instruction Manual (070-0285-00). 

U, S. Sales Price f.o.b. Beaverton, Oregon 
Pleose refer to Terms and Shipment, General Information page. 



151 




DIODE SWITCHING-TIME TESTER 




The Type 297 with associated Test Jig Adapter in conjunc- 
tion with a suitable puise generator and oscilloscope, permits 
measurement of fast-switching diode characteristics. Dc 
coupling permits direct reading of forward and reverse re- 
covery current on the oscilloscope crt screen. Since the 
switching characteristics vary with diode current, the Type 
297 Power Supply provides a range of dc test current to 
TOO milliamperes — with provision for external current supply 
to 500 milliamperes. 

THE PULSE GENERATOR used should have a fast rise output; 
such as the Type 109. Pulse risetime should be short 
compared to the diode reverse-recovery time expected. Pulse 
width should be longer than the diode reverse-recovery time. 
Amplitude is called out in the diode test specifications but 
should not exceed half the diode-breakdown voltage. 

THE OSCILLOSCOPE used should have a risetime faster than 
the expected reverse-recovery time, such as either the 560-Series, 
or Type 661 with sampling plug-in units, or 1S1 in 530-540-550 
Series. 

DIODE RECOVERY LOOP IMPEDANCE is 100 ohms. 

SUPPLY CURRENT is provided in seven calibrated steps from 
1 milliampere to 100 milliamperes 1-2-5 sequence. Calibration 
accuracy is within ± 2% for all steps except the 100-milli- 
amperes step, which is ± 3%. Uncalibrated, continuous ad- 
justment from less than 1 milliampere to 100 milliamperes is 
also available. The current may be monitored externally. 

POWER REQUIREMENT is 105 to 125v or 21 Ov to 250 v, 
50 to 400 cps, 6 watts. 

MECHANICAL FEATURES include dimensions of 4 n / u " high 
by 6 9 / !6 "wide by 8Vs" deep. Net weight is 6 pounds. Ship- 
ping weight is 9 pounds, approx. 

TYPE 291 DIODE SWITCHING-TIME TESTER POWER SUPPLY 
(without test fixture) $1 85 

Each instrumenf includes: 1 — 3 fo 2-wire adapter (103-0013-00); 1— 
3-conductor power cord (161-0015-00); 2 — Instruction Manual (070- 
0361-00). 




Horizontal — 1 nsec/div 



Vertical — 10 ma/div 



Diode Reverse Recovery Waveform 

In this diode-recovery waveform [displayed on a Tektronix Type 
661 Sampling Oscilloscope), the diode shows a stored charge 
of approximately 6 picocoulombs per milliampere. Note the freedom 
from ringing and overshoot of the recovery waveform, owing to 
strip-line testing environment of the Diode Switching-Time Tester. 




DIODE TEST JIG AND ADAPTER 



013-0080-00 




017-0075-00 



The Diode Test Jig and Adapter provide for easy and rapid 
testing of diodes with the Type 291. The Jig-Adapter com- 
bination Is matched to a 50-ohm line. Risetime response with 
the Type 291 is less than 0.35 nanosecond and less than 2% 
ringing is introduced in a 0.35 nanosecond system. Contact-to- 
contact capacitance is less than 0.004 pf. 

V-shaped field-replaceable contacts with a life expectancy 
of 10 million insertions assure electrical continuity during a test. 

Approximate weights are: Test Jig — 2 ounces net, 4 ounces 
shipping; Adapter — 10 ounces net, 1 Y 2 pounds shipping; Adapter 
and Jig — 12 ounces net; 1 pound, 11 ounces shipping. 

Approximate dimensions are: Test Jig — IY2" high by 1%" 
wide by 1 %" deep; Adapter — 2" high by 5" wide and 3V 2 " 
deep. 

DIODE TEST JIG (Part Number 013-0080-00] $40 

ADAPTER (Part Number 017-0075-00) $55 



■■■ 





i 






U.S. Sales Price f.o.b. Beaverton, Oregon 
Please refer fo Terms and Shipment, General Information page. 



152 




SEMICONDUCTOR TESTER 

POWER SUPPLY 



Type 




Type 292, with a test fixture, furnishes dc power and 
provides sub-nanosecond environment for reading out time 
and charge information about fast semiconductor diodes 
and transistors, A Type 292 is used between a sub- 
nanosecond pulse generator and the 50-0. input of a 
sampling oscilloscope. Two variable electronically-regulated 
power supplies, TEST VOLTS and BIAS CURRENT, are elec- 
trically connected through a supporting platform to the test 
fixture in use. Polarity of either power supply can be in- 
verted from the front panel; both supplies are short-circuit 
and open-circuit protected. 

A general-purpose unwired plug-in transistor test fix- 
ture is shipped with each Type 292. The fixture consists 
of an etched -circuit board with a transistor socket mounted 
In the center, Signal connections to the fixture are made 
through coaxial connectors mounted on the circuit board. 
A number of isolated tie points are provided on the test 
fixture board to facilitate wiring of experimental circuits. 

Banana-pin jacks at the rear of the Type 292 can be 
used for two purposes: 

1. Monitoring either the internal TEST VOLTS or BIAS 
CURRENT supply, or 

2. Connecting external sources of current and voltage 
to the test fixture in use. 

Leads from the banana-pin jacks to the test fixture limit 
externally-supplied currents to 7 ampere or less. 

TEST VOLTS POWER SUPPLY supplies fixed dc voltages 
of 1, 2, 5, 10 and 20 volts, accuracy within ±3% when the 
variable control is fully clockwise. An uncalibrated variable 
control allows the voltage of a fixed step to be divided 
by any factor between 1 and at least 10. Ripple voltage 
(either polarity) is equal to, or less than, 4 mv pk-to-pk at any 
voltage, over a current range of 0-200 ma, for line voltages 
from 105 to 125 v ac, or 230 to 250 v ac. Maximum short- 
circuit current is about 400 ma on all ranges. 

BIAS CURRENT POWER SUPPLY supplies fixed dc currents 
in 11 calibrated steps from 0.1 ma to 200 ma, 1-2-5 sequence, 
accuracy within ±3% when the variable control is fully 
clockwise. An uncalibrated variable control allows the current 
of a fixed step to be divided by any factor between 1 and 
at least 10. Ripple current (either polarity), listed below, ap- 
plies for any current from about 2 ,u,a to 200 ma, for line volt- 
ages from 105 to 125v ac or 230 to 250 v ac, providing the 
load on the current supply limits the output voltages to less 
than 20 volts. 



RANGE 

0.1 to 20 ma 

50 ma 

100 ma 

200 ma 



RIPPLE 
less than 5 /xa 
less than 10 fj,a 
less than 20 /.(.a 
less than 100 /xa 



c 



POWER REQUIREMENTS are from 105v to 125v or 21 Ov 
to 250 v, 50 to 60 cycles, 30 watts. 

MECHANICAL SPECIFICATIONS include dimensions of 
4 5 / a " high by 8" wide by 10" deep. Net weight is 6 T / 4 
pounds, approx. Shipping weight is 12 pounds, approx. 







OK 



<*> 




TYPE 292 SEMICONDUCTOR TESTER POWER SUPPLY $325 

Each instrument includes: 1— Adapter, 3-wire (103-0013-00); 3— P6040 
probe (01 0-01 33-00); 1 — transistor test fixture, unwired (016-0057-00); 
1— Power cord (161-0015-00); 2— Instruction Manual (070-0410-00). 



OPTIONAL TEST ACCESSORIES 

TRANSISTOR TEST FIXTURE, UNWIRED, Part Number 016- 
0057-00 $ 1 6 




013-0080*00 



01 6*0059-00 



A special jig is available for testing axial-lead diodes. 
Contact-resistance problems are minimized by the use of V- 
shaped jig contacts. 

An adapter will be required to mechanically support and 
electrically connect the diode test jig to the Type 292 plat- 
form. 

Careful design of the jig and adapter provides high-quality 
50-ohm coaxial connections to the diode leads. 

TEST JIG ADAPTER, Part Number 016-0059-00 $21 

DIODE TEST JIG, Part Number 013-0080-00 $40 



U.S. Sales Price f.o.b. Beaverton, Oregon 
Please refer to Terms and Shipment, General Information page. 



153 



SAMPLING ACCESSORIES 











I 


\ 


1 
it 


| 
iff 

I I 


e=D«» 





TYPE CT-1 CURRENT TRANSFORMER 

The Type CT-1 Current Transformer provides for accurate 
measurement of current flow in a circuit, while keeping loading 
effects to a minimum. One or several Type CT-1 Transformers 
can monitor critical points in a circuit. One or more P6040 
Probes can then be used to feed the resultant voltages to the 
oscilloscope. 

Sensitivity is 5 mv/ma into a 50-ohm load, accuracy within 
35 kc (low end) and 1 Gc (high end). Pulse response risetime 
is less than 0.35 nsec. Decay time constant is 5 /xsec, approxi- 
mated by 1 % per 50 nsec, limit 1 /isec. Maximum voltage is 
lOOOv, dc. Current ratings are 500 ma maximum RMS, 100 
amp peak pulse (1 amp microsecond). 

Order Part Number 015-0040-00 $17 

TYPE P6040 PROBE 

The Type P6040 is used as an inter-connecting cable for 
the Type CT-1 Transformer or other monitoring points using 
Amphenol series 27 Sub-Minax or Selectro Sub-Miniature RF 
connectors. The plug-on feature provides a quick means of 
connection to the CT-1. The 18"cable terminates in a GR type 
connector. 

Type P6040 Probe (Order Part No. 010-0133-00) $14 

Type CT-1 and P6040 (Order Part No. 015-0041-00) .... $31 




A 



MINIATURE PASSIVE PROBES 

for use with 50 ohm systems 

TYPE P6034— 10X Attenuation 

The Type P6034 provides accurate measurements of high- 
speed pulses. Input resistance is 500 ohms at dc and approx- 
imately 300 ohms at 1.0 gigacycle. Input capacitance is 0.7 pf 
± 0.1 pf at 1.0 Mc to 1.0 gc. Risetime of the probe is less than 
100 picoseconds. Maximum dc input, dc-coupled, is 16 v and 
ac-coupled, is 500 v. Ringing and overshoot is 2% or less on 
pulses from 25-ohm or more source. Peak-to-peak voltage 
derating is necessary for CW sine waves higher than 800 Mc. 
Order Part Number 010-0110-00 $35 

TYPE P6035— 100X Attenuation 

The Type P6035 provides accurate measurements of high- 
speed pulses. Input resistance is 5000 ohms at dc and approxi- 
mately 1500 ohms at 1.0 gigacycle. Input capacitance is 0.6 pf 
± 0.1 pf at 1.0 Mc to 1.0 gc. Risetime of the probe is less 
than 200 picoseconds. Maximum dc input, dc-coupled, is 50 v 
and, ac-coupled, is 500 v. Ringing and overshoot is 2% or less 
on pulses from 25-ohm or more source. Peak-to-peak voltage 
derating is necessary for CW sine waves higher than 500 Mc. 
Order Part Number 010-0111-00 $35 



013-0084-00 




013-0085-00 




017-0076-00 



PROBE NOSE ADAPTERS 

P6034, P6035, P6038 Probe Nose to BNC connector, Part Num- 
ber 01 3-0084-00 $3.00 

P6034, P6035, P6038 Probe Nose to GR connector, Part Num- 
ber 017-0076-00 $4.50 

P6034, P6035, P6038 Probe Nose bayonet ground assembly, 
Part Number 01 3-0085-00 $2.50 




VOLTAGE PICKOFF 

The VP-1 and VP-2 are 50-ohm "T" type voltage pickoffs 
for use with Tektronix probes while introducing minimum dis- 
turbance of the system characteristics. The in-line portion is 
fitted with GR connectors and the plastic center collar forms 
the receptacle for the probe tip. The VP-1 fits the P6034 and 
P6035 probes, while the VP-2 fits the P6038 probe. 

VP-1— Order Part Number 017-0073-00 $25 

VP-2— Order Part Number 017-0077-00 $30 



c 



154 



SAMPLING ACCESSORIES 









CATHODE-FOLLOWER PROBE 

for use with Type 4S1 , 4S2 or 3S76 Plug-In Units 

Type P6032 — 10X to 1000X Attenuation 



Attenuator 


Max, Input 




Input 






Input 


Head 


Voltage* 


Cap 


acitance at 


Resistance at 






DC 


( ±10%) 


DC (±2%) 


10X 


±1.5v 




3.6 pf 






10 meg 


20X 


±3.0 v 




2.6 pf 






10 meg 


50X 


±7.5 v 




1.8 pf 






10 meg 


100X 


±15v 




1.5 pf 






10 meg 


200X 


±30 v 




1.4 pf 






10 meg 


500X 


±75 v** 




1.3 pf 






10 meg 


1000X 


±150 v** 




1.3 pf 






10 meg 


Attenuator 


Max. Inp 


ut Voltage 


(pea 


k-to-peak) 


Head 


(at 100% duty facto 


r) 




500 Mc 


750 Mc 


lOOOMc 


1250Mc 


500X 


150 v 


150 


V 


150 v 




125 v 


1000X 


300 v 


200 


V 


150v 




125 v 



* Limited by linearity of cathode follower. This value may be exceeded by 
more than 50% for pulses without damage to probe components. 

** Must be derated for continuous-wave use. Peak-to-peak voltage derating 
is necessary with CW sine waves higher than 500 Mc for the 1000X attenuator 
head and 1000 Mc for the 500X attenuator head. 

The Type P6032 with a bandwidth greater than 800 Mc, 
provides accurate measurements of high-speed repetitive pulses. 
The dc-coupled probe uses 7 plug-in attenuator heads. Risetime 
is typically 0.4 nsec for probe and attenuator head. Maximum 
output is ± 150 mv into a 50-ohm load. Signal delay is approx- 
imately 10 nsec. 
Order Part Number 010-0108-00 $220 







c 



GENERAL RADIO 50-Q POWER DIVIDER, 
TYPE 874-TPD 

This divider is designed for use in broad-band 50-fi systems 
where the mismatch introduced by ordinary "Tee" connectors is 
undesirable. It is especially useful in a time-domain reflecto- 
meter set-up where test line, pulser, and oscilloscope must be 
coupled with a minimum of reflection-producing discontinuities. 



SPECIFICATIONS 

FREQUENCY RANGE: 0-7 Gc. 

VSWR: (At any port, when remaining ports are terminated in 
matched 50-ohm terminations) 1.0 + 0.05 f& c to 7 Gc. 

CHARACTERISTIC IMPEDANCE; 50 ohms, nominal (other two 
ports terminated in 50 ohms). 

INSERTION LOSS: (Between any two ports, when remaining 
port is terminated in a matched 50-ohm termination) 6 db, X2 
voltage atten., nominal. Dc Resistance: (At any port, when 
remaining ports are terminated in 50.00-ohm resistors) 50.00 
+0.25 ohms. 

INPUT POWER: 1 watt, CW. 

OUTPUT CHARACTERISTICS: (When driven from center port 
of "Tee" into matched 50-ohm loads). 

Equality of output signals: Within 0.03 db. 

Output levels below input level: 6 db, + 2 or — 0.05 db. 

Phase difference between output signals: 0° nominal. 

DIMENSIONS: Height— 2 5 / 16 ", width —4", depth— 13 / 16 ". 
NET WEIGHT: 5 ounces 



TYPE 874-TPD POWER DIVIDER 
Order Part No. 017-0082-00 . 



$70. 



155 



SAMPLING ACCESSORIES 






' i t- 

s I Hfiiiir'^ ll 



"S"" 8 ****** *~"* mM Sm0 




* *^fc- 







TYPE CT-3 50-OHM SIGNAL PICKOFF 

Designed for use with high-frequency Oscilloscopes, the CT-3 
Pickoff provides a convenient means of picking off a signal 
in a 50-ohm system. Used with any of the Tektronix Sampling 
Instruments, the CT-3 provides the link for use as a trigger 
source. 

The CT-3 inductively meters the current in a circuit, developing 
a proportional output voltage. Used in a 50-ohm system, 
the output voltage of the CT-3 is 10% of the voltage at the 
center conductor. 

SENSITIVITY is 10% of the voltage under test, into a 50-ohm 
load. 

DECAY TIME CONSTANT is 4.5 /xsec at Ode current. 
RISETIME is less than 0.4 nsec. 

FREQUENCY RESPONSE is 50 kc to 875 Mc at Ode current. 

INSERTION IMPEDANCE with a 50-ohm termination is 1 ohm 
shunted by 4.5 fxh, 2 ohms shunted by 4.5 ju,h without a 50- 
ohm termination. 

VSWR is less than 1.2 at 1.5 Gc. 

VOLTAGE RATING at v dc is 25 v RMS, 1 kv pulse pk. The 
volts-sec product is lOOv /isec. If exceeded, the L/R decay 
will decay rapidly toward zero. 

ORDER PART NUMBER 017-0061-00 $30.00 



€ 






TYPE 113 DELAY CABLE 

The Type 113 Delay Cable provides 60 nsec delay so trigger 
signals can arrive ahead of the vertical deflection signal. The 
Type 113 has a to 50% risetime of about 0.0025 nsec, and 
10 to 90% risetime of better than 0.1 nsec. 

TYPE 113 DELAY CABLE $250 





MAINTENANCE AIDS 

These items are offered for the convenience of companies 
with in-plant instrument-maintenance facilities. If you intend per- 
forming your own maintenance, please include 2 plug-in exten- 
sions (one each for the dual-trace and timing units), 1 circuit- 
board extension, and 2 coaxial trigger cables with your initial 
instrument order. One set of 5 will usually be adequate for 
maintenance of several instruments. 

Plug-In Extension for Dual-Trace and Timing Units 

Order Part Number 012-0064-00 (24-pin extension) $23.00 

Circuit-Board Extension for Dual-Trace Unit 

Order Part Number 012-0069-00 (22-pin extension) $25.00 

Coaxial Cable for Coupling Trigger Signals 

Order Part Number 012-0070-00 $10.50 







TRANSFORMER MATCHED "T" 

This unit provides two 50-ohm outputs from one 50-ohm input 
and divides the regenerated trigger for simultaneous triggering f 
of two sampling-sweep systems. 

Order Part Number 017-0012-00 $45 

U.S. Sales Prices f.o.b. Beaverton, Oregon 
Please refer to Terms and Shipment, General Information page. 



156 




WIDE-BAND HIGH-GAIN UNIT Type 




Sensitivity 

AC-Coupled Only — 0.005 v/cm to 0.05 v/cm. 

AC or DC-Coupled — 0.05 v/cm to 50 v/cm. 

Calibrated — 0.005 v/cm to 20 v/cm. 

Continuously Variable — 0.005 v/cm to 50 v/cm. 

Frequency Response and Risetime 
(0.05 to 20 v/cm) 

Frequency specifications are at 3-db down 

With Types 531 A, 533A, 535A— 
dc to 14 mc, 25 nsec. 

With Types 536 — dc to 10 mc, 35 nsec. 

With Types 541 A, 543A, 543B, 544, 545A, 545B, 

546, 547, 555, 581A*, 585A*— dc to 20 Mc, 18 

nsec. 

With Type 55} — dc to 18 mc, 20 nsec. 
Frequency Response and Risetime 
(0.005 to 0.05 v/cm) 

Frequency specifications are at 3-db down 

With Types 531 A, 533A, 535A— 

2 cycles to 10 mc, 35 nsec. 
With Type 536 — 2 cycles to 9 mc, 40 nsec. 
With Types 541 A, 543A, 543B, 544, 545A, 545B, 

546, 547, 555, 581 A*, 585A*— 2 cycles to 12 mc, 

30 nsec. 

With Type 551 — 2 cycles to 12 mc, 30 nsec. 




The Type B Plug-In Preamplifier meets the require- 
ments of many wide-band applications. Wide passband, 
excellent transient response, dc-coupling, and cali- 
brated sensitivity are qualities most users require in an 
oscilloscope vertical amplifier. The Type B gives all of 
these qualities to Tektronix Type 530, 540, 550 and 
580* Series Oscilloscopes. 



Calibration Accuracy — Two adjustments are provid- 
ed for setting the gain of the unit. When these adjust- 
ments are accurately set with the VOLTS/CM switch in 
the 0.05 v/cm and 0.005 v/cm positions, the sensitivity 
at any other position of the switch will be within 3% 
of the panel for that position. 

Signal Inputs — Two signal input connectors with 
more than 60-db isolation are controlled by a four-posi- 
tion switch. The INPUT SELECTOR provides for ac-coup- 
ling or dc-coupling through either input. When ac 
coupled, the low-frequency 3-db point is 2 cps direct or 
0.2 cps with 10X Probe. 



Input Impedance — 1 megohm paralleled by 
approximately 47 pf. 




CHARACTERISTICS 

Calibrated Sensitivity- — The vertical attenuator is 
calibrated in VOLTS/CM of deflection. Twelve calibrated 
steps are provided: 0.005, 0.01, 0.02, 0.05, 0.1, 0.2, 0.5, 
1, 2, 5, 10 and 20 v/cm. In addition, a vernier (uncali- 
brated) control provides for continuously-variable ad- 
justment from 0.005 v/cm to 50 v/cm. 

* A Type 81 Adapter is required. 



Weight: Net — 4 pounds 

Shipping — 6 pounds, approx. 

TYPE B PLUG-IN UNIT $145 

Each instrument includes: 2 — instruction manuals (070-0219-00), 

For low-capacitance accessory probes, please see the 
Catalog Acessory pages. 

U. S. Sales Price f.o.b. Beaverton, Oregon 
Please refer to Terms and Shipment, General information page. 



157 



Type 




DUAL-TRACE DC UNIT 




Frequency Response and Risetime 

Frequency specifications are at 3-db dawn 

With Types 531 A, 533A, 535A — dc to 13.5 mc, 26 nsec. 
With Type 536 — dc to 10 mc, 35 nsec. 
With Types 541 A, 543A, 543B, 544, 545A, 545B, 546, 
547, 555, 581A\ 585A* — dc to 24 mc, 15 nsec. 
With Type 551 — dc to 22 mc, 16 nsec. 

Five Operating Modes 

Channel A only. 

Channel B only. 

Electronic switching at 100 kc (chopped). 

Electronic switching on alternate sweeps. 

Both channels combined at output (A ± B). 




TYPICAL DUAL-TRACE DISPLAY using Chopped Mode of Type C-A Unit. 
The waveform depicts a display of the response of two ringing circuits 
to the same pulse. In this mode, transients as small as 1 msec can be 
observed and measured readily. 



The Tektronix Type C-A Unit contains two identical 
input channels. Either channel can be operated 
separately. The two channels can be electronically 
switched, either at a chopped rate of about 100 kc, 
or triggered by the oscilloscope sweep. In addition 
both channels can be combined at the output, adding 
or subtracting according to the settings of the polarity 
switches. 

When operated A— B or B — A, common-mode rejec- 
tion is at least 20 to 1 over the entire passband for sig- 
nals up to 1-v amplitude. Rejection can be improved, 
especially at low frequencies, by adjusting the vernier 
attenuator controls and/or the GAIN ADJ. controls. Se- 
parate attenuator controls for each channel permit rejec- 
tion of a common-mode signal of a different amplitude. 

CHARACTERISTICS 

Calibrated Sensitivity — The vertical attenuators are 
calibrated in VOLTS/CM of deflection. Nine calibrated 
steps are provided for each channel: 0.05, 0.1, 0.2, 
0.5, 1, 2, 5, 10 and 20 v/cm. In addition, vernier (un- 
calibrated) controls provide for continuously-variable 
adjustments from 0.05 v/cm to 50 v/cm. 

Vertical Position Controls — Separate positioning 
controls are provided for each channel. 

* A Type 81 Adapter is required. 




Calibration Accuracy — Adjustments are provided 
for setting the gain of each channel. When accurately 
set, the sensitivity will be within 3% of the panel 
reading for all switch positions. 

Operating Mode Selection — A five- position switch 
provides for electronic switch operation either triggered 
or chopped, separate use of either channel, and both 
channels combined at the output of the unit. 

In chopped operation, successive 5-/i,sec segments 
of each channel are displayed at an approx. 100-kc 
rate per channel. Chopped transient blanking is pro- 
vided, except when C-A Unit is used in the Type 536, 
551, 581 A, 585A Oscilloscopes. 

AC-DC Switches — When ac coupled, the low fre- 
quency 3-db point is 2 cps direct or 0.2 cps with 10X 
Probe. 

Polarity Inversion — Polarity can be inverted on 
either channel for comparisons of signals 180 degrees 
out of phase, and A — B or A + B mixing. 

Input Impedance — 1 megohm paralleled by ap- 
proximately 20 pf. 

Weight: Net — 4% pounds 

Shipping — 9 pounds, approx. 

TYPE C-A PLUG-IN UNIT $260 

Each instrument includes: 2 — instruction manuals (070-0318-00). 

U, S. Sales Price f.o.b. Beaverton, Oregon 
Please refer to Terms and Shipment, General Information page. 




158 




HIGH-GAIN DC DIFFERENTIAL UNIT Type 







Sensitivity 

Calibrated — 1 mv/cm to 50 v/cm. 
Continuously Variable — 1 mv/cm to 125 v/cm. 

Frequency Response 

DC to 300 kc at 1 mv/cm sensitivity . . . increasing to 
DC to 2 mc at 50 mv/cm and lower sensitivity. Fre- 
quency specifications are at 3-db down. 



Differential Input 

10,000-to-l common mode rejection ratio for in- 
phase signals. 

Stability — Normal drift is from 2 to 5 mv/hr. 



The Type D equips Tektronix Type 530, 540, 550 and 
580* Series Oscilloscopes for work requiring dc-coupl- 
ing at a sensitivity of 1 mv/cm. Differential input 
with high rejection ratio for in-phase signals permits 
cancellation of unwanted or interfering signals. 



Input Selector^— A six-position switch provides for 
use of either input separately, or both together differ- 
entially, either ac-coupled or dc-coupled. When ac 
coupled, the low frequency 3-db point is 2 cps direct 
or 0.2 cps with 10X probe. 

Differential Input in the A-minus-B position of the 

input selector switch, the Type D operates as a differ- 
ential amplifier whose output is proportional to the 
difference between signals applied to input A and input 
B. The differential feature is useful in making voltage 
measurements between two above-ground points, and for 
cancelling in-phase signals such as hum pickup in con- 
necting leads. By careful adjustment of the differential- 
balance control, 10,000-to-l rejection ratio for in-phase 
signals up to 20 kc can be achieved at all positions of the 
MV/CM MULTIPLIER switch. Common mode signal 
should not exceed 5 volts at the input grid. Thus, at 
10 mv/cm and 100 mv/cm, it should not exceed 50 
volts and 500 volts respectively. 

Calibrated Sensitivity— The MILLIVOLTS/CM switch 
has four calibrated positions: 1, 10, 100, and 1000 
mv/cm. A MV/CM MULTIPLIER switch provides for multi- 
plication by 1, 2, 5, 10, 20, and 50. Approximate 
3-db point of amplifier high frequency response for each 
position is also indicated by this switch. The MV/CM 
MULTIPLIER, by attenuating within the amplifier, reduces 
drift and increases bandpass in applications that require 
less than maximum sensitivity. A vernier (uncalibrated) 
control provides for continuously-variable adjustment 
from 1 mv/cm to 125 v/cm. 

* A Type 81 Adapter is required. 




Regulated Heater Voltage — Heaters of all elec- 
tron tubes in the Type D are operated from the regu- 
lated dc voltage supplies in the main oscilloscope unit. 

Calibration Accuracy — An adjustment is provided for 
setting the gain of the unit. When this adjustment is ac- 
curately set with the MILLIVOLTS/CM switch in the 
1 mv/cm position and the MV/CM MULTIPLIER in the 50 
mv/cm position, the sensitivity at any other position of 
the switches will be within 3% of the panel reading for 
that position. 

Input Impedance — 1 megohm paralleled by ap- 
proximately 47 pf. 

Weight: Net — 4V 2 pounds 

Shipping — 8 pounds, approx. 

TYPE D PLUG-IN UNIT $170 

Each instrument includes: 2 — instruction manuals (070-0228-00). 

Variable Attenuation Probe 

Type P6023 1 OX Probe compensates for normal atten- 
uator differences between two channels. An adjustable 
potentiometer compensates the 10:1 attenuation ratio, 
and two adjustable capacitors compensate for input 
capacitances between 20 pf and 47 pf. 
Order Part Number 010-0167-00 $40 

For other low-capacitance probes, please refer to the 
Catalog Accessory pages. 

U. S. Sales Price f.o.b. Beaverton, Oregon 
Please refer to Terms and Shipment, General Information page. 



159 






Type LOW- LEVEL AC DIFFERENTIAL UNIT 




Sensitivity 

Calibrated — 50 microvolts/cm to 10 millivolts/cm. 
Continuously Variable — 50 microvolts/cm to 25 rmlli- 
volts/cm. 

Frequency Response 

0.06 cycles to 20 kc at full gain, increasing to 60 kc 
at 0.5 mv/cm. Frequency specifications are at 3 db 
down. 



Differential Input 

50,000-to-1 rejection ratio for in-phase signals up 
to 1 kc of ±2 v or less. 




The Type E Plug-in Unit provides Tektronix Type 530, 
540, 550 and 580* Series Oscilloscopes with a cali- 
brated sensitivity of 50 microvolts/cm for low-leve! 
applications. Maximum combined noise and hum 
is 5 /xv, rms, with input grids grounded at the input 
connector. Separate high-frequency and low-frequency 
response controls permit restricting the bandwidth to 
further increase the signal-to-noise ratio. A rejection 
ratio of 50,000 to 1 for in-phase 1-kc sine wave sig- 
nals with amplitudes of 2 v pk-to-pk or less can 
be achieved by careful adjustment of the front-panel 
differential-balance control. Use of the internal attenu- 
ators has a negligible effect on the rejection figure. 

CHARACTERISTICS 

Calibrated Sensitivity — The vertical attenuator is 
calibrated in MILLIVOLTS/CM of deflection. Eight cali- 
brated steps are provided: 0.05, 0.1, 0.2, 0.5, 1 , 2, 5 
and 10 millivolts/cm. In addition, a vernier (uncali- 
brated) control provides for continuously-variable ad- 
justment from 50 microvolts/cm to 25 millivolts/cm. 

Calibration Accuracy — An adjustment is provided for 
setting the gain of the unit. When this adjustment is ac- 
curately set with the MILLIVOLTS/CM switch in the 5 milli- 
volts/cm position, the sensitivity at any other position 
of the switch will be within 3% of the panel reading 
for that position. 

* A Type 81 Adapter Is required, 



Bandwidth Control — A five-position switch provides 
for approximate high-frequency 3-db points of 60, 10, 
and 1 kc; 250 and 50 cycles. Another five-position 
switch selects the approximate low-frequency 3-db 
points of 0.06, 0.2, 0.8, 8 and 80 cycles. Restricting the 
bandwidth to the requirements of the particular appli- 
cation will provide an increase in the signal-to-noise 
ratio. Input to grids is decoupled to provide good re- 
jection at low frequencies. 

Trace Restorer — If the trace should be driven from 
the screen by a large transient, it can be returned to its 
normal position immediately by pressing the trace re- 
storer button. 

Input Impedance — 10 megohms paralleled by 
approximately 50 pf for single-ended applications and 
20 megohms paralleled by approximately 50 pf for 
differential applications. 

Weight: Net — 4 V* pounds 

Shipping — 8 pounds, approx. 



TYPE E PLUG-IN UNIT 



$190 



Each instrument includes: 1— 2-conductor cable (012-0022-00), 2— 
instruction manuals (070-0226-00). 



U. S. Sales Price f.o.b. Beaverton, Oregon 
Please refer to Terms and Shipment, General Information page. 




160 




WIDE-BAND DC DIFFERENTIAL UNIT Type 












Common-mode Rejection 

100 to 1 at full gain. 

Sensitivity 

Calibrated — 0.05 v/cm to 20 v/cm. 
Continuously Variable — 0.05 v/cm to 50 v/cm. 

Frequency Response and Risetime 

Frequency specifications are at 3-db down 

With Types 531 A, 533 A, 535A— 
dc to 14 mc, 25 nsec. 

With Type 536 — 
dc to 10 mc, 35 nsec. 

With Types 541 A, 543A, 543B, 544, 545A, 545B, 
546, 547, 555, 581A*, 585A* — dc to 20 mc, 18 
nsec. 

With Type 551 — 

dc fo 18 mc, 20 nsec. 





The Type G Plug-In Unit equips Tektronix Type 530, 

540, 550 and 580* Series Oscilloscopes for wideband 
differential-input applications. Common-mode rejection 
is better than 1 00 to 1 for the entire passband at full 
gain, better than 300 to 1 at 60 cycles. Maximum 
amplitude handling capability is 2 volts pk-to-pk be- 
tween input grids. At 0.5 v/cm and 5 v/cm, the input 
signal should not exceed 20 volts and 200 volts re- 
spectively. Independent step attenuators in each input 
with 80-db isolation permit mixing signals of wide am- 
plitude difference. Either input can be used separately, 
INPUT B giving a polarity-inverted display. 

CHARACTERISTICS 

Input-Selector — A six-position switch provides for 
use of either input separately, or both together differen- 
tially, either ac-coupled or dc-coup!ed. When ac 
coupled, the low frequency 3-db point is 2 cps direct or 
0.2 cps with 10X Probe. 

Calibrated Sensitivity — Each of the two attenua- 
tors has 9 calibrated positions: 0.05, 0.1, 0.2, 0.5, 1, 2, 
5, 10 and 20 v/cm. A variable attenuator fills in be- 
tween steps making the adjustment continuously variable 
from 0.05 v/cm to 50 v/cm. The variable attenuator af- 
fects the gain of both inputs at the same time. 

* A Type 81 Adapter Is required. 




Calibration Accuracy — An adjustment is provided for 
setting the gain of the unit. When this adjustment is ac- 
curately set with the VOLTS/CM switch in the 0.05 v/cm 
position, the sensitivity at any other position of the 
switch will be within 3% of the panel reading for 
that position. 

Input Impedance — 1 megohm paralleled by ap- 
proximately 47 pf. 

Weight: Net — 4 T / 4 pounds. 

Shipping — 6 pounds approx. 

TYPE G PLUG-IN UNIT $1 90 

Each instrument includes: 2 — instruction manuals (070-0241-00). 

Variable Attenuation Probe 

Type P6023 1 OX Probe compensates for normal atten- 
uator differences between two channels. An adjust- 
able potentiometer compensates the 10:1 attenuation 
ratio, and two adjustable capacitors compensate for 
input capacitances between 20 pf and 47 pf. 

Order Part Number 010-0167-00 $40 

For other low-capacitance probes, please refer to the 
Catalog Accessory pages. 

U. S. Sales Price f.o.b. Beaverton, Oregon 
Please refer to Terms and Shipment, General Information page. 



161 



Type 




WIDE-BAND HIGH-GAIN DC UNIT 





Frequency Response and Risefrime 

Frequency specifications are at 3-db down 

With Types 531 A, 533A, 535A— 
dc to 1 1 mc, 31 nsec. 

With Type 536 — 

dc to 9.5 mc, 37 nsec. 



With Types 541 A, 543A, 543B, 544, 545A, 545B, 
546, 547, 555, 581A*, 585A*— dc to 1 5 mc, 
23 nsec. 




With Type 551 — 
dc to 14 mc, 25 nsec. 





The Type H is a wide-band preamplifier with de- 
coupling over its full sensitivity range. It provides a 
maximum sensitivity of 5 mv/cm, dc-coupled, in Types 
530, 540, 550 and 580* Oscilloscopes, with excellent 
transient- response characteristics. 



Calibration Accuracy — A front-panel adjustment is 
provided for setting the gain of the unit. When this 
adjustment is accurately set with the VOLTS/CM switch 
in the 0.005 v/cm position, the sensitivity for any other 
position of the switch will be within 3% of the panel 
reading for that position. 

Signal Inputs — Two signal input connectors with 
more than 60 db isolation are controlled by a four- 
position switch. The INPUT SELECTOR provides for ac- 
coupling or dc-coupling through either input. When ac 
coupled, the low frequency 3-db point is 2 cps direct 
or 0.2 cps with 10X Probe. 

Input Impedance — 1 megohm paralleled by ap- 
proximately 47 pf. 



CHARACTERISTICS 

Calibrated Sensitivity — The vertical attenuator is 
calibrated in VOLTS/CM of deflection. Twelve cali- 
brated steps are provided: 0.005, 0.01, 0.02, 0.05, 
0.1, 0.2, 0.5, 1, 2, 5, 10 and 20 v/cm. In addition, a 
vernier ( uncalibrated ) control provides for continuous- 
ly-variable adjustment from 0.005 v/cm to 50 v/cm. 

* A Type 81 Adapter is required. 



Weight: Net — 4 pounds 

Shipping — 9 pounds, approx. 

TYPE H PLUG-IN UNIT $1 85 

Each instrument includes: 2 — instruction manuals (070-0272-00] . 



For low-capacitance accessory probes, please see the 
Catalog Accessory pages. 

U. S. Sales Price f.o.b. Beaverton, Oregon 
Please refer to Terms and Shipment, General Information page. 



162 




FAST-RISE DC UNIT Type 




Sensitivity 




v_uiiDrareu — u.uj v/ cm 10 zu v/cm. 

Frequency Response and Risetime 






Frequency specifications are at 3-db down 






With Types 531 A, 533A, 535A— 






dc to 15 mc, 23 nsec. 






With Type 536 — 






dc to 1 1 mc, 31 nsec. 






With Types 541 A, 543 A, 543 B, 544, 


545A, 


545B, 


546, 547, 555, 581A*, 585A*— ■ 


-dc to 


30 mc, 


1 2 nsec. 






With Type 551 — 






dc to 25 mc, 14 nsec. 











The Type K Fast-Rise Unit provides Types 540, 550 
and 580 Series Oscilloscopes with calibrated sensitivity 
at low input capacitance, taking maximum advantage 
of the excellent transient response and wide frequency 
range of the oscilloscope vertical-deflection system. The 
Type K combined with a fast-rise oscilloscope makes a 
1 2-nanosecond risetime combination, ideal for ap- 
plications involving fast-rising waveforms. The com- 
bined vertical-amplifier system is dc-coupled. When ac 
coupled, the low frequency 3-db point is 2 cps direct or 
0.2 cps with 10X probe. The Type K can be used in 
all Tektronix Type 530, 540, 550 and 580 * Series 
Oscilloscopes. 



Calibration Accuracy — An adjustment is provided 
for setting the gain of the unit. When this adjustment is 
accurately set with the VOLTS/CM switch in the 0.05 v/cm 
position, the vertical sensitivity for any other position 
of the switch will be within 3% of the panel reading 
for that position. 



Input Impedance — 1 megohm paralleled by ap- 
proximately 20 pf. A 1 OX attenuator probe increases 
input impedance to 10 megohms paralleld by approxi- 
mately 7 pf. 




CHARACTERISTICS 

Calibrated Sensitivity — The vertical attenuator is 
calibrated in VOLTS/CM of deflection. Nine calibrated 
steps are provided: 0.05, 0.1, 0.2, 0.5, 1 , 2, 5, 10 and 
20 v/cm. In addition, a vernier ( uncalibrated) control 
provides for variable adjustment over a 2-to-l range on 
each step. 

* A Type 81 Adapter is required. 



Weight: Net — 3 3 / 4 pounds. 

Shipping — 8 pounds, approx. 

TYPE K PLUG-IN $145 

Each instrument includes: 2 — instruction manuals (070-0336-00). 

For low-capacitance accessory probes, please see the 
Catalog Accessory pages. 

U. S. Sales Price f.o.b. Beaverton, Oregon 
Please refer to Terms and Shipment, General Information page. 



163 



Type FAST-RISE HIGH-GAIN UNIT 




Sensitivity 

AC or DC-Coup!ed — 0.05 v/cm. 

9 calibrated steps from 0.05 v/cm to 20 v/cm. 
AC-CoupIed Only — 0.005 v/cm. 

lOx gain amplifier switched in provides 9 calibrated 

steps from 0.005 v/cm to 2 v/cm. 

Frequency Response and Risetime 
(0.05 to 40 v/cm) 

Frequency specifications are at 3-db down 

With Types 531 A, 533 A, 535A— 
dc to 15 mc, 23 nsec. 

With Type 536 — dc to 1 1 mc, 31 nsec. 
With Type 541 A, 543 A, 543B, 544, 545A, 545B, 
546, 547, 555, 581 A*, 585A* — dc to 30 mc, 12 
nsec. 
With Type 551 — dc to 25 mc, 14 nsec. 
Frequency Response and Risetime 
(0.005 to 4 v/cm) 

Frequency specifications are at 3-db down 

With Types 531 A, 533 A, 535A— 

3 cycles to 15 mc, 23 nsec. 
With Type 536 — 3 cycles to 10 mc, 35 nsec. 
With Types 541 A, 543A, 543B, 544, 545A, 545B, 

546, 547, 555, 581 A*, 585A*— 3 cycles to 24 

mc, 15 nsec. 
With Type 551 — 3 cycles to 22 mc, 16 nsec. 




The Type L Fast-Rise High-Gain Unit, duplicates the 
performance of the Type K and offers increased sen- 
sitivity, ac-coupied, to 5 mv/cm. An ac-coupled ampli- 
fier increases the sensitivity by a factor of 10 with 
slightly reduced frequency response and increased 
risetime. When used with Type 530-Series Oscillo- 
scopes the unit has somewhat reduced frequency re- 
sponse and increased risetime. 



CHARACTERISTICS 

Calibrated Sensitivity — Nine steps are provided: 
0.05, 0.1, 0.2, 0.5, 1, 2, 5, 10, and 20 v/cm. When 
the additional amplifier stage is switched in, the steps are 
changed to 0.005, 0.01, 0.02, 0.05, 0.1, 0.2, 0.5, 1, and 
2 v/cm. In addition, a vernier ( uncalibrated) control 
provides for variable adjustment between ranges. 

*A Type 81 Adapter is required. 



Calibration Accuracy — Front-panel adjustments are 
provided for setting the gain of the unit. When these 
adjustments are accurately set with the VOLTS/CM switch 
in the 0.05 v/cm position, the sensitivity at any other 
position of the switch will be within 3% of the panel 
reading for that switch position. 

Input Impedance — 1 megohm paralleled by ap- 
proximately 20 pf. A 10X attenuator probe increases 
input impedance to 10 megohms paralleled by ap- 
proximately 7 pf. 

Weight: Net4V2 pounds 

Shipping — 8 pounds, approx. 

TYPE L PLUG-IN UNIT $210 

Each instrument includes: 2 — instruction manuals (070-0336-00) 

For low-capacitance accessory probes, please see the 
Catalog Accessory pages. 

U.S. Sales Price f.o.b. Beaverton, Oregon 
Please refer to Terms and Shipment, General Information page. 




164 




FOUR-TRACE UNIT Type 







ELECTRONIC SWITCHING 



DC-TO-20MC PASSBAND 



20MV/CM MAXIMUM SENSITIVITY 



§!#SS 


'i . y . lj V V J v v y « H v * 


v y y v v v y . * . . 


Bsaiai 

HUSK 


a 


BBSS 


+H+ 


in i i irrtiir i iih 


^V^ Xj ; 


N^ 


. Kp 


""* 


wnwaiHwa 




■i 



/n a Tektronix Oscilloscope that accepts letter-series plug- 
ins, the Type M Four-Trace Unit provides four channels for 
viewing one to four signals, separately or in any combina- 
tion. When a Type M Unit is used in a Tektronix Plug-In 
Unit Power Supply, such as a Type 127, 132, or 133, the 
output can be used to provide most oscilloscopes with 
multiple-channel displays at increased gain. The Type M 
Unit can be used in Tektronix Type 530, 540, 550, or 
580*-Series Oscilloscopes. 

Each of the four channels has identical characteristics. 

SENSITIVITY is from 20 mv/cm to lOv/cm in 9 calibrated 
steps; accuracy is 3%. A variable control permits uncalibrated 
adjustment from 20 mv/cm to 25v/cm. 

INPUT COUPLING is either ac or dc. With ac, the low 
frequency 3-db point is 2 cps direct or 0.2 cps with 10X probe. 

INPUT IMPEDANCE is 1 megohm paralleled by approx. 47 pf. 

POLARITY of the signal from each channel can be inverted 
by a front-panel switch. 

OPERATING MODES include: any one of the four channels 
separately; Alternate — any combination of two or more chan- 
nels switched electronically on alternate sweeps; Chopped — 
In chopped operation, successive 1 fisec (approx.) segments 
of each channel are displayed at an approx. rate per channel 
of: 500 kc when using two channels; 333 kc when using three 
channels; and, 250 kc when using four channels. 




CHANNEL A SIGNAL available at front panel can be con- 
nected to oscilloscope external trigger input for stable trigger- 
ing in the Chopped or Alternate Mode — enabling display of all 
input signals in true time or phase relationship. 

MULTI-TRACE TRANSIENT blanking is provided in all Tek- 
tronix Oscilloscopes that accept letter-series plug-in units, ex- 
cept Type 532, 536, 551, 581, 581 A, 585, and 585A. 

WEIGHT: Net — 5 1 / 4 pounds. Shipping — 8 pounds, approx. 

TYPE M PLUG-IN UNIT $525 

Each instrument includes: 4 — BNC-to-binding post adapters (103-0033- 
00]; 1— BNC-to-BNC, 18" red patch cord (102-0087-00); 1— BNC-to- 
banana plug, 18" red patch cord (012-0091-00); 2 — instruction manuals 
(070-0295-00). 

U.S. Sales Price f.o.b. Beaverton, Oregon 
Please refer to Terms and Shipment, General Information page. 



Transient 


Response Characteristics 


Type M Unit 

and 
Oscilloscope 


Passband 
(at 3-db down) 


Risetime 


531 A, 533A, 535A 


dc — 14 Mc 


25 nsec 


536 

541 A, 543A, 543B, 

544, 545A, 545B, 

546, 547, 555, 

581 A*, 585A* 


dc — lOMc 
dc — 20 Mc 


35 nsec 
17 nsec 


551 


dc — 19Mc 


1 8 nsec 


* Requires a Type 81 Ada 


pter 





165 



Type 



OPERATIONAL AMPLIFIER UNIT 





1 Vertical Preamplifier 

2 Operational Amplifiers 

3 Basic Modes of Operation 

Selection of Precision Input 
and Feedback Components 

Provision For Use of External Input 
and Feedback Impedances 



In a Tektronix Oscilloscope that accepts letter-series plug- 
ins, the Type O Operational Amplifier Unit can be used to 
perform precise operations of integration, differentiation, 
function generation, linear and nonlinear amplification . 

The results can be displayed on the oscilloscope crt or 
can be fed to other circuitry. In addition, through use of 
the Type 127, 132, or 133 Piug-ln Power Supplies, the 
Type O can also be used for various other applications. 
The Type O Unit can be used in any Tektronix Type 530, 
540, 550, or 580* -Series Oscilloscopes. 




VERTICAL PREAMPLIFIER 

Frequency specifications are at 3-db down 

PASSBAND AND RISETIME depend upon the oscilloscope 
with which the unit is used. With Type 540, 550, and 580*- 
Series, the passband is dc to 25 Mc, the risetime is 14nsec, 
except in the Type 551, passband is dc to 23 Mc, risetime is 
16nsec. With Type 530-Series, the passband is dc to 14 Mc, the 
risetime is 25 nsec (except Types 532 and 536), 

SENSITIVITY is in 9 calibrated steps from 50 mv/cm to 
20v/cm, 1-2-5 sequence, accuracy within 3%. A variable 
control permits continuous adjustment uncalibrated from 50 
mv/cm to 50 v/cm. 

INPUT IMPEDANCE is 1 megohm paralleled by approxi- 
mately 47 pf. 

SWITCHING FACILITIES permit the vertical amplifier to be 
used independently or to monitor the output of either oper- 
ational amplifier. 

OPERATIONAL AMPLIFIERS 

OPEN-LOOP GAIN-BANDWIDTH PRODUCT is 15Mc or 
greater. (Checked at lOMc for open-loop gain greater than 
1.5.) 

CLOSED-LOOP BANDWIDTH is 750 kc or more at unity 
gain with internal input and feedback resistors, and to lOMc 
with external compensation. 

OPEN-LOOP DC GAIN is 2500 minimum. With external in- 
put and feedback components, the gain is governed by the 
ratio of feedback to input values. 

* A Type 81 Adapter is required. 



OUTPUT RANGE is ±50 v, ±5 ma. 

OUTPUT DC LEVEL can be adjusted to ground potential 
from front panel. 

OUTPUT IMPEDANCE is approximately 30 ohms at 1 Mc for 
compensated unity-gain amplifier. 

NOISE is typically less than 0.5 mv pk-to-pk (equivalent 
input noise), approximately 3 mv pk-to-pk additional output-noise 
when Rf = 1 megohm. 

INPUT IMPEDANCES can be selected from the following- 5 
resistance values — 10, 100, 200, 500 kilohms, and 1 megohm; 
6 capacitance values from 10 picofarads to 1 microfarad, in 
decade steps. All values within ±1%, except for 10 pf and 
100 pf values, which are adjustable. 

FEEDBACK IMPEDANCES can be selected from the same 
range of values as the input impedances. 

EXTERNAL COMPONENTS can be used independently or 
in combination with the internal resistor-capacitor combinations. 

POSITIVE OR NEGATIVE FEEDBACK is possible. 

VOLTAGE REJECTION (with 1 kc square wave) is at least 
300 to 1 between operational amplifiers. 

GRID CURRENT is less than 0.5 nanoampere for each input 
grid. Can be adjusted to less than 0.3 nanoampere for — grid 
and less than 0.15 nanoampere for + grid. 

DRIFT is typically less than lOmv/hr, referred to input, after 
warmup. 




166 



o 




BASIC OPERATING MODES 




c 




-O e 



Rf 



Ri 



—■HI 



:". " .. : ; 



AMPLIFICATION is determined by the ratio of input to 
feedback resistors. This provides convenient signal step-up or 
step-down, with low output impedances, to over 750 kc. Use of 
external compensation extends the closed-loop gain-bandwidth 
product to lOMc or more. 




INTEGRATION is obtained by placing a capacitor in the 
feedback loop. Unlike the RC integrator, this circuitry permits 
loading of the output, and integration without loss of signal 
level. Integration at repetition rates of approximately 5 Mc is 
possible. Low-frequency rejection allows drift-free repetitive- 
waveform integration. 




DIFFERENTIATION is accomplished by placing a capacitor in 
the input circuit. The unique characteristic of differentiation is 
Its ability to extract higher frequency waveform components. 
It can advantageously detect minute information such as tran- 
sients and slope changes. Differentiation of waveforms with 
significant components as high as 1.5 Mc is possible. 

LOW FREQUENCY REJECTION for repetitive integration is 
possible at either 1 cps or 1 kc, approximately, and can be 
switched in or out as desired. 

WEIGHT: Net— 5Y 2 pounds. 

Shipping — 9 pounds, approx. 

TYPE O OPERATIONAL AMPLIFIER UNIT $525 

Each instrument includes: 2 — terminal adapter assemblies (103-0048- 
00), 2— terminal shields (013-0049-00), 2— BNC to binding-post adapt- 
ers (103-0033-00), 2— BNC-to-BNC, 18" red patch cords (012-0087-00), 
2— instruction manuals (070-0323-00). 




*l? j COMPENSATING ADAPrEK 



£ • 



b 



iEAKAGE CU 



USRfNI ADAPTER MP 



COMPENSATING ADAPTER 

The Compensating Adapter extends the high-frequency per- 
formance of either operational amplifier of the Type O Plug-In 
Unit when the internal Z, and Z f resistors are used in any 
combination for either gain or attenuation. 

Without the Compensating Adapter, stray capacitance as- 
sociated with the internal Z ; and Z f resistors limits the opera- 
tional amplifiers high-frequency performance. The adapter can 
be plugged into the front panel of the Type O Plug-In Unit. 
Order Part Number 013-0081-00 $35 

LOG ADAPTER 

The Log Adapter with the Type O Plug-In Unit allows the 
display and measurement of high-amplitude signals mixed with 
low-amplitude signals. Pulses and transient waveforms differing 
in amplitude by up to 1000 to 1 can be displayed and meas- 
ured on the same trace. 

The Log Adapter is a logarithmic feedback network that 
converts the A or B operation amplifier in a Type O Plug-In 
Unit from a linear amplifier to essentially a logarithmic ampli- 
fier. The adapter can be plugged directly into the jacks on 
the front panel of the Type O Plug-In Unit. 
Order Part Number 013-0067-00 $75 

GATING ADAPTER 

The Gating Adapter allows repetitive signals with an in- 
tegral other than zero to be integrated and displayed using 
the Type O Plug-In Unit. Without the Gating Adapter, true 
integration of such repetitive signals is impossible since the 
integral will accumulate to a voltage beyond the range of 
the Type O Plug-In Unit. 

The adapter can be plugged directly into the jacks on the 
front panel of the Type O Plug-In Unit. 
Order Part Number 013-0068-00 $75 

LEAKAGE CURRENT ADAPTER 

Used with the Type O Plug-In Unit, the Leakage Current 
Adapter provides the facility for measuring leakage current 
of semiconductor diodes and small signal transistors. 

The adapter plugs into the operational jacks located on 
the front panel of the Type O Unit. A positive-going saw- 
tooth voltage is required for driving the adapter. Tektronix 
Oscilloscopes that accept the Type O Plug-In Unit have a Saw- 
tooth or Sweep-Out jack conveniently located on the front 
panel for supplying the required sawtooth voltage. 
Order Part Number 013-0086-00 $85 

Please refer to the catalog accessory pages for complete 
information on the above adapters. 

U.S. Sales Prices f.o.b. Beaverton, Oregon 
Please refer to Terms and Shipment, General Information page. 



167 



Type i TRANSDUCER & STRAIN GAGE UNIT 




Carrier Frequency — 25 kilocycles. 

Risetime — 60 /^seconds, (approximately). 

Frequency Response — DC to 6 kilocycles. 

Strain Sensitivity — Calibrated in ten steps from 10 
to 10,000 microstrain (microinches per inch) per 
major graticule division zh 2%. Uncalibmted, the 
sensitivity is variable between steps. The above 
condition applies to the Type Q Unit when used 
with a single strain gage having a gage factor of 
approximately 2. With four active arms and a gage 
factor of 2, the maximum sensitivity is 2.5 microstrain 
per division. 

Attenuator Accuracy — When set accurately in any 
one step, the accuracy in any other position is 
within two percent of the panel reading. 

Noise — The peak-to-peak noise is typically equiv- 
alent to 1.5 microstrain at maximum calibrated 
sensitivity. This approximates an rms noise of 0.5 
microstrain. 

Drift — The amplification system is essentially drift 
free. The overall system drift is primarily a func- 
tion of the transducer stability. 



The Type Q Plug-In Unit permits any Tektronix Type 
530, 540, 550, or 580* Series Oscilloscopes to be oper- 
ated with strain gages and other transducers. Designed 
to measure any mechanical quantity that can be con- 
verted to a change in resistance, capacitance, or induc- 
tance — through use of a suitable transducing device — 
this versatile unit provides high gain, low noise, and ex- 
tremely low drift. Suppressed-carrier amplitude modula- 
tion is produced by unbalancing an ac bridge with the 
strain gages or other transducers. Phase-sensitive de- 
modulation produces the proper deflected-trace direc- 
tion. 

Completely self-contained and requiring no external 
equipment other than the strain gages or transducers 
operated with it, the Tektronix Type Q Plug-In Unit 
bridges the gap between mechanical engineering and 
electronic instrumentation. Total range of applications 
is as broad as the mechanical field itself. Applications 
include stress analysis, vibration studies, and fatigue 
tests. Typical quantities that can be measured with the 
unit are force, displacement, acceleration, and strain. 




ie J 
TEKTRONIX, INC. 



MrtTtANO, OUSBOH, U.S.* 



CHARACTERISTICS 

Equivalent DC Sensitivity — The Type Q Unit is an 
impedance sensing preamplifier rather than a voltage 
sensing device. A comparable dc amplification system 
would require approximately 10 microvolts per division 
sensitivity for the same amount of power applied to the 
input bridge. 

Resistance Bridge Balance — Range of control al- 
lows sufficient compensation for most standard trans- 
ducers and strain gages. 

Gage Resistance Range — With cable lengths to 
100 feet, the useful range of gage resistance extends 
from approximately 50 ohms to 2000 ohms. For opti- 
mum performance, the recommended range is between 
120 ohms and 500 ohms. 

Transducer Cable — In most applications, either 3- 
wire or 4-wire shielded microphone cable gives the best 
results. 

Capacitance Bridge Balance — Range of control 
allows sufficient compensation for an unbalance of 
250 pf across any external resistive arm of the input 
bridge. 

Polarity Inversion — For convenience in reading the 
display, the two-position switch allows the demonstra- 
tion to appear normal or inverted. 



o 



* A Type 81 Adapter is required. 



168 





Dynamic plot of 
the depletion- 
layer capacit- 
ance of a back- 
biased diode. 



C 

A 

P 

A 

C 

/ 

7 

A 

N 

C 

£ 



■!«■«■■■ 
■MH«M 

mm^mmmmmmm 

mmmmmwEsam 

wammmwrnamm 

1HI ISBi ii 



Pressing force 
can be accurate- 
ly controlled by 
using the Type 
Q Unit. 




VOLTAGE 



TIME 





Calibration — A push-button switch connects a cali- 
brator resistor across the strain gage electrically to 
simulate an external mechanical strain. The calibration 
resistor supplied with the Type Q Unit simulates a — 400 
^strain unbalance of the bridge, suitable for most 
strain gage applications. As with the 120-ohm internal 
bridge resistor, the 150-k calibration resistor is mounted 
on a handy plug-in receptacle. 

To aid in calibration, a nomograph is included in the 
instruction manual. This nomograph relates calibration 
of the supplied resistor to gage factors and strain gage 
resistances. 

No special gage dial is necessary for the unit. 

To include the gage factor in the calibration, merely 
increase or decrease the amplifier gain proportionally. 

Phase Adjustment — To increase versatility of the 
unit, the control permits either resistive or reactive 
transducer applications to be displayed. 

Capacitance Measurement — The Type Q Unit can 
be calibrated for direct reading in capacitance from 
1 pf per division to a maximum value of 1000 pf with- 
out using a correction curve. Using a correction curve, 
the range can be extended to 10,000 pf per division. 
These specifications apply when using the internal 120- 
ohm bridge circuit. With a 1000-ohm external circuit, 
the lower limit can be extended to 0.2 pf per division. 

Please note that the standard capacitor and test jig 
are not supplied with the unit. 

Capacitance Transducers — Using a capacitance 
transducer in conjunction with a four-arm resistive bridge 
results in the following maximum useful sensitivities: 

120-ohm bridge (available internally) ... 1 pf/div 

1000-ohm bridge 0.2 pf/div 

Useful sensitivities are slightly lower when using 
long cables. 



Inductive Transducers — Inductive transducers must 
have characteristics compatible with the 25-kc carrier 
frequency to function properly. Linear-variable-dif- 
ferential transformers designed for nominal carrier 
frequencies of 2 kc and higher usually operate satis- 
factorily without additional circuitry. 

External Bridge — The number of external resistive 
arms required for strain gage and transducer applica- 
tions varies from one to four. The versatile Type Q 
Unit can be used for any of these applications. The 
input circuit for the Type Q Unit is an ac bridge. The 
number of external arms required for strain gage and 
transducer applications varies from one to four. These 
external transducers become one or more of the input 
bridge arms. Excitation voltage for the bridge is ob- 
tained from a 25-kc oscillator in the Q unit. Total 
bridge voltage is approximately 5 v rms, regulated. 

A five-position switch allows selection of the number 
of external arms from zero to four. The zero position 
of the switch permits a quick check of the instrument 
under normal operation without an external transducer. 
In addition, the zero position completes the resistive 
bridge for capacitive transducer applications. 

The one-arm position of the switch is used for the 
simplest type of strain gage application. In this posi- 
tion, an internal bridge resistor is needed to match the 
value of the single external bridge arm. Standard 
value of this resistor supplied with the Type Q Unit is 
120 ohms. The two-arm and four-arm positions of the 
switch are used for transducer applications necessitat- 
ing temperature stability. 

Weight: Net — 5V4 pounds 

Shipping — 8 pounds, approx. 

TYPE Q PLUG-IN UNIT $325 

Each instrument includes: 1 — 120-12 internal bridge resistor as- 
sembly (013-0025-00), 1 — 150-k calibration resistor assembly (013- 
0026-00), 1— 4-wire 15' shielded connecting cable (012-0040-00), 
2— instruction manuals (070-0199-00). 

U. S. Sales Price f.o.b. Beaverton, Oregon 
Please refer to Terms and Shipment, General Information page. 



169 



Type 



TRANSISTOR-RISETIME UNIT 



Collector Supply 

1 to 15 v continuously variable, positive or negative. 
Current Capability — 400 ma. 

Mercury-Switch Pulse Generator 

Risetime — less than 5 nsec. 

Amplitude — 0.02 to 10 v across 50 ohms, positive or 
negative. 

Bias Supply 

— 0.5 v to + 0.5 v and — 5 v to + 5v, continuously 
variable. 

Current Capability — rtlOOma. 

Calibrated Vertical Deflection 

0.5, 1, 2, 5, 10, 20, 50, and 100 ma/cm collector 
current. 




The Type R Transistor Risetime Unit can be used in all 
Tektronix Type 530, 540, 550 and 580* Series Oscillo- 
scopes when operated on 50 to 60 cycle line frequency. 
It supplies a fast-rising pulse and the required supply 
and bias voltages for measurement of transistor rise, 
fall, delay, and storage times. 

Risetime of the pulse supplied by the Type R is less 
than 5 nanoseconds, therefore measurement limita- 
tions will depend mainly on the risetime of the oscillo- 
scope used. Overall risetimes with the oscilloscopes are 
as follows: 

Type 551 — 14 nsec 

Types 541 A, 543A, 543B, 544, 545A, 545B, 546, 
547, 555, 581 A,* 585A* — 1 2 nsec. 

Types 531 A, 533A, 535A — 23 nsec 

Type 536 — 35 nsec (Type 536 has an additional lim- 
itation in the lack of signal delay in the main vertical 
amplifier) . 



* A Type 81 Adapter is required for use with 580 Series. 



CHARACTERISTICS 

Collector Supply — Positive and negative voltage, 1 v 
to 15 v continuously adjustable is available from a tran- 
sistor-regulated supply. Vertical display is calibrated in 
ma/cm of collector current, 0.5, 1, 2, 5, 10, 20, 50, and 
100 ma/cm, accuracy within 3%. Connectors are pro- 
vided for inserting an external resistor in series with the 
collector. 

Pulse Generator — A transistor-regulated 10 v dc 
power supply is chopped by a mercury switch, providing 
a 120-c/sec test pulse with a risetime of less than 0.005 
/xsec. The pulse is applied to the transistor under test 
through a - attenuator with an output impedance of 
50 ohms. Sixteen amplitude steps are provided: +0.05, 
+ 0.1, +0.2, +0.5, +1, +2, +5, + lOv and —0.05, 
— 0.1, —0.2, —0.5, —1, —2, —5, — lOv. A vernier 
(uncalibrated) control fills in between steps. 

Bias Supply — Bias voltage is available for base or 
emitter in two ranges, — 0.5 v through zero to +0.5v 
and — 5 v through zero to + 5 v. Bias supply is tran- 
sistor regulated. 

Base Series Resistors — The base driving resistance 
can be selected from nine values — 50, 100, 200, 500 
ohms, 1, 2, 5, 10, and 20 kilohms, accuracy within 3%. 




170 



R 



c 



Drive voltage: 
10 v through 
20 kilohms. 

Drive voltage: 
2 v through 
1 kilohm. 

Drive voltage: 
0.5 v through 
50 ohms. 

Class A drive-. 
0.05 v through 
50 ohms. 

Class A drive: 
0.1 v through 
1 kilohm. 




IHri«»M» iiiii 
Uliu - mz 



I 

I ■■■■■■■■■■■ [iiiiiliiiil 
■■■■!!■■■■! ■■■■■«■■■■■ 
i 




SOilisJi 
I!!§h| I 



mmmmtt*^**** 



DELAY TIME) 



The Type R Unit can trigger the Oscilloscope 
sweep either on the start of the test pulse only, 
or on both the start and finish to display delay, 
rise, storage, and fall times simultaneously. 



I 




High-frequency characteristics of a transistor under five different conditions of 
drive. In each pair, the photograph at left shows delay time and rise time, 
the start of the driving pulse coinciding with the 2-cm graticule line. The 
second photograph of each pair shows storage time and fall time, the end 
of the pulse coinciding with the 2-cm line. The Type R Unit plugged into a 
Tektronix Type 543A Oscilloscope — 3.5-v collector supply, 500-ohm collector 
load, 2-ma/div vertical calibration, 0.5-/xsec/div sweep rate. Driving condi- 
tions at left of each pair. 



TRANSISTOR MOUNTING BOARDS 



Convenient for checking large quantities of different 

types of transistors. Collector-load, voltage dividing, 

and base or emitter-driving resistors are not supplied 
with the boards. 



Reference Displays — Zero time reference can be 
displayed by means of a pushbutton. Another push- 
button permits observation of the voltage on the tran- 
sistor collector or base, through use of external connec- 
tions. Amplifier sensitivity for these displays is 0.1 v/cm. 

Triggering — A positive constant-amplitude trigger 
for the oscilloscope sweep is furnished through a short 
coaxial cable permanently attached to the Type R Unit. 

Weight: Net — 7Va pounds 

Shipping — 9 pounds, approx. 

TYPE R PLUG-IN UNIT $325 

Each instrument includes: 1 — grounded emitter small transistor 
socket (386-0852-00), 1 — grounded base small transistor socket 
(386-0853-00), 10— adapter springs (344-0023-00), 2— instruction 
manuals (070-0286-00). 

U. S. Sales Price f.o.b. Beaverton, Oregon 
Please refer to Terms and Shipment, General Information page. 



NDED EMITTER 
386-854 



~~~ "" a ; ^.-, gm. 




Part No. 


Type 


Socket Type 


Price 


386-0852-00 


Gnd. Emitter 


4-pin 


$5.00 


386-0853-00 


Gnd. Base 


4-pin 


5.00 


386-0854-00 


Gnd. Emitter 


For power transistors 

such as 2N301 or 

2N307 


6.00 


386-0855-00 


Gnd. Base 


Same as above 


6.00 


386-0856-00 


Gnd. Emitter 


Funnel type for 
long leads 


6.00 


386-0857-00 


Gnd. Base 


Same as above 


6.00 



I 



c 



171 



Type DIODE RECOVERY UNIT 



Diode Measurement Applications 

Recovery characteristics are displayed by applying 
calibrated forward-current through the diode, then 
abruptly turning off this current and establishing 
a calibrated, constant, reverse current. 

Recovery-Time Measurement 

Accurate — to 30 nsec. 
Comparative — to 15 nsec. 

Predicted — limited only by the forward-reverse cur 
rent ratio. 

Calibrated Forward Currents 

1, 2, 5, 10, and 20 mMMamps. 

Calibrated Reverse Currents 

0, 0.1, 0.2, 0.5, 1, and 2 milliamps. 

Diode Shunt Capacitance 

9 picofarads at 0.5 v/cm. 

Amplifier Sensitivity 

0.05 v/cm and 0,5 v/cm, calibrated. 




The Type $ Unit enables you to display semicon- 
ductor-diode switching characteristics on your Tektronix 
Plug-In Oscilloscope. With Tektronix Type 540, 550, 
and 580-Series* Oscilloscopes you can find: 

Carrier Recombination — Effective lifetimes to 2 nano- 
seconds. 

Stored Charge — To 10 picocoulombs. 

Capacitance — Junction capacitance to 2 picofarads. 

Resistance — Bare (bulk) resistance to about V* ohm. 

The Type S Unit describes the diode in terms of its 
parameters, while most other currently employed 
methods describe the diode in terms of its performance 
in a particular circuit — not necessarily the one in which 
it will be used. With the Type S method you can pre- 
dict the behavior of many diodes in many circuits, as 
well as compare diodes for performance in a parti- 
cular circuit. 

Since the Type S method is a means for plotting volt- 
age across an element while passing constant current 
through that element, it can also be used to observe the 

* A Type 81 Adapter is required. 



junction characteristics of transistors and to measure the 
resistance, capacitance, and inductance of other cir- 
cuit components. 

Note: Risetime of the Type S Unit depends on the 
capabilities of the oscilloscope with which it is used, 
therefore the ability to analyze fast diodes with Tek- 
tronix Type 530-Series Oscilloscopes will be affected 
by the lower risetimes of these instruments. 

Switching Transient — A large switching transient 
occurs in the voltage waveform appearing across a 
semiconductor diode when the diode is abruptly switch- 
ed from non-conduction to forward conduction. This 
transient indicates an initial high impedance across the 
diode as well as the steady-state low impedance well 
after turn on. A further deviation in the device action 
(from that of an ideal diode) occurs when the diode 
is switched from forward conduction to a reverse-bias 
condition. Instead of an immediate high impedance 
across the diode, a momentary low impedance condi- 
tion exists. These switching characteristics are read- 
ily apparent with the Type S Plug-In Unit installed in 
a Tektronix fast-rise oscilloscope, and the contributing 
factors can be separated and analyzed. 



c 



172 



s 





Base (or Bulk) Resistance — The curves in Figures 
3 & 4 show a sudden decrease in diode terminal volt- 
age when forward current is switched off. This de- 
crease occurs with disappearance of the voltage drop 
across the diode due to ohmic base resistance. The 
value of this base resistance can be determined, since 
the voltage drop across it for a given forward current 
can be measured. As shown in Figures 3 &4, this base 
resistance decreases as forward current increases. 

Stored Charge at the Junction — After the initial 
terminal-voltage drop, the voltage remaining is due 
to minority carriers stored in the junction. These stored 
carriers must be removed before the diode can assume 
its steady-state reverse characteristics. When this stored 
charge is cleared, the reverse diode voltage increases 
rapidly, as long as reverse current flows, at a rate de- 
termined only by the reverse current and the capaci- 
tance at the terminals. 

Recombination of Current Carriers — As shown in 
Figures 1 & 2, the time required to clear the stored 
charge at reverse current of 2 ma is half the time it 
takes at 1 ma. Simply multiplying reverse current by 
the time it flows before removal of the charge yields 
the amount of stored charge. However, as reverse cur- 
rent decreases, the time required to remove the charge 
does not increase proportionally. Some other agent — 
namely, recombination of current carriers — removes 
part of the charge. 

CHARACTERISTICS 

Fast-Rise Mercury Switch — Inherent risetime of the 
mercury switch in the unit is 3 nsec. The switch- 
ing transient is applied to a fast vacuum tube 
circuit which shapes the waveform for use as the actual 
switching signal. Repetition rate is approximately 300 
pps for turn-on measurements and approximately 600 
pps for recovery measurements. 

External Triggering Signals — The Type S Unit 
supplies an external triggering signal to the associated 
oscilloscope through its attached coaxial cable. This 
signal remains constant in polarity and amplitude at 
+ 4v for all conditions. 

Vertical Deflection Factors — Two calibrated SEN- 
SITIVITY switch positions are provided on the unit: 0.5 
v/cm and 0.05 v/cm. In the 0.5 v/cm position, the 
total diode shunt capacitance is approximately 9 pf. 
In the 0.05 v/cm position, the total diode shunt capaci- 
tance is approximately 1 6 pf. In addition, a ZERO 
REFERENCE position is provided to establish a true zero 
voltage reference trace. 



Eleven Calibrated Currents — Two switches, FOR- 
WARD CURRENT and DIODE MODE, provide eleven 
calibrated currents: the forward currents range from 1 
to 20 milliamps, and the reverse currents range from 
zero to 2 milliamps, accuracy within 3%. 

Weight: Net — 4 y 4 pounds 

Shipping — 6 pounds approx. 

TYPE S PLUG-IN UNIT $260 

Each instrument includes: 2 — instruction manuals (070-0223-00). 

U. S. Sales Price f.o.b. Beaverton, Oregon 
Please refer to Terms and Shipment, General Information page. 






■■■■IBlMliaVI 


£ 




> 


niiiiiiiriii 


b 





cm 2 /isec . cm 

Fig. 1 — Diode A Fig. 2 — Diode B 

I forword — 10 ma. I reverse — 2, ). 0.5. 0.2, 0.1, ma. 

Observation of the recover)' curves of figures I & 2 shows both reverse current 
and fecombincifion accounting for removal of the stored charge It is thus 
possib/e to determine not only the stored charge lor any of the live forward 
currents available, but a/so the rate of recombination With this information. 
if is possible to predict diode action to last transients in any circuit 



IMMfMWM 
w^S^^nM ^W^P W^. W ^^hn^ j^T^r^% i^r^VJ ^^^n ^^^V» InT^HI P^^^l 



0.02 usee cm 0.5 /.sec cm 

Fig. 3 — Diode A Fig. 4 — Diode B 

I forward — I 2,5, 10. 20 mo. I reverse — 2 mo. 

Observation of the recovery curves of Figures 3 4 4 shows that the amount 
of stored charge is proportional to forward current while the recovery time is 
so short that negligible recombination occurs Under this condition, after the 
stored charge is cleared the reverse bios increase is limited only by the diode 
capacitance land the shunt capacitance of the instrument) This rate of increase 
is easily measured at a particular reverse voltage, and thus, the diode capaci 
'once at that voltage can also be determined 






n 



ww> 



Mil 



i£" 



0.02 /uec cm 0.02 /jsec cm 

Fig. 5 — Diode A Fig. 6 — Diode C 

Turn-on — magnified. I forward -- I, 2, 5, 10, 20 ma. 
Observation of the turn on characteristics of Figures 5 & 6 shows that the 
voltage drop across a diode suddenly switched on is not always initially as low 
as the steady-state drop It is important to remember that the leading edge of 
any fast transient passed by a diode moy be modified by this phenomenon. 

NOTE: The above waveform photos are multiple exposures. 




173 



Type TIME-BASE GENERATOR UNIT 




Wide Sweep Range 

Twenty-two calibrated sweep rates from 0.2 /xsec/di 
to 2 sec/div. 



5X magnifier, accurate on all ranges. 



Versatile Triggering 

Line, external, ac or dc-coupled, automatic triggering, 
high-frequency sync. 




The Type T Time-Base Generator Plug-In Unit is in- 
tended to provide sawtooth sweep voltages to drive the 
horizontal-deflection system and the unblanking gate 
for the crt in the Type 536 Cathode-Ray Oscilloscope. 
This plug-in unit can also be used in the vertical-deflec- 
tion system of any of the Tektronix Type 530, 540, 550 
and 580* Series Oscilloscopes. The Type T unit provides 
the Type 536 with a wide range of sweep rates for use 
in the usual oscilloscope applications. Trigger shaping 
and dc-coupled unblanking circuits are included in the 
Type T Unit. 




HORIZONTAL-DEFLECTION SYSTEM 

Calibrated Sweep Rates — The Type T Unit has 
22 calibrated sweep rates: 0.2, 0.5, 1, 2, 5, 10, 20, 
50 /Asec/div— 0.1, 0.2, 0.5, 1, 2, 5, 10, 20, 50 milli- 
sec/div — 0.1, 0.2, 0.5, 1, and 2 sec/div. A single 22- 
position switch is used. In addition, a vernier (uncali- 
brated) control provides continuously variable sweep 
rates from 0.2 /usec/div to 6 sec/div. Calibration ac- 
curacy of the fixed sweep rates will be within 3%. 

Output Waveforms — A 20-v (approx.) positive- 
gate waveform of the same time duration as the sweep, 
and a 1 50-v (approx.) positive-going sawtooth wave- 
form are available at front-panel connectors. 

Sweep Magnifier — When the 5X magnifier is 
switched in, the center two-division portion of the nor- 
mal sweep is expanded to the left and right of center 
to fill ten divisions. The POSITION control has sufficient 
range to display any one-fifth of the magnified sweep. 
Magnifier increases the maximum calibrated sweep rate 
to 0.04 /xsec/div. Accuracy is within 5% of the dis- 
played portion of the magnified sweep. 

Triggering Facilities — Versatile triggering circuitry 
provides for complete manual control, preset stability 
control, and fully automatic triggering. 

* A Type 81 Adapter is required. 



DC-Coupled Unblanking — This assures uniform bias 
for all sweep speeds and repetition rates when used in 
horizontal channel of a Type 536 Oscilloscope. 

Preset Stability — The stability control can be set at 
a predetermined optimum triggering point. 

Amplitude-Level Selection — Adjustable amplitude- 
level and stability controls provide triggering the sweep 
at a selected amplitude on the triggering waveform, 
either on the rising or falling slope of the waveform. 
Trigger source can be external or line frequency. 

Automatic Triggering — In this mode of operation, 
no trigger control adjustment is necessary for most 
applications. Range of operation is between 60 cps 
and 2 Mc, approximately. In the absence of a signal 
a reference trace is displayed at approximately a 50- 
cps rate. 

High-Frequency Sync — Assures a steady display of 
sine-wave signals up to approximately 15 megacycles. 
Requires an external signal of about 2 v. 

Trigger Requirements — A signal of 0.2 v to 10 v is 
required. 

Weight: Net 4% pounds 

Shipping — 7 pounds, approx. 

TYPE T PLUG-IN UNIT . $240 

Each instrument includes: 2 — instruction manuals (070-0337-00). 

U.S. Sales Price f.o.b. Beaverton, Oregon 
Please refer to Terms and Shipment, General Information page. 



o 



^ 



174 




HIGH-GAIN DIFFERENTIAL COMPARATOR Type 




CALIBRATED DIFFERENTIAL COMPARATOR 



DIFFERENTIAL-INPUT PREAMPLIFIER 



CONVENTIONAL PREAMPLIFIER 



20,000:1 COMMON-MODE REJECTION 



EFFECTIVE SCREEN HEIGHT OF 11,000 CM 





The Type W High-Gain Differential Comparator adds to 
the measurement capabilities of all Tektronix Oscilloscopes 
using Letter-Series and 1 -Series Plug-In Units. Used as a DIF- 
FERENTIAL-INPUT PREAMPLIFIER, the Type W will display a 
differential signal of 1 mv on a common-mode voltage up to 
15 volts peak-to-peak in amplitude, amplifying it for crt dis- 
play. A front-panel attenuator permits the acceptance of com- 
mon-mode voltages up to 500 v. 

As a CALIBRATED DIFFERENTIAL COMPARATOR, a highly 
accurate and stable comparison voltage is added differentially 
to an unknown input signal to precisely measure its amplitude. 
In this mode of operation, using the slide-back technique, the 
Type W Unit has an effective screen height of ±1 1,000 cm. 
This assumes a ±11 -v dynamic signal at the maximum sensi- 
tivity of 1 mv/cm, which allows a resolution of 100 /xv per mm. 

The versatility of the Type W Unit is further enhanced by 
its CONVENTIONAL PREAMPLIFIER capability. As such, it 
features high input-sensitivity coupled with frequency response 
to 23 Mc. 

INPUT ATTENUATION is accomplished on both inputs simul- 
taneously. INPUTS are direct or ac-coupled. LOW-FREQUENCY 
RESPONSE, in ac mode, is down no more than 3 db at 2 cps. 



CONVENTIONAL PREAMPLIFIER 

OVERALL SENSITIVITY 

1 mv/cm to 50 v/cm, depending on gain and attenuator 

setting. 

AMPLIFIER SENSITIVITY 

6 calibrated steps from 1 mv/cm to 50 mv/cm. A continuous- 
ly variable control provides uncalibrated sensitivities be- 
tween steps, and extends the input sensitivity range to 125 
mv/cm. 



r 



~* — «^™™,., 



W"**MM3MpMfi([B 



TYPE W PLUG-IN UNIT comparison t voltage (vt 

HIHH.OtlK SIFFKIFMlM COMMUtot 

Vc RANGE 




+1! 



M 



V e OUTPUT 

# 








VARSAeU 

MILLIVOLTS/CM 
io s 

20 






DlFF 



/ 






ni 8 


DC 


\loo|E 




A^flfl 




fcK gnd\>06©^^ 


Vc-{ 


MF"* 




m? ^-/ 






:;? 


Or' 





If 




TEKTRONIX, INC. 


- '"tapftji 



* <§ ^ 

POSITION 



DC 
SAl 



PORTLAND, OREGON, U.S.A. 




BANDWIDTH 



OSCILLOSCOPE 
TYPE 


SENSITIVITY 


BANDWIDTH 


RISETIME 


531 A ; 535A 


1 mv 
50 mv 


7Mc 
13.5Mc 


50 nsec 
26 nsec 


536 


1 mv 
50 mv 


6.5 Mc 
10.5Mc 


54 nsec 
34 nsec 


541 A ; 543B; 
544; 545B; 

546; 547; 555; 

581 A ; 585A 


1 mv 
50 mv 


8Mc 
23 Mc 


44 nsec 
15 nsec 


551 


50 mv 
1 mv 


20.5 Mc 
8Mc 


17 nsec 
44 nsec 



ATTENUATORS 

4 decade steps covering range of 1 to 1,000. XI position 
accurate within ±0.05%; XI 00 within ±0.15%; XI 000 within 

±3%. 

INPUTS 

DC or ac-coupled. Low-frequency response in ac mode is 
down no more than 3 db at 2 cps. INPUT RESISTANCE is 1 
megohm paralleled by 20 pf (except in additional XI attenua- 
tion position (R £5 oo) where R > 10,000 megohm). Input 
resistance of XI and XI attenuators are matched within 
±0.1%. 



Frnmwunn 



175 



w 



DIFFERENTIAL-INPUT PREAMPLIFIER 

COMMON-MODE REJECTION 

At least 20,000:1 at dc, and at 20 kc with 30-v peak to peak, 
dc-coupled. AC COMMON-MODE REJECTION: at least 
1,000:1 at 60 cps, with 30-v peak to peak, ac-coupled. 

MAXIMUM PEAK INPUT 

±15 volts, increasing to ±150 volts with XI attenuation 
and +500 volts with X100 or X1000 attenuation. 



CALIBRATED DIFFERENTIAL COMPARATOR 



COMPARISON VOLTAGE 

to ±1.1 v, or to ±11 v. Accuracy: 
dicated value plus 0.05% of V c range). 



:(0.15% of in- 



V c SUPPLY RESOLUTION 

to ±1.1 v range: 100 /iv per minor dial div; to ±11 v 
range: 1 mv per minor dial div. 

MAXIMUM PEAK INPUT 
Same as for Differential-Input. 

OVERDRIVE RECOVERY 

Occurs within 300 nsec after a signal has been driven from 
the screen. Returns to within 10 mv of the reference signal 
(referred to the comparison voltage). Certain overdrive sig- 
nals can cause an additional slow (thermal) shift of up to 5 
mv in the reference level. 

Type W PLUG-IN UNIT $575 

Each instrument includes: 2 — instruction manual (070-0432-00). 

U.S. Soles Price f.o.b. Beaverton, Oregon 
Please refer to Terms ond Shipment, General Information page. 



o 



H/GH-RESOJ.UT/ON VOLTAGE MEASUREMENT 
using the slide-back technique 

A 150-volt sawtooth waveform is applied and clipped with 
a zener diode, shown in Figure 1. The knee of the curve h 
shown expanded vertically and horizontally in Figures 2 and 3. 
This resolution is made possible in the Type W Unit by using 
the slide-back technique. Figure 3 clearly shows zener noise. 
7 OX more "vertical magnification" , to 1 mvjcm, could be used, 
if desired. 



■ 


> 







_™. 


— 


B- 


— 


— 


^. 






■Ml 




i i ..; ; 






■ 


f) M 


















/ 

























- 



















Figure 1 — 50v/cm, 5 msec/cm. 




Figure 2 — 50mv/cm, 0.2 msec/cm. 



Figure 3 — (Single sweep), 10 mvjcm, 100 /xsec/cm. 




176 




DIFFERENTIAL COMPARATOR UNIT Type 




The Type Z Plug-In Unit is designed to extend the 
accuracy of oscilloscope voltage measurements. Highly 
adaptable, the unit can be used in three modes of 
operation: (1) as a conventional preamplifier, (2) 
as a differential-input preamplifier, or (3) as a cali- 
brated differential comparator. Sensitivity is 50 mv/cm. 
Dynamic range is ±100 volts. The effective scale 
length is ±2000 cm — hence, the resolution is a maxi- 
mum of 0.005%. The high accuracy of the dc compar- 
ison voltage assures precise voltage measurements. 

With the Type Z in a Tektronix plug-in oscilloscope, 
calibrated ±dc comparison voltages can be added 
differentially to the input waveform via the slide-back 
technique. The comparator can follow an input wave- 
form having an instantaneous rate of rise to 1 volt in 
7 nsec, and an instantaneous rate of fal! to 1 volt in 
5 nsec. A 100-volt waveform can be displayed incre- 
mentally with high resolution {of 0.05 v/cm) . 

The dynamic range of the unit permits common-mode 
signals up to 100 volts to be applied to the amplifier 
without attenuation. The common-mode rejection ratio 
of 40,000 to 1 at dc or low frequencies allows meas- 
urement of differential signals less than 50 millivolts. 
Larger signals can be attenuated if they do not exceed 
the dynamic range of the unit. 

MEASUREMENT APPLICATIONS 

AC and DC VTVM — 

Measures audio-frequency signals with the same ac- 
curacy as dc signals. 

DC-Coupling— 

Eliminate "floating oscilloscope" operation. 

Observe small ac signals in the presence of large 
dc components — for example, low-frequency sig- 
nals on plate amplifiers or power-supply fluctua- 
tions to cps. 

Measure both dc and signal levels. 

Semiconductor Characteristics- 
Measure Zener diode ac admittances and Zener volt- 
age together. 

Measure transistor output impedance h oe or h b. 

High Amplitude Hum Rejection — 

Reject up to 200 volts peak-to-peak common-mode 
hum. 




Pulse-Height Analysis — 

Reject any pulse below a preset dc level. 

Fast-Recovery Amplifier — 

Monitor wide dynamic range signals. 

Observe small signals present, during, or following a 

large pulse — for example, ultrasonic delay line 

testing or amplifier overload testing. 

Modulation Monitor — 

Measure residual amplitude modulation on a carrier, 
hum noise, etc., or incidental amplitude modula- 
tion on an FM or PM signal. 

Component Matching — 

Use differentially as a null detector in bridge setups, 
with high resolution of the null. 

Time-Base or Staircase Comparisons — 

Compare incremental linearity of ramps and stair- 
cases with high precision. 



c 



WAVEFORM DETAILS OF A 100 V STAIRCASE 

The Type Z rejects up to 100 v of an input signal and 
accepts lOOv waveforms for display at 50 mv/cm 
sensitivity. It provides an equivalent vertical scale 
length of ±2000 centimeters. 



IBMKMI 
!«RU»! 



mi 

IHIfll 



■■I 









z 



AS A CONVENTIONAL PREAMPLIFIER 

Sensitivity — 

0.05 volts/cm to 25 volts/cm in 9 calibrated steps. 

Attenuation — 

Constant input impedance turret attenuators. 

9 turret positions provide attenuation of XI, X2, X5, 

XI 0, X20, X50, XI 00, X200, and X500. 
Frequency-compensating adjustment provided on the 

front panel. 

Variable Gain — 

The 2.5 to 1 ratio control extends sensitivity to over 
60 volts/cm. 

Frequency Response and Risetime — 

Frequency specifications are at 3-db down 
(for signals that do not overscan the screen ) 
With Types 531 A, 533A, 535A — dc to 1 Mc, 

35 nsec. 
With Types 541 A, 543 A, 543B, 544, 545A, 545B, 
546, 547, 555, 581A*, 585A*— dc to 1 3 Mc, 
27 nsec. 

Input Impedance — 

1 megohm paralleled by approximately 24 pf. 

Signal Disconnect Control — 

Pushbutton switch allows momentary removal of the 
signal to establish a zero level. 

AS A DIFFERENTIAL INPUT PREAMPLIFIER 

[at full sensitivity — 50 mv/cm) 

Common-mode Signal Level — 

±100 volts. 

Common-mode Rejection — 

Ratio is 40,000 to 1 at 0.05 volt per centimeter with 
a 1-kc sine wave, lower at other sensitivities and 
higher frequencies. 

200 volts peak-to-peak or ±100 volts common-mode 
signal produces a maximum of 1 mm of vertical 
deflection, equal to 5 mv of differential input sig- 
nal. 

Rate of Change — 

The input signals must not exceed + 1 V °' T ' n 7 nsec 
(to avoid grid current), or — 1 volt in 5 nsec. 

AS A CALIBRATED DIFFERENTIAL COMPARATOR 

Comparison Voltages — 

Three voltage ranges are provided: from zero to 
±1 volt, from zero to ±10 volts, and from zero 
to ±100 volts. 

Internal Regulator — 

Maintains voltage essentially independent of the 
actual power-supply voltages furnished by the 
oscilloscope or the Type 127 or 132 Preamplifier 
Power Supply. 

* A Type 81 Adapter Is required. 



Comparison Voltage Accuracy — 

Within 0.5 % on the ± 1 -volt scale. 
Within 0.2% on the ±1 0-volt scale. 
Within 0.15% on the ±100-volt scale. 

DC Drift — 

Maximum of ±0.1% in 100-hour drift test of com- 
parison voltages. 

Precision Potentiometer — 

Zero-based linearity of ±0.05%. 

Resolution — 

1.0 mm (5mv) resolution equals 0.005% for 100 v 
signals. 

Transient Response — 

Rate of rise: The input cathode follower can handle 
a signal with a rate of rise of less than + 1 volt 
in 7 nanoseconds without the flow of grid current. 
Grid-current flow will generally distort the wave- 
form. 

Rate of fall: The amplifier will be cut off whenever 
the rate of fall of the input signal exceeds — 1 
volt in 5 nanoseconds. The amplifier will then 
"run down" linearily at this rate until it "catches 
up" with the input signal, and then will resume 
conduction. 

Large fast signals can be attenuated to reduce the 
switching rate. 

Attenuator Accuracy — 

Input attenuators are the constant-input-impedance, 
frequency-compensated type. 

Resistor tolerance is nominally 1 %. 

Attenuation accuracy is within 2%. 

Weight: Net — 5% pounds. 

Shipping, 10 pounds, approx. 

TYPE Z PLUG-IN UNIT $525 

Each instrument includes: 2 — instruction manuals (070-0251-00). 

Variable Attenuation Probe 

The Type P6023 1 OX Probe compensates for normal 
attenuator differences between two channels allowing 
increased input-signal-level swing with minimum loss of 
slideback accuracy and (used in pairs) optimum com- 
mon mode rejection at Type Z Unit attenuator settings 
other than 0.05 v/cm. An adjustable potentiometer 
compensatets the 10:1 attenuation ratio, and two ad- 
justable capacitors compensate for input capacities 
between 20 pf and 47 pf. 

Order Part Number 010-0167-00 $40 

Please refer to Catalog Accessory Section for additional 

information. 

U. S. Sales Prices f.o.b. Beaverton, Oregon 
Please refer to Terms and Shipment, General Information page. 







• 



178 






WIDE-BAND DUAL-TRACE DC UNITS Type 




Here are two new wide-band dual-trace plug-in units for 
Tektronix Type 530, 540 and 550-Series Oscilloscopes*. 
Both Types 7 A 7 and 1 A2 provide optimum passband capa- 
bilities in the Type 544, 546, and 547 Oscilloscopes, and 
also extend the measurement capabilities of all other Tek- 
tronix Oscilloscopes that accept Letter-Series Plug-in Units. 
The Type 7 A 7 offers these outstanding additional features: 
5 my/cm sensitivity (dc coupled), and front-panel signal 
output. This Channel 7 Output, when cascaded into Chan- 
nel 2, provides ~ SOOjiv/cm sensitivity (ac coupled). 



TYPICAL FREQUENCY RESPONSE 



+2dh 





10 20 30 

Frequency in Megacycles 



K Type 580-Series Oscilloscopes require a Type 81 Adapter. 



COMMON CHARACTERISTICS 

TWO SIGNALS can be added algebraically, displayed sing- 
ly, or together, using either chopped or alternate-trace modes. 
To extend the usefulness of chopped mode at faster sweep rates, 
chopping in the Type 1A1 occurs at an approx. 1-Mc rate to 
show successive 500-nsec segments of each trace. In the Type 
1 A2, electronic switching occurs at an approx. 220-kc rate to 
show successive 2-jj.sec segments of each trace. Chopped tran- 
sient blanking is provided in all Type 530, 540, and 550-Series 
Oscilloscopes except Types 536 and 551. When either plug-in 
unit Is used with the Type 547 or RM547, the alternate switching 
circuit in the plug-in can be slaved to the Display Switching 
circuit in the oscilloscope, thus locking Channel 1 to Time Base 
A and Channel 2 to Time Base B. For many applications, this 
provides equivalent dual-beam operation without the additional 
complexity and cost of a dual-beam oscilloscope. 

POLARITY INVERSION can be used to closely compare sig- 
nals 180° out of phase. 

AC or DC COUPLING or grounding of the input is con- 
veniently controlled at the front panel. With ac coupling the 
low-frequency 3-db point is 2 cps direct, 0.2 cps with a 1 OX 
Probe. 

INPUT RC is 1 megohm paralleled by approximately 15pf. 
P6008 10X Passive Probes (included with the Type 544, 546 and 
547 Oscilloscopes) increase the input resistance to 10 megohms 
and decrease the input capacitance to approximately 7.5 pf. 

MAXIMUM INPUT VOLTAGE is 600 volts (dc plus peak ac). 

TYPE 1A1 

SENSITIVITY from 5mv/cm to 20 v/cm is in 12 calibrated 
steps with 1-2-5 sequence, accuracy within 3%. An uncalibrated 
control permits continuous adjustment between steps and to 
approximately 50 v/cm. 



179 



1A1 
1A2 



CHANNEL I SIGNAL OUTPUT is available at the front panel 
with up to 1 0X amplification. Output is at a source impedance of 
c^ 50 O. The Channel 1 output may be ac coupled into Channel 
2, providing approximately 500 /xv/cm sensitivity at passbands 
indicated in the chart. A suitable noise or frequency filter can 
be inserted between channels, if desired. Passband of the 
Channel 1 output alone is dc to 35 Mc. 

CHANNEL 1 TRIGGER OUTPUT is available at the front 
panel and also at the rear plug-in connector*. Triggering di- 
rectly from Channel 1 conveniently permits viewing the true 
time relationship between 2 signals when using either alternate 
or chopped mode. 

NET WEIGHT is 5V 2 pounds. Shipping weight is approxi- 
mately 10 pounds. 
TYPE 1A1 DUAL-TRACE PLUG-IN UNIT $600 

Each instrument includes: 1 — 50-J2 male BNC to male BNC cable 
(012-0076-00), 2— instruction manuals (070-0378-00). 

TYPE 1A2 

SENSITIVITY from 50 mv/cm to 20v/cm is in 9 calibrated 
steps with 1-2-5 sequence, accuracy within 3%, An uncalibrated 
control permits continuous adjustment between steps and to 
approximately 50v/cm. 

TRIGGER OUTPUT is available at the front panel and also 
at the rear plug-in connector*. The output can be taken from 
either Channel 1 or Channel 2. Triggering directly from one 
of the channels conveniently permits viewing the true time re- 
lationship between two signals when using either alternate or 
chopped mode. 



Output 

volts 
pk-to-pk 


in 


rYPICAL TRIGGER OUTPUT 


5 
2.5 

1.0 

?s 




























1 2 4 6 

Frequency in Megacycles 

SB 



*The internal output is utilized in Type 544, 546, 547, and (with Type 21A 
and 22A Time Base Units) Type 555 Oscilloscopes. 



COMMON-MODE REJECTION is at least 20:1 throughout 
the full instrument passband for signals up to T / 2 v pk-to-pk 
amplitude (measured at 50 mv/cm with variable attenuator 
in calibrated position). 

NET WEIGHT is 4 } / A pounds. Shipping weight is approximate- 
ly 8 pounds. 
TYPE 1A2 DUAL-TRACE PLUG-IN UNIT $325 

Each instrument includes: 2 — instruction manuals (070-0430-00). 

U.S. Sales Prices f.o.b. Beaverton, Oregon 

Please refer to Terms and Shipment, General Information page, 

CLEAN HIGH-FREQUENCY RESPONSE 
A significant improvement in built-in step attenuator design 
is realized in the Type I Al and 1 42 Dual-Trace Units. The 
severest test of any step attenuator is at its maximum setting 
where feed through, lead inductance and inadequate ground- 
ing techniques have the most effect. 

Response of the Types IA2/547 to the output of a Tektronix 
Type 109 Pulse Generator (risetime less than 0.25 nsec) indicates 
no appreciable change between minimum (50 mv/cm) and 
maximum (20 v/cmj calibrated attenuator settings. 




MAXIMUM 

ATTENUATION 

(20 vjcm), 

20 nsec j cm 

sweep rate. 






MINIMUM 
ATTENUATION 
(50 mvfcm), 
20 nsecjcm 
sweep rate. 



GA1N/PASSBAND CHARACTERISTICS 


OSCILLOSCOPE 

TYPE 


Type 1A1 Only 


Type 1A1 and 1 A2 


Single-Channel Passband 
and Risetime at 500 ^V/CM 


Dual-ChannelPassband 
and Risetime at 5 MV/CM 


Dual-Channel Passband 
and Risetime at 50 MV/CM 


544, 546, 547 


2 cps to 15Mc 
23 nsec 


dc to 28 Mc 
12.5 nsec 


dc to 50 Mc** 
7 nsec 


541, 541 A, 543, 543A, 543B, 
545, 545A, 545B, 555, 581*, 
581 A*, 585*, 585A* 


2 cps to 14 Mc 
25 nsec 


dc to 23 Mc 

15 nsec 


dc to 33 Mc 
10.5 nsec 


551 


2 cps to 1 3 Mc 
26 nsec 


dc to 21 Mc 
16.5 nsec 


dc to 27 Mc 

13 nsec 


531 A, 533, 533A, 535A 


2 cps to lOMc 

35 nsec 


dc to 14Mc 
25 nsec 


dc to 15Mc 
23 nsec 


531, 535, 536 


2 cps to 8Mc 
44 nsec 


dc to 10.5 Mc 
33 nsec 


dc to 11 Mc 
31 nsec 


* Type 580-Series Oscilloscopes require a Type 81 Adapter. ** Passband with P6008 10X Passive Probes (included with the Types 544, 546, and 

547] is 45 Mc or greater at 3-db down. Risetime is approximately 8 nsec. 



o 



180 







WIDE-BAND SAMPLING UNIT Type 







INTERNAL TRIGGERING 
INTERNAL DELAY LINE 
DIRECT-READING MAGNIFIER 
LOW DISPLAY NOISE 



Used with any of the Type 530, 540, 550 or 580*-Series 
Oscilloscopes, the new Type IS! Sampling Unit extends the 
measuring capabilities to 1 gigacycle. Operation is like a 
conventional oscilloscope — but with a combination of bandwidth 
and sensitivity possible only through sampling. 

The Type 1S1 features internal triggering with a built-in delay 
line — no need for pretriggers or external delay lines. The 
tunnel-diode trigger circuit insures stable triggering through 1 
gigacycle. Calibrated sweep rates are from lOOpsec/cm to 
50 ^sec/cm. A single control is used to select the sweep rate 
and magnify the display up to X100 when desired. This single- 
control feature allows direct read out of the sweep rate even 
when magnified. 

Calibrated vertical sensitivities range from 2 mv/cm to 200- 
^mv/cm. Noise in the display is less than 1 mv, and can be 
reduced by a smoothing control. A dc-offset control permits 
observation of millivolt signals in the presence of up to ±1 
volt input levels. Output signals are available at the front panel 
for driving chart recorders. 



VERTICAL SYSTEM 

RISETIME 

Less than or equal to 0.35 nsec. 

SENSITIVITY 

7 calibrated steps from 2 mv/cm through 200 mv/cm. Vari- 
able between steps extending maximum sensivitiy to 500 
ft,v/cm (uncalibrated). 

NOISE 

Less than 1 mv. Can be reduced to less than 500 /xv with 
smoothing control. 

INPUT IMPEDANCE 

50 n 

DYNAMIC RANGE 

±2 v. Full sensitivity can be used with signals up to ±2 
volts in amplitude. Safe overload is ±5 v (higher with re- 
duced duty factor). 



c 



DC OFFSET 

Range Is greater than ±1 v. OUTPUT: (for monitoring the 
dc-offset level) ten times actual offset through 10 k. 

VERTICAL OUTPUT 

200 mv per displayed centimeter through 10 k. 

Type 81 Plug-In Adapter required. 




HORIZONTAL SYSTEM 

SWEEP RATES 

18 calibrated steps from lOOpsec/cm to 50 /xsec/cm. 
ACCURACY: ±3% normal or magnified. Variable between 
steps, extending sweep rate to 33 psec/cm (uncalibrated). 

MAGNIFIER 

Allows display to be magnified around a fixed time-reference 
point while maintaining a constant number of samples/cm. 

TIME POSITION 

Moves the displayed time window and positions the time- 
reference point for magnification. 

SAMPLES/CM 

Continuously variable, allowing optimum adjustment of dis- 
play rate and dot density. 

TRIGGERING 

3 trigger modes, ac-coupled: ±internal, ±external, and free 
run. EXTERNAL SENSITIVITY: 5 mv to 200 mv. RESPONSE: 
Sine-wave triggering or synchronizing from 100 kc through 
1 Gc. Pulse triggering down to lOpps. 

DISPLAY MODES 

Repetitive, single display, manual scan, or external scan. 
Front-panel START button for single-display operation. 

HORIZONTAL OUTPUT 

1 v per displayed centimeter through 10 k. 



181 



1S1 



PROBE POWER OUTPUT 

Front-panel connector for use with cathode-follower type 
probes, 

DIMENSIONS AND WEIGHT 

DIMENSIONS— 11 V 2 " long by 5 7 / 8 " wide by 6 15 / 1iS " deep. 
NET WEIGHT:— 8 lbs. 
SHIPPING WEIGHT— 11 lbs. 



o 



TYPE 1S1 SAMPLING UNIT $1100 

Each instrument includes: 1 — cable, 50-12, 5 nsec, RG-8 with GR 
connectors (017-0502-00); 1— cable, 50-S2 10 nsec, RG-58 with GR 
connectors (017-0501-00); 1 — patch cord, 18" with banana connectors 
(012-0039-00), 2— Attenuator, 10X, 50-fi (017-0044-00) 1— adapter, 
GR-to-BNC female (017-0063-00); 1— adapter, GR-to-BNC male (017- 
0064-00); 2— instruction manual (070-0475-00). 

U.S. Sales Prices f.o.b. Beaverfon, Oregon 
Please refer to Terms and Shipment, General Information page. 



THE WAVEFORM PHOTOGRAPHS BELOW ILLUSTRATE THE PERFORMANCE CAPABILITIES OF THE TYPE IS! SAMPLING 
UNIT. THESE INCLUDE LOW INHERENT DISPLAY NOISE, STABLE TRIGGERING, REAL-TIME SAMPLING, PLUS TYPICAL 
TIME-DOMAIN REFLECTOMETRY MEASUREMENTS, 




TANGENTIAL NOISE 
A 1 millivolt, 2 nsec wide pulse externally 
triggered. Upper waveform is unsmoothed. 
the lower is smoothed. 

Vert: 2 mv/cm 
Horiz: 1 nsec/cm 



TRIGGERING AT 1 Gc 
A 1 Gc sine wave; internally triggered. 
Vert: 100 mv/cm 
Horiz: 0.5 nsec/cm 



PULSE TRIGGERING 
A 50 mv, 2 nsec wide pulse; 
triggered. 

• Vert: 20 mv/cm 
Horiz: 0.5 nsec/cm 



internal 



, 




REAL-TIME SAMPLING DISPLAY 
A 100 cps sine wave; Internal Main Frame 
triggering. 

Vert: 100 mv/cm 

(free running sampler) 

Horiz: 0.5 millisecond/cm 

(realtime — main frame) 



TIME DOMAIN REFLECTOMETRY 
The display shows a 50-ohm system with 
a transition to a 25-ohm system, terminated 
with an inductive load. 

Vert: 100 mv/cm 

Horiz: 5 nsec/cm 



TIME DOMAIN REFLECTOMETRY 
The display shows a 50-ohm system with 
a transition to a 25-ohm system, terminated 
with a capacitive load. 

Vert: 100 mv/cm 
Horiz: 5 nsec/cm 






P = 



E r 



Z L = Z 



o 



1 + P 
1 -P 




1 82 




c 



Present users of Tektronix Type 530, 540, 550 and 
580*-Series Oscilloscopes can now achieve high-quality 
spectrum analysis at a fraction of the cost of other 
analyzers. Purchasing the Spectrum Analyzer and Oscillo- 
scope together, in the case of the new customer, gives 
the same analysis capability plus all the advantages and 
versatility inherent in the Oscilloscope and such other 
plug-in units as may be desired. 

Typically, the Spectrum Analyzer Plug-In Unit selects a 
portion of the electromagnetic spectrum — as wide as 60 
Mc, for example — and displays visually on the oscillo- 
scope crt all the radio activity occuring there. With the 
DISPERSION control, you can "zoom in" on any portion 
of this activity for a closer look, resolving signals sepa- 
rated by as little as 1 kc in the case of the Type L-20, 
or lOcps in the case of the Type U10. This wide range 
of resolution makes the Tektronix Spectrum Analyzer 
most applicable to a great variety of signal analysis. 

Within the portion of the spectrum that concerns you, 
any waveform — amplitude or frequency modulated, pulsed 
carriers, etc. — is displayed as a series of "pips" on the 
crt. The analyzer changes the time-base of your oscillo- 
scope to a frequency base. 

The dynamic range capability of the Tektronix Spectrum 
Analyzers is greatly increased by the inclusion of square- 
law and logarithmic detection modes as well as a linear 
mode. The ability to compress or expand signals greatly 
enhances the versatility of these instruments. Signals of 

* A Type 81 Adapter is required. 



very nearly the same amplitude can be displayed in the 
SQUARE-LAW MODE which expands the small difference 
to a proportion that facilitates measurements. Conversely, 
signals of greatly different amplitude (40 db, for ex- 
ample) can be displayed in the LOG MODE which com- 
presses the difference between them. In addition, the 
Analyzer's VIDEO INPUT allows conventional time-based 
displays from 1 cps to the bandwidth of the oscilloscope. 
The units manufactured by Tektronix are extremely 
sensitive and will give usable displays with inputs lower 
than — lOOdbm. This represents a power level of 10" 13 
watts, using the conventional reference level of dbm 
= one milliwatt. 

The usefulness of Tektronix Spectrum Analyzers extends 
into many measurement areas. They are used by Govern- 
ment Agencies to check the sidebands of radio-transmitting 
devices. Telephone companies find transmission-line carrier 
measurements quick and accurate, often providing data 
not obtainable by other means. Spectrum Analyzers are 
finding increased use in missile projects and the explora- 
tion of outer space, especially in association with the main- 
tenance and trouble-shooting of telemetry equipment. They 
are indispensable to recently developed techniques of 
servicing radar and microwave equipment. 

The constantly-increasing list of analyzer applications 
proves these instruments to be a solid addition to the 
Tektronix line. You are encouraged to consult with your 
Tektronix Field Engineer to discuss your measurement and 
test problems. 




MM— 




500-cps 

Modulation 

of 450-Mc 

Signal 




Log Detection Mode 



Linear Detection Mode 





200-Mc 
Pulse 




Repetition-Rate lines evident at 5 msec/cm 
(Note: CW Feedthrough) 



Repetition-Rate measurement at 0.5 msec/cm 



183 




1-to-36 MC SPECTRUM ANALYZER 



CALIBRATED DISPERSION 



CROSS-COUPLED RESOLUTION 



I. F. STABILITY 



IMAGE REJECTION 



I to 36-Mc spectral displays can now be viewed on any 
Tektronix Type 530, 540, 550 or (with adapter), 580-Series Oscil- 
loscope. The Type l LI Analyzer Plug-In Unit provides FRE- 
QUENCY-BASED DISPLAYS with lOOcps to 20 kc CALIBRATED 
DISPERSION plus a SEARCH MODE for rapid location of 
signals. 

CROSS-COUPLED RESOLUTION from lOcps to l kc greatly 
simplifies operation since, in most applications, a narrow resolu- 
tion bandwidth is desired at narrow dispersion (e.g., 10-cps 
resolution at 0.01 kc/cm dispersion), and a wide resolution 
bandwidth at wide dispersion (e.g., 1 -kc resolution at 2 kc/cm 
dispersion). By cross-coupling the dispersion and resolution 
controls, operation is optimized and simplified, yet they can be 
uncoupled and operated separately, if required. 

I.F. stability is achieved through use of CRYSTAL-CON- 
TROLLED OSCILLATORS. Even the swept local oscillator is 
controlled through a crystal discriminator. An external, front- 
end, crystal-operated oscillator can be connected through a 
front-panel patch arrangement to provide added stability to 
spectral displays within or outside the normal 1 to 36-Mc range 
of the Type U10. 

IMAGE REJECTION is achieved through use of a 60-Mc first 
i.f. amplifier which places images at more than twice the upper 
tuning frequency of the Type 1L10. 




RESOLUTION 

10 cps to 1 kc, cross coupled with calibrated dispersion posi- 
tions, and separately switchable. Search position — approxi- 
mately 10 kc. 



FREQUENCY RANGE 

1 to 36 Mc, fine and coarse tuning. 

Dial Accuracy within ±(100 kc + 1% of reading). 

MINIMUM SENSITIVITY 

— lOOdbm, measured at lOcps resolution, .01 kc/cm dis- 
persion. 

FREQUENCY STABILITY 

i.f. within 2ppm/°F, 1 ppm/volt (line). 
I.O. within 150ppm/°F, 10 ppm/volt (line). 

MAXIMUM FM 

i. f. within 5 cps. 

I. o. within 25 cps -f 1 cps/Mc dial frequency. 

CALIBRATED DISPERSION 

0.01 kc/cm to 2 kc/cm, 8 steps, 1-2-5 sequence. 
Accuracy within ±3% when adjusted for individual oscillo- 
scope, within +13, —7% without adjustment. Search posi- 
tion — minimum 20 kc + 1 kc/Mc dial frequency full scale 
(10 cm). 



DISPLAY FLATNESS 
±1 db. 

SWEEP LINEARITY 

5% 
MAXIMUM INPUT POWER 

+ 24dbm at full rf attenuation, 
tion. 



-20 dbm without rf attenua- 



RF ATTENUATOR 

51 db ± 0.1 db/db in 1-db steps. 

V 2 watt maximum power-handling capability. 

SWEEP RATE 

Oscilloscope rates extend from 0.02 cps (5 sec/cm) to beyond 
practical analyzer range. 
Versatile oscilloscope triggering. 

DISPLAY FUNCTIONS 

Log — 50-db dynamic range over 6 cm. 

Linear — ■ 26-db dynamic range over 6 cm. 

Linear XI — 26-db dynamic range over 6 cm. 

Video — lOOmv/cm (variable) 10 cps to oscilloscope vertical 

bandwidth, 50-Q input resistance. 



o 



184 






RECORDER OUTPUT 

DC-coupled, 600-0 impedance, 15 mv/cm display in Linear 
mode, output linear with voltage. 

INPUT IMPEDANCE 

50 Q and 600 Q nominal. 

WEIGHT 

Net — 6 pounds, shipping — 10 pounds, approx. 



1L10 



TYPE I LI SPECTRUM ANALYZER UNIT $1200 

Each instrument includes: 1 — cable assembly, BNC to BNC, 2y 2 " 
{012-0097-00); 1— cable assembly, BNC to banana plug, 24" (012- 
0095-001; 2— instruction manual (070-0510-00). 

U.S. Sales Price f.o.b. Beaverton, Oregon 
Please refer to Terms and Shipment, General Information page. 



TYPICAL DISPLAYS 



60-MC IF SIGNALS 





400-cps Sidebands 
.2 kcjcm Dispersion 



100-cps Sidebands 
.05 kc/cm Dispersion 



18-MC CONVERTED SIGNALS 





185 




MULTI-BAND SPECTRUM ANALYZERS 




' 



N 

E 

W 



-*fl« -nMmi 



MARKER 



mmmmmmummmmmm 

FREQUENCY 




govt. 

-*D ; : 



Wt\K$HG 

POSITION 



6 




AMHITUM 

PICKET FENCE 



FREQUENCY 

Dlff-MC 
10 ° 10 



BANDS 

GAIN 

DISPLAY FUNCTION 0FF 

LOG U , N SOIW 




edit 



OISPERSION 

WIDE —s ,- NARROW 



SEBIAl 




PENTRIX 



*»0 sir 

TEKTRONIX, MC. 

PORI1AM0, EMfEGOH, U.S.A. 







N 
E 

w 



MARKER 



FREQUENCY 







lOS U 1 N soiw 



f. 




INPUT 50a VIOEO 

INPUT 



\ 



^ 



AMHlTtfDS 

PICKET FENCE 




FREQUENCY 

DifF-MC 




Ci^0^> ANALYZER 

ctwe* tma 

RESOLUTION 

1 db 




■Ut 



DISPLAY FUNCTION oflF 



^ 






DISPERSION 

WOE -, r - NAR80W 



16 db 



20<§b 



'.IKiAl 




PENTRIX 



TEKTKONIX, INC. 
PO»Tl4NO. OHEOON USA 



; 




WIDE FREQUENCY COVERAGE 
VIDEO FILTER 
RELATIVE-FREQUENCY CALIBRATOR 



The Type L-20 and L-30 are similar Spectrum Analyzers, the 
primary difference being the frequency range over which they 
operate. Both units provide a wide frequency coverage at high 
sensitivity, and offer the convenience of a video filter and 
choice of four vertical display modes. They operate in any 
Tektronix Type 530, 540, 550 or (with adapter) 580-Series 
Oscilloscope. 



CHARACTERISTICS 


TYPE L-20 


TYPE L-30 


FREQUENCY 


1 


10 to 230 


1000 to 2040 


RANGE (MC) 


2 


230 to 900 


2040 to 4200 




Band 3 


900 to 2000 


4200 to 6400 




4 


2000 to 3100 


6400 to 8600 




5 


3100 to 4000 


8600 to 10400 


MINIMUM 


1 


-105dbm 


—105 dbm 


SENSITIVITY 


2 


-110 dbm 


—100 dbm 


(Measured at 1-kc 


Band 3 


— lOOdbm 


-95 dbm 


Resolution, 20 kc 


4 


-95dbm 


—90 dbm 


Dispersion, 50 


5 


—90 dbm 


-75 dbm 


msec/cm, Peaking 








optimized) 








INCIDENTAL FM 


800 cps on Band 1 


800 cps on Band 




and 2 


fundamental) 


1 (fundamental) 



DIAL ACCURACY 

±(2Mc + 1% of rf input frequency) 

DISPERSION 

Narrow — 1 5 kc to 5 Mc, continuously variable. 
Wide — lOOkc to 60 Mc, continuously variable. 
Oscilloscope 5X magnifier usable to 3 kc; up to 100X magni- 
fier on some oscilloscopes. 

Band 1 of Type L-20 normally limited to 5-Mc dispersion by 
narrow-band filter, isolating the local oscillator from the i.f. 
input. Filter automatically switched out in Bands 2-5, can be 
manually switched out from front panel in Band 1. 

RESOLUTION 

1 kc to lOOkc, continuously variable. 

DISPLAY FLATNESS 

±3db (60 Mc). 

MARKERS 

Single or Picket Fence — continuously variable ±30 Mc. 
Picket Fence — 100-kc or 1-Mc spacing. 

MAXIMUM INPUT POWER 

—30 dbm. 

I.F. ATTENUATOR 

51 db ±0.1 db/db in 1-db steps. 

I.F. GAIN CONTROL 

50 db (variable). 

SWEEP RATE 

Oscilloscope rates extend from 0.02 cps (5 sec/cm) to beyond 
practical analyzer range. 
Versatile oscilloscope triggering. 




186 














DUAL-BEAM SPECTRUM ANALYSIS 

Two Tektronix Spectrum Analyzers in a Type 551 or 
555 Oscilloscope allow simultaneous monitoring of 
2 portions of the electromagnetic spectrum. Simul- 
taneous spectrum displays (frequency-based) and 
repetition rate (time-based) displays can be viewed 
using 2 identical Analyzers tuned to the same fre- 
quency. Any Letter-Series or T Series Plug-In Unit 
can also be used with an Analyzer to provide si- 
multaneous displays of pulse shape and spectral 
content. 






L-20 
L-30 



DISPLAY FUNCTIONS 

Log — 40-db dynamic range over 6 cm. 

Linear — 26-db dynamic range over 6 cm. 

Square Law — 13-db dynamic range over 6 cm. 

Video — -lOOmv/cm (variable) lOcps to oscilloscope vertical 
bandwidth, ^ 100-H input resistance. 

INPUT IMPEDANCE 

Nominal 100 Q 

WEIGHT 

Net — 8 pounds, shipping — 12 pounds, approx. 

TYPE L-20 SPECTRUM ANALYZER UNIT $1995 

Each instrument includes: 1 — patch cord, banana plug to banana plug, 
18" (012-0031-00); 2— instruction manual (070-0474-00). 

TYPE L-30 SPECTRUM ANALYZER UNIT $1995 

Each instrument includes: 1 — patch cord, banana plug to banana plug, 
18" (012-0031-00); 2— instruction manual (070-0474-00). 

U.S. Sales Prices f.o.b. Beaverton, Oregon 
Please refer to Terms and Shipment, General Information page. 








187 



Type 



DC-tO-1MC AMPLIFIER UNIT 



s > 




The Type 2A60 Amplifier is a general purpose plug-in 
unit. The unit may be used in any of the Type 560-Series 
Oscilloscopes. However in the Type 567 and RM567, 
the measurements will not be presented in digital form. 

CALIBRATED SENSITIVITY is 0.05 v/div, 0.5 v/div, 5v/div 
and 50 v/div; accuracy is within 3%. Uncalibrated continuous 
control from 0.05 v/div to 500 v/div. 

PASSBAND is dc to I Mc. 

RISETIME is 0.35ju,sec. 

MAXIMUM INPUT VOLTAGE is 600 volts. 

INPUT IMPEDANCE is I megohm paralleled by approxi- 
mately 47 pf. 

NET WEIGHT is 3 pounds. Shipping weight is 4 pounds., 
approx. 

TYPE 2A60 AMPLIFIER UNIT $105 

Each instrument includes: 2 — instruction manuals (070-0263-00). 



r ^ m^mmm 



TYPE 2A60 
dc sal. AMPLIFIER 




MEG *7ft 



v#' : 



C*US*VAT£Q 

DC AMPt.lFIKK 

RANOWIOTH £JC-1 MC [ 

HISErtMe »,s JSj.'itcj 




TEKTRONIX l«C 



SERIAL 
PORtWHD ONE&ORi U S .1 



Type 



LOW-LEVEL 

DIFFERENTIAL 

AMPLIFIER 



The Type 2A61 is a low-level ac differential amplifier 
useful for very low-level ac signals in addition to usual 
differential operation. It may be used in any Type 560- 
Series Oscilloscope. However in the Type 567 and RM567, 
measurements will not be presented in digital form. 

OPERATING MODES include Input A only; negative Input 
B only; Input A minus Input B; and CM (common mode) — for 
checking differential rejection ratio. 

CALIBRATED SENSITIVITY is from 0.01 mv/div to 20 mv/div 
in 11 steps, 1-2-5 sequence; accuracy 5%. Uncalibrated con- 
tinuous control from 0.01 mv/div to 50 mv/div. 

FREQUENCY RESPONSE is 0.06 cps to approximately 0.3 
Mc decreasing to 0.1 Mc at 0.01 mv/div. 

FREQUENCY RESPONSE CONTROL selects several high- 
frequency and low-frequency 3-db points thus restricting the 
passband to improve the signal-to-noise ratio. 

COMMON MODE REJECTION RATIO is 50,000 to 1 below 
lOkc with a 5-v common-mode input. 

LINE-FREQUENCY NOISE FILTER is a notch filter that pro- 
vides better than 50 to 1 rejection of 60 cps line-frequency 
noise. Filters for 50 cps and 400 cps are also available. 

EQUIVALENT INPUT NOISE is less than 20 juv peak-to-peak 
(3.5 jav rms) at maximum bandwidth. 

TRACE RESTORER button returns the trace to its normal 
vertical position after the trace has been driven off the screen. 



TYPE 2A61 DIFFERENTIAL AMPLIFIER 



FILTER 

ttW6 FREQUENCY 

OUT IN <8*MM»* POSITION 





"W FREQ, 

MILUVOLTS/DIV. «*»*, fs^ ^ 

mm 








INPUT 



M;V*_ tj, 



TEKTRONSX. tHC 






INPUT 
SELECTOR 

CM 



INPUT IMPEDANCE is 10 megohms paralleled by ~50 pf. 

NET WEIGHT is 4% pounds. Shipping weight is ~5 
pounds. 

TYPE 2A61 AMPLIFIER UNIT $385 

Each instrument includes: 2 — instruction manuals (070-0321-00), 1 — 
inpur cable (012-0072-00). 

U. S. Sales Prices f.o.b. Beaverton, Oregon 
Please refer to Terms and Shipment, General Information page. 







188 




DIFFERENTIAL AMPLIFIER UNIT Type 



The Type 2A63 is a differential-input amplifier unit that 
is extremely useful for making voltage measurements be- 
tween two above-ground points and for canceling in-phase 
signals such as hum pickup in connecting leads. This unit 
may be used in any of the Type 560-Series Oscilloscopes. 
However in the Type 567 and RM567, the measurements 
will not be presented in digital form. 

CALIBRATED SENSITIVITY is from 1 mv/div to 20 v/div in 
14 steps, 1-2-5 sequence; accuracy within 3%. Uncalibrated 
continuous control from 1 mv/div to 50v/div. 

PASSBAND is dc to 300 Ice 
R1SETIME is 1 fisec (approx). 

DIFFERENTIAL INPUT has better than 50-to-l CMR (Common 
Mode Rejection} at 0.2 v/div with 50-kc sine wave. 

PHASE SHIFT for X-Y displays is nominally less than 1° 
at 50 kc. 

INTER-STAGE AC COUPLING reduces drift at high gain. 

INPUT IMPEDANCE is 1 megohm paralleled by approxi- 
mately 47 pf. 

MAXIMUM INPUT VOLTAGE is 600 volts. 

NET WEIGHT is 3 3 / 4 pounds. Shipping weight is 5 pounds, 
approx. 

TYPE 2A63 AMPLIFIER UNIT $150 

Each instrument includes: 2 — instruction manuals (070-0266-00). 



W W W It^M a ^jit^ 



TYPE 2A63 

gaiwadj. DIFFERENTIAL 

AMPLIFIER 



TEKTSJONtX IHC 









The Type 2B67 is a Time-Base Unit that may be used to 
generate a sweep for any of the 560-Series Oscilloscopes, 
except the Type 565 and RM565. However in the Type 567 
and RM567, the measurements will not be presented in digi- 
tal form. The Type 2B67 has facilities for an external input 
to the sweep amplifier. 

CALIBRATED SWEEP RANGE is from 1 ^sec/div to 5 sec/div 
in 21 steps,l-2-5 sequence; accuracy 3% — with magnifier 5%. 
Uncalibrated continuous control from 1 ^sec/div to 12 sec/div. 

5X MAGNIFIER extends sweep rate to 0.2 /xsec/div. 

SINGLE SWEEP for one-shot waveform photography. 

TRIGGER FACILITIES include Internal, External, Line; Ampli- 
tude-Level Selection; AC or DC Coupling; Automatic or Free 
Run; ± Slope. 

TRIGGER REQUIREMENT for internal is 2 minor graticule 
divisions of deflection; for external is from 0.5 v dc to 2.0 v 
at 2 Mc. 

SWEEP AMPLIFIER has a passband of dc to 750 kc and a 

sensitivity of about 1 v/div. 

NET WEIGHT is 4y 4 pounds. Shipping weight is 5 pounds, 
approx. 

TYPE 2B67 TIME-BASE UNIT $210 

Each instrument includes: 2 — instruction manuals (070-0366-00). 

U.S. Sales Price f.o.b. Beaverton, Oregon 
Please refer to Terms and Shipment, General Information page. 



TIME-BASE 
UNIT 



Type 




TYPE 2B67 

TIME BASE CALIBRATION 




189 



Type 



DUAL-TRACE DC-tO-10MC UNIT 





The Type 3AI and Type 3A6 Amplifiers are general- 
purpose dual-trace plug-in Units. They are identical in 
every respect except that the Type 3Al does not have a 
signal-delay line. The Type 3A6 does contain an internal 
260 nanosecond signal-delay line that allows viewing of 
the leading edge of the sweep-triggering waveform when 
using a high-speed time base such as the Type 3B1 , 3B3 
and 3B4 Time-Base Units*. 

Both units have two separate channels, each with identical 
characteristics. The units can operate in one of five modes 
for a variety of single and dual-trace displays. Two Type 
3ATs or two Type 3A6s may be used in the chopped 
mode for X-Y curve tracing, but there is no provision for 
synchronized switching or channel pairing. Because of its 
delay line, the Type 3A6 Amplifier will show marked phas- 
ing error above the audio range if used X-Y with other 
than another Type 3A6 Amplifier. Either instrument can 
be used in the Type 561 A, RM561 A, 564, RM564, 565 
and RM565 Oscilloscopes. They may also be used in the 
Type 567 and RM567 Readout Oscilloscopes when digital 
readout is not required. Linear scan is 8 cm. 

OPERATING MODES include Channel 1 only; Channel 2 only; 
Alternate — Channel 1 and 2 switched electronically on alter- 
nate sweeps; Chopped — In chopped operation, successive 4 /j,sec 
(approx.) segments of each channel are displayed at an approx. 
125kc rate per channel (chopped transient blanking is pro- 
vided); and Added — outputs of Channel 1 and 2 added alge- 
braically. 

POLARITY of Channel 1 can be changed to provide 180° 
inversion. No polarity inversion on Channel 2. 



CALIBRATED SENSITIVITY is TOmv/div to lOv/div in 10 steps, 
1-2-5 sequence; accuracy within 3%. Uncalibrated continuous 
control from lOmv/div to 25v/div. 

PASSBAND is dc to lOMc. 

RISETIME is approximately 35 nsec. 

INPUT COUPLING is either ac or dc. Ac-coupled low 
frequency 3-db point is 2 cps direct or 0.2 cps with 1 OX probe. 

INPUT IMPEDANCE is 1 megohm paralleled by 47 pf. 

MAXIMUM INPUT VOLTAGE is 600 volts (dc plus peak ac). 

INTERNAL TRIGGER SIGNAL (for the time base) is selectable 
either from the output of Channel 1 only, or from the com- 
bined output of the unit. 

NET WEIGHT: Type 3A1, 6 pounds; Type 3A6 6 pounds. 
Shipping weight: Type 3A1, 8 pounds (approx.); Type 3A6, 
8 pounds (approx.). 

TYPE 3A1 AMPLIFIER UNIT $450 

Each instrument includes: 2 — instruction manuals (070-0343-00). 

TYPE 3A6 AMPLIFIER UNIT, with Signal Delay $540 

Each instrument includes: 2 — instruction manuals (070-0419-00). 

U.S. Sales Prices f.o.b. Beaverton, Oregon 
Please refer to Terms and Shipment, General Information page. 

*The Type 3A1 and Type 3A6 can also be used with a Type 
2867 or Type 382 Time-Base Units, but it will not usually be 
possible to view the entire leading edge of the triggering 
waveform when used in conjunction with these time bases or 
the Type 565 and RM565 Oscilloscopes. 



190 




DUAL-TRACE DIFFERENTIAL AMPLIFIER Type 




700 juV /CM SENSITIVITY DIRECT COUPLED 



50,000:1 COMMON-MODE REJECTION 



CONSTANT BANDWIDTH 

AT ALL SENSITIVITIES 



HI or LO BANDWIDTH SELECTION 



AC STABILIZATION 




The Type 3A3 Dual-Trace Differential Amplifier is de- 
signed for use with all Tektronix 560-Series Oscilloscopes 
except the Type 560 itself.* The Type 3A3 contains two 
independent high-gain amplifier channels. .Either channel 
may be used to produce a display, or the two channels 
electronically switched to produce dual-trace displays. The 
Type 3A3 has high sensitivity with direct-coupled inputs 
and a high degree of common-mode rejection. 

SENSITIVITY from lOO/xv/cm to lOv/cm is in 16 calibrated 
steps with 1-2-5 sequence, and is accurate within 3%. Sensi- 
tivity is continuously adjustable uncalibrated from 100/xv/cm 
to at least 25 v/cm. 

BANDWIDTH for both channels is selected at the front 
panel. Either HI (dc to greater than 500 kc at — 3 db] or LO 
(dc to 5 kc at — 3 db) bandwidth is available. The selected 
bandwidth remains constant at all sensitivities. 

AC STABILITY for each channel provides virtually drift- 
free operation in the 4 most sensitive ranges. With ac sta- 
bility, and direct input coupling, the low-frequency 3-db points 
are ~0.15cps at 1 mv/cm, ~0,3 cps at 0.5 mv/cm, ^0.75 
cps at 0.2 mv/cm, and ~1.5cps at 0.1 mv/cm. 

*The Type 3A3 operates in cabinet and rack models of Type 
561, 561 A, 564, 565, and 567 Oscilloscopes. The 3 A3 does 
not provide digital readout in the Type 567 Oscilloscope, and 
does not operate in the Type 560 Oscilloscope. It can be 
used separately from the oscilloscope with the use of the new 
Type 129 Power Supply. 




DISPLAY MODES include CH 1 only, or dual-trace with 
either chopped or alternate switching. In chopped operation, 
electronic switching occurs at approx. a 250-kc rate to show 
successive 2-/xsec segments of each trace. Chopped transient 
blanking is provided. 

NOISE with grounded input is less than 10/av peak-to-peak 
with LO bandwidth, less than 40 /j.v peak-to-peak with HI band- 
width. 

DRIFT is typically less than 500/j.v/hour after 30-minute 
warm-up. 

PHASE SHIFT is less than 2° from dc to 100 kc between 
any 2 Type 3A3 Amplifiers used in X-Y operation. Phase 
shift can be adjusted to 0° at any particular sensitivity. 

MULTIPLE X-Y DISPLAYS can be obtained with two Type 
3A3 Plug-In Units. Dual-trace switching is synchronized, so that 
one Y-channel remains plotted against the same Y-channel 
once the display is set up. There is on provision for consistent 
pairing each time the system is operated. 

INPUT COUPLING can be ac or dc, and is individually 
selected for each input (2 per channel). Amplifier input grids 
can be grounded with these same controls. With ac coupling, 
the low-frequency 3-db point is ~2 cps direct, or 0.2 cps with 
10X probe. 

INPUT IMPEDANCE is 1 megohm paralleled by 47 pf. The 
input R can be disconnected with an internal wire link. 

TRIGGER PICKOFF is internally coupled, and can be se- 
lected from Ch 1, Ch 2, or the composite signal after switch- 
ing. 



191 



3A3 





■■ 


s 


■■■ 


IflBBB 


BB 


9 


■IBB 


■■BB 

mwMm 
warn 


H9i 

Mi 

■1 




■Ml 

■9 Hi !H 


■nana 




■ 


9BB 


ISSSS 









IMPACT STUDY 

Chopped display of displacement and acceleration of o body at rest being 
struck by a solenoid plunger. Strain gage is differentially connected to 
upper channel at 100 /J v/cm (dc coupled). Accelerometer is connected 
single-ended to the lower channel at 200 juv/cm (dc coupled). 



DIFFERENTIAL CF OUTPUTS are available at the plug-in 
unit rear connecting pins. These ground-referenced outputs 
can be used to drive recorders with high input impedance, or 
other equipment. Output from Ch 1 or Ch 2 is a differential 
^2.5-volt signal for each centimeter of displayed signal. Out- 
put from the common output amplifier is a differential ~5-volt 
signal for each centimeter of displayed signal. Bandwidth is 
dc to ~500 kc with a non-capacitive load. Jacks can be easily 
installed at the rear of the oscilloscope to provide access to 
these outputs. 

INTERCHANNEL ISOLATION 

ELECTROSTATIC ISOLATION is 10 6 :1 (120 db) or better 
referred to input signal levels. 

SWITCHING ISOLATION in chopped operation is 100:1 
or better referred to centimeters of display. The switching 
circuit introduces negligible interaction in all other operating 
modes. 



c 



TYPE 3A3 DUAL-TRACE DIFFERENTIAL AMPLIFIER 



$790 



Each instrument includes 4 BNC to binding-post adapters (103-0033-00), 
2 BNC-to-BNC 18" red patch cords, and 2 instruction manuals (070- 
0408-00). 

U.S. Sales Price f.o.b, Beaverton, Oregon 
Please refer to Terms and Shipment, General Information page. 



COMMON-MODE REJECTION' 


0.1 MV/CM to 10MV/CM 2 




Referred to Input Connectors 


Referred to Input of Properly 
Adjusted P6023 Probes 


DC-Coupled 
Input 


AC-Coupled Input 
With Low-Z Source 


DC-Coupled 
Input 


AC-Coupled Input 
With Low-Z Source 


DC to 100 kc 


50,000:1 








500 kc 


1,000:1 


1,000:1 






DC to lOcps 






50,000:1 




15 cps 




500:1 






60 cps 




2,000:1 






1 00 cps 






10,000:1 




1 kc to 10 kc 






1,000:1 


1 ,000:1 


lOOkc 




50,000:1 


500:1 


500:1 


20 MV/CM to 1 V/CM 3 


(Equal to, or adjustable to, the following CMR ratios.) 


DC to 1 kc 


10,000:1 








DC to 100 kc 


1,000:1 








500 kc 


500:1 


500:1 






15 cps 




500:1 






60 cps 




2,000:1 






For ground-referenced sine-wave common-mode signals. 

With 10 volts peak-to-peak or less in common mode at input connectors. 

With common-mode amplitude at input connectors of 100 volts peak-to-peak or less from 20 mv/an to 0.1 

v/cm, and with 600 volts peak-to-peak or less from 0.2 v/cm to 10 v/cm. 


These common-mode signals will not overdrive the amplifier: 
0.1 mv/cm to 10 mv/cm, ± 20v from gnd (40 v pk-to-pk ac) 
20 mv/cm to 0.1 v/cm, ± 200 v from gnd (400 v pk-to-pk ac) 
0.2 v/cm to 10 v/cm, ± 600 v from gnd (1200v pk-to-pk ac) 



V 




192 







DUAL-TRACE DC-to-650KC UNIT Type 





The Type 3A72 Amplifier is a general purpose dual-trace 
plug-in unit that has two separate channels, each with 
identical characteristics. The unit can operate in one of five 
operating modes for a variety of single and dual-trace dis- 
plays. This unit may be used in any of the Type 560-Series 
Oscilloscopes except the Type 560, However in the Type 
567 and RM567, the measurements will not be presented 
in digital form. 

OPERATING MODES include Channel 1 only (normal or 
inverted); Channel 2 only; Alternate — Channel 1 and 2 switched 
electronically on alternate sweeps; Chopped — successive 16- 
/xsec segments of each channel are displayed at an approx. 
30-kc rate per channel. Chopped transient blanking is pro- 
vided; Added — outputs of Channel 1 and 2 algebraically 
added. 

MULTIPLE X-Y DISPLAYS can be obtained with two Type 
3A72 Plug-In Units; both synchronization and automatic pairing 
are provided. With two Type 3A72's operated in the dual- 
trace mode, Channel 1 of the left-hand unit is always plotted 
against Channel 1 of the right-hand unit. 

CALIBRATED SENSITIVITY is lOmv/div to 20 v/div in 11 
steps, 1-2-5 sequence; accuracy within 3%. Uncalibrated con- 
tinuous control from lOmv/div to 50 v/div. 

PASSBAND is dc to 650 kc. 

INPUT IMPEDANCE is 1 megohm paralleled by 47 pf. 

MAXIMUM INPUT VOLTAGE is 600 volts. 

NET WEIGHT is 5 pounds. Shipping weight is 6 pounds, 
approx. 
TYPE 3A72 AMPLIFIER UNIT $275 

Each instrument includes: 2 — instruction manuals (070-0274-00). 



TYPE 3A72 

DUAL-TRACE 
AMPLIFIER 




AMPLIFIER 
UNIT 



Type 





The Type 3A75 Amplifier is a general purpose wideband 
plug-in unit. The unit may be used in any of the Type 560- 
Series Oscilloscopes except the Type 560. However in the 
Type 567 and RM567, the measurements will not be pre- 
sented in digital form. 

CALIBRATED SENSITIVITY is 50 mv/div to 20 v/div in 9 
steps, 1-2-5 sequence; accuracy within 3%. Uncalibrated con- 
tinuous control from 50 mv/div to 50 v/div. 

PASSBAND isdcto4Mc. 

RISETIME is approximately 0.09 ^sec. 

MAXIMUM INPUT VOLTAGE is 600 volts. 

INPUT IMPEDANCE is 1 megohm paralleled by approxi- 
mately 47 pf. 

NET WEIGHT is 3V 2 pounds. Shipping weight is 8 pounds, 
approx. 

TYPE 3A75 AMPLIFIER UNIT $\75 

Each instrument includes: 2 — instruction manuals (070-0275-00). 

U.S. Sales Prices f.o.b. Beaverron, Oregon 
Please refer to Terms and Shipment, General Information page. 



' /S^fl^ l i!l!!SI! f ^WK^ S^^>^ 



TYPE 3A75 

gainaoj AMPLIFIER W5 r iON 





TEKTRONIX. INC. 



SKRlAi. 
rORTUffD. OHESON. a s « 



193 



Type 



FOUR-TRACE AMPLIFIER UNIT 






The Type 3A74 Amplifier is a general purpose multi-trace 
plug-in unit that has four separate channels, each with 
identical characteristics. The unit can operate in a number 
of modes for a variety of single and multi-trace displays. 
The Type 3A74 can be used in any of the Type 560-Series 
Oscilloscope* except the Type 560. However, in the Type 
567 and RM567, the measurements will not be presented in 
digital form. 

OPERATING MODES include any one of the four channels 
separately (normal or inverted); Alternate — any combination 
of two or more channels switched electronically on alternate 
sweeps; Chopped — successive 2-/j.sec segments of each channel 
are displayed at an approx. rate per channel of: 250 kc when 
using two channels; 1 67 kc when using three channels; and 
1 25 kc when using four channels. Chopped transient blanking 
is provided. 

CALIBRATED SENSITIVITY is 0.02 v/div to lOv/div in 9 
steps, 1-2-5 sequence; accuracy within 3%. Uncalibrated con- 
tinuous control from 0.02 v/div to 25 v/div. 

MULTIPLE X-Y DISPLAYS can be obtained with two Type 
3A74 Plug-In Units; both synchronization and automatic pair- 
ing are provided. With two Type 3A74's, two, three or four 
independent displays may be obtained, properly paired: Chan- 
nel 4 of the left-hand unit is always plotted against Channel 
4 of the right-hand unit, Channel 3 versus Channel 3, etc. . . . 

PASSBAND is dc to 2 Mc. 

* For optimum operation, Type 561 Oscilloscopes below Serial Number 580 
must be modified with Modification Kit Tektronix No. 040-0267-00. 



INPUT IMPEDANCE is 1 megohm paralleled by 47 pf. 

RISETIME is approximately O.^^sec. 

INPUT COUPLING is either ac or dc. Ac-coupled low fre- 
quency 3-db point is 2 cps direct or 0.2 cps with 10X probe. 

MAXIMUM INPUT VOLTAGE is 600 volts peak-to-peak. 

INTERNAL TRIGGER SIGNAL (for the time-base) is from 
one of two sources as selected; either from the output of 
Channel 1 only or the combined output of the amplifier. 

NET WEIGHT is 6 ] / 4 pounds. Shipping weight is 7 pounds, 
approx. 

TYPE 3A74 AMPLIFIER UNIT $590 

Bach instrument includes: 2 — instruction manuals (070-0347-00), 4 — 
BNC to binding-post adapters (103-0033-00). 



BNC ADAPTERS 

Adapter, BNC to Binding Post 

Order Part Number 1 03-0033-00 $1 .60 

Adapter, BNC to UHF 

Order Part Number 103-0032-00 $1.70 

For BNC probes, cables, and accessories, please refer to 
Catalog Accessory Section. 

U.S. Sales Prices f.o.b. Beaverton, Oregon 
Please refer to Terms and Shipment, General Information page. 



194 




TIME-BASE UNIT Type 




NORMAL AND DELAYED SWEEPS 



FLEXIBLE TRIGGERING 



5X MAGNIFICATION 



The Type 38 7 Time-Base Unit is used to generate nor- 
mal and delayed-sweeps. Flexible triggering facilities are 
similar for both the normal sweep and the delayed sweep. 
The unit can be used with the Type 561 A, RM561A, 564, 
RM564, 567, and RM567 Oscilloscopes. However in the 
Type 567 and RM567, the measurements will not be pre- 
sented in digital form. 




CALIBRATED SWEEP RANGE for both normal and delay- 
ed sweeps is 0.5 /xsec/div to 1 sec/div in 20 steps, 1-2-5 
sequence; accuracy is within 3%. Sweep rates can also be 
varied continuously (uncalibrated) between steps and to 2.5 sec/ 
div. The Variable control operates with the normal sweep in 
the normal display mode, and with delayed sweep in all other 
display modes. 

5X MAGNIFIER increases the calibrated sweep rate to 0.1 
fisec/cm. 

SWEEP DELAY permits operation of the delayed sweep 
after a delay interval of 0.5 ^usec to 10 sec, continuously variable 
in 20 ranges. After the delay range is selected, pulling the 
Time/Div knob disengages the ganged controls to allow in- 
dependent setting of the delayed sweep time/div. Delay time 
is continuously variable (uncalibrated) from IX to 10X the delay 
range setting by means of the Delay Time and Vernier controls. 

The normal sweep generator operates as the display time 
base in (1) the NORMAL position, (2) the INTENSIFIED posi- 
tion — where the delayed-sweep generator intensifies a portion 
of the normal sweep trace, indicating the time during which 
the delayed sweep operates— and (3) the TRIGGERED INTENSI- 
FIED position — where the delayed sweep is armed at the end 
of the delay time and starts by the delayed sweep trigger . . . 
intensifying a segment of the normal sweep trace as above. 




The delayed-sweep generator operates as the display time 
base in (1J the DELAYED SWEEP position — displaying the por- 
tion of the trace which was intensified in the INTENSIFIED 
position . . . with time-jitter less than 1 part in 20,000 of the 
maximum available delay interval — and (2) the jitter-free TRIG- 
GERED, DELAYED SWEEP position— displaying the portion of 
the trace which was intensified in the TRIGGERED, INTENSI- 
FIED position. 

TRIGGER FACILITIES include the following: 
Normal Sweep Trigger Modes — Internal, External; AC or 
DC Coupling; Automatic; rhSlope. 

Delayed Sweep Trigger Modes — Internal or External; AC 
or DC Coupling; ±Slope. 

External Triggering — 2 Ranges from 0.5 to 15 v and 5 to 
150v, plus or minus polarity. 

TRIGGER REQUIREMENTS for both sweeps: 

Internal Triggering — 0.4 major graticule divisions from dc to 5 
Mc, increasing to 1 major division at lOMc. 

External Triggering — 0.5 v from dc to 5 Mc, increasing to 1 .25 v 
at lOMc. 

NET WEIGHT is 5 1 / 4 pounds. Shipping weight is 8 pounds, 
approx. 

TYPE 3B1 TIME-BASE UNIT $535 

Each instrument includes: 2 — instruction manuals (070-0344 00). 



U. S. Sales Prices f.o.b. Beaverton, Oregon 
Please refer to Terms and Shipment, General Information page. 



195 



Type 



TIME-BASE UNIT 




NORMAL AND DELAYED SWEEPS 



PRECISION DELAY INTERVAL 



FLEXIBLE TRIGGERING 



SINGLE SWEEP OPERATION 



The Type 3B3 Time-Base Unit is used to generate normal 
and delayed-sweeps. Flexible triggering facilities are similar 
for both the normal sweep and delayed sweep. Calibrated 
sweep delay enables accurate delay intervals to be set and 
measured. The unit can be used with the Type 561 A, 
RM561A, 564, RM564, 567, and RSA567 Oscilloscopes. 
However, in the Type 567 and RM567, the measurements 
will not be presented in digital form. 





CALIBRATED SWEEP RANGE for both normal and delayed 
sweeps is 0.5 /xsec/div to 1 sec/div in 20 steps, 1-2-5 sequence; 
accuracy is within 3%. Sweep rates can also be varied con- 
tinuously (uncalibrated) between steps and to 2.5 sec/div. The 
Variable control operates with the normal sweep in the normal 
display mode, and with delayed sweep in all other display 
modes. 

5X MAGNIFIER increases the calibrated sweep rate to 0.1 
/xsec/cm. 

SINGLE SWEEP operation facilitates photographic recordings 

of waveforms. 

SWEEP DELAY operation permits accurate setting and meas- 
uring of delay intervals from 0.5 /xsec to 10 sec. One control 
can select both the normal and delayed sweeps simultaneously 
or the delayed sweep rate can be selected independent of the 
normal sweep. Delay accuracy is rhl% of full scale reading 
and delay time linearity is within dr0.2% of full scale from 
5 /xsec to 2 seconds of delay. 

The normal sweep generator operates as the display time 
base in (1) the NORMAL position, (2) the INTENSIFIED position- 
where the delayed-sweep generator intensifies a portion of the 
normal sweep trace, indicating the time during which the de- 
layed sweep operates— and (3) the TRIGGERED, INTENSIFIED 
position — where the delayed sweep is armed at the end of 
the delay time and starts by the delayed sweep trigger . , . 
intensifying a segment of the normal sweep trace as above. 



The delayed-sweep generator operates as the display time 
base in (1) the DELAYED SWEEP position — displaying the por- 
tion of the trace which was intensified in the INTENSIFIED posi- 
tion. . .with time-jitter less than 1 part in 20,000 of the maximum 
available delay interval — and (2) the jitter-free TRIGGERED, 
DELAYED SWEEP position — displaying the portion of the trace 
which was intensified in the TRIGGERED, INTENSIFIED position. 

TRIGGER FACILITIES include the following: 

Normal Sweep Trigger Modes — Internal, External, or Line; AC 
or DC Coupling; Automatic; ± Slope. 

Delayed Sweep Trigger Modes — Internal or External; AC or DC 
Coupling; zb Slope. 

External Triggering — 2 ranges from 0.5 to 15 v and 5 to 150v, 
plus or minus polarity. 

TRIGGER REQUIREMENTS for both sweeps: 
Internal Triggering — 0.4 major graticule division from dc to 5 
Mc, increasing to 1 major division at lOMc. 
External Triggering — 0.5 v from dc to 5 Mc, increasing to 1.25 v 
a lOMc. 

NET WEIGHT is 6 pounds. Shipping weight is 7 pounds, 
approx. 

TYPE 3B3 TIME-BASE UNIT $585 

Each instrument includes; 2 — instruction manuals (070-0365-00). 

U.S. Sales Price f.o.b. Beaverton, Oregon 
Please refer to Terms and Shipment, General Information page. 



m 



196 




TIME- BASE UNIT Type 








DIRECT READING MAGNIFIER 



FLEXIBLE, HI-SPEED TRIGGERING 



CALIBRATED EXTERNAL HORIZONTAL INPUT 



SINGLE SWEEP OPERATION 



The Type 3B4 plug-in unit is a wide-range time base 
with flexible, high-speed triggering facilities, and a wide- 
range, direct-reading magnifier, for use in all Tektronix 
560-Series Oscilloscopes using 3B-Series time-base plug-in 
units*. The Type 3B4 is recommended over the Type 2B67 
for operation with Types 3A1 , 3A6 and other wideband 
O 5 Mc) vertical amplifier plug-in units. 

In addition to time base facilities, the 3B4 provides a 
dc-coupled external input amplifier with calibrated deflec- 
tion sensitivity from 0.2 to 5 v/div. 



CALIBRATED SWEEP RATE is 0.2 /xsec/div to 5sec/div in 
23 calibrated steps in a 1-2-5 sequence. After a single ad- 
justment to match the time base to the oscilloscope used, cali- 
bration accuracy is within 3% from 0.2 /xsec/div to 2 sec/div; 
within 5% at 5 sec/div. Sweep rates are continuously vari- 
able (uncalibrated) between steps and to 12.5 sec/div. 

DIRECT READING MAGNIFIER provides sweep expansion 
up to X50, and extends the fastest sweep rate to 50 nsec/div. 
The MAGNIFIER control is concentric with the TIME/DIV con- 
trol, providing a direct indication of both the sweep rate be- 
ing magnified and the magnified time/div rate. Up to 5 
magnification steps are provided, to X40 or X50, depending 
on the TIME/DIV control setting before magnification. Mag- 
nified sweep rates are confined to the time/div steps on the 
panel, so there are no 'forbidden' (uncalibrated) combinations. 
Magnified sweep accuracy is within 5%. 

The MAGNIFIER control also is used to set the external 
input sensitivity when the TIME/DIV control is in the "Ext 
Input" position. 

SINGLE SWEEP operation facilitates waveform photogra- 
phy, and operation in the Types 564 and RM564 storage 
oscilloscopes. 

*/n the 567 or RM567, the 3B4 may be used as a display time- 
base, but does not activate the digital readout circuitry, in 
the Type 565 or RM565 (having integral time-basesj the Type 
3B4 may be used to provide a vertical time base for raster 
applications, but does not provide retrace blanking. 




TRIGGER FACILITIES include: 



TRIGGERING 
MODES- 
SOURCE— 
COUPLING- 
TRIGGER POINT- 



Free-Run, Automatic (with bright base-line 
in the absence of a trigger), Normal, 
Single Sweep. 



Internal, Line, External, External 
AC, AC LF Reject, DC. 



10. 



SENSITIVITY- 
FREQUENCY 
RANGE- 
TRIGGER LIGHT- 



zbSlope, ± Level: Two effective level 
ranges for external triggering — ±15 v 
(Ext) or ±150v (Ext -j- 10). 

1 minor graticule division Int or 0.2 v Ext 
(2v in Ext -f- 10). DC to 20 Mc. 
Essentially dc to 20 Mc with reduced sensi- 
tivity above 20 Mc. 

A front panel light Indicates when the 
sweep is receiving a triggering signal — 
especially convenient when using an ex- 
ternal trigger. 

EXTERNAL HORIZONTAL INPUT is calibrated in 5 steps 
from 0.2 v/div to 5 v/div (max input ±20 v); accuracy, when 
plug-in unit is matched to oscilloscope, is within 3%. The Ex- 
ternal Input Amplifier is dc coupled. 

NET WEIGHT is 4% pounds. Shipping weight is 6 pounds, 
approx. 

TYPE 3B4 TIME BASE UNIT $400 

Each instrument includes: 2 instruction manuals (070-0431-00). 

U.S. Sales Price f.o.b. Beaverton, Oregon 
Please refer to Terms and Shipment, General Information page. 



197 



Type 



CARRIER AMPLIFIER 




HIGH GAIN 



LOW NOISE 



ESSENTIALLY DRIFT FREE 



RECORDER OUTPUT 



The Type 3C66 Carrier Amplifier with suitable trans- 
ducer measures mechanical quantities that can be con- 
verted to a change in resistance, capacitance, or induc- 
tance. This unit may be used in any of the Type 560- 
Series Oscilloscopes except the Type 560. However in 
the Type 567 and RM567, the measurements will not be 
presented in digital form. 

The gap between mechanical engineering and electronic 
instrumentation is bridged with the Type 3C66 and suit- 
able transducers. The total range of applications is as 
broad as the mechanical field itself and includes stress 
analysis, vibration studies, and fatigue tests. Typical 
quantities measured are force, displacement, acceleration, 
and strain. 

The Type 3C66 operates on an ac carrier principle. It 
uses an ac bridge at the input to convert transducer sig- 
nals into an amplitude-modulated carrier signal. The car- 
rier signal is amplified by a high-gain ac amplifier and 
then demodulated to obtain the crt deflection voltages. 

Advantages of the 3C66 Carrier Amplifier include: 

1. Desirable high gain with essentially no drift resulting 
from input signal conversion to carrier modulation 
followed by ac amplification. 

2. Both static and dynamic strain are measured because 
of the dc to 5-kc passband. 

3. Most of the undesired pickup from the input is eliminat- 
ed because of selective filtering. 

4. Reactive transducers (including some differential trans- 
formers) as well as capacitive and resistive transduc- 
ers can be used with the unit. 

5. Up to four simultaneous inputs to the input bridge is 
possible. 




CALIBRATED SENSITIVITY is from 10 microstrain/div (micro- 
inches per inch/div) to 10,000 microstrain/div when the Type 
3C66 is used with a single strain gage having a gage factor of 
approximately 2. Uncalibrated continuous control from 10 
microstrain/div to 25,000 microstrain/div. 

ATTENUATOR ACCURACY, when set accurately in any one 

step, is within 2% on all other steps. 

GAGE FACTORS from 1 to 6 are usable without changing 
the steps of the sensitivity control. This range of factors is 
compensated for by adjusting the Gain Adjust Control. 

EQUIVALENT DC SENSITIVITY in a comparable dc ampli- 
fication system would require approximately 10 microvolts/div 
sensitivity for the same amount of power applied to the Type 
3C66. 

FREQUENCY RESPONSE is dc to 5 kc. 

RISETIME is 70 microseconds, approx. 

NOISE is typically equivalent to an input of 2.0 microstrain 
(pk-to-pk) at maximum calibrated sensitivity. This approximates 
an rms noise of 0.5 microstrain. 

DRIFT of the over-all system is primarily a function of the 
transducer stability. The Type 3C66 Amplifier system is essenti- 
ally drift free. 

INPUT is to an ac bridge with 25-kc excitation voltage. One 
or more of the four bridge arms can have transducers at- 
tached to them. Total bridge voltage is approximately 5v rms, 
regulated. 



198 



3C66 




c 



CAPACITIVE TRANSDUCERS used in conjunction with a four- 
arm resistive bridge results in the following maximum useful 
sensitivities: 120-ohm bridge, 1 pf/div; 100-ohm bridge, 0.2 
pf/div; useful sensitivities are slightly lower when using long 
cables. 

INDUCTIVE TRANSDUCERS must have characteristics com- 
patible with the 25-kc carrier frequency to function properly. 
Linear-variable-differential transformers designed for nominal 
carrier frequencies of 2 kc and higher usually operate satis- 
factorily without additional circuitry. 

TRANSDUCER CABLE consisting of either 3-wire or 4-wire 
shielded microphone cable gives the best results in most appli- 
cations. 

CAPACITANCE BRIDGE BALANCE has a range of control 
that allows compensation for an unbalance of up to 250 pf 
across any external resistive arm of the input bridge. 

RESISTIVE BRIDGE BALANCE has sufficient control to com- 
pensate for most standard transducers and strain gages. 

GAGE RESISTANCE RANGE is useful with cable lengths 
to 100 feet and extends from approximately 50 ohms to 2000 
ohms. 

PHASE ADJUSTMENT permits either resistive or reactive 
transducer applications to be displayed (thus making the Type 
3C66 very versatile). 

CALIBRATION rotary switch connects a calibration resistor 
across the strain gage electrically to simulate an external me- 
chanical strain. The calibration resistor supplied with the Type 
3C66 Unit simulates a —400 microstrain unbalance of the 
bridge and is suitable for most strain gage applications. The 
calibration resistor is mounted on a handy plug-in receptacle. 
No special gage dial is necessary for the unit. 

To aid in calibration, a nomograph is included in the in- 
struction manual. This nomograph relates calibration of the 
supplied resistor to gage factors and strain gage resistances. 

To include the gage factor in the calibration, merely increase 
or decrease the amplifier gain proportionally. 

SYNC IN AND OUT CONNECTORS are used for synchro- 
nizing oscillators of two units thus eliminating low frequency 
beat notes which sometimes occur when two units are used 
in the same indicator at high sensitivities. 



RECORDER SIGNAL OUTPUT is dc coupled and has an 
output of about 3 volts for each major division of crt display. 
Its dc level is adjustable to v by an internal control. 

NET WEIGHT is 5 1 /, pounds. Shipping weight is 7 pounds, 
approx. 

TYPE 3C66 AMPLIFIER UNIT $400 

Each instrument includes: 1 — synchronizing cable, RG174/U (012-0063- 
00), 1— 4-wire 15' shielded connector cable (012-0040-00), 1—120 12 
internal bridge resistor assy. (013-0025-00), 1— 150-k calibration re- 
sistor assy. (013-0078-00), 2-^instruction manuals (070-0357-00). 

U. S. Sales Prices f.o.b. Beaverton, Oregon 
Please refer to Terms and Shipment, General Information page. 



TYPE 3C66 CARRIER AMPLIFIER BLOCK DIAGRAM 

The input circuit for the unit is an ac bridge that has an 
external transducer connected into one or more of the bridge 
arms. Excitation voltage for the bridge is obtained from the 
25-kc oscillator. 

In operation, the transducer signals unbalance the bridge to 
modulate the 25-kc signal to produce an amplitude modulated 
suppressed-carrier output. The amplitude of the signal from 
the bridge is determined by amount of unbalance produced by 
the transducer signal. With no signal from the transducer, the 
carrier is suppressed. The phase of the bridge output is deter- 
mined by the direction and type of unbalance. 

The suppressed-carrier output of the bridge circuit is applied 
to the ac amplifier where the desired modulation sidebands are 
amplified while unwanted frequencies are rejected. An attenua- 
tor and gain control located in the amplifier determine the over- 
all sensitivity of the unit. 

The amplified modulation sidebands are applied to the 
phase-sensitive demodulator when a carrier is added in proper 
phase. The carrier permits only the desired phase to be de- 
modulated. 

The output of the demodulator circuit is applied to a filter 
network where the undersirabie modulation components are 
eliminated. The output from the fitter is then applied to the 
associated oscilloscope through the interconnecting plug. The 
signal applied to the oscilloscope corresponds exactly to the 
signal applied to the input bridge circuit by the external trans- 
ducer. 



TRANSDUCER 
INPUT 





AC 
AMPLIFIER 



PHASE- 
SENSITIVE 
DEMODULATOR 



FILTER 



TO 
OSCILLOSCOPE 





199 



Type 




SAMPLING-PROBE DUAL-TRACE UNIT 




EXTREMELY COMPACT PROBES 

DUAL-TRACE DISPLAYS 

0.35 MSEC OR LESS RISETIME 

100 K, 2 pf INPUT 

LOW NOISE 

RECORDER OUTPUTS 

The Type 3S3 Sampling-Probe Unit is a low-noise dual- 
trace amplifier employing extremely compact sampling 
probes. It has two separate channels with identical char- 
acteristics and can operate in any one of five modes 
for a variety of single, dual-trace and X-Y displays. The 
Type 3S3 is designed to operate in conjunction with a 
Type 3T77 Sampling Sweep Unit in the Type 56} A, 564, 
or 567 Oscilloscopes*. In the Type 567, information can 
be presented in digital as well as analog form. 

OPERATING MODES include Channel A only; Channel B 
only; Alternate Dual Trace — Channels A and B switched elec 
tronically; A + B Outputs of Channel 
A and B added algebraical- 
ly; A Vertical/B Horizontal — 
Channel A deflected vertically and 
B horizontally for X-Y displays. Independ- 
ent controls for each channel provide for trace 
positioning and polarity inversion. 

CALIBRATED SENSITIVITY is 5 mv/div, 10 mv/div, 20 mv/div, 
50 mv/div, and lOOmv/div; accuracy within 3%. An uncali- 
brated continuous control extends the sensitivity to approxi- 
mately 2 mv/div. 

RISETIME AND SMOOTHING controls, while maintaining 
correct dot transient response, adjusts the instrument for: least 
noise, best risetime, or a compromise of the two, with signal 
source from below 25 ohms to beyond 300 ohms. A Fast-RT/ 
Low-Noise switch in conjunction with the Smoothing control 
allows the operator to select optimum risetime at a sacrifice 
in noise level. Or, he may elect for a low noise level at some 
sacrifice in risetime. 

At low signal repetition rates the trace may take up to 
several seconds to traverse the crt screen. A Type 3S3 in a 
Type 564 Storage Oscilloscope offers the most advantageous 
combination for visually displaying these signals. 

RISETIME (with a 50-ohm input source impedance) is 0.35 

nsec with the switch set at the FAST RT position and 1 nsec 

at the LOW NOISE position. 

NOISE (with 50-ohm-input source impedance) can be adjuted 

to a minimum value equal to an input signal of less than 

0.5 mv peak-to-peak. 

CORRECT DOT TRANSIENT RESPONSE can be achieved with 

source impedances of less than 25 ohms to at least 300 

ohms. 

INPUT IMPEDANCE is 100 k paralleled by approx. 2 pf. 

DYNAMIC RANGES is ±1.5 v with Risetime control set to 
LOW NOISE and ±3 v when the control is set to FAST RISE- 
TIME. Safe overload is ±10 v. 

*For optimum operation, Type 561 Oscilloscopes below Serial Number 
580 must be modified with Modification Kit-Tektronix No. 040-0267-00. 




EXTERNAL TRIGGER is required, approximately 50 nsec 
prior to signal. Minimum repetition rate is 50 cps. 

RECORDER SIGNAL OUTPUT of Channel A, Channel B, or 
Channel (A + B) is 1 v/div (through 10 kilohms), dc-coupled 
at +10 volt level. 

DC OFFSET provides a means of displaying selected por- 
tions of signals having off-screen amplitudes. A control per- 
mits displaying of signals riding on a dc voltage as high as 
±0.5 v. 

TRACE FINDER button returns the trace to crt screen to aid 
in vertical positioning when the trace is driven off the screen 
by a large signal. 

PROBE (Type P6038) used with the Type 3S3 is extremely 
compact. The sampling bridge is contained in the probe head 
to obtain optimum results with the input impedance of 100 k 
paralleled by 2 pf. Probe can be changed from channel to 
channel with only minor recalibration. 

NET WEIGHT is 6 3 / 4 pounds. Shipping weight is 9 pounds, 
approx. 

TYPE 3S3 AMPLIFIER UNIT 

(with two Type P6038 Probes) $1500 

Each instrument includes: .2 — instruction manuals (070-0374-00) 

REPLACEMENT P6038 PROBE PACKAGE (Part Number 010- 
0156-00) $225 

Each package includes: 2— P6038 Probe Package (010-0156-00), which 
includes; 1— P6038 probe (010-0157-00); 1— Response normalizer (011- 
0070-00); 1— XI attenuator (011-0071-00); 2— Test point jack (131- 
0258-00); 1— Coupling capacitor (011-0072-00); 1— Hook tip assembly 
(206-0114-00); 1— Ground clip (175-0249-00); 1—Probe holder [352- 
0024-00); 1 — Instruction Manual (070-0400-00). 

U. S, Sales Prices f.o.b. Beaverton, Oregon 
Please refer to Terms and Shipment, General Information page. 



( 



200 




DUAL-TRACE SAMPLING UNIT Type 





c 



Internal Triggering and Delay Lines 



0.4-nsec or less Risetime 



2 Identical Channels 



5 Operating Modes 
Recorder Outputs 



The Type 3S76 Sampling Unit is a dual-trace amplifier 
containing two separate channels which possess identical 
characteristics. The unit can perform in any of five operat- 
ing modes for a variety of single, dual-trace and X-Y dis- 
plays. It is designed to operate in conjunction with a 
Type 3T77 Sampling Sweep Unit in Type 561 A, 564 and 
567 Oscilloscopes*. In the Type 567 , information will be 
presented in digital as well as analog form. 



OPERATING MODES include Channel A only; Channel B 
only; Dual-Trace — Channels A and B switched electronically 
on alternate samples; A + B — outputs of Channels A and B add- 
ed algebraically; A Vertical/B Horizontal — Channel A de- 
flected vertically and B horizontally for X-Y displays. Inde- 
pendent controls for each channel provide for trace posi- 
tioning and polarity inversion. 

CALIBRATED SENSITIVITY is from 2 mv/div to 200 mv/div 
in 7 calibrated steps, accuracy within 3%, except on the 2 mv/ 
div. and 5 mv/div. steps, which have accuracy within 5%. A 
variable control permits continuous adjustment between steps. 

FREQUENCY RESPONSE is equivalent to dc-to-3-db down 
at 875 Mc. 

RISETIME is 0.4 nsec or less, with less than dz3% peak over- 
shoot and undershoot. 

NOISE is equivalent to an input signal of 2 mv pk-to-pk with 
Smooth-Normal Switch in NORMAL position and 1 mv pk-to-pk 
with Smooth-Normal Switch in SMOOTH position. 

DC OFFSET is zbl v, referred to input, and monitorable at 
the front panel at 100X magnitude. 

INPUT IMPEDANCE is 50 ohms. 

DYNAMIC RANGE is ±2 v. Full sensitivity can be used 
with signals up to ±2 v in amplitude. Safe overload is ±4 v 
(higher with reduced duty factor). 

*For optimum operation, Type 561 Oscilloscopes below Serial Number 
580 must be modified with Modification Kit — Tektronix No. 040-0267-00. 




SIGNAL DELAY through 55-nsec internal delay line for each 
channel allows viewing of leading edge of input waveform. 

TRIGGER SOURCE selects built-in trigger takeoff signal from 
either channel. 

RECORDER SIGNAL OUTPUT is 1 v/div (through 10 kilohms) 
dc-coupled at +10 volt level, both channels. 

PROBE POWER is provided on both channels for cathode- 
follower probes. 

NET WEIGHT is 7 ] / 2 pounds. Shipping weight is 12 pounds, 
approx. 

TYPE 3S76 DUAL-TRACE SAMPLING UNIT $1100 

Each instrument includes: 2—1 OX attenuator, 50 fi (017-0044-00]; 2— 
5-nsec cable (017-0502-00); 2— Instruction Manual (070-0332-00). 

PROBES 

The following Tektronix probes are recommended for use 
with the Type 3S76. See Catalog Accessory pages for complete 
information on the probes. 

Input impedance 

Use R C Rating Prob. No. Price 

10:1 Attenuator" 500 fi 0.7 pf 16vdc-500vac P6034 $35 

100:1 Attenuator 5kO 0.6 pf 50 vdc-500 vac P6035 35 

Selectable Attenuator 10 meg £2 varies varies P6032 220 

Current — — 500 ma CTI/P6040 31 

U. S. Sales Prices f.o.b. Beaverton, Oregon 
Please refer to Terms and Shipment, General Information page, 



HHBB 



201 



Type 



PROGRAMMABLE SAMPLING UNIT 




• CALIBRATED SWEEP RATES 

• CALIBRATED SWEEP DELAY 

• 700 OR 1000 SAMPLES-PER SWEEP 

• NORMAL OR SINGLE DISPLAY 

• SINGLE DISPLAY START 

The 3T4 Sampling Unit adds great convenience to the oper- 
ation of the Type 567 Digital Readout System by providing 
remote control of the horizontal time base. This unit is com- 
patible with the following equipment: 3S76, 3S3, and other 
3-series sampling units; 561, 561 A, 564, and 567 Indicator Units; 
6R1 and 6R1A Digital Units, and the 262 Programmer. 

The multiple-pin connector on the front panel affords ex- 
ternal control of equivalent-time sweep rates, delay time, sam- 
ples per sweep, normal or single-display modes, and single- 
display start. These operations are obtained through the 
grounding of certain pins of the front-panel connector. 

Front-panel outputs are TRIGGER OUT, which provides a 
500-mv, negative pulse coinciding with the input trigger, and 
SWEEP OUTPUT which provides a staircase ramp. The unit 
also can be triggered internally and responds to input signals 
up to lOOOMc. The SINGLE DISPLAY feature permits photo- 
graphic trace recording. The 10X MAGNIFIER extends the 
on-screen calibrated sweep rate. A dual-purpose front-pane! 
control permits manual or external scanning of the display, 
thus providing convenient operation of either X-Y or Y-T 
recorders. 



SWEEP RATES 



3%, 



Equivalent-Time Sampling — 1 nsec/div to 200 jusec/div, 
in 2-5-10 sequence. 

Real-Time Sampling — External clock, trigger, and single-dis- 
play start inputs are required. 

DELAY RANGE 

1 nsec/div through 0.1 /xsec/div — lOOOnsec delay range. 

0.2/xsec/div through 10/xsec/div — lOO^asec delay range. 

20/xsec/div through 100/xsec/div — lOOOnsec delay range. 

(No delay range for 200 /isec/div sweep rate, or in real-time 
sampling mode). 

SWEEP MODES 

+ External Input — Scanning accomplished by external signal. 
Deflection factor adjustable from 5 to 20 volts/horizontal 
division. 

Manual Scan — Display scanned by front-panel control. 

Normal — Repetitive sweep. 

Single Display — One sweep each time START button is de- 
pressed. 

OTHER SWEEP CHARACTERISTICS 

Samples per sweep — 100 or 1000. 
Magnification of crt display — XI and XI 0. 
Front-panel sweep output — Staircase ramp, 1 volt/horizontal 
division. 






MAHUAl, SCAN 
OH SXT ATTltN 

SWEEP MODE 

NORM r 

SINGLE 
• i^^'i;r^^ DISPLAY 




HEMOTE PROGRAM 



^ 



SWETP 
OUTPUT 



TEKTRONIX, INC 



\ OUT 



PORTLAND, OREGON, U.S A. 



TRIGGERING 

Trigger Inputs — Internal or External + and — . Trigger re- 
sponds to inputs up to lOOOMc. 
Trigger Output — 500 mv, negative polarity. 

REMOTELY PROGRAMMABLE FUNCTIONS 

Equivalent-Time Sweep Rates. 

Delay Time. 

Samples per Sweep (Digital read-out decimal information cor- 
rect only on 1,000 samples/sweep). 

Normal or Single-Display Modes. 

Single-Display Start (When remotely programmed for SINGLE 
DISPLAY). 

DIMENSIONS AND WEIGHT 

Instrument is I6V2" long by 4 } //' wide by 6 1 //' high. Net 
weight is 5 3 / 4 lbs.; shipping weight is ll 3 / 4 lbs. 

TYPE 3T4 SAMPLING SWEEP UNIT $1300 

Each instrument includes: 2 — Instruction Manual (070-0439-00). 

OPTIONAL ACCESSORIES 

Connector, 19-Pin, Male, Micro-Dot. Mates with front-panel 
connector of 3T4 Unit for external programming. 
(131-0388-00) $32.30 

Extender Card, 56-Pin (Modified 262). The card is a rigid 
extension which enables the printed-circuit cards to operate 
out of the Type 3T4 for servicing convenience. 
(01 2-0078-00) $20.00 

Remote Program Cable, 10 ft. long, 19-Pin Microdot, Male to 

36-Pin Male Micro-Ribbon Connector. 

(012-0101-00) $85.00 

U.S. Sales Prices f.o.b. Beaverton, Oregon 
Please refer to Terms and Shipment, General Information page. 



202 



' 




SAMPLING SWEEP UNIT Type 



Triggering Through 1 Gigacyde 



10 l^sec/div to 0.02 nsec/div Sweep Rates 



Variable Sweep Delay 
Single-Display Provision 



Recorder Output 



The Type 3T77 is a Sampling Sweep Unit. It provides 
subnanosecond capabilities when used in conjunction with 
a Type 3S3 or 3S76 Sampling Unit in a Type 561 A, 564 
or 567 Oscilloscope*. In the Type 567, information can 
be presented in digital as well as analog form. 








TRIGGERING CHARACTERISTICS 

SINEWAVE TRIGGERING 

FREQUENCY RANGE is from 100 kc through 1 Gc. 

AMPLITUDE RANGE is from 10 mv to 800 mv pk-to-pk for 
external triggering. Five times more trigger amplitude is re- 
quired for equivalent internal triggering. Optimum trigger 
amplitude for least jitter may depend on frequency. Damaging 
overload can occur at 5 v or greater. 

JITTER varies with trigger amplitude, frequency and TIME/ 
DIV setting. Typical figures are less than 50 psec jitter for 
lOOmv p-p of 30-Mc to 50-Mc sinewave. A special synchron- 
izing mode may be used above 30 Mc for extra stability. 

PUiSE TRIGGERING 

REPETITION RATE RANGE is from lOpps (limited by mem- 
ory drift in the vertical plug-in) through 10°pps (1 Gc). 

AMPLITUDE RANGE is from 1 mv to 800 mv p-p for ex- 
ternal triggering. Minimum trigger rise rate is approx. 150mv/ 
/xsec. Optimum trigger amplitude for least jitter may depend 
on rise rate and rep rate. Damaging overload can occur at 
5 v or greater. 

JITTER is typically 50 psec or 0.1% of fast ramp duration, 
whichever is greater, for pulses of 50-mv amplitude, 2-nsec 
width (or 10 mv, 10-nsec width). 

OTHER CHARACTERISTICS 

DOT DENSITY can be either 10 or 100 dots/div. 

* For optimum operation, Type 561 Oscilloscopes below Serial Number 580 
must be modified with Modification Kit-Tektronix No. 040-0267-00. 




CALIBRATED SWEEP RANGE is from 0.2 nsec/div to 10 
/xsec/div in 15 calibrated steps, 1-2-5 sequence. Accuracy is 
within 3%. A variable control permits continuous adjustment 
uncalibrated between calibrated rates. 

1 OX MAGNIFIER permits a close-up view of any part of 
the display horizontally and extends the calibrated sweep 
rate to 0.02 nsec/div. Dot density remains constant when 
display is magnified. 

MANUAL OR EXTERNAL SCANNING of the display pro- 
vides convenient operation of remote recorders. At least 5 v/ 
div (positive-going) is required for an external sweep. 

SINGLE DISPLAYS useful for photography or storage can 
be initiated by a reset button. 

RECORDER SWEEP OUTPUT is 1 v/div (through 10 kilohms), 
useful for driving recorders and other devices. 

SWEEP DELAY of at least lOOnsec or one unmagnified 
screen diameter (whichever is greater) permits wide-range 
time positioning of the display. 

NET WEIGHT is 5V 2 pounds. Shipping weight is 9 pounds, 
approx. 

TYPE 3T77 SAMPLING SWEEP UNIT $650 

Each instrument includes: 2—1 OX attenuator, 50 (017-0044-00); 
l^Adapater, BNC-to-GR (017-0064-00); 2— 10-nsec GR cable (017- 
0501-00); 1— Adapter, BNC-to-UHF (103-0032-00); 2— Instruction Manual 
(070-0333-00). 

U.S. Sales Price f.o.b. Beaverfon, Oregon 
Please refer to Terms and Shipment, General Information page. 



203 




SQUARE-WAVE GENERATOR 




RISETIME 



Less than 20 nsec into a terminated 93 ohm cable 
As short as 1 3 nsec under suitable conditions. 

FREQUENCY RANGE 

25 cycles to 1 Mc, continuously variable, 

FREQUENCY METER 

Direct reading, accurate within 3% of full scale. 

MAXIMUM OUTPUT 

75 v, approximately, into 93-ohm cable. 
More than 160 ma, peak-to-peak. 






The Type 105 produces precision square waves at any fre- 
quency from 25 cycles to 1 Mc. Wide range and flexibility 
of operation qualify the Type 105 for highly specialized 
laboratory and research applications as well as general pur- 
pose use. Short risetime, excellent waveform, variable am- 
plitude control and accurate indication of frequency, along 
with other features, combine to make the Type 105 an 
ideal instrument for testing amplifiers and other electronic 
equipment designed for the 25 cycle-to-1 Mc range. 




Frequency Range is 25 cps to 1 Mc, continuously variable, 
in nine ranges — 100, 250 cps, 1, 2.5, 10, 25, 100, 250 kc, and 
1 Mc. Direct-reading frequency meter is accurate within 3% 
of full scale. 

Output Amplitude is adjustable from 10 to 100 v across the 
internal 600-ohm load. Square-wave current available at the 
output is greater than 160 ma (peak-to-peak). With a 75-ohm 
terminated output coaxial cable, maximum voltage available 
is 12v; with a 93-ohm cable, approximately 15 v. 

Sync Output Terminal supplies a synchronzing signal with 
amplitude independent of the square-wave output-control set- 
ting. A Sync Input terminal permits synchronizing the square 
wave with a frequency standard. 

Risetime is less than 20 nsec into a 93-ohm terminated cable; 
18 nsec (approx.) when the 93-ohm cable is terminated at both 
ends; 13 nsec (approx.) into a 50-ohm cable terminated at both 
ends. For higher output voltages larger output impedances can 
be used, with a corresponding increase in risetime. 

DC Power Supplies, electronically regulated, insure stable 
operation over line variations of 105-1 25 v, 210-250 v. Power 
consumption is 250 watts. 

Mechanical Specifications include dimensions of 16%" high 
by 10 3 / 8 " wide by 15V 4 " deep. Weight, net 34 pounds; ship- 
ping, 47 pounds (approx.). 






irn 10$ SQUAXt-WWt GfNfKATOft 





p 



• 





Fig, 1. 13-nsec risetime of the Type 105 displayed on 20 nsec/em 
sweep. Generator connected to vertical deflection plates of crt, 
sensitivity 7 v/cm with 50-J2 cable terminated at both ends. 

TYPE 105 GENERATOR $435 

Each instrument includes: 1 — 93-fi coaxial cable, BNC, (012-0075- 
00)*; 1— 93-12 termination, BNC, (011-0056-00), 1— clip lead adapter 
(013-0076-00); 1— 3-conductor power cord (161-0010-00), 1—3 to 2-wire 
adapter (103-0013-00), 1— post jack, BNC, (012-0092-00), 1— patch 
cord, BNC-to-BNC, 18" (012-0087-00), 2— instruction manual (070-0049- 
00). 

ATTENUATOR, CABLES AND TERMINATIONS 

A selection of terminating resistors, attenuators and coaxial 
cables for use with the Type 105 will be found in the Acces- 
sory pages of this catalog. Within certain technical limits, spe- 
cial terminating resistors and attenuators can be supplied on 
request. 

*lf specified on purchase order, a 50-12 cable and resistor or a 75-£2 cable 
and resistor will be supplied instead ... no extra charge. 

U.S. Sales Price f.o.b. Beaverton, Oregon 
Please refei fo Terms and Shipment, General Information page. 




■ ■ " 



204 




PULSE GENERATOR Type 




Risetime 



Less than 3 nsec into a terminated 50-ohm cable 



Frequency Range 

Approximately 400 kc to 1 Mc, uncalibrated. 



Output Voltage 

0.1 to 0.5 v, approximately, when cable is terminated 
in 50 ohms. 




TVPE ]07 
SQUAKiE-WAVE GENERATOR 

SIBlAt 



.-^i 



OUIPUT 



APPROXSMATE 
AMPUSUOE 

<SJrt rttMIHATtOW; 



APFROXIMAT8 
fUQmmt 



/^\ 




'&' 






The Type 107 Square-Wave Generator is basically 
intended as a test accessory for Tektronix Instruments. 

With less than 3-nsec risetime, the Type 107 pro- 
vides a suitable square wave for checking and adjust- 
ing high-frequency response of most Tektronix Oscillo- 
scopes and Wide-Band Preamplifiers. Source impedance 
is approximately 50 ohms. Output is ac coupled. 



CHARACTERISTICS 

Risetime — Less than 3 nanoseconds when the output 
50-ohm cable is terminated. 

Frequency Range — A front-panel control varies the 
frequency over an uncalibrated range of approximately 
400 kc to greater than 1 Mc. 

Output Voltage — When the output cable is termin- 
ated the output voltage range is approximately 0.1 v to 
0.5 v pk-to-pk. If the cable is not terminated, the volt- 
age range is 0.2 v to 1 v pk-to-pk. 



Output Trigger — Output voltage is approximately 
1.5 v pk-to-pk with a 93-ohm cable termination. The 
negative portion of the trigger slightly precedes the 
positive-going portion of the square-wave output. The 
trigger signal is available at a coaxial connector at 
the rear of the instrument. 

Waveform — Special design consideration has been 
placed on the shape of the positive portion of the wave- 
form. Therefore, only this portion should be used in tran- 
sient response testing. 

Power Supply — A conventional full-wave rectifier 
system employs a capacitor-input filter, a regulated 
+ 1 50 v is supplied for the output tube screen grid to 
insure constant output amplitude with a given APPROXI- 
MATE AMPLITUDE setting. 

Power Requirement — 1 05 v to 125v or 210 v to 

250 v, 50 to 60 cps, typically 100 watts. 

Mechanical Specifications — Dimensions are 10- 
9/16" high by 7" wide by 1 1 V 8 " deep. Net weight 
is 13 pounds. Shipping weight is 20 pounds, approx. 

TYPE 107 GENERATOR $190 

Each instrument includes: 1 — 50-fi termination, BNC, (011-0049- 
00), 1— 50-fi X10 attenuator, BNC, (01 1-0059 00), 1— 50-ft cable, 
BNC, (012-0057-00), 1— 3-conductor power cord (161-0010-00), 1 — 
3 to 2-wire adapter (103-0013-00), 2— instruction manual (070- 
0050-00). 

U. S. Sales Price f.o.b. Beaverton, Oregon 
Please refer to Terms and Shipment, General Information page. 



205 



Type 



PULSE GENERATOR 




0.25 nsec Risetime Pulses 



Alternate Pulses of Equal or Different Time 
Duration 



Calibrated Variable Amplitude Pulses of 
Either Positive or Negative Polarity 



Pulse Durations to 40 nsec 



The Type 109 is intended for use with fast-rise sampling 
systems or conventional oscilloscopes that generate their 
own internal sweep trigger. The Type 109 is transistorized 
and requires no warmup time before operating. 






CHARACTERISTICS 

PULSE RISETIME is less than 0.25 nsec. 

PULSE WIDTH is near 0.5 nsec to a maximum of 40 nsec 
at full repetition rate; 300 nsec at half repetition rate. An 
external charge network with a 10X attenuation provides 
long duration pulses. Amplitude decay is only 10% in 300 
nsec. 

REPETITION RATE is preset between 550 pulses/sec to 720 

pulses/sec. 

PULSE AMPLITUDE can be selected from three calibrated 
ranges extending from zero through fifty-five volts, accuracy 
within 3%. 

PULSE POLARITY can be either positive or negative. 

OUTPUT IMPEDANCE is 50 ohms. 

CHARGE LINES, either one or two, can be used to provide 
alternate equal or unequal pulses as desired. Equal charge 
lines produce a repetition rate of 550 pulses/sec to 720 
pulses/sec. 

EXTERNAL DC CHARGE VOLTAGE INPUTS permit alternate 
pulses of different amplitudes and/or polarity. Maximum ex- 
ternal charge voltage is 600 volts. With up to 100 volts input, 
the output amplitude will be half the external input amplitude. 
At voltage inputs over 100 volts, the output amplitude will be 
less than half the input amplitude. At voltage inputs of over 
50 volts, pulse irregularities may occur. 

DC-POWER SUPPLIES are electronically regulated to com- 
pensate for widely varying load conditions. 



POWER REQUIREMENT is 105 v to 125 v or 210 v to 250 v, 
50 to 800 cps, typically 60 watts. 

MECHANICAL FEATURES include an aluminum-alloy chassis 
and anodized front panel. Dimensions are 7 7 / 8 " high by 5" 
wide by ll 3 / 4 " deep. Net weight is 8V2 pounds. Shipping 
weight is 18 pounds, approx. 

TYPE 109 PULSE GENERATOR $360 

Each instrument includes: 1 — -charge network (017-0067-00), 3 — 5-nsec 
cable (017-0502-00), 1— 3-conductor power cord (161-0010-00), j— 
3 fo 2-wire adapter (103-0013-001, 2— instruction manual (070-0299-00). 



U.S. Sales Price f.o.b. Beaverton, Oregon 
Please refer to Terms and Shipment, General Information page. 




Alternate pulses of different widths and amplitudes pro- 
duced by using 5-nsec and 20-nsec charge lines and 
external charge voltages. Vertical sensitivity lOv/cm, 
sweep speed 10 nsec/cm. 



o 



206 







PULSE GENERATOR Type 









The Type 111 is a high-repetition rate, fast-rise pulse 
generator. It is primarily intended for use with the 
Tektronix Sampling Plug-In Units; however, its charac- 
teristics make it ideally suited for use with conventional 
oscilloscopes and other equipment as well. The unit 
provides two pulse outputs: the fast-rising Output Pulses 
and the Pretrigger Pulses. The Pretrigger Pulses occur 
from 30 to 250 nanoseconds ahead of each Output 
Pulse. These Pretrigger Pulses can be used as a Re- 
generated Trigger Signal for the Sampling Systems with- 
out internal delay lines or as a triggering signal for a 
conventional oscilloscope. The amount of delay be- 
tween the Pretrigger Pulse and the Output Pulse is vari- 
able by means of a front panel control. This eliminates 
the need in most applications for low-loss delay cables. 



Output Pulse Risetime — Equal to or less than 0.5 
nsec for both ( + ) and ( — ) polarity. 

Output Pulse Duration — Minimum, approximately 
2 nsec with no external charge line. Maximum, 1500 
nsec at low repetition rates decreasing to 30 nsec at 
100 kc repetition rate. Maximums are obtained with 
an external charge line. 

Output Pulse Polarity — Either ( + ) or ( — ] as 
selected by a front panel control. 

Output Pulse Repetition Rate — Four repetition 
rate ranges and a vernier control provide a continuous 
range of adjustment from approximately 10 pps to ap- 
proximately 100 kc. Overlap between ranges is about 
5%. 

Output Pulse Aberrations — When the output is 
properly terminated, overshoot and other aberrations 
on the leading edge and top of the output pulse are 
less than 5% pk-to-pk of the pulse amplitude. Ab- 
errations following the pulse are less than 10% pk- 
to-pk of the pulse amplitude. Pulse aberration figures 
are taken as viewed on a Tektronix Type 4S3 or equiv- 
alent. Figures may be greater when using other sam- 
pling systems. 

Pulse Amplitude — More than 10 volts. The output 
voltage is fixed by the particular avalanche transistor 
used. External attenuators are necessary to vary the 





rVPE 171 PSCTRlGOfR PULSE GENERATOR 

■ PUISE GENERATOR - 

MMmiGN .fill 




WTWH KltAWTT 






output amplitude. Refer to Accessories section for avail- 
able 50 Q, attenuators. 

Pretrigger Pulse Characteristics — Amplitude is 
about 10 volts, duration is about 300 nsec, and half- 
amplitude risetime is about 5 nsec. 

Pulse Delay — The Output Pulse is delayed from 30 
to 250 nsec after generation of the Pretrigger Pulse. The 
delay is continuously variable by means of a front 
panel control. Time jitter between the Pretrigger and 
the Output Pulse is less than 100 picoseconds. 

Output Impedance — 50 ohms. 

External Trigger Signal — Positive 3 volts or greater 
at rise rate of 3 volts//.<.sec or faster. As long as rate 
of rise is maintained, repetition rates from to 100 kc 
can be used. 

Power Requirement — 105v to 125v or 210 v to 
250 v, 50 to 800 cps, typically 35 watts at 117 v. 

Mechanical Specifications — Dimensions are 1 1 Va " 
high by 7" wide by 1 1 Vs " deep. Net weight is 8% 
pounds. Shipping weight is 16 pounds, approx. 

TYPE 1 1 1 GENERATOR $365 

Each instrument includes: 1 — 5-nsec 50-12 cable (017-0502-00), 
1— 9-nsec 50-fi charge line (017-0506-00), 1— 50-fi 1 OX attenuator 
(017-0044-001, 1— 3-wire power cord (161-0010-00), 1—3 to 2- 
wire adapter (103-0013-00), 2— instruction manual (070-0252-00). 

U. S. Sales Price f.o.b. Beaverton, Oregon 
Please refer to Terms and Shipment, General Information page. 



207 



Type 




DELAY CABLE 




TRANSMISSION LINES 



u 

CD 
O 



Transmission lines used for nanosecond pulses are com- 
monly of the transverse electric and magnetic fields 
mode type. The Type 113 uses this mode, because response 
is desired to zero frequency with minimum dispersion. In 
the nanosecond region, skin effect losses cause most of the 
pulse distortion in well-constructed cables. This results in a 
nongauss'tan response. Risetimes of cascaded cables do not 
follow the usual rms addition method of combining risetimes, 
as in gaussian amplifiers. 

Transmission line distortion of a step function shows up in 
a distinctive way. After a small transition period, the output 
rises fairly rapidly and then slows considerably, compared to 
an RC charge. An RC step requires 2.2 time constants to 
change from 10% to 90% of the input step. A transmission 
line requires 30 times the 0-to-50% riset'ime period to accom- 
plish this (10% to 90%) transition. 

The graph illustrates time of rise from 0-to-50% (T ) of 
the Input for various common coaxial cables. Note that the 
risetime deteriorates as the square of the length. Thus, it is 
very important to keep cable lengths (or delays) to a mini- 
mum. The Type 113 uses about 50 feet of %" diameter 
cable, resulting in a 0-to-50% riset'ime of about 0.0025 nano- 
second, and 10% io 90% of better than 0.1 nanosecond. 




40 80 100 

Cable Length in Feet 



1000 




<J 



The Tektronix Type 113 Delay Cable has a delay 
of 60 nsec. In general it is used in those sampling ap- 
plications where the vertical amplifier does not contain 
internal delay lines, where the triggering of the sweep 
is external and signal delay is required. 

Adequate Time Delay — With 60 nsec inserted in 
the Type 110 and N system, about 10 nsec can be seen 
ahead of a fast leading edge. 

High Quality Cable — Approximately 1.5 db loss per 
100 feet at 1000 mc. Risetime approximately 0.1 nsec. 

Mechanical Specifications — Three-piece cabinet 
houses the coaxial cable compactly coiled between two 
G.R. connectors. Side panels and bottom panel are 
easily removable. Rubber feet installed in one side, the 
bottom, and the back, facilitate use of the Tektronix 
Type 1 13 Delay Cable in any of three positions. 

Dimensions are 22%" high by 8%" wide by 21 % " 
deep. Net weight is 44% pounds. Shipping weight 
is 59 pounds, approx. 

TYPE 1 1 3 DELAY CABLE $250 

U. S. Sales Price f.o.b. Beaverton, Oregon 
Please refer to Terms and Shipment, General Information page. 



o 



208 



^m PULSE GENERATOR Type 










LESS THAN J 0-NANOSECOND RISE AND FALL 
TIME 

VARIABLE PULSE PERIOD, WIDTH, AND AMPLI- 
TUDE 






N 



INSTANT SQUARE-WAVE SELECTION 

REGULATED POWER SUPPLY — STABLE, LOW-JIT- 
TER OPERATION 

ALL SOLID STATE — NO fAN 





The new Type 114 is a general-purpose generator designed 
for laboratory and production test facilities. The versatility 
of the Type 114 makes it well suited for numerous applications, 
such as medical stimulation, studying network response to 
changes in period and/or width, or determining the step re- 
sponse of systems. It can also serve as a repetition-rate gen- 
erator or as a delay generator. 

Compact in size, the Type 114 utilizes solid-state circuitry 
throughout, insuring trouble-free operation and long component 
life. Functional front-panel layout makes the instrument easy 
to operate. Three switches are used for selecting pulse period, 
width, and amplitude. Each switch has a variable control for 
use over the selected range. A front-panel lamp indicates when 
the pulse width exceeds the maximum allowed by the period. 
The width selector switch features a square-wave position pro- 
viding symmetrical square-wave output at all pulse periods. 

Front-panel connectors are provided for pulse output, trigger 
output, and external trigger input. Two Type 114's can be con- 
nected together so that the output pulse of the second unit is 
delayed by the pulse width of the first unit. 



RISE AND FALL TIME 

10 nsec or less. 

PULSE ABERRATIONS 

5% or less (at maximum amplitude). 

POLARITY 

Positive or negative. 

PULSE PERIOD 

5 switched positions from 1 /xsec to 10 msec, plus external 
trigger position; continuously variable from 1 /xsec to 100 
msec. ACCURACY: ±3% with variable control in calibrated 
position. JITTER: less than 0.05%. 

PULSE WIDTH 

5 switched positions from 100 nsec to 1 msec, plus square- 
wave mode; continuously variable from 100 nsec to 10 msec. 
ACCURACY: ±3% with variable control in calibrated posi- 
tion. JITTER: less than 0.05%. Front-panel lamp indicates 
when pulse width exceeds pulse period. SQUARE-WAVE 
OUTPUT: symmetrical square-wave output at all Pulse Per- 
iod settings. 




PULSE AMPLITUDE 

4 switched positions: — 1 v to — 3 v, — 3 v to — 10 v; +1 v 
to +3 v, +3 v to +10 v. Variable within each range. Maxi- 
mum output into a 50-Q load is 10v; 16 v into 1,000-Q load. 

TRIGGER INPUT 

Stable triggering on +2 v from dc to 2 Mc, with a trigger- 
pulse risetime less than 1 ^.sec. 

TRIGGER OUTPUT 

3 v, open circuit; 0.5 v into 50-Q load. Front-panel switch 
sets trigger output pulse to occur at leading or trailing edge 
of output pulse. 

POWER REQUIREMENTS 

94.5 v to 137.5 v or 1 89 v to 275 v ac, 50 to 400 cps. Operating 
voltage selected by rear-panel switch. 

CONNECTORS 
BNC 

FINISH 

Blue vinyl, anodized front-panel. 

DIMENSIONS and WEIGHT 

Dimensions — 9" wide by 12y 2 " deep by 6" high. 
Net Weight— 10 lbs. 
Shipping Weight — 14 lbs. 

TYPE 114 PULSE GENERATOR $350 

Each instrument includes.- 1 — power cord (161-0024-00), 1 — 3 to 2- 
wire adapter (103-0013-00), 2— instruction manual (070-0465-00). 

U.S. Sales Price f.o.b, Beaverton, Oregon 
Please refer to Terms and Shipment, General Information page. 



209 




LOW-LEVEL PREAMPLIFIER 





,0 M.OOHMS 








Voltage Gain 

High position — approximately 1000. 

Low position — approximately TOO. 

Frequency Response 

0.2 cps to 40 kc maximum. 

Input Selection 

Single ended or differential. 

The Tektronix Type 122 Low-Level Preamplifier is a 
compact 3-stage amplifier extending the usefulness 
of the oscilloscope into the microvolt region. The Type 
122 is especially useful in biological research and 
other applications requiring the amplification of micro- 
volt signals. 

The Type 122 can be used with any dc-coupled oscil- 
loscope, increasing its sensitivity by a factor of either 
1000 or 100. If the Type 122 is used with an ac- 
coupled oscilloscope, the overall low-frequency re- 
sponse will be limited to that of the oscilloscope. 

Shock mounting, careful bypassing, and use of the 
Tektronix Type 1 25 Power Supply or battery power 
reduce microphonics, noise, and hum to a low level. 



c 



Frequency Response — Maximum passband is 0.2 
cycles to 40 kc, with 5 approximate high-frequency 3- 
db cutoff points. . .50, 250 cps, 1,10, and 40 kc; and 
4 approximate low-frequency 3-db cutoff points. . .0.2, 
0.8, 8, and 80 cycles. Corresponding low frequency 
time constants are 1, 0.2, 0.02, and 0.002 seconds. 
High and low-frequency points are controlled by separ- 
ate switches so a variety of frequency response char- 
acteristics can be obtained. 

Voltage Gain — A toggle switch selects either a gain 
of 100 or 1000. 

Rejection Ratio — 80 to 100 db for in-phase signals 
from 5 cycles to 40 kc; maximum common-mode signal 
input is 4 v. 

Signal Output — Maximum signal output is 20 v 
(peak-to-peak) for a maximum signal input of 0.02 v 
(peak-to-peak) in high gain position and 0.1 v (peak- 
to-peak) in low gain position. AC input signals up to 
these maximums or dc levels up to ±0.1 v (either gain 
setting) can be handled by the Type 122 before wave- 
form distortion occurs. Output impedance Is approxi- 
mately 1 000 ohms. 

Input Impedance — With single-ended input, the im- 
pedance is 10 megohms paralleled by approximately 
50 pf. Impedance for differential input is 20 megohms 
paralleled by approximately 50 pf. 



Noise Level — Depending on the setting of the fre- 
quency response controls, the noise level, referred to the 
input, is 1 to 5 microvolts rms with the input terminals 
grounded. 

Power Requirement — Powered through a standard 
octal plug: +135v at 5 ma, — 90 v at 4 ma, and 
6.3 v at 0.9 amp. The Type 122 can be powered by 
the Type 125 Power Supply or by batteries. The 
battery cable furnished with the instrument is designed 
to be used with five 45-volt dry-cell batteries and one 
6.3-volt storage battery. Batteries are not included 
with the Type 122. 

Mechanical Specifications — Dimensions are 1 2 y 4 " 
high by 4 Vs " wide by 7 Vs " deep. Net weight is 4% 
pounds. Shipping weigth is 9 pounds, approx. 

TYPE 122 PREAMPLIFIER $135 

Each instrument includes: 1— battery cable (012-0009-00), 1— 
output cable (012-0003-00), 1— input plug (131-0013-00), 2— in- 
struction manual (070-0246-00). 

Battery Cables 

Extra long battery cables can be ordered to fit a 
particular arrangement. 

U.S. Sales Price f.o.b. Beaverton, Oregon 
Please refer to Terms and Shipment, General Information page. 



• 



210 






FRAME MOUNT Type FM"J22 





The Type FM122 has a specially designed front panel 
and cabinet for use where mounting in a vertical posi- 
tion is required. It can be mounted in an existing sup- 
port or adapted to mounting in a standard rack by a 
Tektronix Mounting Frame. 

Electrical characteristics of the Type FM122 are the 
same as described for the Tektronix Type 122 Preampli- 
fier. 

Mechanical Specifications — Dimensions are 1 2 y 4 " 
high by 4 % " wide by 7" deep. Net weight is 5Vi 
pounds. Shipping weight is 9 pounds, approx. 

TYPE FM122 (without Mounting Frame) $140 

Each instrument includes: 1 — battery cable (012-0009-00), 1 — out- 
put cable (012-0003-00), 1— input plug (131-0013-00), 1— set mount- 
ing hardware, 2 — instruction manual (070-0246-00). 

Mounting Frame 

Fits any standard 19-inch rack and is fastened to the 
front of the rack by four screws. Adapts Type FM122 
Preamplifier to rack mounting. Capacity is four of any 
combination of Type FM122 Preamplifier, Type 360 
Indicator, Type 1 60-Series Units, and Type FM125 
Power Supply. (Note: Because the Type FM122 Pre- 
amplifier has high sensitivity, it is recommended that it 
be mounted at least 4 inches to the left of the Type 
FM125 Power Supply or other source of transformer 
hum field.) Part Number 014-0002-00 $7 












m 



•"«««.»* •cmua^Si 




RACK MOUNT Type RM"|22 



The Type RM122 is a mechanically rearranged Type 
122 Preamplifier for horizontal mounting in a standard 
19-inch rack. The instrument is fastened to the front of 
the rack by four screws. It requires only 5 ] A inches 
of rack height. 

Electrical characteristics of the Type RM122 are the 
same as described for the Tektronix Type 122 Preampli- 
fier. 

Mechanical Specifications — Dimensions are 5Va" 
high by 19" wide by 7" deep. Net weight is 6 pounds. 
Shipping weight is 14 pounds, approx. 

TYPE RM122 $140 

Each instrument includes: 1 — battery cable (012-0009-00), 1 — out- 
put cable (012-0003-00), 1— input plug (131-0013-00), 1— set mount- 
ing hardware, 2 — instruction manual (070-0246-00). 




Tmmm tow-imt phia/apum* 




*aw£* 



Q 




WKttyfATt 










"S^iNlPWii 




U.S. Sales Prices f.o.b. Beaverton, Oregon 
Please refer to Terms and Shipment, General Information page. 




211 



Type 



PREAMPLIFIER 




Compact 

4 T / 4 " high, 1 V 2 " wide, 3 % " deep. 

Weighs only 1 ounces. 

Voltage Gain 

Accurately set at 100. 

Passband 

Within 3-db from 3 cps to 25 kc. 

Maximum Input Signal 

0.1 v peak-to-peak. 

Hum-Free Low-Level Amplification 

Powered by miniature batteries. 



**~#<r~-4 is" 
■ 58 




<t Si? 



% » 



£h 



A~J 



3 V 



ii * 



type «3 




AC COUPtED 
PREAMPLIFIER 

PASS BANB= 3^" 25KC 
MAX-ACiH.^V^ 

MAX0CI^* 0OV 

S AC P05ff»0N- 

SER'Al 





The Tektronix Type 123 Preamplifier is a compact, 
light-weight, battery-operated amplifier for use in appli- 
cations where a gain of 100 without hum is desired. 
Passband is within 3-db from 3 cps to 25 kc. Where 
reduced high-frequency response is permissible, ground- 
loop hum pickup can be virtually eliminated by mount- 
ing the Type 123 close to the circuit under observation. 
Coaxial connectors permit the Type 123 to be connect- 
ed directly to an oscilloscope or other instrument or 
even for use as a probe. Shock-mounted chassis re- 
duces the effects of microphonics, shift, and drift. 

Applications of the Type 123 are confined to the 
audio range,- for example, observing hum levels, trans- 
ducer preamplifier, and other low-level applications 
where a gain of 100 is desired. 



CHARACTERISTICS 

Voltage Gain — Gain is 100, adjustable with screw- 
driver calibration control. 

Passband — Within 3-db from 3 cps to 25 kc. 

Battery Powered — A small mercury cell supplies the 
filament voltage and a miniature 30 v battery is the 



source of plate voltage. Life of the mercury cell is ap- 
proximately 100 hours. Plate-voltage battery life is 
about the same as shelf life, typically 1000 hours. 

Noise Level — The maximum noise level, referred 
to the input, with the input grounded is less than 7.5 
fiv, rms; 50 i.lv, peak-to-peak. 

Output Signal Level — DC level of output is approxi- 
mately + 1 5 v. 

Maximum Input Signal — Maximum input signal for 
linear amplification is 0.1 v, peak-to-peak. 

Input Impedance — 10 megohms. 

Effective Output Impedance — 31 kilohms. 

Power Requirement — One 1.345 v mercury cell and 
one 30 v miniature battery, included with the instrument. 

Mechanical Specifications — Dimensions are A X U" 
high by 1 V2 " wide by 3%" deep. Net weight is 10 
ounces. Shipping weight is 2 pounds, approx. 

TYPE 123 PREAMPLIFIER $75 

Each instrument includes: 1 — schematic 

U.S. Sales Price f.o.b. Beaverton, Oregon 
Please refer to Terms and Shipment, General Information page, 



o 



212 




POWER SUPPLY Type 









Electronic Voltage Regulation 
Output Voltages 

+ 135 vdc, to 20 ma. 

— 90 v dc, to 20 ma. 

— 6 v dc, 0.7 to 4 amp. 

The Type 125 Power Supply provides power for one 
to four Type 1 22 Amplifiers. 

Peak-to-peak ripple voltages are: + 1 35 v supply, 
less than 3 mv; — 90 v supply, less than 2 mv; — 6v 
supply, less than 5 mv. Voltage stability of the Type 
125 is assured by use of regulated voltages applied to 
the tube heaters. 

Power Requirement — 105v to 1 25 v, or 210 v to 

250 v, 50 to 60 cps, 1 10 watts. 

Mechanical Specifications — Dimensions are 14%" 
high by 4 Vs " wide by 10%" deep. Net weight is 19 
pounds. Shipping weight is 27 pounds, approx. 

TYPE 125 POWER SUPPLY $285 

Each instrument includes: 4 — 36" interconnecting cable (012- 
0065-00), 1— 3-conductor power cord (161-0010-00), 1—3 to 2- 
wire adapter (103-0013-00), 2— instruction manual (070-0246-00). 



The Type FM125 has a specially designed front 
panel for use where vertical mounting in a standard 
rack is desired. It can be mounted in an existing sup- 
port or adapted to mounting by a Tektronix mounting 
frame. Electrical characteristics are the same as the 
Type 125. 



Mechanical Specifications — Dimensions are 1 2 V 4 " 
high by 4 ft " wide by 1 3 ft " deep. Net weight is 19 
pounds. Shipping weight is 27 pounds, approx. 

TYPE FM125 . . . . , $290 

Each instrument includes: 4 — 36" interconnecting cable (012- 
0065-00), 1— 3-conductor power cord (161-0010-00), 1—3 to 2- 
wire adapter (103-0013-00), 1 — set mounting hardware, 2 — instruc- 
tion manual (070-0246-00). 

Mounting Frame 

Fits any standard 19-inch rack and is fastened to the 
front of the rack by four screws. Capacity is four of any 
combination of Type FM122 Preamplifier, Type FM125 
Power Supply, Type 360 Indicator, and Type 160-Series 
Units. (Note: Because the Type FM122 Preamplifier 
has high sensitivity, it is recommended that it be mount- 
ed at least 4 inches to the left of the Type FM125 
Power Supply.) 
Order Part Number 014-0002-00 $7 



The Type RMI25 is a mechanically rearranged 
Type 125 for horizontal mounting in a standard 19" 
rack. Electrical characteristics are the same as the Type 
125. 

Mechanical Specifications — Dimensions are 51/4" 
high by 19" wide by 1 3 ft " deep. Net weight is 19 
pounds. Shipping weight is 29 pounds, approx. 

TYPE RM1 25 $290 

Each instrument includes: 4 — 36" interconnecting cable (012- 
0065-00), 1— 3-conductor power cord (161-0010-00), 1—3 to 2- 
wire adapter (103-0013-00), 1 — set mounting hardware, 2 — instruc- 
tion manual (070-0246-00). 



U.S. Sales Prices f.o.b. Beaverton, Oregon 
Please refer to Terms and Shipment, General Information page. 



213 



Type 



PREAMPLIFIER POWER SUPPLY 








CHARACTERISTICS 



The Tektronix Type 127 Preamplifier Power Supply 
provides operating power to one or any combination of 
two Tektronix Letter Series or new T Series Plug-In 
Units. This permits the operation of Tektronix Plug-Ins 
separate from the oscilloscope in which they are normal- 
ly used. For example, a double-differential dual-trace 
display can be obtained with a Type 127 and two Type 
D, E, or G Plug-In Units — when used in conjunction with 
an oscilloscope and Type C-A, 1A1, or 1A2 Plug-In 
Unit. 

Also Triggering Signal Input Terminals are provided 
at the rear of the instrument to permit the introduction 
of triggering pulses into a Type C-A, 1A1, 1A2, or 
Type M Unit to utilize the alternate-sweep features of 
these multitrace units. The triggering pulses may be 
obtained from the + GATE OUT terminal of the as- 
sociated oscilloscope. 

The Type 127 also facilitates the use of Tektronix 
Plug-In Units in other applications. 



Balanced Output — The outputs of Plug-In Units 
powered by the Type 127 are fed through dc-coupled 
differential amplifier stages and cathode followers to 
provide a push-pull signal at the output terminals. Rise- 
time of the unit is 18nsec, permitting maximum 
utilization of the response of Tektronix Type 530-Series 
Oscilloscopes. Push-pull output swing is linear ± 3% 
over a range of ± 0.3 volt into 1 70-ohm termination. 
Output dc operating levels are adjustable to ground 
potential. 

Gain — The Type 127 has a gain of one, push-pull. 
With single-ended output, gain is one-half. 

Output Terminals — Each channel has four output 
terminals, two on the front panel and two at the rear. 
Terminated 1 70-ohm output cables are furnished. 

Electronic Regulation — All dc supply voltages to 
the Plug-In Units are electronically regulated to com- 
pensate for line voltage and load variations between 
105 and 125v or 210 and 250 v and for current-de- 
mand difference among the Plug-In Units. A cur- 
rent-sensitive relay switches in a compensating power 
load when only one preamplifier is plugged into the 
Type 127. 



c 



214 



127 




Amplitude Calibrator — A square-wave calibration 
voltage is available through a front-panel coaxial con- 
nector. Eighteen fixed voltages — 0.2, 0.5, l, 2, 5, 10, 
20, 50, 100 millivolts, 0.2, 0.5, 1, 2, 5, 10, 20, 50, and 
100 volts peak-to-peak are provided. Accuracy is with- 
in 3%. Square-wave frequency is approximately 1 kc. 

Power Requirement — 1 05 v to 125v or 210 v to 
250 v, 50 to 60 cps, 450 watts maximum. 

Mechanical Specifications — Dimensions are 8 3 A " 
high by 19" wide by 21 %" deep. Net weight is 39 T / 2 
pounds. Shipping weight is 69 pounds, approx. 

TYPE 127 POWER SUPPLY (without plug-in units) $650 

Each instrument includes: 4 — 170-12 termination (011-0048^00), 
4— 170-12 coaxial cable (012-0034-00), 1— 3-conductor power cord 
(161-0010-00), 1—3 to 2-wire adapter (103-0013-00), 1— pair mount- 
ing tracks (351-0085-00), 4— adapter, BNC to UHF (103-0032-001, 
2~ instruction manual (070-0284-00). 



Supporting Cradles 

For rear slide support when the instrument is to be 
mounted in a backless rack. Two cradles with neces- 
sary mounting hardware. 

Order Part Number 040-0344-00 $1 1.45 

U. S. Sales Prices f.o.b. Beaverton, Oregon 
Please refer to Terms and Shipment, General Information page. 




Output characteristics of the Type 127 in combination 
with Tektronix Plug-In Units, measured with the Type 
127 output terminated in 170 ohms. 


Plug-In 
Unit 


Maximum 

Voltage Gain 

(push-pull output) 


Frequency Response 


Risetime 


B 


2 

20 


dc to 15 mc 
2 cps to 1 1 mc 


23 nsec 
30 nsec 


C-A 


2 


dc to 17 mc 


20 nsec 


D 


100 


dc to 300 kc at a gain of 
100, increasing to 2 mc at 
a gain of 2 




E 


2000 


.06 cps to 20 kc at full 
gain, increasing to 60 kc 
at a gain of 200 




G 


2 


dc to 15 mc 


23 nsec 


H 


20 


dc to 12 mc 


29 nsec 


K 


2 


dc to 19 mc 


18 nsec 


L 


2 
20 


dc to 1 9 mc 
3 cps to 17 mc 


18 nsec 
20 nsec 


M 


5 


dc to 15 mc 


23 nsec 


O 


2 


dc to 17 mc 


20 nsec 


Q 


* 


dc to 6 kc 


60 fisec 


w 


2 

100 


dc to 16.5 mc 
dc to 7.5 mc 


21 nsec 
46 nsec 


z 


2 


dc to 11 mc 


31 nsec 


1A1 


2 

20 
200 


dc to 19 mc 

dc to 17 mc 

2 cps to 1 1 mc 


1 8 nsec 
20 nsec 
30 nsec 


1A2 


2 


dc to 19 mc 


1 8 nsec 


*A 10 ^strain input produces a lOOmv output. 




215 



Type 



PLUG-IN UNIT POWER SUPPLY 





. . . a means for out-of -scope use of Tektronix 
2 and 3-Series Plug-In Units 



The Type 129 Plug-In Supply provides a new way to 
utilize the 2 and 3-Series Amplifier Plug-In Units in a wide 
variety of instrumentation systems. With this power supply 
the amplifiers are useful for driving recording equipment, 
X-Y plotters, oscilloscopes, or other external indicators hav- 
ing requirements within the plug-in unit specifications. 

The Type 129 Plug-in Power Supply is recommended for 
use with the 2 and 3-Series single channel low-frequency 
amplifiers. 

Multiple-trace plug-ins are usable in the Type 129, but 
operation should be limited to single-trace modes unless 
provision is made to operate the multiple-trace switching cir- 
cuits at a relatively slow rate compatible with the output 
circuit bandpass. 



The Type 129 powers up to four 2 and 3-Series plug-in 
units*, singly or in combination. Each plug-in unit fits into a 
plug-'m module having an output connector at the front and 
rear panels. A selectable cathode-follower or passive cir- 
cuit card placed between the plug-in unit and the output 
connector controls the output characteristics. Each channel 
must use one of these cards in order to function properly 
with plug-in units except sampling and Type 3C66. 

With the cathode-follower plug-in circuit card installed, 
push-pull, low impedance signals (to approximatey 8 v peak- 
to-peak) are available via cathode followers at front and 
rear connectors. An automatic dc level-setting circuit keeps 
the average dc level of the two connectors close to v. 
Passband of the cathode-follower output circuit is dc to 
approximately 1 Mc. 

With the passive card installed, a high impedance push- 
pull signal is available at the front panel for balancing 
and a single-ended signal at low impedance (nominally 
500 ohms) is available at the rear output connector. Pass- 
band of the passive divider output circuit is dc to approxi- 
mately lOOkc and is dependent upon the plug-in used. 

Each output can be switched to a meter for dc balance 
indication. This allows quick setting of the plug-in position 
control. In addition to the output monitor switch, a two-posi- 
tion switch has been included for balancing of the Type 
3C66 Carrier Amplifier Plug-In Unit. 

* Sampling plug-ins must be installed in pairs (one sampling sweep and 
one sampling verfical). 



• 



216 



129 






PLUG-IN 
TYPE 


INDICATED 
SENSITIVITY 


APPROXIMATE SYSTEM GAIN 


With Passive Output Card* 


With C.F. Output Card** 


Single Ended 


Push-Pull 


2A60 


50 mv/div 


50 


20 


40 


2A61 


0,01 mv/div (AC) 


2.5 xlO 5 


10 5 


2xl0 5 


2A63 


1 mv/div (DC) 


2.5 xlO 3 


10 3 


2xl0 3 


3A3 


lOO^v/div 


2.5 xlO 4 


10 4 


2xl0 4 


3A75 


50 mv/div 


50 


20 


40 


3C66 


10 /xstrain/div 


0.25 v/ ( astrain 


0.1 v//xstrain 


0.2 v/,ustrain 


* Output single ended at rear connector 
** Output at front or rear connector 



In addition to supplying power for the plug-in compartments, 
the Type 129 provides regulated voltages at a rear-panel con- 
nector for powering accessories. 

Two low-noise fans provide forced-air cooling for the power 
supply and plug-in compartments. 



lir 



Electronically-regulated dc supplies insure stable operation 
Ith as much as — 10% to + 7% variation from design-center 
ine voltage. The instrument is normally wired to operate at 
a design center of 117 volts, but a multi-tap transformer per- 
mits operation at design centers of 110, 117, 124, 220, 234, 
or 248 volts. Power consumption is typically 575 watts maxi- 
mum under full load. 

Dimensions are IOV2" high by 19" wide by 23y 2 " deep. 
Net weight is 46 pounds. Shipping weight is approximately 
85 pounds. 

TYPE 129 RACK-MOUNT PLUG-IN UNIT POWER SUPPLY 

(without circuit cards) $650 

Each instrument includes: 1 — right angle power cord (161 -0022-00) , 
1 — 3 to 2-wire adopter (103-0013-00), 1 — pair mounting tracks (351- 
0085-00), 2— instruction manual (070-0409-00). 

BLANK PLUG-IN CHASSIS 

This chassis contains necessary unique mechanical parts for 
construction of a custom plug-in including frame, blank front 
panel, blank chassis, 24-pin connector, latch, and small hard- 
ware. Electrical components are not included. 

BLANK PLUG-IN CHASSIS (Part No. 040-0245-00) $25 




CATHODE-FOLLOWER CIRCUIT CARD 

(Part No. 018-0001-00) 



$40 




PASSIVE DIVIDER CIRCUIT CARD 

(Part No. 018-0002-00) 



$10 



U.S. Sales Price f.o.b. Beaverton, Oregon 
Please refer to Terms and Shipment, General Information page. 




217 



Type 



DIRECT-READING L-C METER 




ySyvWIgrag^JIKrai^^^ 



Five Ranges 

Microhenries — to 3, 1 0, 30, 1 00, 300. 
Picofarads — to 3, 10, 30, 100, 300. 

Accuracy 

Within 3% of full scale. 

4V 2 " Meter 



Saves engineering time in circuit development work 
by providing quick inductance and capacitance readings 
even while circuit changes are being made. Aids in cor- 
rect placement of critical components and leads. 

Guard circuit produces a voltage of the same ampli- 
tude and phase as the voltage at the UNKNOWN ter- 
minals, but isolated from the frequency determining 
portions of the rest of the circuit. This permits separation 
of the capacitance to be measured from other capaci- 
tances and strays. Accurate measurements of direct 
inter-electrode capacitance in vacuum tubes can be 
made with ease. 

The Type 130 can also be used for component testing, 
sorting, and color-code checking on a production basis. 

The unknown value to be measured will determine the 
frequency of the variable oscillator in the Type 130. 
This frequency is beat against a 140-kc fixed oscillator. 
The difference frequency is shaped and counted, caus- 
ing meter deflection proportional to the difference fre- 
quency. The direct-reading meter is calibrated in micro- 
henries and picofarads. 

Small actual and stray capacitances have very little 
effect on inductance measurements made with the Type 
130. For instance, the meter reading will be affected 
less than 1 % on inductance measurements where the 
actual and stray capacitances are as great as 50 pf. 

Load Resistance Limits — The following loads will not 
appreciably alter the indication: 

Capacitance, 0.1 megohm shunt. 

Inductance, 20 k shunt, 10 ohms series. 

A table included in the instruction manual provides 
corrections for greater loads. 




Power Requirement — 105v to 125v or 210 v to 
250 v, 50 to 60 cps, 40 watts. 

Mechanical Specifications — Dimensions are 10%" 
high by 7" wide by 1 1 % " deep. Net weight is 8% 
pounds. Shipping weight is 15 pounds, approx. 

TYPE 130 DIRECT-READING L-C METER $225 

Each instrument includes: 1 — probe (010-0003-00), 1 — block output 
lead (012-0014-00), 1— red output lead (012-0015-00), 1— 3-con- 
ductor power cord (161-0010-00), 1—3 to 2-wire adapter (103-0013- 
00), 2— instruction manual (070-0231-00). 

Production Test Fixture 

For use with the Type 1 30 L-C Meter. Speeds sorting 
and testing of capacitors and inductors. 

Order Part Number 013-0001-00 $5 

Delta Standards 

For calibration of the Type 130 L-C Meter. The 
unit provides accurately adjusted steps of capaci- 
tance and inductance, selected by a rotary selector 
switch. Values of the capacitance steps corres- 
pond to the full-scale adjustments required on the 
five scales of the Type 130. Two resistors of similar 
capacitance, values of 1 megohm and 0.1 megohm, 
are provided for the resistance compensation adjust- 
ment. A 300-/xh standard permits proper adjustments 
of the inductance ranges. 

Order Part Number 015-0001-00 $40 

U. S. Sales Prices f.o.b. Beaverton, Oregon 
Please refer to Terms and Shipment, General Information page. 



o 



218 




PLUG-IN UNIT POWER SUPPLY Type 





The Type 132 provides an electronically regulated 
power supply and amplifier for any Tektronix Letter- 
Series or '!' Series Plug-In Unit. 

Easily portable, it enables the many plug-ins to be 
used with or without an oscilloscope in a wide variety 
of applications. 

The electronically regulated power supply provides 
correct operating voltages for both the internal ampli- 
fier and plug-in unit and assures stable operation. 

Convenient front-panel terminals for either push-pull 
or single-ended output facilitate connections to associ- 
ated equipment. 



CHARACTERISTICS 

Frequency Specifications are at 3-db down 

Frequency Response and Risetime — DC to 15 mc, 

23 nsec, when used with a Tektronix Type K or Type L 
Plug-In Unit and terminated with a 50-Q load. 

Gain — The push-pull gain is 10 when using a Tek- 
tronix Plug-In Unit at 50 mv/cm sensitivity, terminated 
with 93-Q load, (approximately 5 into 50-Q load). 

Output Terminals — Push-Pull, or single-ended + or 
— outputs are available at front-panel terminals. 

Output Voltage — High impedance load; ±50 volts 
at each connector and ±100 volts push-pull. Source 
impedance is approximately 5000 ohms with ±10 ma 
available ( unterminated ) . With 93-ohm load, voltage 
swing is approximately ±1 volt. 

Dual-Trace Operation — Convenient back-panel 
jacks and switching arrangements provide for use of the 
alternate and chopped modes of operation and blank- 
ing, with a Tektronix Type 1A1, 1A2, C-A or M Plug- 
In Unit. 

Power Supply — Electronically regulated. Provides 
correct voltages for the amplifier and any Tektronix 
Letter-Series or '1' Series Plug-In Unit and assures 
stable operation. 

Power Requirement — 105v to 125v or 210 v to 
250 v, 50 to 60 cps, 320 watts. 

Mechanical Specifications — Dimensions are 10 1 /*" 
high by 7Vs" wide by 19 T / 8 " deep. Net weight is 21 V 2 
pounds. Shipping weight is 36 pounds, approx. 

TYPE 132 PLUG-IN UNIT POWER SUPPLY 

(without plug-in units) $460 

Each instrument includes: 2—93-12 termination, BNC, (011-0056- 
00); 2— 93-fi cable, BNC, (012-0075-00); 1— 3-conductor power 
cord (161-0010-00); 1—3 to 2-wire adapter (103-0013-00); 2— 
instruction manual (070-0288-00). 

U.S. Sales Price f.o.b. Beaverton, Oregon 
Please refer to Terms and Shipment, General Information page. 



r 




INPUT SUKTOR 




ItKJSONIX. 1NC- 



IHPUT SftKTOtt 



•0. 



►OWEft ON 



GMtt AOJ. 





TYPE 132 HUG-IN UNIT POWER SUPPLY 

SERfAl && 

ItKIKOmX, INC., POSUAHD, OSISOW, U,£,A r fl? ■ 




TYPE 132 TYPICAL PERFORMANCE WITH TEKTRONIX PLUG-IN UNITS 


L Equivalent noise 


Performance * 
With no termination 


Performance * 
Terminated in 93 1? 


Performance * 
Double terminated 93 Q 


PLUG-IN referred to 
J TYPE input (pk-pk) 


System * Band 
Gain Width 


System * Band 
Gain Width 


System * Band 
Gain Width 


B 


200 /.(.volt 


5000 350 kc 
500 


100 10 mc 
10 1 4 mc 


50 10 mc 
5 1 6 mc 


C-A 


200 /ivolt 


500 350 kc 


10 14mc 


5 16 mc 


D 


1 00 /.wolf 


useful to 350 kc 
20,000 200 kc 


30 2 mc 
500 300 kc 


5 2 mc 
250 300 kc 


E 


35 /tvolt 


useful to j. 
1 0,000 


10,000 t 


5000 


<5 


200 /ivolt 


500 350 kc 


10 14 mc 


5 1 6 mc 


?H 


200 /'.volt 


5000 350 kc 


100 11 mc 


50 1 2 mc 


K 


200 /J-volt 


500 350 kc 


10 14 mc 


5 16 mc 


V 


200 /'.volt 


5000 -„. 
500 350 kc 


1 00 1 4 mc 
10 1 4 mc 


50 16mc 
5 16 mc 


M 


200 javolt 


500 350 kc 


10 14 mc 


5 16 mc 


o 


200 /.wo It 


500 350 kc 


10 14 mc 


5 16 mc 


Q 


* * 


Not Recommended 


6 kc 


* * • * 6 kc 


w 


200 /xvolt 


Useful to 

10,000 350 kc 
500 


500 7 mc 
10 14.5 mc 


250 7 mc 
5 16mc 


.Z/: : 


200 /tvolt 


500 350 kc 


10 lOmc 


5 10 mc 


1A1 


200 /tvolt 


useful to 2 cps to 

10,000 350 kc 

5,000 350 kc 

500 350 kc 


2 cps to 

1000 10 mc 

100 14 mc 

10 14mc 


2 cps to 

500 10 mc 

50 16 mc 

5 16 mc 


1A2 


200 /ivolt 


500 350 kc 


10 3 4 mc 


5 16 mc 


* Performance measured with push-pull output of Type 132 connected into 
C-A unit in a Type 541A Oscilloscope. 

** Typically 1.5 ^strain pk-to-pk at maximum sensitivity. 
*** 10/istrain produces 500 mv output. 
**** 10 /[/strain produces 250 mv output. 

$ System Gain :=: Overall gain from input of plug-in to the push-pull 
output cables. If only one output of Type 132 is used, this gain figure 
will be halved. When used with system gain of 500 or higher, dc drift in 
the input of the plug-in unit may become significant. 

f See E Unit Specifications. 



219 




(£ 




ONI 





TYPE UQA 
POWEft SUPPLY 



Y*p 



PWS£ GINZRAJOR 



TYPTm 

WAVEFORM GENERATOR 



Typrws 

PULSE GENERATOR 
fiSHum 





mi 




ffj ' 



'"""••'■""•'ww.*.™.^.. 




'""""'-'-..^.H 



™"' W " X ■* "*™«A ^.^ ^ 









Designed for complex measurement applications, the 
system consists of the Type 160-Series instruments and 
the Type 360 Indicator Unit. The Type 160-Series pro- 
duces accurate timed pulses of adjustable amplitude, 
duration, and repetition rate. The series includes power- 
supply unit, pulse generator, waveform generator and 
fast-rise pulse generator. The Type 360 Indicator Unit 
provides bright displays of information generated by 
the Type 160-Series instruments. 



Using several Type 160-Series instruments together 
produces many complex waveform patterns. The flex- 
ible system fits a wide variety of applications, including 
nerve stimulation in neurophysical experiments, timed 
gating devices for complex equipment, component test- 
ing for quality control, and data recording in the bio- 
physical and geophysical fields, among others. 



Rack-mounting the Sequence Control and Monitoring 
System offers compact convenience. The Type 360 In- 
dicator Unit and the illustrated Type 160-Series instru- 
ments bolt quickly and easily to a Mounting Frame, 
which bolts to a standard nineteen-inch rack. As 
shown in the picture, the mounting frame securely holds 
four instruments. 

TYPE 160A POWER SUPPLY $190 

TYPE 161 PULSE GENERATOR $130 

TYPE 162 WAVEFORM GENERATOR $130 

TYPE 163 FAST-RISE PULSE GENERATOR $130 

TYPE 360 INDICATOR UNIT $270 

MOUNTING FRAME 

Order Part Number 014-0002-00 $7 

See appropriate pages for complefe information on these instruments. 

U. S. Sales Prices f.o.b. Beaverton, Oregon 
Please refer to Terms and Shipment, General Information page. 



o 



220 







POWER SUPPLY Type 






Electronic Voltage Regulation 

Output Connectors 

Four sockets in parallel 

Conveniently located at rear of chassis 

Large Load Capacity 

+ 300v dc, unregulated, 

+ 225 v dc, regulated, at 225 ma. 

+ 1 50 v dc, regulated, at 1 5 ma. 

+ 80v dc, unregulated. 

— 1 70 v dc, regulated, at 1 25 ma. 

6.3 v ac, unregulated, at 20 amps. 






The Type 1 60A Power Supply provides the required 
currents and voltages for one Type 360 Indicator Unit 
in combination with up to six Type 160-Series Gener- 
ators. Power capability handles up to five Type 360 
Indicator Units, up to five Type 163 Fast-Rise Pulse 
Generators, up to seven Type 162 Waveform Gener- 
ators, or up to seven Type 161 Pulse Generators. Out- 
put terminals are four octal sockets on the back of the 
instrument. 

Electronic regulation compensates for line-voltage 
variations between 105 and 125v or 210 and 250 v, 
and for any current-demand differences between in- 
struments. 



MAXIMUM LOAD CONDITIONS 

The maximum amount of current that can be drawn 
from the +300 v unregulated supply is limited by the 
amount of current drawn from the + 225 v regulated 
supply and varies between 250 ma, in the absence of 
any current drawn from the +225v supply, and zero 
when maximum current is drawn from the +225v 
supply. 

Output current of the +225v supply is limited to 
175 ma with no shunt across the series tube and in- 
creases to a maximum of 225 ma with a 1500-ohm 
shunt. 



Power Requirement — 1 05 v to 1 25 v or 2 1 v to 

250 v, 50 to 60 cps, 350 watts maximum. 

The Type 160A can be conveniently mounted with 
other Type 160-Series Instruments or the Type 360 In- 
dicator Unit in a mounting frame that fits a standard 
19" rack. 

Dimensions are 1 2 V4 " high by 4 Vs " wide by 1 4 % " 
deep. Net weight is 20 V4 pounds. Shipping weight is 
28 pounds approx. 

TYPE 160A POWER SUPPLY $190 

Each instrument includes: 2 — inter-unit power cable (012-0016-00], 
1 — 3-conductor power cord (161-0010-00), 1 — 3 to 2-wire adapter 
(103-0013-00), 1 — set mounting hardware, 1 — instruction manual 
(070-0220-00). 

Mounting Frame 

A Mounting Frame conveniently adapts the Type 
1 60A for rack mounting. The frame accepts up to 4 
Type 160-Series Instruments or up to 3 Type 160-Series 
Instruments and a Type 360 Indicator Unit. The frame 
fits a standard 1 9" rack. Rack height required is 1 2 y 4 ". 

Order Part Number 014-0002-00 $7 

Blank Panel for above, occupies same panel area as 
Type 160-Series Generator or Type 360 Indicator Unit. 

Order Part Number 333-0157-00 $2.50 

U. S. Sales Prices f.o.b. Beaverton, Oregon 
Please refer to Terms and Shipment, General Information page. 



221 



Type 



PULSE GENERATOR 




The Tektronix Type 161 Pulse Generator is de- 
signed to supply calibrated rectangular output pulses 
from zero to 50 v in amplitude and 1 /xsec to 100 
msec in duration when an external trigger of required 
voltage is received. An excellent trigger source is 
the Type 162 Waveform Generator. The 50-v Gate 
Output has the same duration and timing as the pulse, 
but is of fixed amplitude. 




When triggered by a negative-going sawtooth, t 
output pulse and gate can be adjusted to occur at any 
designated point along the sawtooth. A calibrated 
control indicates output delay as a fraction of the trig- 
gering sawtooth duration. Other calibrated controls 
indicate pulse and gate width (in milliseconds) and 
pulse amplitude (in volts). When triggered by a posi- 
tive pulse, the same output waveforms are available. 
In this instance the delay control functions as a trig- 
gering-level selector. 

Voltages necessary to operate the Type 161 can be 
obtained from the Type 1 60A Power Supply, which can 
power up to seven Type 161 Generators. 




Output Waveforms 

Variable-amplitude positive or negative pulse. 
Fixed-amplitude positive gate. 

Output Characteristics 

Risetime — Positive pulse; within 0.5 /xsec when load 
capacitance is 1 pf or less, within 0.75 /xsec for 
1 00 pf or less load capacitance. Negative pulse,- 
within 0.5 /xsec when load capacitance is 1 pf or 
less, within 1.5 /xsec for 1 00 pf or less load 
capacitance. Overshoot less than 5%. 

Duration — calibrated, variable, 10 /usee to 0.1 sec. 
Delay — continuously variable, to 100% of trigger- 
ing sawtooth waveform. 

Amplitude Peak-to-Peak 

Pulse — calibrated, continuously variable, to 50 v. 
Gate — fixed, 50 v positive, pk-to-pk minimum. 

Output Impedance 

Positive pulse — 1.8 kilohms maximum. 
Negative pulse — 5 kilohms approximately. 
Positive gate — 1 kllohm maximum. 

Trigger Requirements 

Positive pulse, 3 v pk-to-pk minimum. Negative-going 
sawtooth; must include dc bias sufficient to keep 
voltage positive. Maximum repetition rate, 50 kc. 



Power Requirements 

— 1 70 v dc at 1 7 ma, + 225 v dc at 22 ma, 
6.3 v ac at 1 .65 amps. 

The Type 161 can be conveniently mounted with 
other Type 160-Series Instruments or the Type 360 In- 
dicator Unit in a Mounting Frame that fits a standard 
19" rack. 

Dimensions are 1 2 1 /a " high by 4 Va " wide by 6 % " 
deep. 

Net weight is 3 V2 pounds. Shipping weight is 8 
pounds, approx. 

TYPE 161 PULSE GENERATOR $130 

Each instrument includes: 1 — infer-unit power cable (012-0017-00), 
1 — set mounting hardware, 1 — instruction manual (070-0220-00). 

Mounting Frame 

A Mounting Frame conveniently adapts the Type 161 
for rack mounting. The frame accepts up to 4 Type 160- 
Series Instruments or up to 3 Type 160-Series Instru- 
ments and a Type 360 Indicator Unit. The Frame fits 
a standard 19" rack. Rack height required is 12%", 

Order Part Number 014-0002-00 $7 

Blank Panel for above, occupies same panel area as 
Type 1 60-Series Generator or Type 360 Indicator Unit. 

Order Part Number 333-0157-00 $2.50 

U. S. Sales Prices f.o.b. Beaverton, Oregon 
Please refer to Terms and Shipment, General Information page. 



• 



222 




WAVEFORM GENERATOR Type 







The Type 162 Waveform Generator produces three 
types of calibrated output waveforms. Both the dura- 
tion and repetition rate of the output waveforms — pulse, 
gate, and sawtooth — are adjustable. Triggering can 
occur from an external electrical impulse or by front- 
panel push button. The unit is designed to operate as 
a delay generator in conjunction with one of these in- 
struments, and to supply a sweep voltage for the Type 
360 Indicator Unit. It is useful for initiating chains of 
events electrically, for controlling their duration and 
repetition rate, and for generating waveforms recur- 
rently. As such it is a stable repetition rate generator. 



Amplitude of the pulse and gate waveforms is 50 
volts, with minimum risetime of 1 /xsec. Amplitude of the 
sawtooth waveform decreases linearly from +150 volts 
to +20 volts. A calibrated control indicates waveform 
duration. Shortest pulse duration is approximately 10 
/xsec. 



Voltages necessary to operate the Type 162 can be 
obtained from the Type 1 60A Power Supply, which can 
power up to seven Type 162 Generators. 



Output Waveforms 

Positive pulse, positive gate, and negative-going 
positive sawtooth. 

Output Characteristics 

Risetime — 1 -^sec minimum. 

Duration — pulse, 1 /xsec to 0.05 sec, gate and saw- 
tooth, 100 /xsec to 10 sec. 

Repetition Rate — 0.1 cps to 1 kc, recurrent opera- 
tion. 

Amplitude 

Pulse and gate — fixed, positive, 50 v pk-to-pk mini- 
mum. 

Sawtooth— decreases linearly with time from +150 
volts to +20 volts, ±4%. 

Cathode-Follower Outputs 

Output Impedance 

1000 ohms approximately for all outputs. 

Trigger Requirements 

Positive pulse — 15 volts. 

Positive gate — 8 volts. 

Sine wave — 6 volts rms, frequency from 5 cps to 50 
kc. At frequencies below 5 cps, the product of rms 
voltage times frequency must exceed 10. 




Power Requirements 

— 1 70 v dc at 7 ma. + 1 50 v dc at 1 ma. 
+ 225 v dc at 28 ma. 6.3 v ac at 1 .7 amps. 

The Type 162 can be mounted conveniently with 
other Type 160-Series Instruments or the Type 360 In- 
dicator Unit in a Mounting Frame that fits a standard 
19" rack. 

Dimensions are 1 2 Y 4 " high by 4 Vs " wide by 6 3 /b " 
deep. Net weight is 3 VI pounds. Shipping weight is 
8 pounds, approx. 

TYPE 162 WAVEFORM GENERATOR $130 

Each instrument includes: 1 — inter-unit power cable (012-0017-00), 
1— set mounting hardware, 1 — instruction manual (070-0220-00). 

Mounting Frame 

A Mounting Frame conveniently adapts the Type 162 
for rack mounting. The frame accepts up to 4 Type 
160-Series Instruments or up to 3 Type 160-Series In- 
struments and a Type 360 Indicator Unit. The Frame 
fits a standard 19" rack. Rack height required is 121/4". 

Order Part Number 014-0002-00 $7 

Blank Panel for above, occupies same panel area as 
Type 160-Series Generator or Type 360 Indicator Unit. 

Order Part Number 333-0157-00 $2.50 

U.S. Sales Prices f.o.b. Beaverton, Oregon 
Please refer to Terms and Shipment, General Information page. 



223 



Type 




PULSE GENERATOR 




The Tektronix Type 163 Fast-Rise Pulse Generator is 
designed to supply rectangular output pulses from to 
25 v in amplitude and 1 //.see to 10 msec in duration 
when an external trigger of required voltage is received. 
An excellent trigger source is the Type 162 Waveform 
Generator. The 25 v Gate Output has the same char- 
acteristics as the pulse, but is of fixed amplitude. 

When triggered by a negative-going sawtooth, the 
output pulse and gate can occur at any designated point 
along the sawtooth. A calibrated control indicates out- 
put delay as a fraction of the triggering sawtooth dura- 
tion. Other calibrated controls indicate pulse and gate 
width (in microseconds) and pulse amplitude {in 
volts). 

The Type 163 operates up to 50% duty cycle at the 
minimum time setting on any range. With higher multi- 
plier-control settings, the duty cycle is correspondingly 
higher. Maximum repetition rate is 500 kc — with a 
generated pulse of 1 jasec duration. 

Voltages necessary to operate the Type 163 can be 
obtained from the Type 1 60A Power Supply, which can 
power up to five Type 1 63 Generators. 





{; 

TVPE m 
PMSE GENERATOR 

StUM 

suaoa 




SK»MH ««., n» 



Output Waveform 

Variable-amplitude positive pulse. 
Fixed-amplitude positive gate. 

Output Characteristics 

Risetime — Within 0.2 /xsec when load capacitance is 
10 pf or less, within 0.25 ^sec for 1 00 pf or less 
load capacitance. Overshoot can be adjusted to 
zero. 

Duration — calibrated, variable, 1 //.sec to 10,000 
jusec. 

Delay — continuously variable, to 100% of trig- 
gering sawtooth duration. 

Decay Time — 0.2 to 0.5 /xsec. 

Amplitude Peak-to-Peak 

Pulse — calibrated, continuously variable, to 25 v. 
Gate — fixed, positive, 25 v pk-to-pk minimum. 

Cathode-Follower Outputs 

Output Impedance 

Pulse — 500 ohms (varies with pulse-amplitude con- 
trol setting) . 
Gate — 100 ohms. 
Minimum load resistance — 3.5 kilohms. 

Trigger Requirements 

Positive pulse, 2 v peak-to-peak minimum. 

Negative-going sawtooth; must include dc bias suf- 
ficient to keep voltage positive. Maximum re- 
petition rate, 500 KC. 



Power Requirements 

— 1 70 v dc at 26 ma. + 225 v dc at 45 ma. 
6.3 v ac at 3.6 amp. 

The Type 163 can be conveniently mounted with 
other Type 160-Series Instruments or the Type 360 In- 
dicator Unit in a Mounting Frame that fits a standard 
19" rack. 

Dimensions are 1 2 % " high by 4 Vs " wide by 6%" 
deep. 

Net weight is 3 V2 pounds. Shipping weight is 8 
pounds, approx, 

TYPE 163 PULSE GENERATOR $130 

Each instrument includes: 1 — inter-unif power cable (012-0017-00], 
] — set mounting hardware, 1 — instruction manual (070-0220-00), 

Mounting Frame 

A Mounting Frame conveniently adapts the Type 163 
for rack mounting. The frame accepts up to 4 Type 160- 
Series Instruments or up to 3 Type 160-Series Instru- 
ments and a Type 360 Indicator Unit. The frame fits 
a standard 19" rack. Rack height required is 1 2 Vi " - 
Order Part Number 014-0002-00 $7 

Blank Panel for above, occupies same panel area as 
Type 160-Series Generator or Type 360 Indicator Unit. 
Order Part Number 333-0157-00 $2.50 

U.S. Sales Prices f.o.b. Beaverfqn, Oregon 
Please refer to Terms and Shipment, General Information page. 



o 



224 




TIME-MARK GENERATOR Type 









14 Time-Mark Intervals 

Two per decade from 1 /xsec to 5 sec, available sep- 
arately or in combinations as a timing comb. 

Three Sine-Wave Frequencies 

5 mc, 10 mc, and 50 mc. 

Six Trigger-Rate Frequencies 

1, 10, 100 cycles, 1, 10, 100 kc. 

Accuracy Within 0.001 % 

Stability of 3 parts per million over a 24-hour period, 





The Type 180A Time-Mark Generator is a high-quali- 
ty source of time markers, sine waves and trigger im- 
pulses. Fourteen time markers, 3 sine-wave frequencies 
and 6 trigger-rate frequencies provide instrument versa- 
tility for a large number of applications in the labora- 
tory or on the production line. With its frequency 
accuracy of .001 % and stability of 3 ppm, the Type 
1 80A is an ideal calibrating source for oscilloscope 
sweeps, oscillators, and counters. It can also be used as 
a time-measuring instrument and as a trigger-rate gen- 
erator. Markers can be presented separately or mixed 
into a timing-comb combination. 




r*ffiiBr t ' 



TYPS tSOA T1MC-MARK GENIKA70R 

SERIM 



-urn w*vt- 



WKBOSKOMD*- 









_*1 ' W KM «fl * ' , X 



mm 



-TftJGCIB ttMM^. 










Sine Waves — Push-button switches connect the sine- 
wave frequencies of 5 mc, 10 mc or 50 mc to the output 
connector. Output is 3 volts minimum across 50 ohms. 

Trigger-Rate Generator — Trigger-rate frequencies 
of 1, 10, 100 cycles, 1,10, and 100 kc are derived from 
the dividing multivibrators. Output is through a front- 
panel coaxial connector. 

Timing comb formed by a combination of 100, 500 
/Asec, 1, and 5 msec markers. Sweep fime/cm, J msec. 




CHARACTERISTICS 

Time Markers — Time markers occur at intervals of 
1 , 5, 1 0, 50, 1 00, 500 ^sec, 1,5, 10, 50, 1 00, 500 milli- 
sec, 1 sec and 5 sec. Markers are available separately 
and simultaneously through banana jacks, or mixed into 
a timing combination through a push-button arrange- 
ment and available at a coaxial connector. 




225 



180A 



Stability — All outputs are derived from a l-mc 
crystal-controlled oscillator with a frequency tolerance 
of about 0.001%. The l-mc crystal is mounted in a 
temperature-stabilized oven and a trimmer capacitor 
provides a means of adjusting the crystal frequency 
to zero beat with W.W.V. Stability Is within 3 parts 
per million over a 24-hour period. 

Regulated Power Supply — Electronically-regulated 
dc supplies insure stable operation over line-voltage 
and load variations between 105 and 125 v or 210 
and 250 v, 50-60 cycles. 

Power Requirement — 105v to 1 25 v or 210 v to 

250 v, 50 to 60 cps, typically 240 watts at 11 7 v. 

Mechanical Specifications — Dimensions are 13%" 
high by 10" wide by 16%" deep. Net weight is 30 % 
pounds. Shipping weight is 42 pounds, approx. 

TYPE 180A TIME-MARK GENERATOR $625 

Each instrument includes: 2—93-12 output cable, BNC, (012-0075- 
00); 1— clip-lead adapter, BNC, (013-0076-00); 1— 3-conductor 
power cord (161 -001 0-00); 1—3 to 2-wire adapter (103-0013-00); 
2— instruction manual (070-0074-00). 



FREQUENCY DOUBLER 

This accessory is useful for timing the sweep on 
Type 580-Series Oscilloscopes. It doubles the 50-Mc 
output of the Type 1 80A to 1 00 Mc. 

Order Part Number 015-0056-00 (BNC connector) .. 

$29.50 

Order Part Number 015-0013-00 (UHF connector) .. 

$29.50 



RACK MOUNT ADAPTER 

A cradle mount to adapt the Type 1 80A Time-Mark 
Generator for rack mounting is available. It consists of 
a cradle to support the instrument in any standard 19" 
relay rack and a mask to fit around the regular instru- 
ment panel. Tektronix blue vinyl finish. Rack height 
requirements 15%". 

Order Part Number 040-0277-00 $45 

U.S. Sales Prices f.o.b. Beaverton, Oregon 
Please refer to Terms and Shipment, General Information page. 



o 



Nominal Voltage, Impedance and Risetime Values 




Marker Out Terminal Jacks 


Open Circuit 
Voltage 


Impedance for 
Half-Voltage 


Risetime * 


Open Circuit 
Voltage 


Impedance for 
Half-Voltage 


Markers 


3 volt minimum 


390 n or less 


0.07 /Asec at 1 ju,sec 

to 1 .7 ftsec at 5 

seconds 


25 v minimum 

Using a P6006 

probe 


390 Q at 1 /xsec to 
900 O at 5 seconds 


Trigger 
Pulses 


6 volt minimum 


56 Q or less 


0.08 jusec at 100 kc 

to 0.30 /xsec at 

1 cps 






Sine 
Waves 


3 volt minimum 
across 50-ohms 










* With MARKER OUT and TRIGGER OUT terminated in 93 O 






/ 



226 




SINE-WAVE GENERATOR Type 






I 




* 



Output Frequency 

Continuously variable from 350 kc to 50 mc in 6 
ranges. Additional setting at 50 kc, variable over a 
narrow band. Indication accurate within 2%, 

Output Amplitude 

Continuously variable from 40 millivolts to 10 volts 
peak-to-peak in 7 ranges. Amplitude indication accu- 
rate within 10% of full scale. 

Harmonic Content 

The harmonic content is typically less than 5%. 



The Tektronix Type 1 90B supplies a constant-ampli- 
tude sine-wave signal over the frequency range of 350 
kc to 50 mc. In addition, it supplies a 50-kc sine-wave 
output for reference purposes. Principal application of 
this instrument is the measurement of high-frequency 
response and other characteristics of wide-band ampli- 
fiers, attenuators, and delay networks. 

Amplitude Variation 

When the load-shunt capacitance does not exceed 
10 pf, in the 10 v range, or 50 pf in the 5 v or lower 
ranges, the output amplitude varies less than ±2% 
from 50 kc to 30 mc; less than ±5% from 30 mc to 
50 mc. The signal voltage at the attenuator-head input 
is automatically held constant at the value you select by 
means of the Output Amplitude control. Therefore, you 
don't have to readjust the Output Amplitude control 
when you change the generator frequency. Peak-to- 
peak level of the output signal at the input to the at- 
tenuator is indicated on the amplitude meter. The meter 
indicates actual output amplitude accurately within 
±10% for load impedances > 5 k. For lower values 
of load impedances, the attenuator output impedance 
must be considered. The output source impedance of 
the attenuator head varies with attenuator setting ap- 
roximately as follows: 

Output impedance 

Nominal, 25 ohms. Actual values: 

Attenuator setting Output impedance 

volts, peak-to-peak 
10 
5 to 0.1 



in ohms, approx. 

25 



Regulated Power Supply 

Electronic regulation compensates for line-voltage 
and load variations between 105 and 125 v or 210 
and 250 v. 



r 




rsrre ivob coNsiAm-AMMiuDe signal generator 













ft*NGJ 





Power Requirement 

105v to 125v or 210 v to 250 v, 50 to 800 cps, 
typically 100 watts. 

Mechanical Specifications 

Dimensions are 1 3 3 / 4 " high by 9%" wide by 12" 
deep. Net weight is 23 V2 pounds. Shipping weight 
is 35 pounds, approx. 

TYPE 190B SINE-WAVE GENERATOR $330 

Each insfrument includes: 1 — attenuator unit with UHF connector 
(011-0054-00), 1—3 to 2-wire adapter (103-0013-00), 1— 3-conductor 
power cord (161-0010-00), 1— instruction manual (070-0257-00). 

TYPE 190B MOD 21 

To order a Type 190B with a locking BNC-type con- 
nector mounted on the attenuator unit, please specify 
Mod 21. 

TYPE 190B MOD 21 SINE-WAVE GENERATOR . . . $335 

Each insfrument includes: 1 — attenuator unit with locking BNC- 
type connector (011-0075-00), 1—3 to 2-wire adapter (103-0013-00), 
1 — 3-conductor power cord (161-0010-00), 1 — instruction manual 
(070-0257-00). 

Rack Mount Adapter 

A cradle mount to adapt the Type 1 90B Signal Gen- 
erator for rack mounting is available. It consists of a 
cradle to support the instrument in any standard 19" 
relay rack and a mask to fit around the regular instru- 
ment panel. Tektronix blue vinyl finish. Rack height 
requirements 15%". 
Order Part Number 040-0277-00 $45 

U. S. Sales Prices f.o.b. Beaverton, Oregon 
Please refer to Terms and Shipment, General Information page. 



227 



Type 




TRIGGER COUNTDOWN UNIT 




INPUT SIGNAL FREQUENCIES 30 megacycles to 5 

gigacycles. 

OUTPUT SIGNAL FREQUENCIES Continuously vari- 
able from 15 to 45 megacycles. 



The Tektronix Type 280 Trigger Countdown Unit allows 
timing systems to be synchronized on frequencies up to 
5 gigacycles. It can be used to lower the frequency of 
the triggering signals to within a range of 15 to 45 mega- 
cycles. This permits triggering circuits of timing systems to 
lock in solidly with high-frequency signals. 

By using the Type 280 with a Tektronix sampling oscillo- 
scope, microwave engineers can observe rf signals in the 
gigacycle range. 



CHARACTERISTICS 

INPUT FREQUENCY is from 30 megacycles to 5 gigacycles. 

INPUT SIGNAL VOLTAGE is 50 millivolts to 4 volts peak- 
to-peak. 

INPUT IMPEDANCE is approximately 50 ohms. 

OUTPUT REPETITION is continuously variable from 15 to 
45 megacycles. 

JITTER is TO psec, or less than 1% of input signal period, 
whichever is larger. 



Timing Unit 



Dual-Trace Sampling 
Plug-In Unit 

INPUT. 




O O O O 



oOO 

OOO' 

o- • -o 

Ooc 



o 

Ol9 

O o 
c . c « c .o 



Signal Source hJl ? R ^ 

(50 a output z) JlJ Connector 



\ 



Attenuator 
if required 



EXTERNAL 

TRIGGER 

INPUT 



C J 



i/WV 



Sync Output of Signal Source 



30Mc-5gc 
50 mv - 4 v , 
peak-to-peak 




FAST RISE 
TRIGGER 
OUTPUT 
Connector 



SYNG INPUT 
Connector 



Type 280 connected for use with Type 661 Oscilloscope. 



; ?fS 




$> 



TYPE 280 

TRIGGER COUNTDOWN 

UNIT 



SEBIAl 




OUTPUT 

REPETITION 

RATE 



POWI8 
ON 




| mTMMX "'" t -«»'l«l».«WOH ( «,.,.A. 





TWO OUTPUTS — 

LARGE AMPLITUDE TRIGGER OUTPUT is 1.5 volts, nominal- 
ly 8-nsec long, with less than 4-nsec risetime, (for use with 
Type N Sampling Plug-In and high-speed conventional oscillo- 
scopes). 

FAST-RISE TRIGGER OUTPUT (terminated in 50 ohms) is 
150 millivolts, with less than 0. 4-nsec risetime, decaying with 
2-nsec time constant, (for use with Type 1S1, 5T1, 5T1A, 3T4, 
or 3T77 and other high-speed sampling oscilloscopes). 

AMPLITUDE OF TRIGGER OUTPUT as seen at input con- 
nector is approximately ±100 millivolts decaying with a 4-nsec 
time constant. 

SHIELDING of the Type 280 is adequate to permit opera- 
tion in areas that have significant rf radiation levels. 

POWER REQUIREMENT is 105 v to 125 v or 210 v to 250 v, 
50 to 800 cps, 10 watts. 

MECHANICAL FEATURES include an aluminum-alloy chassis, 
die-cast aluminum-alloy top and bottom covers, and steel wrap- 
around housing. Overall dimensions are 7 3 / 8 " high by 7 5 / 8 " 
wide by 4 5 / 8 " deep. Net weight is 4 ] / 2 pounds. Shipping 
weight is 9 pounds, approx. 

TYPE 280 TRIGGER COUNTDOWN UNIT $265 

Each instrument includes: 1 — 5-nsec cable (017-0512-00); 1 — 3 to 2- 
wire adapter (103-0013-00); 1 — 3-conductor power cord, AC (161- 
0015-00); 2— Instruction Manual (070-0350-00). 

U.S. Sales Price f.o.b. Beaverton, Oregon 
Please refer to Terms and Shipment, General Information page. 



o 



/ 



228 




TRANSISTOR SWITCHING -TIME TESTER Type 



TESTS FAST-SWITCHING TRANSISTORS 




RESPONSE TO LESS THAN 1 NSEC 



WIDE RANGE OF TEST VOLTAGES 



The Tektronix Type 290 Transistor Switching-Time Tester 
permits dc-coupled pulse-response characteristics of fast- 
switching transistors to be observed and measured on Tek- 
tronix oscilloscopes. Driven by a Tektronix fast-rise pulse 
generator and combined with a Tektronix fast-rise sampling 
oscilloscope, the Type 290 becomes an integral part of a 
transistor testing system with an over-all transient response 
of less than 1 nanosecond. (When a non-sampling oscillo- 
scope is used, transient response is limited by the risetime of 
the oscilloscope.) This system can test fast NPN or PNP 
transistors on a short duty-cycle basis for delay, rise, storage, 
and fall times. Since these characteristics vary considerably 
with operating conditions, the Type 290 supplies a wide 
range of operating voltages. 

The Type 290 does not use speedup capacitors or catch- 
ing diodes. Use of these capacitors and diodes tends to 
test a circuit rather than a transistor. 




c 



TWO TRANSISTOR TEST SOCKETS (HIGH and LOW) 

are mounted on the Type 290 to provide for easy insertion of 
the transistor into grounded-emitter test circuit. The HIGH 
socket connects to a collector supply of 0-100 v and the LOW 
to a collector supply of 0-30 v. 

INPUT SIGNALS from the pulse generator go to the base 

of the transistor under test. For each volt of the input pulse in 
excess of V be there is 1 ma base current. 

The input signal is attenuated 50-to-l and appears at the 
Type 290 INPUT MONITOR connector. A similar input signal 
can be switched to the OUTPUT connector. 

OUTPUT SIGNALS originate at the transistor collector and 
appear at the Type 290 OUTPUT connector. The collector circuit 
provides a resistive load of 200 ohms monitored by an internal 
dc-coupled passive probe. A transistor in the HIGH test socket 
has a passive probe output attenuation of 250-to-l from the 
collector to the OUTPUT connector. A transistor in the LOW 
socket has an attenuation of 50-to-l from the collector to the 
OUTPUT connector. 

SIGNAL TRANSIT TIMES in the Type 290 are matched so 
the input pulse is compared to the transistor collector signal 
on a dual-trace oscilloscope using one trace attached to the 
INPUT MONITOR connector and the other attached to the 
OUTPUT connector. To compare the two signals on a single- 
trace oscilloscope, the trace is attached to the OUTPUT connector 
and the signals are switched with a front panel control. 



LEAD LENGTH of the transistor test, up to approximately 
2 inches, is unimportant at speeds slower than 2 nsec. 

CONNECTORS are terminated in 50 ohms. 

REGULATED SUPPLIES provide the collector and base volt- 
age. Collector voltage is continuously variable from zero to 
30 volts in the LOW position and from zero to 100 volts in the 
HIGH position. Base supply voltage is continuously variable 
from zero to ± 10 volts. 

POWER REQUIREMENT is 105v to 125 v or 21 Ov to 250 v, 
50 to 800 cps, 15 watts. 

MECHANICAL FEATURES include dimensions of 7 3 / 8 " high 
by 7%" wide by 5" deep. Net weight is 6 pounds. Shipping 
weight is 9 pounds, approx. 



TYPE 290 TRANSISTOR SWITCHING-TIME TESTER 



$290 



Each instrument includes: 1^10-nsec cable (017-0501-00); 1—3 to 2- 
wire adapter (103-0013-00); 1^3-conductor power cord (161-0015-00); 
2— Instruction Manual (070-0285-00). 

U. S. Sales Price f.o.b. Beaverton, Oregon 
Please refer to Terms and Shipment, General Information page. 



229 






Type 



DIODE SWITCHING-TIME TESTER 




The Type 291 with associated Test Jig Adapter in conjunc- 
tion with a suitable pulse generator and oscilloscope, permits 
measurement of fast-switching diode characteristics. Dc 
coupling permits direct reading of forward and reverse re- 
covery current on the oscilloscope crt screen. Since the 
switching characteristics vary with diode current, the Type 
291 Power Supply provides a range of dc test current to 
100 milliamperes — with provision for external current supply 
to 500 milliamperes. 

THE PULSE GENERATOR used should have a fast rise output; 
such as the Type 109. Pulse risetime should be short 
compared to the diode reverse-recovery time expected. Pulse 
width should be longer than the diode reverse-recovery time. 
Amplitude is called out in the diode test specifications but 
should not exceed half the diode-breakdown voltage. 

THE OSCILLOSCOPE used should have a risetime faster than 
the expected reverse-recovery time, such as either the 560-Series, 
or Type 661 with sampling plug-in units, or 1S1 in 530-540-550 
Series. 

DIODE RECOVERY LOOP IMPEDANCE is 100 ohms. 

SUPPLY CURRENT is provided in seven calibrated steps from 
1 milliampere to 100 milliamperes 1-2-5 sequence. Calibration 
accuracy is within -+-. 2% for all steps except the 100-milli- 
amperes step, which is ^- 3%. Uncalibrated, continuous ad- 
justment from less than 1 milliampere to 100 milliamperes is 
also available. The current may be monitored externally. 

POWER REQUIREMENT is 105 to 125 v or 210 v to 250 v, 
50 to 400 cps, 6 watts. 

MECHANICAL FEATURES include dimensions of 4 U / U " high 
by 6 9 /, 6 "wide by 814 " deep. Net weight is 6 pounds. Ship- 
ping weight is 9 pounds, approx. 

TYPE 291 DIODE SWITCHING-TIME TESTER POWER SUPPLY 
(without test fixture) $185 

Each instrument includes: 1 — 3 to 2-wire adapter (103-0013-00); 1 — 
3-conductor power cord (161-0015-00); 2 — Instruction Manual (070- 
0361-001. 




Horizontal — 1 nsec/div Vertical — 10 ma/div 

Diode Reverse Recovery Waveform 

In this diode-recovery waveform (displayed on a Tektronix Type 
661 Sampling Oscilloscope), the diode shows a stored charge 
of approximately 6 picocoulombs per milliampere. Note the freedom 
from ringing and overshoot of the recovery waveform, owing to 
strip-line testing environment of the Diode Switching-Time Tester. 




DIODE TEST JIG AND ADAPTER 



X 



013-0080-00 




017-0075-00 






The Diode Test Jig and Adapter provide for easy and rapid 
testing of diodes with the Type 291. The Jig-Adapter com- 
bination is matched to a 50-ohm line. Risetime response with 
the Type 291 is less than 0.35 nanosecond and less than 2% 
ringing is introduced in a 0.35 nanosecond system. Contact-to- 
contact capacitance is less than 0.004 pf. 

V-shaped field-replaceable contacts with a life expectancy 
of 10 million insertions assure electrical continuity during a test. 

Approximate weights are: Test Jig — 2 ounces net, 4 ounces 
shipping; Adapter — 10 ounces net, 1 V 2 pounds shipping; Adapter 
and Jig — 12 ounces net; 1 pound, 11 ounces shipping. 

Approximate dimensions are: Test Jig — 1 y 2 " high by I 1 //' 
wide by 1V 4 " deep; Adapter— 2" high by 5" wide and 3'/ 2 " 
deep. 

DIODE TEST JIG (Part Number 013-0080-00) $40 

ADAPTER (Part Number 017-0075-00) $55 



j 






U.S. Sales Price f.o.b. Beaverton, Oregon 
Please refer fo Terms and Shipment, General Information page. 



230 




SEMICONDUCTOR TESTER 

POWER SUPPLY 



Type 




Type 292, with a test fixture, furnishes dc power and 
provides sub-nanosecond environment for reading out time 
and charge information about fast semiconductor diodes 
and transistors. A Type 292 is used between a sub- 
nanosecond pulse generator and the 50-Q input of a 
sampling oscilloscope. Two variable electronically-regulated 
power supplies, TEST VOLTS and BIAS CURRENT, are elec- 
trically connected through a supporting platform to the test 
fixture in use. Polarity of either power supply can be in- 
verted from the front panel; both supplies are short-circuit 
and open-circuit protected. 

A general-purpose unwired plug-in transistor test fix- 
ture is shipped with each Type 292. The fixture consists 
of an etched-circuit board with a transistor socket mounted 
in the center. Signal connections to the fixture are made 
through coaxial connectors mounted on the circuit board. 
A number of isolated tie points are provided on the test 
fixture board to facilitate wiring of experimental circuits. 

Banana-pin jacks at the rear of the Type 292 can be 
used for two purposes: 

7. Monitoring either the internal TEST VOLTS or BIAS 
CURRENT supply, or 

2. Connecting external sources of current and voltage 
to the test fixture in use. 

Leads from the banana-pin jacks to the test fixture limit 
externally-supplied currents to 7 ampere or less. 

TEST VOLTS POWER SUPPLY supplies fixed dc voltages 
of 1, 2, 5, 10 and 20 volts, accuracy within ±3% when the 
variable control is fully clockwise. An uncalibrated variable 
control allows the voltage of a fixed step to be divided 
by any factor between 1 and at least 10. Ripple voltage 
(either polarity) is equal to, or less than, 4 mv pk-to-pk at any 
voltage, over a current range of 0-200 ma, for line voltages 
from 105 to 125v ac, or 230 to 250 v ac. Maximum short- 
circuit current is about 400 ma on all ranges. 

BIAS CURRENT POWER SUPPLY supplies fixed dc currents 
in 11 calibrated steps from 0.1 ma to 200 ma, 1-2-5 sequence, 
accuracy within ±3% when the variable control is fully 
clockwise. An uncalibrated variable control allows the current 
of a fixed step to be divided by any factor between 1 and 
at least 10. Ripple current (either polarity), listed below, ap- 
plies for any current from about 2 ^.a to 200 ma, for line volt- 
ages from 105 to 125 v ac or 230 to 250 v ac, providing the 
load on the current supply limits the output voltages to less 
than 20 volts. 



RANGE 

0.1 to 20 ma 

50 ma 

100 ma 

200 ma 



RIPPLE 

less than 5 fia 
less than 10 //.a 
less than 20 /ia 
less than 100 /a a 



c 



POWER REQUIREMENTS are from 105v to 125v or 21 Ov 
to 250 v, 50 to 60 cycles, 30 watts. 

MECHANICAL SPECIFICATIONS include dimensions of 
4 5 / 3 " high by 8" wide by 10" deep. Net weight is 6V 4 
pounds, approx. Shipping weight is 12 pounds, approx. 








TYPE 292 SEMICONDUCTOR TESTER POWER SUPPLY $325 

Each instrument includes: 1 — Adapter, 3-wire (103-0013-00); 3^P6040 
probe (010-0133-00); 1^-transistor test fixture, unwired (016-0057-00); 
1— Power cord (161-0015-00); 2— Instruction Manual (070-0410-00). 



OPTIONAL TEST ACCESSORIES 

TRANSISTOR TEST FIXTURE, UNWIRED, Part Number 016- 
0057-00 $16 



v»i 




013-0080-00 



016-0059-00 



A special jig is available for testing axial-lead diodes. 
Contact-resistance problems are minimized by the use of V- 
shaped jig contacts. 

An adapter will be required to mechanically support and 
electrically connect the diode test jig to the Type 292 plat- 
form. 

Careful design of the jig and adapter provides high-quality 
50-ohm coaxial connections to the diode leads. 

TEST JIG ADAPTER, Part Number 016-0059-00 $21 

DIODE TEST JIG, Part Number 013-0080-00 $40 



U.S. Sales Price f.o.b. Beaverton, Oregon 
Please refer to Terms and Shipment, General Information page. 



231 



Type 




AMPLIFIER 





Amplifier Gain 

ccurately set at 100 x. 




nput Attenuator 

Attenuates input signal by a factor of IX through 
500X in 9 calibrated steps. 



Gain Stability 

Within ±1 % over 24-hour period. 



Frequency Response 

5 cycles to 17 megacycles {3 db down) at IX, 2X, 
5X, and 1 OX attenuator settings. 





Transient Response 

Risetime — 21 nanoseconds 




Probe Power 












OAtM ACM 

w 


OUTPUT 

tHMtMtHJft &MU 


S 


INPUT 
ATTENUATOR 


■ 






£f"se i N*v 








1 AMPi It" rFR r 





PBO)E POWtK 



POW£« 
ON 




1-YPf 02, AWPtOTE* 

AC COUH.6D S-^ TO J? JM 

ttNM 
mnoitn, mc, wmunu, omoom, u.j.», 




The Type 1 121 Wide-Band Amplifier is a cascode-in- 
put, low-noise amplifier designed with Tektronix pre- 
cision, quality, and style. It increases the amplitude of 
low-level wide-band signals; thus increases the sen- 
sitivity of the oscilloscope or other associated instru- 
ment with which it is operated. 

The output, terminated in 93-ohm coaxial cable, al- 
lows separation of at least 100 feet between the Type 
1121 and associated instrument without causing notice- 
able deterioration of the response. Output voltage of 
±1 volt guarantees linear amplification of any input 
signal up to ± 1 mv at full gain. Internal noise is no 
more than 50 /j.v peak-to-peak with the input grounded 
and the INPUT ATTENUATOR control in the 1 -X posi- 
tion. As in all Tektronix instruments, optimum response 
is a prime consideration. Risetime is approximately 
21 nsec, and passband extends from 5 cycles to over 
17 mc with the INPUT ATTENUATOR control in the 1 -X, 
2-X, 5-X or 10-X positions. 

Power is available at the front pane! for a cathode- 
follower probe. For applications requiring both high 
impedance input and high gain or where the attenu- 



ation of an re probe would be objectionable, a Tek- 
tronix P170CF cathode-follower probe can be used. 

The Type 1121 has a turret-type step attenuator 
that permits attenuation of the input level to a factor 
of 500X in nine calibrated steps. Unique design of the 
attenuator allows the series and shunt compensations 
to be conveniently set without removing the instrument 
side panels. Hum pick-up at the input is minimized by 
the inherently short internal leads. These leads are of 
the same length in all positions of the attenuator, thus 
lower, more-stable values of circuit capacitance are re- 
alized. Input impedance is 1 megohm paralleled by ap- 
proximately 22 pf at all step-attenuator positions. This 
feature enables the use of a probe with minimum cir- 
cuit loading on the point measured. 

Other features include a cascode-input circuit using 
a frame-grid triode, two voltage amplifier stages (that 
retains the polarity of the input at the output), and 
transistor-regulated heater supplies. 

Its compactness, reliability, and low noise level adapt 
the versatile Type 1121 to almost any application in- 
volving wide-band amplification. 




232 








CHARACTERISTICS 

Input Impedance — Direct, 1 megohm paralleled by 
approximately 22 pf. 

Internal Noise — Internally generated noise is equiv- 
alent to an input signal of 50 /.w, pk-to-pk, maximum, 
with the INPUT ATTENUATOR at IX. 

Gain Stability — After initial warmup, and under all 
conditions of line voltage between 105 and 125 volts 
or 210 and 250 volts, gain stability of the Type 1121 
is well within ±1 % over a twenty-four hour period. 

Input Attenuation — The turret-type step attenuator 
permits accurate attenuation of the input level from a 
net gain factor of 1 00 x to 0.2 x in nine calibrated 
steps: IX, 2X, 5X, 1 OX, 20X, 50X, 1 00X, 200X, and 
500X. Attenuator accuracy is 3%. 

Frequency Response — With the INPUT ATTENUA- 
TOR control in the 1 -X, 2-X, 5-X, or 10-X positions, 
transient response is clean over a band extending from 
5 cps to 17 mc (at 3 db down). Passbands for the re- 
maining attenuator positions are as follows: 20X — 5 cps 
to 1 6.5 mc, 50X — 5 cps to 16.0 mc, 1 00X — 5 cps to 
15.5 mc, 200X — 5 cps to 14.0 mc, and 500X — 5 cps to 
12.0 mc. 

Probe Power — The front-panel PROBE POWER sock- 
et provides 0.2 amp dc at 6.3 volts for the heater 
supply and 10 ma regulated dc at 120 volts for the 
plate supply of a cathode-follower probe. The Tek- 
tronix P170CF cathode-follower probe is ideally suited 
for use with Type 1 121 Amplifier. 

When a P170CF cathode-follower probe is used with 
a Type 1121 Amplifier ahead of a Type 540A or 540B- 
Series Oscilloscope and a Type L Plug-In Unit set at 0.05 
v/cm, overall sensitivity of the combination is 1 mv/cm. 
Passband will be 5 cps to 16 mc. At this sensitivity, 
noise inherent in the Type 1121 will appear as 0.1 
centimeter of deflection. With the L unit set at 0.005 
v/cm, overall sensitivity is 0.1 mv/cm. Passband will 
be 5 cps to 1 5 mc and inherent noise will appear as 1 
centimeter of deflection. Input impedance of the 
P170CF probe is 12 megohm paralleled by 5 pf. 

Other passive probes are available. Please refer 
to the Catalog Accessory pages. 

Output Voltage — Capable of a ±1 volt swing in a 
terminated 93-ohm coaxial cable, the Type 1121 re- 
produces any input signal up to ±10 mv at full gain. 
The ouput, via cathode followers, permits up to 100 
foot separation between the amplifier and associated 
instrument without noticeable waveform distortion. 

Output Connection — Output of the Type 1121 is 
connected to the associated instrument via a 93-ohm 
coaxial cable and 93-ohm termination. The terminated 



1121 



end of the cable must be connected to the associated 
instrument for minimum waveform distortion. If addi- 
tional cable length is required, insert a section of 
RG62U (93 ohm) cable between the Type H2l OUT- 
PUT and the cable supplied with the amplifier. 

Regulated Power Supplies — The Type 11 21 em- 
bodies exceptionally stable power-supply voltage regu- 
laiion. Transistor-regulated heater circuits limit the 
heater-supply ripple components to less than 4 mv. 
Electronically-regulated plate circuits insure stable 
operation over line fluctuations between 105 to 125 
volts or 210 to 250 volts. 

Power Requirement — 105v to 1 25 v or 210 v to 

250 v, 50 to 60 cps, 150 watts. 

Mechanical Specifications — Dimensions are 10%" 
high by 7" wide by 15%" deep. Net weight is 18% 
pounds. Shipping weight is 28 pounds, approx. 

TYPE 1121 AMPLIFIER $465 

Each instrument includes: 1— 93-12 termination, BNC, (011-0056- 
00); 1 93-fi cable, BNC, (012-0075-00); 1— 3-eonductor power cord 
(161-0010-00); 1—3 to 2-wire adapter (103-0013-00); 2— instruction 
manual (070-0204-00). 



ACCESSORIES 

P170CF Cathode-Follower Probe — The probe 
alone has an attenuation ratio of 2X. With the 3 in- 
cluded attenuator heads, attenuation is variable from 
4X to 4000X. Probe power is obtained directly from 
the Type 1121 Amplifier. When used with the Type 
1121, a 170-ohm termination is required (see below). 

P170CF CATHODE-FOLLOWER PROBE (010-0101-00) 

$99.50 



170-OHM UHF TERMINATION (011-0048-00 



$15 



Coaxial Output Cable — For applications requiring 
variable attenuation between steps, a 93-ohm, 42" 
coaxial output cable (with UHF connectors) that termi- 
nates in a variable attenuator can be used. 

OUTPUT CABLE (012-0004-00) $13.50 

BNC to UHF Adapter This adapter makes the 

above accessories with UHF connectors compatible 
with the Type 1121 Amplifier. 

BNC MALE ADAPTER (103-0032-00) $1.70 

U.S. Sales Price f.o.b. Beaverton, Oregon 
Please refer to Terms and Shipment, General Information page. 




233 




The instruments described on this page are in limited 
demand, but represent a desirable choice in a few special- 
ized cases. As such, they remain available for you who 
still have a need for them. Consult your Tektronix Field 
Engineer for information on other instruments in the Tek- 
tronix product line that generally give greater value in 
application areas presently filled by these instruments. 



TYPE 506 OSCILLOSCOPE 

The Tektronix Type 506 offers high-level performance and 
portability for general-purpose laboratory and field applica- 
tions. Dual-trace vertical amplifier plug-in units provide sensi- 
tivity to 10 mv/cm with passbands greater than 20 Mc. Recom- 
mended time-base units provide a choice of sweep delay or 
wide-range, direct-reading sweep magnification. 

TYPE 506 OSCILLOSCOPE $525 

The Type 9A2 Dual-Trace Amplifier Unit provides dc to 20 
Mc passband, contains two identical channels for dual-trace 
displays, and includes a signal delay line for viewing the lead- 
ing edge of the triggering signal on the crt. 
TYPE 9A2 AMPLIFIER UNIT $550 

The Type 9A1 Dual-Trace Amplifier Unit has dc to 23 Mc 
passband, no delay line, and has restricted internal triggering 
passband. 
TYPE 9A1 AMPLIFIER UNIT $475 



TYPE 51 7 A OSCILLOSCOPE 

The Tektronix Type 51 7 A Oscilloscope is a wide-band high- 
voltage instrument for observation and photographic recording 
of very-fast-rising waveforms having low duty cycle. With its 
risetime of 7 nsec, 24-kv accelerating potential, and high-speed 
sweeps, the Type 517A is especially suited to single-sweep 
applications involving transients of very short duration. 



TYPE 51 7A OSCILLOSCOPE 



$3400 



TYPE 541A/RM41A OSCILLOSCOPE 

The Tektronix Types 541 A and RM41A are high-speed DC 
to 33 Mc laboratory oscilloscopes achieving a high degree 
of versatility through use of Tektronix Letter-Series and T 
Series Plug-In Units. This versatility combined with wide sweep 
range, high accelerating potential, and long, dependable life, 
makes the Types 541 A and RM41A useful in many applications. 

TYPE 541A (without plug-in units) $1225 

TYPE RM41A (without plug-in units) $1325 





TYPE 3A2/3B2 PLUG-IN UNITS 

Tektronix Type 3A2 Dual-Trace Amplifier Unit and Type 3B2 
Time-Base Unit enable low and medium frequency digital 
readout with the Type 567 Oscilloscope and Type 6R1A 
Digital Unit. They also provide analog displays when used 
with Type 561 A or 564 Oscilloscopes. 

TYPE 3A2 DUAL-TRACE AMPLIFIER UNIT $500 

TYPE 3B2 TIME-BASE UNIT $650 



TYPE 128 POWER SUPPLY 

The Type 128 Probe Power Supply furnishes the necessary 
plate and filament voltages for cathode-follower probes such 
as the Tektronix P170CF and P500CF. 

TYPE 1 28 PROBE POWER SUPPLY $110 



TYPE 133 POWER SUPPLY 

The Type 133 provides power to an internal, transistorized 
amplifier and any Tektronix Letter-Series, Spectrum Analyzers 
or T Series Plug-In Unit. The flexibility of this plug-in feature 
permits quick adaptation of the Type 133 to meet any particular 
requirement. 

TYPE 133 POWER SUPPLY (without plug-in units) .. $440 



TYPE 181 TIME-MARK GENERATOR 

The Type 181 and RM181 provide accurate time-markers 
of 1, 10, 100, 1000, and 10,000 microseconds, plus a 10-Mc 
sine wave. These markers are used for oscilloscope sweep 
calibration and comparison time measurements. 

TYPE 181 TIME-MARK GENERATOR $265 

TYPE RM181 TIME-MARK GENERATOR $290 



For more Information — 

or a demonstration — 
call your Tektronix field engineer 



U.S. Sales Price f.o.b. Beaverton, Oregon 
Please refer to Terms and Shipment, General Information page. 



o 



234 



Type C-12 & C-27 




DESIGN FEATURES 

• Lift-On Mounting and Swing-Away Hinging — unrestricted crt 
viewing for normal oscilloscope operation 

• Easily-Accessible Shutter Controls — no groping or camera 
removal necessary for adjustment 

• Comfortable Binocular Viewing — with or without glasses 

• Locking Focus Control — quick adjustment for use on more 
than one oscilloscope 

• Sliding Back — nine positive detent positions for multiple ex- 
posures 

• Rotating Back — horizontal or vertical mounting for most ef- 
ficient use of film 




235 



Cameras 




A WORD ABOUT LENSES 

Seven interchangeable lenses are available for 
use with the Polaroid 1 Land or Graflok- Film 
Backs. The wide range of object-to-image ratios 
and maximum apertures permits selection of the 
lens which is most right for your application. 

Lens optics are designed to meet the strict require- 
ments of precision oscillography: flat field, low 
distortion, and high resolution even at maximum 
aperture openings. 

Lenses are set for precise object-to-image ratios 
in prefocused mounts, for easy interchange in 
camera. 

*Writing Rate Factor (WRF) is an arbitrary 
indication of the relative light-gathering capability 
of the various lenses. A WRF of 4 indicates four 
times as much light-gathering ability as a WRF 
of 1. 




PRECISE FULL-SIZE IMAGE & HIGH WRITING RATE 

— f/1.4, 1:1 object-to-image ratio ... for precise full- 
size records . . . measurements can be scaled directly 
off photograph with maximum resolution . . . WRF* of 7. 



o 




GENERAL PURPOSE— f/1. 9, 1:0.85 object- 
to-image ratio . . . image brightness suf- 
ficient for most applications. When photo- 
graphing 8 x 10 cm graticules or 10x10 di- 
vision graticules, such as used on Tektronix 
Types 570, 575, and 536, we recommend 
use of the f/1. 9, 1:0.85 lens to provide the 
largest size image that will still fall within 
the maximum recording area of 3V 4 x4 } / 4 
size Polaroid film . . . WRF* of 4. 





£111111 





GENERAL PURPOSE— f/1. 9, 1:0.9 object- 
to-image ratio , . . image brightness suf- 
ficient for most applications . . . records up 
to 8xl0-cm graticule on 3y 4 x4 1 / 4 film with 
maximum resolution . . . WRF* of 4. 



Registered Trade-Mark Polaroid Corporation 
"Registered Trade-Mark Graflex, Inc. 




236 



Cameras 




Photographs taken under identical 
conditions illustrate relative writing- 
rate capabilities of the two lenses. 

HIGH WRITING RATE— f/1.9, 
1 :0.5 object-to-image ratio . . . 
for high writing rate applications 
such as single-shot photography 
of fast transients . . . recommend- 
ed for use with Tektronix Type 
519 and 580-Series Oscilloscopes 
. . . WRF* of 6. 

ULTRA-HIGH WRITING RATE 

— f/1.3, 1:0.5 object-to-image 
ratio ... for applications where 
writing rate is the prime con- 
sideration . . . advances the state 
of the art and in combination 
with the C-27 Main Frame makes 
possible the recording of higher- 
speed phenomena than before 
. . . WRF* of 12. 





FILM & LENS ECONOMY — 

f/4.5, 1:0.7 object-to-image ratio 
. . . for economy of price and 
efficient use of film where high 
writing rate is not required . . . 
3 records of 4xl0-cm graticule, 
or 2 records of 6xl0-cm grati- 
cule on 3V 4 x4V 4 film . . .WRF* 
of 1. 



FILM ECONOMY & MEDIUM 
WRITING RATE— f/1.9, 1:0.7 ob- 
ject-to-image ratio . . . efficient 
use of film . . .WRF* of 5. 





237 



Cameras 




STANDARD C-1 2 CAMERA 




The C-12 Camera is ideally suited for general-purpose 
trace recording. A beam-splitting mirror provides the 
operator with an on-axis binocular view of the crt dis- 
play, and also allows use of the Projected Graticule ac- 
cessory (see facing page). The f/1.9 — 1:0,9 lens supplied 
with the standard C-1 2 offers the ideal compromise of 
writing rate and image size (up to 8 x 10 cm coverage) 
in a moderately-priced camera. The Polaroid Land Pack- 
Film Back offers convenient loading and picture develop- 
ment outside the camera. Dimensions overall 15 3/8" high 
by 7'/ 2 " wide by 17%" long. Net weight is 12 3 U 
pounds. Shipping weight is approximately 15 pounds. 

C- 1 2 CAMERA $450 

Each camera includes: 1 — cable release (122-0586-00), 1 — focus plate 
387-0893-00), 2— insfruction manuals (070-0383-00). 

ROLL-FILM CAMERA identical to the Standard C-1 2, except 
a Polaroid Roll-Film Back is substituted for the Pack-Film Back, 
C-12-R CAMERA $450 

ELECTRICALLY-ACTUATED* CAMERA identical to the Standard 
C-12, but with a shutter actuator and built-in power supply. 
C- 1 2-S CAMERA $605 

ELECTRICALLY-ACTUATED* CAMERA with Roll-Film Back com- 
bines features of the C-12-R and C-1 2-S, above. 
C-12-RS CAMERA $605 



1 CUSTOM C- 1 2 CAMERAS 


LENS 

(Writing rate factor compared 
to Standard f/1.9, 1:0.9 lens) 


SHUTTER ACTUATOR 

and BUILT-IN 

POWER SUPPLY* 


POLAROID 
FILM BACK 


ORDER NO. 


PRICE 


FILM ECONOMY & MEDIUM WRF— f/1.9, 1:0.7 
Records two 6xl0-cm or three 4xl0-cm graticules 
on each film. Writing rate factor 1 .25X Standard 
Lens. 


No 


Pack Film 
Roll Film 


C-1 2-547 
C-1 2-547 R 


$470 
470 


Yes 


Pack Film 
Roll Film 


C-1 2-547 S 
C-1 2-547 RS 


625 
625 


HIGH WRITING RATE— f/1.9, 1:0.5 

Records fast-writing displays such as single-shot 

transients. Writing rate factor 1 .5X Standard Lens. 


No 


Pack Film 
Roll Film 


C-1 2-549 

C-1 2-549 R 


490 

490 


Yes 


Pack Film 
Roll Film 


C-1 2-549 S 
C-1 2-549 RS 


645 
645 


FILM & LENS ECONOMY— f/4.5, 1:0.7 

Records two 6x 10-cm or three 4x 10-cm graticules 
on each film. Writing rate factor ,25X Standard 
Lens. 


No 


Pack Film 
Roll Film 


C-1 2-550 
C-1 2-550 R 


395 
395 


PRECISE FULL-SIZE IMAGE & HIGH WRITING 
RATE — f/1.4, 1:1 Records full-size image of 8 x 10- 
cm graticule (on 4x5 film with Graflok Back). Writ- 
ing rate factor USX Standard Lens. 


No 


Pack Film 
Roll Film 


C-1 2-608 

C-1 2-608 R 


565 
565 


Yes 


Pack Film 
Roll Film 


C-1 2-608 S 
C-1 2-608 RS 


720 
720 


ULTRA-HIGH WRITING RATE— f/ 1.3, 1:0.5 
Where writing rate is prime consideration Records 
two 6 x 10-cm graticules on each film. Writing rate 
factor 3X Standard Lens. 


No 


Pack Film 
Roll Film 


C-1 2-662 
C-1 2-662 R 


615 
615 


Yes 


Pack Film 
Roll Film 


C-1 2-662 S 
C-1 2-662 RS 


770 

770 


GENERAL-PURPOSE— f/1.9, 1:0.85 

Complete 8 x 10-cm graticule is always positioned 
within exposable area of 3 1 / 4 x4 1 /4 film. Writing 
rate factor same as Standard C-12. 


No 


Pack Film 
Roll Film 


C-1 2-692 
C-1 2-692 R 


450 
450 


Yes 


Pack Film 
Roll Film 


C-1 2-692 S 
C-1 2-692 RS 


605 
605 


Any Tektronix Standard or Custom Trace-Recording Camera can be ordered less back. Use suffix 'G' after the Order Num- 
ber and deduct $80 from the price. 4x5 and 2 1 / 4 x3 1 / 4 Graflok Backs and accessories are shown on page 245. 
*Power supplies are normally wired for 1 1 5 v. For 230 v add suffix 'B' fo the Order Number. Price for either is the same. 



V 



G 



All cameras are sold less mounting bezel; order from page 244. 






238 



Cameras 




PROJECTED GRATICULE for the C- 12 Camera 

The Projected Graticule eliminates parallax, one of the most 
common problems in viewing and photographing waveforms 
on an external graticule. 

Parallax is the apparent displacement of the trace in relation 
to the graticule. Error is introduced since the graticule and crt 
phosphor are on different planes. 

To eliminate parallax, a virtual image of the graticule is 
presented at the crt phosphor plane as viewed by the operator 
and as projected to the camera film plane. 

Special graticules, reference waveforms, or any image that 
can be recorded on a film transparency, can be superimposed 
on the crt display. The transparency is held in a slide holder 
and is easily slipped in and out of the Projected Graticule case, 
making possible rapid change of graticule slides. 

The projected graticule provides up to an 8xl0-cm projec- 
tion, a portion of which can be used for write-in data. Colored 
filters can be inserted to match or contrast the projection with 
the crt phosphor. 

The light source is indexed in £2 V^ f stop increments for 
use as a film exposure guide. This source can also be used 
for precise prefogging of film for increased sensitivity in fast 
writing-rate applications. 

Power requirements are 90 to 130v, or 180 to 260 v, 50 to 
440 cps. 

Although the Projected Graticule case is small (it adds only 
2 1 /4 1 ' to camera height), clearance problems exist with the 
Type 81 Adapter and a few plug-in unit/probe combinations. 
If in doubt about compatibility, please consult your Tektronix 
Field Office or Representative. 




HOSlSZONTAt 



PROJECTED GRATICULE for 115 volts (016-0204-00) .... $160 
PROJECTED GRATICULE for 230 volts (016-0234-00) .... $160 

Includes: l^power cord (161-0015-00], 1—3 to 2-wire adapter (103- 
0013-00|, 1 — graticule film, 4 x 10 cm with write-in area and short 
minor lines (331-0117-00), 1 — graticule film, 6x10 cm with write-in 
area and short minor lines (331-0111-00), 1 — graticule film, 8 x10 cm 
without write-in area, but with full minor lines (331-0119-00), 1 — grati- 
cule mask, 4x10 cm (331-0118-00), 1— graticule mask, 6 x 10 cm (331- 
0116-00), 1— instruction manual (070-0402-00). 



OPTIONAL GRATICULE FILMS and MASKS . . $0.85 each 




■mi M»m.«imiin»n mw «M''wMii 

■■■■■■■■■■niMnnniHHiHniiHHii 

■ ■■■■■■■ItinUHWIIIIMIHHiniHIIIBllMIIU 

••«« I *•■•••••*••>«**••*•■*•»•■•■■■• ■■■■■■•>«■ II 

lltll»l>IIHIIIH»illl»tHHHWMl«>IMM»— «1 

tiiiiiiiiiii ■ i mn 

■•■■■■■■■■■■■■■ •■•■••■pa*«**a«r •••■«•••••■•! 

iiiiiliijiijiHiiiijiyiijyioilsjji 






a:: 



:i:::n:::::::::uR:::::;:::::s::u:&KR::: 

■ ■■■>»■•! ••-•••*•••»• • i •• • min i .•- . 

■ ■•limMtNIKMIIIIIIIHIIIHtlliHMHIIIII 



ss 



6 x 10 cm 

Mask 

331-0116-00 



331-0126-00 



331-0123-00 



331-0137-00 



331-0122-00 






331-0119-00 



331-0131-00 



331-0117-00 








331-0136-00 






■■■■■■■■■ 

■■■ ■■ 
■■■■■■ 





331-0130-00 



331 -01 24-00 



331-0120-00 



■0127-00 




gk MM H 

ill mini 





331-01 11 -00 



331-0125-00 



331-0121-00 



331-0128-00 



10 x lOdiv Mask 

(for Type 570, 

575, 536) 

331-0129-00 



GRATICULE SLIDES 

$3 each 

Amber Window 

1 22-0669-00 

Blue Window 

122-0667-00 

Green Window 

1 22-0668-00 



239 



Cameras 



STANDARD C-27 CAMERA 




The C-27 Camera combines general-purpose utility and 
performance in a design compact enough for multiple 
stacking on 7" Rack-Mount Oscilloscopes. 

Direct binocular viewing is featured. For stacking, the 
viewing tunnel is removed and the carrying handle folded 
out of the way. The camera frame can be rotated 90° 
or 180° to view from the top, bottom, or either side. The 
f/7.9 — 7.-0.85 lens supplied with the Standard C-27 offers 
an ideal compromise of writing rate and image size 
(8 x 10-cm on 3% x4% film or 10 x 70-cm coverage on 
4x5 film) in a moderately-priced camera. 

The Polaroid Land Pack-Film Back offers convenient 
loading and picture development outside the camera. Di- 
mensions overall are 7 3 7/32" high (only 8" with view- 
ing tunnel removed) by 7^h" wide by 13 11/32" long 
(only 12" with viewing tunnel removed). Net weight is 
10 pounds. Shipping weight is approximately 14 pounds. 

C-27 CAMERA $420 

Each camera includes: 1 — cable release (122-0586-00), 1 — focus plate 
(387-0893-00), 2— instruction manuals (070-0383-00). 

ROLL-FILM CAMERA identical to the Standard C-27, except a 
Polaroid Roll-Film Back is substituted for the Pack-Film Back. 
C-27-R CAMERA $420 

ELECTRICALLY-ACTUATED* CAMERA identical to the Standard 
C-27, but with a shutter actuator and built-in power supply. 
(See page 246.) 
C-27-C CAMERA $575 

ELECTRICALLY-ACTUATED* CAMERA with Roll-Film Back com- 
bines features of the C-27-R and C-27-S, above. 
C-27-RS CAMERA $575 




240 





Cameras 



CUSTOM C-27 CAMERAS 


LENS 

(Writing rate factor compared to 
Standard f/1.9, 1:0.85 lens) 


SHUTTER ACTUATOR 

and BUILT-IN 

POWER SUPPLY* 


POLAROID 
FILM BACK 


ORDER NO. 


PRICE 


FILM ECONOMY & MEDIUM WRF— f/1.9, 1:0.7 
Records two 6x 10-cm or three 4xl0-cm graticules on 
3y 4 x4V 4 film, or one 10 x 10 cm with optional Graf- 
lok Back. Writing rate factor 1 .25X Standard Lens. 


No 


Pack Film 
Roll Film 


C-27-547 
C-27-547 R 


$440 
440 


Yes 


Pack Film 
Roll Film 


C-27-547 S 
C-27-547 RS 


595 
595 


GENERAL-PURPOSE— f/1.9, 1:0.9 

Records an 8 x 10-cm graticule on 3% x 4V 4 film. 

Writing rate factor same as Standard Lens. 


No 


Pack Film 
Roll Film 


C-27-548 
C-27-548 R 


420 

420 


Yes 


Pack Film 
Roll Film 


C-27-548 S 
C-27-548 RS 


575 
575 


HIGH WRITING RATE— f/1.9, 1:0.5 
Records fast-writing displays such as single-shot tran- 
sients. Writing rate factor 1.5X Standard Lens. 


No 


Pack Film 
Roll Film 


C-27-549 
C-27-549 R 


460 

460 


Yes 


Pack Film 
Roll Film 


C-27-549 S 
C-27-549 RS 


615 
615 


FILM & LENS ECONOMY— f/4.5, 1:0.7 

Records two 6 x 10-cm or three 4 x 10-cm graticules 
on each film. Recommended when cost rather than 
writing rate is the prime consideration. Writing rate 
factor .25X Standard Lens. 


No 


Pack Film 
Roll Film 


C-27-550 
C-27-550 R 


365 
365 


PRECISE FULL-SIZE IMAGE & HIGH WRITING RATE 

— f/1.4, 1:1 

Records full-size image of 10 x 10-cm graticule (on 
4x5 film with Graflok Back). Writing rate factor 
1.75X Standard Lens. 


No 


Pack Film 
Roll Film 


C-27-608 
C-27-608 R 


535 
535 


Yes 


Pack Film 
Roll Film 


C-27-608 S 
C-27-608 RS 


690 

690 


ULTRA-HIGH WRITING RATE— f/ 1.3, 1:0.5 
Records two 6 x 10-cm graticules on each film. Writ- 
ing rate factor 3X Standard Lens. 


No 


Pack Film 
Roll Film 


C-27-662 
C-27-662 R 


585 
585 


Yes 


Pack Film 

Roll Film 


C-27-662 S 
C-27-662 RS 


740 
740 


Any Tektronix Standard or Custom Trace-Recording Camera can be ordered less back. Use suffix 'G' after the Order Num- 
ber and deduct $80 from the price. 4x5 and 2V 4 x3V 4 Graflok Backs and accessories are shown on page 245. 

'Power supplies are normally wired for 1 1 5 v. For 230 v add suffix 'B' to the Order Number. Price for either is the same. 



All cameras are sold less mounting bezel; order from page 244. 




241 



Cameras 



C 




\ 



SHUTTER ACTUATOR 

The Shutter Actuator System (Mode! 2) Is a rotary solenoid- 
operated release that closely simulates the action of a hand- 
operated cable release. It permits electrical actuation of most 
Tektronix Trace-Recording Cameras. 

A holding circuit in the power supply allows the actuator 
to be energized indefinitely without overheating. This feature 
is especially useful in obtaining Time exposures. Several actu- 
ators can be operated simultaneously by paralleling the remote 
switches from the individual power supplies. 

Two power supply packages are available. They are elec- 
trically identical, and differ only in mechanical configuration. 
One takes the place of the standard Rear Frame in the C-12, 
and C-27 Camera. The other is a separate small housing which 
can be mounted to either of the Polaroid Backs, or used 
remotely. 

CHARACTERISTICS 

The actuator mounts to the cable release bushing of the 
Alphax #3 and Ilex #3 shutters. It is not compatible with the 
Alphax #1 shutter used in the f/4.5 — 1:0.7 lens. 

Operating time from switch contact to full open blades at 
115 vac is 20 to 25 msec. 

Power requirement is 115 vac, 50 to 400 cps, or 1 15 vdc. 

Actuator for either supply (016-0218-00) $ 75 

Separate Power Supply (016-0230-00) $ 85 

Includes hinged mounting bracket- (122-0713-00) 

Built-in Power Supply (016-0231-00) $125 




Power requirement is 230 vac, 50 to 400 cps, or 230 vdc. 

Actuator for either supply (016-0235-00) $ 75 

Separate Power Supply (016-0236-00) $ 85 

Includes hinged mounting bracket (122-0713-00) 

Built-in Power Supply (016-0237-00) $125 






242 



Cameras 














Tektronix Trace-Recording Cameras are designed for maximum flexibility and easy interchange of components. A 
complete camera consists of an appropriate mounting bezel, main frame assembly, lens, rear frame, rotating slide adapt- 
er, and Graflok or Polaroid Land film back. Standard Camera Assemblies are described on the following pages. Varia- 
tions of the standard cameras (using interchangeable lenses and backs and incorporating a shutter actuator with built- 
in power supply) are also available as custom cameras. Each component part can be ordered separately for further versa- 
tility or for addition to a present Tektronix Trace-Recording Camera. Your nearest Tektronix Field Office or Representative 
is ready to assist you in your trace-recording needs. 




CAMERA BACKS AND FILM 

Four different backs are available for Tektronix Trace-Record- 
ing Cameras: Polaroid 3y 4 x 4V 4 Pack Film and Roll Film Backs, 
and Graflok 4x5 and 2% x 3V 4 Backs. The choice of a Camera 
Back will depend primarily on (1) the intended use for the pho- 
tograph, (2) how quickly you want the finished photograph, (3) 
how large an area you wish to photograph, (4) the magnifica- 
tion factor of the particular lens used, and (5) the size of the 
positive or negative desired. If you want to obtain a negative 
from which a number of prints can be made, either Type 55 
P/N film (which comes in Polaroid Land 4x5, only) or conven- 
tional film is quite satisfactory. 

With either Polaroid Land or conventional films, the exposable 
area of the film used by the selected back must be at least 
as large as the image from the lens. Size will depend on the 
object-to-image ratio of the camera lens and on the size of the 
oscilloscope display. For example, the roll film back for 120 
or 620 film would probably not be used with a 1:0.9 lens and a 
10-cm wide oscilloscope display. This is because the image of 
the display is 9 centimeters wide and the exposable area (long 
dimension) of the film is only about 8.25 centimeters. Thus at 
least 7.5 mm would be cut off of the photograph. The film size 
should be at least 5 mm larger than the size of the image to 
allow for normal tolerances in the construction of the Camera 
Backs and for the position of the film in the back. 



Available film types and film speed are other important 
considerations in choosing a back, especially where single- 
shot transients must be recorded. Polaroid Type 47 and Type 
107 (roll film and pack film, respectively) each have an ASA 
equivalent exposure index of 3000. Polaroid Type 410 roll 
film is especially suited for high-speed photography. It has an 
ASA equivalent of 10,000. Each film type has 8 exposures, and 
develops in 10 seconds. Roll-film versions develop inside the 
film back; pack film develops outside. 

Polaroid films can also be used in a Polaroid 4x5 film holder 
with the 4x5 Graflok Back. This combination, used with Type 
57 film (3000 speed), a 1:1 lens, and a C-27 Main Frame will 
give full-size records of graticule areas as large as 8x10 cm. 
A Standard C-27 Camera (1:0.85 lens) equipped in the same 
way will make a complete record of a 10x10 cm graticule. 

Conventional cut film and 120 roll film can be used with 
either the 4 x 5 or 2 ] / 4 x 3V 4 Graflok Back and the proper holder 
or adapter. A number of film types, manufactured by Eastman 
Kodak, Agfa, Ansco, and others, are available in both forms, 
at ASA speeds of from 64 to 1250. 

A detailed list of film types and characteristics of these and 
other films not mentioned here can be obtained from the 
respective manufacturer. 



243 



Cameras 



MOU 
BEZELS 



MAIN FRAME 
ASSEMBLIES 



INTERCHANGEABLE 
LENSES 



Each Bezel can be used to 
mount the rectangular polar- 
ized viewer (016-0039-00). 



FOR 

C-12 

CAMERA 



For Tektronix Oscilloscopes 

with round 5" crt. 

Part No. 016-0226-00 ... $15 

For Tektronix 560-Series Os- 
cilloscope with rectangular crt 
and Type 506. 
Part No. 016-0217-00 ... $15 

For Tektronix Type 519. 

Part No. 01 6-0239-00 ... $25 

For some Hewlett-Packard Os- 
cilloscopes. Contact your lo- 
cal Tektronix Field Office or 
Representative. 
Part No. 016-0229-00 ... $16 



FOR 
C-27 

CAMERA 




For all Tektronix Oscilloscopes 

with 5" round crt. 

Part No. 016-0225-00 ... $15 

For all Tektronix 560-Series 
Oscilloscopes with rectangu- 
lar crt, the Type RM529 and 
Type 506. 
Part No. 016-0224-00 ... $15 

For Tektronix Type 647 and 

RM647 Oscilloscopes. 

Part No. 016-0223-00 ... $15 

For Tektronix Type 519 

Part No. 016-0240-00 ... $25 

For most models of Hewlett- 
Packard Oscilloscopes. Con- 
tact your local Tektronix Field 
Office or Representative. 
Part No. 016-0228-00 ... $15 

For some models of DuMont 

Oscilloscopes. Contact your 

local Tektronix Field Office or 

Representative. 

Part No. 016-0227-00 ... $15 



Each Main Frame Assembly in- 
cludes a cable release and stand- 
ard camera instruction manual. 




C-12 Main Frame with beam-spiitting mirror 

and on-axis binocular viewing. 

Part No. 122-0635-00 $155 




C-27 Main Frame with direct binocular view- 
ing, removable viewing tunnel and maximum 
light transmission from crt to film. 
Part No. 122-0676-00 $125 




f/1.9_l : 0.7 

Film Economy 

Medium Writing Rate 

Alphax or Ilex 

No. 3X Shutter 

Part No. 122-0547-00 $180 




f/1.9— 1:0.9 

General Purpose 

Alphax or Ilex 

No. 3X Shutter 

Part No. 122-0548-00 $160 







f/1.9— 1:0.5 

High Writing Rate 

Alphax or Ilex 

No. 3X Shutter 

Part No. 122-0549-00 $200 







f/4.5— 1:0.7 

Economy of Film & Price 

Alphax No. 1 Shutter 
Part No. 122-0550-00 $105 






244 



Cameras 



c 



INTERCHANGEABLE 
LENSES 



REAR 
FRAMES 



INTERCHANGEABLE 
FILM BACKS 



ACCESSORIES FOR GRAFLOK BACKS 




f/1.4— 1:1 

Precise full-size Image 
High Writing Rate 
Alphax No. 3 Shutter 
Part No. 122-0608-00 $275 




Standard Frame 

Part No. 122-0591-00 $45 




f, -1:0.5 

Uh. 



Uh.^-High Writing Rate 

Ilex No. 3X Shutter 

Part No. 122-0662-00 $325 




Power Supply Frame for 
Model 2 Shutter Actuator 
Refer to page 242. 




ROTATING 
SLIDE ADAPTER 



f /1. 9— 1:0.85 

General Purpose 
Alphax or Ilex 
No. 3X Shutter 
Part No. 122-0692-00 



$160 



Adapts Polaroid or Graflok 

Back to rear frame. 

Part No. 122-0602-00 $25 





Polaroid Land 3V 4 x4V4 
Pack-Film Back, 8 exp. 
Part No. 122-0671-00 $ 75 

Focus Plate for above. 
Part. No. 387-0893-00 $5.35 

Polaroid Land 3V 4 x 4V 4 
Roll-Film Back, 8 exp. 
Part No. 122-0603-00 $ 75 

Focus Plate for above. 
Part No. 387-0460-00 $ 5 

(Focus Plates not needed if 
Graflok Back is available.) 




4x5 Graflok Back with 
Focusing Screen accepts 
standard cut-film holders 
film-pack adapters, roll- 
film (120) adapters, Pola- 
roid 4x5 Film Holder. 
Part No. 122-0604-00 $ 45 



2V, x3 T / 4 Graflok Back with 
Focusing Screen accepts 
standard cut-film holders, 
film-pack adapters, roll-film 
(120) adapters. 
Part No. 016-0233-00 $ 45 



Readily available from local camera shops. 




Cut-Film Holder 
2 exposures 




Film-Pack Adapter 
12 exposures 








Film Holder 
6 exposures 




Roll-Film Adapter "22" 
12 exposures, 2V 4 x 2V 4 , 
120 film 

Roll-Film Adapter "23" 
8 exposures, 2V 4 x3V 4 , 
120 film 

Polaroid Land 4x5 Film 
Holder. 



245 




TYPE 200 SERIES 



Five models comprise the Type 200-Series Scope-Mobile® 
Carts featuring tilt locking in one of nine tray positions. 
These tilt-lock models include the Types 201-1, 201-2, 
202-1, 202-2, and 205-1. The three models ending with 





-1 have a storage drawer for holding accessory items. 
The two models ending with -2 have a storage drawer and 
a plug-in carrier for housing a pair of plug-in units. Three 
ac-receptacles are located at the rear of the storage drawer 
for supplying power to the oscilloscope and associated in- 
struments. A flange around the receptacles provides con- 
venient storage for the power cord when not in use. All tilt- 
lock models come equipped with front-wheel brakes. 

ADJUSTABLE TRAY tilt-locks in either of six 4.5° steps in 
the upward direction or two 4.5° steps in the downward direc- 
tion from the horizontal axis. 




MECHANICAL FEATURES include aluminum construction, 5- 
inch rubber wheels with front wheel brakes, and linoleum- 
topped steel shelf at the bottom. 

OVERALL DIMENSIONS are approximately 36" high by 
17V 2 " wide by 28" deep for the 201-1, -2 and the 202-1, -2; 
36" high by 22" wide by 28" deep for the 205-1. 

Either the storage drawer or the storage drawer and 
plug-in carrier combination can be ordered separately to 
modernize older 200-Series Scope-Mobile® Carts. 




01 4-001 2-00 drawer for 201-1 $40 

014-0013-00 drawer/plug-in carrier combination for 201-2 . . 45 

014-0014-00 drawer for 202-1 40 

014-0015-00 drawer/plug-in carrier combination for 202-2 . . 45 



MODEL 


DRAWER 


PLUG-IN 
CARRIER 


TRAY 
WIDTH 


TRAY DESIGNED FOR TEK- NET 

TRONIX OSCILLOSCOPE TYPE WEIGHT PRICE 


201-1 


YES 


NO 


ioy 2 " 


503, 504, 506, 51 5A 
516, 561, 561 A 564, 647 


38 lbs. 
43 lbs. 


$120.00 


201-2 


2, 3, 9, 10 and 

11 Series 


ioy 2 " 


130.00 


202-1 
MOD 52 


NO 


14 3 / 4 " 


519 


155.00 


202-1 


NO 


14" 


502A*, 507, 517, 51 7A, 530, 540, 
550, 580 Series; 570, 575, 661. 


120.00 


202-2 


1, 80 and 
Letter Series 


14" 


130.00 


205-1 


NO 


17%" 


565, 567, AND ALL RACK- 
MOUNT INSTRUMENTS 


135.00 






... $ 2.15 



o 



246 



Scope-Mobile Carts 



C 






TYPE 500 SERIES 



The Type 500A (without plug-in carrier but with blank 
front panel) and the Type 500/53A (with plug-in carrier 
factory installed) Scope-Mobile® Carts comprise the Type 
500 Series. These carts come equipped with front wheel 
brakes. Four wheel brakes can be ordered at additional 
cost. 

Convenient feature of the Type 500A is the compart- 
ment for housing auxiliary equipment mounted behind the 
blank front panel. This compartment is 8 l h " high by 13 3 U " 
wide for the first 5 Vi " of depth tapering from this point, 
at a 20° angle, to a minimum height of 2 l h" at a depth 
of I9V2". Three ac-receptacles are located on the back 
of the compartment for supplying power to the oscilloscope 
and associated instruments. A flange around the receptacles 
provides convenient storage for the power cord when not in 
use. 

An available fan kit provides ventilation for the equip- 
ment compartment. 



STATIONARY TRAY slants upward at a 20° angle. 

TRAY WIDTH is 13 3 / 4 inches. 

STORAGE DRAWER is felt-lined and slides on nylon guides, 
provides handy storage for accessory items, such as probes, 
cables, and manuals. 

NET WEIGHT is approximately 35 pounds. 



Type 



Price 



500A without plug-in carrier 

500A Export* without plug-in carrier 

500/53A with plug-in carrier 

500/53A Export* with plug-in carrier 
*Modified for export packaging 



$ 99.50 

99.50 

110.00 

110.00 




FOUR WHEEL BRAKES 

TYPE 500A MOD 741 B $1 14.50 

TYPE 500/53A MOD 741 B 125.00 

PLUG-IN CARRIER 

(can be ordered separately} 

This carrier replaces the blank panel on the Type 500A and 
provides storage space for two letter or 80-series plug-in units. 
Order Part Number 01 4-0005-00 $1 0.50 

FAN KIT 




This fan kit provides forced-air ventilation for the instruments 
housed in the equipment compartment. The kit contains a 
motor, 5-inch blade, filter, and necessary mounting hardware. 
Order Part Number 040-01 61-00 $20.40 

SPECIAL TRAYS 

Special trays furnish a secure positioning mount for Tek- 
tronix Oscilloscopes smaller in size than those for which the 
Scope-Mobile® Cart was intended. 



Oscilloscopes 



Part Number 



Price 



502A 
503, 504, 51 5A, 516, 561 A, 564 



436-0019-00 
436-0058-00 



$4.55 
9.75 



247 



CESSORY CONT 





TRACE-RECORDING 235 

Cameras 
Components 

SCOPE-MOBILE® CARTS 246 

Type 200 Series 
Type 500 Series 

PROBES 249 

Introduction 

Probe-Instrument Compatibility Chart 

General Purpose Probes 

Special Purpose Probes 

Sampling Probes 

CT-1 Current Transformer and P6040 Probe 

CT-2 Current Transformer and P6041 Probe 

CT-3 50-ohm Signal Pickoff 

PROBE ACCESSORIES 266 

Identification Tags 
Grounding Adapter 
Special Tips and Adapters 

50-Q VOLTAGE PICKOFF "T" 267 

INPUT TIME-CONSTANT STANDARDIZERS 267 

INPUT ADAPTERS-ATTENUATORS-TERMINATIONS ... 267 
B170-A Attenuator 
Miscellaneous Adapters 

PLUG-IN UNIT ACCESSORIES 269 

Plug-In Extensions 
Gain Adjust Adapter 
Blank Plug-In Chassis 
Plug-In Storage Cabinets 

PULSERS 269 

Type TU-5 Pulser, TU-5/105 Adapter 

MOUNTING ACCESSORIES 270 

SAMPLING ACCESSORIES 271 

Adapters 

Connecting Cables 

Calibration Adapter 

Timing Standard 

Transformer Matched "T" 

Diode Test Jig 

Plug-In Unit Accessories 

TYPE "O" PLUG-IN UNIT ACCESSORIES 273 

Leakage Current Adapter 
Logarithmic Amplifier Adapter 
Terminal Adapters and Shields 
Compensating Adapter 

TYPE "Q" PLUG-IN UNIT RESISTOR BOARDS 274 

TYPE "R" PLUG-IN UNIT PLATE WIRED ASSEMBLIES 274 



TYPE 130 L-C METER ACCESSORIES 274 

Delta Standards 
Production Test Fixture 

TYPE 180-181 ACCESSORIES 275 

Type 181/RM181 Crystal Oven 
Type 180, 1 80A Frequency Doubler 

TYPE 310/310A FAN BASE 275 

TYPE 507 GROUND CONNECTOR 275 

TYPE 519 ACCESSORIES 275 

1000-Mc Timing Standard 
Double Button Contact Assembly 
Connector Assembly, Panel 
Delay Line Equalizer 

125-Q ACCESSORIES 275 

Attenuator 

Component Insertion Unit 
Coupling Capacitor 
Cable Connector Kit 
90° Elbow Assembly 
Coax Cables 

TYPE 570 ADAPTER PLATES 275 

TYPE 575 TRANSISTOR AND DIODE ADAPTERS . . . 276 

CAMERA MOUNTING ADAPTERS 276 

VIEWING ACCESSORIES 277 

Polarized Viewers 
Viewing Hoods 

CARRYING CASES 276 

For A to Z Plug- In Units 
For 2, 3, 10 and 11 Series Plug-In Units 
For Type 321, 321 A Portable Oscilloscope 
For Type 181 Generator or Type 31 OA Oscillo- 
scope 

REPLACEMENT BATTERIES 277 

DEFLECTION PLATE CONNECTOR 277 

MISCELLANEOUS CORDS AND LEADS 277 

POWER CORDS 277 

MISCELLANEOUS CABLES 278 

STANDARD GRATICULES 279 

SPECIAL GRATICULES 279 

UNSCRIBED GRATICULES 280 

CRT LIGHT FILTERS 280 

CRT MESH FILTERS 280 

REPLACEMENT CATHODE-RAY TUBES 280 



c 



c 



248 










i*w Mwujffwiimini ■ urn in 








PROBE-INSTRUMENT COMPATIBILITY CHART 






CT-l, 


cr-2, 


CT-3 


P6016 P6038 1 P6034 


P6027 


P6023 


P6013 


P6O08 


P6010 


P6Q1? 


P6006 


P6032 


P500CF" P500CF P170CF* 


P170CF 




P6040 


P6041 




P6Q35 


P6028 




P6015 


P6009 






P6007 




I I 












OSCILLOSCOPES 






310A 




X 




X 






X 




X 






X 


X 














317 




X 




X 






X 




X 






X 


X 














RM17 




X 




X 






X 




X 






X 


X 














321 




X 




X 






X 




X 






X 


X 














321A 




X 




X 






X 




X 






X 


X 














340 




X 




X 






X 




X 






X 


X 














422 :.;■ 




X 




X 






X 




X 






X 


X 














502A 









X 






X 


X 


X 






X 


X 














503 
RM503 









X 






X 


X 


X 






X 


X 





















X 






X 


X 


X 






X 


X 














504 









X 






X 




X 






X 


X 














RM504 









X 






X 




X 






X 


X 














515A 




X 




X 






X 




X 






X 


X 














RM15 




X 




X 






X 




X 






X 


X 














516 




X 




X 






X 




X 






X 


X 














51 7A 







































X 


519 










































524AD 














X 










X 


X 






X 






525 














X 










X 


X 












526 














X 










X 














527 














X 










X 














RM527 














X 










X 














RM529.. 














X 










X 






















PLUG-IN UNITS 


B 




X 




X 






X 




X 






X 


X 














CA 




X 




X 






X 





X 







X 


X 














D 
G 




X 




X 






X 


X 


X 






X 


X 
















X 




X 






X 


X 


X 






X 


X 














H 




X 




X 






X 




X 






X 


X 














K 




X 




X 






X 




X 







X 


X 














L 




X 




X 






X 




X 







X 


X 














M 




X 




X 






X 




X 






X 


X 














N 


X 





X 

































O 




X 




X 






X 




X 






X 


X 














w 




X 




X 








X 


























z 




X 




X 








X 


























1A1 





X 





X 







X 




X 


X 


X 


X 

















1A2 





X 





X 







X 




X 


X 


X 


X 

















.■■•151 '■ 


X 





X 






X 
















X 










2A60 




X 




X 






X 




X 






X 


X 














2A63 




X 




X 






X 


X 


X 






X 


X 














3AI 




X 




X 






X 





X 






X 


X 














3A2 




X 




X 






X 




X 






X 


X 














3A3 




X 




X 








X 


X 























3A6 

3A72 




X 




X 











X 








X 
















X 




X 






X 





X 






X 


X 














3A74 




X 




X 






X 




X 






X 


X 














3A75 




X 




X 






X 




X 






X 


X 














10A1 





X 





X 








X 

























10A2 





X 













X 




X 


X 


X 


X 


X 














82 





X 

















X 


X 


X 




















86 





X 















X 


X 


X 


X 




















3S76 


X 





X 


X 




X 
















X 










3S3 


X 





X 




X 




























4S1 


X 





X 






X 
















X 










4S2 


X 





X 




X 


X 
















X 










453 
9A1 


X 





X 




• 






























X 




X 






X 





X 






X 


X 














9A2 




X 




X 






X 


X 






X 


X 














AMPLIFIERS 


123 














X 


























1121 














X 












X 











X 


* W 


ith 128 Pow 


er Supply 


and T70 


n Term/notion X Recommended 






** W 


'ith J28 Pow 


er Supply 




O These combinations hove limitations, but they may i 


>e very u 


seful in certain applications. 



249 



Accessories 



PROBES 



Tektronix manufactures both active and passive probes 
for broadening the applications of Tektronix preamplifiers 
and oscilloscopes. 

A prime consideration in selecting a probe is the attenua- 
tion ratio. Probe attenuation allows the measurement of 
signctis that would otherwise over-drive the preamplifier or 
oscilloscope. In addition, the higher input resistance and 
lower input capacitance associated with the attenuation 
reduces the loading effect of the oscilloscope on the circuit 
under test. 

To help you select the right probe for your application, 
the probes have been grouped in three categories: general 
purpose, special purpose, and sampling. The following 
factors should be considered in making your selection: 



7. Be sure the desired probe will match the input resistance 
and capacitance of the oscilloscope used, and is equipped with 
the proper connector. 

2. For RF (CW) or high-voltage applications, select a probe 
with an adequate RF or HV rating. Most probes require de- 
rating for RF work, due to heating effects. 

3. Select a probe with adequate risetime and bandwidth for 
the oscilloscope and application. 

4. When considering high input impedance, select the short- 
est cable length, highest attenuation probe compatible with the 
application. The probe with the lowest input capacitance will 
generally provide the most accurate measurements. 

When ordering any probe, please designate not only 
the type but also the nine-digit part number. 

If you desire help in selecting the right probe for your ap- 
plication, please consult your Tektronix Field Engineer. 



o 



GENERAL PURPOSE PROBES 






P6006 10X PASSIVE PROBE 




The Type P6006 low input-capacifance probe has improved 
design and elecfrical characteristics over its predecessors, the 
Types P6000, P6003, P6G17, and P6022 Probes. 

By rotating the probe body with respect to its base, the 
probe time-constant can be made equal to the input time-con- 
stant of the oscilloscope or plug-in unit. 

At no additional cost, the probe is available with 6' ', 9' and 
12' cable lengths in addition to the standard 3.5' cable length, 
with either BNC or UHF connectors. UHF to BNC adapters are 
available from your local supplier or Tektronix, Inc. 

ATTENUATION RATIO is 10X. 

INPUT RESISTANCE is 10 megohms. 

INPUT CAPACITANCE for standard length probe is approxi- 
mately 7 pf when used with an instrument having a 20 pf input 



206-0060-00 



206-0015-00 




013-0071-00 



T 



134-0013-00 



344-0046-00 



H I V 




206-0105-00 



352-0068-00 



175-0124-00 175-0125*00 



capacitance and approximately 9.5 pf when used with an in- 
strument having a 47 pf input capacitance. 

PROBE RISETIME is approximately 5 nsec. 

TYPICAL RISETIME of probe, Type K Plug-In Unit, and Type 
540-Series Oscilloscope is 13 nsec. 

VOLTAGE RATING is 600 v dc or ac pk-to-pk.* 

STANDARD CABLE is 3.5' long, terminated with BNC or 
UHF connector. 

P6006 PROBE PACKAGE (010-0127-00 BNC or 010-0125-00 
UHF) $22 

Includes: 

1— P6006 probe, 010-0128-00 BNC or 
010-0126-00 UHF 
-straight tip, 206-0015-00 
I— hook tip, 206-0105-00 
— pincher tip, 013-0071-00 
—spring tip, 206-0060-00 
—banana plug, 134-0013-00 

*Peak-to-peak voltage derating Is necessary for CW frequencies higher 
than 5.7 Mc when working into a 20 pf input, or higher than 3.6 Mc 
when working into a 47 pf input. 



2 — minigator clips, 344-0046-00 
1— probe holder, 352-0068-00 
1—5" ground lead, 175-0124-00 
1—12" ground lead, 175-0125-00 
1— instruction manual, 070-0381-00 



ADDITIONAL CABLE LENGTH P6006 
WITH CORRESPONDING INPUT C. 



PROBE PACKAGE 



Cable 
Length 






Part Number 


Price 


Input C 

20 pf I 47 pf 


BNC 
Connector 


UHF 
Connector 


6' 
9' 

12' 


8.5 pf 
11.0 pf 
13.0pf 


1 1 .0 pf 
13.5 pf 
15.5 pf 


010-0160-00 
010-0146-00 
010-0148-00 


010-0158-00 
010-0142-00 
010-0144-00 


$22 
22 

22 



REPLACEMENT PROBES (without tips and ground leads) 



Cable 
Length 


Port Number 


Price 

$19.50 
19.50 
19.50 
19.50 


BNC 

Connector 


UHF 
Connector 

010-0126-00 
010-0159-00 
010-0143-00 
010-0145-00 


3.5' 
6' 
9' 

12' 


010-0128-00 
010-0161-00 
010-0147-00 
010-0149-00 



o 



250 



SEE PAGE 249 FOR PROBE COMPATIBILITY 




Accessories 



c 



P6007 100X PASSIVE PROBE 



134-0013-00 



344-0046-00 



175-0125-00 




352-0068-00 






206-0105-00 



344-0046-00 



175-0124-00 




206-0060-00 



206-0015-00 



«^*^*( 0mfmm& 



013-0071-00 





The Type P6007 low input-capacitance probe has improved 
overall design and electrical characteristics over its predecessors, 
the Types P6002 and P6005 Probes. 

By rotating the probe body with respect to its base, the probe 
time constant can be made equal to the input time constant of 

the oscilloscope or plug-in unit. 

At no additional cost, the probe is available with 6', 9', and 
12' cable lengths in addition to the standard 3.5' cable length 
with either BNC or UHF connectors. UHF to BNC adapters 
are available from your local supplier or Tektronix Inc. 

ATTENUATION RATIO is 100X. 

INPUT RESISTANCE is 10 megohms. 

INPUT CAPACITANCE for a standard length probe is 
approximately 2.0 pf when used with an instrument having a 
20 pf input capacitance and approximately 2.3 pf when used 
with an instrument having a 47 pf input capacitance. 

PROBE RISETIME is approximately 7 nsec. 

TYPICAL RISETIME of probe, Type K Plug-In Unit, and Type 
540-Series Oscilloscope is 13 nsec. 

VOLTAGE RATING is 1 .5 kv dc or ac rms, 4.2 kv ac pk- 
fo-pk.* 

STANDARD CABLE is 3.5' long, terminated with BNC or 
UHF connector. 

*Peak-to-peak voltage derating is necessary for CW frequencies higher 
than 200 kc. At 10 Mc, the maximum allowable pk-fo-pk voltage is 
2 kv. Above 10 Mc, additional derating is required depending on the 
input capacitance of the plug-in or instrument used. 



P6007 PROBE PACKAGE 

(010-0150-00 BNC or 010-0134-00 UHF) $22 



Includes: 

1— P6007 probe, 010-0151-00 BNC or 

010-0135-00 UHF 
1— straight tip, 206-0015-00 
1— hook tip, 206-0105-00 
1— pincher tip, 013-0071-00 
1— spring tip, 206-0060-00 



1— banana plug, 134-0013-00 
2— minigator clips, 344-0046-00 
1— probe holder, 352-0068-00 
1_5" ground lead, 175-0124-00 
1—12" ground lead, 175-0125-00 
1— instruction manual, 070-0381-00 



ADDITIONAL CABLE LENGTH P6007 PROBE PACKAGE 
WITH CORRESPONDING INPUT C. 



,., 






Part Number 


Price 


Input C 


BNC UHF 


Cabie Length 


20 pf\ 47 pi 


Connector' Connector 


6' 

9' 

12' 


2.2 
2.4 
2.6 


2.5 
2.7 
2.8 


01 0-01 65-od 01 0-01 62-00 

01 0-01 52-0q 01 0-01 36-00 
01 0-01 54-00| 01 0-01 38-00 


$22.00 
22.00 
22.00 



REPLACEMENT PROBES (without Tips and Ground Leads}. 


Cable Length 




8NC 
Connector 


UHF 
Connector 


Price 


3.5' 
6' 
9' 

12' 


010-0151-00 
010-0166-00 
010-0153-00 
010-0155-00 


010-0135-00 
010-0163-00 
01 0-01 37-00 
010-0139-00 


$19.50 
19.50 
19.50 
19.50 



SEC PAGE 249 FOR PROBE CO/HPATIBIUTV 



251 



Accessories 



[ 



P6010 10X PASSIVE PROBE 




013-0090-00 



344-0046-00 



■ ■ 

166-0404-00 




I • 



013-0085-00 



206-0014-00 



352-0090-00 




The new P6010 is a miniature passive probe designed for 
use with Tektronix wide-band oscilloscopes. The probe is 
easily compensated for use with any instrument having an in- 
put capacitance of 14 to 21 pf. 

Extra small in size, the P6010 is well suited for servicing sub- 
miniature circuits where easy access is required. In addition to 
the standard 3.5' length, the probe is available with a 6' cable 
at no additional cost. 

ATTENUATION is 10X. 

INPUT RESISTANCE is 10 megohms. 

INPUT CAPACITANCE for the standard length probe is ap- 
proximately 10 pf when used with instruments having a 14 
to 21 pf input capacitance; 1 2 pf for the 6' version. 

PROBE RISETIME is less than 2 nsec. 

TYPICAL RISETIME of probe with Type 1A1 Plug-In Unit and 
Type 547 Oscilloscope is 7 nsec. 

VOLTAGE RATING is 500 v dc, ac peak, or dc and ac peak 

combined.* 

STANDARD CABLE is 3.5' long, terminated with a BNC con- 
nector. 



P6010 3.5' PROBE PACKAGE (010-0188-00) 
P6010 6' PROBE PACKAGE (010-0185-00) . 

Includes: 



$30.00 
$30.00 



1— P6010 probe, 01 0-01 87-00 or 

010-0184-00 
1— hook tip, 206-0014-00 
1— pincher, tip, 013-0090-00 
1 — bayonet ground adapter, 

013-0085-00 



1 — minigator clip, 344-0046-00 
1— probe bolder, 352-0090-00 
1—5" ground lead, 175-0124-00 
2— insulating tubes, 166-0404-00 
1— instruction manual, 070-0495-00 



....■:■■::■■■ ■ .■.■■■■:-v v -. v !:: : -^-. -- i- 7--- 1 - -.?-:-:-:.=-;- .>; ;--:- : ■-■ .-" ■ 



P6010 3.5' PROBE ONLY (010-0187-00) $25.00 

P60 1 6' PROBE ONLY (01 0-01 84-00) $25.00 

*Peak voltage derating is necessary for CW frequencies higher than 
2.5 Mc. At 20 Mc, the maximum allowable peak voltage is 175 v; 
60 v at 60 Mc. 



o 





THIS PHOTO SHOWS THE SMALL SHE OF 
THE P6010 OR P6011 IN COMPARISON 
WITH A CONVENTIONAL PROBE. 



(ACTUAL SIZE) 




252 



SEE PAGE 249 FOR PROBE COMPATIBILITY 



Accessories 




P601 1 IX PASSIVE PROBE 






166-0404-00 



206-001 4-00 



352-0090-00 344-0046-00 



Similar to the P6010 in design, the new P601 1 IX Passive 
Probe can be used with all Tektronix general-purpose oscillo- 
scopes. Like the P6010, the small size of the probe body makes 
it ideal for working on compact - circuitry. 

The probe cable utilizes a resistive center conductor for 
damping critical reflections, insuring maximum bandwidth. 
In addition to the standard 3.5' length, the probe is avail- 
able with a 6' cable at no additional cost. 

ATTENUATION is IX. 

INPUT RESISTANCE is 1 megohm. 

INPUT CAPACITANCE for the standard length probe is 
approximately 28 pf ; 48 pf for the 6' version, instrument 
excluded. 

PROBE RISETIME for the standard cable length is less than 12 
nsec working into a plug-in with an input capacitance of 
15 pf; less than 15 nsec working into a plug-in with an 
input capacitance of 20 pf. The probe risetime of the 6' 
version is less than 15 nsec Into 15 pf or less than 17 nsec 
into 20 pf. 

VOLTAGE RATING is 600 v dc, ac peak, or dc and ac peak 
combined.* 



STANDARD CABLE 

nector. 



is 3.5' long, terminated with a BNC con- 



P6011 3.5' PROBE PACKAGE (010-0193-00) $15.00 

P6011 6' PROBE PACKAGE (010-0190-00) $15.00 

Includes: 



1— P6010 probe, 010-0189-00 or 

010-0192-00 
1— hook tip, 206-0014-00 
1— pincher tip, 013-0090-00 
1— minigator clip, 344-0046-00 



1— probe holder, 352-0090-00 
1—5" ground lead, 175-0124-00 
2— insulating tubes, 166-0404-00 
1—12" ground lead, 175-0125-00 
1 — instruction manual, 070-0512-00 



P601 1 3.5' PROBE ONLY (010-0192-00) $1 2.00 

P6011 6' PROBE ONLY (010-0189-00) $12.00 

Teak voltage derating is necessary for CW frequencies higher than 
0.5 Mc. When the probe is used with a plug-in having an input 
C of 20 pf, the maximum allowable peak voltage at 1 Mc is 510 v. 
At 5 Mc, the maximum is 100 v ; 46 v at 10 Mc. When the probe is 
used with a plug-in having a 47 pf input, the allowable voltage will 
be lower by a ratio of 1.3. 



OPTIONAL ACCESSORIES 



013-0084-00 




017-0076-00 




P6010 or P601 1-to-BNC ADAPTER (013-0084-00) $3.00 

P6010 or P601 1 -to- GR ADAPTER (017-0076-00) $4.50 



SEE PAGE 249 FOR PROBE COMPATIBILITY 



253 



Accessories 



P6027 and P6028 IX PROBES 




175-0125-00 



344-0046-00 





352-0068-00 



134-0013-00 







206-0105-00 



206-0060-00 



<z 




The P6027 and P6028 passive probes are identical in all 
respects with the exception of the connectors. The P6027 uses 
a UHF connector. The P6028 uses a BNC connector. 

In addition to the standard 3.5' cable length, these probes 
are available in cable lengths of 6' , 9', and 12', at no additional 
cost. Insertion loss increases with probe cable length. For a 12' 
cable length probe, insertion loss is an. additional 3-db at 1 6 Mc. 



ATTENUATION RATIO is IX. 

INPUT RESISTANCE is 1 meg. 

INPUT CAPACITANCE for a standard length probe is 
60 pf when used with an instrument having a 20 pf input ca- 
pacitance and 87 pf when used with an instrument having a 
47 pf input capacitance. 

PROBE RISETIME is approximately lOnsec. 

TYPICAL RISETIME of probe, Type K Plug-In Unit, and Type 
540-Series Oscilloscope is 16nsec. 

VOLTAGE RATING is 600 v dc or ac pk-to-pk.* 

STANDARD CABLE is 3.5' long, terminated with BNC or 
UHF connector. 

*peak-to-peak voltage derating is necessary for CW frequencies higher 
than 1 Mc. At 10 Mc, the maximum allowable pk-to-pk voltage 
is 60 v. 



P6027 PROBE PACKAGE 

with UHF connector (010-0070-00) 

P6028 PROBE PACKAGE 

with BNC connector (010-0074-00) 



$12.50 



$12.50 



Each probe package includes: 

1— probe (010-0116-00) or 

(010-0120-00 BNC) 
1— hook tip, 206-0105-00 
1— pincher tip, 013-0071-00 
1— spring tip, 206-0060-00 



—banana plug, 134-0013-00 
— minigator clip, 344-0046-00 
—probe holder, 352-0068-00 
—12" ground lead, 175-0125-00 
— parts list 



REPLACEMENT PROBES (without tips and ground leads) 



Cable 
Length 


Part N 


umber 


■.,..,. — ...., 

Price 


P6027 


P6028 


3.5' 


010-0116-00 


010-0120-00 


$9.45 


6' 


010-0117-00 


010-0121-00 


9.45 


9' 


010-0118-00 


010-0122-00 


9.45 


W 


010-0119-00 


010-0123-00 


9.45 



P6027 


and P6028 PROBES with 


over 3.5 


' coble 


engths 


Probe 


Cable 
Length 


Con- Part 


Input 
Capacitance 


Price 




■ 


M'm-pf 


Max-pf 


P6027 
P6028 

P6027 
P6028 

P6027 
P6028 


6 ft. 

9 ft. 
12 ft. 


UHF 
BNC 

UHF 
BNC 
UHF 
BNC 


010-0071-00 
010-0075-00 

010-0072-00 
01 0-0076-00 

010-0073-00 
010-0077-00 


83.0 
110.0 
138.0 


110.0 
137.0 
165.0 


$12.50 
$12.50 
$12.50 



o 



254 



SEE PAGE 249 FOR PROBE COMPATIBILITY 



Accessories 



SPECIAL PURPOSE PROBES 



P170CF CATHODE-FOLLOWER PROBE 




206-01 06-00 





206-0106-00 



010-0302-00 




206-0107-00 



II 

dfNfc 



010-O3Q3-O0 



J3-01 79-00 



' "■ 






c 



344-0005-00 



The P170CF has been developed for use with the Tektronix 
Type 517A Oscilloscope. When used with oscilloscopes other 
than the Type 51 7 A, the P170CF requires use of a power 
supply such as the Tektronix Type 128 Probe Power Supply. 

The preamplifier grid line in the Type 51 7 A acts as the 170- 
ohm termination for the P170CF probe. When the probe is used 
with oscilloscopes other than the Type 51 7A, the Tektronix 
170-ohm terminating resistor is recommended for proper termi- 
nation of the P170CF. 

The probe uses three adjustable attenuator heads for attenua- 
tion ratios up to 4000X. 

PROBE ALONE: 



ATTENUATION is 2X. 

RISETIME is less than 2 nsec. 

INPUT SHUNT CAPACITANCE is 5 to 5.5 pf. 

LOW FREQUENCY INPUT RESISTANCE is 12 

megahoms, isolated by 0.001 (A coupling capacitor. 

FREQUENCY RESPONSE is down less than 0.5 
db at 65 Mc for high frequency and down 3 db at 
15 cps for tow frequency. 



MAXIMUM VOLTAGE INPUT is ±0.5 v peak. 

POWER SUPPLY REQUIREMENTS are regulated + 120v at 
10 ma, regulated or unregulated 6.3 v at 150 ma. 

CABLE is 3.5' long, terminated with a UHF connector. 

P170CF PROBE PACKAGE (010-0101-00 $99.50 

Includes: 



1— P170CF probe, 010-0102-00 
1 — PAX-1 attenuator head, 

010-0301-00 
1 — PAX-1 1 attenuator head, 

010-0302-00 
1 — PAX-1 11 attenuator head, 

010-0303-00 



2— hook tips, 206-0107-00 

2— straight tips, 206-0106-00 

1— ground lead, 175-0014-00 

1— clip, 344-0005-00 

1— screwdriver, 003-0179-00 

1 — instruction manual, 070-0201-00 



PI 70CF ONLY (010-0102-00) $53.00 

170-Q TERMINATION (011-0048-00) $15.00 









P170CF ATTENUATOR HEADS 


ES~ 


■ 


type 


Attenuation 
(includes 
P170CF) 


Input 
Capacity 


Low-Freq. 
3-db Point 


Max. 

Voltage 

Input 


Part No. 


1 
Price 


PAX-I 


4X min. 
40X max. 


5 pf 

1.2 pf 


800 cps 
1 700 cps 


±] v pk. 


010-0301-00 


$14.00 


PAX- II 


40X min. 
400X max. 


5 pf 

1.2 pf 


150 cps 
150 cps 


±10v pk. 


01 0-0302-00 


$14.00 


PAX-III 


400X min. 
4000X max. 


3 pf 
1.1 pf 


60 cps 
60 cps 


±100 v pk. 


010-0303-00 


$14.00 



SEE PAGE 249 FOR PROBE COMPATIBILITY 



255 



Accessories 




The P500CF Probe has been developed for use with the 
Tektronix Type 524AD Oscilloscope. When used with oscillo- 
scopes other than the Type 524AD, the P500CF requires use 
of a power supply such as the Tektronix Type 128 Probe 
Power Supply. 

PROBE GAIN is from 0.8 to 0.85. 

ATTENUATION is 10X with attenuator head. 

INPUT IMPEDANCE is 40 megohms paralleled by 4 pf when 
using the probe alone and 10 megohms paralleled by 2 pf 
when using 10X attenuator head. 

HIGH FREQUENCY RESPONSE is 0.5-db down at lOMc. 

LOW FREQUENCY RESPONSE is 3-db down at 5 cps. 

AMPLITUDE DISTORTION is less than 3% for peak ampli- 
tudes up to 5 v when using the probe alone, or up to 50 v 
when using the 10X attenuator head. 

MAXIMUM INPUT VOLTAGE is approximately 5v at lOMc 
or 2 v at 30 Mc for the probe alone and approximately 50 v 
at lOMc or 20 v at 30 Mc when using the 10X attenuator head. 

HUM LEVEL is less than 1 .5 mv at maximum sensitivity. 

POWER SUPPLY REQUIREMENTS are regulated +120 v 
at 25 ma, regulated or unregulated +6.3 v at 150 ma, dc 
voltages. 

CABLE is 3.5' long, terminated with a UHF connector. 



344-0005-00 




206-0106-00 



175-0014-00 





010-0304-00 



$85 



P500CF PROBE PACKAGE (010-0109-00) 

Includes: 

1— P500CF probe, 010-0183-00 2— straight tips, 206-0106-00 

1— 10X probe head, 010-0304-00 1— ground lead, 175-0014-00 

2— hook tips, 206-0107-00 1— clip, 344-0005-00 

1— instruction manual, 070-0212-00 

P500CF PROBE ONLY (010-0183-00) $50 



o 



P6023 10X PROBE 



Initially designed for the Tektronix Type Z Plug-In Unit, 
the P6023 low-capacitance probe is well suited for use with 
all Tektronix differential preamplifiers. 

The probe can be adjusted to match plug-in input capaci- 
tance ranging from 20 pf to 50 pf. The XI attenuation ratio is 
adjustable over a ±2.5% range to compensate for differences 
in the input resistance of the plug-in unit. When two P6023 
probes are used to drive the two inputs of a differential ampli- 
fier, the ability to change the attenuation ratio of one probe 
versus the other helps to maintain the common-mode rejection 
ratio of the system. 

ATTENUATION RATIO is 10X, adjustable ±2.5%. 

INPUT RESISTANCE is 8 meg. 

INPUT CAPACITANCE is approximately 12 pf when used 
with an instrument having a 20 pf or 47 pf input capacitance. 

PROBE RISETIME is less than 7 nsec. 

TYPICAL RISETIME of probe, Type Z Plug-In Unit, and 
Type 540-Series Oscilloscope is 16 nsec. 

VOLTAGE RATING is lOOOv dc or ac pk-to-pk*. 

CABLE is 3.5' long, terminated with a locking BNC or 
UHF connector. 



*Peak-to-peak voltage derating is necessary for CW frequencies higher 
than 5 Mc. At 20 Mc, the maximum allowable pk-to-pk voltage is 300 v. 




T 



134-0013-00 



206-0105-00 



HI! 

352-0068-00 344-0046-00 




175-0124-00 



P6023 PROBE PACKAGE 

(010-0167-00 LOCKING BNC or 010-0065-00 UHF) 

Includes: 

1— P6023 probe, 010-0168-00 BNC 

or 010-0097-00 UHF 
1— spring tip, 206-0060-00 
1— hook tip, 206-0105-00 
1— pincher tip, 013-0071-00 
1 — calibration tip, 206-0100-00 



175-0125-00 



$40 



1— banana plug, 134-0013-00 
2 — minigator clips, 344-0046-00 
1— probe holder, 352-0068-00 
1—5" ground lead, 175-0124-00 
1—12" ground lead, 175-0125-00 
1 — instruction manual, 070-0294-00 



c 



P6023 PROBE ONLY 

(010-0168-00 LOCKING BNC or 010-0097-00 UHF) 



$33 






" ■■ ■ 



256 



SBC PAGE 249 FOR PROBE COMPATIBILITY 



Accessories 




P6008 10X PASSIVE PROBE 




175-0124-00 



344-0046-00 



214-0325-00 



134-0013-00 




175-0125-00 

m 




344-0046-00 



013-0052-00 



352-0068-00 



V E§ 



206-0105-00 



206-0060-00 



206-0015-00 



175-0263-00 





The P6008 low-capacitance probe was designed for use 
with the Tektronix Type 82 and 86 Plug-In Units. It is also 
recommended for use with Types 1 AT , 1A2, and 10A2. 

The time-constant of the probe is adjusted by rotating 
the probe body with respect to its base. The range of ad- 
justment is sufficient to match the input time-constant of 
all Tektronix Plug-In Units ranging from 8 fo 50 pf. Maxi- 
mum frequency response (minimum risetime) is obtained 
when the P6008 is used with plug-in units having minimum 
input capacitance. 




ATTENUATION RATIO is 10X. 

INPUT RESISTANCE is 10 meg. 

INPUT CAPACITANCE is approximately 7.5 pf. 

PROBE RISETIME is less than 3 nsec. 

TYPICAL RISETIME of probe, Type 82 Plug-In Unit, and Type 
580-Series Oscilloscope is 5 nsec. 

VOLTAGE RATING is 600 v dc or ac pk-to-pk*. 

CABLE is 3.5' long, terminated with a BNC connector. 

P6008 PROBE PACKAGE (010-0129-00) $35 

Includes: 



— P6008 probe, 010-0130-00 
— bayonet adapter, 013-0052-00 
—hook tip, 206-0105-00 
— pincher tip, 013-0071-00 
—spring tip, 206-0060-00 
—straight tip, 206-0015-00 
—banana plug, 134-0013-00 



1— center pin, 214-0325-00 
2— minigator clips, 344-0046-00 
—probe holder, 352-0068-00 
—3" ground lead, 175-0263-00 
—5" ground lead, 175-0124-00 
—12" ground lead, 175-0125-00 
—instruction manual, 070-0362-00 



P6008 PROBE ONLY (010-0130-00) $30 



*peak-to-peak voltage derating 
higher than 20 Mc. At 40 Mc, 
voltage is 300 v. 



is necessary for CW frequencies 
the maximum allowable pk-to-pk 



SEE PAGE 249 FOR PROBE COMPATIBILITY 



257 



Accessories 



P6009 100X PASSIVE PROBE 



.>■■■'::■■": 



175-0124-00 



214-0325-00 



134-0013-00 




344-0046-00 



013-0052-00 



352-0068-00 



175-0125-00 






206-0105-00 



206-0060-00 



206-0015-00 



175-0263-00 




Initially designed for use with the Types 82 and 86 Plug- 
In Units, the P6009 low-capacitance probe is also recom- 
mended for use with the Types 1 A J and 1A2. A separate 
version of the P6009 is available for use with the Type 
10A2 Plug-In Unit 

The time-constant of the probe is adjusted by rotating 
the probe body with respect to its base. The range of ad- 
justment is sufficient to match the input time-constant of 
all Tektronix Plug-In Units ranging from 8 to 50 pf. Maxi- 
mum frequency response (minimum risetime) is obtained 
when the P6009 is used with plug-in units having mini- 
mum input capacitance. 



ATTENUATION RATIO is 100X. 
INPUT RESISTANCE is 10 meg. 
INPUT CAPACITANCE is 2.5 pf. 

PROBE RISETIME is approximately 2 nsec. 

TYPICAL RISETIME of probe, Type 82 Plug-In Unit, and 580 
Series Oscilloscope is 4.5 nsec. 

VOLTAGE RATING is 1.5 kv dc or ac rms, 4 kv ac peak-to- 
peak.* 

CABLE is 9' long, terminated with a BNC connector. 

P6009 PROBE PACKAGE (010-0140-00) $55 

P6009 PROBE PACKAGE, for Type 10A2 (010-0170-00) . . 55 

Includes: 

1—P6009 probe, 010-0141-00 or 
010-0171-00 

-bayonet adapter, 013-0052-00 
-hook tip, 206-0105-00 
-pincher tip, 013-0071-00 
-spring tip, 206-0060-00 
-straight tip, 206-0015-00 
1— banana plug, 134-0013-00 



1— center pin, 214-0325-00 
2— minigator clips, 344-0046-00 
1— probe holder, 352-0068-00 
1—3" ground lead, 175-0263-00 
1__5" ground lead, 175-0124-00 
1—12" ground lead, 175-0125-00 
1 — instruction manual, 070-0401-00 



P6009 PROBE ONLY (010-0141-00) $50 

P6009 PROBE ONLY for Type 10A2 (010-0171-00) 50 

*peak-to-peak voltage derating is necessary for CW frequencies 
higher than 300 kc. At 40 Mc, the maximum allowable pk-to-pk 
voltage is 575 v. 



VJ 



258 



SEE PAGE 249 FOR PROBE COMPATIBILITY 



Accessories 




P6013 HIGH-VOLTAGE PROBE 




The Type P6013 provides 1000X attenuation for oscilloscope 
measurements of high amplitude waveforms or dc potentials up 
to 12 kv. Pulse frequency can be up to lOOkc at 12 kv. 

The probe can be compensated for oscilloscope input capaci- 
ties up to 60 pf. 

ATTENUATION RATIO is 1000X. 

INPUT RESISTANCE is 100 meg. 

INPUT CAPACITANCE is 3 pf. 

PROBE RISETIME is less than 7 nsec. 

TYPICAL RISETIME of probe, Type K Plug-In Unit, and Type 
540-Series Oscilloscope is 14 nsec. 

VOLTAGE RATING Is 1 2 kv dc, pk pulse, or pk ac* 

CABLE is 10' long, terminated with a LOCKING BNC or 
UHF connector. 

P6013 PROBE PACKAGE (010-0177-00 LOCKING BNC or 010- 
01 81 -00 UHF) $75 

Includes: 

1 — P6013 Probe, 010-0182-00 or 010- 1 — alligator clip, 344-0005-00 

0178-00 1—7" ground lead, 175-0192-00 

1— banana plug, 206-0116-00 1— instruction manual, 070-0321-00 

*peak-to-peak voltage derating is necessary for CW frequencies higher 
than 100 kc. At 1 Mc, the maximum allowable pk-to-pk voltage is 
5.5 kv. 

P6013 PROBE ONLY (010-0178-00 BNC or 010-0182-00 UHF] 

$65 



01 0-01 78-00 




■ 




206-0116-00 



344-0005-00 



175-0192-00 





The Type P6015 provides 1000X attenuation for oscilloscope 
measurements up to 40-kv peak. Voltage or duty cycle derat- 
ing is necessary for RF voltages at frequencies over 100 kc, or 
in environmental temperatures above 25° C. 

The probe time constant can be adjusted to equal the oscillo- 
scope input time constant for instruments with 1 2 pf to 50 pf 
input capacitance. 

ATTENUATION RATIO is 1000X, adjustable ±9%. 

INPUT RESISTANCE is 100 meg. 

INPUT CAPACITANCE is approximately 2.7 pf. 

PROBE RISETIME is approximately 4 nsec. 

TYPICAL RISETIME of probe, Type K Plug-In Unit, and Type 
540-Series Oscilloscope is 13 nsec. 

TEMPERATURE RANGE is 10° C to 55° C environmental 
temperature. Calibration adjustments are necessary when en- 
vironmental or nose resistor temperature changes. 

VOLTAGE RATING is 40 kv pk ac or pulse, 20 kv dc or rms 
continuous at 25° C environmental temperature.* 

CABLE is 10' long, terminated with a BNC or UHF connector. 

P6015 PROBE PACKAGE (010-0172-00 LOCKING BNC 

or 010-0132-00 UHF) $200 





015-0049-00 



344-0005-00 



206-0116-00 




Includes: 

1— P6015 probe, 010-0131-00 

1 — compensating box, 015-0049-00 
BNC or 015-0039-00 UHF 
fl— storage case, 202-0103-00 
fl— storage case, 436-0035-00 

1— anti-roll ring, 352-0056-00 

"peak-to-peak voltage derating is necessary for CW frequencies higher 
than 100 kc. At 10 Mc, the maximum allowable pk-to-pk voltage is 
13 kv. 

f[not shown) 



1— alligator clip tip, 344-0005-00 
1_7" ground lead, 175-0192-00 
1— tip, 206-0116-00 
1— can, dielectric, 252-0120-00 
1 — instruction manual, 070-0373-00 





352-0056-00 j!sf|^ 



252-0120-00 



SEE PAGE 249 FOR PROBE COMPATIBILITY 



259 



Accessories 



P6016 AC CURRENT PROBE 



The P6016 Probe offers two current detecting systems 
for use with Tektronix wide-band oscilloscopes, the P6016 
Probe and Type 131 Amplifier combination, or the P601 6 
Probe and Passive Termination combination. 

The Probe and Amplifier combination measures currents 
over a wide range with risetimes to 20 nsec. The Probe 
and Passive combination is not quite as flexible, but has 
improved passband characteristics. 

PROBE AND TYPE 131 AMPLIFIER 

SENSITIVITY with a 50 mv/div oscilloscope input is 1 ma/ 
div basic sensitivity with 10 calibrated steps from 1 ma/div to 
1 amp/div in a 1-2-5 sequence, accuracy within 3%. Variable 
control on the oscilloscope provides continuous uncalibrated 
ranging between steps. 

NOISE is equivalent to a 100-/xamp, pk-to-pk, input signal. 

RISETIME is 20 nsec with a Tektronix Type K Plug-In Unit 
and Type 540A-Series Oscilloscope. 

PASSBAND is approximately 17Mc at 3-db down. 

DELAY TIME is 40 nsec or less measured at the 50% pulse 
amplitude points. 

LOW-FREQUENCY RESPONSE at 3-db down is 50 cps. 

AC CURRENT SATURATION RATING is 15 amps pk-to-pk, 
decreasing to 8 amps at 400 cps, 400 ma at 50 cps. 

POWER REQUIREMENT is 105-1 25 v ac, approximately 0.5 
watt at 117v, or approximately 1 watt at 234 v ac, or 0.2 
watt at 22.5* battery charge. 

P6016 PROBE, TYPE 131 AMPLIFIER, 117 V POWER SUPPLY 
(015-0054-00 LOCKING BNC or 015-0030-00 UHF) .... $235.00 

P6016 PROBE, TYPE 131 AMPLIFIER, 234 V POWER SUPPLY 
(015-0055-00 LOCKING BNC or 015-0045-00 UHF) 235.00 

TYPE 131 AMPLIFIER AND 117 V POWER SUPPLY 
(015-0051-00 LOCKING BNC or 015-0011-00 UHF) 160.00 

TYPE 131 AMPLIFIER AND 234 V POWER SUPPLY 
(015-0052-00 LOCKING BNC or 015-0024-00 UHF) .... 160.00 

TYPE 131 AMPLIFIER AND 22.5 V BATTERY ADAPTER 
(015-0053-00 LOCKING BNC or 015-0026-00 UHF) .... 120.00 

TYPE 131 AMPLIFIER, less power supply 

(015-0050-00 LOCKING BNC or 015-0029-00 UHF) .... 115.00 

117 V POWER SUPPLY ONLY (015-0027-00) 60.00 

234 V POWER SUPPLY ONLY (015-0028-00) 60.00 

*22.5V BATTERY ADAPTER ONLY (013-0050-00) 8.00 

CALIBRATOR ADAPTER (01 7-0031 -00) 3.50 

COMMON TO BOTH SYSTEMS 

DC SATURATION THRESHOLD Is 0.5 amp. 

MAXIMUM BREAKDOWN VOLTAGE is 600 v. 

INSERTION IMPEDANCE after a step function has been 
applied to the conductor under test is (1) 0.06 O after 50 nsec, 
(2) 0.04 Q after 100 nsec, (3) 0.015 Q after 1 ^sec, and (4) 
0.006 after lO^usec, Dependent upon size of the wire, the 
capacitance between conductor and probe case is typically 1 pf. 

*Use Eveready $763 or equivalent. 





1 m 

■■ 1 



015-0027-00 



013-0050-00 




015-0028-00 



011-0064-00 




NktiHMg 



017-0031-00 



PROBE AND PASSIVE TERMINATION 

SENSITIVITY is either 2 ma/mv or lOma/mv of oscilloscope 
sensitivity, accuracy within 3%. 

RISETIME is 17 nsec, ±4% maximum rolloff, overshoot, and 
ringing, with a Tektronix Type K Plug-In Unit and Type 540A- 
Series Oscilloscope. 

PASSBAND is approximately 20 Mc at 3-db down. 

DELAY TIME is 20 nsec or less measured at the 50% pulse 
amplitude points. 

LOW-FREQUENCY RESPONSE at 3-db down is approximat- 
ely 850 cps at 2 ma/mv (5% tilt of 10 fxsec square-wave 
pulse) and approximately 230 cps at 10 ma/mv (5% tilt of 35 
/xsec square-wave pulse). 

MAXIMUM CURRENT RATING is 15 amps pk-to-pk. 

P6016 PROBE (010-0037-00) $75.00 

PROBE AND PASSIVE TERMINATION BNC 

(01 1-0074-00) 90.00 

PROBE AND PASSIVE TERMINATION UHF 

(011-0044-00) 90.00 

PASSIVE TERMINATION (011-0028-00 UHF or 011-0064- 

00 BNC) 20.00 

Each probe includes: 

1—5" ground lead, 175-0124-00 2— minigator clips, 344-0046-00 

1—12" ground lead, 175-0125-00 I— instruction manual, 070-0237-00 



260 



SEE PAGE 249 FOR PROBE COMPATIBILITY 



Accessories 




SAMPLING PROBES 



P6032 CATHODE-FOLLOWER PROBE 




i 



214-0278-00 



214-0302-00 






344-0080-00 



013-0037-00 



010-0330-00 



c 








The P6032 is a high-frequency cathode-follower probe 
designed for use with Tektronix vertical sampling plug-in 
units, such as the Type 3S76, 4S1 , 4S2, or 1S1. 

The attenuator heads can be compensated for ore atten- 
uation ratios. 

RISETIME is typically 0.4 nsec for probe and attenuator head. 

MAXIMUM OUTPUT is ±150 mv into a 50-Q load. 

SIGNAL DELAY is approximately 10 nsec. 

POWER REQUIREMENTS are 12.6v at 180 ma for the fila- 
ment and +100 v at 12 ma for the plate. 

CABLE is 54" long with GR connector. 

CAPACITOR-COUPLER HEAD is rated at 0.001 jufd, 600 v 
dc. Low frequency 3-db point is 16cps. 
Order Part Number 010-0330-00 $4 

P6032 PROBE PACKAGE (010-0108-00) $220 

Includes: 

1— P6032 probe, 010-0098-00 1— center pin, 214-0302-00 

1 — capacitor-coupler head 2 — solderable ground clips, 

1— ground clip, 013-0037-00 344-0080-00 

1— spring contact, 214-0278-00 1— instruction manual, 070-0327-00 

7 — attenuator heads 

P6032 PROBE ONLY (010-0098-00) $115 







Input 


Part 


Attenuator Max. Input Capacitance 


Number 


Head 


Voltage* (± 10%) 


010-0350-00 


10X 


± 1.5 v 3.6 pf 


010-0351-00 


20X 


± 3.0 v 2.6 pf 


01 0-0352-00 


50X 


± 7.5 v 1.8 pf 


01 0-0353-00 


100X 


± 15 v 1.5 pf 


01 0-0354-00 


200X 


± 30 v 1.4 pf 


010-0355-00 


500X 


± 75 v** 1.3 pf 


010-0356-00 


1000X 


± 150v** 1.3 pf 


^Limited by 


inearity of ca 


fhode follower. This value may be ex- 


ceeded by 50% for pulses 


without damage to probe components. 


**Must be derated for con 


inuous wave use. Peak-to-peak voltage 


derating Is necessary at CW 


frequencies higher than 500 Mc for the 


1000X attenua 


tor head and 


1000 Mc for the 500X attenuator head. 




Max. 


Input Voltage (peak-to-peak) 


Attenuator 




(at 100% duty factor) 


Head 


500 Mc 


750 Mc 1000 Mc 1250 Mc 


500X 


150 v 


150v 150v 125 v 


1000X 


300 v 


200v 150v 125v 


INPUT RESISTANCE at 


DC of ail attenuator heads is 


10 megohms 


± 2%. 





All heads $78.00 



ea. 




Sff PAGE 249 FOR PROBE COMPATIBILITY 



261 



Accessories 



P6034 10X PROBE 



The P6034 low-capacitance, miniature passive probe is 
designed for use with Tektronix Type 4S1 , 4S2 or Type 
3S76 Pulse-Sampling Plug-In Units for making accurate 
measurements of high-speed repetitive pulses. Risetime of 
the probe conforms to the risetime of the plug-in units. 

The probe is marked for attenuation ratio, wattage 
rating, and resistance of the probe. 

ATTENUATION RATIO is 10X. 

INPUT RESISTANCE is 500 ohms ±1.5%, approximately 
300 ohms at 1 Gc. 

INPUT CAPACITANCE is 0.7 pf, dc to lOOMc. 

PROBE RISETIME is less than lOOpsec. 

PASSBAND is dc to 3.5 Gc (3-db down). 

LOW FREQUENCY RESPONSE is approximately 70 kc at 
3-db down, ac coupled. 

MAXIMUM RINGING AND OVERSHOOT is 2% using a 
25-ohm source and coaxial probe ground. 

VOLTAGE RATING is 16 v dc or 45 v pk-to-pk. + 

CABLE is 18" long with GR connector. 

P6034 PROBE PACKAGE (010-0110-00) $35 




Includes: 

1— P6034 probe 
1— hook tip, 206-0114-00 
6— ground clip, 214-0283-00 
1— minigator clip, 344-0046-00 



2— test jacks, 131-0258-00 

I— a 1 /,* ground lead, 175-0249-00 

1— instruction manual, 070-0368-00 



*peak-to-peak voltage derating is necessary for CW frequencies higher 
than 800 Mc. At 1 Gc, the maximum allowable pk-to-pk voltage 
is 25 v. 

OPTIONAL ACCESSORIES — see probe adapters on facing page. 



P6035 100X PROBE 



The P6035 low-capacitance miniature passive probe 
physically resembles the P6034 probe. It is designed for 
use with the Types 4S1 , 4S2 and 3S76 Sampling Plug-In 
Units for making high-speed repetitive-pulse measurements. 

The probe is marked for attenuation ratio, wattage 
rating, and resistance of the probe. 

ATTENUATION RATIO is 100X. 

INPUT RESISTANCE is 5 k ±1.5%, approximately 1.5 k 
at 1 Gc. 

INPUT CAPACITANCE is 0.6 pf y dc to lOOMc. 

PROBE RISETIME is less than 200 psec. 

PASSBAND is dc to 1.7 Gc (3-db down). 

LOW FREQUENCY RESPONSE is approximately 6 kc at 
3-db down, ac coupled. 

MAXIMUM RINGING AND OVERSHOOT is 2% using a 
25-ohm source and coaxial probe ground. 

VOLTAGE RATING is 50 v dc or 140 v pk-to-pk.* 

CABLE is 18" long with GR connector. 

P6035 PROBE PACKAGE (010-0111-00) $35 



Includes: 

1 — P6035 probe 
1— hook tip, 206-0114-00 
6— ground clips, 214-0283-00 
1— mingator clip, 344-0046-00 



2— test jacks, 131-0258-00 

1— 2 1 //' ground lead, 175-0249-00 

1— insfruction manual, 070-0369-00 



*peak-to-peak voltage derating is necessary for CW frequencies higher 
than 500 Mc. At 1 Gc, the maximum allowable pk-to-pk voltage 
is 60 v. 

OPTIONAL ACCESSORIES — see probe adapters on facing page. 



262 









344-0046-00 



206-0114-00 



131-0258-00 



175-0249-00 



I I I 



214-0283-00 








344-0046-00 



131-0258-00 




206-0114-00 



175-0249-00 



* J 



214-0283-00 



SEE PAGE 249 FOR PROBE COMPATIBILITY 



Accessories 



C 



P6038 DIRECT SAMPLING PROBE 




013-0085-00 



206-0114-00 



131-0258-00 




175-0249-00 





Specifically designed for use with the Type 3S3 and 4S3 
Sampling Plug-Ins, the P6038 Probe features wide-band 
performance in the dc-to-1000 Mc range. 

Very small in size for ease of handling, the P6038 Probe 
contains sampling circuitry in the probe head, permitting 
low-noise, full-sensitivity measurements even when used 
with source impedances above 50 ohms. 

Standard accessories supplied with the P6038 Probe 
include a J OX Attenuator, a Coupling Capacitor for block- 
ing the dc component of the signal, and a non-attenuating 
Response Normalizer to assure the probe input is insensitive 
to source impedance variations. 

PROBE ALONE; 

ATTENUATION is IX. 

INPUT RESISTANCE is 100 k ± 1%. 

INPUT CAPACITANCE is 2 pf ± 10%. 

TYPICAL RISETIME with Type 3S3 or 4S3 Plug-In Unit and 
a 50-ohm source is 0.35 nsec or less. 

CABLE is approximately 4.5' with special 4-pin connector. 
P6038 PROBE PACKAGE (010-0156-00) $225 

Includes: 

1 — P6038 probe, 010-0157-00 

1— coupling capacitor, 011-0072-00 
1—1 OX attenuator, 011-0071-00 
1 — response nomalizer, 011-0070-00 
2— test-point jacks, 131-0258-00 
1 — bayonet ground assembly, 



1— hook tip, 206-0114-00 
1— ground clip, 175-0249-00 
1— probe holder, 352-0068-00 
1— carrying case, 202-0123-00 
1— minigator clip, 344-0046-00 
1— instruction manual, 070-0400-00 



013-0085-00 

P6038 PROBE ONLY 



(010-0157-00) 



$155 



PROBE/ADAPTER CHARACTERISTICS 




INPUT R 


INPUT C 


PROBE AND COUPLING 
CAPACITOR 




3.5 pf ± 10% 


PROBE AND 10X 
ATTENUATOR 


1 meg ± 1% 


1.8 pf ±. 10%; 


PROBE AND RESPONSE 
NORMALIZER 


100.3 k ± 1% 


3.5 pf ± 10% 





013-0084-00 




• 



» .... 



■« 



017-0076-00 



017-0077-00 



OPTIONAL ACCESSORIES 

PROBE TIP-TO-GR ADAPTER (017-0076-00) $ 4.50 

PROBE TIP-TO-BNC ADAPTER (013-0084-00) 3.00 

VP-2 VOLTAGE PICKOFF "T" (017-0077-00) 30.00 



SEE PAGE 249 FOR PROBE COMPATIBILITY 



263 



Accessories 



TYPE CT-1 CURRENT TRANSFORMER & P6040 PROBE 





010-0133-00 



When used with Tektronix sampling systems, the CT-1 
and P6040 combination will measure milliamp currents at 
frequencies from 35 kc to beyond 1 Gc. 

Because of its compact size (approx. 2" long, 9 / 16 " wide 
and 3 / 8 " thick) the CT-1 is easy to use in crowded circuits. 
Its insulated case eliminates the possibilty of shorfing-out 
adjacent components or wiring. 

SENSITIVITY is 5mv/ma into a 50-ohm load. Accuracy is 
better than ±3%. 

DECAY TIME CONSTANT is 5 ,xsec, approximated by 1% 
per 50 nsec; limit, 1 jusec. 

RISETIME is less than 0.35 nsec. 

FREQUENCY RESPONSE is 35 kc to 1 Gc (30% down 
points). 

INSERTION IMPEDANCE with a 50-ohm termination is 1 
ohm shunted by approximately 5 ph; 2 ohms shunted by ap- 
proximately 5 fib without a 50-ohm termination. 

TYPE CT-2 CURRENT TRANSFORMER & P6041 PROBE 



CAPACITIVE LOADING to a bare wire passing through 
the CT-1 transformer is typically 1 .5 pf for no. 14 gauge, 0,6 
pf for no. 20 gauge. 

MAXIMUM VOLTAGE OF CIRCUIT UNDER TEST is 1000 v 
dc. 

DIRECT CURRENT reduces the L/R time constant by a factor 
of 2 at 0.6 amp. 

PULSE CURRENT RATING is 100 amps peak, with an amp- 
sec product of 1 amp-^sec. When the amp-second product is 
exceeded, the core saturates reducing the CT-1 output to zero. 

RMS CURRENT RATING is 500 ma maximum. 

TEMPERATURE RATING is — 25° C to +65°C 

PHYSICAL DIMENSIONS are 3 / 8 "xV M "xl 13 / 16 " plus T / 4 " 
x 6-32 mounting stud. 

TYPE P6040 PROBE 

The P6040 Probe is an inter-connecting cable for the CT-1, 
used between the transformer and oscilloscope input. 

If several CT-1 Transformers are in a circuit, the P6040 Probe 
can be used to monitor any one of them. 

The P6040 can be used with other test-point connectors, 
such as Amphenol series 27 Sub-Minax or Sealectro Sub-Minia- 
ture rf. 

IMPEDANCE is 50 Q. 

ATTENUATION is IX. 

OUTPUT CONNECTOR is a GR type. 

CABLE LENGTH is 18 inches. Additional 50-fi cable can 
be used in series with the probe. RG8/U or RG58A/U is rec- 
ommended for best preservation of the CT-1 Transformer high- 
frequency response. 

CT-1 AND P6040 (015-0041-00) $31 

CT-1 CURRENT TRANSFORMER (015-0040-00) 17 

P6040 PROBE (010-0133-00) 14 



o 




The CT-2 Current Transformer and P6041 Probe com- 
bination is designed for use with conventional oscilloscopes 
such as the Tektronix Type 530, 540, 550 and 580 Series. 
Since the frequency response of the CT-2/P6041 is only 
7% down at 200 Mc, the response of the system will be 
that of the oscilloscope used. 

The insulated case of the CT-2 Current Transformer is 
convenient to use in applications where limited circuit space 
exists. Several CT-2 Transformers may be placed through- 
out the circuit and monitored by one or more P6041 Probes. 




015-0046-00 



011-0049-00 





SEE PAGE 249 FOR PROBE COMPATIBILITY 



Accessories 




SENSITIVITY is 1 mv/ma into a 50-ohm load. Accuracy is 
better than ±3%. 

DECAY TIME CONSTANT is 125 ^.sec, approximated by 
1% per 1.25 /xsec; limit, 25 /isec. 

RISETIME is approximately 0.5 nsec. 

FREQUENCY RESPONSE is 30% down at 1.2 kc, 7% down 
at 200 Mc. 

INSERTION IMPEDANCE with a 50-ohm termination is 
0.04 ohms shunted by approximately 5 ph; 0.08 ohms shunted 
by approximately 5 /ih without a 50-ohm termination. 

CAPAGTIVE LOADING to a bare wire passing through 
the CT-2 Transformer is typically 2.1 pf for no. 16 gauge, 
0.7 pf for no. 22 gauge. 

MAXIMUM VOLTAGE OF CIRCUIT UNDER TEST is 1000 v 
dc. 

DIRECT CURRENT reduces the L/R time constant by a fac- 
tor of 2 at 0.5 amp. 

PULSE CURRENT RATING is 100 amps peak, with an amp- 
sec product of 50 amp-^sec. When the amp-second product 
is exceeded, the core saturates reducing the CT-2 output to 
zero. 

RMS CURRENT RATING is 2.5 amps maximum. 

TEMPERATURE RATING is -25°C to +65° C 

PHYSICAL DIMENSIONS are 3 / 8 " x 9 / 16 " x 1 13 / 16 " plus V 4 " 
x 6-32 mounting stud. 



TYPE P6041 PROBE 

The P604I Probe serves as an interconnecting cable 
between the CT-2 Transformer and the oscilloscope input. 
A 50-ohm termination is used in conjunction with the P6041 
for terminating the probe at the high impedance input of 
the oscilloscope used. 

Although designed for use with the CT-2, the P6041 
Probe can be used with other test-point connectors, such 
as Amphenol Series 27 Sub-Minax or Sealectro Sub-Minia- 
ture RF. 

IMPEDANCE is 50 ohms. 

ATTENUATION is IX. 

OUTPUT CONNECTOR is BNC type. 

CABLE LENGTH is 42". Additional 50-ohm cable can be 
used in series with the probe. RG8/U or RG58A/U cable is 

recommended to preserve the high-frequency response. 

CT-2 AND P6041/50-OHM TERMINATION (015-0047-00) .. 

$37.75 

CT-2 CURRENT TRANSFORMER (015-0046-00) 1 7.00 

P604 1 PROBE (01 0-01 64-00) 1 2.00 

50-OHM TERMINATION (011-0049-00) 8.75 




TYPE CT-3 50-OHM SIGNAL PICKOFF 




Designed for use with high-frequency Oscilloscopes, the CT-3 
Pickoff provides a convenient means of picking off a signal 
in a 50-ohm system. Used with any of the Tektronix Sampling 
Instruments, the CT-3 provides the link for use as a trigger 
source. 

The CT-3 inductively meters the current in a circuit, developing 
a proportional output voltage. Used in a 50-ohm system, 
the output voltage of the CT-3 is 10% of the voltage at the 
center conductor. 

SENSITIVITY is 10% of the voltage under test, into a 50-ohm 
load. 

DECAY TIME CONSTANT is 4.5 psec at Ode current. 
RISETIME is less than 0.4 nsec. 

FREQUENCY RESPONSE is 50 kc to 875 Mc at Ode current. 

INSERTION IMPEDANCE with a 50-ohm termination is 1 ohm 
shunted by 4.5 ^ah; 2 ohms shunted by 4.5 /xh without a 50- 
ohm termination. 

VSWR is less than 1.2 at 1.5 Gc. 

VOLTAGE RATING at v dc is 25 v RMS, 1 kv pulse pk. The 
volts-sec product is 100 v ^sec. If exceeded, the L/R decay 
will decay rapidly toward zero. 

ORDER PART NUMBER 017-0061-00 $30.00 








SBt PAGE 249 FOR PROBE COMPATIBILITY 



265 



Accessories 



PROBE ACCESSORIES 



IDENTIFICATION TAGS 



9 ^ 







i 



■a *2§ 1.UB 4 J '■■'' 

017-0066-00 013-0054-00 013-0084-00 

017-0076-00 013-0056-00 013-0057-00 



1 ill 




m m m 



Probe identification tags for multi-probe applications help 
locate correlating probe ends quickly. One package contains 
2 each of 10 colors. 

Order Part Number 334-0798-00 $1 .00 



PROBE GROUNDING ADAPTER 



«$*&«** 




m 



PROBE GROUNDING ADAPTER for Tektronix 10X probes 
provides a convenient method of establishing the vertical 
position of the oscilloscope trace in relation to zero volts in- 
put at the probe tip. The adapter eliminates the need for 
moving the probe tip from the signal source to ground. 

Push-button operation of the Adapter disconnects the os- 
cilloscope input from the probe and, at the same time, con- 
nects the input to ground through a parallel combination of 
a 9.1 megohm resistor and a 0.03 jtd capacitor. 

The Probe Grounding Adapter adds 7.5 pf to the input capac- 
itance of the plug-in or oscilloscope. Readjustment of the 
probe is necessary for proper square-wave response. 

Order Part Number (01 5-0048-00 BNC) $ 1 1 

(015-0044-00 UHF) 11 



PROBE TIPS AND GROUND LEADS 



206-0100-00 

206-0104-00 

206-0061 -00 
S-0054-00 



J 206-005 

In 



013-0085-00 
206-0052-00 a 



013-0037-00 

013-0052-00 

R 206-0045-00 



214-0325-00 



1 1 I ■ "J* 1 * 



SPECIAL-PURPOSE TIPS AND ADAPTERS 

The following tips have a 6-32 thread size. 

Description Part Number 

Probe tip to BNC adapter 

(for P6025, P6026, P6032) 
Probe tip to BNC adapter 

(for P6006, P6007, P6008 and P6009) 
Adapts probe to male BNC connector 
Probe tip to BNC adapter 

(for P6010, P6011, P6034, 

P6035, P6038) 
Probe tip to GR adapter 

(for P6025, P6026, P6032) 
Probe tip to GR adapter 

(for P6010, P6011, P6034, 

P6035, P6038) 
Bayonet ground assembly 

(for P6008, P6009) 
Bayonet ground assembly 

(for P6010, P6011, P6034, 

P6035, P6038) 
Center pin (for 013-0052-00) 
Ground Clip Assembly 

(for P6025 and P6026) 
Insulated Straight Shank 
Long Straight Shank 
Spring Tip, without shank 
Recessed, fits 0.065" recessed pin or 

plug 
Straight Shank, fits 0.082" pin jacks 
Calibration tip (for P6023) 



013-0057-00 

013-0054-00 
013-0056-00 
013-0084-00 



017-0066-00 



01 7-0076-00 



013-0052-00 



013-0085-00 



214-0325-00 

013-0037-00 
206-0054-00 
206-0104-00 
206-0061 -00 

206-0052-00 
206-0045-00 
206-01 00-00 



Price 

$4.50 

3.00 
3.00 
3.00 

6.25 
4.50 

2.50 
2.50 

.80 

2.50 
.25 
.25 
.40 

.25 
.25 

2.70 



o 




206-0106-00 206-0011-00 

206-0107-00 




344-0005-00 



SPECIAL-PURPOSE TIPS FOR P170CF, P500CF AND 

P410 PROBES 

The following tips have a 10-32 thread size. 



Description 


Part Number 


Price 


Straight Shank 


206-0106-00 


$.25 


Hook Shank 


206-01 07-00 


.25 


Bent Shank, fits 0.082" pin jacks 


206-001 1 -00 


.25 


Alligator-Clip Assembly 


344-0005-00 


.40 




175-01.25-00 



175-0124-00 



175-0263-00 



206-0105-00 



352-0068-00 



134-0013-00 




O 



013-0071-00 



206-0060-00 
206-001 5-00 ,' : ,. . 344-0046-00 



c 



/ 



266 






Accessories 




The following tips have a 6-32 thread size. 




Description 


Part Number 


Price 


12-inch Ground Lead 


175-0125-00 


$ .55 


5-inch Ground Lead 


175-0124-00 


.50 


3-inch Ground Lead 


175-0263-00 


.55 


Holder 


352-0068-00 


.20 


Pincher 


013-0071-00 


2.00 


Short Straight Shank 


206-0015-00 


.25 


Hook Shank 


206-0105-00 


.25 


Spring Tip 


206-0060-00 


.50 


Banana Tip 


134-0013-00 


.15 


Minigator Clip 


344-0046-00 


.15 



50-OHM VOLTAGE PICKOFF 





The 50-ohm "T" type pickoff allows signal pickoff from a 
closed 50-ohm system with minimum disturbance of the sys- 
tem's characteristics. The coaxial "T" incorporates GR Type 
connectors at each end, with a plastic center collar for probe 

tip insertions. 

TYPE VP-1 is designed for use with the P6034 or P6035 
Miniature Passive Probes. The reflection coefficient of the 
VP-1 alone is approximately 3%. With the P6034 or P6035 
inserted, it is typically 2%. The resistive reflection of the 
VP-1 is y 2 % when used with the P6035, 5% when used with 
the P6034. 
Order Part Number 017-0073-00 $25 

TYPE VP-2 is used in conjunction with the P6038 Direct 
Sampling Probe. The reflection coefficient without the P6038 
Probe is approximately 4%. With the probe inserted it is 
typically 6%. 

All accessory heads supplied with the P6038 Probe can be 
used with the VP-2. 
Order Part Number 017-0077-00 $30 



INPUT TIME-CONSTANT STANDARDIZERS 





Five input time-constant standardizers are available for 
standardizing input capacitances of 1 2 pf , 15pf, 20 pf, 24 pf, 
and 47 pf. Each standardizer has an approximate 1 megohm 
impedance and 2X voltage attenuation. 

1 2 pf (01 1 -0051 -00 UHF) (01 1 -0065-00 BNC) $1 0.00 

15 pf (011-0073-00 BNC) 10.00 

20 pf (01 1 -0022-00 UHF) (01 1 -0066-00 BNC) 1 0.00 

24 pf (01 1 -0029-00 UHF) (01 1 -0067-00 BNC) 1 0.00 

47 pf (01 1 -0030-00 UHF) (01 1 -0068-00 BNC) 1 0.00 



INPUT ADAPTERS— ATTENUATORS— TERMINATIONS 



Each accessory is marked as to type, ratio, maximum 
power, and correct orientation. Attenuators with UHF, GR, 
and TEKTRONIX 1 25-ohm connectors have color-coded 
bands that designate the attenuation ratio. Gold-plated 
connectors designate all 1 25-ohm ends. 




ACCESSORIES WITH UHF-TYPE 

Description 

50-fi termination 

50-fi 5:1 attenuator 

50-fi 10:1 attenuator 

50-fi to 75-fi min. loss attenuator 

50-fi to 93-fi min. loss attenuator 

50-fi to 1 70-12 min. loss attenuator 

75-fi termination 

75-fi 5:1 attenuator 

75-fi 10:1 attenuator 

93-fi termination 

93-fi 5:1 attenuator 

93-fi 10:1 attenuator 

170-fi* termination 

*vswr less than 1.25 up to 30 mc 





rTE CONNECTORS 




Part Number 


Price 


011-0045-00 


$15.00 


011-0032-00 


16.00 


011-0031-00 


16.00 


011-0041-00 


16.00 


011-0042-00 


16.00 


011-0043-00 


16.00 


01 1 -0046-00 


15.00 


011-0034-00 


16.00 


011-0033-00 


16.00 


011-0047-00 


15.00 


011-0036-00 


16.00 


01 1 -0035-00 


16.00 


011-0048-00 


15.00 




ACCESSORIES WITH GR-TYPE CONNECTORS 



50-fi termination 

50-fi 2:1 attenuator 

50-fi 5:1 attenuator 

50-fi 10:1 attenuator 

50-fi power divider 



017-0081-00 
017-0080-00 
017-0079-00 
017-0078-00 
017-0082-00 



$23.00 
30.00 

30,00 
30.00 
70.00 




ACCESSORIES WITH TEKTRONIX 1 25-Q TYPE CONNECTORS 



125-fi termination 


017-0051-00 


$20.00 


1 25-Q 2:1 attenuator 


017-0071-00 


25.00 


125-fi 5:1 attenuator 


017-0049-00 


30.00 


125-fi 10:1 attenuator 


017-0050-00 


30.00 


125-fi to 200-fi Hewlett-Packard 


017-0038-00 


20.00 




ACCESSORIES WITH GR-TEKTRONIX 
J 25-Q TYPE CONNECTORS 

50-fi to 125-fi min. loss atten. 017-0052-00 

01 7-0053-00 
017-0054-00 



125-fi adapter N50/N125 
125-fi adapter N50/T125 



125-fi adapter T50/N125 



017-0055-00 



$30.00 

17.50 
17.50 
23.00 



267 



Accessories 




ACCESSORIES WITH BNC-TYPE CONNECTORS 

50-Q termination 

50-Q 2:1 attenuator 

50-Q 2.5:1 attenuator 

50-Q 5:1 attenuator 

50-Q 10:1 attenuator 

50-Q to 75-Q min. loss attenuator 

50-Q to 93-Q min. loss attenuator 

75-Q termination 

75-Q 10:1 attenuator 

93-Q termination 

93-Q 10:1 attenuator 

170-Q termination (UHF to BNC) 



01 1 -0049-00 


$ 8.75 


011-0069-00 


10.00 


01 1 -0076-00 


10.00 


011-0060-00 


10.00 


011-0059-00 


10.00 


011-0057-00 


10.00 


011-0058-00 


10.00 


01 1 -0055-00 


8.75 


011-0061-00 


1 0.00 


01 1 -0056-00 


8.75 


01 1 -0062-00 


10.00 


011-0063-00 


10.00 




TERMINATION BLOCKS W/O ELECTRICAL COMPONENTS 

Component housings are useful for applications requiring special 
circuitry. 

I'Vw* block with UHF connector 

Order Part Number 011-0019-00 $5.00 

2 7 / u " block with UHF connector 

Order Part Number 011-0020-00 $5.00 

CONNECTOR CHARACTERISTICS 

Accuracy of Indicated Attenuation Ratio: 

UHF ±2% at dc; ±3% at 100 megacycles. 

GR ±2% at dc ; 

TEKTRONIX 125Q ±2% at dc ; 
BNC ±2% at dc ; 



±3% at 1 gigacycle. 
±3% at 1 gigacycle. 
±3% at 100 megacycles. 



Voltage Standing Wave Ratio-. 

UHF less than 1.2 up to 100 megacycles. 

GR less than 1.1 up to 1 gigacycle. 

TEKTRONIX 125 Q less than 1.1 up to 1 gigacycle. 

BNC less than 1.1 up to 100 megacycles. 

Power Rating: 
UHF 1.5 watts. 

GR 1 watt. 

TEKTRONIX 125Q 1 watt. 
BNC 1 watt. 

Output to Input Voltage Ratios for Minimum-Loss Atten- 
uators: 

When properly terminated the E out /E in ratios for the various 
minimum-loss attenuators are as follows: 



Connection 



Al 



50 Q 
75 Q 
50 Q 
93 Q 
50 Q 

125 Q 
50 Q 

170 Q 

attenuators, 



are T-type attenuators. 



-> 75 Q 

-> 50 Q 

-> 93 Q 

-> 50 Q 

-> 125Q 

-> 50 Q 

-» 170Q 

-> 50 Q 
with the exception of 



^out/ tin 

0.63 
0.42 
0.59 
0.32 
0.56 
0.23 
0.54 
0.16 
minimum-loss 



o 



types, 



B170-A ATTENUATOR 



• >* 


> : ■ ' : ": ; 




If 




JYPt BI70-A f/0 OHM ATUMATOft 

MAX. OiWJ jjfM WAITS ..; : 

'/&$ '>Oi- i/^Bk j^&c- 'f^t- 

{(m) 'wp wmx mM wm 

^N— '/ "•— ' >- •',' '"—;'''' .^, .mil 

V & 12 TO ; : go *MOBaS 
Ul !J> *.i *>J> v>» » V S 

iwimnk, twc.rarfJiHO. oetoetf, Uijt * M "° 









170-Q pi-attenuator, uses 2% precision resistors, 1 to 64 db in 

1 db steps, 0.25 watt. 

Order Part Number 01 1 -0017-00 $60.00 



MISCELLANEOUS ADAPTERS 



013-0076-00 



n 013-0009-00 




103-0015-00 103-0026-00 103-0025-00. 



103-0027-00 103-0028-00 103-0029-00 



103-0030-00 103-0031-00 103-0032-00 

m . . 



103-0033-00 



013-0004-00 OT3-0OO3-0O 




1 03-0035-00 



Description 

Adapter, clip lead BNC 

Adapter, clip lead UHF 

Adapter, binding post 

Binding Post Adapter, with ground 

terminal, 3 / 4 " spacing 
UHF Male to BNC Female 
UHF Female to Female 
UHF T Male to 2 Female 
UHF Elbow 

BNC Female to Female 
BNC Male to Male 
BNC T Male to 2 Female 
BNC Elbow 

Male BNC to Female UHF 
BNC to Binding Post 
BNC Dual Binding Post 



Part Number 


Price 


013-0076-00 


$3.00 


013-0003-00 


3.00 


013-0004-00 


3.00 


013-0009-00 


3.25 


103-0015-00 


1.65 


103-0025-00 


1.45 


103-0026-00 


2.60 


103-0027-00 


1.65 


103-0028-00 


1.60 


103-0029-00 


3.25 


103-0030-00 


3.50 


103-0031-00 


1.50 


103-0032-00 


1.70 


103-0033-00 


1.60 


103-0035-00 


5.35 



^ 



268 



Accessories 




PLUG-IN UNIT ACCESSORIES 



Flexible Extension 




1 1 i 



m 

;■!■ i: : rff;;':-' ; " : ''y;ii:i,?v 



Plug-In Extension 



Extension Card 




PLUG-IN EXTENSIONS— allow unit to be operated par- 
tially out of the oscilloscope: 

For units in Type 560-Series Oscilloscopes 

Order Part Number 013-0034-00 $14.00 

For units in Type 530-, 540-, 550-, 580-Series Oscilloscopes 
Order Part Number 013-0055-00 $14.50 

For units in Type 647 Oscilloscope 

Order Part Number 013-0077-00 $20.75 

For Type R Unit only 

Order Part Number 013-0015-00 $11.00 

For Type 21 A and 22A Time-Base Units 

Order Part Number 013-0013-00 $20.75 

EXTENSION CARDS — extend removable circuit cards for 
ease of calibration and maintenance. 

For Type 1A1 Plug-In Unit 

Order Part Number 012-0079-00 $25.00 

For Type 262 Programmer 

Order Part Number 012-0078-00 $20.00 

FLEXIBLE EXTENSIONS — permit plug-in unit operation away 
from the oscilloscope. Useful for trouble shooting — not used for 
calibration. 

For 1 -Series and Letter-Series Plug-In Units 

Order Part Number 012-0038-00 $20.00 

For 10 and 1 1 -Series Plug-In Units 

Order Part Number 012-0080-00 $24.00 




BLANK 1 -SERIES AND LETTER-SERIES PLUG-IN CHASSIS 

— Useful for constructing your own special circuits. 

Order Part Number 040-0065-00 $25.00 

BLANK TYPE 560-SERIES PLUG-IN CHASSIS — For special 
circuit construction of sweep or vertical amplifier. 
Order Part Number 040-0245-00 $25.00 



fflmnp ■- 




® 



% 

& 



W 



Hi •. « 








PLUG-IN PREAMPLIFIER STORAGE CABINET mounts in 
standard rack, available in two types: 

FOR 1-SERIES AND LETTER-SERIES PLUG-IN UNITS— holds 3 
plug-in units. Measures 19" wide, 8 3 / 4 " high, 9%" deep. 
Order Part Number 437-0031-00 $25 

FOR 2 AND 3-SERIES PLUG-IN UNITS— holds 4 plug-in units. 
Measures 19" wide, 7" high, 13 5 /i 6 " deep. 
Order Part Number 437-0071-00 $30 





GAIN ADJUST ADAPTER 

Pertmits an external calibrating 
signal to bypass the plug-in pre- 
amplifier, for calibrating the 
sensitivity of the main amplifier 
of Types 530, 540 and 550-Series 
Oscilloscopes. 

Order Part Number 013-0005-00 
$15 



PULSERS 



TYPE TU-5 PULSER — The TU-5 tunnel diode pulser gen- 
erates a fast-rise, flat-top square wave designed to aid in 
adjustment of transient response of the Tektronix 80-Series 
Plug-In Units. It can also be used with letter series and sam- 
pling plug-in units. When used with letter-series and 80-Series 
plug-in units the pulser is sufficiently fast to show the risetime 
of the oscilloscope and plug-in unit. 

The oscilloscope calibrator output provides the proper input 
to the pulser. 

A bias adjustment on the pulser provides for changes in 
tunnel-diode characteristics due to temperature variations, tol- 
erance, or other variables. 

RISETIME — less than or equal to l.Onsec into 50 ohms. 



269 



Accessories 




MOUNTING ACCESSORIES 



O 



103-0015-00 



01 1 -0059-00 



011-0049-00 



AMPLITUDE— at least 200 mv with 50-ohm termination, 
20 mv with 10X attenuator and 50-ohm termination. 

PULSE WIDTH — about 0.5 msec, dependent on oscilloscope 
calibrator output, (oscilloscope calibrator is 1 kc). 

OUTPUT IMPEDANCE — 50 ohms (25 ohms when used with 
50 ohm termination). 

SOURCE VOLTAGE — 100 volt square wave (10 ma) from 
the oscilloscope calibrator output. 

REPETITION RATE — same as source voltage (1 kc from 
oscilloscope calibrator output). 

BNC CONNECTORS — for input and output. 
TU-5 PULSER PACKAGE (015-0043-00) $46.50 

Includes: 1— TU-5 Pulser, 015-0038-00; 1— 10X attenuator, 011-0059-00; 
1— 50-ohm termination, 011-0049-00; 1— UHF to BNC adapter, 103- 
0015-00; 1— 50-ohm cable, 012-0057-00. 

TU-5 PULSER ONLY (015-0038-00) $25.00 




TU-5/105 ADArrift 





TU-5/ 105 ADAPTER— allows the TU-5 Pulser to be used 
with the Type 105 Square-Wave Generator. 

The Adapter inverts the negative lOOv output of the Type 
105 to a positive voltage source for driving the TU-5, A bright- 
er trace display is possible because of the faster repetition 
rate of the Type 105 output. 

TU-5/ 105 ADAPTER (013-0075-00) $20.00 



270 




CRADLE-MOUNT — For rack mounting cabinet-type oscillo- 
scopes. Each cradle-mount consists of a cradle (or "shelf") to 
support the instrument in any standard 19" relay rack, and a 
mask to fit over the regular instrument panel. Blue vinyl finish. 

For Type 524AD, Type 530-Series, Type 540-Series, and Type 
570 with serial numbers above 5000, Type 530A-Series, Type 
540A-Series, Type 575, Type 580-Series, and Type 661 all serial 
numbers (1 mask, 1 cradle). Rack height requirements M } /i" • 
Order Part Number 040-0281-00 $45 

For Type 507 and Type 551 instruments (2 masks, 2 cradles). 
Rack height requirements; Indicator mask 17 T / 2 ", Power Supply 
mask 12y 4 ". 
Order Part Number 040-0279-00 $72.80 

For Type 180A, Type 190A, Type 51 5A and Type 516 instru- 
ments (1 mask, 1 cradle). Rack height requirements 15 3 / 4 ", 
Order Part Number 040-0277-00 $45 

For Type 502A instruments (1 mask, 1 cradle). Rack height 
requirements 1 7 Y 2 " . 
Order Part Number 040-0278-00 $45 

For Type 555 (2 masks, 2 cradles). Rack height requirements: 
Indicator mask 21", Power Supply mask 12y 4 ". 
Order Part Number 040-0280-00 $72.80 

For Types 503, 504, 561, 561 A, 564 instruments (1 mask, 1 
cradle), Rack height requirements 15 3 / 4 ". 
Order Part Number 040-0321 -00 $45 

Cradle assembly for mounting 527 on left side of monitor. 
Order Part Number 426-01 33-00 $57.50 

Cradle assembly for mounting 527 on right side of monitor. 
Order Part Number 426-0134-00 $57.50 

Cradle assembly for mounting two 527's side by side. 
Order Part Number 426-01 35-00 $57.50 

MOUNTING FRAME — Holds four of any combination of 
Type FM122, Type 360, or Type 160-Series units. Mounts to 
standard instrument rack. 
Order Part Number 01 4-0002-00 $7.00 

BLANK PANEL — Provides coverage for mounting frame 
Type FM122 area not being used. 
Order Part Number 333-0157-00 $2,50 



Accessories 




SAMPLING ACCESSORIES 



017-0065-00 



« 



017-0063-00 



017-0023-00 




017-0021-00 



01 7-0064-00 


017-0027-00 


017-0022-00 






ADAPTERS 










Part No. 


Price 


GR to C male 




017-0027-00 


$7.00 


GR to N male 




017-0021-00 


5.50 


GR to UHF female 




017-0022-00 


5.50 


GR to UHF male 




017-0023-00 


5.00 


GR to BNC female 




017-0063-00 


4.75 


GR to BNC male 




017-0064-00 


6.50 


GR to C female 




017-0065-00 


7.50 





50-OHM CONNECTING CABLES (GR-TYPE CONNECTORS) 



Delay Cable Type 


Part No. 


Price 


1 nsec 


RG58/AU* 


017-0503-00 ! 


t 8.25 


2 nsec 


RG58/AU 


017-0505-00 


13.50 


5 nsec 


RG8/AU 


017-0502-00 


13.50 


10 nsec 


RG58/AU 


017-0501-00 


13.50 


20 nsec 


RG8/AU 


017-0504-00 


16.50 


*Connector on one end 


only. 






ACCESSORIES WITH GR-TYPE CONNECTORS 




Part No. 


VSWR Rating 


Price 


50-O 10:1 Attenuator 017-0078-00 


<1.1 to 1 GC 


$30.00 


50-O 5:1 Attenuato 


■ 017-0079-00 


<1.1 to 1 GC 


30.00 


50-Q 2:1 Attenuate 


■ 017-0080-00 


<1.1 to 1 GC 


30.00 


50-£2 Termination 


017-0081-00 


<1.1 to 1 GC 


23.00 


50-Q Type 874-K 








Coupling Cap 


017-0028-00 


<1,06 to 1 GC 


10.00 


50-f2 Type 874-X 








Insertion Unit 


017-0030-00 


— 


13.00 


50-OType 874-EL 








90° Elbow 


017-0070-00 


<1.06 to 2 GC 
<1.5 to 4 GC 


10.00 


th 50-C2 Type 874-T Tee 017-0069-00 


— 


13.00 


^^ 50-n to 125-0 Min 


017-0052-00 


<1.2 to 1 GC 


30.00 


Loss Attenuator 








50-Q Type 874-TPD 


017-0082-00 


— 


70.00 


Power Divider 









CALIBRATOR ADAPTER 




The Adapter is basically intended for use with the Type N 
Plug-In Unit, but can be used with any Tektronix sampling 
system except those incorporating the Type RM561 and Type 
567 Oscilloscopes. The Adapter converts a 50-volt output 
from the oscilloscope calibrator to 40 mv at an impedance 
of 50 ohms for use in calibrating the gain of the sampling 
system. 



Order Part Number 



(017-0010-00 UHF) $20 

(017-0074-00 BNC) 20 



TIMING STANDARD 




MAXIMUM 'OWH INttlti l/lW ilV CWI 
MAXIMUM NX VQHS IHfUT. 300 V 

voiuot hansh* foi mfui titWMl 

Of 3 l/> »il<i - I.'IOOD 

uu t iiit win infui rum >o« 

► OsltlON i 4K0 10, I It OI 10 <K 
tUlil IO« fPSiTlON ) AMD 1 

TIMING STANDARD 

»No«-t»ciHo twit* e*i(»«*TOH (on 
, ltl ^,. jAMHIMfl HU0JN uwt 

NANOSECONDS Kl CYCLE 

10 infill- ' 5 



013-02» 

UKTRONIX INC. 




MOD61 



v„ 



J 



The Timing standard is a 3% device for calibrating equiva- 
lent sweep speeds of the Tektronix sampling systems. It is 
designed to ring at periods of 1, 2, 5, and 10 nsec when ex- 
cited by a fast-rising pulse. 
Order Part Number 013-0028-00 $60 



271 



Accessories 



TRANSFORMER MATCHED "T" 




This unit provides two 50-ohm outputs from one 50-ohm input 
and divides the regenerated trigger for simultaneous triggering 

of two sampling sweep systems. Not designed for signal pur- 
poses. 
Order Part Number 017-0012-00 $45 



DIODE TEST JIG 



017-0075-00 



013-0080-00 




DIODE TEST JIG for the TYPE 291 DIODE SWITCHING- 
TIME TESTER or the TYPE 292 SEMICONDUCTOR TESTER- 
POWER SUPPLY provides a quick and convenient facility for 
checking round or ribbon lead diodes. V-shaped contacts plus 
magnetic attraction assures good electrical continuity for the 
diode under test. The contacts are replaceable yet have a life 
of 10-million diode insertions. The risetime of the Type 291 
or 292 when used with the Test Jig is less than 0.35 nsec. Con- 
ductor capacitance of the jig is less than 0.004 pf side to side. 

An adapter is required to provide electrical contact and 
mechanical support for the Test Jig when used with the Type 
291 or 292. 

DIODE TEST JIG (013-0080-00) $40 

ADAPTER FOR TYPE 291 (017-0075-00) $55 

ADAPTER FOR TYPE 292 (016-0059-00) $21 



PLUG-fN UNIT ACCESSORIES 




FLEXIBLE EXTENSION—30" long, permits Type 661 vertical 
or sweep plug-in units to be operated away from oscilloscope. 
See Gremar Cable. 

Order Part Number 012-0064-00 $23 

FLEXIBLE EXTENSION— 30" long, permits Type 3S76 and 
Type 3T77 Sampling Plug-In Units to be operated away from 
oscilloscope. 

Order Part Number 012-0066-00 $23 



|-J7? 







m 



s 






EL 



15-PIN PLUG-IN EXTENSION CARD — Allows protrusion 
of Type 6R1A 15-pin etched-circuit boards. 

Order Part Number 012-0067-00 $20 

20-PIN PLUG-IN EXTENSION CARD — Allows protrusion 
of Type 6R1A 20-pin etched-circuit boards. 

Order Part Number 012-0068-00 $25 

56-PIN PLUG-IN EXTENSION CARD— Allows protrusion of 
Type 3T4 56-pin etched-circuit boards. Also used for extend- 
ing Type 262 Programmer cards. 

Order Part Number 012-0078-00 $20 





TYPE 3S3 SUB-CHASSIS EXTENSION — Allows mainte- 
nance of Type 3S3 sub-chassis when 3S3 is extended out of 
oscilloscope. 

Order Part Number 012-0077-00 $25 

TYPE 4S1 SUB-CHASSIS EXTENSION — Allows maintenance 
of Type 4S1 sub-chassis when 4S1 is extended out of oscillo- 
scope. 

Order Part Number 012-0069-00 $25 

50-OHM GREMAR CABLE — For retaining internal trigger 
and snap-off driver connection between plug-in units of the 
Type 661 when one or both plug-in units are extended out of 
oscilloscope. 

Order Part Number 012-0070-00 $10.50 



272 



C 





TYPE 



PLUG-IN UNIT ACCESSORIES 



LEAKAGE CURRENT ADAPTER 






LEAKAGE CURRENT ADAPTER 

v : '',"t 

fOR TYPE O PLUG-IN UNIT 



The Leakage Current Adapter, used with the Type O Oper- 
ational Amplifier Plug-In Unit, adapts the plug-in for measur- 
ing the reverse leakage current of semiconductor diodes and 
small-signal transistors. The adapter may also be used for 
measuring junction resistance or capacitance. 

Banana plugs on the base of the adapter allow the unit 
to be plugged into the jacks on the front panel of the Type 
O Unit. Axial-lead diodes are checked by placing them in a 
notched retainer mounted on a swing-down cover. When 
closed, the cover places the leads against spring-contact clips, 
assuring good electrical contact. A four-pin socket is provided 
for checking small-signal transistors. The diode clips and the 
transistor socket are completely shielded to minimize leakage 
capacitance. 

A positive-going sawtooth voltage is required for driving 
the adapter. Tektronix Oscilloscopes that accept the Type O 
Plug-In Unit have a Sawtooth or Sweep Out jack conveniently 
located on the front panel for supplying the required saw- 
tooth voltage. 

VERTICAL DEFLECTION FACTOR— 1 microamp/volt or 1 
nanoamp/volt, selected by a toggle switch. 

VERTICAL DEFLECTION ACCURACY— ±8%. 

HORIZONTAL DEFLECTION FACTOR— (with 100-v saw- 
tooth, minimum). 1, 2, 5 and 10-v/cm selected by Horizontal 
V/CM switch. 

HORIZONTAL DEFLECTION ACCURACY— ±3%. 

INPUT SAWTOOTH VOLTAGE— 100 to 200 v (for 10-v/cm 
horizontal deflection). 

MAXIMUM INTERNAL LEAKAGE— 50 picoamps at 100 v. 
LEAKAGE CURRENT ADAPTER (013-0086-00) $85 



LOGARITHMIC AMPLIFIER ADAPTER 



'# 



AC 



DC 



H f ADJ 




LOG ADAPTER 

FOR TYPE O PLUG-IN UNIT 



IN?UT, + 100V MAX 

iNPUT IMP ~ tOK 



SET [IT] AND jTf] TO EXT fۤ 




Accessories 



The Logarithmic Amplifier Adapter converts linear amplifica- 
tion characteristics of the A or B operational amplifiers in the 
Type O Operational Amplifier Plug-In Unit to approximate 
logarithmic characteristics. 

ALLOWABLE INPUT SIGNAL— ±100 v maximum, ac or 

dc coupled. 

INPUT IMPEDANCE— Approximately 10 kilohms. 

AMPLIFICATION CHARACTERISTICS— With the Logarith- 
mic Amplifier Adapter, the operational amplifier approximates 
a logarithmic amplification response for input signals from 
rfc 0.1 v to ± 100 v. 

Signal-In Deflection 

=b 0.1 v Ian ± 0.5 mm 

± 1-0 v 2 cm ± 0.5 mm 

± 10.0 v 3 cm ± 1.0 mm 

=t 100 v 4 cm ± 1.0 mm 
Below an input level of ± 0.05 v, the amplifier is no longer 
logarithmic. 

RISETIME — Typically 0.2 [isec — for a 10-v signal to rise 
from 0.1 v to 10 v. 

FALLTIME — Typically 0.3 /xsec — for a 10-v signal to fall from 
10 v to 0.1 v. 

LOW FREQUENCY RESPONSE— 65 cps. (In the AC-coupled 
mode, the — 3-db point for signals of over 500 mv peak ampli- 
tude, and where the effective input resistance is 10 k). 

PASSBAND — The —3-db apparent passband varies with 
both signal amplitude and signal dc level. It varies typically 
from 400 kc to 1 Mc, depending on the input signal. 
LOGARITHMIC AMPLIFIER ADAPTER 
Order Part Number 013-0067-00 $75 



TERMINAL ADAPTERS AND SHIELDS 



1 





j GATING ADAPTED 



TERMINAL ADAPTER ASSEMBLY has all the mechanical 
parts for creating a custom adapter for the "O" Unit. 
Order Part Number 013-0048-00 $10 

TERMINAL SHIELD protects exposed terminals of the "O" 
Unit from spurious signals. 
Order Part Number 013-0049-00 $2.50 

GATING ADAPTER permits on and off gating of the Type O 
Unit from the +20 v gate output of the oscilloscope used. 

With the Adapter plugged into the "B" Operational Ampli- 
fier of the Type O Unit, the "A" Operational Amplifier is 
gated on or off. The signal applied is then amplified, inte- 
grated or differentiated only during the "on" time. 

The Adapter is particularly useful for integration operations, 
where the accumulative voltage of repetitive signals would 
exceed the voltage rating of the Type O Unit input. 
Order Part Number 013 0068-00 $75 



273 



Accessories 



COMPENSATING ADAPTER 



i%) 



COMPENSATING ADAPTER 

FOR TYPE O PlUG-iN UNIT 





The Compensating Adapter extends the frequency perform- 
ance of the Type O Unit operational amplifiers. 

The adapter compensates for stray capacitance associated 
with the internal Z f and Z f resistors, providing an adjustment 
for optimum HF response. 

CHARACTERISTICS 
(Type O Unit and Adapter) 

TYPICAL FREQUENCY RESPONSE of the Type O unit with 
and without the Compensating Adapter; 



1000 r 



100 




0.01 



0.1 1 10 

Frtqutncy In Mtgacyclti 



INPUT RESISTANCE— 0.01 to 1 meg, determined by Z ( 
Selector position. 

INPUT CAPACITANCE— approximately 40 to 450 pf, de- 
pending on the Zf Selector position. (Maximum at X100 gain] 

MAXIMUM INPUT VOLTAGE— 400 v dc or 150 v rms.* 

MAXIMUM OUTPUT VOLTAGE— ±50 v peak. 

MAXIMUM TEMPERATURE— +55° C. 

COMPENSATING ADAPTER (013-0081-00) $35 

*Vo!tage derating is necessary for frequencies above 1 Mc. 



TYPE Q PLUG-IN UNIT RESISTOR BOARDS 



120. 



013-0025-00 



f4BL : IHPn 



013-0078-00 



120-OHM PLUG-IN RESISTOR BOARD 

Order Part Number 013-0025-00 



150 K-OHM PLUG-IN RESISTOR BOARD 
Order Part Number 013-0078-00 



$2.25 
$2.25 



TYPE R PLUG-IN UNIT PLATE WIRED ASSEMBLIES 



O 




386-0856-00 



386-0857-00 



■ 



386-0854-00 






386-0855-00 



386-0853-00 



386-0852-00 



PLATE WIRED "R" ASSEMBLIES for various transistor checks 

Description Part No. Price 

Grounded emitter socket 386-0852-00 $5.00 

Grounded base socket 386-0853-00 5.00 

Grounded emitter power socket 386-0854-00 6.00 

Grounded base power socket 386-0855-00 6.00 

Grounded emitter adapter 386-0856-00 6.00 

Grounded base adapter 386-0857-00 6.00 



TYPE 130 L-C METER ACCESSORIES 




DELTA STANDARDS — For calibration of the Type 130 L-C 
Meter. The unit provides accurate steps of capacitance and 
inductance, selectable by a rotary selector switch. Values of 
the capacitance steps correspond to the full-scale adjustments 
required on the five scales of the Type 130. Two resistors of 
similar capacitance, values of 1 megohm and 0.1 megohm, 
are provided for the resistance compensation adjustment. A 
300 p.U standard permits proper adjustments of the inductance 
ranges. 
Order Part Number 015-0001-00 $40 

PRODUCTION TEST FIXTURE — For use with the Type 130 
L-C Meter. Speeds sorting and testing of capacitors and in- 
ductors. 
Order Part Number 01 3-0001 -00 $5 



c 



274 



Accessories 




TYPE 180-181 ACCESSORIES 



For placing Type 507 Oscilloscope connectors on a common 
ground. 
Order Part Number 01 3-001 1-00 $21 .50 




50-IOOmc 
FREQUENCY DOUBLER 



f^JfMM 



m I 




TYPE 519 ACCESSORIES 



TYPE 181/RM181 CRYSTAL OVEN— A 1-Mc crystal 
mounted in a temperature-stabilized oven. Frequency adjust- 
able to zero beat with W.W.V. Accuracy is 0.001 % and fre- 
quency stability is 3 parts per million over a 24-hour period. 
Order Part Number 158-0007-00 $29 

FREQUENCY DOUBLER for the Type 180 or 180A Time Mark 
Generator doubles the 50 Mc output to 100 Mc. Particularly 
useful for calibrating Type 580-Series Oscilloscopes. 

Order Part Number (015-0056-00 BNC) $29.50 

Order Part Number (015-0013-00 UHF) 29.50 



TYPE 31 0/31 OA FAN BASE 





TYPE 310/310A FAN BASE provides filtered forced-air 
ventilation to reduce operating temperature when the instru- 
ment is used continuously for prolonged periods of time or in 
a hot or limited-ventilation area. The Fan Base tilts the oscillo- 
scope to a convenient viewing angle. 

For use on 105-1 25 v, 50 to 60 cps only: 
Order Part Number 016-0012-00 $50.00 



For use on 210-250 v, 50 to 60 cps only: 
Order Part Number 016-0013-00 



TYPE 507 GROUND CONNECTOR 



$50.00 




n 



n 



A 




017-0032-00 



017-0019-00 



01 7-0033-00 




01 7-0057-00 



Description 


Part No. 


Price 


lOOOMc Timing Standard 


017-0019-00 


$35.00 


Double Button Contact Assembly 


017-0032-00 


2.25 


Connector Panel Assembly 


017-0033-00 


7.00 


Delay Line Equalizer 


017-0057-00 


10.00 



125Q ACCESSORIES 



Other than those listed under Oscilloscope Input Adapt- 
ers, Attenuators and Terminations. 

Description Part No. Price 

Attenuator 1.4:1 for 125-0 Connector 017-0009-00 $25.00 

Component Insertion Unit 017-0013-00 10.00 

Coupling Capacitor 017-0018-00 10.75 

Cable Connector Spare Kit 017-0035-00 7.00 

90° Elbow Assembly 017-0043-00 15.00 

1 nsec delay cable, RG63/U 017-0507-00 16.50 

2 nsec delay cable, RG63/U 017-0508-00 16.00 
5 nsec delay cable, RG63/U 017-0509-00 16.50 
10 nsec delay cable, RG63/U 017-0510-00 17.50 
20 nsec delay cable, RG63/U 017-0511-00 24.00 



TYPE 


570 


ADAPTER 


PLATES 


^■■■■■■i 




With Jacks Installed 
Description 

7-pin adapter plate 

8-pin adapter plate 

9-pin adapter plate 

Blank adapter plate 

13-pin Nixie* Base 

5-pin Nuvistor Twelvar Base 

7-pin Nuvistor Twelvar Base 

12-pin Compactron duodecar Base 

9-pin Novar Base 

^Burroughs registered trademark. 



Part No. 


Price 


016-0004-00 


$10.00 


016-0005-00 


10.00 


016-0006-00 


10.00 


01 6-0007-00 


5.00 


016-0040-00 


12.50 


016-0041-00 


10.00 


016-0042-00 


10.00 


016-0043-00 


12.50 


016-0044-00 


10.00 



275 



Accessories 






TYPE 575 TRANSISTOR AND DIODE ADAPTERS 



013-0069-00 





013-0070-00 



» « 

TOII!0fK. IHC k : . v 



TIT 



013-0074-00 



013-0072-00 




013-0079-00 




A ■ 






Description Part No. 

3-terminal (for wire lead transistors) 013-0069-00 
3-terminal (for 2-pin base power transistors 013-0070-00 

Diode Test Jig (Tektronix) 013-0072-00 

Diode Test Jig (Daymarc) 013-0079-00 

Blank Adapter Box 013-0073-00 

Power Transistor Adapter 013-0074-00 
(for transistors with hook leads) 



CAMERA MOUNTING ADAPTERS 



Price 

$5.00 
5.00 
5.00 

25.00 

4.00 
5.00 




BEZELS for mounting cameras other than Tektronix types on 
Tektronix Oscilloscopes. Mounting ring measures 5 5 / 8 " out- 
side diameter. Die-cast construction. 

FOR 500-SERIES OSCILLOSCOPES* (014-0018-00) $4.50 
FOR 560-SERIES OSCILLOSCOPES (014-0016-00) 4.50 
FOR 600-SERIES OSCILLOSCOPES (014-0017-00) 4.50 

*Nor recommended for use with the Type 519 Oscilloscope. 



VIEWING ACCESSORIES 




POLARIZED VIEWERS — For Tektronix 5" Oscilloscopes. The 
viewers reduce troublesome reflections and glare under high 
ambient-light conditions. 

RECTANGULAR VIEWER (016-0039-00) $10 

PLASTIC ROUND VIEWER (016-0053-00) 10 



016-0001-00 



016-0002-00 



016-0010-00 



016-0025-00 




VIEWING HOOD — For Tektronix 5" Oscilloscopes. Includes 
molded rubber eyepiece and separate tubular light shield. 
Order Part Number 01 6-0001 -00 $5.00 

VIEWING HOOD — For Tektronix 3" Oscilloscopes except 
Type 321 below S/N 3210. Includes molded rubber eyepiece 
and separate tubular light shield. 
Order Part Number 01 6-0002-00 $5.00 

COLLAPSIBLE VIEWING HOOD — For Tektronix 3" Oscillo- 
scopes except Type 321 below S/N 3210. It is made of black 
acrylic plastic with handy fastening arrangement. 
Order Part Number 01 6-001 0-00 $3.50 

VIEWING HOOD — For Tektronix Type 519 Oscilloscope. 
Order Part Number 01 6-0025-00 $36.50 



CARRYING CASES 




CARRYING CASE FOR LETTER-SERIES OR 1 -SERIES PLUG- 
IN UNITS — Provides protection for one oscilloscope plug-in unit. 
Order Part Number 437-0065-00 $20 

CARRYING CASE FOR 2, 3, 10 and 11 SERIES PLUG-IN 
UNITS — accommodates two plug-in units. 
Order Part Number 437-0070-00 $20 

CARRYING CASE— For Type 321 -321 A Portable Oscilloscope. 
Order Part Number 016-0026-00 $30 

CARRYING CASE — For Type 181 Generator or Type 31 0A 
Oscilloscope. Made of sturdy, turquoise-colored canvas. 
Order Part Number 016-0028-00 $17.65 



o 






276 



Accessories 




REPLACEMENT BATTERIES 





> : : S 

~ hattefJ , 

NiCd CELLS — 3 ] / 7 A.H. 'D' size, rechargeable, for Tektronix 
portable oscilloscopes. 

FOR TYPE 321 -321 A: Order 10 (Part Number 146-0005-00), 
$9.15 each Total $91.50 

FOR TYPE 422: Order 20 (Part Number 146-0008-00), $7.00 
each Total $1 40.00 



DEFLECTION PLATE CONNECTOR 





The connector can be used with Types 530, 540, 530A, 
and 540A-Series Oscilloscopes. It provides a convenient means 
of making a connection directly to the cathode-ray tube verti- 
cal deflection plates. It is designed for use with high-frequency, 
fast-rise pulses or transient signals. The function of the vertical 
position control of the oscilloscope is retained. The connector 
is designed for use with 52-ohm cables. The connector is not 
recommended for use with frequencies below 8 kc or pulses 
with correspondingly slow risetimes. 

For instruments with serial numbers 5000 and below, Order 
Part Number 01 3-0006-00 $10 

For instruments with serial numbers 5001 and above, Order 
Part Number 01 3-0007-00 $10 



MISCELLANEOUS CORDS AND LEADS 





Description 


Length 
(Inches) 


Connectors 


Part 
No. 


Price 


Output Lead, 

Black 
Output Lead, 

Red 


30 


Banana Plug to 
Alligator Clip 


012-0014-00 
012-0015-00 


$2.50 
2.50 


Patch Cord, 

Black 
Patch Cord, Red 


6 


Banana Plug- 
Jack 

(Both Ends) 


01 2-0023-00 
012-0024-00 


1.15 
1.15 


100-fi 

Suppressor Cord 

300-Q 
Suppressor Cord 

1000-O 

Suppressor Cord 

Patch Cord, 
Black 

Patch Cord, Red 


Banana Plug 
(Both Ends] 


012-0025-00 

012-0026-00 

012-0027-00 

012-0028-00 
012-0029-00 


3.00 

3.00 

3.00 

2.00 
2.00 


Patch Cord, Red 
Patch Cord, 
Black 


18 


01 2-0031 -00 
012-0039-00 


1.20 
1.20 


Master-Slave 
Cord-N Unit 


12 


Tini-Plug 
(Both Ends) 


012-0055-00 


3.75 



POWER CORDS 




Connectors 


Cond 

Number 


uctors 
Gauge 


Length 
( Feet ) 


Part 
No. 


Price 




Male Plug to 
Female Plug 


2 
3 
3 


16 
16 
16 


8 
8 
28 in. 


161-0004-00 
161-0010-00 
161-0025-00 


$2.10 
2.40 
1.45 


Male Plug 
(one end only) 


3 

3 
2 


18 

18 
18 


8 

10 
8 


161-0017-00 
1 61 -0006-00 
161-0002-00 


1.95 

6.10 
1.60 


Male Plug to 
Right Angle 
Female Plug 


2 

3 


18 
18 


8 
8 


1 61 -0007-00 
161-0022-00 


3.70 
3.60 


Male Plug to 
Special Plug 
(ac cord for 
Types 321, 
422} 


3 


20 


8 


161-0015-00 


3.20 


Male Plug to 
Special Plug 
(dc cord 
for Types 
321, 422) 


3 


20 


8 


161-0016-00 


2.70 


Male Plug to 
Special Plug 
(ac only cord 
for Type 422) 


3 


18 


8 


1 61 -0024-00 


2.75 


Male Plug to 
Special A 
Connector 


3 


16 


8 


161-0005-00 


3.25 



277 



Accessories 



MISCELLANEOUS CABLES 



H 



B 

■ 




I 





K 





O 



Q 





1 j 

INSTRUMENT 
TYPE 


1 
FUNCTION 


■ -i 
LENGTH 
(INCHES) 

42 


IMPEDANCE 
(OHMS) 


CONNECTOR 


1 
PART 

NUMBER 


PRICE 


TYPE 


FIG. 


GENERAL 


Output 


50 


UHF 


A-A 


012-0001-00 


$ 6.50 


GENERAL 


Output 


42 


50 


BNC 


B-B 


012-0057-00 


4.00 


GENERAL 


Output 


42 


75 


UHF 


A-A 


012-0002-00 


7.50 


GENERAL 


Output 


42 


75 


BNC 


B-B 


01 2-0074-00 


6.50 


GENERAL 


Output 


42 


93 


UHF 


A-A 


012-0003-00 


6.50 


GENERAL 


Output 


42 


93 


BNC 


B-B 


012-0075-00 


4.00 


GENERAL 


Output-Terminated 
with 93 fl Resistor 


42 


93 


UHF 


A-A 


012-0005-00 


6.50 




Output-Terminated 


42 


93 


UHF 


A-A 


012-0004-00 


13.50 


GENERAL 


with Variable Attenuator 














GENERAL 


Output- 


42 


170 


UHF 


A-A 


012-0006-00 


7.50 


GENERAL 


Horizontal Input 


18 


— 


Banana 


C-C 


012-0054-00 


2.50 


GENERAL 


Adapter Cable 


5 


— 


2-Banana to UHF 


A-C 


012-0059-00 


3.50 


E 


Input 


30 


— 


Special 3-pin 


D 


012-0022-00 


6.00 


N 


CRT Cathode 
Unblanking 


62 


— 


Special 2-Banana 
to BNC 


B-E 


012-0052-00 


11.00 


N 


Horizontal Input 


30 


— 


Banana to UHF 


A-C 


012-0053-00 


7.50 


Q 


Input 


15 ft. 


— 


Special 9-pin 


F 


012-0040-00 


12.00 


2A61 


Input 


60 


— 


Special 4-pin 


G 


012-0072-00 


10.00 


122 


Battery Cable 


7 ft. 


— 


Octal to (5) 3-pin 


H-l 


012-0009-00 


15.00 


127 


Input 


60 


170 


UHF 


A-A 


012-0034-00 


7.50 


160, 360 


Inter-connecting 


20 


— 


Octal 


H-R 


012-0016-00 


7.00 


161, 162, 163 


Inter-connecting 


10 


— 


Octal 


H-H 


012-0017-00 


5.00 


175 


Test Cable 


30 


— 


Banana 


C-C 


012-0056-00 


1.75 


175 


Test Cable-Black Plug 


42 


— 


Special Plug 


J-J 


012-0044-00 


9.00 


175 


Test Cable-Red Plug 


42 


— 


Special Plug 


J-J 


012-0043-00 


9.00 


175 


Socket Adapter 


— 


— 


Special 9-pin 


P 


012-0045-00 


11.25 


262 


6R1 Inter-connecting 


6 ft. 


— 


36-50 Pin Ribbon 
Special 41 -pin 


L-M 


012-0081-00 


60.00 


262 


262 Inter-connecting 


48 


— 


50-pin Ribbon 


K-K 


012-0082-00 


60.00 


507, 51 7A** 


Inter-connecting 


30 


— 


16-pin Ribbon 


N-N 


012-0032-00 


27.00 


551, 555 


Inter-connecting 


72 


— 


16-pin Ribbon 


N-N 


012-0051-00 


28.40 


517/517A* 


Inter-connecting 


30 


— 


12-pin Ribbon 


O-Q 


012-0012-00 


20.00 


* Serial Numb 


er 101-1739 


** Serial Nurr 


ber 1740 and u 


X 






1 



o 



c 






278 



Accessories 








STANDARD GRATICULES 








GRATICULE RULING 


INSTRUMENT TYPE* 


DIVISION 


VERTICAL 


HORIZONTAL 


PART NO. 


PRICE 


310, 31 0A, 360 


Va" 


8 


10 


331-0027-00 


$2.25 


316 


8 


10 


331-0042-00 


2.25 


317 


8 


10 


331-0095-00 (adjustable) 
331-0042-00 (not adjustable) 


2.25 


321, 321 A 


6 


10 


331-0055-00 


2.25 


502, 502A, 565 


1 cm 


10 


10 


331-0047-00 


3.50 


503, 504, 560, 561, 661 


8 


10 


331-0056-00 


3.50 


507, 515, 51 5A, 516, 531 
531 A, 533, 533 A, 535, 535 A 


6 


10 


331-0037-00 (adjustable) 
331-0016-00 (not adjustable) 


3.50 


517 (SN 101-925) 


4 


8 


331-0008-00 


9.50 


51 7A (SN 926-957) 


4 


8 


331-0030-00 


9.50 


51 7A (SN 958-up] 


4 


8 


331-0033-00 


9.50 


519 


2 


6 


331-0065-00 


9.50 


524, 524AD 


6 


10 


331 -0006-00 


3.50 


525 


Marked in Percentage for 
Modulation Measurement 


331-0035-00 


3.50 


526 


Marked in Degrees for 
Color TV Vector Analysis 


331-0104-00 


9.50 


527 


Composite IEEE 


331-0069-00 


3.50 


RM527 


—40 to +100 Units 


331-0068-00 


3.50 


532 


1 cm 


8 


10 


331-0026-00 


3.50 


536, 570, 575 


5/ " 

h 6 


10 


10 


331-0028-00 


3.50 


541, 541 A, 543, 543A, 545 

545A, 581, 581 A, 585, 585A 


1 cm 


4 


10 


331-0034-00 (adjustable) 


3.50 


551, 555 


6 


10 


331 -0045-00 


3.50 


RM561, 567 


8 


10 


331-0076-00 


3.50 


564 


8 


10 


331-0097-00 


3.50 


* For both cabinet and rack-mount instruments unless rack-mount version is listed. 




SPECIAL PURPOSE GRATICULES 




GRATICULE RULING 


INSTRUMENT TYPE* 


DIVISION 


VERTICAL 


HORIZONTAL 


PART NO. 


PRICE 


524, 524AD 


Ye" x 1 cm 


17 


10 


331-0009-00 


$3.50 


524, 524AD, 525 


Color TV Bar Dimensions 


331-0040-00 


4.50 


527 


Non-composite IEEE 


331-0079-00 


3.50 


527 


Marked in Percentage for Video Modulation Measurements 


331 -0080-00 


3.50 


RM527, RM529 


Non-composite IEEE 0-100 Units 


331-0077-00 


3.50 


RM527 


Marked in Percentage for Video Modulation Measurements 


331-0078-00 


3.50 


RM529t 


Composite IEEE —50 to +110 Units 


331-0156-00 


3.45 


RM529t 


—50 to +120 IEEE Units and 0-100% Modulation 


331-0157-00 


3.45 


RM529t 


7 cm H.A.D., Sine 2 , and 2%, 4% 'K' Factor 


331-0161-00 


3.45 


533A 5 535; 535A MOD108A 


.85 cm 


6 


10 


331-0051-00 


3.50 


536 


For Phase Angle Measurements 


331-0057-00 


3.50 


541, 541 A, 543 ..^p, , noA 
543A, 545, 545A MOD108A 


.85 cm 


4 


10 


331-0052-00 


3.50 


551 MOD 108A 


.85 cm 


6 


10 


331-0053-00 


3.50 


561 A MOD 21 0C 


1 cm 


6 


10 


331-0090-00 


3.50 


* For both cabinet anc 
f Also usable with the 


rack-mount instruments unless rack-mount version is listed. 

Type RM527. 



279 



Accessories 



UNSCRIBED GRATICULES 



Instrument Type* 


Part No. 


Price 


310, 31 0A, 316, 317, 360 


386-0395-00 


$1.50 


502, 502A, 517 (SN 926- 
957), 524, 524AD, 525, 
526, 532, 536, 551, 555, 
570, 575 


331-0093-00 


2.00 


503, 504, 560, 561, 661 


331-0105-00 


2.00 


507, 515, 51 5A, 516, 51 7A 
(SN 957-up), 581, 581 A, 

585, 585A 


386-0451 -00 


2.00 


527, RM56T, 567 


331-0084-00 


2.00 


531, 531 A, 533, 533A, 535, 
535A, 541, 541 A, 543, 
543A 545, 545A 


386-0451-00 (adjustable] 


2.00 


331 -0093-00 
(not adjustable) 


2.00 


561 A, RM561A, 564 

(Implosion shield for ce- 
ramic type crt only.) 


337-0539-00 


2.00 


* For both cabinet and rack-mount instruments unless rack-mount 
version is listed. 



CATHODE-RAY TUBE LIGHT FILTERS 



Filters for Tektronix Oscilloscopes using 5" round crt's 
with external graticule. 


Instrument* 


Color 


Part Number Price 


Types 502, 502A, 

503, 504, 515, 
51 5A, 516, 517, 
51 7A, 524AD, 525, 
526, 661 , 530, 540 
and 550-Series 


Green 

Amber 

Blue 

Yellow 


378-0514-00 
378-0516-00 
378-0515-00 
378-0502-00 


$ .90 

.90 

.90 

1.70 


Filters for Tektronix Oscilloscopes using 5" round crt's 
with internal graticule. 


Instrument* 


Color 


Part Number Price 


Types 543B, 544, 
545B, 546, 547, 
555, 565, 581 A, 
585A 


Smoke Grey 


378-0546-00 


$1.65 


Filters for Tektronix Oscilloscopes using rectangular glass 
crt's. 


Instrument* Color 


Part Number Price 


Type 422 


Smoke Grey 


378-0549-00 


$ .40 


Types 527, RM527 
RM529, 561 


Green 

Amber 

Blue 


378-0525-00 
378-0528-00 
378-0527-00 


1.50 
1.50 
1.50 


Types 506, 561 A, 
567 


Smoke Grey 


378-0544-00 


1.00 


Type 647 


Smoke Grey 


378-0548-00 


.45 


Filters for Tektronix 
crt's. 


Oscilloscopes using rectangular ceramic 


Instrument* 


Color Part Number 


Price 


Types 561 A, 564 


Green 
Amber 
Blue 


378-0534-00 
378-0536-00 
378-0535-00 


$ .90 
.90 
.90 


* For both cabinet and rack-mount instruments unless rack-mount version 
is listed. 



Filters for Tektronix Oscilloscopes using 3" crt's 


Instrument* 


Color Part Number 


Price 


Type 31 5D 


Green 
Amber 
Blue 
Yellow 


378-0505-00 
378-0506-00 
378-0507-00 
378-0508-00 


$ .50 
.50 
.50 
.50 


Types 321, 321 A 


Green 
Amber 
Blue 


378-0521-00 
378-0524-00 
378-0523-00 


.50 
1.10 
1.15 


Types 310, 31 0A, 
316, 317, 360 


Green 

Amber 
Blue 

Yellow 


378-0509-00 
378-051 1 -00 
378-0510-00 
378-051 2-00 


.50 
.50 
.50 
.50 


*For both cabinet and rack-mount instruments unless rack-mount version 
is listed. 



CRT MESH FILTERS 



The mesh filter improves display contrast for oscilloscope 
viewing under high-ambient light conditions. The filter is a 
direct replacement for the existing graticule cover on most 
Tektronix instruments, or, in the case of the new portable os- 
cilloscopes, snaps in the CRT opening on the front panel. 

A fine metal screen with a matte black surface is utilized 
to reduce light reflections. Although light transmission from 
the CRT is reduced to approximately 28%, the high attenua- 
tion of external reflections allows viewing low-intensity dis- 
plays in room light or other bright surroundings. 

The mesh filter also serves as an RFI filter. Installed on the 
instrument, the metal frame of the filter Is grounded, provid- 
ing effective filtering of the RFI spectrum. 



INSTRUMENT* 


PART NUMBER 


PRICE 


Type 422 


378-0571 -00 


$12.00 


Types 502, 502A, 503, 
504, 515, 51 5A, 516, 
517A, 524AD, 661; 530, 
540, 550, 580-Series 


378-0572-00 


15.00 


Types 506, 560-Series, 
527, RM529 


378-0575-00 


15.00 


Type 647 


378-0574-00 


15.00 


* For both cabinet and rack-mount instruments unless rack-mount version 
is listed. 



REPLACEMENT CATHODE-RAY TUBES 





Replacement CRT's listed are for current production in- 
struments only. Phosphor types other than indicated are 
available on special order. (See page 14 for phosphor 
descriptions.) Direct-replacement CRT's for all earlier in- 
struments not listed are also available. Consult your Tek- 
tronix Field Engineer for particulars. 



o 



o 



280 



Accessories 






l 

Instrument' Phosphor 


Graticule 
Used 


■- •"■ "" 

Notes 


Part 
Number 


Price 




PI 
P2* 

31 OA, 360 P7 

Pll 
P31* 


External 


For all 

Serial Numbers 

P31 is Standard 
Phosphor f o r 
31 0A; P2 for 360 


1 54-0362-00 
1 54-0363-00 
1 54-0364-00 
1 54-0365-00 
154-0366-00 


$ 45.00 
45.00 
45.00 
45.00 
45.00 




317 


PI 

P2* 
P7 
Pll 
P31 


External 


For all 
Serial Numbers 


154-0216-00 
154-0196-00 
154-0217-00 

154-0218-00 
154-0346-00 


90.00 
90.00 
90.00 
90.00 
90.00 




321 A 


P2 
P7 
Pll 
P31* 


External 


For all 
Serial Numbers 


154-0442-00 
154-0443-00 
154-0444-00 
154-0433-00 


85.00 
85.00 
85.00 
85.00 




422 


P31* 


Internal 


For all 

Serial Numbers 


154-0466-00 


140.00 




502A 


PI 

P2* 

P7 

Pll 

P31 


External 


For all 

Serial Numbers 


154-0245-00 
154-0246-00 
154-0247-00 
1 54-0248-00 
154-0348-00 


125.00 

125.00 
125.00 
125.00 
125.00 




503, 504 


PI 
P2* 

P7 

Pll 

P31 


External 


For all 
Serial Numbers 


154-0264-00 
154-0265-00 
154-0266-00 
154-0267-00 
154-0341-00 


60.00 

60.00 
60.00 
60.00 
60.00 


4 


506 


P31* 


Internal 


For all 
Serial Numbers 


154-0462-00 


80.00 




507 


P2 

Pll* 

P31 


External 


For all 
Serial Numbers 


154-0299-00 
154-0137-00 
154-0415-00 


125.00 

125.00 
125.00 




51 5A, 516 


PI 

P2 
P7 
Pll 
P31* 


External 


For all 

Serial Numbers 


154-0125-00 
154-0120-00 
154-0126-00 
154-0127-00 
154-0344-00 


60.00 
60.00 
60.00 
60.00 
60.00 




51 7 A 


P2 

Pll* 
P31 


External 


For all 
Serial Numbers 


154-0109-00 
154-0105-00 
154-0416-00 


110.00 
110.00 
110.00 




519 


Pll* 


External 


For SN 244 and 

above only 


154-0308-00 


1 000.00 




524AD 


PI* 

P7 
Pll 


External 


For all 

Serial Numbers 


154-0068-01 
154-0069-01 
154-0070-01 


40.00 
40.00 
40.00 




526 


PI* 


External 


For all 

Serial Numbers 


154-0289-00 


99.00 




RM529 


PI 
P2 
P7 

Pll 
P31* 


External 


For all 
Serial Numbers 


154-0469-00 

154-0470-00 
154-0471-00 
154-0472-00 

154-0473-00 


60.00 

60.00 
60.00 
60.00 
60.00 




531 A, 533A 
535A 


PI 

P2* 

P7 

Pll 

P31 


Externa! 


For all 

Serial Numbers 


154-0178-00 
154-0165-00 
154-0179-00 
154-0180-00 

154-0350-00 


75.00 
75.00 
75.00 
75.00 
75.00 


1 


536 


PI 

P2 

P7 

Pll 

P31* 


External 


For all 
Serial Numbers 


154-0140-00 
154-0133-00 
154-0135-00 
1 54-01 36-00 
154-0351-00 


75.00 

75.00 
75.00 
75.00 
75.00 



Instrument 


Phosphor 


Graticule 
Used 




Notes 


Part 
Number 


Price 




PI 






154-0181-00 


75.00 




P2* 






154-0175-00 


75.00 


541 A 


P7 
Pll 


External 


For all 
Serial Numbers 


154-0182-00 
1 54-01 83-00 


75.00 
75.00 




P31 






154-0339-00 


75.00 


543B, 544, 
545B, 546, 
547 


P2 

P7 
Pll 


Internal 


For all 
Serial Numbers 


154-0478-01 
154-0478-02 
1 54-0478-03 


120.00 
1 20.00 
1 20.00 




P31* 






1 54-0478-00 


120.00 




PI 






154-0251-00 


1 80.00 


551 


P2* 
P7 


External 


For SN2032 
and above only 


154-0252-00 

154-0254-00 


180.00 
180.00 




Pll 




154-0255-00 


180.00 




P31 






1 54-0352-00 


1 80.00 




P2* 






154-0476-00 


245.00 




P7 


Internal 


For SN9000 


154-0476-01 


245.00 


555 


Pll 


and above only 


154-0476-02 


245.00 




P31 






154-0476-03 


245.00 








561 A: All Serial 








P2 




Numbers 


1 54-0454-00 


80.00 


561 A, 567 


P7 

Pll 

P31* 


Internal 


567: SN 1 999 
and above only 

RM567: SN2000 
and above only 


154-0455-00 
154-0456-00 
154-0449-00 


80.00 
80.00 
80.00 


564 


200 
201 


External 


Optimum stored 

Brightness 

Optimum 

Writing Rate 


154-0410-00 
154-0418-00 


450.00 
450.00 




P2* 






1 54-0477-00 


195.00 


565 


P7 
Pll 


Internal 


For SN 1 000 
and above only 


154-0477-01 

1 54-0477-02 


195.00 
195.00 




P31 






154-0477-03 


195.00 




PI* 






154-0093-00 


60.00 




P2 






154-0097-00 


60.00 


570, 575 


P7 
Pll 


External 


For all 
Serial Numbers 


154-0102-00 
154-0103-00 


60.00 
60.00 




P31 






154-0343-00 


60.00 








581 A: SN5000 






; 581 A, 585A 


P2 

Pll 
P31* 


Internal 


and above only 
585A.- SN9000 
and above only 
RM585A: SNIOOO 
and above only 


1 54-0479-01 
154-0479-02 
154-0479-00 


1 95.00 
1 95.00 
1 95.00 


647 


Pll 
P31* 


Internal 


647: SN 220 
and above only 

RM647: All 
Serial Numbers 


154-0434-00 
154-0448-00 


270.00 
270.00 




PI 






1 54-0264-00 


60.00 




P2* 






1 54-0265-00 


60.00 


661 


P7 
Pll 


External 


For SN310 
and above only 


154-0266-00 
154-0267-00 


60.00 

60.00 




P31 






154-0341-00 


60.00 


f Both Cab 


inet and R 


ackmount v 


ersions unless Rac 


kmount is list 


ed. 


* Standard 


Phosphor sh 


ipped with 


the instrument init 


ally. 





U.S. Sales Prices f.o.b. Beaverfon, Oregon 
Please refer to Terms and Shipment, General Information page. 



281 



Instrument Dimensions 



I liliiiilllllll 






:■:■:■:-:■■ 





Lmmw'^ ^^ 



■ M il ni l i n N il 



T 



H 



RACK MOUNT INSTRUMENTS 

EXCLUSIVE OF PLUG-IN UNITS AND PROBES 


Symbol 


Description Definition 


H 


Height 


Height of front panel. 


W 


Width 


Width of front panel. 


L 


Length 


Rack front to rearmost perma- 
nent fixture, excluding cables. 


F 


Forward Clearance 


Back of front panel to fore- 
most protrusion. 


G 


Vertical Axis 


Bottom of front panel to hori- 
zontal plane of rotation. 


E 


Extended Inst. 


Maximum forward clearance 
with instrument out and hori- 
zontal. 


_ 

Rr Radius — front 


Front radius of rotation. 


RR 


Radius — rear 


Rear radius of rotation. 


T 


Track 


Rack front to pivot point. 


c 


Cabinet 


Cabinet height. 



c 







Th 


ese instruments mount with sliding tracks 














in a cabinet that mounts to a standard 19" rack. 














Ti :_-i-..™ *-. _^.._* u ,i*L ,J;J; *,__/,« x^ «, 
















iiicjc nonuintwni iiiuuji; yyiiii snumy wuiKd iu u 

Rear support for sliding tracks is required, such 


sranaar 
as an 


enclosed rack. 












These instruments bolt directly to a standard 19" rack 


They can be ordered 












at additional cost, with tilt-lock, sliding tracks. 


Rear < 


;upport for tracks is 


required. 




TYPE 


MOUNTING DIMENSIONS 










H W L F G 


E 


RF RR 


T 


c 

8% 


RM15 








8% 19 22%, 1% 2%, 


29% 


13% 12% 


16% 


RM17 








7 19 17% 1% 2'%, 


21 % 


12%, 7% 


9% 


6 13 /u 


RM31A 








U 19 22% 2% 7%, 


29% 


14 12% 


16% 


13% 


RM33A 








14 19 22% 2% 7%« 


29% 


14 12% 


16% 


13% 


RM35A 








14 19 22% 2% 7%, 


29% 


14 12% 


16% 


13 7 / 8 


RM41A 








14 19 22% 2% 7V U 


29% 


14 12% 


16% 


13% 


127 








8% 19 21% 1% 2%, 


28% 


12"/ 16 12% 


16% 


8% 


129 








10% 19 21% 2% 1% 


29% 


17% 11%, 


13% 


10%, 


RM502A 








12% 19 21% 1% 2%, 


26 


15% 10% 


13 


11 


RM503 




7 19 17 1% 3% 


22% 


1 1 % 77 u 


11% 


7 


RM504 








7 19 17 1% 3% 


22% 


117a 7%, 


11% 


7 


526 








8% 19 17i% 6 1% 2%, 


21% 


11% 10 


10% 


8% 


RM529 
RM543B 








5% 19 18% 1% 2% 


21% 


12% 8% 


9% 


— 








14 19 22% l'%, 7%, 


28% 


13%, 13 


16% 


13% 


RM544 








14 19 22% 1"/ M 7%, 


28% 


13%, 13 


16% 


13 7 / 8 


RM545B 








14 19 22% 1»/ M 7%, 


28% 


13%, 13 


16% 


13% 


RM546 








14 19 22% Ty 16 7V U 


28% 


13%, 13 


16% 


13% 


RM547 
RM561A 








14 19 22% li%, 7% 6 


28% 


13%, 13 


16% 


13% 








7 19 18% !"/„ 2% 6 


24%, 


13%, 7% 


11% 


6% 


RM564 
RM565 






_J 7 19 18% t% 6 2%, 


24%, 


13% 7% 


11 


6% 








12Y 4 19 22 1% 2%, 


30%, 


15 T %, 14 


16% 


12%, 


RM567 
RM585A 








12% 19 22 l 7 / 8 2%, 


31% 


16% 12 


16%, 


12%, 








14 19 22% 2% 7%, 


29% 


14 12% 


16% 


13% 


RM647 






7 19 19 1"/ 16 2%, 


27 7 / 8 


13% 8'%, 


14% 


6% 



c 



c 



282 



Shipping Weights and Volumes 






— — — 1 




Domestic 


Export Packec 










Domestic 


Export Packec 




Type 


Net Wt. 


Packed 


Weight 


Volume 




Type 


Net Wt. 


Packed 


Weight 


Volume ! 




in lbs. 


in lbs. 


lbs. Kgs. 


Co. Ft. 






in lbs. 


in lbs. 


lbs. Kgs. 


Cu. Ft. 


B 


4 


6 


14 6 


2 


261 


17% 


28 


50 22 


9 


CA 


4% 


9 


15 7 


2 




262 


24 


39 


50 23 


5 


0-12 


14% 


16 


32 15 


4 




280 


4% 


9 


15 7 


2 


C-27 


10 


14 


29 13 


3 




290 


6 


9 


15 7 


2 


D 


4% 


8 


14 6 


2 




291 


6 


9 


15 7 


2 


E 


4% 


8 


14 6 


2 




292 


6% 


12 


17 7 


1 


FM122 


5% 


9 


15 7 


1 




3A1 


6 


8 


13 6 


3 


FM125 


19 


27 


42 19 


4 




3A2 


5% 


8 


13 6 


2 


G 


4% 


6 


14 6 


2 




3A3 


6 


10 


15 7 


2 


H 


4 


9 


14 6 


2 




3A6 


6 


8 


13 6 


2 


K 


3% 


8 


13 6 


2 




3A72 


5 


6 


19 9 


3 


L 


4% 


8 


14 6 


2 




3A74 


6% 


7 


20 9 


3 


L-20 


7% 


11 


15 7 


2 




3A75 


3% 


8 


17 8 


3 


L-30 


7% 


13 


17 8 


2 




3B1 


5% 


8 


19 9 


3 


M 


5% 


8 


16 7 


2 




3B2 


5 


8 


13 6 


2 


O 


5 1 / 2 


9 


17 7 


2 




3B3 


6 


7 


18 8 


3 


Q 


5% 


10 


16 7 


2 




3B4 


4% 


6 


11 5 


1 


R 


7% 


9 


18 8 


2 




3C66 


5% 


7 


15 7 


2 


RM15 


57 


75 


96 44 


9 




3S3 


6 3 / 4 


9 


18 8 


2 


RM122 


6 


14 


25 11 


4 




3S76 


7% 


12 


23 10 


3 


RM125 


19 


29 


39 22 


5 




3T4 


5 3 A 


8 


12 6 


3 


RM17 


35 


66 


87 39 


9 




3T77 


5% 


9 


20 9 


3 


RM181 


15% 


33 


44 20 


4 




31 0A 


23 


34 


45 20 


4 


RM31A 


75 


101 


122 55 


9 




317 


33% 


47 


57 26 


4 


RM33A 


74% 


100 


121 55 


9 




321 A 


14 


22 


29 13 


3 


RM35A 


78 y 4 


105 


126 57 


9 




360 


10 


17 


31 14 


4 


RM41A 


75% 


100 


121 55 


9 




422 


22% 


31 


45 21 


5 


RM502A 


90 


97 


117 51 


9 




4S1 


15% 


21 


29 13 


4 


RM503 


27 


51 


72 33 


9 




4S2 


9 


15 


23 10 


3 


RM504 


25V, 


48 


69 31 


9 




4S3 


13 


16 


23 10 


3 


RM543B 


81 


108 


130 56 


9 




5T1A 


6 


12 


20 9 


3 


RM544 


80% 


109 


132 57 


9 




5T3 


6% 


13 


17 8 


3 


RM545B 


85 


113 


135 59 


9 




502A 


60 


65 


84 38 


8 


RM546 


87 


114 


136 59 


9 




503 


29% 


38 


49 22 


6 


RM547 


87 


116 


139 60 


9 




504 


27% 


43 


57 26 


5 


RM561A 


3Q% 


54 


74 33 


10 




506 


28 


39 


50 22 


6 


RM564 


31 


41 


80 35 


9 




507 


94% 


120 


147 67 


12 


RM565 


67 


101 


122 55 


9 




515A 


42% 


52 


63 29 


6 


RM567 


50% 


85 


106 48 


9 




516 


44% 


54 


65 29 


6 


RM585A 


81 


110 


131 59 


9 




517A 


175 


186 


281 127 


21 


RM647 


50 


61 


84 37 


9 




519 


103% 


136 


169 77 


13 


S 


4% 


9 


14 6 


2 




524AD 


61 


82 


106 48 


9 


T 


4% 


9 


15 7 


2 




526 


45% 


74 


95 43 


9 


W 


5 


7 


11 5 


2 




RM529 


30 


57 


81 37 


9 


Z 


5% 


10 


16 7 


2 




531 A 


57% 


78 


95 43 


8 


1A1 


5% 


10 


15 7 


1 




533A 


62% 


78 


95 43 


8 


1A2 


4% 


8 


13 6 


1 




535A 


61% 


83 


100 45 


8 


1S1 


7 3 / 4 


11 


15 7 


2 




536 


55% 


76 


93 42 


8 


1L10 


6 


10 


14 7 


2 




541 A 


59 


79 


96 44 


8 


105 


34 


47 


61 28 


4 




543B 


64 


81 


99 43 


8 


107 


13 


20 


31 14 


3 




544 


59% 


80 


98 43 


8 


109 


8% 


18 


28 13 


3 




5458 


64 


84 


102 46 


8 


111 


8% 


16 


27 12 


3 




546 


65% 


85 


103 45 


8 


114 


10 


14 


19 9 


3 




547 


65% 


85 


103 45 


8 


1121 


18% 


28 


40 18 


4 




551 


96 3 / 4 


126 


155 70 


12 


113 


44% 


59 


75 34 


6 




555 


116% 


150 


183 83 


13 


122 


4% 


9 


14 6 


1 




561 A 


28 


39 


50 23 


6 


123 


1 


2 


8 4 


1 




564 


33 


41 


52 24 


6 


125 


15 


19 


42 19 


4 




565 


62 


92 


113 49 


9 


127 


39% 


69 


90 41 


9 




567 


49 


76 


97 44 


9 


129 


46 


85 


103 45 


8 




570 


74% 


94 


111 50 


8 


130 


8% 


15 


26 12 


3 




575 


66 


85 


102 46 


8 


132 


21% 


36 


67 30 


4 




581 A 


71 


80 


97 44 


8 


133 


22 


36 


67 30 


4 




585A 


74 


84 


101 46 


8 


160A 


20% 


28 


44 20 


3 




6R1A 


13% 


21 


32 14 


4 


161 


3% 


8 


13 6 


1 




647 


40% 


51 


62 27 


6 


162 


3% 


8 


13 6 


1 




661 


49% 


67 


84 38 


8 


163 


3% 


8 


13 6 


1 




81 


4 


6 


17 8 


3 


175 


93 


118 


139 63 


9 




82 


4% 


10 


16 7 


2 


180A 


30% 


47 


60 27 


4 




86 


3% 


7 


13 6 


2 


181 


15% 


25 


36 16 


4 




9A1 


5 


6 


11 5 


2 


190B 


23% 


35 


46 21 


6 




9A2 


6 


8 


13 6 


2 


2A60 


3 


4 


17 8 


3 




10A1 


4% 


9 


13 6 


2 


2A61 


4% 


5 


18 8 


3 




10A2 


5 


7 


19 8 


4 


2A63 


3% 


5 


18 8 


3 




11B1 


4% 


7 


12 5 


2 


2B67 


4% 


5 


18 8 


3 




11B2 


6% 


9 


14 7 


2 



283 




GENERAL 

AND 

ORDERING INFORMATION 



THE UNITED STATES 



INSTRUMENT ORDERS, TERMS, AND SHIPMENT 

Orders should be placed with your Tektronix Field 
Engineering Office listed on page 286. 

For domestic orders, placed in accordance with the 
normal Tektronix marketing practices, our terms are net 
thirty days. Shipping delay may be prevented by estab- 
lishing credit at the time of placing your order. When 
desirable, COD shipments can be arranged. Normally 
all prices and quotations are FOB Beaverton, Oregon. 

Unless otherwise specified on your order, shipment will 
be made via most economical method. If a specific surface 
carrier is specified, shipment will be made at full valuation 
unless your order instructs differently. In case air ship- 
ment and full valuation are desired, please specify whether 
Air Express or Air Freight. Lacking specification, Air 
Freight and full valuation will be used. 



FIELD MAINTENANCE 

To help assure adequate instrument-maintenance facili- 
ties for our customers, Tektronix has established Field 
Engineering Offices and Repair Centers at strategic points 
in the United States. Your own Tektronix Field Office will 



process all orders for repair parts promptly, and provide 
emergency parts service when needed to restore an instru- 
ment to operating condition. Your Field Office will also 
arrange for fast service with necessary recalibration or 
repair work on your instruments at nearby Repair Center. 

Tektronix repair and replacement-part service is geared 
directly to the field, therefore all requests for repairs and 
replacement parts should be directed to the Tektronix 
Field Office in your area. This procedure will assure you 
the fastest possible service. Please include instrument 
Type number and Serial number with all requests for 
parts or service. PLEASE DO NOT RETURN INSTRUMENTS 
OR PARTS BEFORE RECEIVING DIRECTIONS. 



WARRANTY 

All Tektronix instruments are warranted against defec- 
tive materials and workmanship for one year. Tektronix 
transformers, manufactured in our own plant, are war- 
ranted for the life of the instrument. 

Any questions with respect to the warranty mentioned 
above should be taken up with your Tektronix Field 
Engineer. 



Tektronix, Inc. is an Oregon Corporation, 

Home Office & Factory, P.O. Box 500, Beaverton, Oregon 97005 

Telephone: 644-0161 TWX — 503-291-6805 Telex: 036-636 Cable: TEKTRONIX 






284 



I 





GENERAL 

AND 

ORDERING INFORMATION 



CUSTOMERS OUTSIDE THE UNITED STATES 



To provide you with personal assistance in ordering as well as servicing Tektronix instruments, we have established 
Field Engineering Offices and technically qualified Tektronix distributors in many countries throughout the world. The 
Tektronix office or distributor in your country will be pleased to help you select the instrument that best suits your re- 
quirements in performance, and provide you with prompt ordering service. 



COUNTRIES WITH TEKTRONIX 
FIELD ENGINEERING OFFICES 




AUSTRALIA 
CANADA 
SWITZERLAND 
UNITED KINGDOM 

Listed on page 287 



The Tektronix Field Engineer- 
ing office in your country will 
provide you with quotations 
and accept your orders. Nor- 
mally, prices quoted are fob 
your plant. 



COUNTRIES WITH 
TEKTRONIX DISTRIBUTORS 

Listed on page 287 



Your Tektronix distributor 
will provide you with quo- 
tations FOB your country 
and accept your orders. 



Please address your inqui 
ries and orders to: 




COUNTRIES WITH NO 
TEKTRONIX DISTRIBUTOR 

or Tektronix Field 
Engineering Office 

Tektronix, Inc. 

International Marketing Dept. 

P. O. Box 500 

Beaverton, Oregon, USA 

Staff Field Engineers will be pleased to provide you 
with information on Tektronix instruments and answer 
your technical questions. A pro forma invoice will be 
issued, if requested, indicating price and sales conditions. 
When our pro forma invoice or purchase order acknowl- 
edgement is issued, we will indicate the documents needed 
to ship your order. We will be glad to prepare neces- 
sary export documentation for you and maxe all shipping 
arrangements. 



METHOD OF PAYMENT 

We would like to make our products available to cus- 
tomers on open account terms, whenever conditions per- 
mit. Upon request for open account terms consideration 
will be given to foreign exchange convertability, and the 
credit rating of the customer. Where time will not permit 
enough information to be presented to establish open 
account terms or where financial practices preclude open 
account terms, payment will be requested by cash in ad- 
vance or irrevocable letter of credit. 

SHIPMENTS 

Unless otherwise requested, shipments will be made 
by the most economical method. 

WARRANTY 

All Tektronix instruments are warranted against defec- 
tive material and workmanship for one year from date 
of shipment. Tektronix transformers, manufactured in our 
own plant, are warranted for the life of the instrument. 

SERVICE 

If you require service, replacement parts, a warranty 
question resolved, or other help, please notify the Tek- 
tronix facility through which you ordered your instrument. 
They will process all orders for repair parts promptly, 
and provide emergency parts service when needed to 
restore an instrument to operating condition. They will 
also arrange for fast service with necessary recalibration 
or repair work on your instrument. 



PLEASE DO NOT RETURN INSTRUMENTS OR PARTS BE- 
FORE RECEIVING DIRECTIONS. 



285 




UNITED STATES 
FIELD ENGINEERING 
OFFICES 



c 



Tektronix, Inc., an 

Telephone 

ALABAMA 
ARIZONA 

CALIFORNIA 

Los Angeles Area 



Son Francisco 
Bay Area 

COLORADO 

FLORIDA 

GEORGIA 
ILLINOIS 

INDIANA 

KANSAS 

MARYLAND 

MASSACHUSETTS 
MICHIGAN 

MINNESOTA 

NEW MEXICO 

NEW YORK 



New York City Area 



NORTH CAROLINA 
OHIO 



PENNSYLVANIA 



TEXAS 



WASHINGTON 



WASHINGTON, D.C. 



• Also Repair Center 



TEKTRONIX, INC. 

Oregon Corporation, Home Office & Factory, P. O. Box 500, Beaverton, Oregon 97005 
(503)644-0161 TWX— 503-291-6805 Telex : 036-691 Cable: TEKTRONIX 

FIELD ENGINEERING OFFICES 

Huntsville. . . 3322 South Memorial Parkway, Suite 6, Huntsville 35801 

Telex 05-9422 ... Telephone: (205)881-2912 

Phoenix... 7045 E. Camelback Road, Scottsdale 85251 .. .Telex 066-701 Telephone: (602)946-4273 

Tucson Area : Enterprise 383 
San Diego... 3045 Rosecrans Street, San Diego 92110. .. Telex 069-525 Telephone: (714)222-0384 

• Orange.. . 1722 E. Rose Avenue, Orange 92667. , .Telex 06-78812 Telephone: (714)633-3450 

Pasadena... 1194 East Walnut Street, Pasadena 91106. .. TWX : 213-449-1 151 ... Telex 06-74397 

Telephone (213)449-2164 
From Los Angeles telephones call: 681-0201 

• J'ttn Nnys... 16930 Sherman Way, Van Nuys 91406. .. Telex 74396 Telephone: (213) -987-2600 

From Los Angeles telephones : 873-6868 
Island of Oahu, Hawaii Area : ENterprise 5-700 

ll'alnut Creek... 1709 Mt. Diablo Blvd., Walnut Creek 94596 ... Telex 033-644 .... Telephone: (415) 935-6101 

From Oakland, Berkeley, Richmond, Albany and San Leandro : 254-5353 

• Pub Alio . . . 3944 Fabian Way, Palo Alto 94303 . . . Telex 033-911 Telephone : (415)326-8500 

Denver. . . 2120 South Ash Street, Denver 80222. . .Telex 045-662 Telephone : (303)757-1249 

Salt Lake Area: Zenith 381 

• Orlando... 205 East Colonial Drive, Orlando 32801 ... Telex 056-515 Telephone: (305)GArden 5-3483 

(also serves Puerto Rico) From The Cape Kennedy Area: 636-0343 

• Atlanta... 467 Armour Circle, N.E., Atlanta 30324. .. Telex 05-42233 Telephone: (404)873-5708 

• Chicago, . , 400 Higgins Road, Park Ridge 60068. . .Telex 02-53374 Telephone: (312)825-6666 

119 East Ogden Avenue, Suite 111, Hinsdale 60521 .. Telex 02-53694 .. Telephone : (312)325-3050 
Indianapolis... 3937 North Keystone Avenue, Indianapolis 46205 ... Telex 027-348 

Telephone: (317) Liberty 6-2408 

Kansas City... 5845 Horton, Suite 6, Mission 66202. ., Telex 04-2321 Telephone: (913)HEdrick 2-1003 

St. Louis Area: ENterprise 6510 

• Baltimore. . . 1045 Taylor Avenue, Towson 21204. . .Telex 087-804 Telephone: (301)825-9000 

From Harrisburg, Lancaster and York Area call ENterprise 1-0631 

• Boston.,, 244 Second Avenue, Waltham 02154. . .Telex 094-6301 Telephone: (617)894-4550 

• Detroit... 27308 Southfietd Road, P. 0. Box 37, Lathrup Village 48037 

Telex 023-400 ... Telephone: (313)ELgin 7-0040 
Minneapolis... 3307 Vera Cruz Ave. North, Suite 102, Minneapolis 55422 

Telex 029-699.. Telephone: (612)533-2727 

• Albuquerque... 1258 Ortiz Drive, S.E., Albuquerque 87108. .. Telex 074-621 Telephone: (505)268-3373 

Southern New Mexico Area : Enterprise 678 
Buffalo. . . 965 Maryvale Drive, Buffalo 14225. . . Telex 091-238 Telephone: (716)633-7861 

• Endicott... 3214 Watson Blvd., Endwell 13763. . .Telex 093-796 Telephone: (607) Pioneer 8-8291 

• Poughkeepsie... 12 Raymond Ave., Poughkeepsie 12603. . .Telex 096-4724 ... Telephone: (914)GRover 1-3620 

• Syracuse.. . East Molloy Road & Pickard Drive, P.O. Box 155, Syracuse 13211 

Telex 093-739 .... Telephone: (315)455-6666 

• New York City and Long Island... 125 Mineola Avenue, Roslyn Heights, L. I., N. Y. 11577 

Telex: ROSN 01-26446 .... Telephone (516) HT 4-2300 

• Northern N.J. ... 400 Chestnut Street, Union, New Jersey 07083. .. Telex 01-26344 . . Telephone: (201)688-2222 
Hudson River Valley, Westchester County, Connecticut . . . 144 Morgan Street, Stamford, Connecticut 06905 

Telex 096-5917 Telephone: (203) DA vis 5-3817 

• Greensboro... 1011 Homeland Avenue, Greensboro 27405. .. Telex 057-417 Telephone: (919)274-4647 

Cleveland... 5562 Pearl Road, Suite 101, Cleveland 44129. .. Telex 098-5217 ...... Telephone: (216)884-6558 

Columbus... 12 West Selby Blvd., Suite 5, Worthington 43085 

Telex: WOGN 024-684 ... Telephone : (614)888-4040 
Dayton. . . 3601 South Dixie Drive, Dayton 45439. . .Telex 02-8825 Telephone: (513)293-4175 

• Philadelphia... 126 Presidential Blvd. North, Bala-Cynwyd 1 9004 ... Telex 083-4218 

Telephone: (215)TEnnyson 9-3111 
Pittsburgh... 3834 Northern Pike, Mortroeville 15146. . .Telex 086-761 Telephone: (412)351-3345 

• Dallas... 2600 Stemmons Freeway, Suite 162, Dallas 75207.. .Telex 073-2217 

Telephone: (214)MElrose 1-4560 
Houston... 3723 Westheimer, Suite H, Houston 77027, . .Telex 077-494 ... Telephone: (713)MOhawk 7-8301 

Austin Area: ENterprise 3093 
New Orleans, Louisiana Area: WX 3093 

Seattle. . . 236 S.W. 153rd St., Seattle 98166. . .Telex 032-488 Telephone: (206)CHerry 3-2494 

From Portland, Corvallis, Eugene (Oregon) : Commerce 9369 
From Pullman, Richland, Spokane, Yakima : Zenith 9369 

• Washington, D.C. . . 4205 Evergreen Lane, Annandale, Virginia 22003 . . . TWX: 703-256-8902 . . . Telex 089-515 

Telephone: (703) 256-6700 
Norfolk, Portsmouth, and Hampton, Virginia Area: Enterprise 741 

Area Code Numbers are in parenthesis preceding telephone number. 



€ 






286 



I 



TEKTRONIX INTERNATIONAL FIELD OFFICES 



• AUSTRALIA 




• CANADA 



• SWITZERLAND 



Tektronix Australia Ply. Limited, 4-14 Foster Street, Sydney, N.S.W. ; (mail address P.O.Box 488, Darling- 
Cable: TEKTRONIX AUSTRALIA hurst, N.S.W.J ... Telephone: 211-2666 
Tektronix Australia Pty. Limited, Suite 20, 67 Queen's Road, Melbourne, Victoria Telephone; 51-1592 

Tektronix Canada Ltd., 5050 dc Sorel Street, Montreal 9, Quebec Telephone: (514) 731-3761 

Telex: 01-2867 

Tektronix Canada Ltd., 4A Finch Ave. West, Willowdale, Ontario .... Telephone : Toronto (416) 225-1138 

Toronto Telex: 02-2776 From Ottawa Telephone: (613) 828-6962 

Tektronix International AG., Alpenstrasse No. 9, 6300 Zug (P. O. Box 57, 6301 Zug) 

Telex: 58408 ... Cable: TEKINTAG ... Telephone: 042 49192 

• UNITED KINGDOM Tektronix U.K. Ltd., Beaverton House,- Station Approach, Harpenden. Herts 

Telex No. 25559 ... Cable : TEKTRONIX HARPENDEN. . .Telephone: Harpenden 61251 

• ALSO REPAIR CENTER 

INTERNATIONAL DISTRIBUTORS 

Equipamenlos Tecnicos, Lda., Caixa Postal 6319, Luanda Telephone: Luanda 6917 

Cable: EQUIPAL Luanda 

Coasin S.A., Virrey del Pino 4071, Buenos Aires .. Cable: COASIN, Buenos Aires ... Telephone: 52-3185 

Englomark Markowitsch & Co., Mariahilfer Strasse 133, Wien 15 Telephone: 54-75-85-SERIE 

Telex: Wien 1393, .. Cable: INGLOMARK Wien 




*ANGOLA 

ARGENTINA 
♦AUSTRIA 

♦BELGIUM 

BRASIL 



CHILE 
COLOMBIA 

♦DENMARK 

FEDERATION 
OF MALAYSIA 

♦FINLAND 

♦FRANCE 

♦GREECE 

HONG KONG and 
MACAU 

INDIA 
♦ISRAEL 
♦ITALY 



JAPAN 

♦LEBANON 
MEXICO 

NEW ZEALAND 
♦NORWAY 

PAKISTAN 
♦PORTUGAL 



Regulation Mesure, SPRL, 22, Rue Saint-Hubert, Bruxelles IS Telephone: 71.20.20 

Telex: 02-21520. . .Cable: MEREG Bruxelles 

Importacao Industria E Comercio Ambriex, S.A., Av. Graca Aranlia 226-6°, Rio de Janeiro, ZC-00 

Cable: RAIOCARDIO Rio de Janeiro . . . Telephone: 42-7990 & 42-7291 

Importacao Industria E Comercio Ambriex, S.A., Rua da Consolacao, 37, Grupo 1102, Sao Paulo 

Telephone: 37-7611 

Penlz y Cia., Ltda.. Casilla 2839, Santiago Cable: PETIER Santiago ... Telephone. 63010 

Manuel Trujillo Venegas & Cia., Ltda., Calle 12 No. 5-82 4° Piso (Apartado Aereo #3956) Bogota D.E., 

Cable: MATRUVE Bogota ... Telephone: 42 31 99 & 42 92 17 

Tage Olsen A.S., 1, Ronnegade, Copenhagen O Telephone : (01 ) 29,48.00 

Telex: 5788. .. Cable : TOCOPEN, Copenhagen 

Mechanical & Combustion Engineering Co., Ltd., 9, Jalan Kilang, Red Hill Industrial Estate 

(P. O. Box 46, Alexandra Post Office), Singapore 3 Cable: MECOMB ... Telephone: 642361-3 

Into O/Y, P. O. Box 153, 11, Meritullinkatu, Helsinki Telephone: 66.39.09 & 63.51.25 

Cable: INTO, Helsinki 

Relations Techniques lntercontinentales, S.A., 134, Avenue de Malakoff, Paris XVI 

Telex: 25.002 ... Cable: RELATEK, Paris ,.. Telephone: PASsy 08-36 & PASsy 43-09 

Marios Dalleggio Representations, 2, Alopekis Street, Athens 139 Telephone: 710.669 

Cable: DALMAR Athens 
International Service Corporation Ltd., 64, Castle Peak Road, Kowloon, Hong Kong .... Telephone: 868214 

Cable: INSCOL, Hong Kong 

Electronic Enterprises, 46, Karani Building, New Charni Road, Bombay 4 BR Telephone: 75376 

Cable: TRONIX Bombay 

Eastronics Limited, 75 Haifa Road, (P.O. Box 21029) Tel Aviv Telephone : 446060 

Telex: 033-638. . .Cable : EASTLAND Tel Aviv 

Silverstar Ltd., Via Dei Gracchi N20, Milano Telephone: 469.6551, 2, 3, 4. 5 

Cable: SILVERSTAR, Milano 

Silverstar Ltd., Via Paisiello N.30, Roma . . . Cable: SILVERSTAR, Roma .. . Telephone: 855.366 & 869.009 

Silverstar Ltd., Via Castelf idardo N.21, Torino Telephone : 400.75 & 435.27 

Cable: SILVERSTAR, Torino 

Midoriya Electric Co., Ltd., 3, 2-Chome, Kyobashi, Clmo-Kii, Tokyo Telephone : 561-8851 

Cable: MIDRIYAELC Tokyo 

Projects, P. O. Box 2293, Beirut Cable : PROJECTS Beirut . . , Telephone: 241200 

Fredin S.A., Melchor Ocampo No. 212-505, Mexico 5, D.F., (P. O. Box 53-958, Mexico 17, D.F.) 

Telephone: 46-44-21, 34-88-61 

W & K McLean, Ltd., 7 Anzac Avenue (P.O. Box 3097) Auckland Telephone: 34-541 

Cable: KOSFY Auckland 

Morgenslierne & Co. A/S, Wesselsgt 6, Oslo 1 Telephone : 20-16-35 

Telex: 1719 ... Cable: MOROF Oslo 



Pak-I.and Corporation, Central Commercial Area, Ii|hal Road, P.E.C.H. Societv, Karachi 29 

Cable: PAKLAND Pakistan . . .' Telephone: 47315 

Equipamentos de I.aboratorio LDA, Rue Pedro Nunes 47, Lisboa 1 Telephone. 73.34.36 & 73.34.37 

Cable: EQUILAB, Lisboa 

Protca Physical & Nuclear Instrumentation (Pty) Ltd., 38, Faraday Street, Wemmer, Johannesburg 

Telex: \7337 ... Cable: MANLU Telephone: 838-8351 

Carols Rafael Mares, S.L., Valencia 333, Barcelona (9) Telephone: 257.62.00 

Cable: SERAM Barcelona 

Erik Fcrner, A.B., Snormakarvagen 35, Box 56, Brommn Telephone : 08/252870 

Telex: 10312 ... Cable; SCIENTRON, Stockholm 

♦The NETHERLANDS C. N. Rood, N. V., 13, Cort van der Lindenstraat, P. O. Box 4542, Rijswijk 

Telex: 31238 ... Cable; ROODHAAG, Rijswijk ... Telephone: The Hague 98.51.53 

M. Suheyl Erkman, Necatibey Cad No. 207, Galata, Istanbul Telephone : 441546 

Cable: INGMESUER Istanbul 



♦REPUBLIC OF 
SOUTH AFRICA 

♦SPAIN 

♦SWEDEN 



♦TURKEY 

URUGUAY 

VENEZUELA 
♦WEST GERMANY 




Compania Uruguaya De Rayos X y Elect romedicina S.A., Mercedes 1300, Yaguaron 1449, Montevideo 

Cable: CURZRAY, Montevideo Telephone: 8 58 29 

Tecnica Nuclear de Venezuela, C.A., (Apartado Del Estc 10.507) Plaza Morelos Edificio Eso, Caracas.... 

Cable: TECNUC Caracas Telephone : 54-39-56 

Rohde & Schwarz Vertriebs-GmbH, Hohe Strasse 160-168, Koln Telephone : 23-30-06 

Telex: 08882917. . .Cable: ROHDESCHWARZ Koln 

Rohde & Schwarz Ilandels-GmbH, Ernst-Reuter-Platz, 10, Berlin 10 Telephone: 34-05-36 

Telex: 0181636. .. Cable: ROHDESCHWARZ Berlin 

Rohde & Schwarz Vertriebs-GmbH, Kornerstrasse 34, Hamburg Telephone: 27.41.41 

Telex: 0213749. .. Cable : ROHDESCHWARZ Hamburg 

Rohde & Schwarz Vertriebs-GmbH, Kricgstrassc 39, Karlsruhe Telephone : 23.97.7 

Telex: 0782730 ... Cable: ROHDESCHWARZ Karlsruhe 

Rohde & Schwarz Vertriebs-GmbH, Dachauer Strasse 109, Mimchen Telephone. 52.10.41 

Telex: 0522953 ... Cable : ROHDESCHWARZVERTRIEB Miinchen 

♦Served by Tektronix Limited, P. O. Box 36, St. Peter Port, Guernsey, Channel Islands, Telephone: Central 3411, Telex: 41193. 
Other Overseas Areas and Distributors served by International Marketing, P. O. Box 500, Beaverton, Oregon 97005, U.S.A., 
Cable: TEKTRONIX. 




INTERNATIONAL 
FIELD OFFICES 
AND 
DISTRIBUTORS 



287 



Index 



B 


High-Gain Unit 




CA 


Dual-Trace DC Unit 




C-12 


Trace-Recording Camera 




C-27 


Trace-Recording Camera 




D 


High-Gain DC Differential Unit 




E 


Low-Level AC Differential Unit 




G 


Wide-Band DC Differential Unit 




H 


Wide-Band, High-Gain DC Unit 




K 


Fast-Rise DC Unit 




L 


Fast-Rise, High-Gain Unit 




L20 


1 0-4000 MC Spectrum Analyzer 




L30 


1000-10,400 MC Spectrum Analyzer 




M 


Four-Trace DC Unit 




O 


Operational Amplifier Unit 




Q 


Transducer & Strain Gage Unit 




R 


Transistor-Risetime Unit 




S 


Diode Recovery Unit 




T 


Time-Base Generator 




W 


Differential Comparator 




z 


Differential-Comparator Unit 




21A 


Time-Base Unit 




22A 


Time-Base Unit 




81 


Plug-In Unit Adapter 




82 


Dual-Trace Unit 




86 


Plug-In Unit 




105 


Square-Wave Generator 




107 


Square-Wave Generator 




109 


Pulse Generator 




111 


Pretrigger Pulse Generator 




113 


Delay Cable 




114 


Pulse Generator 




122, FM122, 


Low-Level Preamplifier 




RM122 






123 


AC-Coupled Preamplifier 




125, FM125, 


Power Supply 




RM125 






127 


Plug-In Unit Power Supply 




129 


Plug-In Unit Power Supply 




130 


L-C Meter 




132 


Plug-In Unit Power Supply 




133 


Plug-In Unit Power Supply 




160A 


Power Supply 




161 


Pulse Generator 




162 


Waveform Generator 




163 


Fast-Rise Pulse Generator 




175 


High-Current Adapter for Type 575 




180A 


Time-Mark Generator 




181, RM181 


Time-Mark Generator 




190B 


Sine-Wave Generator 




1A1 


Wide-Band, High-Gain, Dual-Trace U 


nit 


1A2 


Wide-Band, Dual-Trace Unit 




1S1 


Sampling Unit 




1 LI 


1-36MC Spectrum Analyzer 




10A1 


Differential Comparator 




10A2 


Dual-Trace Unit 




11B1 


Time-Base Unit 




11B2 


Time-Base Unit 




201-1 


Tilt-Lock Scope-Mobile Cart 




201-2 


Tilt-Lock Scope-Mobile Cart 




202-1 


Tilt-Lock Scope-Mobile Cart 




202-2 


Tilt-Lock Scope-Mobile Cart 




205- 1 


Tilt-Lock Scope-Mobile Cart 




261 


Coaixal Switch 




262 


Programmer 




280 


Trigger Countdown 


150, 


290 


Transistor Switching-Time Tester 


151, 


291 


Diode Switching-Time Tester 


152, 


292 


Semi-Conductor Tester Power Supply 


153, 


2A60 


DC to 1 MC Unit 




2A61 


Low-Level Differential Unit 




288 







157 
158 
238 
240 
159 
160 
161 
162 
163 
164 
186 
186 
165 
166 
168 
170 
172 
174 
175 
177 
86 
86 
128 
129 
130 
204 
205 
206 
207 
208 
213 
210 

212 
213 

214 

216 

218 

219 

234 

221 

222 

223 

224 

119 

225 

234 

227 

179 

180 

181 

184 

134 

136 

137 

139 

246 

246 

246 

246 

246 

111 

112 

228 

229 

230 

231 

188 

188 



2A63 

2B67 

310A 

317, RM17 

321A 

360 

3A1 

3A2 

3A3 

3A6 

3A72 

3A74 

3A75 

3B1 

3B2 

3B3 

3B4 

3C66 

3S3 

3S76 

3T4 

3T77 

422 

4S1 

4S2 

4S3 

500A, 500/53A 

502A, RM502A 

503, RM503 

504, RM504 
506 

507 

515, RM15 

516 

51 7A 

519 

524AD 

526 

529 (RM) 

531A, RM31A 

533A, RM33A 

535A, RM35A 

536 

541A, RM41A 

543B, RM543B 



110, 



DC to 300 KC Differential Unit 

Time-Base Unit 

DC to 4MC Portable Oscilloscope 

DC to 1 MC Oscilloscope 

Portable Oscilloscope 

Indicator Unit 

Dual-Trace DC to 10MC Unit 

Dual-Trace Unit 

100/xv/div Differential Unit 

Dual-Trace DC to 10MC Unit 

Dual-Trace DC to 650 KC Unit 

Four-Trace DC to 2 MC Unit 

DC to 4MC Unit 

Time-Base Unit 

Time-Base Unit 

Time-Base Unit 

Time-Base Unit 

Carrier Amplifier Unit 

Sampling-Probe Dual-Trace Unit 

Dual-Trace Sampling Unit 

Sampling Time-Base Unit 

Sampling Sweep Unit 

DC to 15MC Portable Oscilloscope 

Dual-Trace Sampling Unit 

Dual-Trace Sampling Unit 

Sampling-Probe Dual-Trace Unit 

Scope-Mobile Cart 

100^v/cm Dual-Beam Oscilloscope 

DC to 450 KC^X-Y Oscilloscope 

DC to 450 KC Oscilloscope 

DC to 23 MC Oscilloscope 

Surge-Test Oscilloscope 

DC to 15MC Oscilloscope 

DC to 1 SMC — Dual-Trace Osci 

High-Speed Oscilloscope 

DC to 1 Gigacycle Oscilloscope 

Television Oscilloscope 

Color Television Vectorscope 

Television Waveform Monitor 

DC to 15 MC Oscilloscope 

DC to 15 MC — 100X Magnifier 

Oscilloscope 
DC to 15MC — Sweep Delay Oscilloscope 
DC to 10 MC — X-Y Oscilloscope 
DC to 33 MC Oscilloscope 



189 

189 

15 

17 

20 

23 

190 

234 

191 

190 

193 

194 

193 

195 

234 

196 

197 

198 

107, 200 

108, 201 
109 



o 



loscope 



DC to 33 MC 



544, RM544 DC to 50 MC 



545B, RM545B 

546, RM546 

547, RM547 

551 
555 
561A, RM561A 

564, RM564 

565, RM565 
567, RM567 
570 

575 

581A 

585A, RM585A 

5T1A 

5T3 

647, RM647 

661 

6R1A 

1121 



DC to 33 MC 



100X Magnifier 

Oscilloscope 
100X Magnifier 

Oscilloscope 
Sweep Delay Oscilloscope 



DC to 50 MC 



DC to 50 MC — Sweep Delay Oscilloscope 
Automatic Display 

Switching Oscilloscope 
Dual-Beam Oscilloscope 
Sweep Delay - Dual Beam 



203 

25 

144 

145 

146 

247 

28 

31 

33 

234 

35 

38 

41 

234 

43 

46 

49 

52 

55 

59 

55 

62 

234 

65 

68 

71 
75 



75 

DC to 27 MC - - Dual-Beam Oscilloscope 79 
DC to 33 MC — Sweep Delay - Dual Beam 83 

Oscilloscope 87 

Storage Oscilloscope 91 

Dual-Beam Oscilloscope 96 

Readout Oscilloscope 100 

Electron Tube Characteristic Curve Tracer 116 

Transistor Curve Tracer 119 

DC to 95 MC Oscilloscope 124 

DC to 95 MC — Sweep Delay Oscilloscope 124 

Sampling Timing Unit 147 

Timing Unit 148 

DC to 50 MC Oscilloscope 131 

Sampling Oscilloscope 142 

Digital Unit 104 

5 cps to 17MC Amplifier 232 



o 



o 






AGENCY LITHOGRAPH CD. PQ RTLAN D. O H C ODh 




new 

Tektronix 

instruments 



TYPE PAGE 

422 DC to 15 Mc Portable Oscilloscope 25 

RM529 Television Waveform Monitor 52 

3T4 Programmable Sampling Time-Base Unit . . .109 

10A1 High-Gain Differential Comparator 134 

5T3 Timing Unit 148 

W High-Gain Differential Comparator . 175 

1S1 Sampling Unit 787 

ILIO 1-36 Mc Spectrum Analyzer 184 

LI 20 10-4000 Mc Spectrum Analyzer 7 86 

130 1000 Mc to 10,400 Mc Spectrum Analyzer. 186 

1 14 General-Purpose Pulse Generator 209 



- 

■ 


1 


,- - 




- - 

1 

■ - 


■ 

- 




t. 




^ 










* 


■ 
1 


! 








■J 


- * 




^V ^* 


■ 




tf^*_5 K3Ldr i L** *C 


J